BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME 
 FROM THE 
 
 SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND 
 
 THE GIFT OF 
 
 Itenrg M. Sage 
 
 1891 
 
 A^ims isliiji^ 
 
 5931 
 
Cornell University Library 
 QL 708 .B82M4 
 
 3 1924 024 782 660 
 
The original of this book is in 
 the Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924024782660 
 
CATALOGUE 
 
 MARSUPIALIA 
 
 AND 
 
 MONOTRE MAT A 
 
 COLLECTION 
 
 OP THE 
 
 BRITISH MUSEUM 
 
 (NATURAL HISTORY). 
 
 OLDFIELD THOMAS. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES. 
 1888. 
 
PEJNIED BT lATlOE AND FKANCIS, 
 KED IION COUKT, FLEET BTBEET. 
 
PEEFACE. 
 
 This volume, the greater part of whict is devoted to the Marsupialia, 
 has been prepared by Mr. 0. Thomas, one of the Assistants in this 
 Department, on the plan of the new series of the Zoological Cata- 
 logues of the British Museum ; it contains descriptions of every 
 species known, with references to all the descriptions and figures 
 previously published, and gives a complete detailed list of the 
 specimens in the Museum Collection. 
 
 The large series of specimens examined by the author has enabled 
 him to pay special attention to the various degrees of relation which 
 obtain between forms previously described under uniformly binomial 
 terms ; in judging of these relationships he has relied on craniolo- 
 gioal as well as external characters. 
 
 Beside the Marsupials the Monotremes have been embodied in this 
 volume, this division of Mammals being numerically too small to 
 form a volume by itself. 
 
 Since the year 1843, when ' The List of Mammalia in the Col- 
 lection of the British Museum ' was prepared by my predecessor, no 
 general account of the Marsupials in that coUeotion has been pub- 
 lished, whilst nearly all the other Orders of the Class were made the 
 subjects of continuous study and revision. This seeming neglect 
 was chiefly duo to the appearance of two works, vii. Water- 
 house's standard work on these Mammals in 1846, which then, in 
 the course of the following twelve years, was supplemented by Gould's 
 excellent illustrations in his ' Mammals of Australia.' Both these 
 works had a direct relation to the collection of the British Museum, 
 and for many years seemed to fully satisfy the needs of the zoologist. 
 
However, the collection grew apace like that of the other Mam- 
 malia ; no opportunity was lost of making such additions as were 
 required to complete the series, so that the number of specimens 
 appears now, after the lapse of some forty years, to be about trebled. 
 Especially in the course of the last three years, during which the 
 preparation of this volume has been in progress, the collection has 
 received important additions through the efforts of the author, who, 
 besides, has personally visited most of the European Museums with 
 the object of examining types and other important specimens. 
 
 The best thanks of the Department are due to all those fellow- 
 labourers abroad who have given him facilities to attain that 
 object. 
 
 ALBERT GiJNTHEE, 
 Keeper of the Department of Zoology. 
 
 British Museum (N. H.), 
 Sept. 27, 1888. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 This volume contains the descriptions of 151 species of Mar- 
 supials and 3 of Monotremata, in addition to 12 recognizable 
 varieties of the former and 2 of the latter, ma,king a total of 168 
 definable forms. The last general work on the subject (that of 
 Mr. G. E. Waterhouse, published in 1846) contained 120 species ; 
 but of these a certain number have since proved to be invalid, the 
 increase of species known being therefore rather greater than 
 appears at first sight. Of the 168, only 20 are not represented 
 in tha, British Museum collection. The specimens enumerated 
 amount to 1240 Marsupials and 64 Monotreme^s, making 1304 in aU, 
 a number that would be increased by at least one-half were the old 
 method adopted of counting the skin and the separated skull of the 
 same individual as two specimens. Of this total, 173 are preserved 
 whole in spirits, while the osteological collection of skeletons and 
 skulls, both separate and belonging to skins in the Museum, 
 amounts to 703. 
 
 In the ' List of the Mammalia in the British Museum,' pub- 
 lished in 1843, 343 Marsupials and Monotremes are enumerated, 
 referred to 94 species ; and in the ' Catalogue of the Bones of 
 Mammalia,' issued in 1862, 331 skulls and skeletons are referred to, 
 a number less than one-half the present total. 
 
 Apart from the mere number of specimens, however, as the 
 value of zoological collections depends so largely upon their posses- 
 sion of type specimens, the following table showing the distribution 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 of the types and co-types of the recognized species and varieties 
 may be of interest : — 
 
 Macropodidfe . . 
 Phalangeridae . . 
 PhascolomyidsB 
 Peramelida; .. 
 
 Dasyuridse 
 
 DidelphyidsB .. 
 Monoti'emata .. 
 
 MuBeumB of 
 
 Museum.I''''--S^'5"«y-I'^y^«"- <^«°°''- tS ^'™"''- ^«'■""• 
 
 31 10 3 3 1 1 
 
 14 5 2 2 4 1 
 0000 00 00 
 6 4 3 10 
 
 15 1 1 3 2 1 
 7100 41 
 
 10 1 1 
 
 Total 74 21 8 8 7 6 4 3 
 
 There are also two types in the Melbourne Museum, and one 
 each in the Museums of Copenhagen, Munich, Eio Janeiro, and of 
 the College of Surgeons and the Geological Society of London. 
 The types of 40 species are not traceable.* 
 
 This comparative richness of the British Museum, both in 
 specimens and types, is largely due to the accession of the col- 
 lection of Australian Mammals formed by the late Mr. John Gould, 
 which contained not only a complete set of the types of the many 
 species described by him, but also fine series of all the Australian 
 Mammals he obtained. 
 
 Next in importance to the Gould Collection come those of 
 Sir George Grey from South Australia, and of Mr. KonalJ Gunn 
 from Tasmania, both containing many valuable typical specimens 
 described by Dr. J. E. Gray, and both presented by their respective 
 collectors to the Museum. 
 
 Of the other donors of specimens included in the present 
 Catalogue, special mention may be made of Lord Derby, Dr. G. 
 Bennett, Messrs. 0. Salvin, F. D. Godman, John Macgillivray, 
 and F. M. Eayner. 
 
 In this Catalogue, probably for the first time, double synopses of 
 the genera and species have been drawn up, in order to enable 
 students to identify specimens either from the external characters 
 
 * These numbers amount to a total in excess of that of the known species 
 and varieties, owing to the fact that many forms have two or more " co-types," 
 and that, when these are preserved in different Museums, eacli of the latter is 
 credited with the possession of one type. 
 
INTEODCrCTION. Vll 
 
 alone or from the skulls alone. But, in order that inexperienced 
 workers may obtain the full benefit of the cranial synopses, a few 
 words on the nomenclature used for the teeth are here necessary. 
 
 In most of the earlier systematic works on Mammalia all the 
 teeth were simply numbered from before backwards, a system that 
 answered well enough in the case of the incisors and molars, as 
 these teeth in the gradual process of their reduction in number 
 were generally lost posteriorly, so that, for example, the first three 
 molars of an animal with four molars were severally homologous 
 with the three of an animal possessing only the latter number. In 
 the case of the premolars, however, the matter is far more com- 
 plicated, as not only are the last one or two the most stable of all, 
 but in some Placentals and in most Marsupials the first premolar 
 to be lost was at neither end of the series but in the middle of it, 
 being the second of the four normally present. The system here 
 adopted for the numeration of the teeth is that by which each 
 tooth is represented by a sign always belonging to its homologue in 
 all the different species, whatever their total number of teeth may 
 be. Thus, for example, the last premolar of the Opossums, the only 
 one that has a milk predecessor, being homologous with the fourth 
 premolar of Mammals possessing the full set of four premolars, is 
 called " p.', " although it is preceded in the jaw by only two other 
 premolars. In the same way the two premolars of Dasyurus are 
 called " p.' " and " p.^," since the missing premolars appear in this 
 case to be the second and fourth of the full set. 
 
 The general principle of this system was first introduced by 
 Owen, and it has since been used by a large and steadily increasing 
 number of authors. It is true that there are many cases in which 
 the homologies of the individual teeth are very difiicult of determina- 
 tion, and in which mistakes are at first nearly certain to be made. 
 
 It is hoped, however, that these mistakes wiU in time be rectified, 
 and in any case, if only to stimulate further inquiry, it seems 
 better to make an attempt to work out systematically the tooth- 
 homologies of such a group as the present, rather than to rest 
 content with the old and admittedly imperfect system of simple 
 numeration from before backwards. 
 
 The measurements given throughout the volume are taken as 
 follows : — 
 
 Head and body. — In stuffed specimens taken with a tape from 
 the tip of the nose to the root of the tail, following the curves. 
 
VIU INTRODTTCTION. 
 
 In small spirit-specimens the body is placed as nearly as 
 
 possible straight, and the measurement taken in a straight line. 
 
 These measurements are at best only approximate, and those 
 
 taken from skins are still less exact, giving merely a general 
 
 idea of the size of the animal. 
 Tail. — From the anus to the tail-tip. In spirit-specimens the 
 
 point of the compass is placed quite within the anus in order 
 
 to get to the true root of the tail. 
 Hind foot. — From the heel to the tip of the longest toe, not 
 
 including the claw. This is the only really exact external 
 
 measurement and should be taken with the greatest accuracy. 
 
 The claw should never be included, as thereby a second variable 
 
 factor is introduced. 
 Lower leg. — From the upper side of the knee to the sole of the 
 
 heel, the thigh and foot being each in their normal position at 
 
 right angles to the lower leg. 
 Ear. — Taken behind the conch, from the crown of the head to 
 
 the tip of the ear. 
 In the Skull: — 
 
 Basal length. — From the " basion,'' or lower front edge of the 
 
 foramen magnum, to the " gnathion," or most anterior point of 
 
 the premaxilla. 
 Nasals, length. — Greatest length, whether along the central 
 
 suture or to one side of it. 
 Nasals, greatest breadth. — Greatest breadth of the two nasals 
 
 together, generally across their posterior third. 
 Nasals, central breadth. — Between the tips of the ascending 
 
 processes of the premaiillse. 
 Nasals, least breadth. — Least breadth behind the commencement 
 
 of the naso-premaxillary suture. 
 Constriction, breadth. — Least breadth between the two orbito- 
 temporal fossae. When the narrowest point is behind the 
 
 postorbital processes, as is usual, the measurement should be 
 
 termed the " intertemporal," and not the " interorbital " 
 
 breadth as it is often loosely called. 
 Palate, length. — From the " gnathion " to the back of the bony 
 
 palate. 
 Palate, breadth outside m.' — Breadth between the external edges 
 
 of the second molars of the two sides. 
 Palate, breadth insidem.' — Distance between the inner edges of the 
 
 same pair of teeth. Half the difference between this and the 
 
 previous measurement gives the actual breadth of the tooth. 
 
INTRODTTCTION. IX 
 
 Diastema (in Macropodicke and Phaseolomyidm). — From the back 
 of the alveolus of the la^t incisor to the front of that of the 
 most anterior of the cheek-teeth, generally p.* 
 
 Basi-eranial axis. — From the " basion " to the suture between 
 the basi- and pre-sphenoid bones, giving the combined lengths 
 of the basi-oocipital and basi-sphenoid bones. As already 
 shown elsewhere *, this is a better axis for ordinary zoological 
 work than the theoretically superior, but practically unattain- 
 able, axis proposed by Professor Huxley f. 
 
 Basi-facial axis. — From the sphenoid suture to the gnathion. This 
 axis, now proposed for the first time, forms the natural 
 complement of the last, and shows very fairly the length of the 
 muzzle and jaw. 
 
 Facial index. — The ratio that the Basi-facial bears to the Basi- 
 cranial axis, the latter being taken as 100. This index gives 
 with a minimum of trouble an exact numerical idea of the 
 relative proportions of the cranial and facial portions of the 
 skuU. 
 In the yooi^-measurements : — 
 
 Length always means horizontal antero-posterior length unless 
 otherwise stated. 
 
 Length of ms.'-^ — Greatest combined length of the three anterior 
 molars in situ. 
 
 As in the other Catalogues of the present series, the affixes to 
 the names of the Donors, &c., are as follows: — "[P.]" signifies 
 " Presented by " ; " [C] " " Collected by " ; and " [E.] " " Eeceived 
 in exchange from." 
 
 In conclusion, it is my pleasant duty to return my sincere thanks 
 to the many friends, both at home and abroad, who have assisted me 
 in the preparation of this Catalogue. Of those abroad I am indebted 
 to Dr. F. A. Jentink, Director of the Leyden Museum, to Prof. 
 Milne-Edwards and M. Huet, of that at Paris, to Dr. Krauss at 
 Stuttgart, to Dr. Eeichenow at Berlin, Dr. A. B. Meyer and 
 Dr. Haase at Dresden, Dr. von Pelzeln and Dr. von Lorenz at 
 Vienna, and to the Directors of many of the smaller continental 
 Museums, both for much personal kindness and for the facilities I 
 have everywhere enjoyed for the study of the typicEil or other speci- 
 mens under their respective charges. These facilities have enabled 
 
 * P. Z. S. 1882, p. 65, and 1884, p. 451 (footnotes). 
 t P. Z. S. 1880, p. 240. 
 
 h 
 
X INXKODUCTION. 
 
 me to make a personal examination of every typical specimen of 
 the present group of animals now preserved in Europe. But above 
 all my most particular thanks are due to the Marquis Giacomo 
 Doria, of the Museo Civico, Genoa, both for much personal and 
 epistolary assistance, and, especially, for the kindness with which 
 he has granted me the loan, without limit of time, of the whole 
 collection of Papuan Marsupials there preserved. That collection 
 contains so many types and well-preserved series of specimens 
 belonging to some of the most difficult groups of Marsupials, that 
 without their help it would have been almost impossible to have 
 worked out satisfactorily such obscure but important Australasian 
 families as the Peramelidm and DasyuridcB. Por other most useful 
 and timely loans of specimens I am indebted to Dr. E. Collett, of 
 the Christiania Museum, to Mr. De Vis, of Brisbane, and to 
 Mr. Frederick Moore, of Liverpool. 
 
 Lastly, of friends at home I must express my acknowledgments 
 for advice and assistance in various ways to Prof. Stewart, Mr. P. 
 L. Sclater, and to Mr. E. Lydekker, whose knowledge of fossil 
 Marsupials has frequently been of considerable service to me. 
 
 OLDHELD THOMAS. 
 
 British Museum (N. H.), 
 Aug. 20, 1888. 
 
SYSTEMATIC INDEX. 
 
 Order MARSUPIALIA. 
 Suborder I. DIPROTODONTIA. 
 
 Fam.I. Machopodid^. 
 Subfam. I. Maceopodin^. 
 
 Page 
 
 1. Macropus, SMw 10 
 
 1. giganteus, Zimm 15 
 
 a. typicus 15 
 
 h, fuliginosus, Desm. . . 19 
 
 c. melanops, Gould .... 20 
 
 2. antilopinus, Oould .... 21 
 
 3. robustus, Omdd 22 
 
 4. isabellinus, Oould .... 25 
 
 5. ruf us, Desm, 25 
 
 6. magnus, Owen 27 
 
 7. ualabatus, Less. 8/- Gam. 80 
 
 a. typicus 80 
 
 6. apicalis, Giinth 32 
 
 8. ruficoUis, Desm 32 
 
 a. typicus 32 
 
 h. bennetlii, Waterh. . . 84 
 
 9. greyi, Gray 36 
 
 10. dorsalis, Gray 37 
 
 11. parryi, Benn 39 
 
 12. irma, Jmrd 40 
 
 13. agilis, Gould 42 
 
 14. coxeni, Gray 44 
 
 16. stigmaticus, Gomld .... 47 
 
 16. -mlcoxi, McCoy 48 
 
 17. brunii, Schreh 49 
 
 18. browni, Rams 51 
 
 19. thetidis, Less 52 
 
 20. eugenii, Desm 54 
 
 21. parma, Waterh 57 
 
 22. billardieri, Desm 58 
 
 23. bracbyurus, Quoy l^ 
 
 Gaim 60 
 
 2. Petrogale, Gray 62 
 
 1. xanthopus, Gray 64 
 
 2. penicillata, Gray 06 
 
 Pago 
 
 3. lateralis, Gould 68 
 
 4. brachyotis, Oould .... 69 
 
 5. inornata, Gould 70 
 
 6. concinna, Gould 71 
 
 3. Onychogale, Gray 73 
 
 1. unguifera, Oould 74 
 
 2. frenata, Gould 76 
 
 3. lunata, Oould 77 
 
 4. Lagorchestes, Oould .... 79 
 
 1. conspicillatus, Omdd , . 80 
 
 a. typicus 80 
 
 b. leichardti, Gould. ... 82 
 
 2. leporoides, Gould 82 
 
 8, hirsutus, Oould 84 
 
 5. Dorcopsis, Schley. S/- Miill. 86 
 
 1. muUeri, ScUeg 88 
 
 2. luctuosa, D'Alberiis .... 89 
 
 3. macleayi, Mikl.-Macl. , . 92 
 
 6. Dendrolagus, Schleg. §• 
 
 MM. 92 
 
 1. ursinus, Schleg. 8f Miill. . 94 
 
 2. inustus, Schley. ^ Miill. . 95 
 
 3. lumholtzi, Coll 96 
 
 4. dorianus, Bams 98 
 
 7. Lagostrophus, Thos 100 
 
 1. fasciatus, Pir. Sc Les. . , 100 
 
 Subfam. 11. PoTOHOiNiE. 
 
 8. jEpyprymnus, Gairod . . 102 
 1. rufescens, Gray 103 
 
 9. Bettongia, Gi-ay 104 
 
 1. cuniculus, Ogilb 106 
 
 2. gaimardi, Desm 108 
 
 3. penicillata. Gray 110 
 
 4. lesueuri, Quoy §■ Gaim. 112 
 
 10. Caloprymnus, Tfios 114 
 
 1. campestris, Gould .... 115 
 
 11. Potorous, Desm 116 
 
 1. tridactylus, Karr 117 
 
 2. gilberti, Gould 120 
 
 3. platyops, Ooidd 121 
 
SYSTEMATIC IKDEX. 
 
 Subfam. III. 
 Hypsiprymnodontin^. 
 
 12. Hypaiprymnodon, Rams. . 123 
 1. moschatus, Rams 123 
 
 Fam. n. PhAL ANGEEID^. 
 Subfam. I. TABSIPEDIN2E. 
 
 1. Tarsipea, Oerv. S/- Verr.. . 132 
 1. roatratus, Oerv. Sf Verr. 133 
 
 Subfam. II. Phalangebin^, 
 
 2. Acrobatea, Desm 136 
 
 1. pygmssua, Shaw 136 
 
 3. Distoeoburua, Peters , , . . 139 
 1. peimatus, Peters 139 
 
 4. Dromicia, Gray 140 
 
 1. lepida, Thos 142 
 
 2. caudata, M.-Edw 143 
 
 3. nana, Desm 144 
 
 4. concinna, Gould 146 
 
 5. Gymnobelideus, McCoy.. 149 
 1. leadbeateri, McCoy .... 149 
 
 6. Petaurus, Shaw 150 
 
 1. auatralis, Sliaw 151 
 
 2. aciureua, Shaw 153 
 
 3. brevioepa, Waierh 156 
 
 a. typicus 156 
 
 b. papuanua, Thos 158 
 
 7. Dactylopsila, Gray 169 
 
 1. trivirgata, Gi-ay ...... 160 
 
 8. Petauroidea, Thos 163 
 
 1. volans, Kei'r 164 
 
 a. typicua 164 
 
 b. minor, Coll 166 
 
 9. Paeudochirus, Offilb 166 
 
 1. lemuroidea, CoU, 170 
 
 2. herbertenais, Coll. .... 170 
 
 3. peregrinua, jBodd 172 
 
 4. oocidentalia, Thos 174 
 
 5. cooki, Desm 176 
 
 6. arcberi, Coll 177 
 
 7. albertiai, Peters 178 
 
 8. Bchlegeli, Jent 180 
 
 9. caneacens, Waterh 181 
 
 10. forbesi, Thos 183 
 
 10. Tricboaurus, Less 184 
 
 1. viilpecjila, Kerr 187 
 
 a. typicus 187 
 
 b. fuliginosua, Oyilb. . . 190 
 
 2. caninua, Ogilb 191 
 
 11. Phalanger, Storr 193 
 
 1. ursinus, Temm 196 
 
 Page 
 
 2. maculatus, K Geoff. . . 197 
 
 3. orientalis. Pall 201 
 
 a. typicua 201 
 
 b. breviceps, TAos 204 
 
 4. ornatua, Gray ........ 205 
 
 5. eelebenaia, Gray 206 
 
 Subfam. III. Phascolakctin^. 
 
 12. Pbaacolarctua, Blainv. . . 209 
 1. cinereus, Ooldf. 210 
 
 Fam. III. PHASCOLOMYIDiE. 
 
 1. Pbascolomya, E. Geoff. . , 213 
 
 1. mitchelli, Ojven 213 
 
 2. urainua, Shaw 215 
 
 3. latifrons, Owen 217 
 
 Suborder 11. 
 POLYPROTODONTIA. 
 
 Fam. IV. Peeamelid.*;. 
 
 1. Peragale, Gray 221 
 
 1. lagotia, Reid 223 
 
 2. leucura, Thos 225 
 
 2. Perameles, E. Geoff. 227 
 
 1. obesula, Shatv 231 
 
 2. macrura, Gould 234 
 
 3. moreabyensis. Rams. . , 235 
 
 4. doreyana, Quoy §• Gaim. 236 
 
 6. cockerelli, Rams 238 
 
 6. raffrayana, M.-Edw. . . 239 
 
 7. broadbenti, Rams 240 
 
 8. longioaudata, Peters S; 
 
 Doria 241 
 
 9. naauta, E. Geoff. 242 
 
 10. gninni, Gray 245 
 
 11. bougainviUei, Quoy Sf 
 
 Gaim 246 
 
 o. typica 246 
 
 6. faaciata, Gray 248 
 
 3. Cbceropus, Ogilb 250 
 
 1. caatanotis, Gray 250 
 
 Fam. V. Dasytjbidje. 
 Subfam. I. DasyuriNjE. 
 
 1. Tbylaoinus, Temm 255 
 
 1. cynocephalus, Harris . . 256 
 
 2. Sarcophilus, F. Ouv 258 
 
 1. urainus, San-is 259 
 
 3. Dasyurus, E. Geoff. 261 
 
 1. maculatus, Kerr 263 
 
 2. -viverrinus, Shaw 265 
 
SYSTEMATIC INDEX. 
 
 XUl 
 
 Pago 
 
 3. geoffroyi, Gould 268 
 
 4. Eallucatus, Oould .... 269 
 
 5. albopunctatus, Schleg. , . 'ill 
 4. Phascologale, Temm 273 
 
 1. cristicaudata, Z?-«;f« .. 276 
 
 2. apicalis, Gray 277 
 
 3. thorbeekiana, Schhg. Sr 
 
 Mm 278 
 
 4. wallacei, Gray 280 
 
 5. dorise, Thos 282 
 
 6. dorsaiis, Peters ^ JDoria 283 
 
 7. swainsoni, Waterh 285 
 
 8. minima, Geoff. 287 
 
 9. flavipes, Waterh 289 
 
 a, typica 289 
 
 h. leucogaster, Gray , , , . 291 
 
 10. minutissima, Gotdd. . . , 292 
 
 11. longicaudata, Schleg. . . 293 
 
 12. penicillata, Shaw 294 
 
 13. calura, Gmld 296 
 
 5. Sminthopais, Thos 298 
 
 1. virgimse, De Tarragon . 300 
 
 2. leucopus, Gray 302 
 
 3. murina, Waterh 303 
 
 4. crassicaudata, Gould . . 306 
 
 6. Antechinomys, Krefft .... 307 
 
 1. laniger, Gould 309 
 
 Subfam. II. MYHMECOBnN.aB. 
 
 7. Myrmecobius, Waterh. . . 311 
 
 1. fasciatus, Waterh 312 
 
 Fam. VI. DlDELPHYIDiB. 
 
 1. Didelpbys, Linn 316 
 
 1. marsupialis, L 323 
 
 a. typica 323 
 
 6. azarao, Temm 328 
 
 2. opossum, L 829 
 
 3. nudicaudata, E. Geoff. . 332 
 
 Page 
 
 4. crassicaudata, Desm. . . 334 
 
 5. philander, L 337 
 
 6. lanigera, Desm 339 
 
 7. cinerea, Temm 342 
 
 8. murina, L 343 
 
 9. lepida, Thos 347 
 
 10. pusilla, Desm 348 
 
 11. grisea, Desm 349 
 
 12. velutina, Wagn 352 
 
 13. elegans, Waterh 352 
 
 14. dimidiata, Wagn 355 
 
 15. brevicaudata, Erxl 356 
 
 16. domestica, Wagn 358 
 
 17. scalops, Thos 359 
 
 18. henseli, Thos 360 
 
 19. sorex, Hens 862 
 
 20. americana, Miill. , 363 
 
 21. iheringi, Thos 364 
 
 22. unistriata, Wagn 365 
 
 28. alboguttata, Bwm 366 
 
 2. Ckironectes, III. 866 
 
 1. minimus, Zimm 368 
 
 OrderMONOTREMATA. 
 
 Fam. I. EcHiDNiDiE, 
 
 1. Echidna, G. Cuv 377 
 
 1. aculeata, Shaw 377 
 
 a. lawesi. Rams 877 
 
 h. typica ... 379 
 
 c. setosa, E. Geuff. 881 
 
 2. Proechidna, Gerv 382 
 
 1. bruijnii, Peters Sr Doria 383 
 
 Fam. II. 
 
 OllNITHOEHyNCHID.S;. 
 
 1. Ornithorhynchus, Blumenb. 887 
 1. anatinus, Shaw 388 
 
CATALOGUE 
 
 MARSUPIALIA. 
 
 MARSUPIALIA. 
 
 Arboreal or terrestrial Mammals, whose young are brought forth 
 in a very imperfect condition, and are nourished by milk injected 
 into them from the mammae, to which they are firmly attached 
 for some time after birth. These mammae are always abdominal 
 in position, and are generally situated within a fold of the integu- 
 ment, which forms a pouch (marsupium), whence the Order derives 
 its name. The brain is proportionally small and little folded. 
 The vagina is double, and its two horns frequently communicate 
 with one another proximally. The limbs are normal in their 
 position and relative development, the hinder pair always the 
 larger and forming the chief agents in progression. A tail is 
 almost invariably present, is generally long, and often prehensile. 
 In the skeleton long epipubic bones*, commonly called "mar- 
 supial " bones, but bearing no special relation to the pouch, are 
 present in both sexes. Clavicles are present in all except the 
 Peramelidw. 
 
 The skull has usually a large facial and comparatively small 
 cranial portion. The nasal bones are large, and generally expanded 
 behind. The zygomata are complete, and the malar bone is large 
 and extends backwards below the zygomatic process of the squa- 
 mosal as far as the glenoid fossa. The orbit is never completed by 
 bone behind. The palate is generally more or less imperfect, 
 
 * Eudimentary in Thj/lacinut. 
 
 f B 
 
a MAESTJPIALIA. 
 
 having vacuities between the posterior molars. The alisphenoids 
 are large, and form the auditory hullse should these be developed ; 
 while the tympanies are small, annular, or tubular, and but rarely 
 fused with the other bones of the skull. Finally, the mandible, 
 except in Tarsipes, has its angle more or less inflected, although 
 some Marsupials have this character less developed than certain of 
 the Insectivora. 
 
 The teeth are exceedingly variable in structure, being modified 
 either for a graminivorous, frugivorous, insectivorous, or carnivo- 
 rous mode of life. Their number is, normally, as follows : — 
 
 1. 1^^, C. I, P. I, M. i X 2=40 to 50, 
 
 but the total number sometimes descends to 22 (Tarsipes), while it 
 amounts to 52 in Myrmecobius. 
 
 The division of the seven cheek-teeth ordinarily present into 
 three premolars and four molars is very charaoteristic of the Order, 
 as compared to the four premolars and three molars of the typical 
 placental Mammals. 
 
 The tooth-change is always confined to a single tooth, the last of 
 the premolars (p."), which alone has a milk-predecessor ; and in 
 some cases even this milk-tooth is rudimentary or altogether 
 aborted. 
 
 Synopsis of the Families. 
 
 I. EXIEHNAL ChARACTEEB. 
 
 . (Diprotodont.) Hind feet syndactylous. 
 
 Vegetable-feeding*. -^ 
 a. Tail long t ; ears well developed, 
 a'. Hind limbs much larger than forej. 
 
 No hallux § I. MacropodidsB.'p. 3. 
 
 b^. Limbs subequal. A large oppo- ' [p. 126. 
 
 sable hallux II. Phalangeridae, 
 
 h. Tail and ears rudimentary III. Phascolomyidae, 
 
 . (Polyprotodont.) Animal-feeding*. . [p. 212. 
 
 c. Hind feet syndactylous. Hallux 
 
 minute or absent IV. PeramelidsB, 
 
 d. Hind feet not syndactylous. [p. 219, 
 c\ Hallux not opposable. Tail not 
 
 prehensile V. Dasyuridffi, p. 253. 
 
 tZ'. Hallux opposable. Tail generally 
 
 prehensile VI. Didelphyidse, 
 
 [p. 315. 
 
 * With a few unimportant exceptions, 
 t Except Fhasiolarctm. 
 \ Except Dendrolagus and Hypsiprymnodon. 
 § Except Hypsiprymnodmi. 
 
MAOKOPODID^. 
 
 II. Cbauial Chakacters. 
 
 A. Diprotodont : incisors large, not ex- 
 ceeding g, commonly ? in number ; 
 Tipper canines generally, and lower 
 always minute or absent. 
 
 a. Molars rooted. Upper incisors 3. 
 
 a'. A deep cavity at the base of the 
 
 masseteric fossa. No minute 
 
 teeth between theloweri.^ and p." I. MacropodidsB, p.3 
 6'. No cavity in the masseteric fossa. 
 
 Minute teeth generally present 
 
 between the lower L} and p.^ . . II. 
 
 b. All the teeth rootless. Upper in- 
 
 cisors 1 on each side III. 
 
 B. Polyprotodont : incisors small, g-^ ; 
 canines, both above and below, long 
 and pointed. 
 
 c. Incisors ^^^. 
 
 c'-. Upper molars with* four external 
 
 cusps ; wearing flat in old age . . IV. 
 
 d}. Upper molars with three external 
 cusps ; sharply cuspidate through- 
 out life , V. 
 
 d. Incisors -. VT. 
 
 Fhalangeridse, 
 
 [p. 126. 
 FhascolomyidsB, 
 
 [p. 212. 
 
 Feramelidse, 
 
 [p. 219. 
 
 Dasyuridse, p. 253. 
 Didelphyidse, 
 
 [p. 315. 
 
 Suborder I. DIPROTODONTIA. 
 
 Incisors three above (one in Phascolomyidoe) and one below 
 (rudimentary second and third incisors sometimes present in 
 Phalangeridce), the latter very long and powerful. Canines usually 
 small, and much surpassed in development by the incisors, especially 
 by i." ; almost invariably absent below. Molars bluntly tuberculate 
 or ridged. 
 
 Frugivorous and graminivorous ; rarely insectivorous. 
 
 Australian only *. 
 
 Family I. MACEOPODID^. 
 
 Diprotodont Marsupials adapted for a terrestrial (rarely arboreal) 
 phytophagous life. Progression generally saltatorial, the hind 
 limbs decidedly longer than the fore. Pore feet with five digits. 
 
 * At the present time. Found during the Mesozoic epoch in Europe, South 
 .^ica, and America, and persistent in the latter until the earlier part of the 
 Eocene period. 
 
 b2 
 
4 MACE0P0DIB2E. 
 
 Hind limbs syndaotylous ; the fourth toe very large and with a 
 strong claw ; the fifth similar, but smaller ; the second and third 
 very slender, united ; hallux wholly absent (except in Hypsiprymno- 
 dontince, where it is opposable). Tail long, hairy, sometimes more or 
 less prehensile (naked and scaly in Hypsiprymnodontince). Stomach 
 sacculated. Cseoum present. Pouch large, opening forwards. 
 
 Skull long, smooth and rounded. Nasals nearly always markedly 
 expanded behind. Palatal vacuities generally present between the 
 molars, but often, especially in the larger species, entirely absent. 
 Tip of maxillary zj-gomatic process generally produced downwards 
 as a slender bony process, the infrazygomatic process, often de- 
 scending below the level of the molars ; this process small or absent 
 in the Potoroince, and very variable in its development throughout 
 the family. Bullse variable, either rough and unswollen, or large, 
 bulbous, and transparent; their lower wall running back to and 
 applied against the base of the long paroccipital processes. Mas- 
 seteric fossa of mandible hollowed out below into a deep cavity, 
 walled in externally by a plate of bone, and communicating with 
 the inferior dental canal by a large foramen, through which one or 
 more branches of the inferior dental artery pass outwards into the 
 masseter muscle. ' 
 
 Dentition -.-1. ^, C. lf-^ P.M. y^^, M. M4rlx2=32 
 
 or 34. 
 
 Incisors sharp and cutting, the lower pair often with a scissor- 
 like action with one another, in addition to their cutting-action 
 against the upper ones. Canines small (not equalling i.' in length) 
 or absent above, always wholly absent below. Premolars reduced 
 to two above and below ; and of these the anterior (p.') is always 
 shed with the milk-premolar (m.p.*) at the tooth-change. Molars 
 broad, ridged or bluntly tuberculate, suited for chewing vegetable 
 substances. Series of molars and premolars moving forwards in the 
 skull during the life of the animal, by the absorption of bone in 
 front of, and its deposition behind, their roots ; the rate of motion 
 greatest in the larger species. 
 
 Tooth-change always present ; the milk-premolar well developed 
 and long-persistent, molariform. 
 
 Range. Papuan and Australian subregions. 
 
 Before commencing the systematic study of the Macropodidce, it 
 is absolutely necessary that a clear idea should be gained of the 
 general characters of the dentition, and especially of the manner in 
 which age aifects these characters — subjects worked out in great 
 detail both by Professors Owen and Flower, but constantly neglected 
 by systematic zoologists, for whom these changes are of the greatest 
 importance. 
 
 The full dentition of the members of this family consists, in the 
 upper jaw, first of three incisors, then of a small canine (often, 
 however, suppressed), and then of six cheek-teeth, of which the 
 second in the series is the only one which has a " milk " or deciduous 
 
MACKOPODlDiE. O 
 
 predecessor, and is therefore the one to be regarded as the last 
 premolar, or " p.*," of the typical Mammalian dentition. 
 
 The special characteristics that render the development and suc- 
 cession of the teeth in the Macropodidce, and especially in the 
 genus Macropus, so puzzling to systematic zoologists are :■ — firstly, 
 a general progression forwards in the jaw of the whole tooth-row, 
 comparable to that found elsewhere only in the Elephants and some 
 Sirenians ; and, secondly, the fact that before the tooth-change the 
 first tooth of the series (p.") and the single milk-tooth (m.p.*) placed 
 next to it, both of which fall out at that change, are respectively so 
 very similar in shape and size to the first and second cheek-teeth of 
 the permanent series, viz. the permanent premolar (p.*) and the 
 first molar (m.'), as to be most naturally mistaken for, or compared 
 to, them in specific descriptions. The following woodcuts (figs. 1 & 2), 
 
 Fig. 1. 
 
 !>*- 
 
 , 7n3' 
 
 ..-'" 
 
 Macropm rujicollis. — Tipper cheek-teeth of (A) immature and (B) adult, 
 showing the superficial resemblances and the true relationships of the 
 former to the latter. 
 
 taken from two specimens of the same species, show this resemblance, 
 which is in most cases sufficiently close to render very great care 
 necessary, lest skulls in different stages of dentition should be 
 unknowingly compared together for purposes of specific description. 
 The necessary knowledge as to the stage of dentition in which any 
 skuU may be can often only be gained by cutting open the bone either 
 above and behind the first tooth of the series to see if the true per- 
 manent p.* be still buried there (in which case, of course, that first 
 tooth is only p.'), or behind the last visible molar to see if there is 
 yet another tooth behind it, showing it to be m.' and-not m.^ The 
 first plan is, as a rule, the best, as p.* is generally by far the most 
 important tooth for diagnostic purposes, and its characters have 
 therefore in any case to be taken into account. The side views 
 (fig. 2) of the same two skulls show the position at which p.* should 
 
MACEOPODIB^. 
 
 be sought for if still in the bone, although at still younger stages its 
 position is generally rather more above p.' than m-p/, owing to the 
 fact that allowance has to be made for the movement forwards of 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 Macropus rufieollis. — A and B as in fig. 1. 
 
 the tooth-row, by which m.p/ will be brought opposite the suc- 
 ceeding p."* just at the time that the latter tooth is ready to emerge 
 from the bone. 
 
 The time of the appearance of p.* varies in the different members 
 of the family ; but for the most part the tooth is cut shortly after 
 m.^, and always before m.* is in place. 
 
 The movement forward of the whole row of teeth is also a point 
 which should be specially noticed, in order that the common error 
 of taking as a systematic character the relative position of indi- 
 vidual teeth to the skull maybe avoided — such relative position, 
 although of importance in other groups, being entirely valueless 
 in the more typical Macropodidoe. It should, however, be observed 
 that the general position of the tooth-row as a whole and the length 
 of the diastema are both fairly constant throughout the life of the 
 animal, partly owing to the fact that at the tooth-change two teeth 
 (p.' and m.p.'') fall out, and only one (p.') succeeds, and partly to the 
 counteracting effect of the longitudinal growth of the jaw-bone. 
 Moreover, in certain of the larger species, in which the pace at which 
 the teeth move forwards is far greater than in the smaller ones, p.* 
 itself, and either one or two of the anterior molars, may also fall 
 out as the rest move forwards — a process by which the distance 
 from the anterior cheek-teeth to the front of the mouth is always 
 kept about the same. 
 
 Another point to which attention should be directed is that the 
 molars, especially of the larger species, emerge from the bone with 
 their hollows nearly entirely filled up with cement, external to and 
 quite distinct from the enamel of the tooth. The result of this is 
 that some specimens have the cusps and ridges of their molars 
 
MACEOPODID^. 7 
 
 apparently rounded ofP, and have none of the deep valleys and 
 sharply defined crests so marked in other individuals. This dif- 
 ference may easily be mistaken for one of specific value, especially 
 if by the method of cleaning the skull the cement has become white 
 and shining, and not readily distinguishable by colour or texture 
 from the enamel. During life this cement in some individuals soon 
 gets chipped or worn oif, while in others it persists until the tooth 
 is completely worn down. The only way, therefore, to get at the 
 true character of the molars in such specimens is to chip out with a 
 sharp point the bits of cement filling up the depressions, by which 
 means the valleys and crests are brought into their proper relative 
 prominence. 
 
 The incisors of the Maeropodidce, like many other permanently 
 growing teeth in the Mammalian series, have both a definitely 
 marked non-growing enamel-covered portion, whose size and shape 
 are of systematic importance, and also a constantly lengtheoing 
 dentine root, which, as the crown wears off, may in old animals form 
 very nearly the whole of the tooth. All systematic descriptions of ' 
 the incisors should therefore, and in the present volume do, refer 
 entirely to their unvarying enamel-covered portion. 
 
 Owing to the relatively late development of the posterior molars 
 in this group, the word " adult " cannot be confined, as it is else- 
 where, to individuals with all the molars in place, these being 
 therefore here called " aged," while the word " adult " is used for 
 those in which p.* is in place, although m.* is still below the bone. 
 The late development of m.* was also originally the cause of the 
 choice, as a basis-measurement of the teeth, of the combined 
 lengths of the three anterior molars only ; but the measurement 
 has been found so convenient in the other families also that, as- 
 already noted, it has been adhered to throughout the Order. 
 
 Synopsis of the Genera. 
 
 I. External Chaeaciees. 
 
 A. Hallux absent. Tail hairy. 
 
 a. Size variable, generally large. Claws of fore 
 feet not disproportioDally large, subecLual. 
 
 Ears generally long and pointed .... Subfamily Macropodinae. 
 a'. Back not cross-banded*. 
 a^. Nape-hairs directed backwards t- 
 Form markedly macropine. 
 o'. RhinariumnakedJ. Size variable, 
 generally large or medium, 
 o'. Central hind claw long and 
 strong. Tail tapering, short- 
 haired, rarely crested 1. Maceopus, p. 10. 
 
 * Rarely and very indistinctly banded in one or tvro species of Macropus. 
 t Except, rarely, in two or three species of Macropus. \ 
 
 X Except in Macropus giganteus. 
 
8 MACBOPODro^. 
 
 b*. Central hind claw very short. 
 
 Tail cylindrical, bushy 2. Pbteogalb, p. 62. 
 
 6'. Rhinarium hairy. Size small (head 
 and body less than 700 millim.). 
 
 c*. A horny spur at end of tail 3. Onychogalb, p. 73. 
 
 d*. No spur on tail 4. Laqoechestbs, 
 
 b^. Nape-hairs directed forwards. Form [p. 79. 
 
 less macropine. 
 (?. Limbsunequal. Hind claws straight. 
 
 Tail uniformly short-haired .... 5. Doecopsis, p. 86. 
 d'. Limbs subequal. Hind claws 
 
 curved. Tail thickly hairy .... 6. DBNDiiOLAGrs,p.92. 
 i'. Back cross-banded. Form macropine. 
 
 Rhinarium naked. Size small 7. Lagostbophtjs, 
 
 b. Size small (head and body not exceeding [p. 100. 
 
 600 millim.). Claws of fore feet very 
 large, unequal, the median ones much the 
 
 longest. Ears small and rounded Subfamily Potoroinae. 
 
 c^. Rhinarium hairy. Hind foot longer 
 
 than head 8. ^pypeymnus, 
 
 (T. Rhinarium naked. [p. 102. 
 
 c'. Hind foot as long as or longer than 
 
 e'. Tail more or less distinctly crested 
 
 along the top tei-minally 9. Bbttongia, p. 104. 
 
 /'. Tail without any trace of a darker 
 
 crest 10. CAIiOPBTMNTJS, 
 
 d'. Hind foot decidedly shorter than [p. 114. 
 
 head 11. Potobous, p. 116. 
 
 B. Hallux present, opposable. Tail naked, 
 
 scaly Subfamily HsTpsiprymnodoixtinae. 
 
 c. Size very small 12. HyPiSipbymnodon, 
 
 [p. 123. 
 
 II. Chaniai Chaeacteks. 
 
 A. P.* with its axis in the general line of the 
 
 tooth-row, or but slightly twisted outwards 
 
 anteriorly. 
 
 a. Molars transversely ridged, increasing in 
 
 size backwards ; m.* not smaller than m.' 
 
 Canine generally minute or absent. Upper 
 
 ii' but little exceeding the other incisors 
 
 in vertical length _ Subfamily Macropodinae. 
 
 a^ . The two sets of incisors widely divergent 
 backwards. Incisors narrow, sharp- 
 edged ; i.^ smaller than i.^ 
 o' Canines absent, or, when present, 
 followed by a p.* not, or but little, 
 longer than m.* 
 a'. Bullae generally unswollen. Ca- 
 nines minute or absent, 
 o*. P.* variable. I.' generally large, 
 its outer anterior lamina the 
 longest. Bullae never swollen. 1. Mackoptjs, p. 10. 
 
ii\cnovomDM. V 
 
 b*. P.* e-8 inillim. long. I.» small. 
 
 Bullae sometimea swollen .... 2. Petbogale, p. 62. 
 c*. P.* small, rounded, constricted 
 in tlie centre, without internal 
 ledge. I.' very small and slen- 
 der, slanted obliquely forward. 3. Onychoqale, p. 72. 
 ¥. Bullae swollen. Canines present. 
 P.* large, not constricted, with 
 
 internal ledge 4. Lagobchkstes, 
 
 6°. Canines present. P.* much longer [p. 79. 
 than m.^ Bullae unswoUen. 
 c^. P.^ longer than m.' and m.^ com- 
 bined. Palate incomplete 5. Dokcopsis, p. 86. 
 
 d^. P.* shorter than m.' and m." com- 6. Dendkolagus, 
 
 bined. Palate complete [p. 92. 
 
 6'. The two sets of incisors nearly parallel. 
 Incisors broad, flat-topped ; i.' smaller 
 than i.^ Canines absent 7. Lagostbophtts, 
 
 b. Molars quadri-tuberculate, decreasing in [p. 100. 
 
 size backwards ; m.* smaller than m.' 
 Canine present. Upper i.' decidedly 
 longer vertically than the other in- 
 cisors Subfamily Potoroinae. 
 
 ci. Molars, especially m.^, oblong, much 
 longer than broad. Palate nearly or 
 quite perfect. P.^ with about 7 ver- 
 tical grooves. Canines large. Bullae 
 
 unswollen ' 8. ^pypbymnus, 
 
 d'. Molars quadrate, scarcely longer than [p. 102. 
 broad. Palate with large vacuities. 
 Bullae more or less swollen. 
 c". Upper p.* very large, with 7 or more 
 prominent oblique grooves ex- 
 ternally 9. Bbttonqia, p. 104. 
 
 eP. Upper p.* with 6 or less shallow, in- 
 distinct, vertical grooves. 
 e'. Canine minute, the anterior pala- 
 tine foramen extending behind its 
 level. Grooves on p.* almost 
 
 obsolete, 4 to 6 in number 10. Calopbymnus, 
 
 /'. Canine well developed ; anterior [p. 114. 
 
 palatine foramen not or barely 
 reaching backwards to its level. 
 Grooves on p.* shallow, 2 to 4 in 
 
 number 11. Potobcits, p. 116. 
 
 B. p.* above and below abruptly twisted out- 
 wards Subfamily Hypsiprynmodontinae. 
 
 c. Canines present. Bullae small, swollen. 
 
 Molars decreasing backwards 12. Hypsipeymnobon, 
 
 [p. 123. 
 
10 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 Subfamily I. MACROPODINiE. 
 
 Size variable, large or medium. 
 
 Cla-ws of fore feet of moderate size, subequal, the median not 
 disproportionaUy larger than the outer ones. Hind feet without 
 hallux. Tail long, hairy. (Esophagus entering the stomach near 
 the cardiac end ; liver with a spigelian lobe*. Canine generally 
 minute or absent, rarely weU developed. P.* set quite in the 
 same general line as the other teeth. Molars transversely ridged, 
 increasing in size backwards ; m.* rising into its place very late 
 in life, always as large as and generally markedly exceeding m.^ 
 First upper incisor but little exceeding the others in length. 
 
 1. MACEOPUS. 
 
 Type. 
 Macropus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. i. Text to plate xxxiii. 
 
 (1790) M. giganteus. 
 
 Kangurus, Geoff. Bull. Soc. Philom. i. p. 106 (1796). M. giganteiia. 
 Halmaturus, III. Prodr. 8yst. Mamm. p. 80 (1811). M. giganteus. 
 Thylogale, Oral/, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i, p. 683 
 
 (1837) M. thetidis. 
 
 Osphranter, Gould, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 80 M. antilopimis. 
 
 Setonyx, Less. N. Tall. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842). M. brachyunis. 
 Gerboides, Geoff, apud Gerv. H. JV. Mamm. ii. p. 271 
 
 (1856) M. rufus. 
 
 Phascolagus, Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, pp. 262 et 
 
 seqq M. robustua. 
 
 Boriogale, Owen^, t. e. pp. 247 et seqq M. magnus. 
 
 Size variable, ranging from that of a rabbit to that of a man. 
 Ehinarium naked J. Ears well developed. Eur on nape directed 
 downwards §. Limbs very unequal, the hind much longer and 
 stronger than the fore. Central hind claws long, markedly ex- 
 ceeding the terminal pad in length. Tail thick, tapering, evenly 
 haired, not bushy ||. Mammse 4. 
 
 Shull as described above. Bullae not inflated. 
 
 Dentition :-l. i^, C. ^^^f , P. M^^, M. hltl^x2=32 
 or 34. 
 
 Incisor series forming an open curve ; the individual teeth large 
 and strong, the first the longest, rooted higher and descending 
 lower than the others. I.^ almost always the longest horizontally, 
 and in most species with a prominent infolding of the enamel on 
 its external or posterior side. Canines rudimentary, minute, early 
 deciduous. P.' small but functional, deciduous, pushed out along 
 
 » Cf. Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 58. 
 
 t Several of Owen's names for fossil "genera'' should also be placed here; 
 e. g. Leptosiagon, Pachysiagon, Frotemnodon, &o. — See Lydekker, Oat. Foss. 
 Mamm. B. M. v. p. 206 (1887). 
 
 X Except (partially) in M. gigantem, M. agilis, and M. dorsalis. 
 
 § Except occasionally in M. rufus and M. theiidisi 
 
 II Crested in M. irma. 
 
 if When the formula number is italicized the tooth, although present, is 
 minute and probably fuuctionless. 
 
MACEOPirS. 
 
 11 
 
 with the milk-premolar (m.p.^) by p/ when the latter takes its 
 place in the series. M.* appearing after p/ is in place, and there- 
 fore never in position at the same time as p.^ Each of the molars 
 with a well-marked central connecting ridge between the two main 
 transverse ridges*. Lower incisors long, scalpriform, their inner 
 margins sharp-edged, opposable. Lower canines entirely absent ; 
 premolars and molars much as in the upper jaw. 
 
 Habits. Terrestrial, saltatorial, graminivorous. 
 
 Range. Australian, and Eastern half of Austro-Malayan, sub- 
 regions. 
 
 The members of the genus Macropus divide themselves very 
 naturally into three groups, most easily distinguishable by size, but 
 each possessing characters which show that the species of each 
 group are, on the whole, more nearly related to each other than to 
 the members of other groups. 
 
 Within the three groups the species seem to be very closely 
 related to one another ; and although each may be easily distin- 
 guished both externally and by their skulls, yet this is only done 
 by ringing the changes on a certain limited set of characters, all of 
 which seem to be equally trivial and unimportant in any deeper 
 sense than for mere specific distinction. 
 
 Were it possible to separate the Kangaroos generically from the 
 Wallabies, it would be exceedingly convenient to do so ; but 
 unfortunately the, characters by which the groups are separated 
 from each other are neither sufficiently constant nor important 
 to found generic distinction upon, and I have therefore retained 
 the somewhat unwieldy genus Macropus for all the true Kangaroos 
 and Wallabies with the exception of the three small groups marked 
 off by definite generic characters. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. External Chaeacieks. 
 
 A. Hind foot more than 260 millim. long. 
 (Kangaboos.) 
 
 a. Nose hairy between the nostrils. Central 
 
 hind claw long. Colour greyish brown . . 1. M.giganteuSj^.lB. 
 
 b. Nose with a distinct naked rhinarium. 
 
 Central hind claw shoi't. 
 a^. Fur coarse and straight, not woolly. 
 Face-markings obsolete. 
 a". Fur very short and sparse, antilopine '[p. 21. 
 
 red 2. M. antilopimis, 
 
 b^. Fur long and thick, smoky grey Z. M. robustus, p. 22. 
 
 5'. Fur soft, but straight. Colour isabeUine. 
 
 Front of neck sharply defined white . . 4. M. iadbellimis, 
 c'. Fur soft, short and wooUy. Colour [p. 25. 
 
 rufous. Face-markings present. White 
 on front of neck not sharply defined. ... 6. M. rufus, p. 25. 
 
 c. External chai'acters unknown Q. M. magnus, p. 27. 
 
 * Nearly obsolete in M. bruni and M. brachyurus. 
 
12 MACBOPODID^. 
 
 B. Hind foot from 160 to 250 millim. long. 
 
 (Large Wallabies.) 
 
 d. Fur of back longish, brown, grey, or rufous, 
 
 never sandy. Hip-stripe inconspicuous or 
 absent (except in M. dorsalis). 
 d}. Tail not black-crested (except at extreme 
 tip). 
 e'. Tail black. Round base of ear yel- 
 lowish or rufous 7. M. ualabatus, 
 
 d^. Tail grey or whitish. Round base of [p. 30. 
 
 ear Uke rest of head. 
 a?. Ears uniform behind. No white 
 stripe on nape. 
 o*. No black line down back. 
 
 a'. Top of muzzle brown. Face- 
 markings ill-defined &. M. rujicollis, p. 32. 
 
 6'. Top of muzzle light grey. Face- 
 markings sharp and well-de- 
 fined Q. M. greyi, p. 36. 
 
 6*. A black line down centre of back. 
 
 Hip-stripe prominent 10. ilf. dorsalis, p. 37. 
 
 J'. Ears parti-coloured behind. A white 
 
 stripe on nape , 11. M. parryi, p. 39. 
 
 e^. Tail with distinct black crests above and 
 
 below 12. M. irma, p. 40. 
 
 e. Fur of back short, uniform sandy. A pro- 
 
 minent white hip-stripe IS. M. agilis, p. 42. 
 
 C. Hind foot less than 150 millim. long. (Small 
 
 Wallabies.) 
 /. Round base of ear, and back of lower leg, 
 bright clear red. Nape grey or brown, 
 not red. 
 /^. Fur short, coarse, and sparse ; general 
 
 colour dark sandy ; a white hip-stripe . 14. M. coxem, p. 44. 
 g^. Fur soft and thick ; general colour brown- 
 grey, vnth rufous markings, 
 e". Hip-stripe prominent. Flanks rich 
 
 red 15. M. siigmaticus, 
 
 /'•'. Hip-stripe indistinct or absent. Flanks [p. 47. 
 
 rufous grey 16. M. wilcoxi, p. 48. 
 
 g. Round base of ear, and back of lower leg, 
 grey or brown*. 
 h}. Fur thin and sparse, not mottled; uni- 
 form chocolate-brown. 
 g^. Back of ears black ; a white hip-stripe. 17. M. hrunii, p. 49. 
 h^. Back of ears brown, like the head ; no 
 
 hip-stripe 18. M. hrowni, p. 51. 
 
 t'. Fur long and thick, mottled on back. 
 f. Tail more than three times as long as 
 head. Nape and fore-c[uarters usually 
 red. 
 c^. Nape rich rufous, no trace of a dark 
 nuchal streak. Rhinaiium broad 
 and naked to the lip 19. M. tketidis, p. 52. 
 
 * Sometimes red in M. thetidit. 
 
1. MACEOPTJS. 13 
 
 d?. Nape dull rufous or grey, ■with a dark 
 
 nuchal streak. Rhinarium ending 
 
 below at the top of a distinct cleft. 
 
 e*. Back grey, shoulders generally 
 
 rufous. Nuchal stripe broad, 
 
 vaguely defined. — W. and S.W. 
 
 Australia 20. M. eugenii, p. 54. 
 
 dK Back and shoulders uniform dull 
 grizzled rufous. Nuchal stripe 
 narrow, well-defined. — S.E. Aus- 
 tralia 21. M. parma, p. 57. 
 
 j^. Tail barely 2\ times the length of the 
 head. Nape and fore-quarters brown, 
 like the back, 
 e'. Hind foot more than 115 millim. 
 long. Fur thick and soft. — Vic- 
 toria and Tasmania 22. M. bittardieri, 
 
 /'- Hind foot less than 110 millim. [p. 68. 
 
 long. Fur coarse and harsh. — 
 
 Western Australia 23. M. brachyurus, 
 
 [p. 60. 
 II. Ceanial Chaeaciees. 
 
 A. Basal length of skuU, when adult, more than 
 
 135 mUlim. Combined lengths of ms.i-3 30 
 mUlim. or more. (Kangahoos.) 
 
 a. 1? very long horizontally, with two external 
 
 notches. Supraorbital edges rounded, in- 
 flated 1. M. giganteus, p. 15. 
 
 b. 1? shorter, with one or no external notches. 
 o'. Anterior transverse molar-ledges well 
 
 developed, clearly visible externally. 
 a*. Sides of muzzle enormously inflated. 
 
 Anterior molar-bridges prominent . . 2. M. antilopirms, 
 b''. Sides of muzzle but little inflated. [p. 21. 
 
 Anterior molar-bridges generally small 
 or absent. 
 a?. Palatal foramen shorter than m.' 
 Nasals short and broad. Anterior 
 molar-bridges variable. Supra- 
 orbital edges sharp, not inflated . . 8. M. robustus, p. 22. 
 6'. Palatal foramen longer than m.' 
 Nasals long and narrow. Anterior 
 molar-bridges entirely absent. Su- 
 praorbital edges slightly inflated . . 5. M. rufits, p. 25. 
 b^. Anterior transverse molar-ledges nearly 
 obsolete, not visible externally. Palatal 
 foramen very long. I.' without notches. 6. M. magnus, p. 27. 
 
 c. Cranial characters unknown 4. M, isabellinus,'^. 25. 
 
 B. Skull, when adult, between 108 and 130 millim. 
 
 Ms.i-3 from 21 to 28 millim. I.' large, with 
 one central notch. (Lakqi! Wallabiks.) 
 
 d. I.^ more than 6 millim. long, 
 c'. P. longer than m.^ 
 
 c°. P.* longer than m.* Posterior lamina 
 
 of i.^ shorter than anterior. Nasals [p. 30. 
 
 somewhat expanded behind 1 , M. valaba^a, 
 
14 
 
 MAOROPODID^. 
 
 d^. P> shorter than m.* Posterior lamina 
 of i.' longer than anterior. Nasals 
 
 not expanded hehind 13. M. agilis, p. 42. 
 
 «?. P.'' shorter than m.'' 
 e". P.* equal to or longer than m.'; no 
 traces of postorbital processes. 
 c'. Size large; skull, when adult, more 
 than 120 millim. long. 1.^ more 
 
 than 8 millim 8. M. ruflcollis, p. 32. 
 
 d^. Size small; skull less than 116 millim. 
 
 I.^ about 7 millim 10. M. dorsalis, p. 37. 
 
 f^. P.* shorter than m.' Small post- 
 orbital processes present 11. M. parryi, p. 39. 
 
 e. I.' less than 6 miUim. long. P.* about equal 
 to m.i 
 e'. Nasals scarcely broader behind than in 
 
 front 12. M. irma, p. 40. 
 
 /'. Nasals much expanded behind 9. M. greyi, p. 36. 
 
 C. Skull less than 108 millim. Ms.i-3 less than 
 21 millim. 1.3 with the notch generally at 
 the back. (Small Wallabies.) 
 /. P.* less than twice the length of i.' 
 
 g^. P.* nearly as broad in front as behind, the 
 internal ledge well developed anteriorly. 
 g'^. I.' shorter than p.'' 
 
 e^. Combined lengths of ms.1-3 less thaja , 
 18 millim \ 
 
 Combined lengths of ms.i-3 more ' 
 than 18 millim. 
 !■*. Naso-premaxillary suture about 
 twice as long as naso-maxillary. 
 
 I.^ about 6 millim. long 
 
 )'. Naso-premaxillary suture about 
 equal to naso-maxUlary. I.' , 
 
 M. coxeni, p. 44. 
 M. loilcoxi, p. 48. 
 
 less than 6 millim. 
 
 M. stigmaticus, 
 
 [p. 47. 
 
 M. brunii, p. 49. 
 M. browni, p. 51. 
 M. thetidis, p. 52. 
 
 h^. 1? as long as or longer than p.'' 
 
 A'. P.^ markedly narrower in front than be- 
 hind, with no internal ledge anteriorly. 
 f. P.* rounded in front, hourglass-shaped, 
 about 5 millim. long. Naso-frontal 
 suture sinuous, strongly bowed back- 
 wards in the centre. 
 g^. IJ' slanting forwards, not longer than 
 p."", from 4 to 5 millim. long. Ms.i-3 
 
 15-19 millim 20. M. eugenii, p. 64. 
 
 I.' upright, just longer than p.*, about 
 5-5 millim. long. Ms.l-S 19-21 
 
 millim 2\. M. parma, p. 67. 
 
 j^. P.'' tapering forwards to a point, about 
 
 6 millim. long. Naso-frontal suture [p. 68. 
 
 evenly and slightly bowed backwards. 22. M. billardien, 
 P.' twice as long as i.^ Combined lengths [p. 60. 
 
 of ms.i-s less than 16 miUim 23. M. brachyurus, 
 
 W. 
 
1. MACKOPtrs. 15 
 
 Group I. KANGAROOS. 
 
 The members of the first group agree among themselves by their 
 large size, somewhat uniform and dull coloration as compared with 
 that of the more brightly marked and variegated "Wallabies, and by 
 their large heavy skulls, in which, as is usual in the larger as com- 
 pared with the smaller members of any group, the facial portion is 
 increased at a far greater ratio than the cranial, whence their high 
 facial indices (see Table). Their palates are, for the most part, much 
 more complete posteriorly than those of the Wallabies, and their 
 molars differ in the frequent development of the anterior central 
 connecting ridge, almost or quite obsolete in the Wallabies, and the 
 general suppression of the antero-external ridge present in those 
 animals. These latter points are, however, by no means constant. 
 
 1. Macropus giganteus *. 
 a. Macropus giganteus, Tar. typicus. 
 
 Kangaroo, Cooh, Hawkesw. Voy. (4to) iii. pp. 157& 17S, pi. xx. Canimal) 
 (1773) ; Phillip, Voy. Hot. Bay, pp. 106 & 168, pla. x. & xxx. (animal 
 and skuU) (1789) ; WTiUe, Journ. Voy. N.S. W. p. 272 (1790). 
 
 Yerboa gigantea, Zimm. Spec. Zool. Geogr. p. 526 (1777). 
 
 Jaculus giganteus, Erxl. Syst. Regn. An. p. 409 (1777) ; Blumenh. 
 Handb. Naturg. p. 88 (1779). 
 
 Didelphys gigantea, Sohreb. Siiug. iii. p. 652, pi. cliv. (1778) ; Omel. 
 Linn. S. N. i. p. 109 (1788) ; DonTid. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 354 (1792) ; 
 Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 197 (1792) ; Meyei; Syst. Uebers. Zool. Entd. 
 p. 13 (1793) ; G. Ouv. Tabl. EUm. p. 126 (1798) ; Geoff. Ann. Mm. 
 i. p. 178 (1802) ; Besm. N. Diet. dUl. N. xii. p. 355 (1803) ; Blumenh. 
 Man. d'Hist. Nat. i. p. 109 (1803) ; G. Fisch. Anat. Maid, p. 189, 
 pi. xix. (skull) (1804) ; Turt. Linn. S. N. i. p. 67 (1806). 
 
 Didelphis kenguru, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 231 (1780). 
 
 Didelphys kanguro, Bodd. Blench. An. i. p. 78 (1785). 
 
 Macropus giganteus, Shaio, Nat. Misc. i. pi. xxxiii. (1700) ; Pander 
 8f ly Alton, Vergl. Osteol., Beutelth. pis. i. & vii. (skull and skeleton) 
 (1828) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 281 (1829) ; F. Cuv. H. N. Mamni. 
 (fol.) iii.livr.lv. (1829) ; Less. S. N. Mamm. (Compl.Buf.) v.p. 377 
 (1836); Waterh.Cat.Mamm.Mus.Zool.Soc.Tf.m(W3S); id.Jard. 
 Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 192 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. B. A. Mamm. 
 p. 193 (1842) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 62, pi. iii. figs. 3-5, 
 and V. figs. 1 & 2 (teeth) (1846) ; Besm. Diet. Univ. d'H. N. vii. 
 p. 170 (1849) ; Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 88 (1852) ; Gerv. 
 Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. p. 270, pi. xlv. (1855) ; CHebel, Odontogr. p. 43, 
 pi. xix. fig. 14, «, b (incisors) (1855) ; Schleg. Bierk. p. 142 (1857) ; 
 Gi^. Sdvg. p. 672 (1859) ; id. Thierr. i. p. 235, figs. 397-400 
 (1859) ; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 183 (1863) ; Schafer 
 
 ' a. Size larger. Hind foot of male more than 
 300 millim. 
 a'. Fur shorter and paler. Hab. Australia ... a. Var. typicus. 
 b'. Fur longer and darter. Hab. Tasmania., b. Ya.r. fitliginosus, 
 b. Size smaller. Hind foot of male less than [p. 19. 
 
 300 millim. e. Ya,r. melanops, p. 26. 
 
16 MACROPODni^. 
 
 ^ Williams, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 165 (anat.) ; GHebel, Bronn's Klass. 
 u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pi. xlvii. fig. 21, 1 & 2 (incisors) (1876) ; 
 Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 591 (1880) ; Flower, Eneycl. Brit. (9) xiii. 
 p. 838 (1881), art. Kangaroo; Chapman, P. Ac. Philad. 1881, 
 p. 468, pi. XX. (anat.) ; Floiv. 8f Oars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 707 
 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 225 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. 
 Ost. Leyd. Mm.-o. 317 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrh. ii. p. 876 (1887). 
 
 Macropus major, Shaw, Oen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 505, pi. cxv. (1800) ; 
 G. Cm. R. A. i. p. 183 (1817) ; F. Cuv. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxiv. 
 p. 347 (1822) ; id. Dents Mamm. pi. xliii. (teeth) (1825) ; Oioen, 
 P. Z. S. 1831, p. 159, 1833, p. 128, & 1887, pp. 82 & 120 ; Gray, 
 Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 582 (1837) ; Bh/th, Cuv. An. Kingd. 
 p. 106 (1840) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. pp. 328 & 388 (1841) ; ' Gray, 
 Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; Fennel, Nat. Hist. Quadr. 
 p, 275 (1841) ; Gould, Mon. Macr. pi. i. (animal) (1841) ; Gray, 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 87 (1843) ; Gould, Strzelecki's N. S. W. 
 p. 316 (1846) ; Owen, Odontogr. Text, p. 390, Atl. pi. c. flg. 8 
 (teeth) (1845) ; id. Art. Marsupialia, Todd's Oycl. Anat. Phys. iii. 
 p. 266, fig. 92 (1847), and Art. Teeth, op. citiy. p. 993, fig. 594 
 (teeth) (1848); G. Cuv. Anat. Comp. ii. pis. clxxxiii.-cciii. (myology) 
 (1849) ; Owen, Cat. Ost. Mm. Coll. Surg. i. p. 320 (1853) ; Gould, 
 Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. i. & ii. (animal) (1857) ; Gerrard, Cat. 
 Bones Mamm. B. M.^. 124 (1862); Kreft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. 
 Mus. p. 47 (1864) ; Huxl. ^ Hawk. Atl. Comp. Ost. pi. xi. figs. 4 
 & 6 (pelvis and foot) (1864) ; Flower, Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 633, 
 pi. xxix. figs. 1, 2, & 3 (milk-dentition) ; Owen, Comp. Anat. 
 Phys. iii. p. 379, fig. 296 (dentition) (1868) : Krefft, Notes Faun. 
 Tusm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. -Mamm. Austr. pis. x. & x. bis (animal) 
 (1871) ; Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, pp. 245 et seqq. pi. xx. fig. 15 
 (lower jaw) ; F. G. Waterh. Hare. S. Austr. p. 284 (1876) ; Owen, 
 P. Z. S. 1877, p. 358; Fletcher, P. Unn. Soc. N.S.W. vii. p. 651 
 (1882), and viii. p. 9 (anat.) (1883) ; Higg. ^ Pett. P. Boy. Soc. 
 Tasm. 1883, p. 196. 
 
 Kanguroo gigas, Laeip. M6m. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801). 
 
 Kangurns giganteua,^. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 154 (1803) ; Tiedem. Zool. 
 i. p. 435 (1808) ; G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 19 (1814). 
 
 Halmaturus giganteus, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 80 (1811) ; 
 Goldfuss, Zool. ii. p. 446 (1820) ; Schinx, Cuv. Thierr. i.' p. 263 
 (1821); Leuckh. Meek. Arch. Phys. -viii. p. 442 (anat.) (1823); 
 Bvrm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 647 (1830); Kaup, Thieir. i. p. 243 
 (1835) ; Wagn. Schreh. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 108 (1843) ; v. p. 302 
 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 546 (1844). 
 
 (?) Halmaturus rutilans, III. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 102 (1815) (nom. 
 . nudum). 
 
 Kangurus labiatus, Besm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xvii. p. 33 (1817) ; 
 id. Mamm.* i. p. 273, pi. xxi. fig. 4 (animal) (1820) ; Schim, Cuv. 
 Thierr. i. p. 263 (1821) ; F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 137, pi. xliii. a 
 (teeth) (1825) ; Geoff. Diet. Class. d'H. N. ix. p. 110 (1826); Gray, 
 Griff. Guv. An. Kingd. v. p. 201 (1827). 
 
 Halmaturus griseofuscus, labiatus, and griseorufus, Goldfuss, Isis, 
 1819, pp. 266, 267. 
 
 Kanguroo gfiant, F. Cuv. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) i. livr. xi. (1819). 
 
 * This is merely the part containing the Mammals of the great French 
 ' Encyclop&lie M^thodique,' published at Paris from 1782 to 1832, and is some- 
 times quoted as " Enoycl. M^th." 
 
1. MACBOPXJS. 17 
 
 Macropus labiatus, F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 137, pi. xliii, a (teeth) 
 (1825); Less. Mm. Mamm. p. 225 (1827). 
 
 Macropus ocydromus, Qould, Ann. Mag. N. S. (1) x. p. 1 (1842) ; 
 Gfray, lAst Mamm. B. M. p. 87 (1843) ; Gilbert, P. Z. 8. 1844, 
 p. 33 (habits) ; Qould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. iii. & iv. (animal) 
 (I860), and Introd. i. p. xxix (1863) ; Qerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 124 (1862) ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. x. p. 1 (1871). 
 
 Yerbua kanguru, Forst. Descr. Anim. p. 367 (1844). 
 
 Geeat Geey EAUeAEOO, 
 
 Size large, form comparatively slender and graceful. Fur short, 
 close, and rather wooUy, its direction on the fore part of the body 
 variable, not constant as in the coarser-haired species. Muzzle 
 hairy (see PI. V. fig. 1), the hair coming down between the nostrils 
 nearly to the Up, and leaving only a narrow naked edge along the 
 nostnls. General colour grey-brown, underside and limbs nearly 
 white. Pace coloured like back, a rather darker "whisker-mark" 
 on sides of nose. Back of ears generally rather lighter than the 
 head in Western, and darker in Eastern specimens, but this ap- 
 parently far from constant. Arms and legs white or greyish white 
 down to metacarpus and metatarsus ; fingers and toes gradually 
 becoming nearly black at their tips. Central hind claw long and 
 strong, projecting more than an inch beyond the tip of the toe and 
 showing quite clear of the hairs. Tail brown, gradually darkening 
 to the extreme tip, which is quite black. 
 
 Female coloured like male. 
 
 Skull. Muzzle long, conical, the waUs of the nasal chamber 
 swollen, but much less so than in M. antilopinus. Nasals long, 
 broadening behind, their posterior about half as much again as their 
 middle width, the latter going from 3| to 5 times into their length. 
 Interorbital region swollen, the supraorbital edges smoothly rounded. 
 Intertemporal constriction never very strongly marked, its least 
 breadth always nearly or quite equal to the combined breadths of 
 the two nasals. Openiag of laerymal canal entirely in the lacrymal 
 bone. Palatal foramina short, not reaching backwards to the 
 maxiUo-premaxillary suture. Anterior palate long and narrow, its 
 least breadth about one third of the diastema, its edges well defined 
 though not sharp. Posterior palate fairly complete, two small 
 narrow vacuities generally present just in front of the palato- 
 maxillary suture, and numerous minute holes in the bone 
 behind it. 
 
 Teeth. Boots of the first pair of incisors far apart, so that their 
 tips converge at a considerable angle. Eoots of i.^ and i.' slanting 
 markedly backwards ; enamel-covered portion of i.^ very short, its 
 longitudinal as great as its vertical diameter. I.' very long, its 
 edge equal to or greater than the combined lengths of i.' and i.^, 
 and with two distinct notches on its outer side, the posterior notch 
 about the centre of the tooth. P.' hourglass-shaped, its length 
 equal to or exceeding that of p.*. P.'' small, only about 7-8 millim. 
 long, and proportionately narrow, early deciduous. Molars with 
 well-defined ridges and hollows, their anterior transverse ledges 
 
18 
 
 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 broad, with •weU-maiked central connecting ridges (see Pi. VI. 
 
 deciduous. Lower p.* very small, only 
 
 fig. 4). Anterior molars 
 about 6 miUim. long. 
 
 c?. ?. 
 
 Spec, k Spec. I 
 
 (stuffed), (stuffed), 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 1500 1170 
 
 Tail 930 730,^ ,Qon q)=;« 
 
 Hind foot 337 289 f ^^^^^e f.f "S 
 
 Ear 100 98 1 $278-298.) 
 
 Skull, see p. 29. 
 
 Sab. AH Australia except the extreme north ; replaced in 
 Tasmania by the variety fuliginosus. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 This, the common Kangaroo of the greater part of Australia, 
 and, except M. bruni, the earliest known of the family, has formed 
 the basis for nearly aU the numerous and important inveptigations 
 into the anatomy and natural history of the famUy. As to its 
 systematic history, it has, as is usual with widely spread species, 
 been split up into several so-caUed different species. Of these, I 
 am inclined for the present to consider two (M. fuligmosus and 
 M. melanops) as of varietal rank, while I am unable to admit that 
 Mr. Gould's M. ocydromus, the Western Australian form, is in any 
 way separable from the common type. 
 
 a. Ad. skull, 5 . North of Rockhampton, Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 Queensland {Bennett). 
 
 T j Ad. sk. I o Inland, New South Wales. K. H. Bennett, Esq. 
 "■ 1 Skull. f¥- [P.&C.l. 
 
 c. Foetus (about 23 New England District, G. E. Adlard, Esq. 
 mm. long). N. S. W- [P- & 0.]. 
 
 d, e. Ad. skeletons, Dubbo, N. S. W. Purchased. 
 
 f „ J Ad. St. I - ri South Australia. Sir Geo. Grey [P.!. 
 
 ■^'^- jSkuUs. I'^S- ^ -' 
 
 7 j Ad. sk. I „ South Australia. Purchased. 
 
 "■ ] Skull, f ^ ■ 
 i Ad. skull. Redesdale, S. A. (F. G. Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 Waterhouse). 
 j. Imm. skull. ^ Mt. Ivor, S. A. (F. Q. W.). Su- R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 k, I. Ad. St., ^ $. Swan River, W. A. (Mr. Gould Coll. {Co- 
 
 IMesa). types of M. ocydromus, Gould.) 
 
 m. Ad. sk., 9 . Swan R., W. A . (j; Qilhert). Gould OoU. 
 
 ^_ I Ad. sk. K Toodyay,W.A.(j:G^V6«ri!). Gould Coll. 
 
 o, p. Ad. $ & yg. sks. Wongar,W. A. {J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 y, Imm. St., 5 (semi- We8tAustralia(j:OTJer<). Gould Coll. 
 
 albino). 
 r. Ad. sk., $ . Moore's R., W. A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll. 
 
 lert). 
 
MACEOPTTS. 
 
 19 
 
 s-u. Skulls. 
 
 V. Skull. 
 
 w. Aged skuU, cJ 
 
 ("weight of animal 
 
 160 lbs."). 
 X, y. Ad. skulls, c? • 
 z. Imm. skull, cJ . 
 a'. Ad. skull, 5 . 
 v. Yg. sk. (aew-born). 
 c. SkuU. 
 
 Moore's E., W. A. (J. Gilbert). 
 Toodyay, W.A. (J. Gilbert). 
 Murray, W. A. (J. Gilbert). 
 
 Northam W. A. {J. Gilbert). 
 Augusta B., W. A. (J. Gilbert). 
 West Australia (/. Gilbert). 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 Gould Coll. 
 Gould CoD. 
 
 Gould CoU. 
 Gould Coll. 
 Gould Coll. 
 Zool. Soe. 
 
 b. Macropus giganteus, Tar. fuliginosus. 
 
 Kangurus fuliginosus, Besm. iV. Diet. SH. N. (2) xvii. p. 35, pi. xxii. 
 
 fig. 1 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. p. 273 (1820) ; Geoff. Diet. Class. 
 
 ffH. N.ix. p. 109 (1826); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 202 
 
 (1827) ; Gerv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. p. 270 (1855). 
 Macropus fuliginosus, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 225 (1827) ; FisoTi. Syn. 
 
 Mamm. p. 281 (1829); ie«s. M.N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) v. 
 
 p. 377 (1836); Waterh. Jard. Nat. lAbr., Mamm. xi. p. 200 (1841) ; 
 
 Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; Gould, Mon. Macr. 
 
 pi. xvi. (animal) (1842) ; Less. N. TaU. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; 
 
 Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1843) ; GoxM, Mamm. Austr. ii. 
 
 pl. V. (animal) (1858) ; Kreft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. x. p. 1 
 
 (1871). 
 Halmaturus fuliginosus, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 109 (1843) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 546 (1844). 
 
 Tasmanian Great Kafgaeoo. 
 
 As large as, or larger than, the typical form ; fur much longer, 
 coarser, and darker in colour, the general colour being a dull smoky 
 grey, with no tinge of fawn in it ; belly white ; hands and feet 
 grizzled grey, not black at their tips. Tail grizzled grey, the 
 terminal quarter deep black. 
 
 a (skin). 
 milliiQ. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 1350 
 
 Tail (c.)1000 
 
 Hind foot 359 
 
 Ear (c.) 120 
 
 SkuU (basal length) ...... 195 
 
 Rah. Tasmania. 
 ,, Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 This is obTiously the usual Tasmanian climatic variety of t\e 
 Common Kangaroo, and its modifications are just those which might 
 have been expected. 
 
 The original habitat of this form was said to be Kangaroo 
 Island, South Australia, where Desmarest states, but with some 
 doubt, that it was obtained by Peron and Lesueur. This doubt is 
 
 c2 
 
20 ■ MACEOPODIBA 
 
 confirmed by the fact that {fide Gould) it does not exist on Kangaroo 
 Island, and by its common occurrence in Tasmania, where those 
 collectors spent a considerable time. 
 
 Ad. sk. I , Tasmania. Purchased. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I 
 ) Skull. \ 
 
 Skull, f ^• 
 
 0. Macropus giganteus, var. melanops. 
 
 Macropus melanops, Gmdd, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 10 ; Gray, last Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 88 (1843) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. {Introd.), i. p. xxix 
 
 (1863) ; Poulton, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 607. 
 Halmaturus melanops, Sehine, 8yn. Mamm. i. p. 666 (1844). 
 
 Black-paced KANeAEoo. 
 
 Similar to M. giganteus in aU essential characters, but much 
 smaller, more lightly built, and darker coloured. General colour- 
 dark brown, beUy lighter. Eace darker than the rest; a brown 
 patch on the muzzle, connecting the two usual dark " whisker- 
 marks." Arms and legs not paler than body ; fingers and toes 
 black. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6- 
 
 b (stuffed). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 980 
 
 Tail 725 
 
 Hind foot 277 
 
 Ear 97 
 
 Hah. Eastern and South-eastern Australia ; North Australia (?). 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 I am quite unable at present to make out the true relationship 
 of this animal to the typical M. giganteus, of which it is apparently 
 a dwarf form. The two live side by side in the same districts, but 
 whether or no they interbreed, I am unable to ascertain. Gould 
 himself places M. melanops as a synonym of M. giganteus in his 
 later work, and all the evidence at my disposal tends to show that 
 it is too closely related to that animal to be admitted as a distinct 
 species. The type was said to have come from Port Essington, 
 North Australia; but this locality has not as yet been confirmed, and 
 is very probably erroneous. 
 
 a. Imm. sk., (^ . Port Essington. Gould Coll. (Type 
 
 of variety.) 
 
 b. Ad. St., S • Zoological Society. 
 
 c. Ad. sk., § . Zoological Society, 
 d Skeleton, cJ (diseased). » Zoological Society. 
 
 i Ad. sk. I „ Gould Ooll. 
 
 "■ \ Skull. } ?• 
 
1. MACBOPUS. 21 
 
 2. Macropns antilopinus. 
 
 Osphranter antaopinus> Oould, P.Z.S. 1841, p. 80; Grai/, List 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 91 (1843) ; Oould, Mm. Macr. pi. xxii. (animal) 
 (1842) ; id. Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. viii. & ix. (animal) (1858) ; 
 Oerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 127 (1862). 
 
 Halmaturus antilopinus, Schim, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 564 (1844) ; 
 Wagn, Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 309 (1855). 
 
 Macropus antilopinus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 95 (1846), pi. v. 
 fig. 15 (incisors); Giehel, Odontogr. pi. xix. fig. 12 c (1855) 
 (incisors); ScUeg. Biet-h. p. 142 (1857); Oieh. Sdug. p. 677 
 (1859) ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. x. p. 2 (1871) ; Gieh. 
 Bronn's El. u. Ordm,. vi. Abth. v. pi. xlvii. fig. 21 (incisors) (1876) ; 
 Flmo. 4- Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 711 (1884). 
 Antilopinb Kangaeoo. 
 
 Size large, form stout and heavy. Fur very short, coarse and 
 straight; underfur entirely absent. Muzzle with a large naked 
 rhinarium. General colour rich rufous ; head, body, and limbs all 
 oi a deep uniform red, very similar to that of many Antelopes. No 
 face-markings. Ears short, their colour behind quite the same as 
 that of the head. Chin, chest, and belly, and inner sides of limbs 
 whitish. Hands and feet rufous brown, becoming black on the 
 fingers and toes. Central hind claw very short, only projecting 
 about two thirds of an inch beyond the foot-pad ; feet rather short 
 in proportion to size of body. Tail .ooncolorous with body, be- 
 coming rather darker at the extreme tip. 
 
 i^«maZ« smaller and less brightly coloared; the general rufous 
 tinge of the body replaced by a dull greyish fawn. 
 
 Skull. Muzzle short and broad, the nasal chamber enormously 
 enlarged by the swelling out of its lateral walls (PI. VI. fig. 3). 
 Nasals very broad, their posterior about I5 their central width, the 
 latter going barely three times into their length. Interorbital 
 region not swollen at all, the supraorbital edges sharp and well 
 defined, and with a well-marked concavity on the forehead between 
 them. Intertemporal constriction very marked, the least transverse 
 breadth in specimen a no more than the posterior breadth of one of 
 the nasals. Opening of lacrymal canal bounded partly by maxillary. 
 Palatal foramina rather long, reaching backwards to the maxillo- 
 premaxUlary suture. Anterior palate very broad, its least breadth 
 about two thirds of the diastema, and its edges smoothly rounded 
 off', owing to the inflation of the lateral walls of the nasal chamber 
 above. Palate very complete ; only a few small foramina in palatine 
 bone. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors much as in M. giganteus, except that aU three 
 are placed more vertically, and i.^ only has a single well-developed 
 external notch, in the position of the posterior notch of that spepies ; 
 a faint trace of the anterior notch, however, is present in the female 
 skull. P.^ large, oval. Molars as in M. giganteus. Anterior 
 cheek-teeth persistent*, at least until extreme old age. Lower 
 incisors unusually short. 
 
 * Except, of course, the invariably deciduous p.^ 
 
22 MACEOPODIDiB. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (stuffed). b (atuffed). 
 
 Aged. Barely adult. 
 
 mUlim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 1390 1000 
 
 Tail 890 700 
 
 Hind foot 320 273 
 
 Ear 76 90 
 
 SkuU, see p. 29. 
 
 Hah. Coburg Peninsula, N'ortbern Territory. 
 
 Ca-types in coUeetion. 
 
 According to Mr. Gould, the male here measured weighed about 
 120 lbs., but he states that he had heard of old males attaining a 
 veight of 170 lbs. 
 
 Although this magnificent species was described more than forty' 
 years ago, no specimens, except those originally mentioned by 
 Gould, seem ever to have been sent to Europe *, nor have any of 
 the Australian zoologists made any reference to it. We are there- 
 fore quite ignorant of the extent of its range southwards, and of 
 any points in its history beyond what can be made out from an 
 examination of Mr. Gould's typical specimens. 
 
 „ , i Ad. sks. I , n Port Essington (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 "'*• 1 Skulls. [^?- ^ ^ 
 
 3. Macropns robustus. 
 
 Maeropus (Petrogale) robustus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 92 ; Waterh. 
 
 Jard. Nat. lAhr., Mamm. xi. p. 241 (1841). 
 Petrogale robuata, Gray, Grey's Amtr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; 
 
 Gould, Mon. Macr. pi. v. (animal) (1841). 
 Heteropus robustus, Less. N. Tabl. R. A. Mamm. p. 195 (1842). 
 Osphraiiter robustus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 91 (1843) ; Gould, 
 
 Mamm. Amir. ii. pis. x. & xi. (animal) (1858) ; Gerrard, Cat. 
 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 127 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austi: 
 
 Mus. p. 48 (1864) ; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 383 ; Fletcher, P. 
 
 Linn. Soc. N. S. W. vii. p. 643 (anat.) (1882) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 
 Mus. p. 318 (1887). 
 HalmatmTis robustus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 660 (1844) ; Wagn. 
 
 Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 310 (1855) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 879 
 
 (1887). 
 Maeropus robustus, Waterh. iV. H. Mamm. i. p. 100 (1846) ; Sehleg. 
 
 Dierh. p. 142 (1857) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 678 (1869) ; Hill, P. Z. S. 
 
 1867, p. 476; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. x. p. 2 (1871); 
 
 Owen, Phil. Tram. 1874, p. 246 et seqq. pi. xx. fig. 13 (lower 
 
 jaw) ; Ujd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 222 (1887). 
 
 * The skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, mentioned 
 by Flower and Garson (l. c), turns out on examination to be really referable to 
 
 M, ru/us. 
 
1. MAcaoPus. 23 
 
 Halmaturus erul)escens, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1870, pp. 126 & 669, pi. x. 
 
 (ammal), and 1871, p. 240, figs. 5 & 6 (skull) ; Owen, Phil. Trans. 
 
 1874, p. 246 et seqq. pi. xx. figs. 1-5 (skull and teeth) ; Selater, 
 
 List An. Zool. Soe. (8th ed.) p. 201, fig. 38 (1883) ; id. P. Z. S. 1883, 
 
 p. 131, 1885, p. 322. 
 Phascolagus eruhescens, Owen, I. e. p. 262 (1874). 
 Osphranter " creheacens," F. O. Waterh., Hare. S. Amtr. p. 284 
 
 (1876). 
 
 Wailaeoo. 
 
 Size large, form stout and heavy. Fur of medium length, rather 
 thick and coarse, directed downwards ; underfur thin and sparse. 
 Muzzle (PI. V. fig. 2) with a definite marked rhinarium, as in 
 M. antilopinus. General colour (of male) dark smoky brown, 
 strongly suffused, in South-Australian specimens, with rufous ; nasal 
 region and hack of ears nearly black ; lips, inside and base of ears 
 white or pale grey. Belly rather paler than back ; chest stiU lighter, 
 nearly white. Arms, legs, and tail very dark brown, gradually 
 becoming black distally. Central hind toe very short, almost 
 wholly hidden by the coarse black hair of the toes. 
 
 Female (not fully adult) smaller, and much lighter- coloured 
 throughout ; general colour pale smoky grey, also often suffused 
 with rufous. Nose and back of ears not darker than body. Extreme 
 tips only of fingers and toes black. Tail greyish white, tip brown. 
 In fuUy adult females the colours probably more nearly approach 
 those of the male. The general colour of the male also appears to 
 darken very considerably as life advances. 
 
 Skull. Muzzle with slight lateral inflation. Nasals rather broad 
 and short, their middle breadth about one third of their length, 
 their anterior end sharply pointed. Interorbital region not inflated, 
 the supraorbital edges sharp and well defined ; intertemporal con- 
 striction very narrow in old specimens. Lacrymal canal variable, 
 its opening generally partly bounded by the maxiUa. Palatal 
 foramina short, not so long as m.', entirely confined to the pre- 
 maxillae. Anterior palate with well-defined edges, the breadth of 
 its narrowest part about one half the length of the diastema. 
 Palate quite complete, its only vacuities being the invariable pos- 
 terior palatine foramina and a few minute holes in its extreme 
 postero-lateral corners. 
 
 Teeth. Eoots of second and third incisors placed more vertically 
 than in M. giganteus. Enamel-covered part of i.^ about as high as 
 long, with an indistinct groove down the centre of its outer face. I.^ 
 long, nearly equalling the combined lengths of i.' and i.^, with one 
 external notch near its front edge, the notch often obscured. P.' 
 about 7 millim. long. P.* comparatively large and powerful. 
 Molars as in M. giganteus, with well-developed transverse ledges, 
 but the connecting-ridges smaller and sometimes absent, 
 
24 
 
 MACEOPODIBa. 
 
 JDimensions. 
 
 6- 2- 
 
 a (stuffed).* b (Btuffed).t 
 Aged. Immature, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 1290 1030 
 
 TaU 900 750 
 
 Hind foot 304 270 
 
 Ear 94 94 
 
 Skull, see p. 29. 
 
 Hub. Queensland, New South Wales, and South Australia 
 (mountainous districts). 
 
 Oo-types in collection. 
 
 The difference in size between the sexes in this species and in 
 M. antilopinus has probably been much overrated, owing to the fact 
 that in each case the typical male specimen figured by Gould is very 
 old, the last molar having been up and in use for some time ; 
 whereas the female is immature or barely adult, and aU recent 
 writers have merely copied Gould's statements on the subject. 
 There is undoubtedly a difference in size, but it is probably little 
 more than occurs in the other large Kangaroos. 
 
 I cannot distinguish specifically the Kangaroo described as M. eru- 
 lescens, which seems to be merely a more rufous form of the present 
 species. As to colour, every intermediate gradation appears to 
 occur, and the skulls of the two forms are quite identical. In a 
 general way South-Australian specimens belong to " erubescens " 
 and New-South-Wales ones to robusius, but specimens agreeing with 
 both are often found in one and the same place. 
 
 ^ j Aged sk, I , Eocky Mts., N. S. W. (J. G.). Gould Coll. 
 
 "■ j Skull. \°- ' 
 
 J f Imm. sk. I n Liverpool Plains, N. S. W. Gould Coll. (Co- 
 
 I Skull. j *■ (J. G.). iypes of species.) 
 
 c. Aged skuU (tS)t- New South Wales. Gould Coll. 
 
 (?)d. Ad. skuU. Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I , ParacHlna, S. A. Colonial Exhibi- 
 
 *• Skull, f f^- tionofl886. 
 
 f jinun. St. I , Port Augusta, S. A. Zoological Societv. 
 
 ■'• I Skeleton, j ° * o . 
 
 ff. Ad, skull. 400 miles N. of Adelaide. F. G, Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
 h. Ad. skull. " Far North," S. A. P. G. Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
 i. Ad. skull. " Far North," S. A. (F. G. Su: E. Owen [P.]. 
 Waterhouse}. 
 
 * When in the tables of measurements specimens are said to be " stuffed " 
 which are afterwards put down as " skins " in the lists of specimens, it means 
 that after the dimensions given were taken the animal was unstuffed and' made 
 into a skin. 
 
 t P.' and mp.* still in place on the left side, and p.* up and in position on 
 the right. 
 
 I The signs tJ or J are placed in brackets when the sex of the specimen is 
 only inferred from cranial characters, and not from external or historical 
 evidence. 
 
1. MACROPTTS. 25 
 
 4, Macropns isal)ellunis. 
 
 Osphranter isabellinus, Ooidd, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 81 ; Gray, List 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 02 (1843) ; GouU, Mamm. Austr. (Introd.), i. 
 
 p. XXX (1863). 
 Halmaturus isabellinus, Schins, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 564 (1844) ; Wagn. 
 
 Schr. 8dug. Supp. v. p. 313 (1855). 
 Maoropus isabellinus, Waferh. ^. S. Mamm. i. p. 99 (1846) : KreM, 
 
 Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871). 
 
 ISABELLIKE ELoreAEOO. 
 
 Fur of medium length, very soft and fine, but not woolly. 
 General colour rich foxy red ; underside and limbs white. Eront 
 of neck pure white, sharply defined from the rufous colour of the 
 nape by a ridge of opposed hairs. Belly and upper part of arms 
 white. Tail rufous grey. 
 
 Dimensions about the same as those of M. rufus. 
 
 Hob. North-west Australia. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 The above are all the particulars that can be obtained about this 
 species from the only known specimen, which consists merely of a 
 fiat skin, without head, arms below elbows, legs or tip of tail, so 
 that it is almost impossible to make out its afiinities. It appears, 
 however, to be most nearly allied to M. rufus, from which it differs 
 by its longer straighter fur, and by the sharp separation of the 
 white on the front of the neck from the dark colour on the back. 
 The species is evidently an exceedingly fine and handsome one, and 
 it is much to be hoped that further specimens will soon be obtained 
 of it. 
 
 a. Flat skin. Barrow I., N.W. coast of Capt. Stokes [P. & 0.]. 
 
 Australia. (.Type of species.) 
 
 5. Macropns rufus. 
 
 Kangurus rufus, Desm. Mamm. (Supp.) ii. p. 541 (1822) ; Gray, 
 
 Griff. Cm. An. K. v. p. 202 (1827). 
 Kangurus laniger, Gaim. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1823, p. 138 ; Quoy ^ 
 
 Gaim. Voy. Uranie, p. 65, pi. ix. (1824) ; Geojf. Diet. Class. d'H, 
 
 N. ix. p. Ill (1826); Desm. Diet. Univ. d'H. N. vii. p. 170, Atlas, 
 
 pi. xix. (animal) (1849). 
 ? Kangurus griseo-lanosua, Quoy Sr Gaim. Ann. Sci. Nat. v. p. 482 
 
 (1825). 
 Macropus lanigerus, Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. iii. p. 49 (plate — animal) 
 
 (1827). 
 Macropus laniger, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 226 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm. 
 
 p. 281 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. Compl. Buff. v. p. 377, pi. xxxiv. 
 
 (1836) ; Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 6 (1837) ; Gray, Grey's 
 
 Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841") ; Gould, Mon. Macr. pi. ii. (animal) 
 
 (1841) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat.'Zihr., Mamm. xi. p. 198 (1841) ; Less. 
 
 N. Tail. R. A. Mamm. p. 193 (1842) ; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 
 
 p. 88 (1848); Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll. Surg. i. p. 325 (1853); 
 
 Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 124 (1862). 
 Macropus rufus, Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 6 (1837) ; Waterh. 
 
 N. H. Mamm. i. p. 104, pi. v. fig. 3 (incisors) (1846) ; Cfiebel, Odon- 
 
26 MACROPODID^. 
 
 togr. pi. xiz.'fig. 14 c (incisors) (1855); id. Sdug. p. 678 (1859); 
 Schleg. Dierk. p. 142 (1857); WolfSrSclater, Zool. Sketches, Ti. 
 pi. xxvi. (animal) (1867) ; Ereffif Mamm. Amtr. text to pi. x. p. 1 
 (1871) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ix. p. 418, pis. Ixxiv.-lxxxiii. (skull and 
 skeleton) (1876) ; Giebel, Bromis Kl. u. Ch-dn. \i. Abth. v. pi. xlvii. 
 fig. 21 (incisors) (1876), and pi. Isxxix. (carpus) (1883) ; Flow. ^ 
 Oars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. u. p. 710 (1884). 
 
 Halmaturus laniger, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Svpp. iii. p. 110 (1843); 
 v. p. 311 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 647 (1844). 
 
 Osphranter lanigerus, Omld, Streelechi's N._ S. W. 5. 316 (1845). 
 
 Osphranter rufus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. -vi. & vii. (animal) 
 (1853) ; Kr^, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 48 (1864) ; Fletcher, 
 P. lAnn. Soc. N. S. W. yii. p. 645 (1882), and viii. p. 8 (1883) 
 (anat.) ; Mikl.-Macl. P. Unn. Soc. N. S. W. ix. p. 1155 (1885) ; 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 318 (1887). 
 
 Macropus (Osphranter) pictus, Oould, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 373. 
 
 Macropus ruber. Crisp, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 135. 
 
 Eed Kaiigaboo. 
 
 Size very large, form slender and graceful. Fur short, close, and 
 woolly or cottony in texture, and formed entirely by what is in 
 other species the nnderfur ; its direction variable, especially on the 
 head. Muzzle with a naked rhinarium, intermediate between those 
 of M. giganteus and M. rohustus (see PI. V. fig. 3). General colour 
 (of male) brilliant rufous. Face grey ; face-markings present, con- 
 sisting of a black whisker-mark, and below it a whitish blotch, 
 passing into a faintly defined white cheek-stripe ; these markings 
 more developed than in the other large Kangaroos, but very faint 
 compared to those of the Wallabies. Ears grey or brown outside, 
 whitish in. Chest, arms from elbows, legs from knees, groin and 
 anal region white or pale grey, the hair on these parts coarse and 
 straight, and corresponding to the ordinary upper fur of other species. 
 BeUy rufous and soft-haired like back, the rufous colour passing 
 round the animal as a broad belt, markedly difEerent from the paler- 
 coloured chest and anal region. Fingers and toes black. Central 
 hind claw short. Tail uniform grey, not darkening to end. 
 
 Female with the colours distributed as in the male, but the rufous 
 is generally, though not invariably, replaced throughout by a peculiar 
 bluish grey, and the light-coloured parts are clearer and more dis- 
 tinctly defined. 
 
 Skull with a very long facial and short cranial portion. Muzzle 
 slightly infiated. Wasals very long, narrow, parallel-sided, their 
 middle breadth going from 4 to 4| times in their length. Inter- 
 orbital region variable, generally slightly inflated, with faintly de- 
 fined supraorbital edges. Opening of lacrymal canal entirely sur- 
 rounded by lacrymal bone. Palatal foramina long, reaching back 
 to the suture. Anterior palate long, narrow, generally with sharply 
 defined edges. Posterior palate incomplete, with numerous small 
 vacuities in the palatine portion. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors much longer vertically and shorter antero-poste- 
 riorly than in M. giganteus. Boots of first pair close together, their 
 tips meeting at a very acute angle. Enamel- covered part of i." from 
 
1. MACROPTTS. 
 
 27 
 
 once and a half to twice as high as long ; i.° short (6-7 millini. long), 
 smooth, generally with a small and inconspicuous groove down the 
 centre of its external face, but this often absent. P.' oblong, not 
 so markedly hourglass- shaped as in M. giganteus. P.* of medium 
 length (8-9 miUim.). Molars with well-defined anterior transverse 
 ledges ; but these entirely without the central connecting-ridges, a 
 character which at once distinguishes M. rufus from aU those of its 
 allies whose skulls are known (see PI. VI. fig. 5). 
 
 d. 2- 
 
 d (aged). e (immature). 
 
 Stuffed. Stuffed, 
 
 millim, millim. 
 
 Head and body 1580 1100 
 
 Tail, 1050 785 . .p„^„„ , 
 
 Hind foot 358 290 J k^n l« ^ 
 
 Ear 109 i^j 1 300-358.) 
 
 Skull, see p. 29. 
 
 Hah. Eastern, South-eastern, and South Australia*. 
 Tt/pe in the Paris Museum. 
 
 J Ad. sk. I , Lower Namoi R., N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 
 "• ■) Skull, f °- (J.G.). 
 
 b, c. Skeletons, c? $ Dubbo, N. S. W. Purchased. 
 
 (mounted). 
 
 d. Ad. St., J • South Australia. Sir Geoi^e Grey [P.]. 
 
 J Ad. st. I o South Australia. Sir George Grey [P. j. 
 *• Skull. ¥• 
 
 f,g. Yg. sks. Gould Coll. 
 
 , . ) Ad. sks. I - n West Australia (?). — Austin, Esq. [P.]. 
 '*'*• j Skull of/, f '^^^ 
 
 . 1 Ad. sk. ( , Zool. Soc. 
 •'■ ] Skeleton. ( °- 
 
 , J Imm. sk. I o Zool. Soc. 
 *• ] Skeleton. ( +• 
 
 I. Yg. sk. Purchased. 
 
 6. Macropus maguus. 
 
 Macropus (Boriogale) magnus, Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 247 et 
 seqq. pi. xx. figs. 12, 19, & 26 (teeth). 
 
 External characters unknown. 
 
 (Si^mZZ (PI. VI. fig. 1). Muzzle with slight lateral inflation. Nasals 
 distorted in the type, but apparently rather broad, the middle breadth 
 going about three and a half times into the length. Interorbital 
 region slightly swollen, its edges rounded. Opening of lacrymal 
 
 * The stated locality of "Western Australia " of specimens h and i is most 
 probably erroneous, as no other record seems to exist of the occurrence of 
 M. rufus there, and Grould states distinctly that it is not found west of South 
 Australia. 
 
28 MACBOPODID^. 
 
 canal entirely in lacrymal bone. Palatal foramina very long, ex- 
 tending some way into the maxilla. Anterior palate short and 
 narrow, its edges weU defined. Posterior palate very incomplete, 
 there being two large vacuities, each as large as m.^, opposite the 
 infrazygomatio processes, and the palatine portion forming a net- 
 work of minute vacuities. 
 
 Teeth (PL VI. figs. 1 & 2, and Owen, I. c). Incisors very like 
 those of M. rufus, longer vertically and slenderer than those of 
 M. giganteus. Roots of the first pair of incisors close together, so 
 that their tips meet at a very acute angle. ■ Enamel-covered portion 
 of i." much higher than long. P. small, and, as weU as i.' and i.", 
 entirely ungrooved externally. P.'' very similar to, but slightly 
 smaller than, that of M. giganteus. Molars remarkable for their 
 high and sharply developed cusps, and, especially, for the great re- 
 duction of their anterior transverse ledges. Thus, m.' has the ledge 
 reduced to a narrow rim not half a millimetre in breadth, m.^ is 
 entirely without it, m.^ has it too narrow to be seen from the 
 outside, and m.*, which has the largest ledge, has it still only as 
 broad as that on m.^ in the other allied species. In no cases are 
 there any traces of anterior connecting-ridges. Lower p.* rather 
 small in proportion, 5"3 millim. long. 
 
 Dimensions. — Animal unknown. Skull, see next page. 
 Hab. Central Australia. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 Of this species there is, up to the present, only known the single 
 skull here described, which was found among a collection of skulls 
 presented by Sir E. Owen, and on examination turned out to be 
 the specimen figured by that author (1. c.) under the name of 
 " M. (Boriogale) magnus." No specific description seems to have 
 been ever given of it, but the named and published figure forms a 
 sufficient claim to the authorship of the species. 
 
 M. magnus is undoubtedly most nearly allied to M. rufus, but is 
 distinguished from it, as from all other Kangaroos, by the reduction 
 or absence of the anterior ledges of the molars, and by its longer 
 palatal foramina. It is very remarkable that a species so large as this 
 should have remained so long unknown, and it is much to be hoped 
 that the animal itself may soon be obtained and described. There is 
 of course a possibility that M. magnus may turn out to be identical 
 with M. isdbellinus, which, as already noted, is only known from an 
 imperfect skin. 
 
 a. Ad. skull. " Far North," S. A. {F. G. Water- Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 house). ( Type of species.) 
 
 The following are the detailed dimensions of the skulls of the 
 large Kangaroos : — 
 
1. MACROPUS. 
 
 29 
 
 
 C>t-<a 
 
 I 
 
 S 
 
 
 I 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 .>O00«00ili-li-lO-5tl(MrH^ -^i-lg- CO 
 
 0«3(Mi-iiod30eDt-(MQ"-Q<N«5tC :» 
 
 >pt- ip t-lp,— . 
 
 (M CO T-H i) 6^ CO CD O CO CN ih '1; »o O I— I 00 :o 
 00 05 00 tM rH (M 05 k:) CO 1-H ^ a -^ ■'tl T-t -CO 
 r-i r-H O t-H CO 
 
 ot^ 
 
 
 o^^^ 
 
 
 
 bd U P 
 
 
 l>a5t>C0CNr-lrH^CO "^ '^(NCD'-H CO 
 
 r-l i-H r-( [M 
 
 cOQDiOtMi-ii— iO^-^CNt-cCO 
 
 00 qq 
 
 : OS OS CO 
 : CO 
 
 !C0Oi 
 1-1 CO 
 
 l-H N 
 
 ■ lO C^ ^-^lO CO (>^ 
 
 CD CO CO O CO t- 00 (N CD 05 t* '^ - (N li^l CD o ; ih 
 
 OS O CO CO 1-1 XN CO la CO CD a lO ■* ir- f-H .CO 
 T— I I— 1 r-l 'C' I— < f^l 
 
 CD c€ 
 
 '^ ^ (D e3 
 
 
 -^ S 
 
 
 abc3 -g^^ 
 
 
 OPM 
 
 5 
 
 r^ liS 
 
 p-3 S M tJD 
 
 -2 S a'^5 
 
 as » 'm '3 "S 
 
 Ph fi pqPQpR&H 
 
 i 
 
 
 13 
 
 Ti 
 
 v^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c8 
 
 
 
 "i 
 
 ja 
 
 nn 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 U 
 
 ?r, 
 
 TS'^ 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 ^ 
 
 -H 
 
 l^H 
 
30 MACROPOBIB^. 
 
 Group II. LAEGE WALLABIES. 
 
 The members of this group are very closely allied in size and other 
 external characters, but there is a rather greater diversity in the 
 proporfions of their skulls than in the last group. Their coloration 
 is bright and ornamental, especially on the face ; their size is fairly 
 uniform (hind foot about 160-240 millim.), and there is less dif- 
 ference in this respect than occurs among the Eangaroos. Their 
 feet are larger in proportion to the size of their bodies than is the 
 ease in the small Wallabies, which they probably exceed very con- 
 siderably in their saltatory powers. In their skulls the palate is, as 
 a rule, much more incomplete than in the Kangaroos, and their third 
 incisor is always provided with a single well-marked external notch, 
 placed at or about the centre of the tooth. The molars, compared 
 ..with those of the larger species, are characterized by always having 
 at the antero-extemal corner of the tooth a well-marked connecting- 
 ridge joining the anterior transverse ledge to the body of the tooth, 
 while, on the other hand, the median anterior connecting-ridge, 
 prominent in most of the Kangaroos, is small or entirely absent. 
 
 7. Macropus ualabatus*. 
 a. Macropus ualabatus, yar. typicus. 
 
 Kangurus bruni, Desm. N. Diet. d'S. N. (2) xvii. p. 42 (1817) ; id. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 275 (1820, nee Schreb.). 
 Kangurus ualabatua, Zess. ^ Oarn. Voy. CoqvMk, Zool. i. p. 161, 
 
 pi. vii. (animal) (1826). 
 Macropus ualabatus. Less. Man. Mamm. p. 227 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. 
 
 Mamm. p. 283 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buffi) v. p. 378 
 
 (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 66 (1838) ; id. Jard. 
 
 Nat. Misc. Mamm. xi. p. 219, pi. xx. (animal) (1841) ; Less. N. 
 
 Tahl. JR. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; QiAel, Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. 
 
 fig. 11 e (incisors) (1865) ; id. Sdug. p. 680 (1859) ; id. Bronn's El. 
 
 u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pi. xlvii. fig. 21 (12) (1876) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. 
 
 Mamm. B.M. v. p. 219 (1887). 
 Halmaturus lessoni, Qray, Charleiw. Maxj. N. H. i. p. 683 (1837) ; 
 
 id. Qi-ey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841). 
 Halmaturus ualabatus, Oray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; 
 
 Oould, Mon. Macrop. pi. xviii. (animal) (1842); Gray, List Mamm. 
 
 i?.ilf.p.89 (1843); G'oMW,ii!fa»ijn.^Mgi5>Mi.pIs.xxii.&xxiii.(ammal) 
 
 (1857) ; Oerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862) ; Blyth, 
 
 Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 184 (1863) ; Kr^, Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. Mus. p. 49 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. pi. xi. (animal) 
 
 (1871) ; Fletcher, P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. viii.p. 8 (1883) ; Poulton, 
 
 P. Z. S. 1883, p. 600 (anat.) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 319 
 
 (1887). 
 
 * a. Fur longer. Pace-markingB dull and indistinot. 
 
 Sab. S^ew South Wales and Victoria a.' Var. 
 
 b. Fur shorter. Face-markings bright and con- 
 spicuous. Hob. Queensland b. Var, apicalis, p. 32. 
 
1. MACEOPTJB. 31 
 
 Halmaturus nemoralis, Wagn, Schr. Sikig. Svpp. iii. p. 114 (1843), 
 V. p. 319 (1855) ; Sehinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 553 (1844). 
 
 Maeropus (Halmaturus) ualabatus, Waterh. N. H. Mdmm. i. p. 136, 
 pi V. fig. 12 (incisors) (1846) ; Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 246 et 
 segq. pi xx. figs. 20 & 27 (teeth). 
 
 BlACK-TAILBD WaIiLABT. 
 
 General form rather short and clumsy. Fur long, thick, and 
 rather coarse. General colour dark rufous grey, the rufous predo- 
 minating on the hinder back. Underfur long, soft, dark greyish 
 brown. Crown of head, round base of ear, outside of elbows, chin, 
 chest, and belly pale rufous, or yellow, the colour, however, very 
 variable both in extent and intensity, and often fading very much 
 in specimens long exposed to light. Face-markings, in the typical 
 variety, vague and indistinct, consisting of a dark-brown or blackish 
 whisker-mark from muzzle to eye, with a whitish cheek-stripe. 
 Ears short, coloured like the top of the head. Fore-quarters and 
 sides coarsely grizzled grey ; a broad mark just behind the elbow, 
 due to the absence there of the longer grey-tipped fur, and the con- 
 sequent showing through of the dark underfur. Hands and feet 
 brown, becoming black on the toes. Tail black, its proximal half, 
 sometimes grizzled with grey. 
 
 Skull with large brain-case and comparative short face (facial 
 index about 220). Premaxillse short and upright, scarcely visible 
 from above beyond the tips of the nasals ; nasals long, narrow, and 
 straight-sided, slightly broadening behind, their central breadth 
 going about four times" in their length. Supraorbital edges sharp 
 and square, sometimes slightly overhanging, but not forming distinct 
 postorbital processes ; constriction fairly well marked. Infraorbital 
 foramen opening comparatively far from orbit, about 10 to 13 
 millim. distant. Palate with two large openings, each about as big 
 as the first two molars together. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors (PI. IX. fig. 1) placed more vertically than in the 
 other species. I.' with the portion behind the notch decidedly shorter 
 than that in front. P.^ evenly oval, nearly as broad in front as 
 behind, about 7 miUim. long. P.* (PI. X. fig. 1) oval, very large 
 and heavy, recalling the corresponding tooth in Dorcopsis ; generally 
 longer than any of the molars, its outer side with three distinct 
 vertical grooves, and its inner with a broad cuspidate ledge. Lower 
 p.* about 8 millim. long. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 S. ?. 
 
 a (skin). b (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 820, 815 
 
 ' Tail 650 650 
 
 Hind foot 208 187 
 
 Ear 59 63 
 
 SkuU, see p. 45. 
 
32 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 Hal. Few South Wales and Victoria. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 Specimen d is remarkable for having its head pale grey, and in 
 parts quite white, and for having numerous white hairs mixed in 
 with the ordinary fur of the body, both being, no doubt, due to 
 extreme old age. 
 
 i Ad. sk I , Mountain top, Liverpool Gould CoU. 
 
 "•Skull. [«'• Range, N.S.W.(J:G.). 
 
 6. Ad. St., 9. Hunter R., N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 
 {J. O.). 
 
 c. Aged skull, c? • Mosquito Id., Hunter R. J. Macgillivray [P.]. 
 
 {Voy-'HeraW). 
 
 d, e. Ad. & imm. sk., ^ . Western Port, Victoria. Purchased. 
 
 /, g. Ad. skulls, ? . Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 b. Macropus ualabatus, var. apicalis. 
 
 PHalmaturus mastersi, Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871) {nom. 
 
 nudum). 
 Halmaturus apicalis, Oiinth. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 653, pi. Ixxvii. (animal). 
 
 Size and colours like those of the typical variety, but the fur 
 shorter and coarser, the underfur thinner, and the markings, espe- 
 cially those on the face, more sharply defined. The brown niark 
 on the side of the face is continued through the eye to just in front 
 of the ear, and is sharply separated below from the white whisker- 
 mark. The rufous on the lower back is of a richer brighter tinge, 
 and the tail is tipped with white, though this character is probably 
 variable. 
 
 Shull and teeth precisely as in the typical form. 
 
 Hab. N.E. Queensland. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 Dimensions of the type (a skin), c? :■ — Head and body 850 millim. ; 
 taU 635 ; hind foot 209 ; ear 55. Skull, see p. 45. 
 
 j Ad. sk. 1 _, Cape Grafton, N.E. Queensland. Purchased. (Type 
 "■ 1 SkuU. f °: of variety.) 
 
 8. Macropus ruficollis *. 
 a. Macropus ruficollis, var. t3rpicus. 
 
 (?) Halmaturus kingii, III. Abh. Ah. Serl. 1811, p. 102 (1815) (sine 
 descr.). 
 
 Kangurus ruficollis, Besm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xvu. p. 37 (1817) ; 
 id. Mamm. i. p. 274 (1820) ; Geoff. Diet. Class. d'H. N. ix. p. 110 
 (1826) ; Oray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 203 (1827). 
 
 Kangurus rufogriseus, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xvii. p. 36 (1817) ; 
 
 a. Fur shorter. Oolour bright, markings pro- 
 
 minent. JSiaA. Australia a.Y&v.typious. 
 
 b. Pur longer. Colour dull and sombre ; markings 
 
 inconspicuous. Hob. Tasmania b. Var. bennettii, p. 34. 
 
1. MACKOPITS. 33 
 
 id. Mamm. i. p. 273 (1820) ; Geoff. Bid. Class. d'H. JSf. ix. p. 110 
 (1826). 
 Halmaturua ruficoUis, GoMf. Isis, 1819, p. 267 ; Gould, Mon. Macrop. 
 pi. xvii. (animal)' (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. iii. p. 112 
 (1848), V. p. 318 (18S5) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 552 (1844) ; 
 Gould, Mamm,. Austr. ii. pis. xiv., xv. (animal) (1854) ; Blyth, 
 Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 184 (1863) ; Kreft, Cat. Mamm. 
 Austr. Mus. p. 50 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to pi. x. p. 3 
 (1871) ; Fletcher, P. lAnn. Soc. iV. S. W. vii. p. 641 (1882), viii. 
 p. 7 (1883) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 318 (1887). 
 Macropu.s ruficoUis, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 226 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. 
 Mamm. p. 282 (1§29) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) v. 
 p. 878 (1836) ; Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 5 (1837); Waterh. 
 Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 66 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 xi. p. 216 (1841 ) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) : 
 Gieb. Siiug. p. 680 (1859). 
 Macropus rufogriseus, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 226 (1827); Fisch. 
 Syn. Mamm. p. 282 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) 
 V. p. 878 (1836) ; Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 5 (1837) ; 
 Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 217 (1841) ; Less. N. 
 Tabl. a. A, Mamm. p. 194 (1842). 
 Kangurus griseus, GVay, Grif. Cm. An. X. v. p. 202 (1827). 
 Macropus banksianus. Less. Man. Marfim. p. 226 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. 
 Mamm. p. 282 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. 
 p. 377 (1836) ; id. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842). 
 Halmaturua elegana, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; id. 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 89 (1843) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 126 (1862) (nee Lambert). 
 Halmatiu'us rufogriseus, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. Ill (1843) ; 
 
 Schinz, Sun. Mamm. i. p. 632 (1844). 
 Macropus (Halmaturua) ruficoUis, Waterh. N H. Mamm. i. p. 125 
 (1846) ; G-unn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 88 (18-52) ; Onim, Phil. 
 Tram. 1874, p. 246 et seqq. pi. xx. figs. 9, 10, & 21 (teeth). 
 
 Eed-neckbd Wallaby. 
 
 Largest of the group. Form slender. Nose naked, as in aU the 
 other Wallabies except M. agilis and irma ; the hair not growing 
 between the nostrils (see PI. V. fig. 4). General Colour greyish 
 fawn, grading into bright rufous on the back of the neck and on 
 the rump, clearer grey on the centre of the back. An indistinct 
 whitish hip-mark sometimes visible. Underfur thin and sparse, 
 brownish rufous. Face-markings inconspicuous, the top of the 
 muzzle dark brown, connecting the dark lateral whisker- marks, 
 below which there are indistinct whitish cheek-stripes, running from 
 the angle of the mouth to just helow the eye. Crown of head 
 rufous grey. Ears rather longer than usual, their backs rufous, 
 
 [Macropiis elegans, Lambert, Linn. Trans. Tiii.p. 381, pi. xvi. (animal) (1805). 
 
 It is impossible to decide with certainty to which species this description 
 belongs. Gray considered it to be the present species, while Waterhouse 
 assigned it to M. parryi ; but the figure shows no trace of the latter's prominent 
 face-markings, which could hardly be overlooked by the most careless artist. 
 In fact the description might be applied either to small specimens of M. gigan- 
 teus (e. g. var. melanops) or of M. robustus, or to large ones of M. parryi or of 
 M. ruficoUis. The name must therefore be ignored as of uncertain application.] 
 
 D 
 
34 MACROPODID^. 
 
 becoming blacker towards theii" tips. Hands and feet grey, be- 
 coming gradually quite black at the ends of the digits. Chin, chest, 
 and belly white or greyish white. Tail uniform grey above and 
 white below, an inconspicuous black pencil generally present at the 
 tip. 
 
 Skull. General form much as in M. ualahatus, but the facial part 
 longer in proportion to the cranial (facial index 230-240). Pre- 
 masillse long, and slanting very much forward, so that they project 
 some 10 or 12 miUim. beyond the tips of the nasals. Nasals of 
 medium length, slightly expanded behind. Supraorbital edges 
 sharp, not overhanging ; no trace of postorbital processes. A 
 distinct intertemporal constriction always "-present, but never be- 
 coming, even in old specimens, very strongly marked. Infra- 
 orbital foramen opening only from 7-9 mUlim. from orbit. Palate 
 fairly complete for this group, from two to four larger openings 
 generally present, each about as big as one of the molars, and a few 
 small openings in the palatine portion. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors (PI. IX. flg. 2) large, long, and powerful. I.' 
 with its vertical several times as great as its horizontal diameter ; 
 i.^ large, a strongly marked notch at the centre of its outer margin. 
 P.^ about 5'5 or 6 millim. long. P.^ (PI. X. fig. 2) small, narrow, 
 and triangular, about as long as m.', its anterior part without an 
 internal ledge. Lower p.* about 5 millim. long. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (gtufifed). b (stuffed), 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 1050 925 
 
 Tail . . '. 750 700 
 
 Hind foot 230 220 
 
 Ear 78 76 
 
 Skull, see p. 45. 
 
 ffab. New South Wales and Victoria. 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 a, b. Ad. St., cS 2 ■ Bong Bong, N. S. W. (G Gould Coll. 
 
 Throsby, Esq.). 
 
 c. Imm. skull. Sydney, N. S. W. Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 d-ff. Skulls. Mt. Gambler, extreme 8.E. F. G. Waterhouse, 
 
 South Australia. Es(j. [0. & P.]. 
 
 h. Skull. Zoological Society. 
 
 b. Macropus mlicollis, var. bennettii. 
 
 P Macropus albus ", Gray, Spic. Zool. ii. p. 10 (1830) ; Waterh. Jard. 
 Nat. labr., Mamm. xi. p. 214 (1841). 
 
 * Even were this name certainly applioaljle to the present form, it would 
 have no claim to adoption, being incorrect and misleading. 
 
1. MiCBOPUs. 35 
 
 PHalmaturus albua, Qray^ Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 583 (1837). 
 Macropus bennettii, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 103; id. Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Mus. Z. 8. p. 66 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 211 
 
 (1841) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. p. 383, pi. Ixxi. (palate & teeth) (1841) ; 
 
 Gulliver, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 50, et 1842, pp. 64-70 ; Less. N. Tabl. 
 
 R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Oiven, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll. Surg. i. 
 
 p. 324 (1853) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. fig. 16 a (incisors) 
 
 (1855); -ScA/e^r. DserA. i. p. 142 (1857) ; Gieb. Bronn'sKl.u.Ordn. 
 
 vi. Abth. V. pi. xlvii. fig. 21 (9) (incisors) (1876) ; Flow. ^ Gars. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 711 (1884). 
 Halmaturus ualabatus, Grajf, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 683 (1837) 
 
 (nee Less.). 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) fruticus, Og. Ann. Mag. N. S. i. p. 219 
 
 (18.^8). 
 Halmaturus bennettii, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pi. vii. (animal) (1841) ; 
 
 Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; id. List Mamm. B. M. 
 
 p. 89 (1848) I Wagn. Sohr. Sdug, Supp. iii. p. 116 (1843), v. p. 317 
 
 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 550 (1844) ; Gould, Mamm. 
 
 Austr. ii. pis. xvi., XYii. (animal) (1856) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862) ; Blgth, Cat. Mamm. Mm. As. Soc. 
 
 p. 184 (1863) ; Peters, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 953 ; Z-efflt, Notes Faun. 
 
 Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871) ; Gieb. Bronn's 
 
 Kl. u. Ordn. -vi. Abth. v. pi. xxi.flgs. 8-10 (skuU) (1874) ; Schmidt, 
 
 P. Z. <S. 1880, p. 305; Rigg. ^ Pett. P. Boy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, 
 
 p. 196 ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 319 (1887). 
 Halmaturus fruticus, Wagn. Schr. Sang. Supp. iii. p. 118 (1843). 
 Halmaturus leptonyx, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 116 (1843) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 554 (1844). 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) ruticollis, var. bennettii, Waterh. N. S. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 130, pi. v. fig. 9 (incisors) (1846). 
 
 Bennett's Waliabt. 
 
 Arrangement of colours as in typical variety, but the whole much 
 more sombre in tone, the bright rufous of the nape and rump re- 
 placed by dull rufous brown, the back of the ears nearly black, the 
 face-markings scarcely visible, the chest and belly dirty greyish 
 white, and the tail a darker grey. The fur is very much longer 
 and thicker, and the underfill is of a dark smoky-brown colour, 
 with scarcely a tinge of rufous. 
 
 SlcuU and teeth precisely as in the true M. rwfkollis. 
 
 Dimensions of a female (spec, a) stuffed : — Head and body 915 ; 
 tail (c.) 690 ; hind foot 208 ; ear 70. Skull, see p. 45. 
 
 Hob. Tasmania. 
 
 Type not traceable. 
 
 I am fully at one with Mr. Waterhouse in regarding Bennett's 
 Wallaby as not specifically separable from the Australian M. rufi- 
 collis, of which it obviously forms the Tasmanian climatic represen- 
 tative, and to which it bears precisely the same relation that M. 
 fuliginosus does to M. giganteus. 
 
 a, b. Ad. 5 & yg. st. Tasmania. Gould Coll. 
 
 c, d. Imm. st, Tasmania. Purchased. 
 
 I 1mm. St. 1 Voy. ' Herald.' 
 
 *■ i Skull. f 
 
 f. Ad. skull. Tasmania. Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 d2 
 
36 MACROPOBIDJS. i 
 
 q. Ad. skull. Tasmania. 
 
 h. Yg. skull. (Voy. ' Fly.') J. B. Jukes, Esq. [P. ]. 
 
 t, j. Skeletons. Purchased. 
 
 9. Macropus greyi. 
 
 Halmaturus greyi, Gi-ay, List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1848) (sine 
 
 descr.). 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) greyi, Waterh. JV. H. Mamm. i. p. 122 (1846) 
 
 (descr. orig.). 
 Halmaturus greyi, Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. xviii. & xix. (animal) 
 
 (1852) ; Wagn. ScTir. Saug. Supp. v. p. 316 (1855) ; Garrard, Cat. 
 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 127 (1862); Srefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10 
 
 (1871). 
 
 Gtbet's Wallaby. 
 
 Form slender and delicate. General colour very similar to thac 
 of M. rufieollis, greyish fawn on the back, becoming more rufous on 
 the nape and back of head. Underfur rather thick and woolly, 
 slaty brown at its base, rufous at tip. Ears rufous behind, their 
 edges blackish. Face-markings distinct ; tip of muzzle pale grey, 
 but the fur bordering the naked rhinarium black for about half an 
 inch ; sides of muzzle with a distinct black whisker-mark from the 
 nose to the eye, sharply bordered below by the clear white cheek- 
 stripe, which involves the edges of the mouth, and passes backwards 
 under the eye nearly to the ear. An indistinct whitish hip-stripe 
 probably visible in some-specimens. Arms and hands to metacarpus, 
 legs and feet to end of metatarsus white or yellowish, then abruptly 
 turning to black on the fingers and toes. Central posterior claws 
 unusually slender and long, exceeding the pads by more than an 
 inch. BeUy pale grey, with a tinge of rufous. Tail very pale grey, 
 becoming whiter to its tip ; indistinct upper and lower crests of 
 white hair developed on its distal half. 
 
 Shall (PI. VII. fig. 2). General form very unlike the other 
 members of this group, and more like that of those of the next, 
 Brain-case very small; facial region long and powerful (facial index 
 275, as in the large Kangaroos). Nasals short, broad, and enormously 
 expanded behind. Interorbital region very broad, the supraorbital 
 edges sharp, and becoming thickened and overhanging in old speci- 
 mens, the two sides quite parallel, without any noticeprble inter- 
 temporal constriction. Opening of infraorbital canal about 7 millim. 
 from orbit. Palate very complete, only a few small openings 
 present. 
 
 Teeth all very small in proportion to the size of the animal. 
 Incisors (PI. IX. fig. 3) small and light. I.^ very short, small and 
 triangular, very similar to that of the members of the next group 
 of Wallabies, its edge scarcely longer than that of i.", a small ex- 
 ternal notch just behind its centre. P.* both above and below much 
 as in M. ruficollis. 
 
1. MACH0PU8. 37 
 
 Dimensicms. 
 
 6. ?. 
 
 a (stuffed), b (stuffed). 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 810 840 
 
 Tail 730 710 
 
 Hind foot 212 216 
 
 Ear 65 71 - 
 
 SkuU, see p. 45. 
 
 Hah. South-eastern South Australia. 
 
 Co-types in coUeotion. 
 
 The skull and dentition of this species show that, while by its 
 external characters it closely resembles M. rufioollis and other 
 members of the present group, yet it is probably more nearly related 
 genetically to the next group of Wallabies. This is specially shown 
 by the small size of the brain-case, the shape and feebleness of 
 the incisors, and the character of the nasal bones. In all groups 
 an increase of size is marked by a corresponding increase in the 
 proportionate size of the face, so that, judging from its very high 
 facial index and by the other characters just mentioned, we ought 
 to regard M, greyi as a comparatively recently enlarged member 
 of the group of small Wallabies. 
 
 , I Ad. sks. I , o South Australia. Sir George Grey [P. & C.]. 
 "'"■] Skulls. f°+- (Co-<ype« of species.) 
 
 10. Macropus dorsalis. 
 
 Halmaturus dorsalis, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 683 (1837) ; 
 
 id. Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 408 (1841) ; Gould, Mon. Macrop. 
 
 pi. viii. (animal) (1841) ; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1843) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 127 (1843), v. p. 323 (1855) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 556 (1844) ; I)esm. Diet. Univ. d'H. N. 
 
 vii. p. 170, Atl. pi. xviii. (animal) (1849) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. 
 
 ii. pis. xivi. & xxvii. (animal) (1867) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 127 (1862) ; Gray, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 221 ; Krefft, Mamm. 
 
 Austr. pi. xi. (animal) (1871) ; Fletcher, P. lAnn. Soo. N. 8. W. 
 
 vii. p. 641 (1882), viii. p. 8 (1883) (anat.) ; Jmt. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 
 Mm. p. 320 (1887) ; CoU. Zool. Jahrh. ii. p. 885 (1887). 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) dorsalis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 152, 
 
 pi. V. fig. 14 (incisors) '(1846). 
 Macropus dorsalis, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z..S. p. 67 (1838) ; 
 
 id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 230 (1841) ; Gfiebel, Odontogr. 
 
 p. 43, pi. xix. fig. 12 B (incisors) (1855) ; id. Sdug. p. 681 (1859) ; 
 
 td. Bronn's Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pi. Ixvii. fig. 21 (14) (incisors) 
 
 (1876). 
 
 Black-sieiped Wallaby. 
 
 Size small ; form light and delicate. Rhinarium (PL V. fig. 5) 
 whoUy naked. General colour grey, becoming rich rufous on the 
 forequarters ; a distinct narrow black line from occiput to centre 
 
38 MACKOPODID*. 
 
 of back*. Underfur grey-brown. General colour of face grey; 
 face-markings nearly obsolete, the dark whiBker-mark scarcely 
 distinguisbable, and the white cheek-stripe reduced merely to the 
 white upper lip ; a white spot at the base of the outer edge of the 
 ear. Back of ears rufous, darkening to their tips. A distinct 
 white hip-stripe present, running horizontally backwards from the 
 knee. Arms rufous ; legs grey ; fingers and toes gradually be- 
 coming quite black to their tips. Central hind claw rather shorter 
 than usual. Chin, chest, and belly white or greyish white, rather 
 more sharply defined than is usual in the group. Tail grey above, 
 its extreme tip black. 
 
 Skull. General form light and slender. Premaxillae obliquely 
 set. Nasals narrow, very slightly expanded behind. Interorbital 
 region broad, flat, not constricted ; supraorbital edges thick and 
 prominent, developing low rounded convexities in the usual position 
 of the postorbital proceRsea. Infraorbital foramen opening from 8 
 to 11 miUim. from orbit. Palate with a pair of very large vacuities 
 opposite the anterior root of the zygoma. 
 
 Teeth small and light. I.^ fairly long, its external notch central. 
 P.' about 5 miUim. long, broader behind than in front. P.'' 
 (PI. X. fig. 3) about the length of m}, narrow, converging forward, 
 with a well-marked postero-intemal talon, and a narrow internal 
 ledge. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6- 2- 
 
 c (stuffed), /(stuffed). 
 
 Aged. Adult. 
 
 miUim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 790 660 
 
 Tail 610 510 , ,-R , 
 
 Hind foot 175 168 ^ ? =f ;it\ 
 
 Ear 63 63^ 156-175.) 
 
 SkuU, see p. 45. 
 
 Hab. Inland districts of Queensland and New South Wales. 
 Type not traceable. 
 
 o. Ad. al., cJ. Queensland. Mr.J.Abraham8[P.]. 
 
 . 1 Imm. sk. 1 o Queensland. Purchased. 
 
 *• J SkuU. ( ^ ■ 
 
 c. Imm. skull. Queensland {LeicharMs jEx- John Gilbert, Esq. 
 
 pedition). [C]. 
 
 Imm. skull, cJ • Brezi, N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 
 d. I Ad. St. ) , Interior N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 
 e. ]SkuU. f °- 
 
 /,^. Ad.st.,$&yg. Interior N. S. W. Gould Coll. - 
 
 * Dr. CoUett (I. c.) records that in one specimen from Rockhampton, three 
 transverse dark stripes were visible on the back, in addition to the ordinary 
 longitudinal one. 
 
1. MACHOPTTS. 39 
 
 11. Macropus parryi. 
 
 Macropus parryi, Benn. P. Z. S. 1834, p. 151 ; id. Tr. Z. S. i. p. 295, 
 
 pi. xxxvii. (animal and teeth) (1885) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. i. p. 208 
 
 (anat.) (1835) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) x. p. 365 (1836) ; 
 
 Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 66 (1888) ; id. Jard. Nat. 
 
 Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 206, pi. xviii. (animal) (1841) ; Oray, Orey's 
 
 Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; Qiebel, Saug. p. 679 (1859) • 
 
 Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 220 (1887). 
 Halmaturus parryi, Gray, Charlesiv. Mag. N: H. i. p. 583 (1837) 
 
 Oould, Mon. Macrop. pi. xix. (animal) (1842) ; Gray, list Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 89 (1843); Wagn. Schr.Saug. Supp. iii. p. 112(1843), v. 
 
 p. 314 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 549 (1844) ; Gerrard, Cat 
 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 127 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. 
 
 Mm. p. 49 (1864) ; Hyrtl, Benk. Ak. Wien, xxii. p. 158 (1864) i 
 
 Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. x. p. 2 (1871) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrh. 
 
 ii. p. 881(1887). 
 Macropus (Ospliranter) parryi, Less. N. Tabl. R. A, Mamm. p. 194 
 
 (1842). 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) parryi, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 113 
 
 (1846).^ 
 Osphranter (?) parryi, Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. xii., xiii. (animal) 
 
 (1852). 
 
 Paket's Waliabt. 
 
 Size of M. ruficollis. Form very slender and graceful. Pur soft, 
 almost wooUy. General colour clear grey, with a bluish tinge, 
 rump rather more rufous. Underfur thin and sparse, pale grey. 
 Face-markings distinct and well defined ; top of muzzle brown, 
 slightly paler than the two dark whisker-marks ; cheek-stripe 
 pure white and sharply defined, passing backwards to beneath the 
 eye ; a grey band passing backwards from the angle of the mouth 
 betwpen the cheek-stripe and the white chin. Crown of head grey, 
 becoming whiter between the ears, the white passing backwards as 
 a nuchal stripe to about halfway down the neck ; a darker 
 mark on each side of it. Ears unusually long, their interior 
 white, their exterior parti-coloured, brown for the basal half, then 
 white and the extreme tips brown. Sides of rump white, but this 
 not corresponding in any way to the white femoral stripes of other 
 species. Chin , pure white ; chest, belly, and inner sides of limbs 
 greyish white. Arms and legs grey like the body, hands and feet 
 gradually becoming nearly or quite black on the digits. Tail very 
 long, pale grey, an inconspicuous black or grey crest below the tip. 
 
 Skull. General form much as in M. ruficollis. Eelative propor- 
 tions of brain-case and face medium (index about 230). PremaxiDse 
 very oblique, projecting far beyond the nasals. Nasals very slightly 
 expanded behind. Interorbital region broad, the supraorbital edges 
 strong, thickened, and developing short but distinct postorbital pro- 
 cesses, behind which there is a feebly marked intertemporal constric- 
 tion. Top of crown unusually convex, the parietal region bent 
 down at a very considerable angle to the line of the face. Infra- 
 orbital opening about 9 or 10 millim. from orbit. Palate with two 
 large vacuities, each about as large as two of the molars combined. 
 
40 MA0EOPODID-«!. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors small and light ; i.' witt its vertical barely exceed- 
 ing its horizontal diameter ; i.' of medium length, with the notch 
 central. P.= oval, about 6 millim. long ; p." (PL X. fig. 4) proportion- 
 ally very small and narrow, with no anterior internal ledge, and the 
 postero-internal talon very small. Lower p.* corresponding, as 
 usual, in size and proportion to the upper one, about 5 millim. in 
 length. ' • 
 
 JDimensio^is. 
 
 2- 
 
 a (stuffed). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 800 
 
 TaU 740 
 
 Hind foot 237 
 
 Ear 78 
 
 Skull, see p. -45. 
 
 Hab. Mountain-ranges of Queensland and Northern New South 
 Wales. 
 
 Tyjie in coUectipn. ' 
 
 j Ad. sk. 1 o Stroud, near Port Stephens, Zool. Soc. Coll. 
 "•) Skull, i +• N. S. W. (&V ^. Pffijvy). ( Type of species.) 
 
 b. Ad. skull. New South Wales (J. Mao Zool. Soc. Coll. 
 
 AHhur, Esq.). 
 
 I Imm. sk. I ^ Australian Museum. 
 
 "•Skull. }?• 
 
 , J Yg. St. I J. Ingall Esq. [P.]. 
 
 "■ ] Skull, f 
 
 12. Macropus irma. 
 
 Halmaturus irma, Jourd. Ann. Sci. Nat. viii. p. 371 (1887); id. 
 C. R. v. p. 523 (1837) ; Less. N. TaU. M. A., Mamm. p. 195 
 (1842) ; Gray, Idst Mamm. B. M. p. 89 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. 
 Sauff. Supp. iii. p. 127 (1843) ; Sehinz, &/n. Mamm. i. p. 553 
 (1844) ; ScAleg. Dierk. i. p. 142 (1857) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 127 (1862) ; Jmt. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 318 
 (1887). 
 
 Maoropus (Halmaturus) manicatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 127. 
 
 MacropuB manicatus, Waterh. Jard. Nat. lAhr., Mamm. xi. p. 223 
 (1841). 
 
 Macropus irma, Waterh. Jard. Nat. lAbr., Mamm. xi. p. 222 (1841); 
 Oiebel, Siiug. p. 679 (1859). 
 
 Halmaturus manicatus, Gomd, Mon. Macrop. pi. ix. (animal) (1841) ; 
 Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; Less:N. Tabl. R. A., 
 Mamm. p. 195 (1842) ; GilleH, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 35 (habits) ; 
 Sehinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 555 (1844) ; Gotild, Mamm. Amtr. li. 
 pis. XX., xxi. (animal) (1862) ; Wagn. Schr. Simg. Supp. v. p. 314 
 (1855) ; Erefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. x. p. 3 (1871). 
 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) irma, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 117 
 (1846). 
 
 Black-gI/Oved Wallaby. 
 
1. MACBOPUS. 41 
 
 Size rather small ; form very slender and graceful. Nose partly 
 hairy between the nostrils (PI. V. fig. 6). Fur thick and soft. 
 General colour dark bluish grey. Underfur pale rufous, showing 
 through the longer fur, especially on the sides. Face-markings 
 clear and well-defined, arranged as in M. parryi, but the pale 
 cheek-stripe yeUow instead of white, and passing backwards much 
 further, being continuous with a prominent pale blotch at the base 
 of the outer margin of the ear. Back of ears and crown of head 
 black, the black passing backwards as a dark nuchal stripe. Inside 
 of ears pale yellow except at the tip, where there is a prominent 
 black border. A very inconspicuous pale hip-stripe . present, 
 separated from the pale flanks by a triangular portion of dark grey 
 like that on the back. BeUy pale grey, with a tinge of yellowish 
 or rufous. Arms and outsides of legs grey ; hands to metacarpus, 
 front of legs and feet to ends of metatarsus bright yellow. Fingers 
 and toes sharply defined pure black. Tail grey like the body for 
 its proximal quarter and all along its sides, but for its distal three- 
 quarters there is a well-defined crest of long stiff black hairs on 
 both the upper and under sides ; in some specimens the extreme tip 
 is white. 
 
 Skull. Small and lightly built. Premaxillse upright. Nasals 
 long and narrow, their central breadth going nearly five times into 
 their length, very slightly expanded behind. Interorbital region 
 broad and flat, the supraorbital edges parallel without marked inter- 
 temporal constriction. Palate very complete for a Wallaby, the 
 largest vacuities not larger than p.' or p.* 
 
 Teeth. Incisors small and slender ; i.' very short, not longer than 
 p.* P.' oval, about 5 milhra. long. P.'' short and broad, with a 
 well-developed postero-internal talon. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 2 
 
 a (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 780 
 
 Tail" 720 
 
 Hind foot 195 
 
 Ear 65 
 
 SkuU, see p. 45. 
 
 Edb. "Western Australia (southern districts). 
 
 Type not traceable. 
 
 This beautiful spedies of Wallaby, distinguished by its peculiarly 
 double-crested tail and its weU-deflned markings, is the only 
 representative of the present group in Western Australia. 
 
 Ad. sk. I p Swan R., W. A. {J. Gilbert). _ jGould OoU. (Type 
 
 "■ j Skull ) * ■ oi H. manicatus, Gould.) 
 
 I "" 
 
 , Imm. St. I Toodyay, W. A. (7. Gilbert). Gould GoU, 
 
 *■ ■! Skull, 
 
42 MACEOrOBID^. 
 
 I Imm. sk. I , Toodyay, W. A.. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 "■ ) Skull. f °- 
 
 d. Imm. sk., 5. Perth, W. A. Government of W. 
 
 Australia [P.]. 
 
 e. Imm. skull. Gould Coll. 
 /. Yg. sk. Purchased. 
 
 13. ITacropus agilis. 
 
 Halmaturus agilis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 81 ; id. Mon. Macrop. 
 
 pi. XX. (animal) (1842) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 562 (1844) ; 
 
 jSbmbr. %■ Jacq. Voy. Pule Sud, Zool. iii. p. 36, Atl. pi. xix. 
 
 (animal, skull and feet) (1853) ; Wagn, Schr. Saug. Supp. v. 
 
 p. 812 (18.55) ; Gould, Mdrkm. Austr. ii. pis. xxiv. & xxV. (animal) 
 
 (1857) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862) ; Gray, 
 
 P. Z. S. 1866, p. 221 1 Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. x. p. 4 
 
 (1871) ; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 469 ; Jent. Cat. Ost. leyd. Mus. 
 
 p. 318 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 884 (1887). 
 Halmaturus biuoe, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 58 ; Gray, List Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 91 (1843); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 565 (1844). 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) agilis, Wate?-h. 2f. H. Mamm. i. p. 108, 
 
 pi. V. fig. 13 (incisors) (1840). 
 Macropus agilis, Gieb. Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. fig. 12a (incisors) 
 
 (1855); id. Saug. p. 678 (1859); id. Bronn'g Kl. u. Ordn. vi. 
 
 Abth. V. pi. Ixvii. figs. 21 (13) (incisors) (1876). 
 Macropus papuanus, Peters Sf Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. vii. p. 544 
 
 (1875), and xvi. p. 683, pis. xv. (animal) and xvi. (skull) (1881) 
 
 (.jw.). 
 Macropus papuensis, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 532. 
 Halmaturus crassipes. Bams. P. Linn. Soe. N. S. W. i. p. 162 (1876). 
 Macropus crassipes. Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. i. p. 395 (1876), 
 
 iii. p. 244 (1878), iv. p. 87 (1879). 
 Halmaturus jardinii, De Vis, P. Boy. Soc. Queensl. i. p. 109 (1884). 
 Halmaturus papuanus, Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus, p. 321 (1887). 
 
 Xgilb Wallaby. 
 
 Porm stouter and heavier than in others of the group. Nose 
 partly hairy between the nostrils (PI. V. fig. 7). Fur short and 
 coarse. General colour dark grizzled sandy. Underfur almost 
 absent in Australian, thin and sparse in Papuan examples, pale 
 brown. Pace-markings inconspicuous ; the brown whisker-mark 
 only reaching halfway from the eye towards the nose, passing 
 below into the whitish cheek-stripe, which again is separated from 
 the white chin by a band of sandy grey. Top of head sandy brown, 
 which becomes darker between the ears, and passes down the neck 
 as an ill-defined dark nuchal line. Ears very short, their inte- 
 rior and base white or yellowish, and their back dark sandy, tipped 
 and edged anteriorly with black. Planks paler than the back. A 
 dark' brownish mark running forwards and downwards from the 
 nape to behind the elbow. A well-marked white hip-stripe always 
 present, separated from the pale flanks by a triangular portion of 
 dark sandy colour, continuous with that of the back. Chest and 
 belly white or greyish white, sometimes with a tinge of yellow. 
 Arms and legs white or pale sandy, the antero-internal side of the 
 
1. MACEOPTTS. 43 
 
 legs always white. Hands and feet greyish ^VMte, rarely becoming 
 black on the extreme tips of the digits. Tail with its first third 
 above sandy like the body, the rest whitish, except the extreme tip, 
 which has generally an inconspicuous black pencil. 
 
 Skull (PL VII. fig. 1). General form stout and heavy. Brain- 
 case small in proportion to the long and heavy facial part of skull 
 (facial index about 270, as in many of the larger Kangaroos). Pre- 
 maxiUae slaiiting forwards very much. Nasals long, > narrow, and 
 straight- sided, scarcely broader behind. Interorbital region broad, 
 with a very strongly marked intej-temporal constriction, and sharp 
 well-defined supraorbital edges. Infraorbital opening very far 
 from the orbit, from 13 to 15 millim. distant. Palate with two 
 very large vacuities opposite the anterior root of the zygoma. 
 
 Teeth large and powerful. Incisors long ; i.^ very long, the por- 
 tion behind its notch decidedly longer than that in front. P.' oval, 
 about 8 millim. in length* ; p.* (PL X. fig. 5) very large and heavy, 
 as in M. v/tlabatus, with a well-defined internal ledge. Lower p.* 
 about 8 millim. long. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Australian. Papuan. 
 • s ^ ' s 
 
 c?- 2- d- 2- 
 
 /(stuffed), ^(stuffed). o(skin). 4 (skin), 
 
 millim. millim. millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body . . 915 765 (c.) 840 (c.) 790 
 
 Tail 850 . . (o.) 660 (c.) 580 
 
 Hind foot 234 200 196 179 
 
 -p / cJ 215-234 T, t J 176-196 
 
 Range | ^ ^^^^glO ^^"g« j ? 175-180 
 
 Ear 64 57 58 59 
 
 SkuU, see p. 45. 
 
 Hab. South-eastern New Guinea, North Queensland, and 
 Northern Territory of South Australia. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species is very markedly distinct from any of its allies, being 
 distinguished at once by its short ears, long tail, and its generally 
 uniform sandy coloration, the numerous markings described above, 
 although apparently fairly constant, being quite inconspicuous in a 
 general view of the animal. I can see nothing in the descriptions 
 of S. ja/rdinii, De Vis, and H. crassipes. Bams., to separate them 
 from M. agilis, except that in the case of the former the term 
 " rufous " is used for parts I should call " dark sandy." I have 
 myseK examined the type of H. papuanus, Peters, at Genoa, and 
 find that it is unquestionably a young specimen of this species. It 
 wiU be seen by the list that the Museum possesses specimens of 
 
 * Cf. the figure of the skull of " Macropus papuamis " given by Peters and 
 Doria, /. c. 
 
44 
 
 MACEOPOBID^. 
 
 M. agilis from all the localities from whicli these three so-called 
 species have been described. Papuan specimens appear to be 
 somewhat smaller, and to have longer fur and better-defined 
 markings than their North-Australian representatives ; but these 
 characters are not sufficiently well marked to separate the two forms 
 specifically. 
 
 J, 1 Ad. sks. I , r> 
 "'*• i Skulls. } '^?- 
 
 0, d. Ad. sks., j 5 . 
 
 e. Ad. sk., (J . 
 
 f \ Ad. sks. I J, o 
 
 J' ^- 1 Skulls, f o ¥ • 
 
 i,j. Ad. 2 andimm. sks. 
 
 *• ] Skull, f 
 
 1, m. Ad. sks., cJ § . 
 
 «. Yg. sk. 
 
 Port Moresby, N. G. 
 
 Port Moresby, N. Q-. 
 
 Cape York (Stanley). 
 Port Esain^on, N. T. 
 (Sir J. Richardson). 
 Port Esaington, N. T. 
 
 (Sir J. Richardson). 
 Port Easiugton, N. T. 
 Port Essington, N. T. 
 
 Port Denison, N. T. 
 (A. R. Wallace). 
 
 (North Australian Ex- 
 pedition.) 
 
 K. Broadbent, Esq. 
 
 [0.]. 
 K. Broadbent, Esq. 
 
 [0.]. 
 Voy. ' Eattlesnake.' 
 Gould Coll. (Co- 
 
 types oi species.) 
 Gould CoU. (Type 
 oiH. hinoe, Gould.) 
 Lord Berby [P.l. 
 Lord Derby [P.]. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Dr.J.R.Elaey[P.]. 
 
 Group III. SMALL WALLABIES. 
 
 The members of this group are all small, lightly-built animals, 
 some of them not exceeding a rabbit in size. Their muzzles are 
 invariably naked, and in many of them have a central upward 
 naked projection, the hair growing downwards on each side of it 
 (see for example PI. XL fig. 1). In their skulls the anterior palatine 
 foramina are always very small, and the palatal vacuities very 
 large, usually consisting of a pair of large openings separated by a 
 narrow septum in the middle line. Theii? nasals are, as a rule, 
 much expanded behind, and their interorbital region is generally 
 parallel-sided, without strongly marked interorbital constriction. 
 Their third incisor is smaller in proportion than in the last group, 
 and has always one single well-marked notch, usually close to the 
 posterior end of the tooth. , 
 
 The range of this group extends much further into the tropics 
 than that of either of the other two, one of its members being the 
 anciently known " PUander " or Aru-Island Wallaby (M. hruni), 
 and another (M. broumi) extending through New Guinea into the 
 New Britain group of islands. 
 
 14, Macropus coxeui. 
 
 Halmaturus coxeni. Gray, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 220, pi. xxv. (animal). 
 Halmaturus gazella, Be Vis, P. Roy. Soc. Queensl. i.'p. 110 (1884). 
 
 Cape Yokk Wallaby. 
 
I 
 
 
 •te. 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 1 lO iO t- lO CO lO 
 
 lO r-1 
 
 
 
 
 -fiiN t- :OJco 
 
 
 ^ 
 s, 
 
 woi^ : c^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 -« 
 
 
 lO t-i-H 00 lO 
 
 ■o 
 
 tJ 
 
 Ol 
 
 tie'l 
 
 O^COCD-fflTHCO-^OD-stHii^ 
 
 C0.-IIM00O10 
 
 
 (N l> lO rH ^ ,-( CO CO W CO 
 
 CO 05 t* T-t (M 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 
 <A . 
 
 
 o 
 
 ooo 
 
 
 ^i§ 
 
 •oS.'? 
 
 0-<:H :i-iC01>0DOC0ii>c0 
 
 cot- : (M .-t ^ 00 -^ (N CO 
 
 §§£='='§ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■< 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 'o^' E 
 
 CO t-iOiO 
 
 ---*' O O CD "?" 
 
 ■s 
 
 
 §S§S2S§ga'=S! 
 
 ", i-H 05N CM 
 
 Ojcooscq (M 
 
 :^' 
 
 
 
 
 ■" 
 
 
 
 
 o irsoqio 
 
 CO 00 
 
 
 «v,<5 
 
 CN t* lO CN 1-H cq 00 CO (N CO 
 
 iO 05 00 t>lO lO 
 
 a, 
 
 
 COOON (N 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 iOiO lO CO lO o o 
 
 loco eo(M 
 
 •is 
 
 D r-l .X" -^ ^ r-( r-H> CO C5 05 
 
 COrtMt-colN 
 
 C3 
 1 
 
 COOO * (N 
 
 •o-s I 
 
 lO lO Cq COiO 
 
 lO 00 
 
 :^' 
 
 ICO :XC O CD OOQQ-^ 05 
 
 <M CD OSI>CD t-H 
 
 O CO . <-' t-H i-H i> CO 1-1 (N 
 
 cot-ft eq 
 
 
 
 O+o'l 
 
 J iO »0 CO 
 
 lO M 
 
 
 
 J -^ tH t> t- CD (NiO .-H rH t- »0 
 
 
 fe 
 
 
 ^ CO US cq ^ (M t- CO <N CO 
 
 oooot- : rt 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 oq 
 
 
 't)e1 
 
 lO lO .f-1 
 
 lO TttCO-* 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 D r- CO "5 (M rH <N t> CO ^ CO 
 
 O-^ lO-^C) — < 
 
 
 mSti (M 
 
 
 
 
 1-H 
 
 (M 
 
 
 'M 
 
 
 lOiO CNCq vo 
 
 w VO 
 
 , 
 
 U^ 
 
 ,n: 
 
 
 OS o '— > ■ 00 ur) 
 
 ;:§ 
 
 (£| 
 
 a 
 
 coosCT : S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ § 
 
 
 iO lOlO CCXX) 
 
 CO 00 
 
 ^" 
 
 S.i 
 
 
 (M-*-*d5wt-oio-Htb^ 
 
 
 
 '«< 
 
 ^ CD lO rH 1-H i-H 00 CO 0^ CO 
 
 coooa eq 
 
 
 , .3 
 
 
 ITS loiri 
 
 covoeq 
 
 
 &"« 
 
 •oel 
 
 : :Qodocoi>»ciiococbt-' 
 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 : :-*(rH rHTHl>CO(N (M 
 
 : : : « 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fO 
 
 
 
 totoio lO 
 
 CO CD !>• 
 
 Q 
 
 «B 
 
 oiot-t-eqdococc-itDc^ 
 
 
 c 
 ^ 
 
 ■i 
 
 .-I50-*I-I.-1,-I-J5COIN <N 
 
 -< 
 
 CO t- j-H : e4 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■& 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 •Ou i 
 
 lO lO IC 
 
 - ♦ 
 
 
 ) (N CD in 55 r-l rt 00 03 (M Kl 
 
 S§|=°2SJ 
 
 
 >■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "a"- 
 
 ' 
 
 ""' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 i-3 
 
 
 If 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 •9 
 
 E 
 
 m 
 
 J 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 1. 
 
 1l 
 
 ,a 
 
 i -s 
 
 '^ a 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 p 
 
 t 
 
 
 III-. II = =l 1 
 
 ^41^ = = 
 
 
 
 
 MW^&< 
 
 IS 
 
46 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 Form rather stouter and thicker than in others of the group. 
 Ehinarium (PI. XI. fig. 1) with the hair bordering it above forming 
 two paired projections downwards instead of a single median one ; 
 lower part continued to the lip. Pur short, close and coarse. 
 Underfur almost or quite absent. General colour dark grizzled 
 sandy. Face sandy, more rufous on the crown, and round the bases 
 of the ears ; face-markings inconspicuous ; a white cheek-stripe 
 present, but not prominent. Back of ears, occiput, back of neck, 
 withers, and a patch behind the forearm dark brown, contrasting 
 with the genersil sandy colour. Back dark sandy, grizzled with 
 black, sides clearer. A. well-marked white hip-stripe present. Chin, 
 chest, and belly white. Arms and legs sandy, the tips of the toes 
 brown. Tail black above, white below and at the extreme tip. 
 
 Skull (PL VIII. fig. 1). Facial portion rather long and heavy in 
 proportion to brain -case. Muzzle longer, narrower, and less taper- 
 ing than in M. stigmccticus and M. wileoon. PremaxiUae upright, 
 produced forwards in old specimens into a marked subnasal process, 
 projecting beyond the level of the teeth. I(aso-premaxillary and 
 naso-maxiUary sutures about equal. Nasals long, their least from 
 one half to three fifths their greatest breadth. Naso-frontal suture 
 slightly and evenly bowed backwards. Interorbital region long, 
 parallel- sided ; the supraorbital edges thick, rounded and slightly 
 overhanging, but not forming distinct postorbital processes. 
 Palatal foramina of medium length, about equal to m.'' 
 
 Teeth. Incisors small and light. I.^ small, about the length of 
 m.', its notch quite posterior, the inner lamina showing but little 
 behind the outer. P.^ (PI. X. fig. 6) about the length of m.'', oblong, 
 nearly as broad in front as behind, and with a well-marked internal 
 ledge. 
 
 a (skin). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 700 
 
 TaU 360 
 
 Hind foot 132 
 
 Ear 63 
 
 SkuU, see p. 63. 
 
 Hah. North Queensland. 
 
 Types in collection. 
 
 This species seems to bear exactly the same relationship to the 
 members of the present group that M. qgilis does to those of the 
 last, and the pair form an interesting example of the independent 
 development of similar characters under similar conditions. The 
 two species are the only true Wallabies found in North Queens- 
 land, and, although belonging to difi^erent groups, are each di- 
 stinguished from their allies by their short fur, sandy colour, non- 
 
1. MAORoptrs. 47 
 
 prominent markings, and white hip-stripe. As Mr. De Vis has 
 remarked (I. c), M. coxeni has, at first sight, very much the look of 
 a young M. agilis; but there can be no question that the two have 
 no such direct relationship to one another, except what they have 
 in common as members of the genus Maeropus. 
 
 ^ , I Ad. & imm. sks. I , p Port Albany, 0. Coxen, Esq. [C.]. 
 ' ■ I Skulls, j o ¥■ C.York. (Co-<y^es of species.) 
 
 15. Maeropus stigmaticus. 
 
 Halmaturus stigmaticus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 375 ; id. Mamm. 
 Austr. ii. pis. xxxiii., xxxiv. (animal) (1860) ; Krefft, Austr. Vert. 
 p. 10 (1871). 
 
 Beanded Waliabt. 
 
 Form light and slender. Ehinarium with its upper border 
 forming two paired convexities, as in M. coxeni ; lower part con- 
 tinued to the lip. Fur short, close and rather coarse ; underfur 
 thin and scanty, dark slaty grey. General colour rufous grey, the 
 grey predominating on the nape and forequarters, and the rufous 
 on the lower back. Muzzle grey ; crown, cheeks, and the region 
 round the base of the ear deep rust-colour, a few hairs round the 
 notch of the latter pale yellow. An indistinct pale cheek-stripe 
 present, with a rufous line below it, running from the lower lip to 
 beneath the eye. Back of ears, occiput, and nape brown, with an 
 indistinct darker nuchal streak. Sides of body rich rufous, brighter 
 towards the beUy, where two longitudinal bright rusty bands border 
 the white of the belly. Hip-stripe yellowish, very prominent, con- 
 trasting markedly with the rufous round it. Sides of rump deep 
 rufous, gradually passing into brilliant rust-colour on the back and 
 outside of the lower leg. Chin, chest, beUy, and inner sides of limbs 
 white. Arms rufous, hands and feet grey or rufous grey, the tips 
 of the toes brown. Tail uniform grey-brown abqve, whitish below. 
 
 Slcull stout and strong. Muzzle long, conical. Premaxillae long, 
 obliquely set, the naso-premaxiUary twice as long as the naso- 
 maxillary suture. Nasals long, broad behind, their least ahout half 
 their greatest hreadth, the latter situated in front of the maxillo- 
 frontal suture ; naso-frontal suture sinuous, bowed forwards late- 
 rally, strongly backwards centrally. Interorbital region flat, its 
 edges overhanging and very slightly converging backwards. Palatal 
 foramen about the length of m.' 
 
 Teeth generally stout and strong. I.' much as in M. coxeni, but 
 rather longer, slightly- longer than m.* P.* (PI. X. fig. 7) large 
 and strong, about equal to m.*, shaped as in M. coxeni. 
 
48 MAOEOPOBID^. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 <?. 
 
 a (skin). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (c) 700 
 
 Tail 380 
 
 Hind foot 129 
 
 Ear 50 
 
 Skull, see p. 63. 
 
 Bab. N.E. Queensland. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 J Ad. sk. I , Point Cooper, N. of Rocking- J. .MacGiUivray, 
 
 "■ I Skull, i °- ham Bay, Queensland ( Foy. Esq. [P.]. (Type 
 
 ' Rattksnake '). of species.) 
 
 16. Macropus wilcoxi. 
 
 Halmaturus wilcoxi, McCoy, Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xviii. p. 322 
 (1866); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 Mus. p. 320 (1887). 
 
 Halmaturus temporalis, De Vis, P. Boy. Soc. Queensl. i. p. Ill 
 (1884), 
 Ked-lbgged "Wallaby. 
 
 Like M. stigmatieus in all essentials, but the far longer and 
 softer, the colours everywhere less brilliant, and the contrasts not 
 so strong. The face is grey, but the cheeks, an ill-defined patch 
 above each eye, and the region round the base of the ear are deep 
 rust-colour ; the base of the outside of the ear is also rusty. Flanks 
 grey, scarcely tinged with rufous, not forming rusty longitudinal 
 bands. Hip-stripe almost or wholly obsolete, just visible in some 
 specimens. White of belly tinged with grey. Arms, hands, and 
 feet greyish or pale rufous, browner distally. Tail grey above, 
 white below. Female smaller and more lighty built than male. 
 
 SJcull (PI. VIII. fig. 2) much as in M. stic/maticus ; facial index 
 210-225. PremaxillsB short and uprightly set, the naso-pre- 
 maxillary suture much shorter than in M. stigmaticus, only just 
 about equal to the naso-maxillary. Subnasal projection just 
 surpassed anteriorly by the front edge of i.^ Nasals rather short, 
 broad and expanded behind, contracting suddenly about their centre, 
 their least half or less than half their greatest width, the latter 
 situated some way in front of the maxillo-frontal suture ; their 
 posterior edge sinuous, strongly bowed backwards in the centre and 
 forwards laterally (see Plate). Interorbital region shorter, its edges 
 rather more markedly converging backwards than in M. stigmaticus, 
 and with rounded convexities corresponding to postorbital processes. 
 Palatal foramina short and rounded, about the length of m.' 
 
 Teeth as in M. stigmaticus, but the incisors and molars slightly 
 larger. P.* (PI. X. fig. 8) rather more evenly oval. 
 
1. MACROPffS. 49 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a- ?• 
 
 a (stuffed). b (stuffed). 
 
 millfm. millim. 
 
 Head and body 610 530 
 
 Tail 345 300 
 
 Hind foot 138 116 
 
 Ear 48 46 
 
 Skull, see p. 63. 
 
 ffab. S. Queensland and New South Wales. 
 
 Type in the Melbourne Museum. 
 
 It is evident that M. stigmaticus and M. wilcoxi only form 
 respectively the tropical and non-tropical representatives of one and 
 the same original species, and wiU. nearly ceitainly have in time to 
 be united altogether, or be merely separated under varietal names. 
 As is usual in such oases, the northern form is shorter-haired and 
 more brilliantly coloured than the southern, the external distinc- 
 tions being exactly those that separate the t5'pioal M. ualabatus of 
 the south from M. ualabatus var. apiialis of Queensland. In that 
 case, however, the skulls were absolutely identical, but in the 
 present one the solitary representative available of the northern 
 form presents certain cranial and dental differenees from the 
 southern; and therefore, although believing that intermediate 
 specimens wiU probably be foufld, I yet hesitate definitely to place 
 the two together without seeiiig furdier material. Externally, the 
 specimen described by Mr. De Vis as H. temporalis would seem to 
 be fairly intermediate, but lio description is given of its teeth, and 
 therefore, chiefly on account of its locality, I consider it for the 
 present as a synonym of M. wilcoxi rather than of M. stigmatieus. 
 
 , I Ad. at. 1 , n Richmond K., J. F. Wilcox, Esq. 
 
 "'*• jSkeletons./o ^- N.S.W. [P. & 0.]. 
 
 ] Ad. sks. I , o Purchased. 
 ""*• l Skulls of c & d ( °+' 
 
 17. Macropus brunii. 
 
 Philander, De Bruyn, Beiz. Mask. Perz. Ind. p. 374, pi. ccxiii. 
 
 (animal) (1714). 
 Didelphys brunii*, Schreb. Sdug. iii. p. 551, pi. cliii. (animal) 
 
 V .. — 
 
 * The proper spelling of the speoiflo name of this species is somewhat 
 doubtful. The author of the " Beize aver Moskovie door Perzie en Indie " 
 nearly invariably spelt his name De Bruyn, which was altered in the French 
 ' and English editions of his work into Le Brun, on which Schreber formed the 
 name of the animal. In another earlier work by the same author, however, 
 the "Eeizen doorde vermaadste Deelen van Klein Asia, &o." (4to, Delft, 1698), 
 Bruyn, Bruin, and Brun all occur on one single page of the Introduction, the 
 last in the very form needed for a specific name, viz. "Oornelii Brunii," 
 as the Latin genitive of the author's name. I liave therefore used this, the 
 oldest and best known form, instead of the corrected one " bruynii " or " bruinii," 
 as used by one or two later authors. 
 
 s 
 
50 MACEOPODIDa). 
 
 (1778) ; Omel. Linn. S. N. i. p. 109 (1789) ; Ken; Linn. An. K. 
 
 p. 197 (1792): Dmnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 354 (1792'); G. Ouv. 
 
 Tabl. EUm. V- 126 (1798); -SJiaw, Gera. 2oo/. i. p. 480 (1800) ; 
 
 Turtan, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 67 (1806) ; F. Cuv. Diet. iSci. Nat. xxiv. 
 
 p. 348 (1822). 
 Didelphis bruinii, Zimm. Geogr. Oesch. ii. p. 230 (1780). 
 Didelphys aeiatica, Pall. N. Act. Petrop. for 1777, pt. ii. p. 228, 
 
 pi. ix. figs. 4 & 5 (skull and foot-bones) (publ. 1780). 
 Javan Opossum, Penn. Quadr. ii. p. 305, pi. xxxv. (animal) (1781). 
 Didelphys javana, Bodd. Blench. Anim. i. p. 78 (1785). 
 Yerboa brunii-, Beehst. Syst. JJebers. Vierf. Thiers, ii. p. 345 (1800). 
 Kangurus philander, E. Geoff. Cat. Mm. p. 154 (1803) ; id. Diet. 
 
 Class. d'H. N. ix. p. Ill (1826). 
 Kangurus brunii, Desm. N. Diet. d^H. N. xii. p. 358 (1803) ; Tiedem. 
 
 Zool. i. p. 435 (1808) ; G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 19 (1814) ; Gray, 
 
 Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p, 204 (1827). 
 Halmaturus brunii, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 80 (1811) ; Goldf. 
 
 Isis, 1819, p. 269 ; Sehinz, Cm. Thien: i. p. 264 (1821) ; Kaiip, 
 
 Thierr. i. p. 245 (1835) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 321 (1887). 
 Macropus brunii, G. Cuv. JR. A. i. p. 183 (1817) ; Schley. Ned. 
 
 Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 850 (1866) ; Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 49 et 
 
 ee'qq. pi. ix. figs. 11-15 (teeth) ; Peters Sf Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. 
 
 xvi. p. 685 (1880). 
 Macropus bruinii, /. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 283 (1829). 
 • Dorcopsis bruni, CHeb. BromUs Kl. u. Ord. Ti. Abth. v. pi. xx. 
 
 figs. 8-10 (skull) (1874). 
 
 Aku Island Waliaby. 
 
 Size and form medium. Female markedly smaller than male. 
 Upper border of rhinarium -with only a single central prominence 
 downwards. Fur short, close and straight ; underfur almost entirely 
 absent. General colour uniform chocolate-brown. Head brown ; a 
 well-marked white whisker-mark from the mouth to beneath the 
 eye. Ears short, their backs black, contrasting with the general 
 brown colouri but the crown of the head between the ears sometimes 
 black as well. Whole of body uniform brown, becoming finely 
 grizzled with grey on the lower rump and hips. A well-marked 
 white hip-stripe present. Chin brown ; throat, chest, and belly 
 white, faintly tinged with brown. Arms, hands, legs, feet, and tail 
 grey or brown, more or less grizzled with white. 
 
 SkvXi (PL VIII. fig. 4) stout and strongly built. Facial index 
 high for the present group. Muzzle broad and conical. Premaxillae 
 and nasals exactly as in M. wileooai in both shape and proportions. 
 Interorbital region as in M. stigmaticus. 
 
 Teeth stout and heavy. Incisors as in M. coxeni, notch of i.' 
 close to the back. P.* large and broad, with, two external 
 vertical grooves, its internal ledge continued to the front. Molars 
 with their cusps low and blunt, and their main central connecting 
 ridges less developed than usual. 
 
1. MACHOPtrS. 51 
 
 Dhnensions. 
 
 6- ?• 
 
 a (sMn). c (skin), 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body (c; 770 (c.) 500 
 
 Tail 334 305 
 
 Hind foot 130 115 
 
 , Ear (c.) 45 43 
 
 Skull, see p. 63. 
 
 Hah. Aru and Kei Islands. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 The very complicated history and synonymy of this species, the 
 longest known of the genus, have been so far cleared up by Profs. 
 Schlegel and Garrod {II. ce.) that no further reference to them is 
 here necessary. From Dorcojasis miiUeri, whose remarkable ex- 
 ternal resemblance to M. brunii has tiaused aU the confusion, it 
 may be distinguished by its very much shorter head, by the back- 
 wardly directed hairs of its nape, and by its distinct white hip- 
 stripe. 
 
 , ) Ad. ska. I - n -Aj^ Islands. Purchased. 
 
 **' *• ) Skulls, f "^ ^ ■ 
 
 I Ad. ski n Aru Islands. H.M.S. 'Challenger.' 
 
 "■ jSkuU. f ^• 
 
 J Ad. sk. I o Aru Islands. Purchased. 
 
 "^^ jSkuU. [ ?• 
 «. Yg. sk. Aru Islands. Dr. A. B. Meyer [C.]. 
 
 18. Macropus browni. 
 
 Halmaturus browni, JRams. P. Linn. Soc. JSf. S. W. i. p. 307 (1877). 
 Macropus lugens, Alst. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 126, pi. xix. (animal). 
 Macropus browni, Alst. t. c. p. 743. 
 MacrnpuR jukesi, Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ix. p. 890, 
 
 pi. xixix. figs. 1-6 (skull and teeth) (1885) {juv.). 
 Macropus gracilis, Mikl.-Macl. t. c. p. 894, pi. xxxix. figs. 7, 8 (animal 
 
 and incisors) (1885) (nee Gould). 
 Macropus tibol, Mikl.-Macl. op. cit. x. p. 141, pi. xix. (animal and 
 
 skiJI) (1885) (juv.). 
 
 SOMBKB WaLLAB^. 
 
 ■ Exceedingly similar to M. brunii in all characters, but the fur 
 somewhat thicker and softer, the general colour of a greyer tinge 
 and more distinctly grizzled, the ears brown like the head behind, 
 instead of black, the belly yellow instead of white, and the sides of 
 the hip with scarcely a trace of the prominent white hip-mark 
 characteristic of that species. 
 
 SJcull and teeth, so far as can be made out from the single imma- 
 ture specimen available, precisely similar to those of M. bruni, except 
 that the cusps and ridges on the molars appear to be as sharp and 
 well defined as in the other species. 
 
 £2 
 
52 MACH0P0DIDJ5. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a- 
 a (skin). 
 Immature, 
 raillim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 540 
 
 Tail 340 
 
 Hind foot 117 
 
 Ear 42 
 
 SkuU, see p. 63. 
 
 Eah. New Britain group of islands ; Eastern and South-eastern 
 New Guinea. 
 
 Type in the Sydney Museum. 
 
 This species presents much the same external resemblance to 
 Dorcopsis luctuosa that M. brunii does to D. mulleri. It may, how- 
 ever, be easily distinguished, as in the other case, by its shorter 
 head and by the direction of its nape-hairs. The " M. jvJcesi," 
 "IM. gracilis," and "If. tibol" of Miklouho-Maclay are apparently, so 
 far as can be made out from the very insufficient description of them, 
 all based on variously aged specimens of this species, so that its 
 range extends over a much wider area than has hitherto been re- 
 corded. The skull 'of " M. juJcesi," figured by Maclay, exactly 
 matches that of the type of M. lugens (specimen a below), so that 
 its degree of immaturity can be easily gauged. 
 
 a. 
 
 I , Duke of York Isl. Eev. G. Brown [0.]. 
 
 I ° • {Type of M. lugens, Alst?) 
 
 19. Macropus thetidis. 
 
 Halmaturus thetis, Less. Mart. Mamm. p. 229 (1827) ; id. N. Tabl. 
 JR. A., Mamm. p. 195 (1842); Oray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 
 (1843). 
 
 Halmaturus thetidis, F. Cuv. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) livr. Ivi. (fig. of 
 animal) (1829) ; Less. S. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 379 
 (1836) ; id. Journ. Toy. Thetis, ii. p. 305, pi. xxxvii. (animal) 
 (1837) ; Oould, Mm. Macrop. pi. xxi. (animal) (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. 
 Sdug. Supp. iii. p._ 124 (1843), v. p. 320 (1855) ; Omld, Mamm. 
 Avstr. ii. pis. xxxi. & xxxii. (animal) (1857) ; OerraTd, Cat. Bones 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. 
 p. 51 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 10' (1871) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 Mus. p. 319 (1887). 
 
 Macropus thetis, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 284 (1829). 
 
 Halmaturus (Thylogale) eugenii, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. 
 p. 583 (1887) (nee Desm.). 
 
 Halmaturus nuchalis, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 128 (1843). 
 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) thetidis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 144, 
 pi. iii. fig. 2 (incisors) (1846). 
 
 Macropus thetidis, Oieb. Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. figs. 11 a & b (in- 
 cisors) (1855); id. Saug. p, 681 (1859); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 692 
 (figure of animal) (1880). 
 
 Pademelon Wallabf. 
 
1. MACEOPTJB. 53 
 
 Size medium ; iorm light and agile. Ehinarium (PI. XI. fig. 2) 
 broad to the lip, the latter but little developed, not hiding the 
 front teeth. Pur of medium length, thick and soft, its direction 
 on the nape variable, sometimes as in Dorcopsis. TJnderfur long, 
 slaty grey. General colour grizzled grey, with rufous neck. Whole 
 of head uniform finely grizzled grey, gradually passing on the occiput 
 into the brilliant rufoua of the neck and forequarters. No trace of 
 a dark nuchal streak. Very rarely the red extends on to the cheeks 
 and round the base of the ear, but in most specimens these parts 
 are grey. Ears long, their backs grey, edged anteriorly with brown 
 or black. The rufous on the forequarters passing gradually into 
 deep grizzled grey on the lower back, the whole sometimes tinged 
 with rufous. A faint trace of a white hip-stripe sometimes present. 
 Chin, chest, and beUy white, that on the front of the neck often 
 sharply defined from the rufous by a ridge of opposed hairs. Arms 
 and legs grey or rufous ; hands and feet pale brown. Tail with 
 its basal fourth covered with long soft grey hairs like those on the 
 back ; the remainder brown above, white below. 
 
 Shull (PI. VIII. fig. 3) large and long, lightly built. Facial 
 index about 230. Muzzle long, broad posteriorly, strongly tapering 
 forwards. Premaxillae oblique ; incisors projecting far beyond sub- 
 nasal prominence ; naso-premaxUlary about equal to naso-maxillary 
 suture. Nasals long, comparatively but slightly expanded behind, 
 their least a little more than half their greatest breadth, the latter 
 situated at the maxillo-frontal suture ; naso-frontal suture much 
 bowed backwards in the ceiitre, and slightly forwards at the sides. 
 Interorbital region short, its edges thickened and forming distinct 
 overhanging postorbital prominences-; intertemporal constriction 
 well-marked. Palatal foramina short, not so long as m.^ 
 
 Teeth. I." (PI. IX. fig. 4) very large, long and cutting, the 
 notch quite at the back, internal lamina scarcely visible externally 
 behind the outer. P.* (PI. X. fig. 9) rather small, shorter than i.', 
 oval, the internal ledge well developed anteriorly. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 c (stuffed). / (stuffed), 
 
 millim. luillim. 
 
 Head and body 620 640 
 
 Tail 380 
 
 Hind foot 131 118 
 
 Ear 57 51 
 
 Skull, see p. 63. 
 
 Hah. S. Queensland *, New South Wales, and Victoria. 
 Types in the Paris Museum. 
 
 Apud Krefft. 
 
54 MACROPODIB^. 
 
 o. Ad. skull, c? . Mosquito Isl., Hunter R., J. Macgillivray, Esq. 
 
 TU.S.W.iVoy.' Herald'). 
 
 I I Ad. sk. I , Brushes of Hunter E., Gould Coll. 
 
 *■ ) Skull. ( f^- N. S. W. 
 
 c. Ad. St., c? ■ New South Wales. Gould Coll. 
 
 Ad. & yg. sk. I New South Wales. Gould Coll. 
 
 d,e. I 
 
 .SkuUofd. , 
 /. Ad. St., 5 . New South Wales. 
 
 fi A (i flk 
 
 h. Ad', skull, 5 . Gould Coll. 
 
 ». Ad. skeleton, d ■ Purchased. 
 
 20. Macropus etig:euii. 
 
 Kanguroo de I'Ue Eug&ne, P^r. 8f Les. Voy. Terr. Austr. ii. p. 117 
 
 (1816). 
 Kangurus eugenii, Sesm. iV. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xvii. p. 38 (1817); 
 
 id. Mamm. i. p. 274 (1820) ; Qeof. Diet. Class. d'H. N. in. p. 110 
 
 (1826) ; Gray, Griff. Ouv. An. K. v. p. 208 (1827). 
 Halinaturus eugenii, ScMm, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 888 (1821) ; Gray, 
 
 Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., 
 
 Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Waj/n. Schr. Saug. Svpp. iii. p. 127 (1843) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 657 (1844). 
 Macropus eugenii, Zess. Man. Mamm. p. 227 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. 
 
 Mamm. p. 282 (1829) ; Zess. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. 
 
 p. 378 (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 66 (1838) ; 
 
 td. Jard. Nat. Zibr., Mamm. xi. p. 232 (1841) ; Gieh. Sdug. p. 681 
 
 (1859). 
 Halmaturus derhianus, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. S. i. p. 583 (1837) ; 
 
 id. Grey's Austr.,, App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; Gould, Mon. Macrop. 
 
 pi. xi. (animal) (1841) ; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 91 (1843) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Saug. Svpp. iii. p. 128 (1843), v. p. 323 (1855) ; 
 
 Schins, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 557 (1844) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. 
 
 pis. xxix., XXX. (animal) (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 126 (1862) ; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 185 
 
 (1863) ; Kreffl, Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871) ; Garrod, P. Z. S. 1876, 
 
 p. 67 ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Zeyd. Mus.v- 320 (1887). 
 Macropus derhianus, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 67 (1838) ; 
 
 id. Jard. Nat. Zibr., Mamm. xi. p. 234, pi. xxi. (animal) (1841 ) ; 
 
 Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll. Surg. i. p. 326 (1853) ; Gieb. Sdug. 
 
 p. 682 (1859) ; Flow. S( Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 713 (1884). 
 Halmaturus emilise, Gray, Zist Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1843) (nom. 
 
 Halmaturus houtmanni, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 31 ; Gerrard, Cat. 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 126 (1862) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. 
 (Introd.) i. p. xxx (1863) (hahits) ; Srefft, Austr. Vert, p, 10 
 
 Halmaturus dama, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 32 ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. 
 
 Supp. T. p. 321 (1866) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 126 
 
 (1862) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. {Introd.)'i. p. xxxi (1863) (habits) ; 
 
 Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Zeyd. Mus. 
 
 p. 319(1887). 
 Macropus gracilis, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 103. 
 
1. MACBOPUS. 55 
 
 Macropua (Halmaturus) eugenii, IVaterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 140, 
 
 pi. V. flg. 8 (incisors) (1846) [M. dama on plate]. 
 Macropus (Halraaturus) derbianus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 154, 
 
 pL V. fig. 6 (incisors) (1846) \_M. hmtmanninn plate]. 
 Macropus houtmanni, Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll. Surg. i. p. 326 
 
 (1853) ; Oiel. Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. fig. 2 c (incisors) (1866) ; 
 
 Flow. 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 713 (1884). 
 Macropus dama, Oieb. Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. fig. 11 d (incisors) 
 
 Halmaturus gracilis, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 125 
 (1862) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. {Introd.) i. p. xxxii (1863). 
 
 Dama Wallaby. 
 
 Size medium, form light and graceful. Ehinarium (PI. XI. fig. 3) 
 ending some way from the mouth, opening at the top of a distinct 
 cleft running down to the upper lip, the lip itself much more 
 developed in front than usual. Fur rather short in mainland, 
 longer in island specimens. Underfur thick and soft, dark slaty 
 grey. General colour grizzled grey, with rufous shoulders. Pace 
 and head uniform grey ; an indistinct white cheek-stripe generally 
 present. Ears long in mainland, short in island specimens, uniform 
 dark grey, brown behind. Neck with an iU-defined central brown 
 band passing down from between the ears to the back, sometimes 
 scarcely Yisible, especially in immature specimens. Shoulders, sides 
 of neck, and arms rufous, very variable both in extent and tint ; 
 these parts sometimes (? in winter) grey, with scarcely a tinge of 
 rnfous. Back grizzled grey, a rufous tinge becoming again apparent 
 on the flanks, lower rump, and hind legs. Chin, chest, and belly 
 white or greyish white, generally well defined. Hands, feet, and 
 tail grey, becoming nearly black at their extremities. 
 
 Skidl (PI. VII. fig. 3) strongly built. Facial portion propor- 
 tionally small ; facial index low. Muzzle short, rather narrow 
 behind, and therefore not so markedly conical as in some of the 
 other species. PremaxillsB oblique ; naso-premaxillary about equal 
 to naso-maxillary suture. Nasals short, expanded behind, their pos- 
 terior edge sinuous, bowed backwards, but their detailed shape very 
 variable, ordinarily as in the figure. Interorbital edges parallel, 
 sharp, with a tendenc}', in mainland specimens only, to form rudi- 
 mentary postorbital processes; intertemporal constriction scarcely 
 observable. Palatal foramina small. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors small and light. I.' slanting forwards, its notch 
 decidedly behind its centre. P.* (PI. X. fig. 10) very small, about 
 the length of m.' or m.^, its posterior breadth markedly greater than 
 its anterior, the inner ledge obsolete in front ; two vertical grooves 
 on its outer side ; its anterior end rounded. Molars strong and 
 with well-developed cusps and ridges in mainland specimens ; but in 
 those from the islands the molars are small and narrow, and the 
 cusps and ridges low and blunt. 
 
58 macropodidjB. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Mainland. Island. 
 
 d. ?. 6- ?■ 
 
 c (stuffed). (Z (atujffed). « (stuffed), o (stuffed), 
 millim. millim. millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body .... 610 560 700 540 
 
 Tail ....420 380 420- (c.)330 
 
 Hind foot 144 129 136 124 
 
 Ear 63 60 44 48 
 
 Skull, see p. 63. 
 
 Hab. Mainland of Western Australia, and islands off the coasts of 
 both West and South Australia. 
 
 Type not traceable. 
 
 The proper treatment of the numerous small Wallabies which have 
 been described under the names of eugenii, derbianus, dama, hout- 
 Trianni, gracilis, and parma has given rise to much doubt. Water- 
 house Considered M. derbianus to be distinct from M. eugenii, with 
 which he united Gould's M. dama and gracilis, and he also founded 
 the eastern species M. parma. Gould, on the other hand, seems to 
 have had a very fair idea of the real state of affairs, as he believed 
 that there were three species, viz. : the mainland " H. dama," the 
 insular " H. Jioutmanni," and the New South Wales one, although 
 he confused the names which should properly belong to each. After 
 much thought, and the examination of a very large series <Jf speci- 
 mens, I have come to the conclusion that it is impossible to admit 
 more than a single western species, notwithstanding the very 
 striking differences that exist between the individuals long isolated 
 in the islands of Houtmann's Abrolhos and those living on the 
 . mainland- The differences fade away on the examination of large 
 series, and specimens from the smaU islets close to the coast are as 
 a rule more or less intermediate. The type of M. eugenii has un- 
 fortunately disappeared, but there can be little doubt as to the 
 identity of the present species with that obtained by Pdron and 
 Lesueur on Eugene Island, especially as specimen a comes from a 
 locality so close to that place. 
 
 With regard to the New South Wales species M. parma, it seems 
 to differ sufficiently in its cranial and external characters for its 
 provisional retention as a species, although should specimens be ob- 
 tained from intermediate localities, so as to reduce the very wide 
 geographical gap that now appears to exist, it is probable that they 
 will be so intermediate in their characteristics as to necessitate its 
 union also with M. eugenii. Until such specimens are found, how- 
 ever, I retain the species as distinct. 
 
 j Ad. sk. 1. o Kangaroo I., Spencer 
 
 "■ Skull, f ¥• Gulf, S. A. 
 
 Gould OoU. 
 
 Ad. sk. I , "8. Coast Australia." Gould Coll. 
 
 6. I a^„',^^ ' i d 
 
 I Skull. 
 
 i Ad. 8t. I , Wongan Hills, W. A. Gould Coll. 
 
 ] Skull. ( "^ • (/. Gilbert). 
 
1. MACEOPirs. 57 
 
 J. ^ I Ad. $ 8k. &yg.8t. I Moore's R., W. A. Gould CoU. 
 
 *'*• I Skulls. \ {J.Gilbert). 
 
 (d. Type oi M. dama, Gould.) 
 f J Imm. 5sk.&yg.st. I Walyema Swamps, Gould Coll. 
 •^' B- \ Skulls. \ N.^. of Norttam, 
 
 W. A. {J. Oiaert). 
 
 (/• Type of M. gracilis, Gould.) 
 . . I Ad. sk. I Perth, W. A. Govt, of W. Aus- 
 
 "' '• ) Skull of A. \ traUa [P.]. 
 
 • I Ad. sk. I Q Swan Eiver, W. A. Lord Derby 
 
 J- ISkuU. (+• (through ZooLSoc). 
 
 {Type oi S. derbianus, Gould.) 
 , \ Ad. sk. I Garden I., Mouth of Gould Coll. 
 
 "•) Skull. \°- Bwa,r>U., {J. Gilbert). 
 
 ^ »^ ( Ad. cJ St. & 2 sk. I E. Wallaby I., Hou1> Gould OoU. 
 ' ■ I Skulls. j mann's Abrolhos. 
 
 {Co-types oi H. hotitmanni, Gould.) 
 n, 0. Ad. St., d & 5 . "Wallaby I., Houtmann's B. Bynoe, Esq. [P. & 
 
 Abrolhos. 0.]. 
 
 p-s. Skulls. Houtmann's Abrolhos. Gould Coll. 
 
 , , i Ad. sk. I Old Ooll. 
 
 • • I Skull. ( {Type oi H. emiliee, Qvay.) 
 
 u, V. Ad. skeletons. Zoological Society. 
 
 21. Macropus parma. 
 
 Macropua (Halmaturus) parma, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 149, 
 
 pi. v. fig. 7 (incisors) (1846) {descr. orig.). 
 Halmaturus parma, Gray, Grey's ^ustr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) 
 
 {nom. nudum) ; id. lAstMamwn. B. M. p. 91 (1843) {nom. nudum) ; 
 Wagn. Schr. Saug. Svpp. v. p. 324 (1855) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. 
 
 ii. pi. xxviii. (animal) (1856) ; Krefft, Cat Mamm. Austr. Mus. 
 
 p. 50 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871) ; Jeni. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 
 Mus. p. 320 (1887). 
 Macropus parma, Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll. Surg. i. p. 326 (1853) ; 
 
 6r»fi6. Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. fig. 11 c (incisors) (1855). 
 
 Pabma Wallaby. 
 
 All essential characters as in E. eugenii, but the whole back more 
 evenly mixed with rufous, the nape and forequarters not contrast- 
 ing therefore with the centre of the back. White cheek-stripe and 
 brown nuchal stripe both more clearly defined, and the latter some- 
 what narrower. Front of throat pure white, sharply contrasting 
 with the sides of the neck. Belly greyish white. Ears short, their 
 backs rufous grey. 
 
 Skull as in M. eugenii, but rather larger and heavier, and the 
 nasals more evenly tapering forward, and their posterior edge less 
 markedly bowed backwards. Eudimentary postorbita! processes 
 present. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors (PI. IX. fig. 5) long and strong. I.' broad and 
 stout, its posterior edge vertical or even slanting backwards, its 
 external fold at its centre. P.^* (PL X. fig. 11) more sharply pointed 
 in front than in M. eugenii. Molars larger than in that species 
 (see table of measurements, p. 63). 
 
58 MACBOPODID-M. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6. ?■ 
 
 lUawarra Illawarra 
 
 (stuffed). (stuffed), 
 
 millim. millini. 
 
 Head and body 640 590 
 
 Tail •. . 430 410 
 
 Hind foot 136 125 
 
 Ear 54 47 
 
 Skull, see p. 63. 
 
 Hah. Eastern New South Wales. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 The typical specimen of this rare species is so old that its teeth 
 are all worn down, and quite useless for description ; but I have 
 had the advantage of the loan of two fine specimens from Illawarra, 
 near Sydney, belonging to the Free Public Museum at Liverpool, to 
 the authorities of which I am exceedingly indebted*, as without these 
 specimens it would have been impossible to obtain a proper idea of 
 the characters of M. parma. 
 
 J Ad. sk. I , New South Wales. Gould CoU. 
 
 "•) Skull. [°' (Type of species.) 
 
 22. Xacropus billardieri. 
 
 Kangurus billardieri, Desm. Mamm. (8upp?j ii. p. 542 (1822) ; Oeoff. 
 Diet. Class. d'H. N. ix. p. Ill (1826) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. 
 V. p. 203 (1827). 
 
 Macropus billardieri, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 227 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. 
 Mamm. p. 283 (1829); Less. N. H. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) v. 
 p. 378 (1836) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 227 (1841) ; 
 Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. CoU. Surg. i. p. 325 (1863) ; Gerv. H. N. 
 Mamm. ii. p. 270 (fig. of skeleton) (1855) ; Oieb. Odontogr. p. 43, 
 pi. xix. fig. 16 c (incisors) (1855) ; id. Sdug. p. 682 (1859) ; Flow. 
 (^ Gars. Cat. Ost. CoU. Surg. ii. p. 713 (1884). 
 
 Halmaturua (Thylogale) taamanei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. i. p. 108 
 (1838). 
 
 Macropus ruflventer, OgiW. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 23; Waterh. Cat. 
 Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 67 (1838) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. p. 327 (1841). 
 
 Macropus (Halmaturua) rufiventer, Ogilb. Ann. Mag. iV! JT. i. p. 220 
 (1838). 
 
 Halmaturua billardieri, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pi. x. (animal) (1841) ; 
 Gray, Grey's Amtr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., 
 Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1843) ; 
 Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 128 (1843), v. p. .325 (1855) ; 
 Sehins, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 556 (1844) ; Gotdd, Mamm. ii. pla. xxxv., 
 xxxvi. (animal) (1860) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 126 
 (1862) ; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 185 (1863) ; Lwae, 
 Zool. Gart. viii. pp. 418-471 (anat.) (1867) ; Erefft, P. Z. S. 1868, 
 p. 2 ; id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Amtr. Vert. p. 10 
 (1871) ; Sigg. ^ Pett. P. R. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 196 ; Solat. List 
 An. Zool. Soc. (8) p. 205 (1883) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 320 
 (1887). 
 
 * Especially to Mr. T. J. Moore, the Curator of the Museum, through 
 whose assistance the specimens were lent to me. 
 
1. MACROPUS. 59 
 
 Halmaturus rufiventer, Lest. N. Tabl. JR. A. Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 120 (1843). 
 Halmaturus brachytarsus, TFagn. Schr. Smig. Supp. iii. p. 121 (1843). 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) biUardieri, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 159, 
 
 pi. V. fig. 11 (inciaors) (1846) ; Ounn, P. R. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 87 
 
 (1862). 
 Halmaturus braehyunis, Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 787, pi. Ixxvii. 
 
 fig. 1 (lower view of skull) (nee Quay Sr Gaim.). 
 
 Etjfotts-bellied Wallaby. 
 
 Size large ; form stout and heavy. Fur long, thick, and soft. 
 Underfur long and soft, slaty grey. General colour uniform 
 greyish brown, with an olive tinge, especially on the head and 
 rump. Face and head olive-grey ; face-markings quite obsolete, 
 except that there is a pale yellowish line along the upper lip. 
 Ears very short, their backs mostly olive-grey like the head, but 
 margined anteriorly with black. Nape and forequarters usually 
 dull grey-brown, sometimes with a tinge of rufous ; an indistinct 
 nuchal streak often present. Back and sides coarsely grizzled 
 grey and black ; a faint yellowish hip-stripe visible in some speci- 
 mens. Chin, chest, and belly yellow, orange or rufous, the anal 
 region most deeply coloured. Arms and legs grey-brown. Hands 
 ■ and feet brown. Tail very short, only about 2^ times as long as 
 the head, greyish brown like the back, above orange proximally, 
 and grej'ish white distally below. 
 
 Skull long and lightly built ; facial index 207 to 220. Muzzle 
 broad behind, tapering rapidly forwards. Pj-emaxillae oblique; 
 incisors projecting much beyond the sub-nasal prominence ; naso- 
 premaxillary suture decidedly shorter than naso-maxillary. Nasals 
 shaped somewhat as in M. coxeni, i. e. tapering gently forwards, 
 their broadest point at the maxillo-frontal suture, and their posterior 
 edge running nearly transversely across, instead of being bowed 
 backwards into centre. Interorbital region strongly constricted, its 
 edges not forming overhanging prominences. Anterior palatal 
 foramina longer than in the allied species, about the length of m.** 
 
 Teeth. Incisors long and slender ; i.' of medium length, the notch 
 not quite so far back as in most of the present group. P.* (PI. X. 
 fig. 12) very peculiar in shape, broad posteriorly, with a well-marked 
 postero-internal talon, and narrowing anteriorly to a point, the 
 internal ledge not continued beyond about half the length of the 
 tooth ; three or four distinct external vertical ridges. Molars 
 narrow and delicate. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 6- 2- 
 
 h (stuffed). j (stuffed). 
 miUim. millim. 
 
 Head and body . . 650 660 
 
 Hind foot' ::::::?35 i3o|(Bangefroml30to 
 
 Ear 46 57 ^ ^^^•> 
 
 Skull, see p. 63. 
 
60 
 
 MAOBOFOSID^. 
 
 Hah. South-eastern South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 M. billardieri is the common small Wallaby of Victoria and 
 Tasmania, where it is excessively abundant. It has been very 
 often confused with the next species, the specimens of it in many 
 museums and zoological gardens being labelled as M. hrachyurus, 
 which it resembles in its general colour and proportions, but which 
 it exceeds very considerably in size, to say nothing of the very 
 obvious differences between the two species in cranial and dental 
 characters. 
 
 The length of the molars in this species is very remarkably con- 
 stant, as in all the twelve specimens measured the combined 
 lengths of ms.^-^ falls between 16-5 and 17*1 millim., a range of 
 only 0-6 miUim. 
 
 , J Ad. sks. 
 "' "• ) Skull of b. 
 c. Skeleton, (J. 
 d-g. Ad. skulls. 
 
 , I Ad. ak. I , 
 *• j Skull, f '^• 
 t. Ad. sk. 
 
 [cJ$. 
 
 /. Ad. St., 2 . 
 , lAd. sk.l 
 *■ I Skull, f 
 /. Imm. sk. 
 
 6- 
 
 Western Port, Victoria. Purchased. 
 
 Western Port, Victoria. Purchased. 
 Hummock's I., Bass's F. M. Eayner, Esq. 
 
 Straits ( Voy. 'Herald '). [P.]. 
 Tasmania. Zool. Soc. 
 
 {Type of M. rujiventer, Ogilb.) 
 Tasmania. R. Gunn, Esq . 
 
 [P. & 0.]. 
 {Type oi H. (Thylogale) tasmanei, Gray.) 
 Tasmania. Gould Coll. 
 
 Tasmania. Gould Coll. 
 
 m. Imm. sk. 
 ». Yg. sk. 
 'o. Ad. skull, (^ . 
 p. Ad. skull. 
 
 q. Ad. skull. 
 
 r, «. Ad. & imm. skeletons. 
 
 t. Yg. skull. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania ( Voy. ' Fly '). 
 
 Mt. Gambler. 
 
 S.E. South Australia. 
 
 Capt. Ross [P. & 
 
 6.1. 
 Purchased. 
 Purchased. 
 Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 J. B. Jukes, Esq. 
 
 [P.]. 
 Sir R. Owen [P.], 
 Purchased. 
 Purchased. 
 
 23. Macropus brachyurus. 
 
 Kangurus brachyurus. Quay ^ Gaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 114, 
 
 Atl. pi. xix. (animal and skull) (1830). 
 Macropus brachyurus. Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. Sttf.) -v. p. 378 
 
 (1886) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 236 (1841) ; 
 
 Oieb. Oohntogr. p. 43, pi. xix. fig. 1b (incisors) (1865) ; id. Sdug. 
 
 p. 688 (1859) ; id. Bronn's Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pi. xlvii. 
 
 fig. 21 (16) (incisors) (1876). 
 Halmaturus (Thylogale) brevicaudatus. Gray, Ann. Mag. N. S. i. 
 
 p. 108 (1838) ; id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1843) ; Gerrard,Cat. 
 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862). 
 Habnatunis brachyurus. Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 123 (1843), v. p. 826 (1865) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 558 (1844) ; Gould, Mamm. Aiistr. ii. 
 
1. MA0ROPU8. 61 
 
 pis. xxxvii., xxxviii. (animal) (1856) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. 
 
 p. 320 (1887). 
 Macropus (Setonyx) brachyurus, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 
 
 (1842) ; Chmu, Eneycl. d^H. N., Mars. p. 346 (1879). 
 Macropus (Halmaturus) bracliyurua, Waterh. N. S. Mamm. i. p. 162, 
 
 pi. T. figs. 16 & 16 a (skull and teeth) (1846). 
 
 Shokt-tailbd Wallaby. 
 
 Size small ; form short and squat. Ehinarium with a central 
 upward projection, as in M. coxeni. Pur long and thick, but coarse, 
 at least in adult specimens. Underfur long and soft, dark slaty 
 grey. General colour uniform, coarsely grizzled grey-brown, with 
 a tinge of rufous in some specimens. Face grizzled grey, without 
 definite markings ; sides of cheeks pale grey or rufous. Ears very 
 short and rounded, projecting but little from the long fur of the top 
 of the head ; their backs thickly haired, grizzled-grey. Back 
 coarsely grizzled with grey and black ; no body-markings at all. 
 Chin, chest, and belly slaty grey. Arms and legs like body, hands 
 and feet brown. Tail very short, only about twice the length of 
 the head ; brown above, greyish white beneath. 
 
 Skull (PI. VII. fig. 4) much smaller than those of other members 
 of the group, strongly built and broad in proportion to its length. 
 Muzzle short, stout, and conical. Premaxilte upright, the naso- 
 premaxillary suture about equalling the naso-maxillary. Nasals 
 short, very little broader behind than in front, their contraction 
 forwards gradual and even, and their posterior suture much bowed 
 backwards in the centre. Supraorbital edges forming in old 
 specimens distinct postorbital processes-, behind which, there is a 
 strongly marked intertemporal contraction. Zygomata remarkably 
 broad and strong. Palatal foramina very short. Coronoid process 
 of lower jaw unusually broad and powerful. 
 
 Teeth very differently proportioned to those of any other member 
 of the genus. Incisors (PI. IX. flg. 6) small and light ; i.' very 
 small, its edge shorter than that of either i.' or m.\ its notch about 
 its centre instead of at the back. P." (PI. X. flg. 13) oblong, 
 enormously broad and powerful, as broad in front as behind, with 
 a well-marked internal ledge, and with three or four external 
 vertical grooves. Molars very similar to those of Dorcopsis, small 
 and light, with nearly or quite obsolete central conneoting-ridges. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (skin). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 580 
 
 Tail 250 
 
 Hind foot 105 
 
 Ear ,.. 42 
 
 SkuU, see p. 63. 
 
 Hab. Western Australia. 
 
62 
 
 MAOKOPODID^. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 Although the cranial and dental characters of M. hraehyurus 
 show no approximation to those of Potorous, yet externally it so 
 strikingly resembles the members of that genus found in the same 
 region that its confusion with one of them would be by no means 
 improbable. It may, however, always be distinguished either from 
 P. gilberti or P. platyops by its longer feet, larger and propor- 
 tionally shorter and thicker head, hairier ears, and grey instead of 
 rufous-tipped underfur. 
 
 „ I Ad. sk. I J, King George's Sound, W. A. John Gilbert, Esq. 
 "• \ Skull, f "^^ [0.]. - 
 
 b. Imm. St., $ . King George's Sound, W. A. Gould Coll. 
 
 {J. Gilbert). 
 
 ^ I Imm. St. I p Perth, W. A.. {J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 I Skull. ( + ■ (b Sc c. Co-types of H. brevicaudatus, Gray.) 
 
 d. Imm. ak., § . Augusta, W. A. {J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 2. PETROGALE. 
 
 Type. 
 Heteropus, Jourd. C. R. v. p. 522, Oct. 1837; Ann. Sci. 
 
 Nat. (2) viii. p. 368 (1837). {Nee Pal. de Beam. 
 
 1805, Orthoptera; nee Fitzinger, 1826, Reptilia.) P. penicillata. 
 
 Petrogale, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H.i. p. 583, Nov. 
 
 1837 P. penicillata. 
 
 Ehinarium naked. Fur on back of neck directed downwards. 
 Central hind claws very short, only exceeding the toe-pads by two 
 or three millimetres. Tail long, cylindrical, not so thick as in 
 Macropus, thickly haired and pencilled at its extremity. 
 
 Skull as in the smaller members of the genus Macropus. Supra- 
 orbital edges well developed, more or less overhanging. Palatal 
 foramina short. Bony palate with large vacuities. BuUse sometimes 
 more or less inflated. 
 
 ' dentition :-I. ^, C. ?, P. :4^, M. J-^l^^ x 2=32. 
 
 Incisors small and light ; i.^ very similar to that of Ma^iropus 
 hraehyurus, viz. small, delicate, with a well-marked notch about its 
 centre, the part behind the notch nearly as long as that in front. 
 P." large and heavy, very similar in all the species, resembling in 
 shape and size that of certain of the smaller Wallabies, such as 
 M. coxeni or wileoxi; a well-marked internal ledge running its 
 whole length, and two or three indistinct vertical ridges on its 
 external side. Molars as in the Wallabies (Macropus, grouns II 
 &III.).^ r > b i- 
 
 Bange. The whole of Australia, but not Tasmania. 
 
 Although very closely allied to the second and third groups of the 
 genus Macropus, the Rock-Wallabies are, on the whole, fairly 
 entitled to generic separation, as they form a natural and easily 
 definable group. Their habits differ considerably from those of the 
 plain-loving Wallabies, as they inhabit rooky regions, climbing 
 

 
 ira 
 
 
 
 
 lO 
 
 rt 
 
 WS 
 
 
 
 t— 
 
 
 Tji 
 
 r-4 
 
 
 ■* 
 
 tH 
 
 
 f^^s 
 
 !© 
 
 ^ 
 
 (D 
 
 ■^ 
 
 fr- 
 
 Cil 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 «n 
 
 <M 
 
 
 U3 
 
 
 to 
 
 CO 
 
 t- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 cq 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 ee 
 
 
 »o 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 o> 
 
 CD 
 
 o» 
 
 •* 
 
 
 ■^ 
 
 rM 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 •* 
 
 C4 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 CD 
 
 CD 
 
 t- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oi tH O 
 
 ^ 03 iQ ^t 
 
 <3i Hi n 
 
 CO « M ■■ 
 
 O) -^ 00 ^ lis 
 rH in on i-H 
 
 
 00 m CO tH iH 
 
 5, •© » 1 
 
 S^-^pS, 
 
 in CO rH 
 
 o.-=a> 
 
 •oa K, 
 
 5" I 
 
 gQQO<] ' 
 
 •1 ^ 1 ^ •s 
 
 1, I a I I I = 
 a ^ S & £ ^ S 
 
 So 2 * •■ n fS 
 
 n cb ^ Oh 
 
 t 1 
 
 ,2 d 
 
 I I 
 
 •3 -I 
 
 1 -3 ^ ^ 
 
 i li !^ -^ 
 
 a eS Q) 
 
 n n p:i &4 
 
64 MACROPODIDiB. 
 
 about the cKffs with remarkable agility. Their long bushy tails 
 are used as balancers, and are not therefore thickened and strength- 
 ened for use as a third support, as is the case with the ordinary 
 Wallabies. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. External Chakactees. 
 
 A. Tail annulated with brown and pale yellow. 
 a. A dark nuchal stripe present. Ears, uniform 
 
 yellow behind ; 1. P. xanthopus, p. 64. 
 
 B. Tail unannulated, darkening towards end. 
 
 6. Back of ears grey at base, brown or black 
 
 for terminal half. A black occipital streak. 
 
 a'. Tail nearly aU black. Occipital streak 
 
 not extending down neck. E. Australia 2. P. penicUlata, p. 66. 
 6^ Tail about hdf black. Occipital streak 
 passing down neck to centre of back. 
 
 W. Australia 3. P. lateralis, p. 68. 
 
 c. Back of ears uniform grey or fawn, some- 
 times tipped with white. No occipital or 
 nuchal streak. 
 
 c^. Shoulder-markings present 4. P. hrachyotis, p. 69. 
 
 d'-. No shoulder- or flank-markings present, 
 o'. Size medium ; hind foot about 130 mil- 
 
 lim 5. P. inornata, p. 70. 
 
 6". Size very small ; hind foot about 100 
 
 mjllim 6. P. concinna, p. 71. 
 
 II. Cranial Chabactees. 
 
 A. Length of skull, when adult, more than 90 
 
 millim. 
 a. Muzzle broad, its sides and the interorbital 
 
 region inflated. Greatest breadth of nasals 
 
 about one third their length 1. P. xanthoptts, p. 64. 
 
 6. Muzzle narrow, neithejr its sides nor the 
 
 interorbital region inflated. Greatest 
 
 breadth of nasals about one fourth their 
 
 length 2. P.pemcillata, p. 66. 
 
 B. Length of skull between 80 and 90 millim. 
 
 c. Frontal outline concave above front of orbit. 
 
 Nasals little expanded behind 3. P. lateralis, p. 68. 
 
 d. Erontal outline convex or straight above 
 
 front of orbit. Nasals expanded behind, 
 
 as in PI. Xn. fig. 2 4. P. brachyotis, p. 69. 
 
 C. Length of skull less than 76 miUim. 
 
 e. Nasals much expanded behind 6. P. concinna, p. 71. 
 
 D. Cranial characters unknown 5. P. inornata, p. 70. 
 
 1. Petrogale xanthopus. 
 
 Petrogale xanthopus. Gray, P. Z. S. 1854, p. 249, pi. xxxix. (animal) ; 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. xliii., xliv. (animal) (1865) ; Gerrard, 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 128 (1862) ; Erejft, Austr. Vert, 
 
2. PBTEOOALB. 65 
 
 p. 11 (1871) ; Briihm, Thierl. ii. p. 594 (fig. of animal) (1880) ; 
 
 List. 8f Fletcher, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 984 (anat.) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. 
 
 Leyd. Mus. p. 323 (1887) ; PouUon, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 609 (anat. of 
 
 tongue). 
 " Phalangista xantlinpygus," Gieh. Bronn's Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. 
 
 pi. XX. figs. 4^7 (skull) (1874). 
 Macropus xanthopus. Flow. Sr Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 715 
 
 (1884). 
 
 Ybllow-eooted Kock-Wallabx. 
 
 Size large. Fur long, soft and silky. Underfur thick and close, 
 dark grey. General colour of back grey ; head and extremities 
 richly ornamented. Face and crown grey, with a tinge of yellowish ; 
 a well-defined white cheek-stripe running from the mouth below 
 the eye nearly to. the ear ; a rich orange spot above each eye. 
 Ears long, their backs uniform dark yellow, and their inner sides 
 edged with white, except, at the tips, which are yellow, like the 
 outer. Back grey, a well-defined black streak running from 
 between the ears to the middle of the back. A triangular brown 
 blotch behind the elbow, followed by a pure white lateral streak, 
 which runs down the body to the hip. Top of knee with another 
 brown mark, outside which there is a prominent white patch. Chin, 
 chest, and belly pure white. Arms and hands, legs and feet uniform 
 rich yellow, the tips of the fingers and toes brown. Tail annulated 
 above with alternate bands of dark brown and pale yellow, the 
 brown bands gradually becoming united on the upperside, and 
 forming a well-marked blackish crest ; the bands visible on the 
 sides nearly to the tip ; underside yellowish or brownish white all 
 along ; extreme tip sometimes yellow. 
 
 STcull (PI. XII. fig. 1) large and strong, especially the facial 
 portion. Muzzle broad and conical, the sides inflated, especially 
 just above p.* Premaxillse fairly upright. Nasals long, expanded 
 behind, their greatest width about twice their least, and going 
 about three times into their length ; the shape of their posterior 
 edge variable. Interorbital and posterior nasal region swollen, the 
 swelling passing away opposite the intertemporal constriction. 
 Supraorbital edges rounded in front, sharp and overhanging behind, 
 converging backwards. BuUie transparent, slightly swollen. 
 
 Teeth largest and heaviest in the genus. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6- , ?■ 
 
 a (skin). c (stuffed), 
 millim. luillim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 800 680 
 
 TaU 600 600 
 
 Hind foot 170 160 
 
 Ear 74 70 
 
 Skull, see p. 72. 
 
 Hah. South Atistralia. 
 Co-types in collection. 
 
66 MACKOPOBIDJS. 
 
 This animal is by far the most strikingly coloured of the family, 
 but the contrasts are of so glaring a nature as to prevent its being 
 pleasing to the eye. Its skull is readily distinguishable from those 
 of the other species by the inflation of the muzzle and forehead, 
 although this inflation cannot compare in extent with that found in 
 Macropus antilopinus, being more like the moderate inflation present 
 in M. giganteiis (see supra, p. 17). 
 
 , ) Ad. sks. I , o FUnder's Range, S. A. F. Strange [C.J. 
 
 "' *■ Skull of a. f ^ ^ • (Co-types of species.) 
 
 c. Ad. St., $ . South Australia. Zoological Society. 
 
 d. Ye. St. South Australia. Zoological Society. 
 
 e. Ad. skull. South Australia (F. O. Sir B. Owen [P.]. 
 
 Waterhoiise). 
 
 2. Fetrogale penicillata. 
 
 Kangurus penicillatus, Orat/, Grif. Cm. An. K. v. p. 204 (1827). 
 Macropus penicillatus, Benn. P. Z. 8. 1835, p. 1, 1836, p. 41 ; 
 
 Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) x. p. 364 (1836) ; Bmn. Cat. 
 
 N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 6 (1837) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. 
 
 Soc. p. 66 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Lihr., Mamm. xi. p. 243, pi. xxii. 
 
 (animal) (1841) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. fig. 16 b (incisors) 
 
 (1855) ; id. Nat. Thierr. i. p. 236 (1859) ; id. Saug. p. 683 (1859) ; 
 
 id. Bronris Kl. u. Ordn. \i. Abth. v. pi. xlvii. fig. 21 (10) (1876) ; 
 
 Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 221 (1887), 
 Heteropus albogularis, Jourd. C. B. v. p. 522 (1887) ; id. Ann. Sci. 
 
 Nat. (2) viii. p. 368 (1837) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 
 
 (1842). 
 Petrogale penicillata. Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. If. i. p. 588 (1837) ; 
 
 id. Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 408 (1841) ; Gould, Mon. Macrop. 
 
 pi. xxii'i. (animal) (1842) ; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 92 (1843) ; 
 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. xxxix., xl. (animal) (1853) ; Gerrard, 
 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 128 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. Mus. p. 61 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871) ; Brehm, 
 
 Thierl. ii. p. 594 (1880) ; Fletch. P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. -piii. p. 7 
 
 (1888) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 322 (1887) ; CoU. Zool. 
 
 Jahrb. ii. p. 891 (1887). 
 Halmaturus albogularis, Wagn. 8chr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 126 (1848) ; 
 
 8cMnz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 561 (1844). 
 Halmaturus penicillatus, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 125 (1843), 
 
 V. p. 327 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p.- 559 (1844) ; Blyth, 
 
 Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 185 (1863). 
 Macropus (Heteropus) penicillatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i, p. 167, 
 
 pi. i. (animal), pi. v. fig. 10 (incisors) (1846). 
 Macropus albogularis, Schleg. Dierh. p. 143 (1857). 
 (P) Petrogale longicauda*, Kreffi, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 324. 
 
 * Said to be distinguished " from all other species by its remarkably long 
 and bushy tail, which is about a foot longer than that of any other Rook- 
 Wallaby." I can only presume that Mr. JKrefft had not a full-grown male 
 specimen of F. penicillata with a perfect tail available, as the tail of this species 
 often attains a length of 24 inches, so that the 27 inches of the specimen described 
 by Mr. Krefft is by no means beyond what might be expected occasionally to 
 occur. 
 
2. PETEOOAtE. 67 
 
 (?) Petrogale aasimilis ', Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. i. p. 3G0 
 
 (1876). 
 Macropus (Heteropus) aasimilis, Rami. P. Linn. Soc. JV. S. W. ii. 
 
 p. 11 (1877). 
 
 Betjsh-tailed Eock-WauabY. 
 
 Size large ; form stout and heavy. Fur long, thick and coarse. 
 General colour not unlike that of Macropus ualabatus, 'viz. dull 
 brown, more rufous on rump. Face dark grey-brown, ill-defined 
 dark whisker-mark and light cheek-stripe. Crown grey, a narrow 
 black line running along its centre from just behind the level of the 
 eye to the occiput, not extending down the neck. Ears short, their 
 insideg and their posterior edges outside yellow ; rest of their 
 backs grey at base, black terminally. Back dull grey-brown, the 
 hairs tipped with white on the forequarters, gradually becoming 
 deep rufous on the rump and base of tail. A black mark behind 
 the shoulder succeeded by a pale grey one, but both often hardly 
 visible. Chin and chest pale grey. Belly brown tinged with 
 yellow ; anal region rich yellowish rufous. Arms and legs brown 
 or rufous-brown ; fingers and toes black. Tail long, more or less 
 bushy, pencOled at tip, its basal three or four inches rufous like the 
 back, the remainder deep black ; extreme tip sometimes yellow. 
 
 Shull long, more lightly buUt than in P. xanthqpus, the muzzle 
 long and slender. No inflation on sides of muzzle or on forehead. 
 Nasals very long, narrow, and little expanded behind, their greatest 
 width only about once and a half their least, and barely one quarter 
 of their length. Interorbital region markedly concave ; supraorbital 
 edges prominent, raised and overhanging, not converging backwards 
 so much as in P. xanihopus. Palatal foramina short, not penetra- 
 ting into maxiUa. Bullae opaque, rough and unswoUen. 
 
 Teeth (PI. IX. fig. 7 and PI. X. fig. 14) as usual ; i.^ rather longer 
 and more Jkfacrqpw-like than in the other species. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6. ^. 
 
 a (stuffed). b (sMn). 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 720 720 
 
 Tail 560 560 
 
 Hind foot 164 164 
 
 Ear 48 51 
 
 Skull, see p. 72. 
 
 Hah. Eastern Coast districts, from Queensland to Victoria (Port 
 Essington ?) 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 * This species is stated to be smaller, to have less bristly feet, and less pro- 
 minent side-stripe than in P. penicillata ; but these points do not seem to be 
 sufficiently well marked to justify its retention as a separate species, especially 
 as the type was a female, and may easily have been not fully adult. 
 
 r2 
 
68 MACROPODI'DiE. 
 
 a. Ad. St., S ■ New South Wales. Gould OoU. 
 
 , I Ad. sks. I n New South Wales. Gould Coll. 
 *'«• j Skull of J. f?- 
 
 , . ) Ad.&yg. sks. I Port EssingtonC?)*. Purchased. 
 "'^'■r- \ Skulls ofe^/. ( 
 
 g, h, i. Ad. & yg. skeletons. Zoological Society. 
 
 /. Skull G. K. Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
 3. Petrogale lateralis. 
 
 Petrogale lateralis, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pi. xxiv. (animal) (1842) 
 
 {descr. orig.) ; Oray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) (nom. 
 
 mud.) ; id'. List Mamm. B. M. p. 92 (1843) ; Goxdd, Mamm. Austr. 
 
 ii. pis. xli., xlii. (animal) (1857); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B.M.-g. 128 (1862) ; Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871); Jent. Cat. 
 
 Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 322 (1887). 
 Macropus (Heteropus) lateralis, Waterh. N. iff. Mamm. i. p. 172 
 
 (1846). 
 Halmaturus lateralis, Wagn. Sohr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 328 (1855). 
 Macropus lateralis, Qieh. Saug. p. 683 (1869). 
 
 Wbst-Austkalian Eock-Wallabt. 
 
 Size small ; form slender and light. Fur long, soft, close, and of 
 a rather wooUy texture. General colour light grey. Face grey ; a 
 well-defined dark whisker-mark running through the eye nearly to 
 the ear, succeeded below by a whitish or yellowish cheek-stripe. 
 Crown dark grey, the tips of the hairs black ; between the ears 
 there commences a narrow black or brown line which runs down 
 the neck and disappears about the centre of the back. Ears short, 
 inside and at base of outside yellow, terminal half outside brown, 
 but extreme tips yellow. Back grey, with a faint rusty tinge ; a 
 profninent black or brown mark just behind the elbow, succeeded 
 by a weU-deflned white stripe running down to the hip. Front of 
 knee brown, connected by a brown band with the dark shoulder- 
 spot. Chin, centre of chest, and belly yellowish grey ; sides of 
 chest and inner sides of arms brown. Arms, legs, and feet grey ; 
 fingers and toes black. Tail grey for its proximal, black for its 
 terminal half. 
 
 Shull (PI. XII. fig. 3) small and lightly built. Muzzle long and 
 slender. Nasals long and narrow, evenly but slightly expanded 
 behind. Interorbital region very markedly concave, so much so as 
 to make a distinct concavity at this point in the general profile-line, 
 when viewed from the side. Supraorbital ridges prominent, over- 
 hanging, not converging backwards, forming indistinct rudimentary 
 postorbital processes. Bullse smooth, transparent, distinctly swollen. 
 
 * This locality is probably incorrect, as it is very unlikely that the speoies 
 should occur in a place where the fauna ig so wholly different from that of the 
 Eastern and South-eastern coast of Australia. 
 
2. PETEOGAIE. (j9 
 
 Teeth (PI. IX. fig. 8, and PI. X. fig. 15) comparatively small and 
 delicate ; their proportion as usual. 
 
 Bimensions. 
 
 6. ?. 
 
 b (skin). (stuffed), 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 590 600 
 
 TaU 460 420 
 
 Hind foot 139 120 
 
 Ear 48 49 
 
 Skull, see p. 72. 
 
 Hab. Western Australia. 
 Types in collection. 
 
 j Ad. sk. I , N.W. coast of Australia. B. Bynoe, Esq. [P. 
 "■ Skull, f ^- &0.]. 
 
 , I Ad. sks. I , p Swan R., W. A. (J". Gilbert). Gould Ooll. {Co- 
 ' "■ I Skulls, j o + • types of species.) 
 
 d. Skull. Swan K., W. A. (/. CfUbert). Gould CoU. 
 
 e. SkuU. Gould Coll. 
 
 4. Petrogale brachyotis. 
 
 Macropus (Petrogale) brachyotis, Oould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 129 ; Less. 
 
 N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842). 
 Petrogale bracliyotis, Oould, Mon. Macrop. pi. vi. (animal) (1841) ; 
 
 Ch'ay, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; Gray, Idst Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 92 (1843) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. xlvii. (animal) 
 
 (1859); Geirard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 128 (1862); 
 
 Krefft, Azistr. Vert. p. 11 (1871). 
 Macropus brachyotis, Waterh. Jard. Nat. lAhr,, Mamm. xi. p. 247 
 
 (1841) ; Gieb. Siiug. p. 684 (1859). 
 Halmaturus brachyotis, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 562 (1844) ; Wagn. 
 
 Schr. Siiug. Supp. v. p. 330 (1865). 
 Macropus (Heteropus) brachyotis, Waterh. iV. H. Mamm. i. p. 176 
 
 (1846). 
 
 Shokt-baeed Kock-Wallabt. 
 
 Size small, form light and slender. Fur short and thin ; under- 
 fur sparse, dark slaty grey. General colour greyish fawn. Head 
 pale grey ; face-markings almost obsolete. Ears very short, their 
 backs uniform fawn-grey like the head, their edges and extreme 
 tips white. Body-markings present, but not prominent; a dark 
 brown blotch behind .the elbow, succeeded by a whitish band. Chin, 
 chest, and belly greyish white. Limbs pale grey. Tail grey above, 
 whitish below for three-fourths of its length, the terminal fourth 
 tufted with longer dark brown hairs. 
 
 SkuU (PL XII. fig. 2) about the same size as that of P. lateralis, 
 but more heavily built. Muzzle broad, conical. Nasals narrow in 
 front, much expanded behind, their posterior edge projecting back- 
 wards in the centre only. Interorbital region flat or very slightly 
 
70 MACEOPODlBiE. 
 
 concave, but this concavity not enough to show in a lateral view 
 of the skull. Supraorbital edges sharp, less prominent than in 
 P. lateralis. BuUse slightly inflated. 
 
 Teeth as in P. lateralis, but p." rather larger and heavier. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (stuffed). h (skin). 
 
 milliin. millim. 
 
 Head and body 540 640 
 
 Tail 400 360 (?) 
 
 Hind foot 130 122 
 
 Ear 40 34 
 
 Skull, see p. 72. 
 
 Hah. North-west coast of Australia. 
 Co-types in collection. 
 
 , ) Ad. sks. I , o Hanover Bay, N.W. coast of Gould Coll. {Co- 
 "■' "■ I SkuUs. ( o + ■ Australia {Sir G. Orey). types of species.) 
 
 5. Fetrogale inornata. 
 
 Petrogale inornata, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 5; id. Man. Mao-op. 
 
 pi. XXV. (animal) (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B.M. p. 92 (1843) ; 
 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pis. xlv., xlvi. (animal) (1860) ; Krefft, 
 
 Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871). 
 Halmaturus inornatus, Schinz, 8yn. Mamm. i. p. 666 (1844) ; Wagn. 
 
 Sehr. Sdug. Supp. v, p. 331 (1855). 
 Macropus (Heteropus) inornatus, JFaterh. JV. H. Mamm. i. p. 175 
 
 (1846). 
 Macropus inornatus, Gieb. Sdug. p. 684 (1859). 
 
 Plain-coloubed Eock- Wallaby. 
 
 " General colour of the upper parts sandy grey, grizzled over the 
 shoulders and becoming much lighter on the flanks ; an indistinct 
 line of a lighter hue along the face under the eye ; ears sandy grey, 
 bordered by a very narrow line of dark brown on their inner edge ; 
 a dark patch on the occiput, passing into a dark line down the fore- 
 head ; a dusky red patch behind the elbow ; under surface sandy 
 white, inclining to rufous on the lower part of the abdomen ; arms 
 and tarsi sandy grey, passing into dark brown at the extreme tips 
 of the toes ; basal half of the tail sandy brown, the remainder black, 
 the former colour extending along the sides of the tail for some 
 distance towards the tip." 
 
 (SkuU and teeth unknown.) 
 
 Dimensions, S • " Head and body 580 millim. ; tail (c.) 390 ; 
 hind foot 133*; ear 47." 
 
 Hah. " North coast of Australia." 
 
 Type not traceable. 
 
 The above description is taken from Gould's ' Mammals of Aus- 
 tralia,' as the typical specimen referred to by him, although originally 
 deposited in the Museum, was afterwards reclaimed by Mr. B. 
 
 * Including claw. 
 
2. PETROaALE. 71 
 
 Bynoe, its discoverer, and has now disappeared. The species must 
 be very closely allied to P. hrachyotis, and may indeed have been 
 founded upon an individual of that species with the markings un- 
 usually indistinct. 
 
 6. Petrogale concinna. 
 
 Petrogale concinna, Gmild, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 57 ; Gray, List Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 92 (1843) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. xlviii. (animal) 
 
 (1856) ; Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871). 
 Halmaturus concinnus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 565 (1844) ; Wagn. 
 
 Sohr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 331 (1855). 
 Max;ropus (Heteropus) concinnus, Water h. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 177 
 
 (1846). ^ ^ ' V 
 
 Macropus concinnus, Gieh. S'dug. p. 684 (1869). 
 LriTLB EocK- Wallaby. 
 
 Size very small ; form slender. Fur short, soft, and silky. Under- 
 fur thick, long, and soft, slate-coloured at base, rufous-fawn at 
 tip. General colour rich orange-rufous. Head pale fawn, face- 
 markings obsolete. Ears very short, their backs like the head. 
 Body without any markings, except a very faint trace of the dark 
 patch behind the elbow. Pur of back mainly made up of the under- 
 fur, the rufous tips of which give the general tone to the colour ; the 
 longer hairs, which are black for their basal half or terminal fourth, 
 the other fourth being white, scarcely affecting the general colour. 
 Chin, chest, and beUy white or greyish white. Arms, legs, and feet 
 greyish fawn. Tail pale rufous grey at its base, gradually becoming 
 darker towards the tip, the hairs forming a yellowish-brown, and 
 not a black, terminal pencil. 
 
 Bkull (PI. XII. flg. 4) very small, and quite different in shape 
 from that of the other species. Facial portion comparatively short 
 and brain-case large. Muzzle short, narrow, and pointed, not in- 
 flated. Nasals very narrow in front and enormously broadened 
 behind, their greatest breadth more than three times their least, 
 and more than half their length. Interorbital region broad, flat, 
 paraUel-sided, the edges sharp but not thickened. BuUse slightly 
 swollen. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors (PI. IX. fig. 9) very small and slender ; i.^ about 
 the length .of the edge of i.^ Cheek-teeth, in the only available 
 specimen, oHl square and molariform, five on one side and four on 
 the other. Whether, however, the molar-shaped anterior tooth of 
 the five is a much modified p.*, a milk-p.^ with its successor aborted, 
 or an m.' in a specimen developing five molars on each side *, it is 
 impossible to determine without further specimens for comparison. 
 
 Dimensions, S (imm.). Head and body 350 j hind foot 94 ; ear 27. 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hah. North-west Australia. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 J Imm. sk. I , N.W. coast of Australia Sir John Richardson [P.]. 
 "" I Skull. j "■ {Lieut. Emery). (r^/pe of species.) 
 
 * As happens occMionally in Bettongia, see below, p. 105 (footnote). 
 
72 
 
 MACfROPODlDiE. 
 
 -fe 
 
 
 P-i 
 
 ■S 
 g 
 
 ^ 
 
 SQ 
 
 a, 
 
 
 ■ ■ 9 
 
 •tos^ 
 
 ^o-oi 
 
 CDTlHCNrH i-H -^ (M J-H rH (M 4l O 
 
 ■^ T* 
 
 CO »0 iO lO i-H CO 
 
 »pcp 
 
 O5Q0t>(M»£3r-IOSlh?OCDC»»Cit>gpcb'3Dt- 
 
 t^ ^ CQ »~t 
 
 ^■<*(Mi— I I— IC^VOG 
 
 f^QOOSrHlbcbi-HintOCOlMildiOTbcboO 
 3'?t<C*3.-i i-(lOC^r-i OqCNOtM i-H 
 
 o+^ 
 
 •* t-05 
 
 iriio lACO (M (M 
 
 
 
 ■^'OCOCOCOCO-tt'OOSCDTHCOCOCaTtiGOfH 
 O CO »0 I-H t-H 50 CO i-t C^lCOt-i— I 01 
 
 T-H th CO OS 00 ^ 00 1— I OT : o 
 
 -^ ft f- 
 
 
 
 'B.S 
 
 03 p 
 
 it 
 
 
 •s-s 
 
 :S 
 
 pqa;^ OPk 
 
 - C3 
 
3. ONYCHOGALE. 73 
 
 Type. 
 
 [3. ONYCHOGALE. 
 
 Onychogalea, Gray, drey's Austr., App. ii.p. 402 (1841) ; 
 id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1843) {nee Gray, P. Z. 8. 
 1864, pp. 509, 570) O. unguifera. 
 
 Rhinarium hairy, the bottom of the internasal septum alone 
 naked in some species. Central hind claws long, narrow, com- 
 pressed, and very sharp. Tail long, tapering, short-haired, not 
 bushy, more or less crested towards the tip ; its extreme end pro- 
 vided with a peculiar horny epidermic excrescence, forming a spur 
 or nail at the tip. 
 
 Skull much as in Macropus. BuUse more or less inflated. 
 
 BentUion :-L \^„ C. »fi, P. |^|4^, M. h|t|rl X 2 = 32 
 or 34. 
 
 Incisors small and light, decreasing evenly in size from before 
 backwards ; i.^ and i.^ very slender, slanting strongly forwards ; 
 i.' thinner and lighter than i.^, its edge considerably shorter than m.^ 
 or even p.'', its notch about its centre (see Plate IX. figs. 10 & 11). 
 Canines small or absent. P.* small, hourglass-shaped, without in- 
 ternal ledge. Molars as in Macropus. 
 
 Range. AU Australia. Not found in Tasmania. 
 
 The Nail-tailed Wallabies form a natural little group, distin- 
 guished both by the shape of the incisors and by the peculiar 
 horny excrescence at the. tip of the tail. This latter character is 
 altogether unique among Marsupials, and is only found among 
 other Mammals in the Lion, which sometimes has a somewhat 
 similar horny spur at the end of its tail. In the case "Df the Wal- 
 labies it is difficult to conceive what can be the use of the spur ; 
 and observations on the living animal are much needed with regard 
 to this interesting point. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTEENAL ChARACTEES. 
 
 A. General colour fawn. Tail very long, its ter- 
 
 minal nail large, flattened 1. O. wiguifera, p. 74. 
 
 B. General colour grey. Tail medium, its ter- 
 
 minal nail small, rounded. 
 
 a. White shoulder-stripes running forwards 
 
 along back of neck ; centre of neck black 
 
 or grey 2. O.frenata, p. 75. 
 
 b. White shoulder-stripes ending above sca- 
 
 pulce ; neck dark rufous 3. O. limata, p. 77. 
 
 II. Craniax Chaeacieks. 
 
 A. Forehead inflated. Canines present. P.^ more 
 
 than 4 millim. long 1. O. unguifera, p, 74. 
 
 B. Forehead flat. Canines minute or absent. 
 
 P.* less than 4 millim. 
 
 a. Palatal foramen equal to or longer tham m.^ 
 
 Bullae but little mflated 2. 0. fi-enata, p. 75. 
 
 b. Palatal foramen shorter than m.^ Bullae 
 
 much inflated 3. O. lunata, p. 77. 
 
74 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 1. Onycliogale unguifera. 
 
 Macropus unguifer, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 93 ; id. Man. Macrop. 
 
 pi. IV. (animal) (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 201 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Gerv. 
 
 H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 270 (1856); 8chhg. Dierk. p. 142 (1857); 
 
 Gieh. SHug. p. 674 (1859). 
 Macropus (Onychogalea) unguifer, Gray, Grey's Austr. ii. p. 402 
 
 (1841) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 75 (1846). 
 Onychogalea unguifer. Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1843); 
 
 Govld, Mamm. Austr. ii. pis, lii., liii. (animal) (1859); Krefft, 
 
 Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871). 
 Halmaturus unguifer, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 547 (1844) ; JVagn. 
 
 Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 303 (1855). 
 Onychogalea annulicauda, De Vis, P. Roy. Soc. Queensl. i. p. 157 
 
 (1884). 
 
 Nail-tailed Wallaby. 
 
 Largest of genus ; form ligKt and slender. Ehinarium (PL XI. 
 fig. 5) broad, less hairy than in the other species, the hair coming 
 down in the centre barely to the level of the lower edge of the 
 nostril. Fur thick, close, and rather short, very largely composed 
 of the long, soft, rufous underfur. General colour uniform sandy 
 fawn*. Face and head pale fawn, the tips of the hairs white. 
 An indistinct white cheek-stripe. In some (? immature) specimens 
 the muzzle is brown, and there are darker markings between the 
 eye and ear and behind the base of the latter. Ears thinly covered 
 with white hairs. Neck and back uniform rich sandy fawn ; a 
 central darker stripe on the back and rump, very variable in its 
 intensity. Sides paler, the bases of the longer and the whole of the 
 underfur dark slate-colour. An indistinct white mark behind the 
 elbow, corresponding to the well-defined white line in the other 
 species, and a white hip-stripe present. Chin, chest, and belly 
 white, the bases of the hairs slaty grey. Arms and hands, feet and 
 front of legs white; back of legs fawn. Tail very long, white 
 above, sandy below, its terminal third showing a tendency to annu- 
 lation, the rings being brown and gradually becoming darker, and 
 coalescing into the wholly black tail-tip, the black hairs forming a 
 crest along the uppersides and a well-marked pencil at the tip. 
 Terminal nail (PI. XI. fig. 6) large and flattened laterally, from 
 10 to 15 mUlim. long and about 7 or 8 broad, placed vertically ; 
 wholly hidden in the long pencil of hairs. 
 
 Shull heavily built. Facial portion very long in comparison to 
 cranial (facial index 250). Forehead markedly inflated, the pos- 
 terior half of the nasals much bowed upwards in the middle line. 
 Nasals evenly converging forwards, their greatest breadth nearly 
 half their length, their posterior edge sinuous. Interorbital space 
 flat, its edges converging backwards, overhanging, and forming 
 rudimentary postorbital processes. Palatal foramina rather shorter 
 
 * In specimens long exposed to light this colour becomes nearly or quite 
 white, especially on the head. 
 
3. ONTCHOGALE. 75 
 
 than m.' Posterior palate with only a few small vacuities. Bullae 
 smooth, slightly swollen. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors (PI. IX. fig. 10) largest in the genus ; i.' long, 
 slanting nearly horizontally forwards. Canines present and probahly 
 functional to a certain extent, about 3 or 4 millim. long and 1 mil- 
 lim. in diameter, their tips rounded. P.* triangular, rounded, its 
 posterior transverse diameter nearly double its anterior, owing to 
 the large size of the postero-internal talon ; its two main cusps 
 very high, and the notci between them unusually deep. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (siin). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 660 
 
 Tail 665 
 
 Hind foot 174 
 
 Ear 61 
 
 SkuU, see p. 79. 
 
 Hah. North-western and Northern Central Australia. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 The only difference of importance that I can perceive between 
 Mr. De Yis's description of 0. annulicavda and our specimens of 
 this species is the presence in the former of a " nearly black " 
 inuzzle and of darker face-markings in front of and behind the base 
 of the ear. That these, however, are individual and not specific 
 characteristics is shown by the fact that there is in the Paris 
 Museum a specimen *, also from the Gulf of Carpentaria, which has 
 no trace of them, although it has the same distinct dorsal stripe and 
 comes from the same locality as the type of 0. annulicauda. It 
 should, however, be mentioned, in justice to Mr. De Vis, that, owing 
 to the faded condition of the typical specimen, neither the dorsal 
 stripe nor the candal annulations are shown in Gould's figures of 
 the species, nor is any reference to the latter character made either 
 by that author or by Waterhouse. 
 
 J Ad. sk. I N.W. coast of Australia. B. Bynoe, Esq. [P. & C.]. 
 
 "• 1 Skull. \°- (Ti/pe oi species.) 
 
 b. Ad. sk. Roebuck Bay, Dampier Mr. Duboulay [C.]. 
 
 Land. 
 
 2. Onychogale frenata. 
 
 Macropus frsenatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 92 ; id. Man. Maorop. 
 pi. in. (animal) (1841) ; Waterk. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 202 
 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Gerv. Hist. 
 Nat. Mamm. ii. p. 270 (1855) ; Schleg. Bierh. p. 143 (1857) ; Gieb. 
 
 * For a careful description of which I have to thank Mens. J. Huet, of that 
 institution. 
 
76 MACKOPOniDiE. 
 
 Siiuy. p. 675 (1859); Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mtis. As. Soc. p. 184 
 
 (1803). 
 Macropus (Onychogalea) frsenatus, Oray, Orey's Austr., App. ii. 
 
 p. 402 (1841) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 77 (1846). 
 Onycliogalea frauata, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1843) ; Oould, 
 
 Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. liv. (animal) (1849) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. Mus. p. 53 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871) ; Jent. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Leyd. Miis. p. 321 (1887) ; CoU. Zool. Jahrh. ii. p. 887 
 
 (1887). 
 Halmaturus frsenatus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm'. i. p. 548 (1844) ; Wagn. 
 
 Schr. Sduff. Supp. v. p. 303 (1855). 
 
 Bridled Waixabt. 
 
 Size small ; form very light and delicate. Ehinarium narrow, 
 wholly hairy., Pur soft and thick ; underfur plentiful, dark slate- 
 coloured at base and light grey at tip. General colour clear grey, 
 the forequarters ornamented with white stripes. Pace pale grey, 
 an inconspicuous whitish spot over each eye, and an indistinct white 
 cheek-stripe present. Ears short, inside white, outside greyish 
 brown. Centre of back of neck black *, passing gradually in the 
 middle line into the dark grey of the back, the black edged on each 
 side with a continuation of the white shoulder- stripe, which, starting 
 from the light belly-colour about an inch behind the elbow, runs 
 upwards and forwards along the sides of the back of the neck to 
 just behind the ears. The black sometimes continued inconspi- 
 cuously forwards along the middle line of the head. Sides of neck 
 grey with a rufous tinge, arising from the rufous tips to the under- 
 fur. A very indistinct pale hip-stripe. Chin and chest white; 
 belly pale grey, the bases of the hairs slate-colour. Arms and outside 
 of legs grey, lingers black, front of legs and feet white. Tail of 
 medium length, uniform grey, extreme tip black. Terminal nail 
 (PL XI. fig. 7) consisting merely of a rounded horny point, 2 or 3 
 millim. in diameter. 
 
 Skull. Facial portion smaller in proportion to cranial than in 
 0. unguifera (index about 225). Forehead flat, not inflated. Nasals 
 evenly tapering forwards, their greatest breadth going about 2g 
 times in their length, their posterior edge evenly but slightly curved 
 backwards. Supraorbital edges parallel, overhanging, but not 
 forming rudimentary postorbital processes. Palatal foramina long 
 and narrow, as long as or longer than m.', sometimes equalling m.' 
 Posterior palate with two very large and several smaller vacuities. 
 Bullae smooth, but opaque, very slightly swollen. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors much as in 0. unguifera, but i.' shorter and not 
 so much slanted forwards. Canines nearly always absent ; if present 
 excessively minute, funotionless. P.* very small, hourglass-shaped, 
 its posterior but little exceeding its anterior diameter, its cusps low 
 and without an unusually deep notch between them. Molars as 
 usual. 
 
 * Grey in immature specimens. 
 
3. ONTCHO&ALE. 
 
 77 
 
 Dimeitsions. 
 
 <^- . 
 a (stuffed). 
 
 millitn. 
 
 Head and body 650 
 
 Tail . . , 450 
 
 Hind foot 152 
 
 Ear 62 
 
 Skull, see p. 79. 
 
 Ilab. Eastern Australia, from Queensland to 
 Type in coUection. 
 
 a. Ad. St., (S . New South Wales. 
 
 b. Ad. St., 5 . New South Wales. 
 
 , llmm. sts. I ,(,„ Oakey Creek, Darlinar 
 
 "' ^- \ Skull of ^. [ <? * ? ■ DoVns, N. S. W. 
 
 „ ) Imm. sks. I New South Wales. 
 "'J- \ Skull of e. f 
 
 g. Imm. skeleton ( cJ ). New South Wales. 
 
 S- 
 
 -b (stuffed), 
 millim. 
 
 460 
 
 380 
 
 120 
 
 60 
 
 Victoria. 
 
 Gould Coll. {Type 
 
 of species.) 
 Gould Coll. 
 Goidd Ooll. 
 
 Zool. Soc. (Gould 
 
 Coll.). 
 Purchased. 
 
 3. Onycliogale lunata. 
 
 Macropus lunatus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 93 ; Gray, Grey's Avstr., 
 App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. 
 p. 203 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Gray, 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1843) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 270 
 (1855) ; Gieb. Sang. p. 675 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 126 (1862). 
 
 Halmaturus lunatus, ScMnz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 648 (1844) ; Wagn. 
 Schr. Siiug. Snpp. v. p. 304 (1855). 
 
 Macropus (Onychogalea) lunatus, Waterh. iV. H. Mamm. i. p. 79 
 (1846). 
 
 Onychogale lunata, Gould, Mamm. Ausir, ii. pi. Iv. (animal) (1849) ; 
 Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 53 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. 
 p. 11 (1871) ; F. G. Waterh. Hare. S. Austr. p. 285 (1876). 
 
 Ckescbnt Wallaby. 
 
 Size and proportions much, as in 0. frenata. Ehinarium narrow, 
 the base of the internasal septum naked. Fur soft and woolly ; under- 
 fur long, slaty at base, pale grey terminally. General colour dark 
 grey. Face grey, a mark over eye and cheek-stripe slightly paler. 
 Ears short, white inside, brown out. Back and sides of neck uniform 
 rich rufous, this colour coming from the rufous tips of the underfur 
 passing gradually into the dark grey of the back. White shoulder- 
 stripe very prominent, running backwards from the white of the 
 belly and ending abruptly over the scapula, not encroaching upon 
 the back of the neck. Sides paler than back ; a whitish stripe just 
 above the hip and another parallel to it in the usual position of the 
 
/ 8 MAOHOPODIDiB. i 
 
 hip-stripe, neither of them very well-defined. Chin, chest, and 
 belly whitish, the bases of the hairs grey. Arms, legs, and feet 
 pale grey, fingers and toes brown. Tail rather short, uniform grey; 
 its terminal nail as in 0. frenata. 
 
 Skull very small and light. Muzzle slender and pointed. Facial 
 index only from 200 to 215. Forehead fiat, not infiated. Nasals 
 very narrow, their greatest breadth going about 2| times into their 
 length, their posterior edge slightly sinuous. Supraorbital edges 
 parallel, sharp and weU-defined, not thickened or overhanging. 
 Palatal foramina short and rounded, not so long as m.' Posterior 
 palate with large vacuities. BuUae large and much swollen, trans- 
 parent. 
 
 Teeth much as in 0. frenata, but smaller and lighter. Incisors 
 (PI. IX. flg. 11) very small and slender, i.^ more upright than in 
 0. frenata. Canine generally present, but exceedingly minute and 
 quite functionless, its point not projecting above the bone. P.^ 
 very small, hourglass-shaped, its posterior scarcely greater than its 
 anterior diameter, its postero-internal talon obsolete, and its upright 
 cusps unusually low and rounded. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 e (stuffed), 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 500 
 
 Tail '. 332 
 
 Hind foot 120 
 
 Ear 58 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hal>. West and South Australia. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 „ j Imm. sk. I , Swan R., W. A. {J. Gil- Gould Coll. (Type 
 
 "••(SkuU. f'^- bert). of species.) 
 
 , „ J Imm. sks. I Swan K., W. A. (J. Oil- Gould Coll. 
 
 "' "• ) SkuU of c. \ bert). 
 
 d. Yg. St., cJ • West Australia. Purchased. 
 
 e. Ad. St., (S . South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & 
 
 O.J. 
 /, g. Yg. sks. South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & 
 
 0.]. 
 h. Aged skeleton ( ?). Zoological Society. 
 
4. LASOROHESXBS. 
 
 79 
 
 Shull Measurements of Onychogale. 
 
 { 
 
 Sex 
 
 Specimens 
 
 Age 
 
 Basal length 
 
 Greatest breadth 
 
 Nasals, length 
 
 „ greatest breadth 
 
 „ least breadth 
 
 Constriction, breadth 
 
 Palate, length 
 
 „ breadth, outside m.^ 
 
 „ ,, inside m.^ 
 
 Palatal foramen 
 
 Diastema 
 
 Ba«i-eranial axis 
 
 Basi-facial axis 
 
 Facial index 
 
 Teeth— length ofi.3 
 
 „ >, P.^ 
 
 „ „ ms>' 
 
 0. unffui- 
 fera. 
 
 a. 
 adult. 
 
 87 
 52-5 
 45 
 20 
 
 7-5 
 16 
 57 
 28-5 
 17-3 
 
 5-5 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 65 
 
 250 
 
 3-4 
 
 4-5 
 21 
 
 0. frenaia. 
 
 9- 
 imm. 
 
 78 
 48 
 34 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 19-5 
 49 
 23 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 21 (p.^) 
 25 
 56 
 224 
 
 2-5 
 
 3-5 
 15-3 
 
 0. lunata. 
 
 a. 
 imm. 
 
 64 
 39 
 28 
 10-2 
 
 4-3 
 14-5 
 38 
 20 
 12 
 
 31 
 16-5 
 21-0 
 43 
 200 
 
 2-6 
 
 14-5 
 
 (2.) 
 
 h. 
 aged. 
 
 61 
 39 
 25 
 10 
 
 5 
 13-5 
 38 
 20-2 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 20 
 
 43 
 
 215 
 
 2 
 
 2-8 
 13-7 
 
 4. LAGOBCHESIES. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Lagorchestes, Gould, Mon. Macrop. letterpress to 
 pi. xii. (1841) L. leporoides. 
 
 Ehinarium wholly or partly hairy. Central hind claws long and 
 strong, not hidden by the hair of the foot. Tail rather short, not 
 bushy or crested, but evenly short-haired throughout ; no trace of a 
 caudal spur. 
 
 Skull with a short muzzle, the diastema less than the length of 
 the first three molars. BuUsb inflated. 
 
 Dentition : 
 
 1 or -Z 
 
 
 P.: 
 
 M. 
 
 1 . . 0' ^" ' -^ • . . 8 . 4' ■"■^' 1 . 2 . 8 . 4 -^ ^4 — Ot. 
 
 Incisors small and sharp-edged ; i.' slightly longer than i.^, with 
 a shallow notch about its centre. Canines present, functional 
 in L. conspicillatiis, very small in L. leporoides and L. hirsutus. 
 ?.■* large, not constricted at its centre, with a well-marked internal 
 ledge running its whole length. 
 
 Bange. The whole of Australia. 
 
 Not found in Tasmania. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTBBNAL ChAEACTEKS. 
 
 Underfur of back uniform blackish brown. 
 
 Ears less than one third of hind feet. Two [p. 80. 
 
 white lateral bands present 1. i. conspicillatvs, 
 
80 MACROPODITiE. 
 
 B. Underfur of back bicolor, dark slate with 
 paler tips. Ears more than one third of 
 hind feet. No lateral bands. 
 
 a. Eump-viles tipped white or grey. A black 
 
 patch on elbow 2. X. lepm-mdes, p. 82. 
 
 b. Bump-piles tipped red. No black patch 
 
 on elbow . .: 3. Z. hirsutm, p. 84. 
 
 II. Ckanial Chakacteks. 
 
 A. Muzzle 'broad and heavy. Canines well [p- 80. 
 
 developed, functional 1 . X- eonspzczllatus, 
 
 , , ,,. ,x /-I • -J. \2. L.lepm-oides,^. 82. 
 
 B. Muzzle narrow and light. Canines mmute j g ^ j^frmtus, p. 84. 
 
 1. Lagorchestes conspicillatus *. 
 
 ur. Lagorchestes conspicillatus, var. typicus. 
 Lagorchestes conspicillatus, Gotild, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 82 ; id. Mm. 
 
 Macrop. pi. xxviii. (animal) (1842) ; Gi-ay, List. Mamm. B. M. 
 
 p. 95 (1843) ; Oould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. lix. (animal) 1860 ; 
 
 Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 131 (1862) ; Krefft, Austr. 
 
 Vert. p. 11 (1871). 
 Halmaturus conspicillatus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 663 (1844) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 306 (1855). 
 Macropus (Lagorchestes) conspicillatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm.-i. 
 
 p. 85 (1846). 
 Macropus conspicillatus, Oieb. Stiug. p. 676 (1869). 
 
 Spectacled Haee-Wallabt. 
 
 Size comparatively large, and form thick and heavy. Rhinarium 
 less hairy than in the other species, the lower half of the nasal 
 septum and the edges of the nostrils naked. Fur long and coarse, 
 no longer piles projecting above the general level; underfur long, 
 soft, and thick, uniform dark brown, or nearly black above, grey 
 tipped with rufous on the sides, and uniform slaty grey below. 
 General colour coarsely grizzled yellowish grey. Head grizzled 
 white and black ; a well-marked chestnut-coloured patch round 
 each eye, very variable in its intensity, not passing forwards on to 
 the sides of the muzzle. Ears very short, their length going from 
 3J to 4 times into that of the tarsus, their backs pale grizzled grey, 
 their edges and insides nearly white. Hairs of the back black for 
 their basal half and at their tips, with a broad pale yellow band 
 just below the latter j the general colour not unlike that of a common 
 hare, but varying very much in its richness and intensity. Two 
 whitish lateral bands present, one just in front of, and the other on 
 the hip ; the latter running on to the rump, which is a clear pale 
 grizzled grey, all the yellow disappearing from the longer hairs some 
 three inches from the root of the tail, and being replaced by white. 
 
 * a. Back yellowish grey. Markings dull. Insular, a. Var. typicus. 
 b. Back deep fawn. Markings brilliant. Conti- 
 nental b. Yar. leichardti, p, 82. 
 
4, 1AG0RCHESTE8. 81 
 
 Sides dull yellowish grey, tte tips of the underfur showing through. 
 Chin, chest, and belly mixed white and slaty grey. Arms and 
 hands, legs, and feet grey, more or less tinged with rufous. Tail 
 very thinly covered above and laterally with pure white hairs, 
 except for its basal three inches, where it is grey like the rump; 
 below, the hairs are more numerous and are more or less tinged with 
 fawn. 
 
 Shull (PI. XIII. fig. 3) large, stout and heavy, very different in 
 general shape to that of the other species. Facial portion propor- 
 tionally large, index 205-215. Muzzle broad and strong, evenly 
 but slightly tapering fbrwards. Nasals expanded behind, very short 
 and broad, but with the part in front of their junction with the 
 premaxillse long and tapering, their greatest breadth nearly one 
 half their length. Interorbital space flat or concave, its edges 
 sharp and strongly developed, overhanging, often markedly con- 
 verging backwards. Palatal foramina rather shorter than m.^ 
 Posterior palate more complete than in the other species, a few 
 small vacuities only present. Bullae large, swoUen, flatter and 
 rougher than in L. hporoides and L. hirsutus, and their substance 
 less transparent. 
 
 Teeth proportionally very thick and powerful. Posterior edge of 
 i.' (PL IX. fig. 12) vertical or bent backwards, its notch nearly 
 obsolete. Canines comparatively large and strong, evidently 
 becoming functional in old specimens. P.* (PI. X. fig. 16) as in the 
 other species, but larger and broader. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 c?. -2. 
 
 a (skin). b (stuffed), 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 480 490 
 
 Tail 425 
 
 Hind foot 126 122 
 
 Ear 33 35 
 
 SkuU, see p. 85. 
 
 Hah. Islands off the North-west coast of Australia ; represented 
 on the Continent by var. leichardti. 
 Go-types in collection. 
 
 I Ad. sk. I J Barrow Isl., N.W. coast B. Pynoe, Esq. 
 
 °- I SkuU. \ °- of Australia. [P. & C.]. 
 
 , J Ad. sk. ( o Barrow Island. Captain Wickham 
 
 *• ■jSkuU. f ^- [P. &C.]. 
 
 (Co-types of species.) 
 
 c. Skull, c? • Trimouille Isl., Dampier Gould Coll. 
 Archipelago. 
 
82 MACKOPODIDiE. 
 
 b. LagoTchestes conspicillatus, Tar. leichardti. 
 
 Lagorchestes leichardti, Oould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. Ix. (finimal) 
 (1863) ; Kr^t, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 52 (1864) ; id. Austr. 
 Vert. p. 11 (1871). .. 
 
 Lagorchestes conspicillatus, var. leichardti, Coll. Zool. Jahrb. n. 
 p. 889 (1887). 
 
 With all the essential characters of the typical form, but diflfering 
 in the much greater brilliancy of the markings and colour. The 
 yeUowish grey of the back is replaced by deep fawn, the dull chest- 
 nut patches round the eye by much broader and brilliant rufous 
 ones ; the yellowish grey on the tips of the lateral underfur by rich 
 rufous, and this colour extends forwards along the side of the head 
 below the ear. Chin, chest, belly, and pale lateral bands nearly 
 pure white, contrasting markedly with the rufous of the sides and 
 back. The ears also are slightly longer than in L. conspicillatus, 
 although still decidedly shorter than in L. leporoides. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 2- 
 
 a (skin), 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 520 
 
 Tail 460 
 
 Hindfoot 137 
 
 Ear .. .• 39 
 
 Hah. North Australia, from east to west. 
 
 Type in the Sydney Museum. 
 
 This beautiful Wallaby is certainly not specifically separable from 
 L. conspicillatus, to which it bears very much the same relationship 
 that Macropus ruficoUis var. henne.ttii does to the typical form 
 (see suprd, p. 35). It is probably spread over the whole of 
 central and north-western tropical Australia, while the true 
 L. conspicillatus is as yet only known from certain islands off the 
 North-west coast; the latter, therefore, although the earlier 
 described, being really, in nature, but a more dully coloured and 
 shorter-eared insular variety of the continental form. It is some- 
 what unfortunate that the rules forbid our recognizing this fact in 
 the nomenclature of the two, and regarding L. leichardti as the 
 original, and the insular form as the variety. 
 
 a. 
 
 i Ad. gk. I Q Roebuck Bay, N.W. coast Mr. Duboulay [0.1. 
 
 I Skull, i +■ of Australia. 
 
 2. Lagorchestes leporoides. 
 
 Macropus leporoides, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 93 ; Waterh. Jard. 
 Nat. Lihr., Mamm. xi. p. 204 (1841) ; Less. N. Tahl. M. A., Mamm. 
 p. 194 (1842); Gieb. Sriur/.^. 67.'i (1859); id. Thierr. i. p. 23H 
 (1859) ; id. Bronn's Kl. n. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pi. xlvii. fig. 21 (17) 
 
4. LASOECHESTBS. 83 
 
 (incisors) (1876) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 594 (1880) ; Flow. ^ Gars. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 714 (1884). 
 Lagorchestes leporoides, Gould, Mm. Macrop. pi. xii. (animal) 
 ' (1841) ; Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; id. List 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 94 (1843) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. Ivii. 
 
 (animal) (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 130 
 
 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 62 (1864) ; id. Austr. 
 
 Vert. p. 11 (1871) ; Jemt. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 321 (1887). 
 Halmaturus leporoides, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. p. 649 (1844) ; Wagn. 
 
 Sehr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 305 (1855). 
 Macropus (Lagorchestes) leporoides, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 82, 
 
 pi. V. figs. 17 & 17 a (skull and teeth) (1846). 
 Lagorchestes gymnotis, Blgth, J. A. 8. B. xxvii. p. 276 (1859) ; id. , 
 
 Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 184 (1863). 
 
 OoMMOir Hake-Wallabt. 
 
 General form light and slender. Ehinarium (PI. XI. fig. 4) 
 hairy, the base of the nasal septum alone naked. Quality of fur 
 much as in L. consjoidllatus. Underfur long and soft, everywhere 
 on the body dark slaty grey at base, broadly tipped with pale brown, 
 and that on some parts with a second darker subterminal band. 
 General colour exceedingly like that of a Common Hare, even more 
 so than in L. conspicillatus. Head coloured on the same essential 
 pattern as in L. conspicillatus, but far more obscurely, and the 
 rufous colour round the eye more prolonged forwards on the sides 
 of the muzzle. Ears comparatively long, their length going from 
 2| to 3 times in that of the hind feet, their backs and insides 
 whitish. Back with the subterminal pale band on the longer hairs 
 white with a tinge of yellow, the yellow disappearing on the rump. 
 Sides with a very faint and inconspicuous trace of the two lateral 
 bands present in L. conspicillatus. Chin, chest, and belly dirty 
 yellowish grey. Arms with a well-marked black patch on the 
 outside of the proximal half of the forearm, caused by the entire 
 absence of longer piles, and the consequent prominence of the 
 iinderf ur, which is here nearly black. Legs Hke body ; hands and 
 feet finely grizzled greyish white. Tail thinly haired, grizzled 
 brownish grey above, nearly white on the sides and below. 
 
 Skull light and slender, with a long narrow muzzle ; facial index 
 230-235. Nasals long and narrow, their greatest breadth going 
 about 2| times in their length, slightly • expanded behind; their 
 posterior border evenly curved backwards, slightly recurved forwards 
 in the centre. Interorbital space fiat, its edges parallel, sharp, but 
 little overhanging. Palatal foramina short, barely the length of m.' 
 Posterior palate with considerable vacuities. Bulte much swollen, 
 globular, smooth and transparent., 
 
 Teeth. Incisors (PL IX. fig. 13) small and delicate ; i.^ much 
 slanted forwards, slightly exceeding i." in horizontal length, its 
 notch about the centre of its outer edge. Canines very small, 
 scarcely projecting above the gum. P.* oblong, parallel-sided, about 
 the length of m.*, its internal ledge running its whole length. 
 
 g2 
 
84 
 
 MACROPODIUa;. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (skin), 
 millira. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 450 
 
 TaU 320 
 
 Hind foot : 128 
 
 Ear 45 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hab. South Australia and New South Wales. 
 Go-types in collection. 
 
 , I Ad. ska. 1,0 Interior of New South 
 "'"■ I Skulls, f °+- Wales (j; G.). 
 
 J \ Ad. sks. I o South Australia. 
 ''^- iskuUofcf ?• 
 
 , I Yff. at. I South Australia. 
 '■ \ Skull, f 
 
 f-i. Skulls. South Australia {J. 
 Strange). 
 
 $■ 
 
 4 (stuffed). 
 
 millim. 
 
 490 
 
 300 
 
 122 
 
 57 
 
 Gould OoU. 
 (Co-types of specie^.) 
 Sir G. Grey 
 
 [P. & C.]. 
 Sir G. Grey 
 
 [P. & 0.]. 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 3. Lagorchestes Mrsutus. 
 
 Lagorchestes hirsutus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 32; id. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. pi. Iviii. (animal) (1849) ; Oerrard, Cat. Banes Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 131 (1862) ; Kreffl,, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871) ; Jent. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 322 (1887). 
 Macropus (Lagorchestes) hirsutus, Waterfi. N. H. Marmn. i. p. 93, 
 
 pi. V. fig'. 5 (incisors) (1846). 
 Halmaturus hirsutus, Wagn. Schr. S&ug. Supp. v. p. 307 (185.5). 
 ' Macropus hirsutus, Gieb. Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. fip. 2 b (incisors) 
 
 (1855) ; id. Sdug. p. 677 (1859) ; id. Brown's Kl. u. Ordn. n. 
 
 Abth. V. pi. xlvii. fig. 21 (5) (incisors) (1876) ; Flow. Sf Oars. Cat. 
 
 Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 714 (1884). 
 
 EuFOFs Hare-Wallabt. 
 
 Size and form much as in L. leporoides. Ehinarium nearly 
 wholly hairy. Underfur long and distinctly bioolor as in L. lepo- 
 roides, but the tips paler, and in some parts much more rufescent. 
 General colour finely grizzled grey. Band round eye scarcely more 
 rufous than rest of head. Ears comparatively long, as in L. lepo- 
 roides, their backs grizzled grey, their insides and edges white. 
 Head and fore part of back grizzled black and white, the longer 
 hairs with a white subterminal and a black terminal band. On the 
 posterior part of the back the hairs are very much longer, and their 
 subterminal pale band gradually becoines broader and more rufous, 
 until on the rump the band is rich rufous, and often nearly an inch 
 in extent. Sides with scarcely a trace of lateral bands. Arms and 
 hands, front of legs, and feet pale yellowish white or grey. Out- 
 sides and backs of legs more or less rufous, sometimes rich red, as 
 in Macropus wilcoxi. Tail short-haired, dull grizzled grey. 
 
4. lAaORCHESTES. 
 
 85 
 
 pi 
 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 h^ 
 "« 
 I 
 
 60 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 CH*^! 
 
 
 uTi iO CONVO CO (N CDQOO 
 
 CD-^(Mi-l i-HCOG^i-i r-I^Tl*rH r-H 
 
 00 l> lOttlipOO .VO .vOI>(N 
 
 rh m i-H T-i-^(Mi-i ,-1 ^ ^ 
 
 II 
 
 |i 
 
 Of^-^ 
 
 ■I CO T— I r-H Ttl (M T— ( I— I (M tJi CO I— I 
 
 *^"*^3 
 
 
 a 
 ■s 
 
 wo lOCO 
 
 t^cOCOaDOOSOSCOTtHTjHOSihlTjH-^COt-OO 
 
 t- lo CO rH i-( i-H -^ (M T-( (^^ lo I— ' i— i 
 
 
 
 0-" 
 
 -MB : 
 .gag 
 
 (S-R 
 
 li ia 
 
 CD OD 
 
 M- tj — 3 
 
 a '.S 
 
 Si 
 
 d.; 
 
 o 
 it 
 
 
 . _ o3pd 
 K • rH n ri 03 iD 
 
00 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 Shull and teeth very muoli as in L. leporoides, but the nasals are 
 as a rule slightly less expanded behind, and i.^, the canine, and 
 p.* all somewhat smaller. These points are, however, neither suffi- 
 cient in themselves nor constant enough to supply definite and 
 invariable means of distinguishing the skulls of the two species. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6- ?■ 
 
 a (stuffed). b (stuffed). 
 
 miUim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 404 460 
 
 Tail 250 310 
 
 Hind foot 117 112 
 
 Ear 40 44 
 
 Skull, see last page. 
 
 Hah. Western Australia. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 j Imm. sk. I , York, W. A. {J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 "• ] Skull. f ° ■ (Type of species.) 
 
 , Ad. St. I o West Australia (/. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 *• I Skull. [ ?• 
 
 c. Ad. skull, S ■ West Australia (J. Gilbert). Gould CoU. 
 
 J j Ad. sk. I J, West Australia. Purchased. 
 
 '*■ j SkuU. \ ^■ 
 e. Imm. skull. 
 
 5. DOECOPSIS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Coreopsis, Schleg. 8f Miill. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 130 
 
 (1839-44) D. miiUeri. 
 
 Conoyces, Less. N. Tail. R. A., Mamm. p. 194(1842). . . . D. miiUeri. 
 
 PelaBdor, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. xxii (1843) D. miiUeri. 
 
 General build macropodiform, but the disproportion between the 
 anterior and posterior limbs less than in Macropxis. Ehinarium 
 lai-ge and broad, wholly naked. Head long and narrow. Ears 
 small. Eur on nape, from occiput to withers, directed wholly or 
 partially forwards. Hind claws long and strong, not hidden by 
 hairs. Tail evenly haired, nearly naked at tip. 
 
 SlcuU narrow and elongated. Bullae entirely unswoUen. 
 
 Dmmon:-l. 1^^, C. I, P. ^4^^, M. hfflr:x2=34. 
 
 Incisors small. I.' shorter, rounder, and less prominent than 
 in Macropus. I." and i.^ about equal in size, each with an in- 
 conspicuous notch near the centre of its outer edge. Canines 
 present, fairly well'-developed, apparently more or less functional. 
 Premolars large and heavy, p." enormously long antero-posteriorly, 
 generally exceeding in length the combined m.' and m.'", a well- 
 defined internal ledge running its whole length, and both its outer 
 and inner sides prominently grooved. Molars low, rounded, the 
 central antero-postcrior bridge almost or quite obsolete, and the 
 
5. DOEcopsis. 87 
 
 anterior transverse ledge narrow and not extending to the inner 
 side of the tooth. Premolar and molar series of the two sides 
 nearly or quite parallel, instead of being more or less convergent 
 before and behind. 
 
 Sange. New Guinea only. 
 
 This genus forms with the next, as Prof. Garrod has shown, a 
 small separate group, whose distinguishing characters, however, do 
 not seem to be quite so constant as that author supposed, especially 
 as the recent discovery of D. madeayi provides a link between 
 Dorcopsis and Macropus. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. External Chakacters. 
 
 A. Whole of nape-hair directed forwards. 
 
 a. Back chocolate-brown. A white stripe in 
 
 front of hip. Arms and hands whitish . . 1. -D. miiUeri, p. 8J. 
 h. Back grizzled smoky grey. No stripe in 
 
 front of hip. Arms and hands brown .... 2. D. hictuosa, p. 89. 
 
 B. Hair of upper nape directed backwards, of 
 
 lower forwards 3. B. maakayi, p. 92. 
 
 II. Cranial Chahacibes. 
 
 A. Skull long and narrow. P.* longer than m.' 
 
 and m.^, more than 11 millim. long. 
 
 a. Canines as large as or larger than i.' \. D. miiUeri, p. 87. 
 
 b. Canines smaller than i.^ 2. D. luctuosa, p. 89. 
 
 B. Skull shorter. P.* shorter than m.^ and m.^ 
 
 combined ; less than 10 millim. long 3. Z). madeayi, p. 92. 
 
 1. Dorcopsis mtilleri. 
 
 Kangurus veterum *, Less. Vcy. Coquille, Zool. i. p. 164 (1826). 
 
 Macropus veterum, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 227 (1827). 
 
 Didelphys bruni, Qmay S/- Oaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 116, Atl. 
 
 pi. XX. (animal) (1830) {nee Sehreb.). 
 Macropus bruni, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 226 (1841) ; 
 
 id. N. M. Mamm. i. p. 180 (1846); Schleg. Dierh. p. 143 (1857); 
 
 Gieb. Saug. p. 684 (1859). 
 Macropus (Conoyces) bruui, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 
 
 (1842); Chenu, JEncycl. d'H. N., Mars. p. 346 (1879). 
 Dorcopsis bruni, Schleg. ^ Mull. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 131, 
 
 pis. xxi. to xxiv. (animal, skull and teeth) (1839-44) ; Gould, 
 
 Mamm. Anistr. ii. pi. li. (animal) (1858) , Krefft, Austr. Vert. 
 
 p. 11 (1871). 
 
 * This name having been given under an entire misapprehension, and the 
 species being distmctly not the " Kangaroo of the ancients, ' by which is meant 
 the " Jilander" of De Bruyn, i. e. Macroptts brunii, it is evident that the specific 
 name of veterum has no claim to adoption. 
 
SS MAOKOPODID^. 
 
 Halmaturus oruni, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 119 (1843); 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 655 (1844). 
 Halmatuius asiatieus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 91 (1843) (w«c 
 
 Fall}) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 126 (18(32). 
 Hypsiprymnusdorcocephalus, Owenj Odontogr., Text, p. 289(1845). 
 Kangurus bruni, Besm. Diet. Univ. d'H, N. vii. p. 170 (1849). 
 Dorcopsis asiatieus, Gi-ay, Toy. Samarang, Vert. p. 32 (1850) ; id. 
 
 P. Z. S. 1858, p. 106. 
 Hypsiprymnus bruni, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. j. 300 (1855). 
 Macropus miilleri, ScUeg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 353 (1866) ; 
 
 id. bierent. .p. 171 (1872). 
 Dorcopsis miilleri, Qarrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 49 et seqq. pi. ix. figs. 6- 
 
 10 (teeth) ; Petei-s Sf Bona, Arm. Mm. Genov. xvi. p. 685 fl880) ; 
 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 322 (1887). 
 
 Bbown Dokcopsis. 
 
 Ehinarium wholly naked (see PI. XI. fig. 9). Fur short, close, 
 and glossy, the whole of that on the nape and shoulders and fore- 
 quarters directed forwards. General colour uniform chocolate- 
 brown. Head brown, muzzle and sides of face paler, the fur here 
 excessively short ; an indistinct whitish cheek-stripe just appreciable. 
 Ears very short and small, their backs rathpr darker than the crown 
 of the head. Head and back uniform brown, the bases of the hairs 
 nearly white. Sides with a short transverse white stripe running 
 from the belly towards the back just in front of the hip. Chin, 
 chest, and belly- white, the hairs white to their roots. Inner 
 sides of hips quite naked. Arms and hands, and front of legs white 
 or very pale brown ; back of legs and feet brown. Tail about as 
 long as the body without the head, brown above and below, its 
 terminal three inches white, nearly naked. 
 
 Female considerably smaller than the male, and with the belly-fur 
 on each side of the pouch slightly darker than the rest of the belly, 
 but not forming prominent dark stripes as in D. luctuosa. 
 
 Skull very much elongated, its greatest breadth just half its 
 length. Brain-case also long and narrow, so that the facial index 
 is not remarkably high (215-217). Muzzle strong and conical. 
 Nasals narrow, evenly rounded behind, but little expanded. Inter- 
 orbital space flat, its edges strongly ridged, overhanging and forming 
 rudimentary postorbital processes. Upper opening of lachrymal 
 canal generally partly within the orbit, and not shut off by a bony 
 ridge. Palatal foramina oval, rounded. Posterior palatal vacuities 
 generally confined to palatal bone, and not encroaching upon the 
 maxiUary. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors small and light. I.' with its external notch in 
 front pf the middle of the tooth. Canines stout and strong, 
 exceeding I." in size. Two sets of cheek-teeth quite parallel, not 
 converging before or behind. P.'' as long as m.i, m.'^, and half m.s 
 combined, its outer side with four or five vertical grooves. Molars 
 as described above. 
 
5. Doiicopsis. 89 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d- ?. 
 
 * (Stuffed). c (skin). 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 825 (c.) 530 
 
 TaU 500 380 
 
 Hind foot 156 (Eange from 130) 112 
 
 Ear 42 35 
 
 SkuU, see p. 91. 
 
 Hal. N.W. New Guinea and adjoining islands (Mysol, Salawatti, 
 &c.). 
 
 Type in the Leyden Museum. 
 
 The striking superficial resemblance that this species bears to 
 Macropus hrunii, and the confusion in nomenclature caused therebv, 
 have been already referred to (supra, p. 51). The two animals do 
 not, so far as is yet known, occur absolutely in the same localities, 
 but their ranges approximate so nearly that the confusion of 
 Dr. Bruyn's " Filander " with the present rather commoner and 
 better known animal is not at all to be wondered at. The dis- 
 tinctions between the two have already been fully pointed out. 
 D. miilleri, unlike D. luctuosa, seems to be a very uniform and 
 unvarying species, as all the specimens that I have seen are almost 
 precisely aKke. 
 
 ti. Ad. sk,, c? . I^obo Bay, N.W. New Leyden Museum [E.]. 
 
 Guinea (Dvtch East 
 
 Indian Expedition). 
 
 (One of the specimens described by Schlegel and Miiller 
 
 as Dorcopsis brunt.) 
 
 , „ j Ad. sks. I , o Mysol. A. E. WaUaee, Esq. 
 
 ">"■ ) Skulls, f ^¥- [0.]. 
 
 d.Yg.Bk.,cJ. Mysol. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [C.]. 
 
 2. Dorcopsis luctuosa. 
 
 Halmaturus luctuosus, D'Albertis, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 110 ; Sclater, 
 
 P. Z. S. 1874, p. 247, pi. xlii. (animal). 
 Dorcopsis luctuosa, Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 49 et seqq. pis. vii., viii., 
 
 ix. (skull, head, and teeth) ; D'AlheHis, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 631 ; 
 
 Sehiifer Sf Williams, P. Z. S. 1876, Tp. 165; Owen, P.Z.8. 1877, 
 
 p. 352 ; Pams. P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. iv. p. 87 (1879) ; Peters ^ 
 
 Boria, Ann. Mus. Oenov. xvi. p. 686 (1880) ; Flow. 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. 
 
 Coll. Surg. ii. p. 724 (1884) ; MiM.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. W. S. W. 
 
 ix. p. 1151, pi. Ixxi. fig. 1 (animal) (1885); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 
 M<s. p. 323 (1887). 
 Dorcopsis chalmersi, Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ix. p. 569, 
 
 pi. xix. (skuU, teeth, &c.) (1884) (juv.). 
 Dorcopsis beccarii, Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. x. p. 146, 
 
 pi. XX. figs. ]-4 (skull and teeth) (1885). 
 
 Gkey Dokcopsis. 
 
 * In Miiseo Civico, Genoa. 
 
90 MACKOPODIDiE. 
 
 Smaller than D. miilleri. Fur soft and thick, longer than in that 
 species. Whole of hair on nape and top of neck reversed. General 
 colour dark smoky grey, very variable in depth. Eace dark grey, 
 a faint paler cheek-stripe present. Ears larger than in D. miilleri, 
 their backs thinly haired, not darker than the crown. Head and 
 back dark finely grizzled grey, the hairs white for their basal half, 
 then black or dark grey, and their tips glossy yellow or white. Sides 
 without any trace of a hip-stripe. Chin brown ; chest and belly 
 dull grey, or greyish white, the distinction from the coltfur of the 
 back very gradual; a large patch surrounding anus white or yellow. 
 Arms and hands, legs and feet uniform dark smoky grey. Tail 
 decidedly shorter than the body, dark brown or black above and 
 below, its tip white and naked. 
 
 Female with a prominent dark band passing down the lower belly 
 on each side of the opening of the pouch. 
 
 Skull rather smaller than that of I), miilleri and with the pre- 
 maxillae less markedly bent downwards, the supraorbital edges less 
 overhanging, and the posterior palatal vacuities larger. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XIII. fig. 2). I.' with its external notch just behind 
 its centre. Canine small, not equalling i.^ P.* rather shorter and 
 broader than in D. miilleri. 
 
 Bim,ensions. 
 
 S. £. 
 
 h (stuffed). a (skin), 
 
 millim, millim. 
 
 Head and body 600 600 
 
 TaU 320 300 
 
 Hind foot 112 111 
 
 Ear 36 34 
 
 Skull and teeth, see next page. 
 
 Hah. Eastern and South-eastern New Guinea. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species has the same sort of superficial resemblance to Ma- 
 cropus hrowni, Rams., that JD. miilleri has to M. hrunii ; its most 
 obvious distinguishing characters have been pointed out, supra, p. 52. 
 It is much more variable in colour than B. miilleri, and it has 
 therefore been made the basis of several untenable species. 
 
 I Ad. sk. ) „ S.E. New Guinea. L. M. D'Albertis [C.]. 
 "• I Skeleton, f *' (Ti/pe of species.) 
 
 , I Ad. St. I Aleya, S.E. New Dr. James [0.]. 
 
 • I SkuU. ) ° • Guinea. 
 
 , , j Ad. & yg. sks. I , „ AJeya. Dr. James [0.1. 
 '-'''• ] Skulls. [ cJ?. •' 
 
5. DOECOPSIS, 
 
 91 
 
 EH 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 Ca lO TjH ^H p-H qo (N p-H <N CO CO I— I i-H i-H 
 
 "o-^. 
 
 xp ip vo ip lO ip CO 
 
 ii^dsootNCTicbtMO^osTt^cqcMoacococOQO 
 
 Ci-^^i— 1 I— icDClrH tMCO^Oi— I T-Hi— I 
 
 "0+ 
 
 ot, 
 
 "O-c 
 
 M QQ <| 
 
 CO CO CC'^ 
 
 CDiOCO-^QOihOS.— iOt-l£^COiOt-THCQOO 
 f- iirs'^-j — "X^COCN C^COb-CM r-Hi— I 
 
 ■•i-J M.J ".^J -«1" 1, 
 
 t- lO 00 tp CO cp 
 
 ■^(NOWCOcbtDOOCOrti-t'ThCOvOcbWIr- 
 OiOiO'— ' I— l^CMi— I C-lCOt-i— 1 1— li— I 
 I— I __ Cv| 
 
 qOTJ^lOTJ^ CO 00 i« -^ 
 
 cpiocD(?3dot^caoosinccio»ht>o3Tt<6o 
 
 O lO tt< l-H r-I CD CO I— I (N CO J> i-H 1— ( T-H 
 
 1—1 (M 
 
 E^^-S 
 
 3 J? fi-"' 
 
 
 DQ O) CQ 
 
 WC5^ 
 
 03*3 
 
 3 ' 
 
 ^ 03 u (S r-H 
 
 • fl nS -■ "r^ 
 
 
 eg OS tz> u 
 
 (^RpqpqSEH 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 
 T3 
 
 Fl 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ja ja 
 
 
 
 =3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ,1^ 
 
 bo ^ 
 
 
 " no 
 
 S3 >» 
 
 ® ^ 
 
 s e 
 
 cS O 
 
 lS S 
 
 ^ 
 
 i 
 
 r-i J 
 
 a 
 
 ■5 
 
 • .M -f- 
 
92 MACKOPODlDil!. 
 
 3. Dorcopsis macleayi. 
 
 Dorcopsis macleayi, MiM.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. x. p. 149, 
 pi. XX. flgs. 5-9 (animal, skull, and teeth) (1885). 
 
 Smaller than D. mulleri and B. luctuosa. Fur on nape of neck 
 presenting two centresof irradiation— one on the occiput, whence the' 
 hairs are directed haeJctvards, and the other on the withers, in front 
 of which the hairs are directed forwards as in the other species, the 
 opposed hairs meeting about halfway down the neck. General 
 colour brownish grey, a little lighter on the ventral side. Tip of 
 tail nearly bare, white. 
 
 Skull smaller, shorter, and broader than in the other species. 
 Nasals slightly expanded behind, their posterior edge sinuous. In- 
 terorbital space broad, with strongly ridged overhanging edges, 
 converging backwards. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors very small and Hght, not touching each other. 
 Canines short and slender. P.* broad, evenly ov&l, far shorter than 
 usual, and much resembling the deciduous p.' of B. luctuosa. 
 
 (skin). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 490 
 
 Tan 320 
 
 Hind foot (? with claws) 115 
 
 Ear (" measured behind ")...: 30 
 
 Skull, see last page. 
 
 Hab. SoTjth coast of New Guinea. 
 
 Type in the Macleay Museum, Sydney. 
 
 The above particulars are taken from the original description and 
 figures, and the dimensions of the skull given in the table are measured 
 directly from these figures, so that the artist must be held respon- 
 sible for their accuracy. The species as described is in many ways 
 intermediate between Dorcopsis and Macropus, so that it seems just 
 possible that the type specimen may be a hybrid between B. luctuosa 
 and Maeropiu hrowni, both of which occur in Southern New Guinea. 
 Pending, however, the arrival of further material bearing on this 
 suggestion, I provisionally retain B. madeayi as a somewhat doubt- 
 ful species of the genus to which its describer referred it. 
 
 6. DENDROLAGUS. 
 
 Type. 
 Dendrolagus, Schleg. Sf Miill. Verh. Nat. Oes. Ned. 
 p. 138 (1839-44) d. ursinus. 
 
 General build of the ordinary mammalian proportions, not macro- 
 podiform at all. Rhinarium (PI. XI. fig. 8) broad, only partly 
 naked, the hairs growing downwards on to i,he upper part of the 
 nasal septum, but these hairs and those on the top of the muzzle 
 
6. DENDEOLAOUS. 93 
 
 are so short and sparsely scattered as to give a general impression 
 of nakedness to the whole muzzle. Fur on nape, and sometimes on 
 back also, directed forwards. Anterior limhs stout and strong, nearly 
 as large as posterior ; hind feet broad, the syndactylous second and 
 third digits not disproportionaUy small as compared to the fourth 
 and fifth. Claws stout and strong, those on the fourth and fifth 
 hind toes curved like those on the hand, not straight and conical as 
 in the other genera. Tail very long, evenly and thickly haired. 
 
 SlcuU heavily built ; muzzle short, broad, and strong. Posterior 
 palate complete, without vacuities. BuUas entirely unswoUen. 
 
 Dentition —1 ^'^-^ P ^- P "■^•^•* M i^l^ii^ x 2 = 34. 
 
 Incisors thick and strong ; i.^ and i.^ about equal. Canines much 
 smaller than incisors (except in D. dorianus). P.* large and stout, 
 but far shorter than in Dorcopsis. Molars as in that genus. 
 
 Habits. Arboreal, phytophagous. 
 
 Range. New Guinea and North Queensland. 
 
 In their general proportions the Tree-Kangaroos present a striking 
 contrast to the other members of the present subfamily, but in 
 their essential characters they do not show any approach to the 
 arboreal Phalangeridce, to whose habits and proportions of limbs 
 they have evidently independently attained. The species are con- 
 fined to the tropical forests of New Guinea and North Queensland, 
 none of them being found in any part of temperate Australia. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTEKNAL ChAKACTEES. 
 
 A. Fur on back dii'ected backwards. 
 
 a. Body, tail, and limbs black ; face nearly white 1. B. ursinus,-p.Qi. 
 
 b. Body, tail, and limbs grey mixed, or whitish ; 
 
 face dark. 
 a^ Back and sides dark grizzled grey .... 2. -D. inustvs, p. 95. 
 6\ Back pale grey* ; sides white 3. D. lumholtsi,^.QQ. 
 
 B. Fur on whole of back reversed, directed forwards 4. D. dorianus, ^.QS. 
 
 II. Ceanial Chaeactees. 
 
 A. I.' but little exceeding i.^ and i.'' in its down- 
 ward projection. Canine much smaller 
 than i.'. 
 a. Forehead not inflated. Fronto-nasal suture 
 curved backwards. 
 a}. P.* much broader than m.' ; its poste- 
 rior much greater than its anterior 
 
 transverse diameter 1. D. ursinus, p. 94. 
 
 J'. P.* not or little broader than m.' ; its 
 posterior but little greater than its ante- 
 rior diameter 2. D. inustvs, p. 95. 
 
 * ■? Occasionally more or less nifoiis or fulvous ; see below, p. 97 (footnote). 
 
94 MACJROPODID^.. 
 
 6. Forehead inflated. Fronto-naaal suture 
 
 recurved forwards in the centre 3. D. lumlioltzi, p. 96. 
 
 B. I.^ twice as long vertically as i.^ and i.^ 
 
 Canine nearly or quite equal to i.^ 4. B. doriantis, p. 98. 
 
 1. Dendrolagus ur sinus. 
 
 Dendrolagus ursinns, Sehleg. 8f Miill. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 141, 
 pis. xix. to xxiv. (animal, skull, and limb-bones) (1839-44) ; Gouldj 
 Mon. Maerop. pi. xxvi. (animal) (1842) ; Gray, List Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 87 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. Sciug. Swpp. iii. p. 134 (1843), 
 V. p. 286 (1855); Waterh. N. S. Mamm. i. p. 185 (1846); Grdy, 
 Voy. Samarang, Vert. p. 32 (1850) ; Hombr. 8f Jacq. Voy. Pole 
 Sud, Zool. iii. p. 36, Ail. pi. xviii. (1853) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamm: 
 ii. p. 271 (1855) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. xlix. (animal) 
 (1856) ; Sehleg. Dierk. p. 144 (1857) ; Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 106 ; 
 Gieh. Saug. p. 685 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. 
 p. 123 (1862) ; Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871) ; Peters ^ JDoria, 
 Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 686 (1880) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 596 
 (1880); Flow. 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 724 (1884) ; Jent. 
 Cat. Ost. Zeyd. Mus. p. 323 (1887). 
 
 Black Teee-Kangaeoo. 
 
 General form thick and clumsy.- Ehinarium (PL XI. fig. 8) 
 tuberculated only to the level of the superior internal angle of the 
 nostrils, but the whole top of the muzzle so thinly haired as to be 
 practically naked. An abrupt change of colour on the muzzle at 
 the junction between the thinly-haired and the granulated por- 
 tion, the former black, the latter nearly white, as shown in the 
 figure, drawn from a spirit-specimen. Lower lip with two distinct 
 diverging grooves running backwards under the chin. Fur of 
 body, limbs, and tail long, straight, and coarse ; this longer hair 
 entirely absent on the face, which is only covered by a continuation 
 of the body underfur. Underfar short, wooUy, pale brown. Fur of 
 back of neck, from withers to crown, directed forwards. General 
 colour uniform black. Face pale whitish brown or grey, rather 
 darker round eyes and paler on lower cheeks. Forwardly directed 
 nape-hair forming a transverse crest level with the anterior edge of 
 the ears. Ears short, rounded, thickly covered outside and on the 
 margins inside with soft woolly black hairs. Back, arms, and 
 hands, legs and feet, and tail uniformly black, the extreme tip of 
 the latter sometimes yeUow. Chest and belly white or pale brown. 
 
 SJcull broad and strong ; muzzle stout and heavy. Nasals short 
 and broad, slightly expanded behind, their posterior edge slightly 
 curved backwards in the centre. Interorbital space broad and 
 , slightly concave, its edges weU defined, without or only with very 
 faint indications of inflation. Naso-premaxillary about half of 
 naso-maxillary suture. 
 
 Teeth strong and stout. Canine very small. P.' large, broad, and 
 heavy, strongly ridged and grooved externally; internal ledge broad 
 and flat, not notched at its centre; postero-intornal talon well- 
 defined, and increasing markedly the posterior as compared to the 
 anterior breadth of the tooth. 
 
6. BENDEOLAGTTS. 95 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (stuffed), 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 530 
 
 Tail 590 
 
 Sf/°.°'.. :::::::::: ^'sej^^s-^^vrn 
 
 [ specimen 6.) J 
 
 Skull, see p. 99. 
 
 Hah: N.W. New Guinea. 
 
 Co-types in the Leyden Museum and in collection. 
 
 a. Ad. sk., 5 . Lobo Bay, N.W. New Guinea Leyden Museum [E.]. 
 
 {Dutch East-Indian Expedition). 
 (Co-type of species. The specimen figured by Gould.) 
 
 b. Ad. al., 5 . Skroe, Maclure Inlet, H. 0. lorbes, Esq. [0.]. 
 
 N.W. New Guinea, 
 
 2. Dendrolagus iunstus. 
 
 Dendrolagus inustus, MUll. 8f Sckleg. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 143, 
 pis. XX. to xxiv. (animal, skull, and limb-bones) (1839-44) ; Gould, 
 Mon. Maerop. pi. xxvii. (animal) (1842); Wagn. Schr. Sduff. 
 Swpp. iii. p. 134 (1843), v. p. 287 (1855) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. 
 i. p. 188 (1846); Gray, Voy. Samarang, Vert. p. 32 (1850); 
 Owen, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 103 (anat.) ; Gcmli, Mamm. Austr. ii. 
 pi. 1. (animal) (1856) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 144 (1857) ; Gray, P. Z. 8. 
 1858, p. 106; Gieb. 8aug. p. 685 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Banes 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 123 (1862); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871) ; 
 Peters Si Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 687 (1880) ; Jent. Cat. 
 Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 324 (1887). 
 
 Beowit Teee-Kangaeoo. 
 
 Eather more slenderly built than B. ursinus. ' Ehinarium and 
 muzzle hairy to about the same degree as in that species; Fur 
 long, coarse and harsh ; underfur soft and woolly, dark brown, the 
 thicker harsher fur present on the face as elsewhere. Nape-hairs, 
 from withers to crown, directed forwards. General colour dark 
 coarsely grizzled grey. Face brown or black. Ears small, pointed, 
 thickly haired, but the hairs much shorter and coarser than in 
 D. ursimis, outside black, inside yellow or white. Pur of back and 
 sides dark brown or black four fifths of its length, then broadly 
 tipped with shining yellow, the geijeral result being a very coarsely 
 grizzled appearance. Chin, chest, and belly white or dirty yellow. 
 Arms to metacarpus, and legs to metatarsus coarsely grizzled grey 
 and white, but the white predominating; fingers and toes black. 
 Tail-hairs either white or black, the proportions of the two varying 
 very much, so that the general tinge may be anything from white 
 1 slightly mixed with black, to black faintl}' grizzled with white. 
 
 Skull stout and heavy. Nasals somewhat expanded behind, 
 their posterior edges together forming a well-marked backwardly 
 
96 
 
 MACROPODIDvE. 
 
 directed angle in the centre. Ascending process of premaxillse not 
 broadened above, the naso-premaxUlary rather more than half the 
 length of the naso-maxillary suture. Interstitial region flat, not 
 inflated, its edges paraUel, thickened and forming blunt and rounded 
 rudimentary postorbital processes. Temporal crests well-defined. ^ 
 Teeth. Incisors thick and heavy. I.' but little longer than i. 
 and i.'; these latter thick and triangular in section. Canines very 
 smaH, scarcely projecting above the gum. P.* broad anj^ thick, 
 about 10 or 11 miUim. in length, its breadth behind but little ex- 
 ceeding that in front, with a broad flat internal ledge running its whole 
 length ; a well-marked postero-internal talon, just in front of which 
 is. a sharp notch on the inner side of the ledge, and with three 
 vertical grooves on its external surface. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 c?. 
 
 e (stuffed), 
 milllm. 
 
 Head and body 650 
 
 Taa 680 
 
 Hind foot 137 
 
 Ear 40 
 
 SkuU and teeth, see p. 99. 
 
 Hah. New Guinea. 
 
 Co-types in the Leyden Museum. 
 
 I Ad. and imm. sks. | , o N.W. New Guinea. 
 «-"• jSkuUofi. f ^5- 
 
 d. Imm. sk, 5 . E. New Guineaf. 
 
 e. Ad. St., c? ■ New Guinea. 
 /. Imm. skeleton. New Guinea. 
 
 $• 
 
 Co-type * 
 
 (stuffed). 
 
 millim. 
 
 550 
 
 640 
 
 127 
 
 41 
 
 A. R. Wallace, 
 Esq. [0.]. 
 
 Oapt. Moresby, 
 R.N. [P.]. 
 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 3. Dendrolagas lumholtzi t. 
 
 Dendrolagus lumholtzi, Coll. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 387, figs. 7 & 8 (skull), 
 pi. xxxii. (animal) ; Zumholtz, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 407 (habits) ; 
 Jent. Notes Leyd. Mm. vii. p. 25 (1884) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrh. ii. 
 p. 893, figs. 1-5 (skull, adult and young) (1887). 
 
 Queensland Teee-Kangaeoo. 
 
 * Preserved in the Leyden Museum. 
 
 t The specimen referred to J. Roy. Q-eogr. Soc. xlv. p. 169 (1875). No 
 exact locality is given, but although the species has not been hitherto recorded 
 from this part of New Q-uinea, there cari be no doubt it really was from Eastern 
 New Guinea that it was obtained. 
 
 \ Two more Tree-Kangaroos have been recently described by Mr. De Vis 
 from Queensland. The first of these is referred to as D. bennettiamis, in the 
 Abstract of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, for 
 Oct. 27, 1886 (p. v), but the full paper is not published in the " Proceedings " 
 
6. DENDROLASUS. 97 
 
 Fur shorter and softer than in D. wrsinus or D. inustus. TJnder- 
 fiir vefy thin and sparse, pale grey ; face covered with the coarser 
 fur, as in I), inustus. Pur from withers to crown reversed. General 
 colour pale finely grizzled grey. Face black ; a paler band passing 
 across the forehead just in front of the ears, and ending on each 
 side in a white or yellowish spot below the ear. Ears black outside, 
 yellow within, the hair on them short and coarse. Back of neck 
 black, gradually passing into the pale . grizzled grey of the back, 
 where each hair is pale slaty grey for four fifths of its length, and 
 then has a black subterminal and a yellowish or whitish terminal 
 ring. Sides and belly pale yellowish white. Chin black ; chest 
 white or pale grey. Arms to metacarpus, and legs to end of meta^ 
 tarsus, I'lear pale yellow, darker on wrists and ankles ; fingers and 
 toes black. Tail mixed black and pale yellow, its upperside paler 
 than its lower, but with a darker patch just beyond the base. 
 
 Skull of much the same proportions as those of D. ursinus and 
 D. inustus, but rather more delicately built. Nasals short, broad, 
 very much expanded behind, their posterior suture recurved for- 
 wards in the centre. Ascending processes of premaxillse broadened 
 above, the naso-premaxiUary nearly or quite the length of the naso- 
 maxillary suture. Interorbital space rounded, swollen and inflated, 
 its edges smooth, not ridged, but with minute rudimentary post- 
 orbital processes. Foramen magnum broader than high. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors smaller and lighter than those of the last species, 
 cutting-edge of three incisors together only about 10 millim. I.' and 
 i.' shorter, smaller, and less thick transversely than in D. inustas. 
 Canines very small. P.* (PL XIII. fig. 1) broad and strong, difier- 
 ing markedly from that of D. inustus by having an external, as well 
 as an internal ledge and posterior talon, the main crest being there- 
 fore nearly in the centre line of the tooth, instead of on its outer 
 side. Molars as usual, but rather small in proportion. 
 
 Dimefnsions. 
 
 ' ?■ 
 a (ekin). 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 520 
 
 Tail (c.) 520 
 
 Hind foot 119 
 
 Ear 27 
 
 SkuU, see p. 99. 
 
 for that day, and therefore the only information as yet available about it is 
 that it is " more nearly allied to D. dorianus than to B. ImrihoUzV The second 
 species was described under the name of D. fulvus at the October (1887) 
 meeting of the Royal Society of Queensland, and an abstract of its description 
 published in the Brisbane ' Evening Observer ' for Oct. 17, 1887. From the 
 characters there given, I am inclined to suspect that it will turn out to be only 
 an erythristic form of D. lumhoUzi, the differences appearing to consist merely 
 of the presence of rufous or fulvous in the parts ordinarily light grey in D. 
 Iwmholtzi. No definite conclusion, however, can be arrived at until Mr. De 
 Vis's full paper ia published. 
 
 a 
 
98 MACBOPODID-S. 
 
 Hah. Central North Queensland. 
 
 Typical specimens in the Christiania, Copenhagen, and Genoa 
 Museums, and in collection. 
 
 Imm. Bk. 1 Q Herbert Vale, Central Queens- Dr. R. CoUett [P.]. 
 Skull. ( +■ land (C. XMMiWte). (Co-iype of species. 
 
 The specimen figured.) 
 
 rl 
 
 4. Dendrolagns dorianns. 
 
 Dendrolagus dorianus, Ramsay, P. Linn. 8oc. N. S. W. viii. p. 17 
 (^1883) ; Mikl-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ii. p. 1153, pi. lixi. 
 tgs. 2-4 (animal and incisors) (1885). 
 
 Doria's Teeb-KangaeoO. 
 
 " Ehinarium blackish, margin of nostrils only naked. Fur dense, 
 long, apparently of one kind only, that on the back wholly reversed, 
 directed jforwards from a point just above the root of the tail. 
 General colour uniform dark brown. Head short-haired, paler than 
 the body. Ears very short, densely covered at the base, inside and 
 out, with woolly hairs like that of the head, of a dark brown, be- 
 coming blackish on the tips and margins. Arms and legs darker 
 than body, hands and feet black. Tail black, an irregular chestnut 
 or fawn-coloured patch on its upperside, a few inches from its base ; 
 its hair comparatively short, close, stiff and harsh." 
 
 Skull unknown. 
 
 Teeth. I.' conical, descending far below the level of the other 
 incisors, and quite twice their length, 13 mUlim. long in the type. 
 Canines large and strong, nearly or quite as large as i." 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6. [6*- ?*• 
 
 millim, millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 750 780 770 
 
 Tail' 610 560 550] 
 
 Hind foot 107 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hab. Mt. Astrolabe region, 8.E. New Guinea. 
 
 Co-types in the Macleay Museum, Sydney. 
 
 The above description of this very remarkable species is extracted 
 from the original account given by Mr. E. P. Eamsay, but without 
 either a description or good figures of the skull and dentition it is 
 impossible to obtain a clear idea of its affinities. The reversal of 
 the whole of the fur of the back and the great proportional size of 
 the first incisors are both characters of so much importance as to 
 show that D. dorianus is a species very distinct from any of the 
 other members of the genus. 
 
 * Measurements of the typical specimens as given by Miklouho-Maday 
 
 (;. c). 
 
6. DENDEOLAGUS. 
 
 99 
 
 •I 
 
 SJ 
 
 1 
 
 O ip CO ^qp 
 
 i-HOSCDOSOCO'^OOSlClOtMi-l.-IWCSt" 
 OS »0 CO ^ 1-H C^ lO CM T-H i-HCOCDOS r-* 
 
 Ot^COCOOCOrHtNi— l»r3OS"^J^00C0O3Q0 
 .. -, r-tC0i>O l-H 
 
 ocDTt^cqrHCNcococq 
 
 3 
 bo 
 cd 
 
 a 
 
 CD 
 
 R 
 
 1^ 
 
 g 
 
 I 
 
 oooocOQbot^i>oc»iOQWcot-Tti65db 
 
 OS O -etl i-H t— I CM O CO rH Cq CO «D OS p-i 
 
 0+ : 
 
 -a . 
 
 Hi 
 
 bd <U ? 
 0Q0Q<1 
 
 
 •tMOCiQlOOI>cbO 
 : CM CO CO ^ CNICOCDOO 
 
 (NOO 
 
 :65i> 
 
 ipipcp 
 coAoic5500505'-''--<-^0^03;^ 
 
 CO fH 
 
 o CO M j-H I— 1 1— 1 >o CO CN cqco«oo3 . i-i 
 
 s^-s 
 
 I— I if 
 
 -S)^ 
 
 
 flS 03 es 
 
 g g § 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 'S-s 
 
 ' a<a 
 
 
 " C r^ " •« 
 
 ■2 Se^'g^ 
 
 a Eg g O OJ 
 
 _. ■ -r" es 85 CB © 
 
 PnfipqfqiiiH 
 
 a 
 
 &5 
 
 03 o 
 
 a « 
 is 
 
 •3 
 
 3 
 
 a £ 
 
 3 M 
 
 .S-Q 
 
 £j CO 
 
100 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 7. LAGOSTROPHUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Lagostrophus, Thomas, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 544 L. fasciatus. 
 
 Ehinarium naked. Hind feet covered with long bristly hairs, 
 hiding the claws. Back cross-banded. 
 
 Skull with a very narrow pointed muzzle. Bullae inflated. Con- 
 dyles of lower jaw broad, transverse, with well-developed internal 
 processes. Coronoid processes slightly concave on their anterior 
 edges. Symphysis menti firm and immovable. 
 
 Dentition:-!. ^, C. 5, P. ^-t^*, M. ;4^x2=32. 
 
 Incisor-series (PI. XIII. fig. 4) forming a sharp angle in the 
 centre, the two sets nearly parallel, and diverging but little 
 behind. I.', the smallest of the three in cross-section, and scarcely 
 longer than the others, with a blunt, conical point. L^ with a 
 broad, flat palatal surface, suitable for grinding rather than cut- 
 ting ; i.^ smaller than i.'', similarly flattened, but with a broad 
 shallow groove running down the centre of its palatal surface, and 
 ending at its postero-external corner, thus producing a notch homo- 
 logous with that found in other genera. Canines wholly absent. 
 Premolars (both p.' and p.*) short, oval, rounded, with well-marked 
 internal ledges. Molars as in Macropus. Lower incisors in adult 
 animals stouter and less scalpriform than in Macropus, their inner 
 edges square, without sharp opposable cutting-edges. 
 
 Bangs. Western Australia. 
 
 1. Lagostrophus fasciatus. 
 
 Kangurus fasciatus, P4r. <§• Less. Voy. Terres Austr. i. p. 114, Atl. 
 
 pi. xxvii. (animal) (1807) ; Besm. N. Vict. d'H. M. xvii. p. 89 
 
 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. p. 274 (1820) ; F. Cuv. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxiv. 
 
 p. 349 (1822) ; Geoff. Bict. Class. d:H. N. ix. p. 110 (1826) ; Gray, 
 
 Griff. Cm. An. K. v. p. 208 (1827); Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. 
 
 Bieff.) V. p. 379 (1836) ; Desm. Bid. Univ. d'H. N. vii. p. 170 
 
 (1849). 
 Macropus elegans, G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 183 (1817) (neo Lambert). 
 Halmaturus fasciatus, Goldf. Isis, 1819, p. 268 ; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. 
 
 i. p. 264 (1821) ; F. Cuv. Bents Mamm. p. 186, pi. xliii. (teeth) 
 
 (1825) -f Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 408 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. 
 
 Sauy. Supp. iii. p. 123 (1845), v. p. 307 (1856): Schinz, Sun. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 550 (^1844). 
 Halmaturus elegans, Goldf. Handh. Zool. ii. p. 446 (] 820) ; Less. 
 
 Man. Mamm. p. 228 (1827) ; Pander ^ B' Alton, Vergl. Osteol. 
 
 Beutelth. pi. ii. (skull and skeleton) (1828) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. 
 
 I^Compl. Buff.) V. pi. XXXV. (animal) (1836). 
 Macropus fasciatus, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 284 (1829) ; Waterh. 
 
 Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 287 (1841) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 43, 
 
 pi. xix. fig. 2 A (incisorB) (1855); Schleg. Bierk. p. 143 (1857); 
 
 Gisb. Sdug. p. 676 (1869) ; id. Bronn's Zl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. 
 
 pi. xlvii. fig. 21 (4) (1876) ; Chenu, Encycl. d'H. N, Mars. p. 346 
 
 (1879). 
 ' Bettongia fasciata, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pi. xxx. (animal) (1842). 
 Lagorcl^estes albipilis, Gould, Ann. Mag. N. IT. (1) x. p. 2 (1842); 
 
7. LAGOSTEOPHirS. 101 
 
 OUbei-t, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 33 (habits) ; Oieb. Bronn's Kl. u. Ordn. 
 
 vi. Abth. V. pi. xxi. figs. 5-7 (skull) (1874). 
 Halmaturus striatus, Less. N. Tahl. R. A., Mamm. p. 195 (1842) 
 
 (nom. nudum)). 
 Macropus (Lagorchestes) fasciatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 87 
 
 pi. V. fig. 4 (incisors) (1846). 
 La^orchestes fasciatus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. pi. Ivi. (animal) 
 
 (1849) ; Oerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 131 (1862) ; 
 
 Kreft, Arntr. Vert. p. 11 (1871); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. 
 
 p. 321 (1887). 
 Lagostrophua fasciattis, Thomas, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 544, pi. lix. (^kuU, 
 ' teeth, &c.). 
 
 Banded Wallaby. 
 
 Size small. General form light and graceful. Ehinarium 
 (PI. XI. fig. 10) naked, the hair growing downwards just to the level 
 of the superior internal angle of the nostrils. Fur thick and soft, 
 consisting of three distinct sorts, viz. the soft slaty grey underfur, 
 the ordinary coarse hair, and finally a large number of long isolated 
 piles, from two to three inches in length, projecting far beyond the 
 other hairs. General colour grizzled grey-brown, the lower back ■ 
 cross-banded ; ears short, their backs grey. Head and forequarters 
 uniform finely 'grizzled grey, the ordinary coarse fur black for its 
 basal two thirds, then with a white or yellowish- white subterminal 
 and a brown or black terminal band ; lower back with the hair so 
 arranged as to bring the black and white bands opposite each other, 
 so as to produce well-defined transverse bands across the back ; the 
 bands connected, down the centre by an indistinct longitudinal black 
 line. Long piles everywhere, black for their basal four-fifths, then 
 with a broad white and prominent band, their extreme tips black. 
 Chin, chest, and belly mixed grey and white. No face, shoulder, 
 flank, or hip-marks present, except that a pair of indistinct reddish 
 patches are sometimes present on the sides of the belly, just in front 
 of the hips. Arms and back of legs grey with a reddish tinge ; 
 hands and feet duU yellow or yellowish grey ; the long hairs on the 
 sides of the feet and on the toes quite hiding the claws. Tail uni^ 
 formly clothed with short close-set hairs, yellowish grey above, dull 
 yellow below ; an inconspicuous pencU of longer hairs at the tip. 
 
 Skull broad, but lightly built ; muzzle short, slender, and tapering 
 to a point ; nasals very narrow in front, much expanded behind ; 
 interorbital space flat, its edges parallel or slightly converging back- 
 wards, square and forming slightly overhanging ridges in old speci- 
 mens. Premaxillae small and slender, naso-premaxillary much 
 shorter than naso-maxiUary suture ; palatal foramina short and 
 narrow ; posterior palate with large vacuities ; buUse but slightly 
 inflated, their substance smooth and transparent. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XIII. fig. 4) as described above. P.^ with three* or 
 four external grooves, p.* with four or five, the former scarcely 
 smaller than the latter, and just about equal in length to m.' 
 
102 maoeopodidjB. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d- ?■ 
 
 a (stuffed). / (stuffed). 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 460 415 
 
 Tail 330 320 
 
 Hind foot 100 103 
 
 Ear 46 49 
 
 SkuU, Bee p. 85*. 
 
 Hah. Western Australia f- 
 Co-types in the Paris Museum. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I , Wongar Hills, W. A. {Priess). Gould Coll. 
 "• SkuU. o" 
 
 . J Ad. sk. I o York, W. A. (Priess). Gould OoU. 
 
 \ Skull, j +• (Co-types of X. cdbipilis, Gould.) 
 
 c. Imm. skull. West Australia (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 d, e. Ad. sks., cJ 5 . Pertk, W. A. Government of W. 
 
 Australia [E.]. 
 
 , 1 Ad. St. I Q West Australia. Purchased. 
 ■^- ] Skull, f + ■ 
 
 Subfamily II. POTOROIN^. 
 
 Size small. Claws of fore feet very large, those of the median 
 disproportion ally larger than those of the outer fingers. Hind foot 
 without a hallux. Tail long, hairy. (Esophagus entering the 
 stomach near the pyloric end; liver without a Spigelian lobe J. 
 Canines always present, generally well-developed. P.^* set in the 
 same general line as the other teeth, or very slightly bent outwards 
 anteriorly. Molars more or less tuberculate, decreasing in size 
 backwards ; m.^ rising early into its place, smaller than m.' Eirst 
 upper incisor markedly longer than the others. 
 
 8. iEPyPRYMNUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 ./Epyprymnua, Oarrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 59 M. rufescens. 
 
 Ehinarium (PL XI. fig. 11) partially hairy, the hairs extending 
 about halfway down the front of the nasal septum. Fore claws 
 very long and strong, those of the third and fourth digits consider- 
 ably longer than the others. Hind feet longer than the head, their 
 soles narrow, naked, coarsely granulated. Tail evenly hairy, not 
 crested above. 
 
 * The skull measurements, for the sake of comparison, have been placed next 
 to those of Lagorchestes. 
 
 t Also recorded by Gould from South Australia, but this has not as yet 
 been confirmed. 
 
 X Cf. Garrod, P. Z. S. 187r>, p. 58. 
 
8. ^PYPEIMSTTS. 103 
 
 Skull stout and strongly built, with a thick conical muzzle. 
 Nasals short and broad, expanded behind. Supraorbital edges 
 square, not forming postorbital processes. Anterior palatine 
 foramina very short and small, confined to the prem axillae, barely 
 extending backwards to the level of the canines. Posterior palate 
 comparatively perfect, either wholly without or with very small and 
 irregular palatal vacuities. BuUae unswoUen. Lower jaw short 
 and thick, very convex below. Coronoid process long and strong. 
 
 nentition :-L l±l, C. J, P. "-^i^^, M. l.l:A:J^2 = M. 
 
 Upper incisors short and thick: 1.^ round and i.' triangular 
 in section, the former scarcely smaller than the latter. Canines 
 present. P.* long, narrow, without any internal edge or postero- 
 internal talon, its outer and inner surfaces with about 7 or 8 
 vertical grooves. Molars (PI. XIII. fig. 5) oblong, more ridged and 
 less distinctly quadritubercular than in the other genera of the sub- 
 family, and their decrease in size backwards less strongly marked, 
 m.' being decidedly and m.^ very slightly smaller than m.', which 
 is still, however, distinctly larger than m.'' 
 
 Mange. Eastern Australia. 
 
 1. .ffipyprymnus mfescens. 
 
 Bettongia rufescens, Oraif, Charlesw. Mag. N. S. i. p. 684 (1837) ; 
 
 GouU, Mon. Macrop. pi. xiii. (animal) (1841) ; Gray, Grey's 
 
 Austr., App. ii. p. 404 (1841) ; id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 94 
 
 (1843) ; Gould, Mamm. Auatr. ii. pi. Ixv. (animal) (1855) ; 
 
 Gerrard,Cat. Bones Mamm. B.M.^. 120 (1862); Krefft, Cat. 
 
 Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 46 (1864). 
 Hypsiprymnus melanotis, OgiJb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 62 ; Waterh. Cat. 
 
 Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838) ; Wagn, Schr. Sdug. Supp. 
 
 iii. p. 100 (1843). 
 Hypsiprymnus rufescens, Waterh. Jard, Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 188 (1841) ; Schinz, 8yn. Mamm. i. p. 543 (1844) ; Waterh. 
 
 N. ' H. Mamm. i. p. 196 (1846) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. 
 
 p. 290 (1855) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 687 (1859). 
 Macropus rufescens, Schleg. Dierk. p: 143 (1857) ;. id. Dierent. p. 171 
 
 (1873). 
 .iEpyprymuus rufescens, Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 69 ; Flmo. 4" Oars. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 727 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm,., 
 
 B. M. V. p. 206 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Zeyd. Mus. p. 325 (1887). 
 
 Rttfous Eai-Kanqaeoo. 
 
 The largest of the Eat-Kangaroos. Rhinarium (PL XI. fig. 11) 
 with the hair forming two small pointed processes downwards,, 
 extending about halfway down the nasal septum, the extreme 
 edges of the nostrils naked. Tur long and coarse, of a peculiar 
 hispid texture ; underfur abundant. General colour rufescent 
 grey. Face pale grey, the coarser hairs with a, white subtorminal 
 band and a black tip. Ears rather long for the subfamily, hairy, 
 their backs black or dark brown. Back coarsely grizzled bright 
 
104 MACKOPODID-S;. 
 
 reddish grey, the longer hairs dark for about three fifths of their 
 length, then white passing distaUy into deep red ; their extreme 
 tips black. Underfur slaty brown at base, pale grey passing into 
 rusty red terminally. An indistinct white stripe passing across 
 the sides just in front of the hips. Chin, chest, and belly dirty 
 white. Outsides of hind legs grey ; rest of limbs white. Hairs on 
 back of hands very long and coarse, partly hiding the claws. Feet 
 brown or gre3a8h brown. Central hind claw long and strong, 
 exceeding the pad by half an inch or more. Tail thickly and evenly 
 haired, not crested, pale grey or whitish above, white below. 
 
 Skull and teeth as described above. Greatest breadth of nasals 
 about three fifths their length. Upper p.* about twice the length 
 of m.' P.' about the length of m.^, with five or six vertical external 
 grooves. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d- 
 
 d (stuffed.) 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 520 
 
 Tail 380 
 
 Hind foot 134 
 
 Ear 41 
 
 SkuU, see p. 125. 
 
 Hah. New South Wales. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species may be readily distinguished from the other Eat- 
 Kangarooa by its ruddy colour, black-backed ears, whitish hip- 
 stripe, and hairy rhinarium. 
 
 Ad. & imm. sks. I New South Wales ^ Gould Coll. 
 
 , ) Ad. & imm. sks. j New Sou 
 "'"•■j Skull. I (J.G.) 
 
 j Ad. sk. I , Now South Wales. Zool. Soc. 
 
 "■ I Skull. I °' (Typfi of spfecies andof ^, jreeZoKoiis, Og.) 
 
 d. Ad. St., (S (albino). Zool. Soc. 
 
 1 Ad. St. I , Purchased. 
 '■ 1 Skull, f ^• 
 
 f. Ad. skull, c? . New South Wales Gould CoU. 
 
 (/. G.). 
 
 g, h. Ad. & imm. skeletons. Purchased. 
 
 9. BETTONGIA. ^ 
 
 Type. 
 Bettongia, Oray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 584 (1837). B. cuniculus. 
 
 Khinarium (PI. XI. fig. 12) wholly naked, the naked part 
 running backwards in the centre for a short distance, and termi- 
 nating in a point. Ear very short, rounded. Fore claws shorter 
 and weaker than in .^pyprymniis : their proportions as in that 
 genus. Hind feet longer than the head ; their solos naked, coarsely 
 granulated. Tail more or less prehensile, thickly hairy, the hairs 
 
9. BEITONGIA. 105 
 
 on the upper side longer than those on the lower, and generally 
 darker in colour, forming a more or less distinct crest. 
 
 Skull short, stout and strong, with a very short muzzle. Inter- 
 orbital space broad and flat, its edges square or slightly rounded. 
 Anterior palatine foramina very short, extending as a rule only from 
 about the middle of i.^ to the middle of the canine. Palate with a 
 single pair of very large vacuities between the molars, only bordered 
 behind by a narrow bar of bone, and often confluent in the middle 
 line. BuU» very variable in size, generally much, but sometimes 
 only slightly swollen. Lower jaw short, thick, with a marked 
 convexity belo-\y. 
 
 Dentition :-I. i^«, C. J, P. l^^^^, M. >^|4^J»x2=34. 
 
 Incisors much as in JEpyprymnus. Canines present, thick, 
 rather shorter than the posterior incisors. P.^* (PI. XIII. figs. 
 6-10) very long, powerful and trenchant, with but little trace 
 of internal ledge, but with a small postero-internal talon ; its 
 two surfaces each With from seven to fifteen distinct oblique grooves 
 passing downwards and backwards : the inner ones efiaced by wear 
 in old individuals. Deciduous p." similar to p.*, but shorter and 
 smallel:. Molars quadrangular and quadritubercular, markedly 
 decreasing in size backwards ; m.' much the smallest of aU. 
 
 Range. Australia (except the extreme north) and Tasmania. 
 
 The members of this genus alone among terrestrial mammals have 
 their tails prehensile, using them for carrying grass, sticks, or other 
 objects, which, as shown in Gould's figures, are held by the tail 
 being twisted downwards round them. 
 
 The four species, although very distinct and easily definable from 
 each other by their cranial and dental characters, are yet extra- 
 ordinarily similar to each other externally. So much is tliis tho 
 case that in the following synopsis it has been found impossible to 
 do more than point out the most obvious distinguishing characters ; 
 characters that are, however, so slight and so variable that absolute 
 reliance can be placed on no determination that does not depend 
 upon an examination of the skull. 
 
 * Normally; but the members of this genus are apparently only now in 
 process of losing their fifth molars, and present therefore the remarkable con- 
 dition of retaining such an ancient and generalized oharafter as the possession 
 of more than four molars, while at the same time they hffve the comparatively 
 highly specialized characters of the other members of the present family. 
 Waterhouse (N. H. Mamm. i. p. 206) notices the occurrence of a fifth molar 
 in a specimen of B. lemmri, but in addition I have been able to find one other 
 instance of its occurrence on one side of the upper jaw, two instances on both 
 sides, and, finally, one instance, in B. ctmicul/us, of its occurrence on both sides 
 of both jawsj this animal having therefore a total of 20 molars. In several 
 cases the extra teeth are still beneath the bone, and appear as if they never would 
 have been out, a state of things quire paralleled in the now progressing reduction 
 of the number of human molars, by the frequent non-eruption after develop- 
 ment of the so-called " wisdom-teeth " (m.'). On the other hand m.'' is itself 
 often aborted in Bettongia, there being then only three molars. 
 
106 
 
 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 1. B. cuniculus, p. 106. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTEKNAI ChAEACIEKS. 
 
 a. Size larger ; hind foot generally upwards of 
 
 110 miUim. Tail-crest but little developed, 
 scarcely darker than the rest of the tail . . 
 
 b. Size smaller, but hind foot longer in propor- 
 
 tion, about 110 millim. Caudal crest dis- 
 tinct, black, extending along about the 
 distal half of the tail. Hind feet and 
 underside of tail white 2. B. gaimardi, p. 108. 
 
 0. Size as in B. gaimardi, but hind foot rarely 
 exceeding 105 millim. Caudal crest very 
 distinct, black, covering the distal half or 
 three fourths of the tail ; tip of the latter 
 rarely or never white. Hind feet and un- 
 derside of tail brown or whitish brown .. S. B.peniciUata,^. WO. 
 
 d. As in B. penimllata, but the ,tail scarcely 
 crested at all, and its tip neariy invariably 
 white all round A. B. Usueuri, p. 112. 
 
 II. Ceanial Chaeaciees. 
 
 A. BuUse low and but little inflated, their sur- 
 
 face rough. 
 
 a. Upper p.* about 8 millim. long, with seven 
 
 or eight external grooves 
 
 B. BuUse smooth, rounded and inflated. 
 
 b. Upper p.* shorter than m.^ and m.'' com- 
 
 bined, with from seven to nine external 
 grooves. Bullae small or medium, 
 a'. Upper p." quite straight, 6 to 7 millim. 
 
 long. Nasals broad, their posterior 
 
 edges curved. BuUse small, their most 
 
 prominent part about 8 millim. below 
 
 the level of the glenoid fossa 
 
 6'. Upper p.'' about 7 millim. long, with its 
 
 axis bent outwards anteriorly. Nasals 
 
 narrow, square-edged behind. BuUse 
 
 medium, their most prominent point 
 
 projecting about 9 or 10 millim. below 
 
 the level of the glenoid fossa 
 
 e. Upper p.* more than 7'5 millim. long, 
 
 generally longer than m.' and m.^ 
 
 combined, with from ten to fourteen 
 
 external grooves. BuUse very large, 
 
 projecting from 11 to 15 millim. below 
 
 the level of the glenoid fossa 4c. B. lesueuri, p. 112. 
 
 ]. B.. cuniculus, p. 106. 
 
 2. B. gaimardi, p. 108. 
 
 3. B.penicillata, p.l 10. 
 
 1. Bettongia cuniculus. - 
 
 Bettongia setosa, Oray, Charlesw. Mag. N. II. i. p. 584 (1837) (fiec 
 Ogilh.) ; id. Grey's Amtr., App. il. p. 403 (1841) ; id. List Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 93 (1843). 
 
9. BETIOIfOlA. 107 
 
 Hypsiprymniis euniculus, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 63 ; Waterh. Cat. 
 
 Mamm. Mus. Zool. »Soe.p. 65 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 
 xi. p. 186 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Swpp. iii. p. 101 (1843), t. 
 
 p. 291 (1855) ; ScUn%, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 548 (1844) ; CHeb. Odort- 
 
 togr. p. 43, pi xix. fig. 13 (teeth) (1855) ; id. Saug. p. 687 (1859) ; 
 
 id. Sronn's Ml. u. Ordn. yi. Abth. v. pi. xlvii. fii. 24 (teeth) 
 
 (1876). 
 Bettongia euniculus, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pi. xxix. (animal) (1842) ; 
 
 id. Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. Ixiii. (animal) (1854) ; Oerrard, Cat. 
 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 128 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. 
 
 Mus. p. 47 (1864) ; id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Mamm. 
 : Austr. text to pi. xi. p. 5 (1871) ; Sigg. ^ Pett. P. R. Sac. Tasm. 
 
 ■ 1883, p. 196 ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 325 (1887). 
 Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) euniculus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i, 
 
 p. 200 (1846) ; Gum, P. R. Soo. Tasm. ii. p. 86 (1852). 
 
 Tasmanian Jeeboa-Kanoaeoo. 
 
 Size largest of the genus ; form comparatively clumsy. Fur 
 soft, and close and straight ; underfur thick and woolly. General 
 colour of head and body grizzled grey, the longer hairs dark, with a 
 white subterminal band; the underfur dark slate-colour at base, 
 pale yellowish grey at tip, the latter colour showing through and 
 giving a general greyish tinge to the whole. Ears hairy behind, 
 coloured like the head. Chin, chest, and belly white ; no trace of 
 a whitish hip-mark. Arms and legs, hands and feet white, the 
 hairs on the latter long and hispid, nearly or quite hiding the claws. 
 Fore claws very long and strong. Tail above coloured like the 
 body, the hairs along the upper surface, although longer than else- 
 where, not forming a distinct crest, and only occasionally becoming 
 dark brown or black towards the end ; underside of tail dirty white ; 
 tail-tip sometimes white all round. 
 
 Skull stout, heavily built, and on the whole more rounded and less 
 angular than in the other species. Nasals (PI. XIV. fig. 1) with their 
 least slightly more than half their greatest width, the latter going 
 from 2| to 2| times in their length ; their sides concave in front 
 and convex behind, their posterior edges bowed backwards, and their 
 postero-external angles rounded. Interorbital space broad and 
 smooth, its edges rounded, not sharply angular. Palatal vacuities 
 extending forwards to about the middle of m.^ Bullae (PI . XIV. 
 fig. 2) low and flattened, their most projecting part only about 
 8 millim. below the level of the condyloid surface of the glenoid 
 fossa. 
 
 Teeth. Upper p.* (PI. XIII. fig. 8) long and narrow, about 
 8 mUlim. in length, its postero-internal talon minute ; its outer 
 surface with seven or eight grooves. Deciduous p.' rather longer 
 than m.', with five or six grooves. M.* nearly as large as m.', 
 oblong. Lower p.* about 7 or 8 millim. long, with seven or eight 
 internal grooves ; p.' as in the upper jaw. 
 
108 MAOEOPODlDiE. 
 
 b (Bluffed), 
 millim. 
 Head and body 440 
 
 Hind foot 105 I ^ J20.) 
 
 Ear 30 ^ , ' 
 
 SkuU, seep. 325. 
 
 Eah. (Eastern Australia * and) Tasmania. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 a. Ad. sk. " Hunter's E., N.8.W." Zool. Soc. (Type of 
 
 species.) 
 
 , I Ad. St. I o Purchased. 
 *• Skull.' \ 5- 
 
 I Imm. sk. I o Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke [P.]. 
 
 "■ I Skull. I + ■ (.Type of B. setosa, Gray.) 
 
 d. Ad. sk. Tasmania. 
 
 e. Ad. sk., 5 . Tasmania. Purchased. 
 /. Ad. skull. Tasmania. Gould Coll. 
 
 ff. Ad. skuU. (Voy. H.M.S. 'Fly.') J. B. Jukes, Esq. [P. 
 
 & C.j. 
 h.-f Skeleton. Pui-ehased. 
 
 2. Bettongia gaimardi. 
 
 Kangurus gaimardi, Desm. Mamm., Supp. ii. p. 542 (1822). 
 Hypsiprymnua whitei, Quay 8f Oaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool., Text, 
 
 p. 62, Atlas, pi. X. (animal and skullj (1824) ; Lesn, Man. Mamm. 
 
 p. 222 (1827) ; id. Diet. Class. d'H. N. xiv. p. 243 (1828) ; id. H. 
 
 N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 492, pi. xxxii. (animal and skull) 
 
 (1830) ; Benn. Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 5 (1837) ; ]Vaterh. 
 
 Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 181 (1841) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 541 (1844). 
 Kangurus lepturus, Oaim. Bull. Set. Nat. i. p. 271 (1824). 
 Hypsiprymnus formosus and pHlippii, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 62 ; 
 
 Wagn. Sehr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 100 (1843). 
 Bettongia whitei, Gray, Ch-ey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); id. 
 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 02 (1843) ; Oerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 129 (1862). 
 Hypsiprymnus hunteri, Ckoen, Tr. Z. 8. ii. p. 408, pi. Ixxi. (skull) 
 
 (1841) ; id. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. i. p. 328 (1863). 
 Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) gaimardi, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 207 
 
 (1846). 
 Hypsiprymnus gaimardi, Wagn. Sehr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 292 (1855) : 
 
 Gid>. Sdug. p. 688 (1859). 
 
 * The original locality of " Hunter's E., New South Wales," assigned to the 
 type hag never been confirmed, and ia probably erroneous. The spcciea is 
 therefore presumably peculiar to Tasmania. 
 
 t With five molare above and below. 
 
9. BETTONGIA. 109 
 
 Bettongia gaimardi, Flow. ^ Oars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 726 
 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 325 (1887). 
 
 Gaimakd's Eat-Kangaeoo. 
 
 Size smaller than in B. cwniculus, hut the hind feet rather longer 
 in proportion. Fur woollier in texture than in the other species, the 
 woolly underfur thicker and longer. DetaUs of coloration on body 
 and limbs quite as in B. euniaulus, but the general tone rather more 
 yellowish or fawn. Tail coloured like the body for its basal third, 
 then gradually darkening above and the hairs lengthening until 
 there is, on the terminal third, a distinct black crest, the longest 
 hairs of which are upwards of an inch in length ; underside short- 
 haired, white ; a few hairs at the extreme tip white,' but these very 
 inconspicuous, hidden by the longer black hairs. 
 
 Skull smooth and rounded, with a broad conical muzzle. Nasals 
 (PI. XIV. fig. 3) short and broad, their least from one half to three 
 fifths their greatest width, the latter going only about once and 
 three quarters into their length ; their sides but little curved, and 
 their posterior margin straighter across and less curved than in 
 B. cuniculus; but more than in B. penicillata. Interorbital space 
 broad and smooth, its edges square or slightly rounded. Palatal 
 foramina very short. Posterior palatal vacuities extending to about 
 the middle of m.* BuIIeo (PI. XIV. fig. 4) smooth and transparent, 
 but low and but little inflated, their most prominent point only 
 about 8 millim. below (in the natural position) the condyloid sur- 
 face of the glenoid fossa. 
 
 Teeth. Upper p.* (PI. XIII. fig. 10) small, narrow, its axis set 
 perfectly straight antero-posteriorly, its postero-internal talon dis- 
 tinct ; its inner and outer surfaces each with seven or eight grooves. 
 Deciduous p.^ with five or six grooves. M.* oblong, about three 
 fourths the size of m.' Lower m.' with six or seven grooves on 
 each side ; p.' with five. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (skin), 
 milliio. 
 
 Head and body 390 
 
 Tail 280 
 
 Hind foot , 112 
 
 Ear 29 
 
 Skull, see p. 125. 
 
 Hal. New South "Wales. 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 i Ad. sk. I ,, New South Wales {J. G.). Gould Coll. 
 
 "• 1 Skull, f '^• 
 
 , J Imm. sk. I , New South Wales (J. (?.). Gould Coll. 
 
 *• jskull. \^- 
 r. Skull. Zool. Soc. 
 
110 MAOEOPODID^. 
 
 3. Bettongia penicillata. 
 
 Bettongia peniciJlata, Oray, Charleiw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 584 (1837) ; 
 
 Gould, Mon. Macrop. pi. xiv. (animal) (1841) ; Oray, List Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 93 (1848) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. Ixi. (animal) 
 
 (1862) I Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 129 (1862) ; Krefft, 
 
 Mamm. Austr. text to pi. xi. p. 5 (1871) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 
 
 p. 905 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 325 (1887). 
 Hypsiprymnus penicillatus^ Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 183(1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 541 (1844) ; Wagn.Schr. 
 
 Saug. Svpp. v. p. 294 (1855) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 688 (1859) ; Brehm, 
 
 Thierl. ii. p."507, fig. (animal) (1880). 
 Hypsiprymnus ogilbyi {Gould), Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 
 xi. p. 185 (1841) ; Schinx, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 542 (1844). 
 Bettongia ogilbyi, Gray, Grey\ Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; id. 
 
 last Mamm. B. M. p. 93 (1843) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. Ixii. 
 
 (animal) (1852) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 129 (1862) ; 
 
 Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 45 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. 
 
 text to pl. xi. p. 5 (1871). 
 Bettongia gouldi, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 94 (1843). 
 Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) penicillatus, Waterh. N. S. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 212, pl. vii. fig. 1 (animal), pl. vi. fig. S (skull) (1846). 
 Maoropus penicillatus, Schleg. Dierh. p. 143 (1857). 
 
 Beitsh-iailed Eai-Kangaeoo. 
 
 Ehinarium (Pl. XI. flg. 12) naked, as in the other species. 
 Head, body, and limbs not definitely different from those of 
 B. cuniculus and B. gaimardi, except that there is a more rufous 
 tinge on the sides of the head round the bases of the ears, and that 
 the hands and feet are pale brown instead of white. Bristly hairs 
 of feet not hiding the claws. Tail long, prominently and distinctly 
 crested along its upper surface; the crest whoUy black,' and extend- 
 ing along from the terminal one third to two thirds of the tail ; the 
 longer hairs generally about an inch in length. Base of tail above 
 coloured like the back ; underside pale brown, like the feet ; end of 
 tail not tipped with white. 
 
 SJcull light and delicate. Nasals (Pl. XIV. fig. 5) narrow, evenly 
 broadening backwards, their greatest width going from 2| to 2| 
 times into their length ; their posterior edge quite straight, trans- 
 verse, and their postero-external corners quite sharp and angular. 
 Their shape, however, varies, and sometimes more approaches that 
 found in B. gaimardi. Interorbital space flat, its edges sharp and 
 square. Posterior palatine vacuities generally ending about oppo- 
 site the front of m.^ Bullae (Pl. XIV. flg. 6) large, smooth, trans- 
 parent, much inflated, their most prominent point about 10 or 11 
 miUim. below the level of the floor of the glenoid fossa. 
 
 Teeth. Upper p.* (Pl. XIII. fig. 9) about 7 millim long, its axis 
 twisted outwards anteriorly, its sides with seven or eight grooves, 
 its postero-internal talon small but distinct. P.* with five or six 
 grooA^es. M." oval, generally about one third the size of m.', but 
 sometimes as proportionally large as in B. gaimardi. Lower p.^ 
 with eight or nine, and p.' with six grooves. 
 
9. BETTOWGIA. Ill 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d- ?. 
 
 t (sMn). d (skin). 
 
 adult. adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 360 390 
 
 TaU 310 310 
 
 Hind foot 105 108 
 
 Ear 25 25 
 
 Skull, see p. 125. 
 
 Sah. All Australia, except the extreme north ; not found in 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species seems to be the commonest of all the Rat-Kangaroos, 
 and has a wider range than any other. There can be no question 
 that the -western form {" B. ogilhyi ") is not specifically separable 
 from the eastern, the distinguishing characters given by Gould being 
 quite unimportant. With regard to the relationship of B. penicil- 
 lata to B. gaimardi it is more difficult to decide, as, although the 
 great mass of specimens are readily distinguishable by the cranial 
 characters above described, yet some few show a decided tendency 
 to intergradation, at least in the shape of their nasals and in their 
 dental characters. I have, however, found no specimens interme- 
 diate in the size of their bullae, a point in which typical specimens 
 of the two forms differ so materially as to render it unlikely that 
 they will be found to intergrade, although many more, and especi- 
 ally eastern, specimens must be examined before the question can 
 be looked upon as finally settled. 
 
 -1 
 
 Ad. St. I o Liverpool Plains, N.S.W. Gould Coll. 
 
 SkuU. M^ • (J. G.). 
 
 ] Ad. sk. / o Namoi R., N.S.W. (J. O.). Gould Coll. 
 "• JSkuU. f +• 
 
 i Ad. ek. I , New South Wales. Zool. Soc. (Type of 
 "• 'jSkuU. ( °- species.) 
 
 d. Ad. sk., 2 • South Australia (J. O.). Gould OoU. 
 
 e. Yg. St. South Australia (j. O.). Gould Coll. 
 
 /, g. Imm. sk. South Australia. Sir Geo. Grey [P. & 
 
 h. Yg. St. South Australia. Sir Geo. Grey [P. & 
 
 «. Yff. sk. Gulf St. Vincent, S. A. C.D.E.Fortnum,Esq. 
 
 [P. & C.]. 
 (Type of B. gouldi, Gr.) 
 /.it. Skulls. Scrub near Adelaide, S. A. O.D.E.Fortnum.Esq. 
 
 •'' [P.&C.]. 
 
 I, m. Ad. sk., (J Perth, W. A. Government of W. 
 
 & 5 , 9 / 85. Australia [P.] 
 
 I Imm. sk. I York, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 "• I Skull. (20/6/39. (TypeoiB.offUbyifQovlA.) 
 
112 MACEOPOBID^. 
 
 0-8.* Skulls. WeBt Australia (J. Gilbert). Gould OoU. 
 
 i, u. Ad. (S & yg. West Australia. Purchased. 
 
 V. Skull. Shark's Bay, W. A. (Voy. F. M. Rayner, Esq. 
 
 'Serald'). [P. & 0.] • 
 
 tv. Skull. (Dwarf skull figured by Waterhnuse.) Zool. Soc. 
 
 .T. Skeleton. Zool. Soc. 
 
 y. Skeleton. Purchased. 
 
 4. Bettongia lesnenri. 
 
 Hypsiprymnus lesueuri, Quay 8f Oaim. Voy. Uranie, p. 64 (1824) ; 
 
 Less. Man. Mamm. p. 222 (1827) ; id. Diet. Class. d'H. N. xiv. 
 
 p. 244 (1828) ; :Ksch. Syn. Mamm. p. 280 (1829) ; Oral/, Grey's 
 
 Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); Besm. Diet. Univ. d'H. iV. x. 
 
 p. 449 (1849). 
 Hypsiprymnus grayi, Gmdd, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 178 ; Waterh. Jard. 
 
 Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 190 (1841) : Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 544 (1844) ; Wayn. Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 293 (1855) ; Gieb. 
 
 Saug. p. 687 (1859). 
 Pettongia grayi, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); id. 
 
 List Mamm. B.M. p. 93 (1843) ; Goald, Mamm. Amtr. ii. pi. Ixiv. 
 
 (animal) (1855); Oeirard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 129 (1862) ; 
 
 Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 45 (1864) ; id. Mamm. A ustr. 
 
 text to pi. xi. p. 5 (1871) ; Flow. Encyel. Brit. (9) xiii. p. 840, 
 
 fig. 4 (skull) (1881) ; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 727 
 
 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mux. p. 325 (1887). 
 Perameles harveyi, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 47 ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 520 (1844). 
 Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) grayi, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 203 
 
 (1846) ; Peters, MB. Ah. Befl. 1876, p. 366. 
 
 Lissuetir's Eat-Kasoaeoo. 
 
 Head, body, and limbs not definably different from th ose of 
 B. gaimardl and B. penicillata. There is, however, sometimes an 
 indistinct indication of a ■whitish stripe across the hip, absent in 
 other species. Hands and feet white or very pale brown ; hairs of 
 feet long, bristly, nearly or quite hiding the claws. Tail coloured 
 like the back, the hairs on the upperside, although longer than 
 elsewhere, not forming a distinct crest, and not or scarcely darker ■ 
 towards the end. Tip of tail apparently always white for from halt 
 an inch to two inches. Underside of tail white or pale brown. 
 
 Skull short and broad, with a very short conical muzzle. Nasals 
 (PI. XIV. fig. 7) small, their lateral edges sinuous, and their 
 posterior evenly bowed backwards ; their greatest breadth rather 
 less than half their length. Supraorbital edges sharp and angular, 
 parallel to each other. Posterior palatine vacuities extending for- 
 wards to the middle or front of m.' Bullae (PL XIV. fig. 8) enor- 
 mously large and swollen, especially anteriorly, but varying very 
 
 With five right upper molars. 
 
9. BEITONGIA, 
 
 113 
 
 considerably in size, their most prominent point from 12 to 15 
 mUlim. below the level of the floor of the glenoid fossa. 
 
 Teeth, (PI. XIII. figs. 6 & 7). Upper i.' broader and flatter in front 
 than in the other species. P."" enormously large and long, exceeding 
 in length the two anterior molars combined ; its posterd-internal 
 talon well developed, and its inner side with a rudimentary internal 
 ledge, at least in some specimens ; its external grooves from eleven 
 to thirteen in number. P.' but little longer than in B. penicillata, 
 with six grooves. M.^ about one third the' size of m.' Lower p.* 
 with ten to twelve grooves ; p.' with six. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 cJ. ?■ , 
 
 i (stuffed). p (skm). 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body , 457 420 
 
 Tail 290 260 
 
 Hind foot 103 98 
 
 Ear 29 30 
 
 Sknll, see p. 125. 
 
 Hah. South and Western Australia. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 The three skulls (q to s) received from Dirk Hartog's Island, 
 Sharks Bay, the very locality where the original type of B. lesueuri 
 was obtained, have all decidedly smaller bullae than the Other speci- 
 mens collected further south. As this difference, however, does 
 not appear to be accompanied by any others, there is not sufficient 
 reason for the specific or varietal separation of the two forms. 
 
 , I Ad. feyg.sks. I Port Lincoln, S. A. W. Harvey, Esq. [P. 
 
 "'"■ I Skull of a. f &0.]. 
 
 c. Ad. sk. South Australia. Zool. Soc. f J. B. Har- 
 vey, Esq., P. &0.]. 
 {Type oi Perameles harveyi, Waterh.) 
 
 J » I Ad. sks. I South Australia. Zool. Soc. [J. B. Har- 
 
 **'*•■) Skulls. f vey, Esq., P. & 0.]. 
 
 J. I Ad. sk. I Q South Australia. Sir George Grey [P. 
 
 J- 1 Skull, f +• &0.]. 
 
 ^, A. Skulls. GawlerPlains, S. A. Purchased. 
 
 .. (Ad. ski , Swan River, W. A. ' Gould Coll. (%Je of 
 
 *T- ■jSkuU. \ °- B.grayi,G,ov\di.) 
 
 j. Yg. sk. Gould OoU. 
 
 A-re. Skulls. Gould Coll. 
 
 0. Skull. "Darling Downs » J. Gould Coll. 
 
 p. Ad. sk., 5 . West Australia. Purchased. 
 
 * With five left upper molars. 
 
 t With five upper molars on both sides. 
 
 I This locality is written on the skull in Mr. Gould's own writing. It can- 
 not be the Queensland Darling Downs, but it may have something to do with 
 the Darling Eange, West Australia. 
 
114 . MACEOPODID^. 
 
 q-s. Skulls. Dirk Hartog's Isl., F. M. Eayner, Esq. 
 
 Sharks Bay, W.A. [P. & 0.]. 
 
 ( Voy. H.M.S. 'He- 
 
 raW). 
 . 3 Ad. St. 1 , Zool. Soc. 
 
 *• 1 Skeleton. ( °- 
 
 M. Skeleton, mounted. Zool. Soc. 
 
 V. Yg. skeleton. Zool. Soc. 
 
 w. Skull. No history. 
 
 10. CALOPRYMNUS. „ 
 
 Type. 
 
 Genus noTum 0. campestris. 
 
 Ehinarium naked as in Bettongia, but the edge of the hairy part 
 less emarginate backwards in the centre. Ears short, rounded, 
 hairy. Limbs as in Bettongia. Tail thin, cylindrical, evenly short- 
 haired, -without trace of a crest, the hairs of the upper surface as 
 short as or even shorter than those on the sides and below. 
 
 SJcull (PI. XIV. fig. 9) broad and flattened, with a peculiarly 
 
 short, broad and conical muzzle, quite unlike that of any other 
 
 Marsupial. Nasals very large, enormously broadened behind ; the 
 
 frontal processes of the premaxillae reduced to mere narrow strips. 
 
 Supraorbital edges sharp and overhanging. Anterior palatine 
 
 foramina long, encroaching as far backwards into the maxiUee as 
 
 forwards into the premaxillae. Posterior palate as in Bettongia. 
 
 BullsB large, swollen, smooth and transparent. Lower jaw short 
 
 and thick, convex below. 
 
 Dentition-— 1 ^-^-^ C i P ^•"■^■^ M '■^•^•* y2-34 
 jjenmion. j.. , .o .o' ^' o' ■'^- o .0.3.4' -""■• i.2 . 8 .4^^ — ^*- 
 
 Upper i.' broad and strong, i.^ small, i.' medium, much slanted 
 
 forwards. Canine very small, almost rudimentary, and therefore 
 
 very diiferenfc from that of the rest of the subfamily. P.* 
 
 shorter than in Bettongia, and with only a few shallow grooves 
 
 placed vertically ; its postero-internal talon large. P.' similar 
 
 to p.*, but shorter and smaller. Molars quadrangular, but their 
 
 pattern rather more folded and complex than in Bettongia, and more 
 
 resembling that found in .^ipyprymrms. M." rather, but not very 
 
 much, smaller than m.' 
 
 Bange. South Australia. 
 
 This genus is formed to contain the remarkable animal hitherto 
 
 known as Bettongia campestris, a species whose external characters and 
 
 general shape of skull resemble those of Bettongia, whose molars have 
 
 the structure of those of JSpyprymnus, whose p.'' resembles that of 
 
 Potorous, and the structure of whose nasal region is wholly peculiar 
 
 to itself. Its position being thus intermediate between the other 
 
 genera, no extension of their limits would bring it within one rather 
 
 than another, and therefore, without amalgamating all the genera 
 
 of the subfamily, a new genus is clearly necessary for its reception. 
 
10. CALOPKTMiroS. 115 
 
 1. Caloprymnus campestris. 
 
 Bettongia campestris, Gould, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 81 ; id. Mamm. Austr. 
 
 ii. pi. Ixvi. (animal) (1851) ; Qerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. 
 
 p. 128 (1862) ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. xi. p. 5 (1871) ; 
 
 Tate, Tr. Phil. Soc. iS. Austr. ii. p. 124 (1878). 
 Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) campestris, Waterh. N. S. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 221, pi. vi. %. 2 (skull) (1846). 
 Hypsiprymnus campestris, Hchinz, 8yn. Mamm. ii. Sapp. p. 47 (1845) ; 
 Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 296 (1865) ; Ctieb. Sdug. p. 689 
 
 (1859). 
 
 Plaist Eat-Kah&aeoo. 
 
 General form slender and delicate. Pace peculiarly broadened 
 between the orbits. Eur soft and straight, underfur thick and 
 abundant. General colour grizzled sandy, darker on the back, 
 brighter on the sides. Ears thickly clothed with short yellow hairs. 
 Longer hairs of head and back slaty grey for three fifths their length, 
 then with a broad prominent white band, their extreme tips brown 
 or black. Underfur slate-coloured at bdse, then dull sandy, its tips 
 brown on the top of the head and centre of the back, rich sandy 
 rufous on the sides, it being the colour of the underfur that gives 
 the prevailing sandy rufous tone to the whole animal. Chin, sides 
 of chest, and belly pale sandy white ; centre of chest naked in all 
 the specimens examined, and apparently glandular (see below under 
 Petaurus and Myrmeeohius). Arms and legs bright sandy rufous ; 
 hands and feet white ; hairs of feet quite short, not hiding the nails. 
 Tail sparsely covered with pale yellowish hairs, the most thickly 
 clothed part being the underside of the tip, where, in some speci- 
 mens, there is a rudimentary inferior crest. 
 
 Shull (PI. XIV. fig. 9) as described above. Nasals with their 
 least going two and a half times in their greatest breadth, and the 
 latter going only once and a half in their length, and nearly or quite 
 equal to the distance from m.' to the front of the premaxillse. 
 Supraorbital edges sharp and foi^ming rudimentary postorbital pro- 
 cesses. Anterior palatine foramina extending some way behind the 
 canines. Posterior palatal vacuities very large, extending forwards 
 to the front of m.' Bullae large, their most prominent point about 
 10 millim. below the level of the glenoid fossa. 
 
 Teeth as above. P." (PI. XIII. fig. 11) with four or five shallow 
 inconspicuous vertical grooves ; p.' very small, with only two or 
 three grooves. M.* about three-fourths the size of m.' 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (stuffed). 
 Aged, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 440 
 
 Tail 360 
 
 Hind foot 121 
 
 Ear 31 
 
 SkuU, see p. 125. 
 
 i2 
 
116 MACRO POBID^. 
 
 Edb. Soutli Australia. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 I Aeed sk. I , Soutli Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & 0.]. 
 
 "• ] Skull. '^^ (rypeoTspecies) 
 
 r Imm. St. ) South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & C.]. 
 
 *• "i Skull f ,-r, a...-, 
 
 j Imm. sk. I South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & O.J. 
 
 "• ) Skull. ( 
 
 11. POTOROUS*. ^yp^ 
 
 Potorous, Demi. N. Diet. as. N. (1) xxiv. Tahl, MHh. 
 
 p. 20 (1804) P. tridactylua. 
 
 Hypsiprymnus, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 79 (1811). . P. tridactylus. 
 
 Ehinarium naked, variable in its extent on the upperside of the 
 muzzle. Ears very short, rounded. Fore claws long, rather slender, 
 the median much longer than the outer ones. Hind feet very short, 
 the whole hind limb not disproportionally longer than the fore ; 
 soles nakedi coarsely granulated. Tail shorter than in Bettongia, 
 tapering, covered with short closely adpressed hairs and without any 
 trace of a crest. 
 
 Skull lightly built, long and narrow, except in P. platyops. 
 Interorbital space broad, flat or slightly convex, its edges square, not 
 ridged, but in old age forming short postorbital processes. Anterior 
 palatine foramina very short. Palate with a single pair of rather small 
 vacuities opposite the posterior molars, and entirely confined to the 
 palatal bone. BuUse very slightly swollen, nearly flat. Lower jaw 
 long and slender, not strongly convex below. 
 
 Denmwn :-I. |^, C. i, P. ',^^^„ M. 1^^^x2=34. 
 
 Upper incisors small and light, i.' long and pointed. Canines 
 small and thin, compressed laterally. P.^ (PI. XIII.- fig. 12) long 
 and trenchant, though considerably shorter than in Bettongia ; 
 without trace of internal ledge or postero-internal talon, its outer 
 and inner surfaces with from two to four shallow vertical grooves. 
 Deciduous p." similar but smaller. Molars quadrangular and qnadri- 
 tubercular, evenly but slightly decreasing iri size backwards, except 
 that m.^ is generally rather smaller than m.'' Lower incisors very 
 long and slender. 
 
 Mange. Australia (south of the tropics) and Tasmania. 
 
 As would be inferred from the decreased size of their hind feet, 
 the members of this genus are far less saltatorial in their method of 
 progression than any of the preceding Macropodidce. This difference 
 is thus described by Mr. Gould, on the authority of Mr. Richter :-^ 
 
 * By no poBBible interpretation of the rules of nomenclature can the familiar 
 name oi Hypsmrymniis be used instead of Poiorotjs, the latter name having been 
 superseded in favour of the former by Ilhger without the slightest justification. 
 That change, although protested against by Desmarest, has been accepted vpithout 
 inquiry by the great majority of authors. 
 
11. POTOEOUS. 117 
 
 " Thbugh these animals stand as much, on the hind legs as the 
 Bettongim, they run in an entirely different manner, using the fore 
 as well as the hind legs in a sort of gallop ; they also never attempt 
 to kick with their hind legs." 
 
 The species are extremely similar externally, while in their cranial 
 characters they present such a considerable range of variation as to 
 make their proper discrimination by no means easy. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. External Chaeaotees. 
 
 A. Naked part of rhinarium running back for 
 
 some distance along the top of the muzzle. 
 
 Head long and narrow. Hind foot, in 
 
 adults, more than 65 millim, long. 
 a. Size generally larger. East Australian . . 1. P. tridactylus, p. 117. 
 6. Size smaller. West Australian 2. P. gilberti, p. 120. 
 
 B. Naked part of rhinarium not running back 
 
 along the top of the muzzle. Head short 
 and broad. Hind foot less than 65 millim. 
 long, 
 c. Size small. West Australian 3. P. platyops, p. 121. 
 
 II. Ceanial Chabactees. 
 
 A. Muzzle elongated. Orbit to anterior nares 
 
 more than 28 mUlim., always nearly equal- 
 ling, generally more than, the zygomatic 
 breadth. 
 a. Muzzle scarcely inflated laterally, its upper 
 outline straight or eoncave. P.* 6 mil- 
 lim. or more 1. P. tndactylus, p. 117. 
 
 6. Muzzle decidedly inflated laterally, its 
 upper outline convex. P.* less than or 
 barely 6 millim 2. P. gilberti, p. 120. 
 
 B. Muzzle very short. Orbit to anterior nares 
 
 26 millim. or less, not exceeding three 
 fourths of the zygomatic breadth. / 
 e. P.* very small, about 4-5 millim. long .... 3. P. platyops, p. 121.. 
 
 1. Potorous tridactylus. 
 
 Kanguroo Eat, Phillip, Voy. Botany Bay, p. 277, pi. xlvii. (animal) 
 
 (1789). 
 Poto-roo, White, Joum. Voy. N. 8. W. p. 286, pi. Ix. (animal) (1790) ; 
 
 Vicq-^Azyr, Syst. Anat. Quadr. {Encycl. MHh.) li. p. 645 (1792). 
 Didelphis tridactyla. Ken: Linn. An. K. p. 198 (1792) ; Turt. Idnn. 
 
 S. N. i. p. 67 (1806). 
 Didelphis potpru, Meyer, Syst. Uebers. Zool. Entd. p. 13 (1793). 
 Yerboa potoru, Bechst. Syst. TJebers. Vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 356 & 
 
 686 (1800). 
 Didelphis murina, Cuv. Tabl. Elem. p. 126 (1798) {nee lAnn.) ; Besm. 
 
 N. Diet. d'H. N. (1) xii. p. 358 (1803). 
 Macropus minor, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. 2, p. 513, pi. cxvi. (animal) 
 
118 MACKOPOBIDiE. 
 
 (1800) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 280 (1829) ; G. Cuv. Anat. Comp. 
 
 ii. pis. 180-182 (myology) (1849); Schkff. Dierent. p. 171 (1872). 
 Potorous murinus, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. M4th. 
 
 p. 20 (1804) ; id. op. cit. (2) xxviii. p. 80 (1819) ; id. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 271 (1820) ; F. Cuv. Diet. Sci. Nat. xliii. p. 155 (1826) ; Gray, 
 
 Griff. Cue. An. K. v. p. 201 (1827) ; Higg. Sf Pett. P. Bx>y. Soc. 
 
 Tasm. 1883, p. 196. 
 Kangunis muriniia, Tiedem. Zool. p. 435 (1808). 
 Ilypsiprymnus potoru, III. Prodr. 8yst. Mamm. p. 79 (1811). 
 Kanguru potoroo, G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 20 (1814). 
 Ilyp-siprymnus minor, G. Cuv. P. A. i. p. 181 (1817); F. Cuv. 
 
 Bents Mamm. p. 133, pi. xlii. (teeth) (1825) ; Gray, Charlesw. 
 
 Mag. N. II. i. p. 584 (1837) ; id Grey's Austr., App. p. 403 (1841) ; 
 
 id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 94 (1843) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 130 (1862). 
 Hypsiprymnus murinus, Goldf. HanM. Zool. p. 447 (1820) ; Schinz, 
 
 Cuv. Thien: i. p 262 (1821) ; Pand. 8r B'Alt. Vergl. Osteal. Beutelth. 
 
 pi. iii. (skeleton and skull) (1828) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548 
 
 (1830) ; Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 63 ; Watei-h. Jard. Nat. Libr., 
 
 Mamm. xi. p. 175 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. P. A., Mamm. p. 193 
 
 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 101 (1843), v. p. 297 
 
 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 539 (1844) ; Desm. Diet. Univ. 
 
 d'H. N. X. p. 448 (1849); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. Ixvii. 
 
 (animal) (1854) ; Gieb. Siiug. p. 689 (1859) ; Krefft, Cat.' Mamm. 
 
 Austr. Mus. p. 44 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to pi. xi. p. 5 
 
 (1871); Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 58; Schmidt, P. Z. S. 1880, 
 
 p. 305 ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 598, fig. (animal) (1880) ; Flow. Sf 
 
 Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 725 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 
 ikfMs. p. 324 (1887). 
 Ilypsiprymnus peronii. Quay 8f Gaim. Voy. XJranie, Zool. p. 64 (1824) ; 
 
 Less. Man. Mamm. p. 223 (1827) ; Desm. Diet. Univ. ail. N. x. 
 
 p. 449(1849). ' 
 Macropus peronii, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 281 (1829). 
 Hypsiprymnus setosus, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 149 ; Less. H. N. 
 
 Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 375 (1836) ; TVaterh. Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Mus. Z. S. p. 65 (1838) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 99 (1843) ; 
 
 Gulliver, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 9 ; 1875, p. 494, pi. Iv. fig. 51 (blood- 
 corpuscle) ; Desm. Diet. Univ. d'H. N. x. p. 449 (1849). 
 Hypsiprymnus myosurus, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 62 ; Waterh. Cat. 
 
 Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 65 (1838) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. 
 
 p. 99 (1843). 
 Perameles tuckeri, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. v. p. 150 (1840) ; Wagn. 
 
 Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 62 (1843) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 518 
 
 (1844). 
 Hypsiprymnus (Potorous) murinus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 224, 
 
 pi. viii. figs. 2, 3 (skull) (1846) ; Gunn, P. R. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 86 
 
 (1862). 
 IlypsiprymnuB apicalis, Gould, Mamm. Austr. pi. Ix-viii. (animal) 
 
 (1851) ; Kreft, Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Mamm. Austr. 
 
 text to pi. xi. p. 5 (1871). 
 Potorous rufus, Higg. ^ Pett. P. Hoy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, pp. 181, 196. , 
 Common Eat-Kaicgaeod. 
 
 Size variable, generally large. Naked part of rhinarium (PL XI. 
 flg. 13) running back along the top of the muzzle for about half an 
 inch, ending posteriorly in a blunt point. Fur long, coarse and 
 
11. potOeotjs. 119 
 
 straight, mainly consisting of underfur. General coloip coarsely 
 grizzled dark greyish brown, with a greater or less suffusion of rufous. 
 Face long and narrow, grey, without special markings. Ears short, 
 rounded, hairy, their backs dark brown. Back with the longer hairs 
 grey for their basal three fifths, then with a broad white subterminal 
 ring and a black tip. Underfur slaty blue for three fourths of its 
 length, then dirty greyish white or rufous at the tip, this colour 
 showing through and giving the general tone to the hody-colour ; 
 younger specimens generally more rufous, older greyer. Sides like 
 hack. Chin, chest, and helly white or greyish white, the hairs 
 slate-coloured at their bases. Hands and feet short-haired, grey or 
 brown. Tail grey at bases, then brown, hecoming gradually darker 
 to black terminally ; its extreme tip often white, especially in Tas- 
 manian examples. 
 
 SJcull very long and narrow. Muzzle not markedly inflated 
 laterallj' (its breadth at the middle of the premaxillo-maxiUary su- 
 ture less than the length of the molar series), and more or less 
 flattened above, so that its upper outline is straight or concave. 
 Nasals (PI. XIV. flg. 10) variable, generally long and narrow and 
 scarcely expanded behind, but sometimes (in northern examples) 
 much shorter and more expanded posteriorly. Interorbital region 
 smooth, its edges square or slightly rounded, and forming in old 
 age rudimentary postorbital processes. Anterior palatine foramina 
 extending from about the middle of i." to just in front of the canines. 
 Posterior vacuities small, opposite m.' and m.* 
 
 Teeth. Incisors and canines as described above. V* (PI. XIII. 
 fig. 12) very variable ; in the large Tasmanian form (" apiealis ") 
 7 or 8 miUim. long, with four distinct grooves ; in the smaller New 
 South Wales examples, and in the still smaller Tasmanian form 
 described as " rufus," 6 or 7 millim. long, with only three grooves. 
 Deciduous p.' varying jpari passu with p.* Molars evenly quad- 
 rangular, their size (m.^ to m.') ranging from 11'5 millim. in " rufvs " 
 to 14 millim. in " apiealis." 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 <?. 
 i (stuffed), 
 millim. 
 Head and body .... 410 
 
 Snd foot: ::::::::: %i{ ^^^^f 7 *" f ^j° ." T'f'i 1 
 
 Muzzle to eye 61 1 ^""^ ^"^'^ *° ^^ ^° "*>*• ■< 
 
 Ear 35 
 
 Skull, see p. 125. 
 
 Bab. New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania, 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 The variation in size of this species makes it difficult to decide, 
 without much more material, whether it should be divided into 
 three or amalgamated into one. The general rule seems to be that 
 Tasmanian specimens ("P. apiealis," Gould) are decidedly larger 
 
120 MACBO^ODID^. 
 
 than 'New South Wales ones, and have larger and four-grooved 
 instead of three-grooved posterior premolars, whUe at the same time 
 the peculiar dwarf form described from Tasmania as " P. rufus " is 
 again even smaller than the New South Wales specimens. On the 
 other hand, however, intermediate specimens certainly occur, as -well 
 as exceptions to the general rule as to locality*, and therefore I 
 feel constrained for the present to unite all the varieties under a 
 single name. 
 
 , I Ad. 2 & vg. sks. I New South Wales. Gould OoU. 
 "'*■ jskuUofa. [ 
 
 c. Ad. sk. New South Wales. Zool. Soc. 
 
 {Type of Sypsiprymnus myomrus, Ogilb.) 
 
 ( Imm, sk. I Victoria (?). Dr. Lhotsky [P.J. 
 '*• ) Skeleton (mounted). \ 
 
 \ Ad. sk. I , New Norfolk, Tas- Gould Coll. 
 '• I Skull, j ° • mania. 
 
 (Type of Hypsiprymnus apicalis, Gould.) 
 
 , I Imm. & yg. sks. I Tasmania. ' Gould Coll. 
 J' 9- \ Skull of/. \ 
 
 , I Ad. sk. I Tasmania. Capt. Ross, R.N. [P. 
 
 *• jSkuU. \ ' &0.]. 
 
 . j Ad. St. I , Tasmania. Purchased. 
 '■ I Skull. ( °- 
 
 j. Ad. sk. Tasmania. Purchased. 
 
 ;i;. Ad. sk. (imperfect). Tasmania. W. F. Petterd, Esq. 
 
 [E.]. 
 
 r.Hig 
 
 I. Yg. skulli Launceston, Tasmania. T. Higgina, Esq. [0.]. 
 
 (k & I typical of Potorous rufits, itigg. & Pett.) 
 m. Ad. skull ( c? ). Lauueeston, Tasmania. T. Higgins, Esq. [C.]. 
 
 n. Skeleton. Purchased. 
 
 2. Potorous gilberti. 
 
 Hypsiprymnus gilherti, Gould, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 14 ; id. Mon. Macrop. 
 
 pi. XV. (animal) (1841); Oray, Gh-ey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 
 
 (1841) ; id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 94 (1843) ; Schinz, Syn. Marrnn. 
 
 i. p. 542 (1844) ; Oould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pi. Ixix. (animal) 
 
 (1854) ; Wagn,. Schr. Smcff. Supp. v. p. 288 (1855) ; Gieb. Odontogr. 
 
 p. 4.3, pi. xix. fis. 10 (teeth) (1855) ; id. Siiug. p. 690 (1859) ; 
 
 Oerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 130 (1862) ; Krefft, Mamm. 
 
 Austr. text to pi. xi. p. 5 (1871) ; Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 58. 
 Hypsiprymnus micropvis ( Gould), Waterh. jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm,. 
 
 xi. p. 180 (1841); Schina, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 640 (1844). 
 Hypaiprvmnus (Potorous) gilberti, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 229, 
 
 pi. viii. fig. 1 (skull) (1846). 
 
 Gilbert's Eat-Kakgaeoo. 
 
 External characters precisely as in P. tridactylus, except that the 
 size is less than is usual in that species, although greater than in the 
 dwarf form " P. rufus." Naked part of rhinarium apparently not 
 running quite so far back along the top of the muzzle. 
 
 * As, for example, skull no. 3804 of the College of Surgeons, from the Murray 
 River, South Australia, which has a distinctiy four-grooved upper p.'' 
 
11. POIOEOTJS. 121 
 
 Skull shorter and broader than in P. tridactylus. Muzzle very 
 markedly inflated along the sides from the anterior nares to the 
 front of the orbit, its breadth at the middle of the premaxillo- 
 maxillary suture equal to, or greater than, the length of the molar 
 series. Posterior nasal region also inflated vertically so as to make 
 the general fronto-nasal outline distinctly and evenly convex. 
 Nasals expanded behind, their greatest breadth going about 2^ 
 times into their length. Interorbital space smooth and rounded. 
 Palatal foramina and vacuities as in P. tridactylus ; bullae 
 apparently rather more swoUen than in that species. 
 
 Teeth as in P. tridactylus, except that p.* is shorter, about 5f or 
 6 millim. long, and has only two or three grooves. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 2- 
 
 a (akin), 
 milliia. 
 
 Head and body 390 
 
 .Tail 170 
 
 Hind foot 68 
 
 Muzzle to eye 48 
 
 Ear 26 
 
 SkuU, see p. 125. 
 
 Hob. West Australia (southern district). 
 Type in collection. 
 
 ( Ad. sk. 1 o King George's Sound, W. A. Gould OoU. 
 
 I SkuU. I +• ■ (J.Gilbert). _ __ i( Type of species.) 
 
 J Imm. St. I o King George's T " ' ' « — ~ - 
 ) Skull. j +• {J. Gilbert). 
 
 ] Imm. St. I p King George's Sound, W. A. Gould CoU, 
 
 3. Potorons platyops. 
 
 ITypsiprymnus platyops, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 103; id. Mamm. 
 Austr. ii. pi. Ixx. (animal) (1851) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. 
 p. 299 (1855) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 690 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Banes 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 130 (1862) ; Kre;fft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. xi. 
 p. 5 (1871) ; Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 58. 
 Hjpsiprymnus (Potorous) platyops, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 231 
 (1846). 
 Beoad-paced Eat-Kancjaeoo. 
 
 Size very small. Ehinarium naked, but not, or scarcely, extending 
 backwards in the centre above. Face very short and broad, con- 
 trasting markedly with that of the other species. Length and 
 quality of fur and colour everywhere as in P. tridactylus, except 
 that the tail is more or less bicolor, black above and dirty white 
 below. Hind feet very short, the hairs on them long, and partially 
 hiding the claws. 
 
 Shull (PI. XIII. fig. 13) short and broad, but the bones thin and 
 
222 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 smooth. Muzzle short, broad and conical, sharply pointed anteriorly, 
 its sides not prominently inflated. Nasals short, narrow in front, 
 much expanded behind, their greatest breadth about half their 
 length. Outline of fronto-nasal region evenly convex. Interorbital 
 space smooth, its edges parallel, square, not beaded, and not forming 
 postorbital processes. Anterior palatine foramina very short. 
 Posterior vacuities proportionally larger than in the other species, 
 extending forwards to the middle of m.^ Bullae apparently distinctly 
 inflated. 
 
 Teeth very small and light. Upper i.' very long ; i.^ i.', and the 
 oanine small. P.* about equal in length to the two posterior molars, 
 narrow, sharp-edged, with two broad shallow grooves externally 
 and internally. Lower p.* like upper. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 S- 
 a (skin). 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 340 
 
 Tail 190 
 
 Hind foot 62 
 
 Muzzle to eye 33 
 
 Ear 22 
 
 Skull, see p. 125. 
 
 Hah. West Australia. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 jAd.sk.) Q "Walyema Swamps, Victoria, Gould Coll. 
 
 "■ I Skull, j +■ West Australia (J. ftVSert). (TVpe of species.) 
 
 I ) Ad. sk. I J, Albany, King George's Sound, Gould Coll. 
 
 *• ■jSkuU. \ °- W.A. (J. Gilbert). 
 
 Subfamily III. HYPSIPRYMNODONTIN^. 
 
 Size very small. Claws quite small and feeble, subequal. Hind 
 feet with an opposable hallux. Tail naked, scaly. P.* twisted 
 obliquely outwards, its axis not in the same line as the other teeth. 
 Incisors, canines, and molars as in Potoroinm. 
 
 This Subfamily contains but a single species, and one so inter- 
 mediate between the Macropodidce and the Phalangeridce that there 
 is considerable doubt as to which family it ought to be assigned. 
 On the whole, however, the macropine characters of its lower jaw, 
 in which there is a deep cavity at the base of the masseteric fossa, 
 continuous with the inferior dental canal, have induced me to 
 retain it in the present family, although the general structure of its 
 teeth, hind feet, and tail so closely resemble those of certain of the 
 Phalangeridop as to render the division between the two families by 
 no means so sharp and well-defined as it has been usually considered 
 to be. 
 
 a 
 
12. HTPSIPEYMNODON. 123 
 
 12. HYPSIPKYMNODON. 
 
 Type. 
 Hypsiprymnodon, BaTnsay, P. Linn. Sob. N. S. W. i. 
 
 p. .3;i (1876) II. moschatus. 
 
 Pleopus, Owen, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xx. p. 642 (1877) . . H. moschatus. 
 
 Form rat-like. Ehinarium wholly naked. Ears large, thin, naked. 
 Limbs subequal, not saltatorial. Hands with five toes, the claws 
 small and delicate. Hind feet (PL XV. fig. 1) with a long oppos- 
 able clawless- hallux articulated comparatively near to the heel. 
 Fourth toe not disproportion aUy larger than the others, the fifth 
 and the combined second and third toes both strong and well- 
 developed, the claws of all four about equal. Tail cylindrical, 
 tapering, naked and scaly, its extreme base only hairy. 
 
 Skull narrow and slender. Nasals long, slightly expanded behind. 
 Supraorbital edges square, not ridged. Anterior palatine foramina 
 of medium length, extending backwards to the level of the back of 
 the canines. Posterior palate with one large united vacuity ex- 
 tending the whole length of the molars. Bullae small, but little 
 expanded. Lower jaw slender, with a long, laterally compressed 
 symphysial portion. 
 
 Dentition-— 1 '-^'^ C i P ''■°-^*-* M 1 ■ ^ -S- S < 2-.^! 
 jjennnon . x. yTqTo, u. g, r. ^ ^ g ^, m.. ^^^^ ^x.^ — ot. 
 
 Upper incisors light and weak, i.' oval in section. Canine well- 
 developed, about as long as i.^ P.* (PI. XIV. fig. 11) narrow, 
 cutting, without trace of internal ledge or talon, its axis inclined 
 outwards at a sharp angle to the line of the molars. Molars small, 
 quadritubercular, evenly decreasing backwards. Lower i.' very 
 long and slender. Cheek-teeth similar to the upper ones. 
 
 Range. Queensland. 
 
 1. Hypsiprymnodon moschatus. 
 
 Hypsiprymnodon moschatus, Rams. P. Linn. Sac. N. S. W. i. p. 34 
 (1876) ; Owen, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) i. p. 103 (1878) ; id. Tr. 
 Linn. Soc. (2) i. p. 573, pis. Ixxi. & Ixxii. (animal, skull, and limb- 
 bones) (1879) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 906 (1887). 
 
 Pleopus nudicaudatus, Owen, Ann. Mag. N. K. (4) xx. p. 642 (1877). 
 
 Size and form very much those of a large rat. Fur close, crisp, 
 and velvety, consisting almost entirely of underfur. General colour 
 all over duU, finely grizzled rusty orange-grey, the orange deepest 
 on the back, less on the belly, scarcely perceptible on the head and 
 limbs. Ears large, rounded, laid" forward (in spirit specimens) 
 they just reach to the posterior canthus of the eye ; quite naked, 
 except at their bases behind ; their substance blackish flesh-colour. 
 Arms and hands brown, the hairs short, and only running on to the 
 metacarpus, leaving the fingers quite naked and scaly ; palms with 
 five large transversely-ridged pads. Feet brown, the hairs on the 
 
 * The temporary presence of p.' is presumed, but has not as yet been actually 
 ascertained. 
 
124 MACEOPODID^. 
 
 upper surface passing down their centres to the tip of the middle 
 (fourth) toe, and leaving the sides of the metatarsus and the whole 
 of the hallux, second, third, and fifth digits naked. Soles naked, 
 coarsely granulated, with five prominent transversely-striated pads, 
 the postero-external about 12 miUim. long; pads at tips of toes 
 also striated. Tail hairy for its b^sal inch, then becoming abruptly 
 naked and scaly, a few minute hairs only growing between the 
 scales ; its colour black above, paler below. 
 
 Skull and teeth as described above. Greatest breadth of nasals 
 going about 3^ times in their length. P.* above and below with 
 five or six distinct oblique grooves outside and inside. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 <^- 
 a (in spirit). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 250 
 
 Tail 162 
 
 Hind foot 61 
 
 Ear 27 
 
 , Skull, see next page. 
 
 IFab. Queensland. 
 
 Type in the Sydney Museum. 
 
 The following account of the habits of this species is extracted 
 from Mr. Pierson Eamsay's original description (Z. c.) : — " I first 
 met with this highly interesting and anomalous marsupial while on 
 a visit to the Herbert River in January 1874, where it inhabits the 
 dense and damp portions of the scrubs which fringe the rivers and 
 clothe the sides of the coast-range in that district. The animal is 
 by no means rare, yet from its retiring habits and the dense nature 
 of the parts frequented by it, it is at all times difiBcult to obtain. 
 Its habits are chiefly diurnal, and its actions when not disturbed by 
 no means ungraceful; it progresses in much the same manner as 
 the Kangaroo-rats {Hypsiprymnus), to which it is closely allied, but 
 procures its food by turning over the debris in the scrubs in search 
 of insects, worms, and tuberous roots, frequently eating the palm- 
 berries (Ptychosperma alexandroe), which it holds in its fore paws 
 after the manner of the phalangers, sitting up on its haunches, or 
 sometimes digging like the bandicoots. Seldom more than one or 
 two are found together, unless accompanied by the young. In 
 March 1874 I obtained from Mr. K. Broadbent a female with two 
 young in the pouch, very small, and resembling young bandicoots. 
 During the same month a halfgrown young one was shot in com- 
 pany with the adult male and female. They evidently breed during 
 the rainy season, which lasts from February to May." 
 
 a. Ad. al., cJ . Queensland. Sir R. Owen [P.], 
 
 , J Ad. sks. I , o Queensland. Trustees of the Sydnev 
 
 *'''• 1 Skulls, f o*- Museum [P.]. 
 
 (Co-types of Pleepus nudicaudatus, Owen.) 
 
a 
 
 
 s 
 e 
 
 ■S 
 s 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■Si's ■§ 
 
 125 
 
 (MCq CO i-H 
 
 
 ■s § 
 
 S4,§ 
 
 
 . 13 
 0+* S) 
 
 .t3' 
 
 'Og 
 
 COCO lO i-(QO 
 
 o io -^ CO -^ -tH o lb o o^j t^ • 
 oco<Ni-i i-H CO T-H 1-t ; 
 
 OS 05 i-H 
 
 :■* do(N 
 
 ip ip -d^ lo OS 
 
 00 00 ic CO CO i> ■* Q CO oD Tt< : : -ibtMCT 
 cocQco^ rH ■•^ 55 r-) r-i : : : l-t 
 
 »p CO lO lO li3 cot-co 
 
 cbq;K3CT>oibcoOCTco(NOsoococc(Nco 
 
 COCOCOi-H i-1TP(Mt-( ?-li-I'«^lO i-l 
 
 ri3 
 
 00 ip ip -^ Cq 05 
 
 WlOiC3OC000COO<yi'^t:*--l^O0000Th 
 OOTtiTfl^ rH lO <N rt t-1 (N CO 05 i-l 
 
 
 >0 w 
 
 03r--^CM05lOt-(MCOt*OC»OCOCO(NCO 
 »0 -^ CO CN i-( CO C<l t-H I-l i-t •* — I i-H 
 
 
 Bq| 
 
 Kl 
 
 •o^-S 
 
 ip ip lO 00 lO lO lO CO >-< cp 
 
 a 
 
 ■a 
 
 CO t^ qoipb-cp CO lO 
 
 CO-*COi-i i-itHNi-h i-i(N^(N -< 
 
 Ip ip CO l> Cq IM OOIO »CQ0t^ 
 
 C005Oib05Qb-*(N-^c0(Mds'7HvO<ijcqJ5 
 CD-*COi-l i-l^(Mr-l rtrt-*<N rH 
 
 o 
 
 'S 
 
 
 •o«v 
 
 h.) 03 S^ 
 
 a2 0Q<) 
 
 COOCqi>Oi005d305COOCO(MCOOOSiri 
 
 t- lO CO r-l ,-H r-1 -^ Cq I-H t-H (N Ui CM i-H l-H 
 
 m 
 
 
 : S"- 
 ; ID w 
 
 if 
 
 
 aa a 
 
 5 J-S' 
 
 fl ® a 5 a © g ^^^ __ ^ d 
 
 >.--i "'^ (fi m oo g ^ 
 
 O e3 
 
126 PHALANGEEIDJS. 
 
 Family II. PHALANGERID^. 
 
 Diprotodont Marsupials adapted for an arboreal, phytophagous 
 (rarely sarcophagous or insectivorous) life. , Progression scansorial, 
 sometimes assisted by parachute-like expansions of skin, giving the 
 power of making lengthened leaps through the air. Both fore and 
 hind feet with five digits, the anterior generally subequal. Hind 
 limbs syndactylous, fairly stout and well-developed ; fourth toe the 
 
 Pig. 3. 
 
 Hind foot, showing " syndafctyly." 
 
 longest, but the fifth only slightly smaller ; hallux present, large, 
 widely opposable, with a broad nailless terminal pad. Tail (except 
 in Phascolarctince) very long and nearly invariably prehensile, some- 
 times very markedly so. Stomach simple. Csecum present (except 
 in Tarsipedince). Pouch well-developed, opening forwards. 
 
 Skull (except in Tarsipes) broad and conical. Nasals expanded 
 behind. Palate generally incomplete. Bullae swollen, except in 
 some few of the larger forms. Masseteric fossa not hollowed out 
 below externally, and not communicating with the inferior dental 
 canal, except that in some genera there is a minute foramen corre- 
 sponding to the large opening found in the Maeropodidm. 
 
 Dentition too variable for formulation as a whole, owing to the 
 presence in very unequal numbers of minute and rudimentary teeth, 
 not constant in the same genus, species, or even on the two sides of 
 the jaw in the same individual. Speaking only of the large and 
 obviously functional teeth, and excluding Tarsipedinw, the following 
 formula may be drawn up : — • 
 
 •^- 1.0.0' ^-0' ^- 0.0.3(or0),4(or0)' ^- 1. 2 .3.4 (or 0) ^ ^ — ^" ™ ^"- 
 
 Teeth *. Incisors long and strong, the lower pair very long and 
 pointed, but without the scissor-like action found in the Maeropodidce. 
 
 * This desoription does not include the T^armpedince, in which the teeth are 
 nearly all minute and rudimentary. 
 
PHALANGtEKED*. 
 
 127 
 
 Upper premolars two or three in number (one in Phaseolarctince) ; the 
 last one, p.'', generally sharp-edged and cutting, but not so much so 
 
 Kg. 4. 
 
 Dactylopsila irivirgata. — Front of jaw, showing diprotodont dentition. 
 
 as in the Macropodidce. Molars either with sharp cutting-crests or 
 bluntly tuberculate, usually four in number, but the last is some- 
 times absent. Lower posterior incisors and anterior premolars 
 minute, probably nearly funotionless, very variable in number. 
 
 Tooth-change as a rule in a very much aborted state ; the milk- 
 premolar generally very small and early deciduous, and in many 
 cases apparently quite functionless. So far as is yet known, 
 Phalanger and Trichosurus alone have their milk-premolars per- 
 sistent long enough to be of service, 
 
 Raruje. Austro-Malayan, Papuan, and Australian subregions, 
 from Celebes to Tasmania. 
 
 This family, among the Diprotodonts, corresponds to the 
 Basyuridm among the Polyprotodonts, as being the most generalized, 
 and therefore probably containing the most ancient forms now exist- 
 ing of the Suborder." In their general external form and the charac- 
 ters of their limbs its members are fairly closely related to each 
 other, but their teeth are exceedingly diverse, and present a very 
 considerable range of variability. On this account the homologies 
 of the teeth and the best way of formulating them for descriptive 
 purposes are here matters of very considerable difflbulty. Of the 
 upper teeth the incisors, canine, and molars are of course homo- 
 logized easily enough; but in the case -of the premolars it is very^ 
 difficult to determine which of the full series of four has disappeared 
 to leave the common number of three. Among the Polyprotodonts 
 it has been shown (PhiL Trans, clxxviii. p. 446, 1887), that p.'' is the 
 one lost ; and a consideration of the present j^amUy convinces me that 
 the same tooth, although quite independently, has probably disap- 
 
128 PHALANGEETD*. 
 
 peared in most of the modern Phalangeridce *. To ttis conclusion I 
 am brought by the comparison of such premolars as those of Phalanger 
 and Pseudochirus, by which one sees that it is neither p.' nor p.* that 
 has disappeared, and, as to p/, by the position of the anterior premolar 
 (when present) in Trichoswms, and, above all, by the fact that 
 occasionally in Phalanger f two minute teeth are present between 
 the large anterior and posterior premolars, the numeration of which 
 would be impossible were the anterior functional premolar not 
 reckoned here, and therefore (presumably) elsewhere, as p.^ An 
 exception to this rule, however, is shown by Dromicia nana (see 
 below, footnote, p. 145), which rather appears to have lost p.' than 
 p.^ ; and therefore it is possible that as the loss of the fourth pre- 
 molar is certainly a very recent occurrence, different teeth may have 
 been lost in different genera. 
 
 The homologies of the lower rudimentary teeth are far more 
 difficult to make out, and I am only able to make quite a tentative 
 interpretation of them. Taking, again, the largest numbers known, 
 we find that occasionally there are five, and, at least in one 
 instance J, six teeth between i.' and m.' ; of these six the last two 
 are obviously p.' and p.*, and the others should, I think, be reckoned 
 as i.^, i.', canine, and p.', the little anterior tooth at the base of i.' 
 being therefore i.^, and not the canine as it has been generally 
 considered. When there are, as is of course usually the case, much 
 fewer teeth in the jaw than this, they may apparently be generally 
 reckoned as having disappeared in the following order — canine, p.' or 
 i.", then p.", and lastly i.^ In one genus only, Distoechurus, p.* is lost, 
 but this loss is unaccompanied by that of p.^ or p.' Thus the four 
 intermediate teeth commonly present in Petaurus or Daetylopsila 
 (fig. 4) would be i.^, i.^, p.', and p.'', while the two so often only 
 present in Triehosurus would be i.^ and p.* This general rule 
 would, of course, be modified in individual cases by the variations in 
 the positions of the different teeth ; and again in some cases, as for 
 example in many specimens of Pseudochirus, it is impossible to 
 homologize every individual tooth, the variations in position being 
 apparently much too erratic §. 
 
 As to the means of formulating the various dentitions found in 
 
 * This was suggested, but not definitely asserted, in the paper in which the 
 homologies of the Polyprotodont premolai-s were worked out (see Phil. Trans. 
 1887, vol. clxxviii. p. 447, footnote). In the Mesozoio Plagiaulacidie, however, 
 also Diprotodont, it was clearly p.' that was first lost ; but they were evidently 
 even at that time so exceedingly specialized that they could not have been the 
 direct ancestors of any of the modem Diprotodonts, and therefore their evidence 
 on this point has but little importance. 
 
 t E. g. the specimen (no. 104) of Fhalanger onentalis described by Jentink, 
 Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 90, of which that author has kindly sent me a sketch. 
 
 \ The same specimen referred to in the last footnote. 
 
 § An alternative arrangement would be by looking upon the tooth here 
 caUed i.' as the canine, on that called the canme as p.', and on that called p.' 
 as p.^ and therefore looking upon i.' instead of p.'' as the tooth always absent, 
 even in the many-toothed Phalanger above referred to. On the whole, how- 
 ever, until furtl\er evidence is brought forward, I prefer the homologies given 
 above. 
 
PHALANSEElDiB. 129 
 
 tliis family, I have found it convenient to represent each tooth as 
 usual by its own serial number, but to put this number in 
 italicized figures when the tooth is minute, as compared to the other 
 larger and more obviously functional teeth, and to add to it one 
 asterisk when it is occasionally, and two when it is generally absent. 
 Thus the ordinary normal premolar formula of PJudanger orientalis 
 would be P- j ' ' g» " 4 as compared, to P. j ' " " g*I ' 4 ^^ P^- wuicidatus, 
 such exceptional variations as that of the Ph. orientalis above 
 referred to (P. j " g ' g ' 4 ) being looked upon as too abnormal to have a 
 place in the specific or generic description. 
 
 Finally, it should be specially noted that the numbers and 
 positions of the minute teeth, while affording to the species and 
 genera additional characters in a broad and general way, are yet too 
 variable to be of any systematic importance in individual instances. 
 All the chief specific characters should therefore be taken primarily 
 from the large and obviously functional teeth. 
 
 In the homologies of these, the diagnostic teeth, no diflSculty can 
 occur except in the case of the lower p.^ and m.' in species with 
 only four large and functional cheek-teeth. They may, however, 
 always be distinguished by the fact that m.' is tricuspid, with one 
 high anterior and a pair of low posterior cusps, while m.'' is quadri- 
 cuspid, and p.* never has more than one cusp in the same transverse 
 line. 
 
 As in other climbing forms (see below, under Bidelphyidce, 
 p. 317), the hind feet are here so shortened for the purpose of 
 grasping that their length is of little use in determining the general 
 size of the animal. The length of the lower leg, measured from the 
 top of the knee (when bent) to the sole, is therefore used as the 
 standard measurement for the members of this family. 
 
 Some of the members of the present family present a very note- 
 worthy example of the comparative readiness with which lateral 
 parachute-like extensions of the skin may be developed for the 
 purpose of aiding in flight. Thus three difierent genera possess 
 such lateral - flying- membranes, these three having apparently 
 developed their membranes independently, as is proved by the fact 
 that each of them is exceedingly closely allied to some non-flying 
 form, while their relations to each other are of the most distant 
 kind. Thus Petauroides and Petaurus present absolutely no generic 
 cranial or dental differences from Pseudochirus and Oymnobelideus 
 respectively, while Acrohates is but little further removed from 
 Bistcechurus. 
 
130 PHALANOEEIDiE. 
 
 Syno2}sis of Subfamilies and Genera. 
 
 I. ExiEENAL ChABACIEES. 
 
 A. Tail well developed, frequently longer 
 than the head and body. 
 
 a. Tongue extensile. Muzzle very long 
 
 and narrow, the distance between the 
 anterior corners of the eyes less than 
 
 half that to the tip of the muzzle Tarsipedinae. 
 
 «'. Tail slender, tapering, evenly short- 
 haired 1. Tahsipbs, p. 132. 
 
 b. Tongue not extensile. Muzzle short and 
 
 broad, the distance between the eyes 
 more than half that to the end of the 
 
 muzzle Phalangerinae. 
 
 A\ Tail distichous. 
 
 a". A flying-membrane. Face not 
 
 striped 2. Achobate.?, p. 1-36. 
 
 i-. No flying-membrane. Face striped 3. Distcechubus, p. 139. 
 c'. Tail not distichous. 
 
 c'-. Fore claws short, not exceeding 
 the terminal toe-pads. Tail 
 evenly short-haired terminally, 
 
 murine in character 4. Dbomicia, p. 140. 
 
 cP. Fore claws long, extending be- 
 yond tlie toe-pads. Tail never 
 murine in character. 
 a'. Tail bushy to end, including its 
 extreme tip helo^p. 
 n'. No flyiug-membrane. Fifth 
 
 finger shorter than third. ... 5. Gymnobelideus,p. 149. 
 b*. A flying-membrane, extending 
 from fifth finger to anlile. 
 
 Fifth finger longer than third 6. Petaueus, p. 150. 
 
 b^. Tail partly naked terminally, 
 
 even if only on its extreme tip 
 
 below. 
 
 c'. Fore toes unequal in length, 
 
 the fourth enormously longer 
 
 than the others. Bodj' broadly 
 
 striped with blacli and white 7. Dactylopsila, p. 159. 
 dK Fore toes subequal in length. 
 Body not broadly striped. 
 a". A flying-membrane, ex- 
 tending from elbow to knee. 
 Ears very large, thickly 
 
 furry externally 8. Petauboides, p. 163. 
 
 b'. No flying-membrane. Ears 
 medium or short, rarely 
 quite covered with fur ex- 
 ternally. 
 (". Tail hairy above and on 
 
 sides to end. ' 
 
 a'. Fii'st and second 
 fingers more or less 
 
ipaALANSEElD^. 
 
 131 
 
 opposable to the rest. 
 Tail tapering, its ter- 
 minal half compara- 
 tively short-haired . . 9. Pseudochibus, p. 166. 
 v. Fingers not oppos- 
 able. Tail evenly 
 
 bushy to end 10. Teichosubus, p. 184. 
 
 ¥. Tail naied all round ter- 
 minally 11. Phalangbe, p. 193. . 
 
 B. Tail rudimentary, not visible externally. Phascolaxctinae. 
 c. Ears thickly hairy. Fore toes oppos- 
 able, as in Pseudochirus 12. Phascolaectus, 
 
 [p. 209. ' 
 
 II. Ceaniai Chaeactbes. 
 
 A. Cheek-teeth minute, rudimentary Tarsipedinse. 
 
 a. Dentition (at most) : — 1. yTcTo' ^' o' 
 
 P- I'.l'.l'.l ' ^- frlfl = 22. 1. TAESiPiss, p. 132. 
 
 B. Cheek-teeth well developed. 
 
 b. BuUse rounded, little prominent, their 
 
 vertical much less than their horizontal 
 diameter. One or more premolars, ad- 
 ditional to p.*, generally present Fhalangerinse. 
 
 a}. Molars 5 (rarely r). Basal length less 
 
 than 30 miUim. 
 a". All upper premolars and lower p.' 
 long and pointed, as high as the 
 molars. 
 a?. Both upper and low^er p.* long, 
 
 equalling the molars in height 2. Aceobateb, p. 136. 
 6'. Upper p.* small, shorter than 
 either the molars or p.^ Lower 
 
 p.* absent 3. Dibtcechueus, p. 139. 
 
 V. Upper p.^ and p.^ much smaller 
 
 than p.* Lower p.' minute 4. Deomicia, p. 140. 
 
 V-. Molars J . Basal length more than 
 
 30 millim. 
 c^. Lower p.* small, not equalling the 
 molars in height, 
 c*. Molars rounded. Upper i.' r j^g 
 
 shorter than canine. Supra- . 5_ Gymnobblideus, ' 
 
 orbital edges ridged j g Petauetjs, p. 160. 
 
 (P. Molars oblong. Upper i.° _ as 
 long as or longer than canine. 
 
 Supraorbital edges rounded . . 7. Dactylopsixa, p. 159. 
 
 dP. Lower p.* large and functional, as 
 
 high as or higher than the molars. 
 
 e^. Upper p.' well developed, but 
 
 little smaller than p.* ; the 
 
 latter placed quite in the 
 
 general series. Molars ^tb , g. Petadboidbs,p. 163. 
 
 marked crescentic ridges | g Pseudochibus, 
 
 [p. 166. 
 k2 
 
132 PHAXANQEEIB^. 
 
 6'. Upper p.° minute or atsent. P.* 
 
 with its axis obliquely twisted 
 
 outwards. Molars with, blunt 
 
 rounded cusps. 
 
 a*. Upper canine shorter than 
 
 any of the incisors, and 
 
 placed some distance behind 
 
 1.S 10. Tbichosttbus, p. 184. 
 
 b*. Canine longer at least than 
 the posterior, and generally 
 than any of the incisors, close 
 
 to i.' ; 11. Phalangbe, p. 193. 
 
 c. BuUse very high and prominent, their 
 vertical about equal to their hori- 
 zontal diameter. No teeth present 
 between p.* and the canine above or 
 i.' below Phascolarctinae. ' 
 
 c\ Dentition: I. j-^, 0. i, P. °;o.'o.4 , 
 
 M. i^4-44=30 12. Phascolabctot, 
 
 ^•^•^•* [p. 209. 
 
 Subfamily I. TARSIPEDINiB. 
 
 TaU long. Snout very, long and slender ; tongue extensile. No 
 csecum. Cheek-teetli minute, rudimentary. 
 
 1. TARSIPES. ^yp^ 
 
 Tarsipes, Qei-v. §■ Verr. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 1 T. rostratus. 
 
 Size small ; form slender. Head long and narrow ; muzzle elon- 
 gated ; tongue long, extensile. Ears medium, thinly haired. Paims 
 and soles naked, granulated ; claws of all the fingers and toes rudi- 
 mentary, except those on the syndactylous second and third hind 
 digits, where they are well developed. Pouch present. Tail very 
 long, thinly haired ; prehensile. Walls of combined urogenital and 
 anal openings prolonged downwards as a distinct elongated tube 
 opening antero-terminaUy, and forming a sort of external 
 cloaca. 
 
 Skull very slight and delicate. Supraorbital edges not ridged. 
 Palate very imperfect. Presphenoid surface of brain-case in front 
 of bullae p^'ominently inflated downwards, so as to give the appear- 
 ance of a second anterior pair of buUse in the dried skull ; but 
 these prominences are not shut off from the brain-cavity, and are in 
 the fresh subject filled with brain-substance. Zygomata slender 
 and thread-like ; the malar sending a long posterior branch down- 
 wards and backwards, abutting against the surface of the bulla-like 
 prominences. True buUse large, prominent, transparent. Lower 
 jaw very slender, without ooronoid or angular processes. 
 
1. TAESIPES. 133 
 
 Dentition (apparently):-!. ^-4^, C. i, P. °^^l^^ M. (at most) 
 
 Upper canines and lower incisors comparatively weU developed ; 
 all the others, upper and lower, minute and rudimentary. 
 Range. Western Australia. 
 
 1. Tarsipes rostratus. 
 
 Tarsipes rostratus, Gerv. ^ Verr. P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 1 ; ud. Mag. Zool. 
 1842, pis. ixxv.-xxxvii. (animal, skuU, &o.); iid. Proc. Verb. 
 Soe. PUlom. 1842, p. 19 ; Less. N. Tall. R. A. Mamm., p. 187 
 
 (1842) ; ScMnz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 514 (1844) ; Gould, Mamm. 
 Austr. i. pi. V. (animal) (1845) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 346, 
 pi. xi. %. 1 (animal), pi. xix. fig. 6 (skull) (1846) ; Wagn. Schr. 
 Sdug. Supp. V. p. 265 (1865); Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 278, 
 Tfigs. (animal and skull) (1855) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 705 (1859) ; Krefft, 
 Mamm. Austr. text to pi. vii. p. 3 (1871) ; Schleg. Bierent. p. 168 
 (1872) ; Flow. Enoycl Brit. (9) xv. p. 382, fig. 31 (animal) (1883) : 
 Flow. Sf Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 706 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. 
 Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 317 (1887). 
 
 Tarsipes spenserse, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) ix. p. 40 (1842) ; id. 
 op. cit. xi. p. 76 (habits) (1843); id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 87 
 
 (1843) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 121 (1862). 
 Taesipes. 
 
 Fur short, coarse, and hispid. General colour grey, striped 
 dorsally with black or brown. Ehinarium naked, finely granular, 
 its limits sharply defined. Whiskers fine, but unusually long and 
 numerous. Face finely grizded greyish brown, a rather darker line 
 running down its centre, and with an indistinct paler area round 
 each eye. Ears of medium size ; laid forward, in spirit-specimens, 
 they barely reach to the posterior canthus of the eye; evenly 
 rounded, a prominent fold on the inner side of the bases of their 
 outer margins; metatragus well developed. Palate-ridges 8, the 
 anterior four bowed forwards in the centre, the posterior backwards • 
 a peculiar circular space in the centre opposite the molars caused by 
 this arrangement. Back pale grizzled grey, with one distinct 
 blackish line running from the crown to the base of the tail and 
 two others, less distinct and more rufous in colour, running back- 
 wards from the shouldfers to the hips. Flanks with a pale rufous 
 tinge. Chin, chest, and belly yellowish white, the bases of the 
 hairs sometimes grey. Pouch wqll developed. Mammae 4. Arms 
 and legs grey, hands and feet white. Palms and soles granulated, 
 each with five distinct pads. , On the fore feet all the claws are 
 quite fla,t and rudimentary, not perceptible to the touch and far 
 surpassed by the pads, which are, however, not markedly broad- 
 ened. Of the fingers the third is the longest, and then follow, in 
 the order named, the fourth, second, fifth, and first, the two latter 
 being considerably shorter than the other three. Of the hind toes 
 the fourth and fifth are disproportionally long, and are both, like 
 the hallux, practically clawless; fifth nearly to the end of the 
 second phalanx of the fourth ; syndactylous second and third toes 
 
134 PHiLA-NGEEIDJS. 
 
 however, each with a sharp and diBtinot claw ; junction of these toes 
 unusually complete, their terminal pads even united into one. 
 Tail cylindrical, longer than the head and body, slightly furry all 
 round its base, and naked at its extreme tip below, otherwise 
 uniformly finely hairy; its colour brown above, white or pale 
 yeUow on the sides and below. 
 
 Shull as described above. 
 
 Teeth. Upper incisors minute, unieuspid, placed close to the 
 anterior end of the premaxiUsB. Canines fairly well developed, 
 straight, not tapering. About 2 millim. behind these canines there 
 are a pair of distinct unicuspid teeth, provisionally homologized 
 with pm.", and again, about 1| or 2 millim. further back, occur 
 either one, two, or three more, stiU more minute and rudimentary 
 teeth, presumably molars. Lower incisors (i.') about 3 millim. in 
 length, sharp-edged upwards, and pointed terminally; projecting 
 quite horizontally from the front of the mandible. No other lower 
 teeth present, except one, two, or three minute rudimentary molars 
 placed at about 7 millim. from the base of the incisors. 
 
 I 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 c?. ?. 
 
 a (in spirit), g (in spirit). 
 Barely adult. Adult, 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 68 80 
 
 TaU 88 100 
 
 Lower leg 19-5 21-6 
 
 Hind foot 14-0 15-5 
 
 Muzzle to eye 12-6 14-0 
 
 Ear 9-0 9-3 
 
 SkuU, see p. 148. 
 
 Hah. Western Australia. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 This most interesting little species is, perhaps, in its wide 
 distinction from all its allies, alone equalled among Marsupials by 
 Myrmecohius fasciatws, also a native of Western AustraUa, and also, 
 curiously enough, distinguished by its small teeth and extensile 
 tongue. In the case of that animal, however, early and primitive 
 characters seem to have been retained almost unchanged, while the 
 Tarsipes, even if retaining some ancient characteristics, has evidently 
 widely diverged from the, ancestors common to it and the other 
 Phalangeridce. This divergbnce has been chiefly brought about by 
 the specialization of its gustatory and alimentary organs, and by 
 the degradation of its teeth, in correlation with its nectar-sucking 
 and also more or less insectivorous habits. Of these habits the two 
 following extracts give some idea. 
 
 Mrs. Grey, the wife of Capt. (afterwards Sir George) Grey, 
 records * : — " We had two of them for some time in our possession ; 
 
 * Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 77 1843), 
 
1. TAESIPES. 135 
 
 the first specimen (wliicli is sent home) died, I fear from starvation, 
 for I was_ told that they feed on roots and nuts ; but this I found 
 was a mistake, for they are carnivorous and feed on moths and 
 flies, at least the last we had did so ; it used to take the moths &c. 
 by their two wings, holding them by its fore paws; it ate the 
 bodies, and the wings it threw away. I never saw it dmnk. It 
 generally slept during the day rolled up like a ball, but at night it 
 became very lively, and was fond of climbing branches of trees ; it 
 would hang suspended by its tail to a small branch, and suddenly 
 jump to another." 
 
 Mr. Gilbert also, after speaking of the eagerness with which the 
 Tarsipes caught and eat flies, says * :— " The artificial food given it 
 was sopped bread made very sweet with sugar, into which it 
 inserted its long tongue precisely in the way in which the honey- 
 eaters among birds do theirs into the flower-cups for honey. . . . 
 Mr. Johnson Drummond shot a pair in the act of sucking the honey 
 from the blossoms of the Melaleuca ; he watched them closely, and 
 distinctly saw them insert their long tongues into the flower 
 precisely after the manner of the birds above-mentioned." 
 
 o, b. Ad. al. c? ? , 9/85. Perth, W. A. Government of Western 
 
 Australia fP.]. 
 
 c. Skeleton. Swan R., W. A, 
 
 d. Ad. St., 28/6/43. Albany, W. A. Gould Con. 
 
 (J. Gilbert). 
 
 e. Ad. sk, cJ. King George's Sir G. Grey [P. & C.]. 
 
 Sound. {Type of T. spensercB, Gray.) 
 
 /. Ad. sk. Western Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & C.]. 
 
 ^- litauif 4 ?• ^ ^"""''^ ^"""' ^'^- ^''•^- 
 
 /, Jc. Skulls. (Figured by Waterhouse, I. c.) G. R. Waterhouse, Esq. 
 
 Subfamily II. PHALANGERIN^. 
 
 Tail long, generally prehensile. Snout short and broad. Tongue 
 not extensile. No cheek-pouches. Csecum present, large. Stomach 
 simple. Bullae low and rounded, or not inflated at all. 
 
 Teeth large and well developed. One or more additional teeth 
 present between the canine and the large p.* above, and between i.^ 
 and p.* below J. 
 
 * Gould, I. c. 
 
 t These specimens, lite the rest of Mr. Gunn's collections, were sent as from 
 Tasmania ; but they agree so pi-eciBely with ordinary Western specimens, and 
 the species would so certainly hare been discovered if occurring in Tasmania, 
 that there can be little doubt tljat they really.came from Western Australia. 
 
 t Except occasionally in Pseudochirus and THchomrm. 
 
136 PHALiNGERID^i 
 
 2. ACROBATES. Type. 
 
 Acrobates, Desm. N. Diet. ^S. N. (2) xxv. p. 405 
 
 (1817) A. pygmseus. 
 
 Cercoptenus, Qhger, Handb. Naturg. p. 85 (1842) .... A. pygmseus. 
 
 Size very small. Ears (PL XV. fig. 4) medium, thinly hairy, 
 but with small tufts of hairs placed round their bases, and on the 
 prominences inside them. Flanks with a flying-membrane, but a 
 very narrow one so far as the membrane, apart from its fringing 
 hairs, is considered ; only running from the elbow to the flank, and 
 from the flank to the knee, being scarcely developed at all in the 
 centre. Mammae 4. Toes of normal proportions, but each, both 
 before and behind, provided with a much broadened striated 
 terminal pad ; length of fore toes in the following order — 4, 3, 5, 
 2, 1. Claws sharp and well developed, although but little pro- 
 minent compared to the enormous toe-pads. Tail markedly 
 distichous, short-haired above and below, but with a broad fringe of 
 hairs alopg each side. 
 
 Shull short, especially in the facial region, broad, and flattened. 
 Squamosal part of zygomata not inflated, or forming sinuses. 
 Anterior palatine foramina situated nearly wholly in the maxillaTy 
 bones, extending backwards to the level of p.' Palate very 
 imperfect posteriorly. Base of brain-case in front of bullse slightly 
 inflated downwards, but far less than in Tarsipes. Bullss low, 
 broadly rounded, little prominent. Lower jaw with a distinct 
 foramen at the lower edge of the masseteric fossa. 
 
 Dentition :-I. \^^, C. 1, P. J-^^, M. i^=16-|-gx2=36. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XVI. fig. 1) sharp and obviously more or less insecti- 
 vorous in character. Upper canine long and strong, close to i.' 
 Upper premolars all large or functional, projecting beyond the 
 level of the molars. Molars small and rounded, with smooth 
 unridged cusps. M.* absent. Anterior lower incisors long and 
 slightly curved., I.'^ and p.' minute, unicuspid, both present in aU 
 the specimens examined. P.' and p.* both long and pointed, about 
 equal to one another and to the anterior pointed cusp of m.' 
 
 Mange. That of the only species. 
 
 1. Acrobates pygmaeus. 
 
 Didelphis pygmssa, Shaw, Zool. New Holland, i. p. 5, pi. ii. (animal) 
 
 (1794) ; id. Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 501, pi. cxiv. (animal) (1800) : 
 
 Turt. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 69 (1806). 
 Voluccella pygmsea, Bechst. Uebers. Vierf. Thiere, ii. -pp. 352. 686 
 
 (1800). 
 Phalangiata pygmsea, E. Oeoff. Cat. Mus. p. 161 (1803) ; O. Cuv 
 
 M. A. i. p. 179 (1817) ; GoUf. Zool. ii. p. 451 (1820) ; Schinz, 
 
 Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 269 (1821) : F. Cuv, Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix 
 
 p. 416 (1826). 
 Acrbbatesj pygmseus, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xiv. p. 405 (1817) ; 
 
 id. Mamm. i. p. 270 (1820) ; Gray, "King's Swv. Amtr., App. ii! 
 
ACBOBATES. 
 
 137 
 
 p. 414 (1827) ; Wcderh. Cat. Mamm. Mm. Z. S. p. 68 (1838) ; 
 
 Gratf, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., 
 
 Mamm. p. 189 (1842) ; Gray, List. Mamm. B. M. p. 83 (1843); 
 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxviii. (animal) (1849) ; Gej-v. H. N. 
 
 Mamm. ii. p. 277, flg. (skuU) (1855); Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 
 Mamm,. B. M. p. 119 (1862) ; Er^t, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mm. 
 
 p. 41 (1864); id. Mamm. Aiistr. text to pi. vii. p. 3 (1871); 
 
 Brekm, Thierl. ii. p. 574, fig. (animal) (1880) ; Bobs. J. Anat. 
 
 Phys. xvii. p. 151 (1882) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 933 (1887). ' 
 Petaurista pygmsea, Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 200 (1827). 
 Petaurua pygmasus, Less. Diet. Class. d!II. N. xiii. p. 289 (1828) ; 
 
 J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 279 (1829) ; Less. S. N. Mamm. 
 
 (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 444 (1830); Wagn. Schr. Saug. Siipp. iii. 
 
 p. 91 (1843), V. p. 280 (1856) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 634 
 
 (1844); Owen, Odontogr. AX\. pi. c. fig. 6 (lower jaw) (1845); 
 • Gieb. Odontogr. p. 42, pi. xviii. fig. 5 (teeth) (1865) ; id. Saug. 
 
 p. 702 (1859) ; Omen, Anat. Vert. ii. p. 335,fig.219 (skull) (1866) ; 
 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 317 (1887). 
 Petaurus (Acrobates) pygmseus, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 
 xi. p. 293, pi. XXX. (animal) (1841) ; id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 339, 
 
 pi. xix. fig. 5 (skuU) (1846). 
 Dromicia frontalis, Be Vis, P. Linn. Soc. JV. S. W. (2) i. p. 1134 
 
 (1887). 
 
 PlSMT FlYUfS-PHAIiAWGEE. 
 
 Perm very light and delicate. Fur soft, straight and silky. 
 General colour greyish brown *. Rhinarium naked, well defined, 
 with two well-marked lateral notches below. Face fawn, an ashy 
 tinge often present on the tips of the hairs ; area round and just in 
 front of eyes brown. Whiskers very numerous ; well-marked tufts 
 of hairs also growing from a spot just behind the eye, from the 
 metatragus, the antitragus, and from two other fleshy projections 
 within the ear-conch. Ears of medium size, laid forward they 
 reach to about the centre of the eye, their inner surfaces and edges 
 with fine elongated hairs, their outer with short, anteriorly fawn, 
 and posteriorly white hairs. Centre of back fawn, with a more or 
 less ashy tinge ; sides, including upper surface of parachute and 
 outer sides of limbs, slaty grey. Anterior and posterior sides of 
 limbs, and all along the edges of the parachute, prominently fringed 
 with longer hairs. Whole of under surface to the edges of the 
 parachute and inner sides of limbs white, the hairs sometimes grey 
 basaUy. Pouch distinct, extending below the outer skin forwards 
 and laterally for some distance. Mammse 4. Combined urogenital 
 and anal opening placed on an eminence, although not tubular as in 
 Tarsipes. Hands and feet brown above. Lengths of anterior toes 
 in the following order — 4, 3, 2, 5, 1, but none of them dispro- 
 portionaUy exceeding the others. PoUex with a slight tendency to 
 opposability. Palms naked, with four broad low pads ; tips of toes 
 with enormous broadened and flattened pads, finely striated longi- 
 tudinally (see PI. XV. fig. 2) ; claws thin and sharp, but scarcely 
 
 * The figures in Gould's ' Mammals of Australia ' are coloured of much too 
 deep a grey. 
 
138 PHALAlfflERID^. 
 
 or not extending beyond the level of the pads. Hind feet (fig. 3) 
 similarly constructed, the soles with five pads, and the tips of the 
 toes all with flattened and striated pads, those on the syndactylous 
 second and third toes separate and weU developed, although smaller 
 than the others ; these two toes only united to the ends of the 
 first phalanx. Tail rather longer than the head and body, its short- 
 haired part dark fawn above and pale fawn below ; its lateral fringe, 
 which only commences about half an inch from its base, bright 
 fawn throughout, sometimes, however, rather more slaty grey ; 
 extreme tip below naked and probably slightly prehensile. 
 
 SJcull as described above. 
 
 Teeth. Upper i.' about two thirds the vertical length of the 
 canine ; i.^ quite minute. Canine close to, but rather outside the 
 level of i.', and some little distance from p.' Three premolars aU 
 large and functional ; p.^ and p.* about equal, p.^ slightly longer. 
 Molars smoothly rounded, the last, m.^, about half the size 
 in cross section of m.^ Lower i.' long and slightly curved ; 
 i.^ and p.^ touching each other, i.' in front and p.' behind, but both 
 quite minute. P.^ and p.* long, sharply pointed, about equal in 
 length. M.^ with a high antero-external pointed cusp nearly aa 
 long as p.* 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 .6. 2- 
 h (in spirit). 6 (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 67 64 
 
 Tail 78 69 
 
 Lower leg 23 22-2 
 
 Hind foot 13-6 13 
 
 Muzzle to eye 9 9 
 
 Ear 9 9 
 
 Skull, see p. 148. 
 
 Hah. Queensland (south of about 20° S. lat.), New South Wales, 
 and Victoria. 
 
 Co-types in collection. 
 
 a, b. Ad. al., ,S ? • Queensland. H.M.S. ' Challenger.' 
 
 c. Ad. al., c?. Port Stephens, N. S. W. Dr. G. Bennett [P. & C.l. 
 
 d, e. Ad. al., cJ $ . New South Wales {J. Roy. Coll. Sm-geons [E.]. 
 
 White). (Co-i«»es of species.) 
 
 /. Ad. sk., cJ. NewSouthWalesC/.G.). Gould Coll. 
 
 g. Ad. al., $ . Australia. G. KreiFt, Esq. [C.]. 
 
 A, ». Ad. al., c?. Australia. Purchased. 
 
 . 1 Ad. St. I Australia. J. P. Atkins, Esq. [P.]. 
 
 •'■ j Skull. I 
 
 k, I. Ad. St., S $ ■ Australia. ' J. S. Hume, Esq. [P.]. 
 
 m. Ad. al., cf . Gippsland, Victoria, Purchased. 
 
 n. Ad. sk. India Museum Coll. 
 
 0. Skeleton (mount- Purchased. 
 
 ed), cJ. 
 
 p, q. Skulls.. Zool. See. Coll, 
 
3. DISTCECHTJEXrS. 139 
 
 3. DISTCECHURUS. „ 
 
 Type. 
 
 Distcechuius (sabg.), Peters, Ann. Mua. Genov. vi. p. 303 
 (1874) D. pennatus. 
 
 Size small. Ears rather short, thinly hairy themselves, but with 
 small tufts round the bases as in Acrobates. Flanks without a 
 flying- membrane. Toes of normal proportions, their terminal pads 
 not expanded. Claws sharp and curved. Tail markedly distichous, 
 as in Acrobates. 
 
 Skull as in Acrobates. 
 
 Dentition-.-I. \^^, C. -J, P. i-^J, M. ^^^ = 14+5x2=34. 
 
 Teeth essentially the same as in Acrobates, except that p.* is much 
 reduced above and is wholly absent below. 
 
 Range. That of the only species. 
 
 This genus is very closely allied to Acrobates, although externally 
 its single species presents a most striking contrast to A. pygmceus 
 in size, colour, and general appearance. The two genera together 
 stand some way apart from all the other Phalangers, their dentition 
 especially being wholly distinct. It is interesting to note that, as 
 in the case of so many other animals, the Papuan form is by far the 
 most brightly coloured of the two, whUe, at the same time, in all its 
 more essential characters it is in a far lower and less specialized 
 condition than its Australian representative. 
 
 1. Distoecliurus pennatus. 
 
 Phalangista (Distcechuius) pennata, Peters, Ann. Mm. Genov. vi. 
 p. 803 (1874) ; Peters ^ Boria, Ann. Mm. Genov. xvi. p. 677, 
 pi. vi. figs. 5-10 (skull), pi. xiii. (animal) (1881). 
 
 Phalangista pirmata, Rams. P. Linn. Soe. N. S. W. ii. p. 12 (1878). 
 
 FeATHBE-IAILED PHALANaEE. 
 
 Form very dormouse-Uke. Fur soft, thick and woolly. General 
 colour of head striped, of body duU buff, the contrast between the 
 richly ornamented head and the dull plain body very striking. 
 Rhinarium sharply defined, pentagonal. Ground-colour of fac^ 
 white, but with two broad sharply defined black or dark brown 
 bands passing from the sides of the muzzle through the eyes on to 
 the crown just between the ears. Ears short, laid forward they do 
 not reach to the eye, broader than long, with a long anterior basal 
 projection ; their substance thin but with several thick fleshy 
 prominences on their inner surfaces, each of which has a distinct 
 tuft of long hairs upon it : region between eye and ear also tufted. 
 A prominent black patch present just below the ear. Back dull 
 buff or fawn, the hairs slate-coloured basally. Chin, chest, and 
 beUy white, the line of demarcation on sides not strongly marked. 
 Mammae two only *- Outsides of limbs like back, inner sides like 
 belly. Soles smooth, not granulated ; the pads low and rounded, 
 five anteriorly and posteriorly. Tail markedly longer than the 
 
 * ids Peters and Doria, I. c. 
 
140 PHALANGEEIB^. 
 
 head and body, its basal half-inch, furry like the body, its remainder 
 naked or nearly naked above and below, but prominently fringed 
 laterally, just as in Acrobates pygmcBus. 
 
 Skull, except for its much superior size, almost precisely similar 
 to that of Acrobates pygmoeus. 
 
 Teeth much as in Acrobates ; the premolars, however, different 
 in their relative proportions. Upper p.' and p.' long, sharp and 
 pointed, about equal in length to i.' ; p.' smaU, barely half the 
 height of the molars, and crushed obliquely outwards between p.' 
 and m.' Lower i.^ and p." smaU, oval, touching one another ; p.' 
 long and pointed, with a posterior basal cusp ; p.* entirely aborted. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6- 2- 
 
 (in spirit) *. Co-type (m spirit) T. 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 106 100 
 
 TaH 153 123 
 
 Hind foot 19 18-3 
 
 Ear 9 7-7 
 
 Skull, see p. 148. 
 
 Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Andai, Hatam). South New Guinea 
 (Ethel E. J). 
 
 Go-types in the Berlin and Genoa Museums. 
 
 4. DROMICIA. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Dromicia, Gray, Cfrey's Austr., App, ii. p. 407 (1841) D. nana. 
 
 Size small, general appearance very murine, or rather myoxine. 
 Ears large and thin, almost naked, their bases and internal surfaces 
 not tufted. No flying-membrane present. Fingers and toes of 
 normal proportions and structure, without broadened terminal pads ; 
 lengths of the former in the following order — 3, 4, 2, 5, 1 ; fore 
 claws very short and rudimentary, exceeded in length by the pads 
 below them ; hind claws long and sharp as usual. Tail very murine 
 in character ; cylindrical, rounded, not distichous, slender, at least for 
 its terminal portion ; its base furry like the body, the remainder finely 
 scaly, uniformly clothed with short fine hairs, except for its extreme tip 
 below, where it is roughened and naked, and evidently prehensile. 
 
 SJcull short and broad. Supraorbital edges square. Inflation of 
 zygomatic part of squamosal variable. Palatine foramina short, 
 scarcely or not extending past the canines. Palate more or less 
 imperfect posteriorly. Brain-case in front of bullae not inflated 
 downwards. BuUse very large and prominent ; transparent. Lower 
 jaw without an opening from the masseteric fossa to the base of 
 the inferior dental canal. 
 
 * In the Leyden Musum. 
 t In the Genoa Museum. 
 t Fide Eamsay, I. o. 
 
4. DEOMICIA. 141 
 
 Dentitinn-—! ^-^"^ fl i P Kor J) -O-SCoi-g) .4 mr i.2.3.0(or4) 
 
 =(at most, normally) 17+3x2=40. 
 
 tipper i.' much longer than i.^ and i.', slightly spatulate. 1? and 
 i.' about equal in height, but the former only about half the size 
 of the latter in cross section. Canine long and strong, placed some 
 distance behind i.' Premolars variable; p.* always large and 
 strong, but p.^ and p.' either minute and probably almost functionless, 
 or well developed and functional. Molars evenly rounded, each 
 (except the last) with four small smooth cusps ; m.* either present 
 or absent. Lower p.* either large and functional or minute. 
 Small intermediate teeth three or four (rarely five) in number. Molars 
 as in the upper jaw. Milk p.* not as yet found, probably minute 
 and early deciduous. 
 
 Range. New Guinea, Western Australia, and Tasmania. 
 ' This genus is evidently intermediate between Aerohates and 
 Petaurus, and has apparently had to give way; to these more highly 
 specialized and, presumably, later forms wherever the two have 
 come in contact. Of this the distribution of the genus is a curious 
 example, since it is isolated in the three places most conspicuous 
 for their retention of ancient forms — New Guinea, Western Australia, 
 and Tasmania, while no species appears now to live in the temperate 
 parts of Eastern Australia *, where the more highly developed 
 genera above referred to have their principal home, and where, 
 judging by its present distribution, Dromicia must obviously at one 
 time have lived. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTEENAI, ChABACTBBS. 
 
 A. Belly-hairs slate-coloured basally. 
 
 a. Size small; head and body less than 85 
 
 millim., lower leg than 20 millim., hind 
 
 foot than 13 millim. Tasmania 1. J), lepida, p. 142. 
 
 b. Size large ; the above dimensions all exceeded 
 
 in adults, 
 o^. Tail long, more than 120 millim. Dark 
 mark through eye strongly defined. 
 
 ' New Guinea 2. D. caudata, p. 143. 
 
 S'. Tail medium, less than 120 millim. 
 
 Darker eye-mark indistinct. Tasmania. 3. D. nana, p. 144. 
 
 B. Belly-hairs pure white. 
 
 c. Size small, as in D. lepida. Eye-mark almost 
 
 obsolete. West Australia 4. D. concinna, p. 146. 
 
 II. Cbaniai, Chabactees. 
 
 A . Lower p.* large, as high as molars. 
 
 a. Molars 1 
 4 
 
 a^. Size small, ms.^-' less than 3 millim. 
 
 Upper p.' and p.' triangular, double- 
 
 * See footnote to D. nana, p. 146. 
 
142 PHAiAN&EtllDA 
 
 rooted, not minute in proportion. No 
 
 squamosal inflation 1. D. lepida, p. 142. 
 
 6'. Size large, ms.'-'' more than 4 miUim. . . 2. D. caudata, p. 143. 
 
 6. Molars |. 
 
 c*. Size large, ms.^"° atout 3 J to 4 millim. 
 Anterior premolars cylindrical, single- 
 rooted, minute, close together near p.* 
 Squamosal root of zygoma inflated . . , , S. D. nana, p. 144. 
 B. Lower p.* minute, no larger than p.^ and p.' 
 c. Molars |. Size small, ms.^"' less than 3 
 nullim. Upper p.^ and p.' cylindrical, 
 single-rooted. Squamosal root of zygoma 
 inflated 4. JD. coneinna, p. 146. 
 
 1. Dromicia lepida. 
 
 Size small ; form, as usual, slender and graceful. Fur fine, soft 
 and silky. General colour pale bright fawn. Ehinarium finely 
 granulated, sharply defined. Face pale fawn, the usual darker 
 mark through eye inconspicuous and vaguely defined. Whiskers 
 numerous, long and slender ; no prominent hair-tufts round base of 
 or inside ear. Ears (PI. XV. fig. 8) large, broad, thin, laid forward 
 they reach slightly beyond the tip of the muzzle ; middle third of 
 their outer margins slightly concave, lower third markedly convex ; 
 very finely hairy, almost naked. Palate-ridges 8, evenly convex 
 forwards. Whole of back uniform bright fawn, the tips of the 
 hairs, however, only this colour, their bases dark slaty grey. Hairs 
 of chin white, of chest and belly dark slaty for three fourths of 
 their length, their tips white; line of demarcation on sides not 
 sharply defined. Mammae 4. Palms and soles naked, finely granu- 
 lated, each with five low striated pads. TaU rather longer than the 
 head and body, its basal half-inch furry like the body, the remainder 
 finely haired, with ill-defined minute scales. 
 
 Stsidl (PI. XVI. figs. 2 & 3) broad, smoothly rounded. Supra- 
 orbital edges not ridged. Zygomatic part of squamosal quite with- 
 out inflation. Palatine foramina extending back to the level of the 
 canines. Larger posterior palatal vacuities reaching forwards to 
 the level of the middle of m.^ ; a smaller pair just in front of the 
 back edge of the bony palate. Bullse prominent, rounded, trans- 
 parent. 
 
 Teeth (PL XVI. figs. 4 & 5). Upper incisors and canine as usual. 
 P.' and p.' two-rooted, triangular in side view, each with a long 
 central and a minute backwardly projecting basal cusp; a diastema 
 of about equal length between the canine and p.', p.' and p.^ and 
 p.^ and p.*, the latter slightly the shortest ; p.* projectirig slightly 
 lower than the tips of the molars, without a large posterior cusp, 
 but with its main cusp slightly bifid at its tip, the anterior point 
 the shortest. Molars four in number, rather squarer than in the other 
 species, and rapidly decreasing in size backwards ; m.' quite minute, 
 moreor less triangular in section. Lower i.^ as usual. Intermediate 
 teeth three in number, apparently representing i.^ p.', and p.°, not 
 
4. JDEOMICIA. 143 
 
 touching one another. P.* markedly higher than any of the molars, 
 its extremity bifid, the two points equal. Lower molars four, the 
 three anterior about equal in size, the last much smaller, aU more 
 or less oblong in shape. 
 
 This species has always hitherto been taken for the jyoung of 
 D. nana, to which' it bears considerable external resemblance *. 
 Its cranial and dental characters, however, are very markedly 
 different from those of that species, and would, in any less variable 
 genus than the present, be of generic importance. 
 
 ?• 
 a (m spmt). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 70 
 
 Tail 75 
 
 Lower leg 19'6 
 
 Hind foot 12-0 
 
 Muzzle to eye 8'7 
 
 Ear 16-0 
 
 SkuU, see p. 148. 
 
 Hah. Tasmania. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 I Ad. al. I 5 (and 4 young Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. 
 
 *• ] Skull, f in pouch). [P. & 0.]. 
 
 {Type of species.) 
 6. Imm. sk. Launceston, W. F. Petterd, Esq. 
 
 Tasmania. [C. & E.]. 
 
 2. Dromicia caudata. 
 
 Dromicia caudata, M.-Edw. C. R. Ixxxv. p. 1079 (1877). 
 Lowa-TAiLED Doemousb-Phalanoer. 
 
 Size largest of genus. Fur very long, soft and silky. General 
 colour diill rufous. Face rufous fawn, with two broad black bands 
 passing from nose through eyes, not quite reaching ears. Ears 
 rather long and narrow, evenly oval, naked. Back-hairs slaty grey 
 for five sixths of their length, their tips dull rufous. Chest and 
 belly pale yellowish white, the bases of the hairs slate-coloured. 
 
 * On discovering, since visiting the Paris Museum, that there were two 
 species of Dromicia in Tasmania, I thought it possible Ihat the original type of 
 B. nana, which is of about the same size as B. lepida, would prove to be this 
 smaller one, and not to be the same as Bell's D. gliriformis, the larger one. 
 M. Huet, of the Paris Museum, however, has kindly sent me a drawing of the 
 premolars of Desmarest's specimen, and this shows their shape to be that so 
 characteristic of the larger species. The Paris type must therefore be a young 
 specimen of the common form, with which B. gliriformis is synonymous, 
 while the present smaller species must be regarded as new. 
 
144 tHAtAHaEElD*. 
 
 Arms and legs grey ; hands and feet dull fawn. Tail muck longer 
 than the head and body, very thin, furry like the body for its basal 
 half-inch ; the remainder short-haired as usual. 
 
 Skull and dentition much as in D. nana, except that there are 
 four molars both above and below ; m.* minute, triangular. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 ?. 
 
 Type (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.VlOO 
 
 Tail 144 
 
 Hind foot 16 
 
 Ear 10-5 
 
 SkuU, see p. 148. 
 
 Hal. N.W. New Guinea (Mt. Arfak). 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 3. Dromicia nana. 
 
 Phalangista nana, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xxv. p. 477 (1817) ; 
 
 id. Mamm. i. p. 268 (1820) ; F. Cuv. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 415 
 
 (1826); Temm. Mon. Mamm.i.^. 9 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. 
 
 K. V. p. 198 (1827) ; Leu. Mon. Mamm. p. 218 (1827) ; id. Diet. 
 
 Class. d'S. N. xiii. p. 334 (182§) ; J. B. Fisch. 8yn. Mamm. 
 
 p. 276 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mam,m. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 466 
 
 (1830) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 68 (1838) ; Waterh. 
 
 Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 279, pi. xxvi. (animal) (1841) ; 
 
 Less. N. Tabl. JR. A., Mamm. p. 188 (1842) ; Sohinst, 8yn. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 530 (1844) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 699 (1859) ; GuUiver, P. Z. 8. 
 
 1875, p. 491. 
 Phalangista gliriformis, Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvi. p. 121, pis. xiii. & 
 
 xiv. (animal, feet, &c.) (1828) ; J. B. Fiseh. Syn. Mamm. p. 383 
 
 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 467 (1830) ; id. N. 
 
 Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 188 (1842) ; Wagn. Sckr. Sdug. Supp. iii. 
 
 p. 82 (1843), V. p. 276 (1855) ; Owen, Odontogr. Atl. pi. c. fig. 3 
 
 (skull) (1845). 
 Dromicia nana, Crray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; id. lAst 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 85 (1848) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 275 
 
 (1855) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 121 (1862). 
 Dromicia gliriformis, Chray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 85 (1843) ; Gould, 
 
 Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxix. (animal) (1845) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 120 (1862) ; Krefft, Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 
 
 (1868) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to pi. vii. p. 3 (1871). 
 Phalangista (Dromicia) nana, Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 309 (1846) ; 
 
 Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 85 (1852). 
 Dromicia unicolor, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 49; Gould, Mamm, 
 
 Austr. (Introd.) i. p. xxvi (1863); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. 
 
 Mtts. p. 42 (1864). 
 
 Common DoEMOtrsB-PHAiANaEB. 
 
 Si2e rather smaller than in D. caudata. Form thicker and 
 clumsier than in the other species. Fur thick and soft, rather 
 
4. DKOMICIA. 145 
 
 ■woolly in texture. General colour uniform dull fawn. EHinarium 
 naked, finely granulated, sharply defined. Face greyish ; darker 
 mark round and in front of eye indistinct and little defined. Ears 
 large, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach just about to the 
 tip of. the muzzle, narrower than in D, lepida ; their outline evenly 
 oval. Palate-ridges eight, the outer corner of the second projecting 
 between the canine and p.' in such a way as to simulate very 
 closely an additional anterior premolar. Fur of back slaty grey for 
 three fourths of its length, dull fawn terminally. Chin duU white ; 
 hairs of chest and belly slate, tipped with dirty white, those along 
 the centre line sometimes wholly white ; line of demarcation along 
 sides very indistinctly marked. Mammae 4. Fore and hind limbs 
 grey ; hands brown, feet whitish. Palms and soles (PL XV. 
 figs. 5, 6, and 7) naked, with large prominent pads, five on each. 
 Tail slightly longer than the head and body, its basal inch furry like 
 the body, and generally much inqrassated ; terminal portion as usual. 
 
 Skull (PL XVI. fig. 6) broad and rounded. Interorbital space 
 flat, its edges square and slightly beaded. Posterior root of zygoma 
 markedly inflated. Anterior palatine foramina reaching backwards 
 to halfway between the canine and p.' Posterior palate imperfect 
 from the level of the front of m.' nearly to its hinder edge. Bullaa 
 very large and prominent, much inflated. 
 
 Teeth (PL XVI. fig. 7). Upper i.' and canine very long, about 
 equal. P.' and p.^ minute, single-rooted, cylindrical, placed close 
 together * near the base of p.* ; p.* very large and strong, with a 
 long pointed main cusp corresponding to the bifid cusp of D. lepida, 
 and a prominent secondary posterior one, almost or quite as high as 
 the tips of the molars. Molars broad and rounded, three in number. 
 Lower i.' unusually long in proportion. Small intermediate teeth 
 three in number, apparently corresponding to i.^, p.^, and p.''', touch- 
 ing one another, no doubt functional to a certain extent ; p.* large, 
 simple, and pointed. Molars as in the upper jaw, but more oblong 
 in shape. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 . d. 2. 
 
 d (in spirit). / (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 100 97 
 
 Tail 104 111 
 
 Lower leg 26 27 
 
 Hind foot 14-7 16 
 
 Muzzle to eye 11 11 "3 
 
 Ear J7-4 17 
 
 SkuU, see p. 148. 
 
 * Their position in fact such that without the a<nalogy of the other species one 
 would be more inclined to call them p.^ and p.^, and therefore, on the whole, 
 rather telling against the homologies here used. Moreover, in specimen g there 
 are on the left side three minute premolars, of which, although the exact 
 correspondence is not easy to determine with certainty, the additional one 
 seems to be the anterior, in which case we should have to reckon in Dromieia 
 the missing premolar as p.^ 
 
 L 
 
146 
 
 PEALANGEEID^. 
 
 Hah. Tasmania*. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 This species is remarkable for its tendency to form fatty accumu- 
 lations, both in the base of its tail and elsewhere, a tendency specially 
 manifested in confinement ; nearly all specimens are exceedingly 
 difficult to preserve, owing to the oily exudation that takes place all 
 over them. 
 
 a-c. Ad. al., cJ 2 • 
 
 '''«• {skulfofrf. [^S' 
 /. Ad. al., 2 & 4 young. 
 
 \ Ad. sk. ■ 
 Skull. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I p 
 \ Skull. ( *• 
 
 h. Ad. St. 
 
 . . I Ad. & yg. sks. I 
 
 *'> jskuUcrt. \ 
 
 J ) Ad. sk. ) o 
 
 *• 1 Skull. I?- 
 
 I. Ad. St. 
 
 m. Skeleton. 
 
 n. Imm. sk. 
 
 o. Skeleton $ (mounted). 
 
 1 Ad. St. I 
 ^'ff-jSkuUs. f 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Konald Gunn, Esq. 
 
 [P. & 0.]. 
 Mr. J.Abrahams [P.]. 
 
 Dr. Milligan [PJ. 
 Thomas Bell; Esq. 
 
 (Type of i). glirifnrmis, Bell.) 
 Gould Coll. 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania ( Voy. 'Fly'). 
 
 Dr. J. E. Gray [P.]. 
 
 Dr. J. E. Gray [P.], 
 Dr. J. E. Gray 'P. 
 Lieut. A. Smith [P. 
 J.B. Jukes, Esq. [P. 
 
 &;0.] 
 
 Zool. SoC. 
 
 4. Dromicia concinna. 
 
 Dromicia conoinna, Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 2 ; id. Mamm. Aiistr. i. 
 
 pi. XXX. (animal) (1856). 
 Phalangista (Dromicia) eonciuna, Waterh. N. S, Mamm. i. p. 314, 
 
 pi. xi-ifig. 2 (animal) (1846) ; Wagn. Schr. Sciug. Supp. v. p. 277 
 
 (1855); Oieb. Sciug. p 699 (1859). 
 Phalangista (Dromicia) neilli, Waterh. N. S. Mamm. i. p. 315, 
 
 pi. xix. fig. 3 (skull) (1846) ; Wagn. Schr. Smig. Supp. v. p. 277 
 
 (1855) ; Oieb. Sciug. p. 700 (1859). 
 
 Lessee DoKMOirsE-PHALANaEE. 
 
 Size small, form very light and delicate. General colour bright 
 fawn. Pace pale fawn, the usual darker mark round and in front of 
 the eye scarcely distinguishable. Ears long, rather narrow, evenly 
 oval. Back-hairs slaty grey at base, their tips bright fawn, with a 
 slight tinge of rufous. Chin, chest, and belly pure white, the line 
 of demarcation on sides sharply marked. Outsides of limbs like 
 
 * The two speoimens of " D. unicolor " mentioned by Krefft came from the 
 near neighbourhood of Sydney, and I have no doubt had both escaped from 
 captivity, as the species has otherwise never been recorded from the mainland, 
 while it is at the same time to be found in the collection of almost every dealer 
 in live animals. 
 
4. DKOMXCIA. 147 
 
 back, inner sides white, but the hairs partly grey basally. Tail about 
 as long as the head and body, slender, not incrassated, its basal 
 half-inch furry like the back, the remainder uniformly short-haired 
 as usual. 
 
 Shull on the whole very similar to that of D. nana, with which 
 it agrees closely in its general proportions, and in the degree of in- 
 flation of the posterior root of its zygoma. Bullae very large, swollen, 
 transparent. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XVI. fig. 8). Upper i.' and canine about equal. 
 P.' and p.^ minute, cylindrical, single-rooted as in D. nana, but 
 their positions more as in D. lepida, as they stand about equidistant 
 from each other, from the canine, and from p.* P.^ large, pointed, 
 markedly higher than the molars, not bifid at its extremity, and 
 without a posterior cusp. Molars three, as in B. nana, narrower 
 and more oblong than usual. Lower intermediate unicuspidate 
 teeth generally four in number, apparently corresponding to i.^, p.', 
 p.', and p.* ; but a fifth, probably i.', present on the right side of 
 specimen d. The lower p.* is therefore quite different from that of 
 the other species, being minute and unicuspidate like p.^ Molars as 
 in the upper jaw. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (in spirit). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 80 
 
 Tail 89 
 
 Lower leg, . . . ■ 21 
 
 Hind foot 12-2 
 
 Muzzle to eye 8"8 
 
 Ear 12 
 
 Skull, see p. 148. 
 
 Hah. South and Western AustraUa. 
 Co-types in collection. 
 
 , I Ad. al. I o South Australia. Purchased. 
 «'*• jSkuUofa. [ ?• 
 
 c. Ad. St. South Australia. SirG. Grey [P. & 0.]. 
 
 d. SkuU, (S . King George's Sound, G. R. Waterhouse, 
 
 W. A. {NeiU). Esq. [P.]. 
 
 (From type of D. neilh, Waterh.) 
 I Ad. sk. I , Swan R., W. A. (J. Oil- Gould Coll. 
 
 *'•'■ I Skulls. \°' bert). {Co-tj/pes ot s^ecieB.) 
 
 l2 
 
148 
 
 PHAI(AlfGEEID^. 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 n 
 
 fi 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 J 
 
 .a 
 p 
 
 <3 
 
 O 
 
 EH 
 
 ■I 
 
 oa 
 
 -i 
 
 S 
 
 ^" 
 
 8 
 1 
 
 
 - .'O 
 
 ots ft, 
 
 fl 
 
 0+&.S 
 
 "3 
 
 -II 
 
 CO »ft t- i-!ip CO 
 1-tr-i »-( 
 
 .Tf O5Q0 Cp 
 
 05 5bc 
 
 ■* (N .t-CD tp 
 
 ■^ 00 i-H -^ti ^ib-^csib 
 
 .«o 
 
 0+e| 
 
 nj.^'3 
 "^^■-g 
 
 
 <N OOC^CO 
 
 CO '^ CM CO 00 lO OS 
 
 ' 00 00 w 
 
 tHOOC 
 
 ;-^ 
 
 r,fc*OS00 
 
 CO 00 TT* I— I 05 ^^ (N ■^ QQ l> oa ou 
 
 dbWfr-CO<N**3''-<iOWCNt-AiCirHOC^CO 
 tH ^H T— < ^H I— 1 
 
 ''•I 
 
 g* ft. 
 
 « OS r^ C^ At CN -^ 
 (N 1-1 i-l 
 
 T— I tH 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 g 
 
 ^ 
 
 k. 
 
 t' 
 
 
 fl 
 
 rl 
 
 
 
 
 
 pQ 
 
 n 
 
 
 fr 
 
 
 o 
 
 -M 
 
 13 
 
 -5^ 
 
 gs » 
 
 -I I 
 
 fl (D 
 
 its"^^' 
 
 m ^ 
 
 'ill 
 
 
 "^1 
 ma 
 
 ^ 
 
 Ph 
 
 "g'3^ Sis' a s 
 
 PhPQW 
 
 .2:3 
 
5. eTMNOBELIDETJS. 149 
 
 5. GYMNOBELIDEUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Gymnol)elideu8, McCoy, Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 
 p. 287 (1867) G. leadbeateri. 
 
 General appearance as in Petaurus. Ears large, naked, untufted. 
 No flying-membrane present. Toes of normal proportions, their 
 length anteriorly in the following order — 4, 3, 5, 2, 1 j claws less 
 developed than in Petaurus. Tail cylindrical, bushy. 
 
 Skull and teeth as in Petaurus. 
 
 Dental formula :-I. Hrl- C^, P. \=^±i, M. {^4^1= 
 16+4x2=40. 
 
 This genus is exceedingly closely allied to Petaurus, from which 
 it only difiers by having no flying-membrane, and by its fifth 
 being slightly shorter, instead of longer, than its third fore toe. It 
 may in fact be looked upon as the primitive form from which the 
 more highly specialized Petaurus has been developed. 
 
 1. Gymnobelideus leadbeateri. 
 
 Gymnobelideus leadbeateri, McCoy, Ann. Mag. N.H. (3) xi. p.287, 
 pi. vi. (animal, teeth, &c.) (1867) ; id. Prodr. 2kiol. Vict. (De- 
 cade X.) pi. ici. (animal, skull, and feet) (1883). 
 
 The following description is taken, nearly verbally, from the. 
 accounts published by Prof. McCoy : — 
 
 General appearance very like that of Petawrus hreviceps (infra, 
 p. 156) except for the entire absence of the lateral flying-mem- 
 branes. JFur soft and close. General colour of upper surface 
 brownish grey, with a blackish dusky streak from the top of the 
 head along the back to the sacrum. A dark patch under the base 
 of the ear, and fainter ones before and behind the eye. Ears large, 
 eemi-eUiptical, nearly naked towards the tip. Under surface dull 
 yellowish. Fore feet with the terminal toe-pads very large and 
 wrinkled, and sometimes exceeding the claws in length. Palm- and 
 sole-pads large, low, finely striated. Tail long, evenly bushy, the 
 hairs along the basal shorter than those along the terminal halif, its 
 colour throughout pale brown. 
 
 Shull, so far as can be made out from the figures, only difiiering 
 from that of Petaurus breviceps by the rather greater length and 
 narrowness of the muzzle, and by the presence of large vacuities in 
 the palate, extending forward to the front of m.^ 
 
 Teeih as in P. breviceps. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Type*. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 135 
 
 Tail 162 
 
 * Allowance must be made here for possible differences in the manner of 
 taking the measurements. 
 
160 PHALANGERIDiE. 
 
 millixn. 
 
 Hind foot 26 
 
 .Ear 19 
 
 SkuU, see p. 162. 
 
 Hah. Victoria (Bass Eiver). 
 Type in the Melbourne Museum. 
 
 6. PETAUEUS, 
 
 Type. 
 
 Petaurus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. ii. text to pi. Ix. (1791) . . P. australis. 
 
 Ptilotus, G. Fisoh. Zooqn. iii. p. 512 (1814) P. australis. 
 
 Beiideus, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 151 P. soiureus. 
 
 Xenochirus, Glog. Handb. Naturg. p. 85 (1842) P. sciureus. 
 
 Size medium or small. Pur unusually soft and silky. Ears 
 fairly large, oval, nearly naked, not tufted. Flanks with a broad 
 flying-membrane, stretching from the outside of the fifth fore finger 
 (PL XV. fig. 11) to the ankle, where it is inserted just over the 
 large internal malleolas of the tibia. Fore toes evenly lengthened 
 towards the outside, the fifth (which bears the membrane) the 
 longest, at least in the larger species, the others following in the 
 regular order 4, 3, 2, 1 ; in the smaller species, however, the order 
 is 4, 5, 3, 2, 1. Claws very strong and sharp, much curved. Tail 
 long, not distichous, evenly bushy all round to its extreme tip. 
 Special glands, no doubt sexual in their nature, present both on the 
 crown between the ears and on the chest; more prominent and 
 better developed in males than in females. 
 
 Shull short, broad, and strongly buUt. Nasals widely expanded 
 behind. Supraorbital edges with sharp overhanging ridges. 
 Posterior, squamosal portion of zygomata much inflated by air-cells. 
 Palate nearly or quite complete ; a small pair of vacuities opposite 
 m.' generally present. Bullse inflated, variable in size. Lower jaw 
 with a small but distinct communication between the masseteric 
 fossa and the inferior dental canal. 
 
 Denmon-.-l. 1^, G.\, ^.'f^^w ^- Mfl7l= 16+^x2 
 = 40. 
 
 Upper i.' very large, exceeding the canine in length. Premolars 
 simple, pointed, two-rooted ; p.^ nearly as large as p.* ; p.' 
 much smaller, but not minute. Molars squarely rounded, quadri- 
 ouspid, except the last, which is triangular. Lower minute teeth 
 generally four in number, consisting apparently of i.", p.', p.', 
 and p.^, nearly or quite touching one another ; aU present in 
 most specimens ; an additional one (probably i.') occasionally deve- 
 loped. 
 
 Bange. Papuan and Australian subregions, from Gilolo to 
 Victoria. 
 
6. PETATJEUS. 151 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTBKNAL ChABACIEES. 
 
 A. Size large ; lower leg more than 80 millim. ; 
 
 tail more than 400 millim. Underside of 
 heel thickly hairy. ' 
 
 a. Posterior side of hips and legs hroadly 
 
 fringed with black. Belly deep orange . 1. P. amtralis, p. 151. 
 
 B. Size smaller ; lower leg less than 80 millim., 
 
 tail than 360. Underside of heel partly or 
 wholly hairy. 
 
 b. Size larger ; lower leg more than 60, tail 
 
 than 230 millim. Tail very bushy, espe- 
 cially basally, where the hairs exceed 40 
 miUim. in length 2. P. sciureus, p. 163. 
 
 c. Size smaller ; lower leg less than 60 millim. 
 
 and tail than 230 3. P. breviceps, p. 166. 
 
 II. Ceanial Chaeactbes. 
 
 A. Size large ; basal length more than 46 millim. 
 
 Molars i-** more than 7"3 millim. long. 
 
 a. Bullss large, the posterior projecting lower 
 
 than the anterior part 1. P. australis, p. 151. 
 
 B. Size smaller ; basal length less than 46 
 
 millim. Molars less than 7'3 millim. 
 
 b. Size larger ; basal length above 38 millim., 
 
 and molars i-^ above 6'5 millim. 
 a^. Bullae large, with a prominent projec- 
 tion anteriorly .^ 2. P. sciureus, p. 153. 
 
 e. Size smaller ; basal length below 38, and 
 molars i-3 below 6-5 millim. 
 ¥. Bullae variable, large in typical, small 
 
 in Papuan variety 3. P. breviceps, p. 156. 
 
 1. Fetaurus australis. 
 
 Hepoona Roo, White, Journ. Voy. N. 8. W. p. 288, pi. Ixi. (animal) 
 
 (1790). 
 Petaurus australis, Shaw, Nat. Misc. ii. pi. Ix. (animal) (1791) ; 
 
 Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 83 (1843) ; Gieb. 8aug. p. 701 
 
 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 120 (1802) ; Schkg. 
 
 Bierent. p. 166 (1872) ; Flow. 8f Oars. Cat,. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 705 
 
 (1884) ; Thos. Enoycl. Brit. (9) xviii. p. 729 (1885) ; Jent. Cat. 
 
 Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 316 (1887). 
 Sciurus (Petaurus) australis, Kerr, Linn. An, K. p. 269 (1792). 
 Sciurus novBB-hollandisB, Meyer, Uebers. Zool. Entd. Neuholl. p. 11 
 
 (1793) (in part). 
 Didelphys petaurus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 496, pi. cxii. 
 
 (animal) (1800). 
 Ptilotus australis, O. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 513 (1814). 
 Phalangista petaurus, G. Guv. M. A. i. p. 180 (1817) ; ScMnz, Cuv. 
 
 Thierr. i. p. 260 (1821) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548 (1830) ; 
 
 Wagl. Syst. Amph. Sdug. p. 26 (1830). 
 Petaurus flaviventer, Besm. N. Bict. d'H. N. (2) xxv. p. 403 (1817) ; 
 
152 PHALAHSEEIDiE, 
 
 J. B. Pisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 278 (1829); Gray, Grey's Auttr., 
 
 App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 89 (1843), 
 
 V. p. 278 (1856) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 532 (1844) ; Owen, 
 
 Odontogr. Atl. pi. c. fig. 4 (teeth) (1845) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 42, 
 
 pi. xviii. fig. 4 (teeth) (1855). 
 Petaurista flaviventer, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 269 (1820) ; Gray, Griff. 
 
 Cfuv. An. S. V. p. 199 (1827) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. 
 
 p. 68 (1838). 
 Petaurus (Belidens) flaidventer, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 
 xi. p. 286 (1841) ; id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 327 (1846). 
 Belideus flavi-venter, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842) ; 
 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxiii. (animal) (1845) ; Benn. P. Z. 8. 
 
 1859, p. 218 (habits); JSi-efft, Cat. Mamm. Amtr. Mas. p. 39 
 
 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to pi. vii. p. 2 (1871) ; Dobs. J. 
 
 Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 150 (1882). 
 Petaurns cunninghami, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 83 (in synomymy) 
 
 (1843). 
 Yellow-bellied Pltino Phalaitseb. 
 
 Size large. Fur long, soft and silky. General colour brown, 
 Tariously marked with dark orange and black. Khinaiium large, 
 naked, finely granulated. Face yellowish brown, darker on the 
 crown, on the sides of the muzzle, round the eyes, and at the back 
 of the ear basaUy. Ears long, laid forward (in spiriVspecimens) 
 they just fall short of the top of the muzzle ; narrow, evenly OTal, 
 naked altogether inside and terminally outside, their bases behind 
 dark brown, except that there is a prominent yellowish patch along 
 their posterior margins. Hairs of back dark brown or nearly black 
 along the median line and on the upper surface of the parachutes ; 
 slaty grey tipped with dark orange along the sides of the back, and 
 on a distinct lighter line running down the upper {outer in the 
 ordinary quadrupedal position) sides of the thighs. Edge of para- 
 chute margined with orange, except just near its origin and insertion, 
 where it is broadly fringed with black. Posterior edge of thighs 
 also margined with black. Chin, inner sides of wrists, and ankles 
 blackish; otherwise the whole of the under surface and the inner sides 
 of the limbs uniform deep orange *. Hands and feet above wholly 
 black. Mammae 2 t. Palms (PI. XV. fig. 11) and soles naked, 
 finely striated, the part under the ankle, however, thickly hairy ; the 
 pads broad, rounded, not sharply defined. Length of fore toes in 
 the following order — 5, 4, 3, 2, 1. Claws very large and powerful, 
 strongly curved. Tail enormously long, very bushy, especially at 
 its base, evenly but slightly tapering to its tip ; its colour generally 
 greyish above, and orange below basally, gradually darkening to 
 black at its tip. 
 
 Skull broad and rounded, with a sharp-pointed mvizzle. Nasals 
 much expanded behind, their greatest breadth nearly two thirds 
 
 * This colour fades on exposure to light, and becomes a dirty yellowish 
 white. 
 
 + So far as can be made out from specimen g, the only adult female in spirit 
 available. 
 
6. PETATJEUS. 153 
 
 their length. Interorbital space flat, its edges laterally ridged and 
 overhanging, but not forming distinct postorbital processes. Bullae 
 large and transparent, but their anterior not so much swollen as to 
 project lower (in the natural position) than the posterior part. 
 
 Teeth rather variable in size. Upper canine short, flattened 
 laterally. P.' about equidistant from the canine and p." ; p.* trian- 
 gular in section, narrower in front than behind, its point but little 
 higher than that of p.' Lower i.' more rounded in section and less 
 spatulate than usual ; intermediate teeth comparatively well deve- 
 loped, closely fitting against one another ; p.S although quite in 
 series with the small teeth in front of it, yet showing a tendency 
 towards the usual elongated triangular shape. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6. ?■ .^ 
 
 / (in spirit), g (in spirit). 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 310 280 
 
 Tail 425 420 
 
 Lower leg 86 88 
 
 Hind foot 43 42 
 
 Ear 45 46 
 
 SkuU, see p. 162. 
 
 Hah. New South Wales and Victoria (mountainous coast-dis- 
 tricts). 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 a-c. Ad. St. New South Wales. Gould Coll. 
 
 d. Ad. St. New South Wales. Allan Cunningham, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I New South Wales. Zool. Soc. 
 
 «• I Skull, f 
 
 f-h. Ad. al., d S & yg- Victoria, Purchased. 
 
 A-i. Ad. skeleton and Zool. Soc. 
 
 imm. skull. 
 
 j. Skeleton. Purchased. 
 
 2. Petaurus sciurens. 
 
 ? Norfolk-Island Flying Squirrel, Phillip, Voy. Bot; Bay, p. 151, pi. 
 
 xvii. (animal) (1789). 
 ? Sciurus (Petaurus) norfolcensis *, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 270 (1792). 
 Sciurus novse-hoUandise, Meyer, Uebers. Zool. Entd. Neuholl. p. 11 
 
 (1793) (in part only t). 
 
 * The species not being really indigenous to Norfolk Island, this name is 
 ■ incorrect, and therefore untenable. It is also not by any means certain that 
 Phillip's description, and therefore Kerr's name, do not really refer to P. brevi- 
 ceps, the figure being equally similar to either. 
 
 t Description mainly founded on VFhite's account of the " Hepoona-Roo " 
 (=P. 
 
154 PHALANSERID^. 
 
 Didelphys sciurea, Shaw, Zool. New Holl. i. p. 29, pi. xi. (animal) 
 
 (1794) ; id. Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 498, pi. cxiii. (animal) (1800) ; 
 
 TuH. Linn. S. N. i. p. 68 (1806). 
 Volucoella sciurea, Bechat. Uebers. vierf. Thiers, ii. pp. 352, 686 
 
 (1800). 
 Ptilotus sciureus, Q. Fiseh. Zoogn. iii. p. 614 (1814). 
 Petaurus sciureus, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xxv. p. 403 (1817) ; 
 
 Less. Diet. Class. d'H. N. xiii. p. 288 (1828) ; J. B. Fisch. Syn. 
 
 Mamm. p. 279 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) iv. 
 
 p. 443 (1830) ; Kaup, Thierr. i. p. 242 (1835) ; Gray, Grey's Austr. 
 
 App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 83 (1843) ; Wagn. 
 
 Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 89 (1843), v. p. 279 (1855); iSchinz, Syn. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 533 (1844) ; Gieb. Saiig. p. 702 (1859) ; Gerrard, 
 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 119(1862); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 571, 
 
 flg. (animal) (1880) ; Flow. Sf Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 706 
 
 (1884) ; Thos. Eneycl. Brit. (9) xviii. p. 729, fig. 2 (animal) 
 
 (1885) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 929 (1887); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 
 Mus. p. 316 (1887). 
 Petaurista sciurea, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 270 (1820) ; Gray, Griff. Cm. 
 
 An. K. T. p. 199 (1827) ; id. King's Surv. Austr., App. ii. p. 414 
 
 (1827) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 68 (1838) ; Gulliver, 
 
 P. Z. S. 1875, p. 491. 
 Phalangista sciurea, Sehim, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 260 (1821) ; F. Cuv. 
 
 Dents. Mamm. p. 253 (1825); id. Diet. Sci Nat. xxxix. p. 416 
 
 (1826). 
 Petaurus (Belideus) sciureus, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 151 ; id. Jard. 
 
 Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 289, pi. xxviii. (animal) (1841) ; id. 
 
 N. H. Mamm. i. p. 331 (1846). 
 Belideus sciureus, iess. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189(1842) ; Goidd, 
 
 Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxiv. (animal) (1845) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamm. 
 
 ii. p. 275, fig. (animal) (1856) ; Ki-efft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. 
 
 p. 40 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to pi. vii. p. 3 (1871). 
 Belideus gracilis, De Vis, P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. -vii. p. 619 (1882). 
 
 SairiEKEL Flyins Phalansbe. 
 
 8ize markedly smaller than in the last species. Fur soft and 
 silky, slightly woolly. General colour a soft pale grey. Face 
 lighter grey, a well-defined dark brown or black band commencing 
 between the eyes and running backwards along the dorsal surface. 
 Area round eyes darker, but not prominently so. Ears rather 
 variable in size, nearly naked inside, and terminally outside ; a 
 deep black patch present along their external bases, succeeded 
 posteriorly by a prominent white or pale yellow spot. Hairs of 
 back slaty grey, their tips nearly white, except along the central 
 dorsal streak, which ends between the hips. Upper surface of 
 parachute dark brown or greyish, its edges fringed with white or 
 pale yellow. Whole of underside and inner sides of limbs white, with 
 a tinge of yellow. Outsides of limbs like back, but a darker mark 
 generally distinguishable running down the posterior side of the 
 hips, succeeded behind by a paler marginal fringe. Hands and feet 
 white or pale grey above. Palms and soles much as in P. australis, 
 but the lower surface of the heel generally naked, a narrow naked 
 line running backwards to the tip of the heel below. Tail pro- 
 portionally much shorter than in P. australis, very bushy, 
 
6. PBTATTKTTS. 
 
 155 
 
 especially along its basal third, where the hairs often attain a length 
 of about 60 millim. ; its colour above and below grey, darkening 
 terminally into black. 
 
 STcull almost an exact miniature of that of P. australis, but rather 
 narrower in proportion, with a longer muzzle. Supraorbital ledges 
 well developed, and more distinctly notched anteriorly, so as to form 
 more definite postorbital processes. Palate complete. Bullae much 
 swollen, especially anteriorly, where there is a prominent downwardly 
 projecting point, which descends below the level of the posterior part 
 of the buUa. 
 
 Teeth as in P. australis. Length of the first three upper molars 
 from 6'6 to 7'2 miUim. : of the lower molar series 9 to 9"3 millim. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d.. , S- 
 
 e (skin). h (skin). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body . . (c.) 250 ■ (c.) 210 
 
 Tail 280 250 
 
 Lower leg (c.) 70 69 
 
 Hind foot 35 32 
 
 Ear 26 (contracted) 27 (contracted). 
 
 Skull, see p. 162. 
 
 Hab. Eastern Australia, from Queensland to Victoria. 
 Ty^e not in existence. 
 
 a. Skeleton. Port EssingtOn. Capt. Chambers [P.]. 
 
 , ] Ad. sk. I Q Gayndah, Queensland. Godeffroy Museum. 
 
 "• ] Skeleton, j +' 
 c. Ad. sk., J. Moreton Bay, Queens- Dr. J. E. Elsey [P.]. 
 
 land. 
 , I Ad. sk. I J, • Upper Hunter R., Gould Coll. 
 
 '^- j Skull. \'^- ^. S. W. 
 
 I Ad. sk. f , Liverpool Plains, Gould CoU. 
 
 *• ] Skull. \ '^- N. S. W. 
 
 /. Ad. sk. Liverpool Plains, Gould Coll. 
 
 N. S. W. 
 o. Ad.sk., cJ, 20/8/46. New South Wales. Sir T. L. Mitchell 
 
 [P. & C.]. 
 h. Ad. sk., , 8/5/46. New South Wales. Sir T. L. Mitchell 
 
 [P. &C.]. 
 i. Ad. sk., 5 . Port Phillip, "Victoria. Gould Coll. 
 
 /. Imm. sk. ' G. R. Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 k. Skeleton (mounted). 
 
156 PHALANGEEIDai. 
 
 3. Petaurus brevioeps*. 
 a. Petaurus breviceps, Tar. tsrpicus. 
 
 Petaurus (Belideus) brevicejis, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 152 ; id. 
 
 Jard. Nat. Zibr., Mamm. xi. p. 290, pi. xxix. (animal) (1841) ; id. 
 
 N. H. Mamm. i. p. 334 (1846). 
 Petaurus breviceps, Oray, Orei/'s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; id. 
 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 83 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. 
 
 p. 90 (1843), V. p. 279 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 532 
 
 (1844) ; Gieb. Sauff. p. 702 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 119 (1862) ; CoU. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 931 (1887). 
 Belideus breviceps, Less. N. Tahl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842) ; 
 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxv. (animal) (1849) ; JSJrefft, Cat. 
 
 Mamm. Austr. Mm. p. 40 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to pi. 
 
 yii. p. 3 (1871). 
 Belideus ariel, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 11 ; id. Mamm. Austr. i. 
 
 pi. xxyii. (animal) (1849) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 41 
 
 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to pi., vii. p. 3 (1871). 
 Petaurus ariel. Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 84 (1843) ; Sehinz, Syn. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 534 (1844) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 279 
 
 (1855) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 119 (1862) ; Gieb. 
 
 Z. ges. Nat. xxvii. p. 394 (1866). 
 Petaurus sciureus, Gunn (nee Shaw), -P. Boy. Soc. Tasm. i. p. 253 
 
 (1851). (Introduction into Tasmania.) 
 Petaurus (Belideus) notatus, Peters, MB. AM. Berl. 1859, p. 14. 
 Belideus notatus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxvi. (animal) (1860). 
 
 Lessee FLTiNa Phalangbk. 
 
 Size small. Fur soft and silky, not so long as in P. sciureus. 
 Colours almost precisely as in that species, the ground-colour being 
 of the same soft pale grey, and the dark markings situated on the 
 same parts of the body ; the dorsal stripe, however, is often more or 
 less indistinct, the hairs of the underside are nearly always grey 
 basally (at least in the continental variety), and the extreme tip of 
 the tail is very frequently white. Ears (PI. XV. fig. 9) large, 
 evenly oval, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach to about 
 halfway between the eye and the tip of the nose. Length of fore 
 toes in the following relative order of length — 4, 5, 3, 2, 1. Under- 
 side of heel hairy, except a round spot on its tip, which, is therefore 
 separated from the main part of the naked sole by a narrow hairy 
 band. Tail markedly more bushy basally than terminally, the 
 hairs attaining a length of from 20 to 30 millim. along its proximal 
 inch. 
 
 SJtm.ll (PI. XVI, fig. 9) as in F. sciureus, but with a shorter and 
 more sharply pointed muzzle, and of course very considerably 
 smaller. Supraorbital edges more or less parallel, distinctly beaded. 
 
 * u,. Ears oomparatiyely large. Colour grey. Bailee 
 large, projecting downwards anteriorly. 
 
 Australian Var. typicus. 
 
 b. Ears small. Colour more yellowish. Bullae 
 
 small. Papuan Ya.r. papuanus, -p. 158. 
 
6. PETATJEirS. 157 
 
 Palate complete. Bullae large, their anterior portion projecting 
 markedly downwards; tieir total length antero-posteriorly about 
 8 millim. ; much smaller in var. papuanus. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XVI. fig. 10). Upper i.' considerably larger than the 
 canine. Diastema between i.^ and canine sufficiently long to be 
 visible to the extent of nearly a millimetre when the skuU is looked 
 at directly from the side. Premolars and molars as usual ; com- 
 bined length of the three upper anterior molars from 5-5 to 6-2, of 
 the lower molar series about 7 millim. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 m (in spirit). 
 Adult. 
 miEim. 
 
 Head and body , 172 
 
 Tail 190 
 
 , Lower leg 55 
 
 Hind foot 29 
 
 Ear 28 
 
 Skull, see p. 162. 
 
 Hah. Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria. (Introduced 
 into Tasmania in 1835 *.) 
 
 Tyfe in collection. 
 
 This species, at least in its typical continental form, resembles 
 P. sciureus so closely in every way that it can often only be distin- 
 guished with certainty by the considerably smaller size of its molar 
 teeth. The Papuan form, however, is apparently different, and 
 would be specifically separable were it not that the two seem t6 
 grade into each other, to a degree very remarkable considering the 
 differences between typical specimens of the two. The Japuan 
 variety has always hitherto been referred to under the name of 
 P. ariel, Gould ; but the types of the latter, from Port Essington, 
 undoubtedly belong to the present race, the northern one therefore 
 now needing a new varietal name. 
 
 I J Ad. sks. I Q Port Essington, Nor- Gould Collection. 
 ">"■ 1 SkuU of a. j +■ thern Territory. 
 
 {Co-types of P. ariel, Gould.) 
 
 Ad. sk. I o -iniAA Port Essington (j; Mac- Earl of Derby [P.]. 
 , Skulls. ( ¥>i^/4*- Qilliway). 
 
 J 1 Ad. sk. I o Port Essington. Capt. W. Chambers 
 
 ^- 1 Skull, f ?• [P.l. 
 
 e. Ad. st. N.W. coast of Aus- Zool. Soe. 
 tralia. 
 
 * See Gunn {1. c), by whom this spfecies was caEed P. sciureus ; but his determi- 
 nation was evidently incorrect, as is shown by specimen m, collected in Tasmania 
 by himself. 
 
158 
 
 PHALANGERlDa). 
 
 f \ Ad. sk. I 
 ' ■ \ SkuU. i , 
 
 j Ad. sk. I 
 9- ■jSkuU. ( 
 , . j Ad. sk. I , 
 *'*• j SkuUs. f 
 /. Ad. sk. 
 
 k, I. Ad. al., d . 
 m. Ad. al., (3 . 
 
 I Ad. sk. I , 
 "• 1 Skull. \ '^- 
 
 ' I Imm. st. I 
 "• 1 Skull, f 
 p. Skeleton. 
 
 q. Skeleton. 
 
 9/6. 
 
 (North Australian Ex- 
 pedition.) 
 (Nortli Australian Ex- 
 pedition.) 
 Camden Oo. (lUawarra), 
 N. S. W. {J. Strange). 
 New South Wales. 
 
 Victoria. 
 [Tasmania.] 
 
 — Barnes, Esq. [P.]. 
 
 Dr. J. K. Elsey [P.]. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Zoological Society. 
 
 {Type of species.) 
 Purchased. 
 Ronald Gunn, Esq. 
 
 [P. & C] 
 J. P. Atkins, Esq. 
 
 [P.]. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Capt. P. P. King 
 
 [P. & C.]. 
 Purchased. 
 
 b. Petaurus breviceps, var. papuanus. 
 
 Belideus ariel (nee Gould), Ch-ay, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 109, and 1860, 
 
 p. 5; AM. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 125 ; Mams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ii. 
 
 p. 12 (1878), iii. p. 243 (1879). , 
 
 Petaurus ariel, Schley. Ned. Tydschr. Dierk. iii. p. 367 (1866) ; 
 
 Pders 8f Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 683 (1881) ; Jent. Cat. 
 
 Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 317 (1887). 
 
 Papttan Fltins Phalanger. 
 
 Fur shorter and closer than in the typical form. Stripes and 
 markings as in that animal, but better defined, owing to the shortness 
 of the hair. Ears (PI. XV. fig. 10) compartively small, laid forward 
 (in spirit-specimens) they barely reach to the anterior canthus of 
 the eye ; their general shape narrower and less rounded than in the 
 Australian form. Whole of underside yellowish or orange, the 
 hairs not or very slightly grey basally. Mammae 4. Heel less 
 hairy than in P. hrevieeps, the main naked part of the sole connected 
 with the tip of the heel by a narrow naked line. Tail long, evenly 
 cylindrical, not more bushy basally than terminally ; its basal three 
 fourths pale yellowish grey, its tip black. 
 
 SkuU (PI. XV. fig. 11) with the bullae small, rounded, little pro- 
 minent, their greatest antero-posterior diameter generally only 
 about 5'5 millim. ; no projecting point on their anterior portion. 
 
 Teeth as in the typical form, except that they are rather smaller 
 and lighter, and the diastema between the upper i.' and canine is so 
 reduced that these teeth almost or quite appear to overlap when 
 viewed from the side. 
 
 * These Bpeoimens had no enact locality marked upon them, but as they are 
 the only ones received from Mr. Gould, they are presumably those from lUa- 
 warra referred to in his ' Mammals of Australia.' 
 
7. DACTTLOPSIIiA. 159 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6. $. 
 
 n (in spirit), j (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. . 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 143 138 
 
 TaU 176 182 
 
 Lower leg 46 45 
 
 Hind foot 25 26 
 
 Ear 21 19-5 
 
 Skull, see p. 162. 
 
 Sab. Papuan subregion, from Gilolo eastward to tbe New Britain 
 group. 
 
 Tyjoe in collection. 
 
 Of this race the most typical and strongly marked examples are 
 those from New Guinea itself and the islands to the north-west ; 
 while, on the other hand, Aru Island individuals present so many 
 resemblances tp Port Essington specimens of the continental form 
 that I have found it impossible to separate specifically the two geo- 
 graphical races. 
 
 a. Ad. sk., cS . Batchian {A. R. H. Seehohm, Esq. [P.]. 
 
 Wallace), 
 
 , 1 Ad. sk. I , Mysol. A. E. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 *• I Skull, f ^- [0.]. 
 
 Ad. St. I o Aru Islands. A. E. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 •'• i Skull, f ?• [0.]. 
 
 d. Skull. Seek, Aru Islands. Kowalevski Coll. 
 
 e. Skull. Dorey, N.W. New Kowalevski Coll. 
 
 Guinea. 
 
 f^ i Ad. sk. I Huon Gulf, E. New P. Oomrie, Esq. [0.]. 
 
 •' ' *^" I Skulls. ) Guinea. (/. Type of variety.) 
 
 , . JAd. sks.' I ,o Poi^ Moresby, S.E. Dr. Turner [C.]. 
 
 ""> *• 1 Skull oih.\°*- New Guinea. 
 
 >Ad. al., ?. Port Moresby. Dr. Turner [C.]. 
 
 , , j Ad. sks. I - n New Britain aroup, Eev. G. Brown [0.1. 
 
 *'^- jSkuUofit. [t??- V ^ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 m. Imm. al., J . N^w Britain group. Eev. G. Brown [C.J. 
 
 n, 0. Ad. & imm. al., iS • Mr. J. Beazley [C.J. 
 
 7. DACTTLOPSILA. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Dactylopsila, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 109 D. trivirgata. 
 
 Size medium. Body prominently striped with black or white. Ears 
 oval, nearly naked terminally. Flanks without any trace of a flying- 
 menibrane. Lengths of fore' toes (PI. XVII. fig. 1) very unequal, 
 the fourth enormously longer than the others, which succeed in the 
 
 * This specimen is selected as the type of the variety, as being the most 
 strongly characteristic of it. 
 
160 PHALANGEETD^. 
 
 following order — 3, 5, 2, 1. Hind fourth and fifth toes also 
 markedly longer than usual. Carpus with a peculiar prominent 
 proximal pad in addition to the usual five palm-pads (PI. XXI. 
 fig. 1). Claws long, less curved than in Petaurus. Tail long, cylin- 
 drical, evenly bushy, its extreme tip more or less naked below. 
 
 Skull narrow, but with very strong and widely expanded zygo- 
 mata. Interorbital region markedly contracted, its edges smoothly 
 rounded, without postorbital processes. Squamosal portion of 
 zygomata but little inflated by air-cells. Palate quite complete. 
 Lower jaw without any trace of a connection between the masseteric 
 fossa and the inferior dental canal. 
 
 Upper incisors (fig. 4, p. 127) very large ; i.' directed nearly 
 horizontally forwards, and wearing down quite in front instead of 
 below. Canine small, p.' placed close to it and almost precisely 
 similar to it in size and shape ; p.' minute, sometimes absent ; p.* 
 of medium size, about equal to the canine in cross section, but much 
 shorter vertically ; its longer axis oblique, bent inwards in front. 
 Molars oblong, quadricuspid. Lower i.' proportionally longer than 
 in any other genus. Minute intermediate teeth from two to four 
 in number, and apparently representing, when four are present, 
 i.", i.^ p.', and p.*, of which the most frequently absent are the two 
 middle ones, i.' and p.' 
 
 Range. Papuan and North Australian subregions. 
 
 1. Dactylopsila trivirgata. 
 
 Dactylopsila trivirgata, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. Ill, pi. Ixiii. (animal), 
 
 figs. 1-4 (skull) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 121 (1862) ; 
 
 Gray, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 220 ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. vii. 
 
 p. 3 (1871) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 932 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. 
 
 Leyd. Mns. p. 316 (1887) 
 Phalangista trivirgata, ScUeg. Dieremt. p. 166 (1872). 
 Phalangista (Dactylopsila) trivirgata, Peters Sr Doria, Ann. Mus. 
 
 Genov. xvi. p. 673 (1881). 
 Dactylopsila alhertisi, Peters ^ Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. vii. p. 642 
 
 (1875). 
 Phalangista (Dactylopsila) angustivittis, iid. op. cit. xvi. p. 674 (1881). 
 
 Steeped Phalansee. 
 
 Fur close, thick and woolly, rather harsh. General colour white, 
 with dark longitudinal stripes. Ears oval, rounded, nearly naked, 
 except basally outside. Ground-colour of face and back white or 
 pale yellowish ; central black stripe commencing between the eyes, 
 broadening rapidly, and passing down the back to the rump, where 
 it again narrows, and is continued along the upper surface of the 
 tail until it is lost in the dark terminal or subterminal band. 
 Lateral stripes each commencing on the side of the nose, passing 
 across the eye and behind the ear down the sides of the neck and 
 back, sending oflf a short branch down in front of the shoulder. 
 
f 
 
 7. DACTTLOPSILA. 161 
 
 and a second longer one running down the outer side of the arm 
 to the wrist and hand ; posteriorly it broadens and is less sharply 
 defined on the back, and turns downwards on the rump, passing 
 down the back of the hind limbs to the heel. Chin with a. prominent 
 black spot ; chest, belly, and whole of inner sides of limbs white or 
 pale yellow. Hands and feet brown. Proportions of toes as above 
 described . Soles finely granulated. Pads (PL XXI. fig. 1.) large, 
 rounded, finely striated, the supplementary pad on the carpus high 
 and narrow, its surface smooth and unstriated. Tail cylindrical, 
 evenly bushy, its tip below naked for rather more than an inch ; 
 its colour grey for its proximal two thirds, except where the narrow 
 black stripe runs along its upper surface ; its terminal third either 
 wholly black, or with a prominent white tip. 
 Si:ull and teeth as described above. 
 
 Dimensiona. 
 
 c?. $. 
 
 c (in spirit). * (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 mlUim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 300 235 
 
 Tail 318 318 . 
 
 Lower leg 70 — 
 
 Hind foot 49 44 
 
 Naked part below tail-tip .... 35 — 
 
 Ear 29 24 
 
 Skull, see p. 162. 
 
 Eah. Waigiou to Central Queensland. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 Considering the entire identity of the single specimen of " D. 
 albertisi " f with this species in all other characters except the nar- 
 rowness of the white dorsal stripes and the smaller size of the 
 carpal pad, I cannot look upon it as representing more than an in- 
 dividual, or at most a slight local variation, 
 
 JAd.sk. I g Artf Islands. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 • I Skull. { +• (7>pe of species!) 
 
 *. SkuU. Aru Islands. Kowalevsky Coll. 
 
 «. Ad. a]., g. Sogers, S.E. New Guinea, H. O. Forbes, ilsq. 
 
 1760 feet. [0.]. 
 
 , jAd. sk. I„ Port Albany, Cape York. 0. Coxen, Esq. rCl. 
 "'• jSkuU. \*- 
 
 e. 
 
 j Ad. sk. ) Cape York Purchased. 
 
 I Skull 
 
 '1 
 
 * Prom Sorong, New Guinea. T^pe of D. albertisi, Peters and Doria. 
 t Preserved ' in the Museo Civico, Genoa, where by the kindness of the 
 Marquis G. Doria I hare had the opportunity of examining it. 
 
 M 
 
162 
 
 PHALASeEEIBJE. 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 B 
 
 !=§ 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 I 
 
 I g 
 
 
 cqcp lO 05 CO 
 
 •GlOOSWOOOSCOt^C'l 
 
 CO cot' 
 
 4a lO ipcO 05 Cp 
 
 '-' rr^ to tJH CM CO 
 
 
 0+Oj3 
 
 ^-^ 
 
 Si 
 
 £"5 
 
 00 "q 
 
 C=I 10 -^ ^H (Nf7<OTHO »p OS -^ t- 
 
 CO <N I— t I-* i-H T-H (M I> 
 
 (MQOt^ i> C^ TfH -4< »0 00 
 
 t-oo-cf5bmo2AiiMa>(N«)'*gffq(NtDi> 
 
 COC^T-l C^i-i T-t(NQO 
 
 cpio M^ »7H W3 i>aD eo ^ CO cp 
 
 C^A'Ot-Tfld>-^(NaDC0l0Q005WC^t'0V 
 ■^COt-l c!» rH rHlNQO 
 
 oq op (N ■* CO (yi _ 00 
 
 65 00 i-H P3 lb '—I -t^i^CO 
 
 lO-*-* 
 •CO<Nt-65 
 
 CO iCiO o 
 
 
 ^mwpRB 
 
 1^ 
 
 n 
 
 PM 
 
 I 
 
 ■^ 
 s 
 
 
 * 
 
8. PBTATJEOIDES, 163 
 
 8. PETAUEOIDES *. ^^^ 
 
 Voluccella, Sechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 351. (1800) 
 
 [nee Fabricius (Diptera), 1794] P. volans. 
 
 Petaurista, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 268 (1820) \nec O. Fisch. 
 
 Zoogn. iii. p. 498 (1814) (=Pteromys)] P. volana. 
 
 Size large. Fur exceedingly long, soft, and silky. Ears very 
 large, oval, their backs entirely and closely covered with fur similar 
 to that on the crown, their insides quite naked. Flanks with a 
 flying-membrane, stretching from the wrist to the ankle, but very 
 narrow along the sides oi the forearm and lower leg (see PI. XVII. 
 fig. 2). Fore toes subequal, their respective lengths in the following ' 
 order — 4, 3, 5, 2, 1. Claws very long, strongly curved, sharply 
 pointed. Tail long, cylindrical, evenly bushy, except just below its 
 extreme tip (PI. XVII. fig. 3), where it is naked and prehensile. 
 No crown- or chest-glands present. 
 
 Shull (PI. XVIII. fig. 1) short and broad. Nasals short, the 
 premaxillse projecting some way in front of them. Interorbital 
 space narrow, much contracted, its edges strongly marked, slightly 
 inflated anteriorly, sharply beaded posteriorly. Squamosal portion 
 oi zygomata slightly inflated. Palatal foramina reaching to the 
 level of p".' Posterior palate with two large vacuities opposite the 
 molars. Bullae inflated, smoothly bulbous. Lower jaw with a 
 distinct opening leading from the masseteric fossa into the inferior 
 dental canal. 
 
 Bmtition :-I. J-44, C. \, P. ^i?^^^^f|-|, M. ;-44^=17-Kat 
 most) 3 (or lQ+4) x 2=40. 
 
 All the upper teeth (PI. XVIII. fig. 2) very uniform in height. 
 I.' not much exceeding the others in length. Canine smaller than 
 i.' and situated some way behind it. P.^ still smaller than canine, 
 similar in shape, sometimes minute or absent ; diastemata in front 
 of and behind it about equal. P.' and p." both large and functional, 
 about equal in height to the molars, and quite in even series with 
 them J p.^ about two thirds the size of p.* in section. Molars large, 
 oblong, the usual rounded cusps found in the previous genera 
 modified into sharp points, with curved ridges radiating from them. 
 Lower minute intermediate teeth often entirely absent, and very 
 seldom more than two or three in any one jaw ; if these are present 
 they would appear to be i.^, p.', and p.^ P.* large and functional, 
 as high as the molars. Molars with sharp curved crests- much as 
 in the upper jaw. 
 
 Range. That of the only species. 
 
 This genus occupies the same relation to Pseudochirus that 
 Petaurus does to Gymnobelideus, its identity in cranial and dental 
 characters being even more complete (especially as compared to 
 P. lemuroides). On the othei; hand, it is externally exceedingly 
 different, not presenting even the superficial resemblance to the 
 non-flying forms that is found in the parallel case. 
 
 * Nom. nov. 
 
 m2 
 
164 rEALANUBRIDJE. 
 
 1. Petauroides yolans *. 
 
 a. Petauroides volans, -par. t3rpicus. 
 Black Flying Opossum, Phillip, Voy. Bot. Bay, p. 297, pi. liv. 
 
 (animal) (1789). 
 Didelphis volans, Kerr, JJinn. An. K. p. 199 (1792) ; O. Cuv. Tahl. 
 
 Elem. p. 126 (1798) ; TuH. Linn. Si^. N. i. p. 68 (1806). 
 DidelpHs volucella, Meyer, Uebers. Zool. Entd. NeulioU. p. 26 (1793). 
 Didelphis macroura, Shaw, Zool. New Hall. i. p. S3, pi. xii. (animal) 
 
 (1794) ; id. Oen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 500, pi. oxiii. (animal) (1800) ; 
 
 TuH. Linn. S. N. i. p. 69 (1806). 
 Voluccella nigra and maorom-a, Bechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. 
 
 pp. 351, 352, & 686 (1800). 
 Phalanger volans, Lac^p, 3I6m. Inst, iii. p. 491 (1801). 
 Phalangista petaurista, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 150 (1803). 
 Phalangista volans, Desm. N. Diet. SH. N. (1) xvii. p. 381 (1804) ; 
 
 Tiedem. Zool. p. 433 (1808). 
 Petaurus macrurus and peronii, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xxv. 
 
 pp. 402, 404 (J.817) ; F. Cuv. Diet. Sd. Nat. xxxix. pp. 418, 419 
 
 (1826); Less. Diet. Class. d'H. N xiii. p. 288 (1828); J. B. 
 
 Fisch. 8yn. Mamm. pp. 278, 279 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. 
 
 (Compl. Buff.) iv. pp. 441, 442 (1830); Cfray, Grey's Austr., 
 
 App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Less. N. Tahl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 
 
 (1842); Wagn. iSehr. 8aug. Supp. iii. pp. 86, 87 (1843); Sehinz, 
 
 Syn. Mamm. i. pp. 532, 633 (1844). 
 Petauras taguanoides, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xxv. p. 400 
 
 (1817) ; F. Cuv. Denis Mamm. pp. 129, 263 (1825) ; id. Diet. Sci. 
 
 Nat. xxxix. p. 418 (1826) ; Less. Diet. Class. d'H. N. xiii. p. 288 
 
 (1838) ; J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 278 (1829) ; Less. H. N. 
 
 Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 440 (1880) ; Waterh. P. Z. S. 1838, 
 
 p. 149 ; id. Jard. Nat. lAbr., Mamm. xi. p. 283, pi. xxvii. (animal) 
 
 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. 
 
 Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 86 (1843), v. p. 278 (1855); Sehinz, Syn. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 531 (1844) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 276 (1856) ; 
 
 Gieb. Odontogr. p. 42, pi. xviii. fig. 3 (teeth) (1856) ; id. Sdug. 
 
 p. 701 (1859) ; ScUeg. Dierefit. p. 166 (1872) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. 
 
 p. 573 (1880) ; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 705 (1884) ; 
 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 316 (1887). 
 Petaurista taguanoides, De«»i. Mamm. i. p. 269 (1820) ; Gray, Griff. 
 
 Cuv. An. K. V. p. 198 (1827) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. 
 
 p. 68 (1838) ; Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; id. 
 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 84 (1843) ; Gould, Mamm. AvMr. i. pi. xxii. 
 
 (animal) (1853); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 120 
 
 (1862) ;. Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 38 (1864) ; id. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. text to pi. vii. p. 2 (1871) ; Haswell, P. lAnn. Soc. N. S. W. 
 
 (2) i. p. 176 (myology) (1886) ; De Via, P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 
 
 (2) i. p. 1132 (1887). 
 Petaurista macroura and peronii, Desm. Mamm. i. pp. '269, 270 
 
 (1820) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. pp. 199, 200 (1827). 
 Phalangista macroura, Sehinz, Cuv. Thierr. p. 260 (1821). 
 Petaurus didelphoides, F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. pp. 129, 253 (1825). 
 Petaurus leuoogaster, Mitch. Exped. East. Austr. i. p. xvii (1838). 
 
 » a. Size larger. Upper canine and p.' well developed. 
 
 Southern Var. typicus. 
 
 b. Size smaller. Upper canine and p.' quite small. 
 
 Northern Var. weinor, p. 166. 
 
■ 8. PETAITEOIBES. ' 165' 
 
 Petaurista leucogaster, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841), 
 Petaurus (Belideus) macrourus, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 
 xi. p. 288 (1841). 
 Petaurus (Petaurista) taguanoides, Waterh. iV. IT. Mamm. i. p. 322,, 
 
 pi. Xix. fig. 4 (skull) (1846). 
 Petaurus yolans, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) iv. p. 397 (1879). 
 Petaurista volans, Thos. Encycl. Brit. (9) xviii. p. 728 (1885). 
 
 Tagtjan Flying PnALAjreEE. 
 
 Fur long, soft, and fluffy. General colour dark ashy grey, very 
 variable in tone, sometimes nearly black aU over, sometimes 
 pale whitish grey. Ears very large, oval, evenly rounded ; laid 
 forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach nearly to the tip of the 
 muzzle ; their inner surface entirely naked, their outer thickly 
 covered all over with fur like that on the rest of the head. Back 
 without special markings, its colour as above described. Whole of 
 under surface white or pale yellowish, the hairs not grey basaUy. 
 Outer sides and backs of limbs black or dark brown, inner sides white 
 or pale grey. Hands and feet thickly fringed all over with deep 
 black hairs. Fingers and toes very thick, with stroiig curved claws. 
 Palms (PL XVII. fig. 2) and soles naked, the pads low, rounded, 
 finely striated. Tail very long, evenly furry all along, its colour 
 ashy grey or blackish, generally markedly darkening terminally. 
 Naked part under the tip (PL XVII. fig. 3) short, not sharply 
 separated from the hairy part, its surface not roughened. 
 
 Skull and teeth (PL XVIII. figs. 1, 2) as above described. Upper 
 canine and p.' larger in the present form, smaller in var. minor. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d (in spirit). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 430 
 
 Tail 490 
 
 Lower leg , 120 
 
 Hind foot 50 
 
 Ear 66 
 
 Naked part below tail-tip .... (c.) 14 
 
 SkuU, see p. 185. 
 
 Eah. Queensland to Victoria. 
 Tyfe not in existence. • 
 
 a. Ad. St., A . Liverpool Range, Gould Coll. 
 
 N. S. W. (/. G.). 
 h Ad. st., 2 . New South Wales. AnanCuniiingham,Esq. 
 
 [P.]. 
 c Ad. sk. New South Wales. AllanCunmngham,Esq. 
 
 [P.J. 
 
 d. Ad. al., cJ- Victoria. Purchased. 
 
 e. Ad. St., (J . Gould Coll. 
 Ad. St. ( , /„ii,:„„\ Purchased. 
 Skull. ^ ^^1^'°°)' 
 
 ^■1 
 
166 PHALANGEKID^. 
 
 g. Ad. sk., 5 . Zoological Society, 
 
 h. Skeleton. Purchased. 
 
 ,-. Skull. Mr. J. Baker [P.], 
 
 / Skull. Zoological Society, 
 
 i. Skull. Purchased, 
 
 b. Fetauroides volaais, rar. minor. 
 Petauiista Tolans, var. minor, CoU. Zool. Jakrh. ii. p. 926 (1887). 
 
 Similasto the typical form in all essential characters, but differing 
 by its smaller size (c/. the skull dimensions, p. 185), and especially 
 by the much feebler development of the upper canine, which ia 
 barely one half as long as \}, and of p.', which is quite minute and 
 sometimes absent. The upper i.'' and i.' are also proportionally 
 smaller and weaker (see PL XVIII, fig. 3). 
 
 Hab. Central Queensland. 
 
 Co-types in the Christiania Museum and in collection. 
 
 This smaller form of P. volans was discovered by Dr. Lumholtz 
 during his esploration of Central Queensland, and an excellent 
 description of it has been given by Dr. CoUett in his general account 
 of Dr. Lumholtz's collection. 
 
 lAd. sk, I _, , ,Q^ Coomooboolaroo, Queens- Christiania Museum 
 "• ) Skull. \ 0'^/°*- Imi {C.LumhoUz). [E.]. 
 
 (One of the co-types of variety. Specimen D of Dr. OoUett's list.) 
 
 9. PSEUDOCHIEUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Pseudochirus, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 26 Fa. peregrinHS, 
 
 Cercaertus (Cr%.), JBwm. Mandb. Naturg. p. 814 (1837) *. 
 
 Hepoona, Gray, Orey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841). Ps. cooki. 
 Cercartetua, Gloger, Sandb. Naturg. i. p. 85 (1842) . . Ps. peregrinus, 
 Hemibelideus (subg.). Coll. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 385 ... . Ps. lemuroidea. 
 
 Size large or medium. Fur shorter and woollier than in Fetau- 
 roides. Ears medium or short, hairy behind, but rarely closely 
 furry all over their backs as in Fetauroides, their inner surfaces 
 with extra tragoid projections in addition to the metatragus (see 
 PI. XVII. fig. 4). Planks without a flying-membrane. Fore toes 
 subequal, the first two very markedly opposable to the outer three 
 (see PI. XVII. fig. 6), their relative lengths in the following 
 order — 4, 3, 5, 2, 1. Claws medium. Palms and soles naked, 
 with large rounded and striated pads; underside of heel hairy. 
 Tail long, tapering, its distal third generally comparatively short- 
 haired ; its tip naked underneath for a distance varying from 4 to 
 150 millim,, generally about 100 millim. ; the whole of the under- 
 side shorter-haired than the upper ; markedly prehensile (see 
 PI. XVn. figs. 7, 8). MammsB 4 f. No chest- or crown-glands, 
 
 * Said to be founded on Trichoeums vulpecula, but obTiously a misspelt form 
 of GHoger's Cercartetns. 
 t At least in Ps. cooki, canescens, and forbesi. 
 
9. PSEtJDocHiEirs. 167 
 
 but apparently, judging only from dried skins, there is one occasion- 
 ally present placed on the upperside of the base of the tail *. 
 
 SJcull. Nasals generally projecting nearly or quite as far forwards 
 as the premaxillse. Interorbital space flat or concave, its edges 
 ridged or rounded, often inflated. Squamosal portion of zygomata 
 inflated as usual. Palate variable, generally nearly perfect. Bulto 
 as a rule rather more inflated than in Trichosurus. Base of 
 masseteric fossa generally with a small opening into the inferior 
 dental canal. 
 
 DentitioT, -—X ^-^ -BCorO^ p, 1 (or 0) p 1 .0.3 .4 -^ 1.2.3.4 _..g 
 
 uentimn .— i. j-^j-^j , u. —5—, r. j»».o.3».4' ^- 1.2.3.4- ■'■'' 
 or 17+ (at most) 5 x 2 = 36 or 40. 
 
 Upper teeth all fairly uniform in length, but i.' generally longer 
 in proportion to the others than in Petauroides. Premolars variable 
 in size and in their distances from each other ; p.^ in section, from 
 one third to three fourths the size of p.* Molars with crescentic 
 ridges as in Petauroides. Lower intermediate teeth generally very 
 small and sometimes altogether absent ; when three are present 
 they have the positions of i.^ p.\ and p.^ In Ps. albertisi and 
 archeri, owing to the shortness of the jaw, there is only a single 
 intermediate tooth (probably i.^), which is, however, larger in 
 proportion than usual. Lower p.' elongated, as high as the molars, 
 with several distinct cusps. 
 
 Range. New Guinea, Australia, and Tasmania. 
 
 This geniis, with its close ally Petauroides, by the complicated- 
 subselenodont character of its molars, stands somewhat apart from 
 most of the other Phalangers, and approaches Phaseolarctus, in 
 which a rather simpler form of the same modification is observable. 
 In young Cuscuses, however, a tendency towards the same structure 
 is also visible, but the crests on the molars soon wear ofi', and then 
 there appears but little difference between their molars and the 
 simple smoothly quadricuspid ones of Petaurus, Daetylopsila, and 
 their allies. 
 
 The species of Pseudoehirus fall naturally into three groups, of 
 which Ps. peregrinus, albertisi, and canescens may respectively be 
 taken as typical. The members of the first group are restricted to 
 Australia and Tasmania, of the third to New Guinea, while the two 
 species of the second occur, the one in North Australia and tho 
 other in New Guinea. All the species except Ps. peregrinus seem to 
 have rather restricted ranges, and this fact has been taken advantage 
 of ill the following synopsis, since, partly owing to' the absence of 
 spirit-specimens, characters of more than specific value have not 
 been easily found. 
 
 * The appearances indicative of a glandular structure are specially strongly 
 marked in Ps. archeri and albertisi. 
 
168 PHAIANOBRIB^. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTEENAI, ChAKACTKES, 
 
 A. Ears of medium length, not excessively 
 
 short ; longer than broad. Tail white- 
 tipped. — Australian and Tasmanian. 
 ' a. Naked part below tail-tip shorter than 
 
 head. Tail nearly cylindrical, evenly 
 
 bushy. — Central Queensland 1. Pg. lenmroides, p. 170. 
 
 b. Naked part below tail-tip longer than 
 
 head. Tail short-haired terminally. 
 a^. Ears smaller, their backs and bases 
 all dark like the rest of the head. 
 
 Chin brovni. — Central Queensland. 2. Ps, herbertensis, p. 170. 
 i'. Ears larger, their backs with a spot, 
 generally white, sometimes rufous, 
 on their posterior maigins. Chin 
 white or rufous. 
 a°. Grey, outsides of limbs irufoue. 
 a'. Ear-spot usually small, white 
 or rufous. White part of tail 
 variable in length. — Eastern 
 
 Australia ..,.,.,.' S. Pg. peregrinue, p. 172. 
 
 6*. Dark smoky grey, without or with , 
 but little tinge of rufons. 
 6'. White ear-spot quite small. 
 White part of tail 5 or 6 inches 
 
 long. — ^Western Australia . . 4. Ps. occidentalis,,f. 174, 
 e'. White ear-spot extending over 
 nearly the whole of the pos- 
 terior half of the back of the 
 ear. White part of tail 3 or 
 4 inches long. — Tasmania. ... 5, Ps. cooki, p. 176. 
 
 B. Ears very short, broader than long. Tail 
 
 not white-tipped, except in P. archeri. 
 
 c. Form thick and stout. Dorsal striping 
 
 conspicuous. Colour coppery or yel- 
 lowish, 
 c'. Tail white-tipped. Colour greenish 
 yellow, with three vague darker and 
 two lighter dorsal stripes, — Central 
 
 Queensland 6. Ps. archeri, p. 177. 
 
 d}. Tail not white-tipped. Colour griz- 
 zled coppery, with one deep black 
 dorsal stripe. — Papuan T. Ps. albertisi, p. 178. 
 
 d. Form light and slender. Striping in- 
 
 conspicuous. Colour grey. — ^Papuan. 
 
 e'. Tail only naked for about 4 millim. 
 
 at extreme tip. Face coloured like 
 
 back. Forehead unstreaked; a 
 
 pale spot below ear 8. Ps. schlegeli, p. 180, 
 
 /^. Tail naked below tip for 2 or 3 
 inches. Pace paler than back, 
 orange or rufous. 
 c'. Forehead with a dark central 
 
 streak ; no paler spot below ear. 9. Ps. canescens, p. 181, 
 <i'. Forehead unstreaked ; a pale spot 
 
 below ear 10. Ps. forbesi, p. 183. 
 
9. PSBUBOCHIRUS. 
 
 169 
 
 1. Ps. lemuroides, p. 170 
 
 II. Cranial Chaeacters. 
 
 A. Molarsi-3 more than 10-5 millim. 
 
 a. Nasals reaching forwards only to about 
 the level of i? 
 o^. Canine about as long as i.^ * Ms.i-3 
 
 about 12 millim 
 
 6. Nasals reaching to about the level of i.' 
 V-. Dental series interrupted, with 
 marked diastemata in the pre- 
 molar region, i." not, or little, 
 longer,horizontaUy than i.' Upper 
 edge of lower i.' straight or convex. 
 a'. Nasals vaulted, very convex along 
 the centre. Diastema between i.^ 
 and canine more than 3 millim. 
 
 Ms.i-3 11 to 11-5 millim 
 
 6*. Nasals flat above, not vaulted. 
 
 Diastema between i.' and canine 
 
 less than 3 millim. 
 
 a". Supraorbital edges sharp, not 
 
 inflated. Ms.i-3 11-2 to 12-6 
 
 milUm 
 
 6'. Supraorbital edge's rounded, in- 
 flated, 
 n''. Nasal notch shallow, nasals 
 projecting less than 7 mil- 
 lim. beyond their junction 
 with the premaxillEB. Ms.i-3 
 
 12-6 to 13-2 millim 
 
 J*. Nasal notch very deep, na- 
 sals projecting more than 7 
 millim. beyond their junc- 
 tion with the premaxillse. 
 
 Ms. 1-3 13 to 14 millim 
 
 c'. Dental series nearly or quite con- 
 tinuous; i.^ elongated horizontally, 
 its antero-posterior diameter twice 
 that of i.' Upper edge of lower i.^ 
 concave. 
 
 c^ Molarsi-3 13-6 millim 
 
 cP. Molarsi-s 12-2 to 125 millim. . . 
 
 B. Molarsi-s less than 10-5 millim. 
 
 c. i.' and p.^ present. Canine about as 
 
 long as i.' Bullae i;ounded, swollen, 
 transparent. 
 d}. Molars, large, ms.i-' 10 millim.; p.^ 
 
 touching p.' ; . . . 8. Fs. schlegeK, p. 180. 
 
 e^. Molars small, ms.i-3 less than 9 mil- 
 lim. ; p.' separated from p.' 9. Ps. canescens, p. 181. 
 
 d. i.' and p.^ aborted ; canine minute, much 
 
 shorter than i.^ Bullaj flattened, little 
 swollen, opaque. 
 />. Molars small, ms.i-3 8-8 millim . . 10. Ps.forbesi, p. 183. 
 
 2. Ps. herbertensis, p. 170. 
 
 3. Ps. pei'egrinus, p. 172. 
 
 4. Ps. occidentalis, p. 174. 
 
 5. Ps. cooki, p. 176. 
 
 6. Ps. archeri, p. 177. 
 
 7. Ps. albertisi, p. 178. 
 
 * Canine markedly shorter than i.' Petauroides volans, p. 164. 
 
170 PHALAHOEEIDJJ. 
 
 1. FseudocMrus lemuroides. 
 
 Phalangista (Hemibelideus) lemuroides, Coll. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 385, 
 
 pi. xxxi. (animal), figa. 5 & 6 (skull) ; Lumholtz, P. Z. 8. 1884, 
 
 p. 407 (habits). 
 
 Pseudochirus (Hemibelideus) lemuroides. Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 923 
 
 (1887). 
 
 Fur soft and woolly, even on the hands and feet. General colour 
 
 of head and back dark brownish grey, grizzled with reddish brown 
 
 on the shoulders and ashy grey on the hips. Head dark brown, 
 
 with a rufous tinge. Ears medium, projecting but little beyond the 
 
 thick fur of the head, thinly hairy. Centre of nape and back with 
 
 an indistinct darker line. Chest and belly dirty yellowish grey, 
 
 not sharply defined from the upper colour. Limbs dark brown, 
 
 gradually becoming black terminally. Tail black, uniformly thickly 
 
 clothed with fur for its whole length, very slightly tapering, and 
 
 agreeing in this respect more with Trichosurus than with the other 
 
 Psemlochiri. Naked part of tail very short, its length less than 
 
 that of the head. 
 
 ShuU short and broad, and bearing a very close resemblance to 
 that of Petauroides volans. Nasals short, flattened above, their tips 
 not projecting nearly as far forwards as the front of the pre- 
 maxillse. Interorbital space concave, gradually narrowing back- 
 wards, its edges with sharp upstanding ridges, and quite without 
 inflation. Palate nearly perfect. Bullae very slightly inflated. 
 
 Teeth. Anterior incisors separated in front. Distinct diastemata 
 present.in front of and behind canine and behind p.' ; canine as long 
 as or slightly longer than i.', p.' about two thirds its heiglit. 
 No lower intermediate teeth present in any of the three known 
 specimens.* 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Type (sMn). Adult. 
 miUim, 
 
 Head and body 370 
 
 Tail 295 
 
 Ear 20 
 
 SkuU, see p. 185. 
 Eab. Herbert River, Central Queensland. 
 Type in the Christiania Museum. 
 
 2. PseudocMrus herbertensis. 
 
 Phalangista herbertensis, CoU. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 383, pi. xxx. (animal), 
 figs. 3 & 4 (skull) ; Lumholtz, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 407 (habits). 
 
 Pseudochirus mongan, De Vis, P. Linn. Soc. If'. S. W. (2) i. p. 1130 
 (1887). 
 
 Pseudochirus herbertensis, Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 917 (1887). 
 
 Hebbeei-Eivbe Phalanser. 
 
 Fur thick, close, and woolly. General colour dark umber-brown. 
 Face uniform dark brown, no lighter marks anywhere, even in the 
 
 * This account is compiled from Dr. OoUett's figure and descriptions of the 
 typical specimen, which I had the opportunity of examining in 1884. 
 
9. PSETTBOCHIEirS. 171 
 
 region round the ear. An indistinct blackish line runs from 
 between the eyes on to the nape of the "neck, but owing to the 
 general dark colour this is very inconspicuous. Ears short, pro- 
 jecting but little beyond the fur, thinly hairy outside, nearly naked 
 in. Hairs of back dark smoky brown, their tips sometimes shining 
 coppery. Chin brown, like the face. Chest and belly either mixed 
 grey and white, with irregular pure white patches, or wholly pure 
 white, sharply defined from the upper surface, this colour also 
 occasionally passing round the proximal ends of the limbs in the 
 form of white rings, sharply contrasted with the general brown 
 colour. Whole of limbs otherwise like back. Tail tapering, the 
 hairs woolly to its tip, not straight terminally ; its colour uniform 
 smoky brown, with from one to three inches of its tip white. Naked 
 part below tip 5 or C inches in length, coarsely shagreened, sharply 
 defined from the hairy proximal part. 
 
 Shull (PI. XIX. fig. 1) narrower and more elongated than that 
 of Ps. lemuroides. Nasals long, much vaulted above along the 
 middle line, their anterior points falling but little short of the level 
 of the tips of the premaxiUse, the nasal notch shallow, the nasals 
 only projecting about 2 or 3 millim. in front of their junction with 
 the ascending process of the premaxillae ; naso-maxillary and naso- 
 premaxiUary sutures about equal in length ; posterior edge of nasals 
 very convex backwards in the centre. Interorbital region narrow, 
 tapering evenly backwards, concave in the centre ; its edges more 
 or less inflated anteriorly, sharply ridged posteriorly. Anterior 
 palatine foramina reaching to about halfway between the canine 
 and p.' Posterior palate perfect, except that it has a few minute 
 openings, in no way comparable to the large vacuities present in 
 many species. BullsB slightly inflated. 
 
 Teeth (PL XVIII. fig. 4). Upper i.* long, the amount by which it 
 exceeds i.^ nearly twice the vertical height of that tooth. I.^ and i.^ 
 small and delicate, about equal in section. Canine about as long as 
 i.^ rather longer than p.^ P.' about half the size of p.* in cross- 
 section. Molars rather small (see dimensions, p. 185). Lower i.' 
 simple, slender, spatulate. Intermediate teeth much reduced in 
 size, hardly visible. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Co-type * Co-type * 
 
 (stuffed). (stuffed). 
 Adult. Adult 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 360 360 
 
 Tail 315 330 
 
 Lower leg (c) 78 80 
 
 Hind foot (c.) 40 45 
 
 Ear 12-5 15-5 
 
 SkuU, see p. 185. 
 
 =f I have to thank my friend Dr. B. CoHett, of the Christiania Museum, for 
 the loan of these specimens, and also for his permission to have casts made of 
 their skulls and of those of the two other Queensland species described by him. 
 
172 PHALANOEEIDJi;. 
 
 Hah. Central Queensland (Herbert-River district). 
 
 Go-types in the Christiania Museum. 
 
 The variability in the presence or absence of white rings round 
 the limbs of this species is a very remarkable characteristic, 
 and has been thought to be of specific value by Mr. De Vis, who 
 has separated the non-ringed form from the other under the name 
 of Ps. mongan. On a renewed examination of the typical specimens, 
 however, I must agree with Dr. CoUett in looking upon these rings 
 as of too little importance to distinguish animals otherwise so 
 precisely, identical. 
 
 3. Pseudochims peregrinns. 
 
 Opossum, Cook, First Vtyy. {Ed. Hawkesw.) iii. p. 182 (1773). 
 Didelphia peregrinus, Bodd, Blench. Anim. i. p. 78 (1785). 
 Didelphis caudivolvula, Eerr, Linn. An. K. p. 196 (1792); Turt. 
 
 Linn. 8. N. i. p. 66 (1806). 
 Didelphis noves-noUandiae, Bechst. Uehers. vierf, ITiiere, ii. pp. 348, 
 
 685 (1800). 
 Phalangista convolutor, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 258 (1821). 
 Phalangista cooki, Ogilh. (nee I)esm.)P. Z. 8. 1835, p. 192 ; Waterh. 
 
 Cat. Mamm. Z. 8. p. 67 (1838),; 8ohinz, 8yn. Mamm. i. p. 627 
 
 (1844) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xviii. (animal) (1856) ; Gieb. 
 
 8aug. p. 698 (1859); Kreffi, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 36 
 
 (1864); Gieb. Z. ges. Nat. xxvii. p. 393(1866); Krefft, Mamm. 
 
 Austr. pi. vii. (animal) (1871) ; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. 8urg. 
 
 ii. p. 704 (1884). 
 Phalan^sta bauksii, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. i. p. 107 (1838). 
 Phalangista (Pseudochirus) cooki, Waterh. Jard. Nat^ Libr., Mamm. 
 
 p. 274, pi. XXV. (animal) (1841); id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 299, 
 
 pi. xix. fig. 2 (skull) (1846). 
 Trichosurus cooki, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842). 
 Phalangista lanuginosa, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xx. (animal) 
 
 (1858) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 37 (1864) ; id. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. text to pi. vii. (1871). 
 Pseudochirus cooki, Jmt. Notes Leyd. Mus. vi. p. 108 (1884). 
 Pseudochirus caudivolvulus, Jetit. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 22 (1884) ; 
 
 Tkos. Encycl. Brit. (9) xviii. p. 728 (1885) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. 
 
 Mamm. B. M. v. p. 189 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 920 
 
 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 315 (1887). 
 
 Common Eins-tailed Phaianseb. 
 
 Eur shorter than in the previous species. General colour very 
 variable, made up of grey or rufous in varying proportions. Face 
 grey or rufous, the region round the eyes often prominently more 
 rufous than the centre line between them. Ears (PI. XVII. fig. 4) 
 comparatively large for the genus, nearly naked inside, hairy out- 
 side, where they are as a rule grey anteriorly, with a distinct patch 
 of white on their posterior edges, but occasionally they are whoUy 
 deep rufous behind. Back grizzled grey, sides of body grey or 
 rufous. Chin, chest, and belly white, greyish white, or deep uniform 
 rufous. Outer sides of arms and legs rufous, inner sides like belly. 
 Hands and feet white or pale rufous. Tail furry like the body for 
 
9. P8EUD0CHIETJS. 173 
 
 three or four inches, beyond which the hairs are straighter and 
 shorter and more adpressed ; its colour at base following that of 
 the body in its proportions of grey and rufous, but its middle third 
 nearly or quite black, and its tip for from one to four inches pure 
 white. Naked part below tip about three or four inches in length, 
 not sharply defined from the hairy part, smooth, transversely 
 striated, not shagreened. 
 
 STcull (PI. XVIII. fig. 5 and PL XIX. fig. 2) elongated, its 
 outlines evenly oval. Nasals flattened, not vaulted above, reaching 
 nearly as far forwards as the premaxiUse ; nasal notch medium, 
 much deeper than in Ps. herbertensis, shallower than in Ps. cooici, the 
 projection of the bones about 5 or 6 millim. beyond their junction 
 with the premaxiUae. Naso-premaxillary much exceeding naso- 
 maxillary suture in length, owing to a narrow projecting process 
 being thrown back from the upper edge of the premaxillae, and 
 running along between the nasals and maxiUse, and reducing the 
 actual suture between these bones to about 4 millim. Interorbital 
 region much constricted, slightly concave above ; its edges square, 
 sharp, not round and inflated. Anterior palatine foramina extend- 
 ing backwards to the level of the diastema between p.' and p.' 
 Posterior palate with one or two pairs of small vacuities. BuUse 
 swollen, transparent. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XVIII. fig. 5). Upper i.^ comparatively small and 
 short, not exceeding i.^ by an amount equal to the height of that 
 tooth. Canine about equal to i.' and twice the size of p.' P.' about 
 half the size in section of p.* Molars large and heavy (see skull 
 dimensions). Upper m.* comparatively short, its internal .antero- 
 posterior length about 3 or 3"5 miUim., rarely amounting to 4. 
 Lower intermediate teeth one, two, or three; seldom all aborted. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 ?• 
 h (stuffed). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 390 
 
 Tail 340 
 
 Lower leg (c.) 80 
 
 Hind foot 42 
 
 Ear 37 
 
 SkuU, see p. 185. 
 
 Hob. Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 The interpretation of the relations between this and the next 
 two species is a matter of considerable doubt. On the whole it 
 appears to be most convenient to recognize the Tasmauian form 
 as distinct, and consequently the Western Australian as well, the 
 latter being apparently more nearly allied to the Tasmanian than to 
 the Eastern Australian animal. The differences it is true are slight. 
 
174 
 
 PHALANQEEIDJE. 
 
 but they appear to be constant, at least in fuUy adult specimens, 
 and intermediate individuals are the less likely to occur, as the 
 three species are sharply separated geographically, Ps. occidentalis 
 being as absolutely isolated by the (to a Phalanger) impassable 
 treeless desert north of the Grreat Australian Bight as Ps. cooki. is 
 by Bass's Straits. 
 
 The South Victorian specimen r does not, so far as its skull is 
 concerned, show any approximation to the Tasmanian species, a fact 
 that tends to prove the essential distinctness of the two forms. 
 
 j Ad. sk. I 
 "■• 1 Skull. 1 
 
 <S- 
 
 b. 
 
 I Imm. sk. I o 
 ) Skull. f +• 
 lAd. sk. I 
 
 "■ I Skull, f 
 
 d-e. Yg. St. 
 
 ?■ 
 
 f,g. Ad. St., d?. 
 A^'. Ad. St., 2 ■ 
 
 *■ ]Skull. ( °- 
 
 I. 
 
 i Ad. sk. i Q 
 
 il. /^ 
 
 I Skull. . 
 
 I Ad. sks. I , o 
 
 lAd.sk. I o 
 "• i Skull. [ ?• 
 
 1 Ad. sk. / 
 P- ) Skull, f 
 
 JAd.sk. I 
 ^- J Skull. I 
 
 I Ad. sk. , 
 '■• jSkuU. f ^■ 
 s. Imm. al., J . 
 
 Flats, Upper Hunter R., 
 
 N. S. W. {J. <?.). 
 
 {Type of P. 
 North of Hunter R., N. 8, 
 
 W. (/. G.\ 
 Upper Hunter R., N. S. W. 
 
 {J. O.). 
 Upper Hunter R., N. S. W. 
 
 (J. G.). 
 Yarrundi, N. S. W. {J. G.). 
 Liverpool Range, N. S. W. 
 
 {J. G.). 
 Liverpool Range, N. S. W. 
 
 {J. G.). 
 Clarence R., N. S. W. (J. 
 
 G.). 
 New South Wales {J. G.). 
 
 New South Wales. 
 
 Australian Alps, 
 
 N.E. Victoria. 
 Australian Alps. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Inosa, Gould.) 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Gould CoU. 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 Dr. Lhotsky 
 
 [P.]. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Western Port, Victoria. Purchased. 
 
 Mr. J. Beazley 
 
 [C.]. 
 
 4. Fsendochirus occidentalis. 
 
 Westbbn Ring-tailed Phalangek. 
 
 General colour deep smoky grey, very variable in tone, but with- 
 out any tinge of rufous. Ears thinly hairy, the white spot on the 
 posterior border of their backs scarcely occupying one third of the 
 whole posterior margin. Sides not more rufous than back, smoky 
 grey. Chin, chest, and beUy white, the bases of some or most of 
 the hairs grey. Limbs like back ; hands and feet dark reddish 
 brown or black, usually markedly darker than the rest of the 
 limbs. TaU short-haired and white for a longer distance than in 
 
 * Partially melanistio. Ears without white patches. 
 
9. PSBITDOCHIRITS. 
 
 175 
 
 Ps. peregrinus, the white extending over about the terminal 5 or 6 
 inches ; the basal part dark brown ; naked part below tip about 
 4 inches long, smooth, not shagreened. 
 
 Shull (PI. XVIII. fig. 6 and PI. XIX. fig. 3). Nasal notch 
 shallow, the tips of the nasals only projecting about 5 or 6 miUim. 
 beyond their junction with the premaxillsa. Naso-premaxillary 
 much longer than naso-maxillary suture. Upper surface of nasals 
 flat, not vaulted. Interorbital region slightly concave in the middle 
 line ; less markedly constricted than in Ps. peregrinus ; its edges 
 smoothly rounded and inflated, but less so than in Ps. cooki. 
 Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the level of the hinder edge 
 of p.' Posterior palate with large vacuities. Bullae large and 
 transparent. 
 
 Teeth apparently quite similar to those of the last species, except 
 that they are rather larger and heavier throughout. Internal 
 antero-posterior length of m.* about 4 miUim. 
 
 ?• 
 
 e (skin). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 335 
 
 Tail 310 
 
 Lower leg (c.) 85 
 
 Hind foot 48 
 
 Ear 25 
 
 Skull, see p. 185. 
 
 Hah. "Western Australia. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 lAd.sk. I „ 
 ) Skull. !+• 
 Yg. sk., 6. 
 tAd.sk. I p 
 ) Skull. ( +• 
 ) Imm. sk.* ) , 
 ] Skull. f ^• 
 
 Mskuu!"" I ?' 27/2/40. 
 
 ^■{skr'-l<^'2o/2/5«- 
 
 Perth, W. A. {J, Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 Perth, W. A. (J: Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 Swan R., W. A. (J. Gil- Gould OoU. 
 
 bert). 
 
 Swan R., W. A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll. 
 
 bei-t). 
 
 King George's Sound, W. Gould Coll. 
 
 A. (J. Gilbert). (Type of species.) 
 
 King George's Sound, W. Gould CoU. 
 
 A. (J. Gilbert). 
 
 King George's Sound, F. M. Rayner, 
 
 W. A. ( Voy. < ReraU '). Esq. [P.&C.]. 
 
 * Melanistic ; apparently the specimen referred to by Gould, Mamm. Austr. 
 i. text to pi. xviii. p. 2. 
 
176 PHALANSBEIDiB. 
 
 5. Fseudochirns cooki. 
 
 Opossum, Cooh, Third Voyage, i. p. 109, pi. Tiii. (animal) (1784). 
 
 Phalangista cooki, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xxv. p. 476 (1817) ; 
 id. Mamm. i. p. 268 (1820); Sckinz, Cm. Thierr. i. p. 258(1821); 
 Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 7 (1827) ; Oray, Oriff. Cm. An. K. v 
 p. 198 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 218 (1827) ; id. Diet. Class. 
 dH. N. xiii. p. 334 (1828); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 277 
 (1829) ; Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. It. i. p. 102 (1838) ; Gray, Ann. 
 Mag. N. H. i. p. 107 (1838) ; Wagn. Sehr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 78 
 (1843), V. p. 274 (1855) ; Owen, Odontogr., Atl. pi. c. fig. 2 
 (teeth) (1845) ; Gunn, P. Roy. Sac. Tasm. ii. p. 84 (1852) ; Gieb. 
 Odontogr. p. 42, pi. xviii. fig. 2 (teeth) (1865); Schkg. Dierent. 
 ■p. 166(1872). 
 
 Petamrus cooki, F. Cm. Dents Mamm. pp. 129, 263 (1825) ; id. 
 Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 417 (1826). 
 
 Trichosurus cooki, Less. S. N. Mamm. {Campl. Buff.) iv. p. 471 
 pi. xxviii. (animal) (1830). 
 
 Phalangista yiverrina, Ogilb. P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 131 ; Waterh. Cat. 
 Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 67 (1838) ; Svhinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 529 
 (1844) ; Homhr. ^ Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. iii. pp. 31, 33, Atl. 
 pis. xiv. (animal and skuU), xv. (animal, albino, and skull) 
 (1845-53); Gould, Mamm. 'Austr. i. pi. xix. (animal) (1856); 
 Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. -p. 122 (186S) ; Kreffl, Cat. 
 Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 37 (1864) ; id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 
 (1868) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to pi. vii. p. 2 (1871). 
 
 Hepoona cooki. Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; id. 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 84 (1843) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 121 (1862). 
 
 Phalangista (Pseudochirus) vivemnus, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., 
 Mamm. xi. p. 277, pi. xxiv. (animal) (1841). 
 
 Trichosurus viverrinus, Less. N. Tahl. JR. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842). 
 
 Phalangista incana, Sohinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 530 (1844). 
 
 Tasmaniak Kino-taileb Phalangek. 
 
 Pur very thick, close and ■wooUy. General colour dark smoky 
 brown, sometimes with a tinge of deep rufous on the limbs. Face 
 brown, cheeks rather paler. Ears large, rounded, weU-haired 
 behind, where the hairs are brown anteriorly ; but, as a rule, they are 
 prominently white along the whole posterior margin of the ear, the 
 white patch often extending downwards on to the sides of the head 
 below tbe ear. Whole of back uniform deep brown, with longer 
 straight black-tipped hairs interspersed among the brown and 
 woolly ones. Chin, chest, and belly white, the line of demarcation 
 generally rather sharply defined ; the hairs mostly slaty grey basally. 
 Outsides of limbs brown, sometimes deep rufous, but never 
 the bright rufous found in Ps. peregrinits. Hands and feet dark 
 brown or black. Tail closely furry, evenly tapering, dark brown, 
 deepening to black basally, white terminally for from two to four 
 inches ; the' naked part beneath the end from three to five inches in 
 length, smooth, not shagreened. 
 
 Skull (PI. XVIII. fig. 7 and PI. XIX. fig. 4). Nasal notch very 
 deep, the tip of the nasals projecting always more than seven, often 
 
9. PSEtJDOCHIRBS. 177 
 
 eight or nine, millim. beyond their junction with the premaxillae ; 
 naso-premaxillary but little longer than naso-niaxillary suture, 
 nasal bones flat above, not vaulted.. Interorbital region concave 
 above in the centre, much constricted, its edges smoothly rounded, 
 much inflated *. Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the level 
 of the back of p.' Posterior palate comparatively perfect, without 
 or with only a few small and irregular vacuities. BuUse medium in 
 size, transparent. 
 
 Teeth as in Ps. ocddentalis, and only differing from those of 
 Ps. peregrinus by their greater size. Internal antero-posterior 
 length of m." about 4-0 millim. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (stuffed). 
 Adult. 
 
 Head and body 350 
 
 Tail 340 
 
 Lower leg (c) 90 
 
 Hind foot' 55 
 
 Ear .. ...' 28 
 
 SkuU, see p. 185. 
 
 Hab. Tasmania. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 a. Ad. St., (5 . Tasmania. Purchased. 
 
 ■ I Ad. sk. I o Tasmania. Zool. Society. 
 *■ jSkuU. } ?• ^ 
 
 c, d. Ad. sks., c? S . Tasmania. Capt. Ross [P. 
 
 & C.]. 
 
 1 Ad. sks. 1 Tasmania. geuld Coll. 
 
 e-h. .^Skulls of e, ^2d',2$. * 
 
 I f,&g- I 
 
 t. Yg.sk., d, 27/10138. Tasmania. Gould CoU. 
 
 . , i Yg. sks. I Tasmania. Gould Coll. 
 
 •')> '^- \ Skull of > \ 
 
 I. Skeleton, cJ. Purchased. 
 
 m. Skull. (Voy. H.M.S. 'Fly.') J. B. Jukes, Esq. 
 
 [P. & C.]. 
 
 6. Pseudochirus archeri. 
 
 Phalangista (Pseudochirus) archeri. Coll. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 381, 
 pi. xxix. (animal), figs. 1 & 2 (skull) ; LumhoUz, P. Z. S. 1884, 
 p. 407 (habits). 
 
 Pseudochirus archeri. Coll. Zool. Jahrh. ii. p. 912 (1887). 
 
 Yellow Phalangee. 
 
 The following is drawn up from the original description and 
 
 * In the apeeimen figured (specimen Tn) this inflation is at its maximum, and 
 is therefore more pronounced than usual. It is, however, always very con- 
 siderable. 
 
178 PHAIANGEEID*. 
 
 figures, and from a cast of the typical skull which Dr. CoUett kindly 
 permitted me to have prepared : — 
 
 Fur' soft, close, and thick. General colour grizzled yellowish 
 green. Face grey, passing into greenish yellow on the crown. 
 Eye with distinct crescentic pale yellow spots above and below it. 
 Ears very short, rounded, hairy, their posterior edges and a large 
 spot beneath their bases prominently white. Nape with a distinct 
 black central line passing down it on to the back. Back greenish 
 yellow, with two whitish lines margining the black central one, and 
 these again with two indistinct darker ones outside them. Chin 
 greyish white, chest and belly pure white, the line of demarcation 
 rather sharply marked. Limbs like back, but rather greyer. Tail 
 thick basaUy, rapidly tapering ; its basal two thirds coloured like 
 the back, its tip white. Naked part beneath tip less than half the 
 length of the tail. 
 
 Skull and teeth essentially the same as those of Ps. dlbertisi, and 
 therefore very different from those of any of the previous species. 
 The teeth, however, are rather larger and stouter than in the 
 Papuan animal (see skuU dimensions, p. 185), and the buUse 
 appear to be less swollen. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 (J- 
 
 Type (skin). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 350 
 
 Tail 330 
 
 Ear (" measured along the 
 
 inner margin ") 18 
 
 Skull, see p. 185. 
 
 ffah. Pentral Queensland (Herbert Eiver district). 
 Tj/pe in the Christiania Museum. 
 
 7. PseudocMrus all)ertisi. 
 
 Phalangista (Pseudochirus) albertisi, Peters, Ann. Mm. Oenov. vi. 
 
 p. 303 (1874) ; id. SfDoria, op. cit. xvi. p. 674, pi. viii. fig. 2, pi. ix. 
 
 %. 2 (skull), and pi. xi. (animal) (1881). 
 Pseudochirus albertisi, Jent. Notes Zeyd. Mus. vi. p. 109 (1884) ; id. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 315 (1887). 
 
 D'Albektis's Phaianoee. 
 
 Form stout and clumsy. Fur very long, soft and thick. General 
 colour snining coppery brown. Face grizzled greyish brown, no 
 lighter markings either above or below eye, or behind or below ear. 
 Whiskers numerous, long- and coarse, black ; whisker-like bristles 
 also growing from tufts placed one just above each eye, and another 
 on the side of the cheek behind and below the posterior oanthus. 
 Ears short and rounded, their substance thick and fleshy ; with three 
 
9. PSETTDOCHIETTS. 179 
 
 distinct tragoid projections on their inner surfaces, these projections 
 each covered with long shining black hairs ; back of ears covered 
 with short soft reddish fur. Back glistening coppery brown ; 
 grizzled with black, the hairs dark brownish grey basally, shining 
 orange terminally; centre of back with a distinct narrow black 
 mesial line estending from the nape to between the hips. Chin 
 greyish, chest and belly pure white along the middle line, grey mixed 
 laterally. Outsides of limbs like back, inner sides greyish. Tips 
 of fingers and toes black. Palm- and sole-pads large, rounded, finely 
 striated. Tail thick, tapering, the hairs woolly to the tip ; coloured 
 like the back, but duller in tone, gradually darkening to the end, 
 where there is no trace of a white tip. Naked part below 
 (PI. XVII. fig. 8) extending for nearly half the length of the taU, 
 sharply defined from the hairy part, about 5 milHm. in breadth all 
 along ; its surface, especially proximally, coarsely shagreened, but 
 smoother in less aged specimens. 
 
 Slcull (PI. XX. fig. 1) remarkable for its great width across the 
 orbital region, and for its very short, narrow, and pointed muzzle. 
 Nasal notch shallow, rounded. Naso-premaxillary about equal to 
 naso-maxillary suture. Nasal bones narrow in front, much ex- 
 panded behind, their upper surface slightly convex anteriorly, 
 concave posteriorly. Interorbital region deeply concave in the 
 centre, its edges raised up into high prominent sharp-edged ridges, 
 projecting vertically from two to three miUim. above the level of 
 the concave part between them. Orbits very large and round, their 
 outer walls so much expanded as to make the greatest zygomatic 
 breadth of the skuU come opposite their centres. Anterior palatine 
 foramina short, extending backwards to the level of p.' Posterior 
 palate with a pair of small irregular vacuities. Bullae inflated, 
 decidedly larger than in Ps. archeri. 
 
 Teeth (fig. cit.) stout and heavy, the upper series continuous, 
 not interrupted by marked diastemata. Upper i.' short, thick, 
 sharply pointed, its extreme tip slightly diverging from that of its 
 fellow. I.^ short vertically, very long and broad horizontally, the 
 cutting-edge of the lower i.' biting on to its top instead of between 
 it and its fellow ; its posterior edge projecting downwards (in the 
 natural position) much more than its anterior. I.^ small, cylindrical ; 
 canine and p.^ close to each other and to the other teeth, conical, 
 pointed, about equal in height. P.^ about one third the size in cross 
 section of the large and powerful p.* Lower i.' curved upwards at the 
 tip, and with a marked upward projection proximaUy which sharply 
 separates the enamel-covered cutting-portion from the root, and 
 causes the upper cutting-edge to be decidedly concave in outline. 
 Diastema between i.' and p.^ very short, the single minute tooth 
 (probably i.^) nearly filling it up. P.' longer and heavier than usual, 
 and with its anterior cusp more strongly developed. 
 
 n2 
 
180 PHALANSEElDiE. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Type (skin in spirit). 
 Adult. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 340 
 
 Tail 316 
 
 Hind foot 48 
 
 Ear 17-2 
 
 Skull, seep. 185. 
 
 Hub. N.W. New Guinea (Arfak district). 
 -Type iu the Museo Civico, Genoa. 
 
 i Ad. sk. I , Mori, Arfak Mts., New Guinea. A. A. Bruijn. 
 
 "■ ISkuU. f ^■ 
 b. Ad. sk. Prafl, Hatam, Arfak Mts. A. A. Bruijn. 
 
 I Ad. sk. I New Guinea. Purchased. 
 
 "• i Skull. [ 
 
 8. FseudocMrus scMegeli. 
 Pseudochirus schlegeli, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vi. p. 110 (1884) ; 
 id. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 315 (1887). 
 
 SCHLE&Bl's PHALAiraEE. 
 
 Size comparatively small. General colour dull silvery grey. Fur 
 thick and woolly. Face grey, like the back, not paler as in the allied 
 species ; its centre without any trace of a darker longitudinal line. 
 Ears small and rounded, their backs thickly hairy, nearly black, ex- 
 cept their edges which are rufous ; a patch round their bases pale yel- 
 lowish white, with an indistinct darker mark posterior to it. Back 
 grey, with a faint rufous tinge ; a very indistinct darker mark running 
 along its centre. Chin, chest, and belly pale yellow, with a tinge of 
 rufous, the bases of the hairs slate-coloured. Arms and legs like 
 back ; hands rather paler basally, but the fingers black ; feet nearly 
 white. Tail evenly tapering, short-haired terminally, its colour 
 basally like that of the back, but without the rufous tinge ; thinly 
 hairy below to the end (except about 4 millim. at the extreme tip, 
 where it is naked all round), and therefore differing in this respect 
 from that of every other member of this genus. 
 
 Skull rather more heavily built than in the two allied specieS' 
 next following, but still markedly lighter and more delicate than 
 in any of the previous species. Nasals but little expanded behind. 
 Interorbital space narrow, parallel-sided, concave above, its edges 
 ridged, but faintly inflated and rounded anteriorly ; no trace of 
 postorbital processes. General frontal outline evenly convex above. 
 Palate rather imperfect behind, ending behind opposite the ppsterior 
 edge of m." Bullse large and transparent. 
 
 Teeth. Upper i.' long and strong, i.^ smaller than i.', the crown of 
 the latter about 1"8 millim. in horizontal length. Canine about as 
 long vertically as i.^ P.' touching p.", small and conical ; p.' and p.* 
 oval, the latter about twice the size in section of the former. Molars 
 larger and heavier than in Ps. forhesi and canescens, though smaller 
 
9.,psEtrD0CHiKrs. 181 
 
 than in any of the previous spepies. Diastema between lower i/ 
 and p/ long, with (in the type) a single intermediate tooth (pro- 
 bably i.^) present on each side. ' 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Type (stuffed). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 260 
 
 Tail : 250 
 
 Hind foot 30 
 
 Ear 13 
 
 SkuU, see p. 185. 
 
 Hah. N.W. New Guinea (Ari'ak Mountains). 
 
 Type in the Leyden Museum. 
 
 The above description is drawn up from the tjrpical specimen, 
 which, by the kindness of Dr. F. A, Jentink, I have had the oppor- 
 tunity of examining in the museum under his charge. 
 
 9. Pseudochirus canescens. 
 
 Phalanger grisonnant, lIomin\ <§• Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Atl. Zool. pi. 
 
 xvi. (animal and skull) (1845). 
 Phalangista (Pseudochirus) canescens, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 305 (1846) ; Homhr. Sf Jacq. Voy. Pole 8M, Zool. iii. p, 33 
 
 (1858) ; Wagn. Schr. Sixug. Supp. v. p. 276 (1856) ; Gieh. Saug. 
 
 p. 698 (1859). 
 Phalangista bernsteini, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierh. iii. p. 357 
 
 (1866) ; id. Bierent. p. 166 (1872) ; Peters 8r Doria, Ann. Mus. 
 
 Oenov. xvi. p. 676, pi. xii. (animal) (1881) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 
 Mm. p. 315 (1887). 
 Phalangista grisescens, Peters, Ann. Mus. Genov. vi. p. 303 (1874). 
 Pseudochirus bernsteini, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vi. p. 109 (1884). 
 
 HoAET PkAIANGBE. 
 
 » 
 
 Size small, form slender ; the head and limbs especially small in 
 proportion to the size of the body. Fur short and close ; underfur 
 thick and wooUy, brown. General colour silvery grey. Face and 
 cheeks pale brovmish yellow, much paler than the body ; centre of 
 face with a sharply marked dark longitudinal Une, commencing in 
 front of the eyes and running down the nape on to the back, where 
 it broadens into an indistinct darker band nearly an inch in breadth. 
 Ear (PL XVII. fig. 5) very small, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) it 
 does not reach halfway to the eye ; its outline nearly circular, its 
 interior surface naked, without extra tragoid projections additional 
 to the metatragus ; its back thickly hariry, dark brown, which colour 
 is continued downwards on to the sides of the head as a marked 
 black patch, not margined anteriorly by a paler spot. No tufts of 
 longer hairs round or on the ears. Chin brown, chest and belly 
 
182 ' PHALANGERID^. 
 
 dirty yellowish grey. Arms and legs silvery grey ; fingers (PI. XVII. 
 fig. 6) with the " pseudochirous " arrangement unusually strongly 
 marked, the first and second together widely opposable to the third, 
 fourth, and fifth. Palms with five broad striated pads. Upper 
 surface of both fingers and toes brown, rather darker than the 
 general colour of the limbs. Tail evenly tapering, silvery grey 
 basally, becoming black distally ; its under surface short-haired all 
 along, becoming gradually naked in its distal third, the naked part 
 (PI. XVII. fig. 7) smooth, transversely wrinkled, not shagreened. 
 
 Shull very small and light. Nasals slender, little expanded 
 behind, their tips projecting about 2 or 2\ miUim. beyond their 
 junction with the ascending processes of the premaxillse ; posterior 
 nasal region convex upwards, rather vaulted. Interorbital space 
 narrow, concave, but less so than in the next species ; its edges 
 sharply ridged, but the ridges not forming postorbital processes. 
 Palatine foramina oval, reaching past the level of the back of the 
 canine. Posterior palate almost or quite perfect, back edge of palate 
 some distance behind m.^ Bullae swollen and transparent, but less 
 so than in the last species. 
 
 Teeth small and weak, their series interrupted by wide diastemata. 
 Upper i.' about twice the length of i.° ; i.' slightly shorter horizon- 
 tally than i.'' Canine rather longer than either of the posterior 
 incisors, unusually long diastemata present both in front of and 
 • behind it. P.' slightly separated from p.', short and conical ; p.^ 
 and p.* narrow, oval in outline, the former about one half the size 
 of the latter in section. Molars very small and light. Lower teeth 
 as usual, except that there are no minute intermediate teeth at all 
 in either of the specimens examined. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 2- . 
 *(in spirit). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 260 
 
 Tail 205 
 
 Lower leg 53 
 
 Hind foot 32 
 
 Ear 12 
 
 SkuU, see p. 185. 
 
 Eah. N.W. New Guinea (Salawatti, Eamoi, &c.). 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 Of this, the oldest known species of the present group, I have 
 had the advantage of examining all the specimens as yet brought to 
 Europe, namely, the type of the species, preserved in the Paris 
 Museum, that of Ps. bersteini in the Leyden Museum, and a spirit- 
 specimen belonging to the Genoa Museum, which latter, by the 
 kindness of the Marquis G. Doria, I have had lent me for purposes 
 
 * Specimen in the Genoa Museum. 
 
9. psBTrDOCHiEirs. 183 
 
 of comparison and description. The skull measurements given in 
 the table on p. 185 are taken from the typical skuU, for the. loan of 
 which I have to thank Prof. Pouchet of the Paris Museum. 
 
 10. Pseudochirus forhesi. (Plate I.) 
 PseudocMrus forbesi, Thos, Ann. Mag. N. H. (S) xix. p. 146 (1887). 
 
 FOKBES'S PHAiAlf9ER. 
 
 Size rather smaller than in Ps. canesoens, general proportions as 
 in that species. Sexes differing markedly in size *. Fur short, close 
 and velvety. General colour duU silvery grey. Muzzle blackish 
 brown; crown and cheeks pale rufous, without any trace of a 
 central darker line. Ears (so far as can be judged from a dried skin) 
 small and rounded as in Ps. canescens, their backs hairy, dull rufous, 
 a prominent blackish patch in front of and above them, and another 
 below and behind them, while between the two black marks, round 
 their posterior bases, the fur is pale yellowish white, connected 
 below with the pale colour of the throat. The whole region of the 
 ears markedly tufted with long fine hairs. Back grey, the rufous 
 of the crown of the head gradually disappearing on the fore- 
 quarters ; an indistinct dark band running down the centre of the 
 posterior back, not continued forwards on the head. Chin brown, 
 chest and belly dirty white, the bases of the hairs slate ; hairs on 
 the scrotum wholly pale rufous. Outsides of hmbs like body, the 
 anterior more rufous than the posterior. Hands and feet nearly 
 white, except that the backs of the metacarpals are brown. Tail, 
 both in colour and distribution of hair, similar to that of Ps. canescens, 
 except that the underside of the basal third is scarcely less hairy 
 than the upper, and the hairs themselves are everywhere rather 
 shorter. Surface of naked portion below tip rather rougher than 
 in that species. 
 
 Skull (PL XX. figs. 1-3) smaU and lightly buUt. Nasals pro- 
 jecting rather more than 3 mUUm. beyond their junction with the 
 ascending processes of the premaxiUae, the nasal notch therefore 
 deeper than in the allied species ; posterior part of nasals but little 
 expanded, flattened, not vaulted above. Interorbital region very 
 markedly concave along its centre, its edges sharply ridged, the 
 outline of these ridges forming a sharp angle with that of the nasals 
 when viewed laterally. Rudimentary postorbital processes present, 
 and the corresponding projections on the malar bones unusually 
 well developed. Anterior palatine foramina extending to past the 
 level of the canines. Posterior palate with numerous minute 
 vacuities. Bullae small, scarcely swollen at aU. 
 
 TeetTi remarkably reduced, both in size and number. Upper i,' 
 thick, about three times the height of i.^ ; i.° very smaU ; i.' entirely 
 absent. Canine minute, situated a very considerable distance 
 behind the incisors. P.' absent ; p.' small, oval in outline ; p.* about 
 
 * Judging from one specimen only of each. 
 
184 
 
 PHAIAjreEBID^. 
 
 three times the size of p.^ in section, its outline triangular. Molars 
 small and narrow. Lower i.^ slender ; diastema between it and p.' 
 shorter than in Ps. canesems, and (in the typical and only known 
 skull) a minute intermediate tooth present on one side only of the 
 jaw ; p.* narrow, tricuspid, nearly 3 miUim. in length ; lower molars 
 as usual. 
 
 c?. S- 
 
 a (skin). b (in spirit). 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 minim. millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 280 (c). 225 
 
 Tail 230 152 
 
 Lower leg (c.) 60 -14 
 
 Hind foot 30 28 
 
 Ear (c.) 13 
 
 SkuU, see next page. 
 
 Bah. S.E. New Guinea (Sogere). 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This very handsome species, the smallest of the genus, is the only 
 one that has as yet been discovered anywhere in New Guinea except 
 in the north-west. While agreeing very closely with Ps. eanescens 
 in many of its characters, and forming, with that species and Ps. 
 schlegeli, a very well-defined section of the genus, it yet differs 
 remarkably from all in the total suppression of its posterior incisors 
 and anterior premolars. Most unfortunately, the second specimen 
 received from Mr. Forbes (specimen 6) has had its head entirely 
 destroyed by shot, and therefore no information can be gained from 
 it as to the constancy with which these teeth are absent in the 
 species. 
 
 j Ad. sk. I , „ ,„„ Sogere, S.E. New H. O. Forbes, Esq. [C.l. 
 
 "•■jSkuU. ( rf» ^/°o- Guinea, 2000 feet. (Ty^je of species.) 
 
 6. Ad. al., 5 & yg., Sogere, 1750 feet. H. O. Forbes, Esq. [P. 
 
 19/10/85. & 0.]. 
 
 10. TEICHOSUEUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Trichosurus, Less. Diet. Class, d' S. N. xiii. p. 333 (1838) T. vulpecula, 
 Psilogrammurus, Gloger, Handb. Naburg. p. 85 (1842). . T. vulpecula. 
 Trichurus", Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 74 (1843) . . T. vulpecula. 
 
 Size large. Fur close and wooUy. Ears medium or short, 
 more or less hairy behind. Flanks without a flying-membrane. 
 Fore toes subequal, their tengths in the following order — 4, 3, 2, 5, 1. 
 Claws' large and strong. Palms naked, with large rounded and 
 
 * This, the natural form of the word, from Spit, is preoccupied among 
 Lepidoptera (Hiibner, 1816), bijt if the derivation be taken as from rpixii'i'is, the 
 generic name may be left as Lesson originally formed it. 
 
o 
 
 
 to 
 
 'IS 
 
 s 
 e 
 
 
 6Q' 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 §3 
 
 ^5 
 
 I 
 
 •oerg 
 
 "1^1 
 
 
 
 4r % 3(; # ife ii^ H: 
 
 THC^lOf^C^ CD Cq Ttl »p ■^ "* lO t* 05 CO ■^ 
 
 O CO T— I CM i-H I— 1 r- 1 CO CO 
 
 T-HOcot*-^ir5i>Th6sThc 
 10CQ.-H cq .-H c 
 
 
 
 •td+^s 
 
 t-t T^ CO -^ CM Oi Oi tH <N tJi lO CO 
 
 SSSS'^"^^'^°OF^cboic»TtHcoi^o3ciooooo 
 
 CDcOCfl,-! CO,-,T-l CNCOt- rH 
 
 cq ■* t--^i>' bo -^ 00 iLp 
 
 <N "-H O i-< vo t- lO O W -* tH o O CO Ah tK Tt^ O t- 
 
 cotikni-) cocNrH (M^os i-H -; r^ 
 
 do c5 cjt)c3c5 c3 
 
 io65c»(f<ii>t--doo<?lt"WT^O(Ncqowc^)cqc)Oi 
 
 CDCOCJ^i-H COIMi-HtNTht^ 1-1 
 
 t— I 
 
 t-CO Thip UD CO 
 
 ■*QOi>.Mcbi>t»-ocqcc 
 
 COCOCqi-H COC<» 1-1 
 
 OS CO ip T^ 03 l> 
 
 
 
 CH-fcP 
 
 ip tH Cq CO COOSipipCC 00 CO >-( Vp CD 5p OS ip 
 
 OJ^-MOiihcc-*doAcboqt'i>'Aicqcb(NAiAiodi 
 
 CDCOCT COi-Hi-H CNCOCO f-H 
 
 r-1 N ip ip l> Cq ip t- ip ^THC^rqqcD 
 CDCOCq»^ '~ COt^^'C^^Qo'" 
 
 CO UO 
 OCO 1-1 
 
 CO CO »pCq05iO 
 
 I'^cqfjqffi'-ir^Ocb 
 
 
 si 
 
 'oS.^ 
 
 0QCQ<1 
 
 Cp lO t* CO C'J CO CO ■* CO CD (N CO CD 00 t- 
 
 185 
 
 CD 
 
 ■J a 
 
 lO lOt~ woo OO^CO U3 
 
 tJD-° 
 
 a-" 
 
 tg c3 cj 
 D3 ID ra 
 
 '|1§"|>i 
 
 s 3 
 
 'en '^ 
 
 o.S 
 
 ■^i 
 
 d CO 
 
 § g 
 
 " sift 
 
 :^ _g ft a ^ 
 
 J& 
 
 a o ° 
 
 ° a 
 
 w -r fan 
 
 
 ; oi _ " g 'C bo 60 ho o5 
 
 :; gj .pH 'r-l •<-! ^3 •> •> .s •< 
 
 r^aamoo) ---« 
 
 CQ ti ^ CQ 03 ' 
 
 dHpqmptiEH 
 
 ■S i^ 
 
 T3 5 
 
 f^ J 
 
 3^ 
 
 a o 
 
 a § 
 
 t3^ 
 
 
 3 
 
 i a 
 
 j^ 
 
 o rt 
 
 
 03 fN 
 
 
 
 
 '*^ M 
 
 
 a-? 
 
 t3 n 
 
 a ca 
 
 " n 
 
 n d 
 
 3 ja 
 
 
 
 a ^ 
 
 1| 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ a 
 
 
 jsg 
 
 s| 
 
 a a 
 
 p ja 
 
 
 
 a ° 
 
 
 ta j3 
 
 HH 
 
186 PHALASaEEID^. 
 
 striated pads ; soles thickly hairy under the heels ; the rest naked, 
 ■with low rounded pads, not sharply defined. Tail thick, evenly 
 bushy to its end, not tapering, its terminal third or half with a 
 naked line beneath; its extreme tip naked all round. A gland 
 present on the chest. 
 
 Skull stout and heavily built. Nasal notch shallow. Porehead 
 flattened. Supraorbital edges ridged, not inflated. Palate im- 
 perfect. BuUsB low and flattened, scarcely inflated. Base of 
 masseteric fossa with no trace of ^n opening into the inferior 
 canal. 
 
 Dentitim-.-l. \^^, C. \, P. i^t^^4. M- mf! = (^t "i°«*) 
 16+^x2=36. 
 
 Upper incisors very uniform in length ; i.' exceeding the others at 
 most by about a millimetre, its anterior surface flattened ; its inner 
 terminal corner touching that of its fellow of the other side. 
 Canine situated some way from the back of i.', emerging from the 
 bone partly or even wholly in front of the premaxUlo-maxillary 
 suture ; its length generally less than, at most barely equalling, that 
 of i.^ P.' present or absent; if present, sufiiciently large to be 
 functional; p.° whoUy absent; p.* large, obliquely set, its anterior 
 end turned outwards, its cutting-edge indistinctly ridged, as in the 
 Maeropodidce, but these ridges only visible when the tooth is 
 unworn. Molars quadricuspid, the cusps tending to form transverse 
 ridges. . Lower anterior incisors large, less spatulate and less 
 horizontal than in the previous genera. I.^ proportionally larger 
 than usual, and apparently always persistent ; other intermediate 
 teeth generally altogether absent, sometimes represented by a single 
 minute one (probably p."). P.* large, obliquely placed, and ridged, 
 not dissimilar to that of Hypsiprymnodon. Molars similar in 
 character to those in the upper jaw. 
 
 Range. Australia and Tasmania. 
 
 This genus, while widely different from Pseudochints in its 
 cranial and dental characters, is yet not easily deflnable externally. 
 Its fore feet, however, appear to be of more normal construction 
 than in that genus, its tail is more densely haired terminally, 
 although in this character it is approached by Pseudochints lemu- 
 ■roides, and, in most specimens, the discoloration of the fur caused 
 by the chest-gland forms an easy method of recognizing its 
 members. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. ExiEKNAL ChAEACTEKS. 
 
 A. Ears long and narrow, much longer 
 
 than broad 1. T. vulpecula, p. 187. 
 
 B. Ears short and rounded, not so long 
 
 as broad 2. T. caninus, p. 191. 
 
10. TBICHOSTJEOT. 187 
 
 II. Cranial Chabaciees. 
 
 A. Size small, ms.1-3 less than 
 
 14'5 millim la. T. vulpecula (typieus), p. 187. 
 
 B. Size large, ms.i-3 more tlian 116. T. vulpecula (var. fuUginosus), 
 
 14-5 millim | 2. T. camnus, p. 191. [p. 190. 
 
 1. Trichosurus vulpecula*. 
 
 a. Trichosurus vulpecula, var. typieus. 
 Vulpine Opossum, Phillips, Voy. Bot. Bay, p. 150, pi. xvi. (animal) 
 
 (1789). 
 Didelphis vulpecula, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 198 (1792) ; Turt. Linn. 
 
 8. N. i. p. 68 (1806). 
 Didelphis Tulpina, Meyer, Uebere. Zool. Entd. Neuholl. p. 23 (1793) ; 
 
 Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 503 (1800) ; Bechst. Uebers. vierf. 
 
 Thiere, ii. pp. 348 & 685 (1800). 
 Didelphis tapouaru, Meyer, Uebers. Zool. Entd. Neuholl. p. 24 (1793). 
 Didelphis lemurina, Shaw, Oen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 487, pi. ex. 
 
 (animal) (1800). 
 Ursus novse-hollandisB, Bechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 337 & 
 
 683 (1800). 
 Phalangista lemurina, O. Cuv. H. A. i. p. 179 (1817). 
 Phalangista vulpina, Besm. N. Lief. d'JT. N. (2) xxv. p. 475 (1817) 
 
 id. Mamm. i. p. 267 (1820) ; Schin%,'Ouv. Thierr. i. p. 258 (182l) 
 
 F. Cuv. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 414 (1826) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. 
 
 An. K. 'in. p. 41, pi. (animal) ; v. p. 197 (1827) ; Temm. Man. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 5 (1837); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 218 (1827); J. B. 
 
 Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 277 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl, 
 
 Buff.) iv. p. 475 (1830) ; Martin, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 2 (anat.) ; 
 
 Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 67 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. 
 
 Libr,, Mamm. xi. p. 265, pi. xxiii. (animal) (1841) ; Gray, Grey's 
 
 Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; Less. N. Tdbl. B. A., Mamm. 
 
 p. 188 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 86 (1843) ; Wagn 
 
 Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 74 (1843), v. p. 269 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 526 (1844) ; Owen, Odontogr. Atl. pi. c. fig. 1 (teeth) 
 
 (1845) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 42, pi. xviii. %s. 8 & 11 (teeth) (1865) ; 
 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. 1. pi. xvi. (animal) (1856) ; Gieb. Saug. 
 
 p. 697 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 122 (1862) 
 
 Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 37 (1864) ; Gieb. Z. ges. Nat. 
 
 xxvii. p. 392 (1866) ; Flow. Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 634, pi. xxix, 
 
 figs. 5 & 6 (tooth-change) _; Ei-efft, Notes Faun. Tasm. p, 4 (1868) 
 
 id. Mamm. Austr. pi. viii. (animal) (1871) ; Schleg. Dierent. 
 
 p. 165 (1872) ; Tauber, Naturh. Tidsskr. (3) viii. p. 163, pi. xi 
 
 fig. 6 (tooth-change) (1872) ; Gulliver, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 491 ; Brehm. 
 
 Thierl. ii. p. 677 (1880) ; JDobs. J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 151 (1882) j 
 
 Flow. 8i- Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 701 (1884) ; De Vis, P. 
 
 Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2) i. p. 1129 (1887). 
 Phalangista cooki, F. Cuv. {nee Desm.) H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iii. livr, 
 
 xlv. (animal) (1824). 
 Phalanger de Bougainville, G. Cuv. R. A. (ed. 2) i. p. 183 (1829). 
 Phalangista bougainvillei, J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 583 (mis- 
 
 * a. Size smaller. Continental Var. typieus. 
 
 b. Size larger. Tasmanian Var. fuliginosus, p. 190. 
 
188 PHALAWeEEIDiE. 
 
 printed 383) (1829) ; Less. N. Tahl. R. A.,Mamm. p. 188 (1842) ; 
 Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 82 (1843). 
 Phalangista (Trichosurus) vulpina, Less. IHct. Class. d'H. N. xiii. 
 
 p. 335 (1828); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 284, pi. ix. fig. 1 
 
 (animal) & xix. fig. 1 (skull) (1846). 
 Balantia vulpina, Wagl. 8yst. Amph. Sdug. p. 25 (1830). 
 Phalangista xanthopus, Ogilb. P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 135 ; Waterh. 
 
 Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 67 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., 
 
 Mamm. xi. p. 269 (1841) ; Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 
 
 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 77 (1843); Schinz, Syn. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 529 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 294 
 
 (1846 J. 
 Balantia bougainvillei, Kavp, Thierr. i. p. 240 (1835). 
 Phalangista cuvieri, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841); 
 Waterh. Jard. Nat. Lihr., Mamm. xi. p. 268 (1841) ; Gray, List 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 86 (1843). 
 Trichosurus xanthopus, Less. N. Tahl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842). 
 Phalangista melanura, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Svpp. iii. p. 81 (1843). 
 Trichosurus yulpinus, Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 275 (1855). 
 Phalangista hypoleucus, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 273, pi. xxii. 
 
 (animal) (1855). 
 Phalangista vulpecula, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) iv. p. 397 (1879) ; 
 
 id. Lncycl. Brit. (9) xviii. p. 728 (1885) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrh. ii. 
 
 p. 910 (1887). 
 Trichosurus vulpecula, J^t. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 21 (1884)'; id. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 314 (1887). 
 
 CoMMOsf Phaiangee. 
 
 Size comparatively, small in the present, larger in the Tasmanian 
 variety (see p. 190). 
 
 Eur close, thick and woolly. General colour clear grizzled grey. 
 Face pale grey, darker round the eyes and on the sides of the snout. 
 Ears long and narrow, tapering towards their tips, nearly naked 
 inside and terminally outside ; proximal portion outside anteriorly 
 brown, posteriorly white. Whole of back and sides uniform 
 grizzled grey, sometimes markedly suffused with rufous, especially 
 on the forequarters. Chin more or less blackish ; throat, chest, and 
 belly white or dirty yellow, the hairs generally grey basally; a 
 longitudinal patch on the centre of the chest deep rusty red in old 
 specimens, more pronounced in males than in females, and, pre- 
 sumably, indicating the presence of a sternal gland. Outer sides of 
 limbs like back, inner sides like beUy. Hands and feet white, grey, 
 or brown. Tail thick, cylindrical, bushy, its terminal half or two 
 thirds grey, its end black, the extreme tip occasionally white, 
 especially in West- Australian specimens ; naked part below tip 
 extending for from three to six inches, its surface transversely 
 wrinkled, not shagreened. 
 
 Skull smaller and lighter than in the Tasmanian variety or in 
 T. eaninus. Nasals smoothly convex above. Interorbital region 
 narrow, concave along its centre, its edges sharply ridged. Anterior 
 palatine foramina running back to the level of the middle of the 
 canines. Posterior palatal vacuities extending from the back of m.' 
 
10. 
 
 TEICHOSUKirs. 
 
 189 
 
 nearly to the hinder edge of the palate, only bounded behind by a 
 narrow transverse strip of bone. 
 
 Teeth as described above. P.^ when present placed about equi- 
 distant from the canine and from p.*, cylindrical, pointed, from one 
 half to three fourths the height of the canine, but frequently 
 altogether absent. P.*, comparatively light and delicate, its diameter 
 at right angles to its longer axis about 3 or 3-2 millim. Lower 
 i.^ oval in section, persistent, sometimes set back some little way . 
 from i.' P.'' narrow, sharp-edged. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6. ?. 
 
 g (skin). s (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 450 450 
 
 TaU (c.) 270 270 
 
 Lower leg 95 93 
 
 Hind foot 58 54 
 
 Ear 42 49 
 
 Skull, see p. 208. 
 
 Hah. The whole of Australia, with the exception of the Cape 
 York Peninsula. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 I j Ad. St. I , o Port Essington, Gould Coll. 
 **' "• ] Skull of 5. ( o * • Northern Territory. 
 
 „ J Ad. sk. ) , Port Essington, N. T. Gould Coll. 
 •^^ ISkuU. ( '^■ 
 
 d. SkuU. Port Essington, N. T. Gould Coll. 
 
 e. Imm.sk., cj, 21/2/56. (North Australian Dr. J. R. Elsey 
 
 Expedition.) [P. & C.]. 
 
 - 1 Ad. ska. I Port Darwin, N. T. E. G. S. Buck- 
 
 J'^- 1 Skull of/. ( land, Esq. rc.]. 
 
 h, i. Ad. St., S $ ■ Namoi R., N. S. W. Gould CoU. ' 
 
 {J. G.). 
 
 j, k. Ad. & yg. ska., c? . Yarrundi, N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 
 (J. G.). 
 
 I. Foetus, S (about 60 New South Wales. J. Brenchley, 
 
 millim. long). Esq. [P.]. 
 
 m. Fcetua, d (about 22 New England, N. S. W. G. E. Adlard, 
 
 millim. long). Esq. [P. & C.]. 
 
 n. Ad. sk. Adelaide. 0. D. E. Fortnum, 
 
 Esq. [P. & C.]. 
 
 i Ad. sk. I n South Austi-alia. Sir G. Grey [P- 
 
 "• j Skull. [ ?■ &C.]. ^ 
 
 I Imm. St. I South Australia. Sir G. Grey fP. 
 
 P- \ Skull. [ & C.]. 
 
 i Ad. sk I , Kangaroo Id., S. A. Gould Coll. 
 ?■ I Skull, f <^- 
 
 r. Ad. sk., ij. Kii'g George's Sound, Gould Coll. 
 
 W. A. {J. Gilbert). 
 
190 PHALANGEEID^. 
 
 s. Ad. St., 5 , 11/39. Perth, W. A. (7. Gil- Gould Coll. 
 
 berfj. 
 
 t. Ad. sk., cf , 9/85. Perth, W. A. Govt, of Western 
 
 Australia [P.J. 
 
 ( Ad. Bk. I , „^ ,Q ,.„ Moore's R., W. A. Gould Coll. 
 "• Skull. [ cJ, 24/9/42. ^j g^n^^y 
 
 V. Ad. St., 2 , 9/6/39. Northam, W. A. (J. Gould Coll. 
 
 Gilbei-t). 
 
 w. Yg. sk. Toodyay, W. A. (/. Gould Coll. 
 
 Gilbert), 
 
 x. Skull. Point Leschenault, W. E. Bates, Esq. 
 
 W. A. [P.]. 
 
 y. Ad. sk., cJ . Western Australia. Purchased. 
 
 I Ad. sk. ) , Purchased. 
 "■ jSkuU. ( °- 
 
 a'. Skeleton. Purchased. 
 
 b. Trichosuxus vulpecula, var. fuliginosus. 
 
 Phalangiata fuliginosa, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 135 ; Gunn, Ann. 
 
 Mag. N. S. i. p. 102 (1838) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mm. Z. S. 
 
 p. 67 (1838); id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm.isi.. p. 267 (1841); 
 
 Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., 
 
 Mamm. -a. 188 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 85 (1843); 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. iii. p. 77 (1843) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 627 (1844); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xv. (animal) (1849) ; 
 
 Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 83 (1852) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 121 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mas. 
 
 p. 38 (1864); id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868); id. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. pi. ix. (animal) (1871). 
 Phalangista fuliginosa, var. grisea, Gray, Grejfs Austr., App. ii. 
 
 p. 401 (1841). 
 Phalangista felina, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 76 (1848), v. 
 
 p. 270 (1865) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 527 (1844). 
 
 Tasmania^ PsALAifGBK. 
 
 Size markedly larger and form stouter and heavier than in the 
 typical variety. Fur longer and thicker. General colour all over 
 either a grey like that of the Continental form, hut darker and 
 more suffused with rufous, or a deep umber-brown tinged with 
 rufous, paler on the forequarters, sides and below, darker along the 
 posterior back. Ears with little or no white on the posterior part 
 of their hinder surfaces. Tail very thick and bushy, nearly wholly 
 black. 
 
 SJndl only differing from that of the typical form by its greater 
 size, and, in correlation with this, by its larger and earlier developed 
 crests and ridges. 
 
 Teeth. Upper p.'' broad and stout, its diameter, at right angles to 
 its long axis, generally attaining 4 millim. Molars large, the 
 combined lengths of the three anterior 15 or 16 millim. 
 
10. lEICHOSTJEUS. 
 
 191 
 
 Adult. 
 
 miUiin. 
 
 Head and body 580 
 
 Tail 380 
 
 Lower leg (o.) 104 
 
 Hind foot 71 
 
 Ear 50 
 
 Skull, see p. 208. 
 
 Hob. Tasmania. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 a. Ad. st. Launceston, Tasmania. 
 
 b. Ad. sk. Launceston. 
 
 IAd.sk. I 
 "■ ] Skull, f 
 
 d. Yg. St. 
 
 e. Yg. sk., 7/11/38. 
 /, g. Ad. St., <S . 
 
 h. Ad. St., ? . 
 
 . , I Ad. sks. I 
 
 *"'• ■) Skull of Z.j 
 
 m. Ad. sk. 
 
 n. Ad. sk. 
 
 0. Ad. St. (albino). 
 
 p. Ad. sk. (albino). 
 
 J Ad. sk. ) 
 ?• ■( Skull. { 
 r, s. Skeletons. 
 «. Skull. 
 
 C) 
 
 Hobart Town (J. G.). 
 Hobart Town (J. (?.). 
 Tasmania (J. Gf.). 
 Circular Head, Tasmania 
 
 (J. e.). 
 
 (Type of Ph. fuUginosa, var. grisea, Gray.) 
 Taamanig^j: G.). Gould Coll. 
 
 h (atuffed). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 615 
 
 370 
 
 (c.) 110 
 
 75 
 
 50 
 
 Ronald Gunn, Esq. 
 
 [P. & C.]. 
 Ronald Gunn, Esq. 
 
 [P. & C.]. 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 {Type of variety.) 
 Gould Coll. 
 Gould Coll. 
 Gould Coll. 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Capt. Ross [P.]. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 Purchased. 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 2. Trichosorus caninas. 
 
 Phalangista canina, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 18-35, p. 191 ; WaterJi. Cat. Mamm. 
 Mus. Z. 8. p. 67 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 271 
 (1841) ; Gray, Grey's Amtr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; id. List 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 85 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 78 
 (1843), V. p. 274 (1855) ; Sehinx, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 528 (1844) ; 
 Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 296 (1846) ; Gould, Mamm. Ausir. 
 i. pi. xvii. (aninial) (1856); Gieb. Saug. p. 698 (1859) ; Gerrard, 
 Cat. JBones Mamm. B. M. p. 122 (1862); JSrefft, Cat. Mamm. 
 Austr. Mus. p. 38 (1864); Flow. 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. 
 p. 704 (1884). 
 
 ShOBT-EABEB PHALAUaEE. 
 
 * Originally recorded as from Sydney, but no similar specimens having ever 
 been found on the Continent, this locality is no doubt erroneous. 
 
192 PHALAN&ERIUJE. 
 
 General appearance very similar to that of T. vulpecula, var. 
 fuliginosus. Pur comparatively short, very thick and woolly. 
 Colour dark grey or deep umber- brown, the two styles of coloration 
 closely corresponding to those found in the Tasmanian Phalanger. 
 Muzzle short and blunt. Ears quite short, evenly rounded, barely 
 half the length of those of equally large specimens of T. vuVpecula. 
 Other fexternal characters as in the Tasmanian variety of the 
 common species. 
 
 - Skull broad and stout, with a short heavy muzzle. Nasals short, 
 less expanded behind than is usual in T. vulpecula. Supraorbital 
 edges sharply ridged. BuUse very slightly inflated, opaque. 
 
 Teeth. Incisors and canines as in the last species. P.' present or 
 absent, if present about half the size of the canine ; p.'' generally 
 shorter in proportion to its breadth than in T. vvlpemla. Molars 
 also shorter and more square, their longitudinal exceeding their 
 transverse diameters markedly less than in that species. Lower 
 teeth as usual. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 e (skin). a (skin). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 rnillim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 550 515 
 
 Tail 350 370 
 
 Lower leg (c.) 105 (c.) 108 
 
 Hindfoot 71 72 
 
 Ear 23 25 
 
 Skull, see p. 208. 
 
 Hah. S. Queensland and New South Wales. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species is certainly very closely allied to the previous one, 
 and, curiously enough, to the Tasmanian form of that species, but 
 the marked difference in the size of the ears necessitates- its 
 recognition as a distinct species. Mr. De Vis is kind enough to 
 inform me that it is looked upon in Queensland as quite a different 
 animal from T. vulpecula, and that it inhabits the " scrub " only, 
 never being found in the open forest with that species. 
 
 i Ad. sk. i o Richmond R., N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 "■ ] Skull, f +• {J. G.). 
 
 , I Ad. sk ) Liverpool Plains, N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 "• 1 Skull, f {J. G.) 
 
 _. I Ad. sk. i Hunter R., N. S. W. (C. Zool. Soc. (Gould Coll.). 
 
 *" [Skull. j°" Coxen). (Tjrpc of species.) 
 
11. PHAIANGEE, 193 
 
 11. PHALANGER. Type. 
 
 Phalanger, StOrr, Prodr. MetJi. Mamm. p. 33 (1780) . . Ph. orientalis. 
 Phalanpista, E. Geoff. Bull. Soo. Philom. i. p. 106 
 
 0.7m^ Pli. orientalis. 
 
 Coescoes, Lac6p. MSm. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801) Ph. orientalis. 
 
 Balantia, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 77 (1811) Ph. orientalis. 
 
 Sipalus, O. Fisch. Zofign. ii. p. 581 (1813) Ph. orientalis. 
 
 Cuscus (emend.), Less. Voy. Coquille, Zool. p. 150 (1826) Ph. orientalis. 
 Oeonyx, Temm. Mm. Mamm. i. p. 10 (1827) {nom. 
 
 provis.) Ph. ursinus. 
 
 Ailurops, Waffl. Syst. Amph. Saug. p. 26 (1830) Ph. ursinus. 
 
 Eucuscus {suhg.), Gh-ay, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 316 Ph. ursinus. 
 
 Spilocuseus (subg.), id. I. c Ph. maculatus. 
 
 Strigocuscus (subg.), id. t. e. p. 819 Ph. celehensis. 
 
 Size large or medium, form stout and clumsy. Fur thick and 
 woolly. Ears medium or short, hairy externally and also in some 
 species internally. Flanks without a flying-membrane. Fore toes , 
 subequal, their lengths in the following relative order — 4, 3, 5, 2, 1. 
 Claws long, stout, and curved. Palms and soles naked, striated, 
 the pads large, low, scarcely defined. Tail strong, its proximal 
 portion furry like the body, its terminal part naked all round, 
 smooth or granulated, coarsely wrinkled, markedly prehensile. 
 Mammae 4. 
 
 Skull stout and strong. Muzzle very short and broad. Nasal 
 notch shallow or obsolete. Interorbital region variable. Palate 
 with large posterior vacuities. BuUse unswoUen, opaque. No 
 opening from masseteric fossa into inferior denttil canal. 
 
 Dentition (generaUy) :-I. i^, C. -J, P. i^,±^, M. \±^^ 
 =16+4x2=40. 
 
 Upper i.' nearly circular in section, not, or little^ flattened in front. 
 Canine either closely touching i.^ or, at most, projecting from the 
 bone about a millimetre behind it ; situated partly in front of the 
 premaxillo-maxiUary suture ; its length always exceeding that of i.^, 
 nearly invariably that of i.\ and often in old individuals twice that 
 of the latter tooth. P.' well-developed, double-rooted in Ph. ursinus, 
 single-rooted, as in all the allied genera, in the other species. P.' 
 minute, single-rooted, often absent altogether. P.* large and broad, 
 obliquely placed, with a sharp laterally grooved cutting-edge. 
 Molars quadricuspid, the pairs of cusps more or less united, and so 
 forming, on each tooth, two indistinct transverse ridges. Lower i.* 
 thick and strong ; minute intermediate teeth ranging from o to 
 five in number, usually two (presumably i.' and p.^) in Ph. ursinus, 
 maculatus, and celehensis, and three, (probably i.", p.^, and p.^) in 
 Ph. orientalis and ornatus. P.* with an oblique cutting-edge, 
 produced anteriorly into a high pointed cusp, considerably higher 
 than the, molars. Molars with distinct transverse ridges. 
 
 Tooth-change weU developed, the milk p.* large and long- 
 persistent. 
 
 Range. Austro-Malayan subregion, from Celebes to North 
 Queensland. 
 
 
 
194 
 
 PHALANaEKIDiE. 
 
 An excellent monograph* of the present genus has been written 
 by Dr. F. A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum. This author, basing 
 his work on the magnificent series there preserved, has made many 
 new and important observations on the distribution, sexual cha- 
 racters, and the variability ia size, colour, and dentition of the 
 species. His careful record of the individual variations in the 
 numbers and situations of the premolars has been of special service 
 to me in my efforts to unravel their complicated homologies. On 
 one point only I am constrained to differ from him, namely, as to 
 the distinctness of Fh. ornatus, united by him with Ph. orientalis, 
 but which, having due regard both to the Leyden series and our 
 own, I feel should be admitted as a separate species. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 2. Ph. maculatus, 
 
 [p. 197. 
 
 4. Ph. oi-natus, p. 205. 
 
 I. External Chaeactees. 
 
 A. Ears thickly furry internally as well as ex- 
 
 ternally. 
 a. Base of tail like body. Sexes alike. General 
 
 colour dark brown or black. Ears white . . 1. Ph. ursinu^, p. 196, 
 6. Base of tail yellow. Sexes usually diiferent. 
 'Males, and Wai-giu females, spotted with" 
 red, vellow, black, and white. 
 -I Other females hoary grey or black, with 
 a paler head and rump. Belly pale 
 ' yellow, edged with black. 
 
 B. Ears nearly or quite naked internally. 
 
 c. Back more or less white-spotted. Dorsal 
 
 line distinct. Males becoming, in old age, 
 brilliantly rufous on the forequarters, 
 neck, and belly.- — Hab. Gilolo group .... 
 
 d. Back not spotted. Males oply occasionally 
 
 rufous below neck, 
 a'. Dorsal line distinct, except in albinos, and, 
 occasionally, in var. breviceps. — JHab. 
 
 Timor and Bouru to Solomon Is.' S. Ph. orientalis, 
 
 b^. Dorsal line absent. — Hab. Sanghir and 
 
 Celebes 6. Ph. celebensis, 
 
 [p. 206: 
 
 II. Cranial Chakactees. 
 
 A. Supraorbital edges smooth, not ridged. 
 
 Teeth large, ms.^-' 18 millim. or more. 
 
 Lower intermediate teeth usually two. 
 
 a. Interorbital region not or little convex 
 
 upwards! I.' as large in section as i.^, 
 
 and but little shorter than the canine, 
 
 which is more or less separated from it. . 1. Ph. ursinus, p. 196. 
 
 [p. 201. 
 
 * Notes Leyd. Mue. vii. p. 87 (1885). 
 
11. PHALAITGBK. 195 
 
 b. Interorbital region very convex upwards. 
 I.^ much smaller in section than i.^, and 
 much shorter than the canine, which is 
 
 closely pressed against it 2. Fh. maculatus, p. 197. 
 
 B. Supraorbital edges sharply ridged. Teeth 
 
 small, ms.'-^ less than, or barely, 16'6 mil- 
 
 lim. 
 
 e. Canine long, its tip reaching much beyond 
 
 a line drawn from the tip of i.' to that 
 
 of p.*, closely pressed against i.' Nasal 
 
 notch very shallow. Lower intermediate 
 
 teeth usually three 3. Ph. orientalis, p. 201. 
 
 d. Canine short, not or scarcely exceeding i.^ 
 and p.* in height, more or less separated 
 from i.' 
 a^. Canine touching i.' "basally, although 
 
 separated distaUy ; nasal notch deep. . 4. Ph. ornatug, p. 205. 
 6^. Canine altogether separated from i.' ; 
 
 nasal notch shallow. 5. Ph. celebetsis, p. 206. 
 
 1. Phalanger ursinus. 
 
 Phalangista ursina, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 10, pi. i. figs. 1-3, and 
 
 pi. ii. figs. 1-5 (skUl) (" 1827 " *) ; F. Cud. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix. 
 
 p. 415 (1820); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 197 (1827); J. B. 
 
 Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 275 (18S9) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. [Compl. 
 
 Buff.) iv. p. 460 (1830) ; Wngn. iSckr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 69 
 
 (1843), V. p. 268 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 523 (1844) ; 
 
 Gieh. Saug. p. 695 (1869); Schleg. Bierent. p. 166 (1872); Jmt. 
 
 Notes Leyd. Mns. v. p. 181 (1883). 
 Cuscus ursinus, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 219 (1827) ; id. Did. Class. 
 
 d'H. N. xiii. p. 332 (1828) ; id. Cent. Zool. p. 40, pi. x. (animal 
 ■ and skull) (1880); id. N. Tahl. R. A., Mamm. p. 188 (1842); 
 
 Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868,' p. 103 ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. 
 
 p. 122 (1862) ; Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.' p. 118 (1886) ; id. Cat. 
 
 Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 313 (1887). 
 Ailurops ursina, Wagl. Syst. Amph. Siivg. ■p. 26 (1830). 
 Balantia ursina, Kaup, Thierr. i. p. 240 (1835). 
 Phalangista (Cuscus) ursina, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 259 (1841) ; id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 267 (1846). 
 Cuscus (Eucuscus) ursinus. Gray, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 316. 
 
 Black Cusotjs. 
 
 Fur coarse and harsh. General colour dark brown or black. 
 Ehinarium naked, the naked part running upwards and backwards 
 in a wedge-shaped form on the top of the muzzle almost or quite to 
 tho level of the anterior canthus of the eye. Face blackish, but 
 the tips of the hairs, especially on the cheeks and snout, tipped with 
 dirty white ; a whitish patch round each eye. Ears rounded, pro- 
 jecting but little from the fur, their surfaces both outside and inside 
 
 * The first part of this work, although dated 1827, must have appeared at 
 least as early as 1826, as it is quoted in that year both by Frederic CuTier and 
 Prince Maximilian von Wied. 
 
 o2 
 
>>, 
 
 196 PHALANGERID^. 
 
 thickly covered with short coarse hairs ; those inside and along the 
 margins dirty white ; those at the back black. Nape and back 
 dark brown or, generally, black, the centre line slightly darker than 
 the rest. Hairs of sides, posterior back, and hairy part of tail 
 prominently grizzled with dirty white. Chin, chest, and belly 
 grejdsh, the hairs black basaUy, dirty yellowish white terminally. 
 Arms and legs black ; fingers and toes naked above, the hairs of the 
 limbs ceasing generally on the metacarpus and metatarsus, their 
 skin also black, coarsely granulated. Palms and soles broadly 
 striated. Tail furry like the body for about half its length, the fur 
 extending on the upper for about two or three inches further than 
 on the lower side. 
 
 Skull very stout and powerful. Anterior nares broader and lower 
 than in the other species ; nasal notch scarcely marked, the anterior 
 edge of the nasal bones passing smoothly into that of the ascending 
 process of the premaxilla. Nasals contracted in the centre, expanded 
 both anteriorly and posteriorly. Interorbital region comparatively 
 broad, smooth above, flat or slightly convex, its edges evenly 
 rounded. Temporal ridges low, thick and rounded. Anterior 
 palatine foramina extending to the level of the back of the canines.. 
 
 Teeth. Upper incisors more uniform in size than in the other sjiecies ; 
 i.' as large in section as, and longer vertically than, i.^ Canine 
 more or less separated from i.', not or but slightly longer vertically 
 than that tooth. Anterior premolar narrow, double-rooted, but 
 little separated from the canine in front, and touching p.* behind ; 
 the latter tooth broadly rounded, rather less powerful than in 
 Ph. maeulatus. Molars stout and heavy, the three anterior from 
 19 to 21 miUim. in horizontal length. Lower anterior incisors 
 shorter, set rather more upright, and the diastema between them 
 and p.* markedly less in extent than in any of the other 'species. 
 Lower intermediate teeth usually two in number *. P.* oval, much 
 longer than broad, set but little obliquely. 
 
 5- 
 
 o (stuffed). 
 Adult. 
 milUm. 
 
 Head and body 650 
 
 TaU 525 
 
 Lower leg (c.) 116 
 
 Hind foot 104 
 
 Ear 18 
 
 Skull, see p. 208. 
 
 Ilab. Celebes. 
 
 Type in the Leyden Museum. 
 
 * Three on the right side in epeoimen d. The Leyden Museum series are 
 all normal. 
 
11. PHAJiABTSBE. 197 
 
 J Ad. St. I North Celebes. Dr. A. B. Meyer [0.]. 
 
 I Skeleton (mounted). ( +' 
 7 J Ad. St. I o Celebes. Purchased. 
 
 "■ I Skull. \ ¥• 
 
 a. 
 
 '■\ 
 
 d. 
 
 Yg. St. i J, Celebes. Purchased. 
 
 Skull. [ f^' 
 a 
 ] Skull, 
 
 I Imm. sk. I Celebes. Zoological Society. 
 
 2. Phalanger maculatus. 
 
 Phalangista maculata, E. Geoff. Cat. Mas. p. 149 (1803) ; Desm. N. 
 Diet. d'H. N. (2) XXV. p. 472 (1817) ; id. Mamm.i. p. 266 (1820) ; 
 Quoy. Sr Oaim. Voy. TJranie, Zool. p. 59, Atl. pis. vii. (animal, c? ) 
 and viii. (skull) (1824) ; F. Cm. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 413 
 (1826); Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 14, pi. iii. (skull) (1827); 
 Ch-ay, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 196 (1827) ; J. B. Pisch. Syn. 
 Mamm. p. 275 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) iv. 
 p. 456 (1830) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 71 (1843), v. 
 p. 269 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 524 (1844) ; Gerv. H. N. 
 Mamm. ii. p. 274 (1855) ; Gieh. Saug. p. 696 (1859) ; id. Z. ges. 
 Nat. xxvii. p. 391 (1866) ; Schle.g. Dierent. p. 165 (1872). 
 Phalangista vaviegata {Oken), Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 258 (1821). 
 Phalangista papuensis, Desm. Mamm. Supp. ii. p. 541 (1822) ; Gray, 
 
 Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 196 (1827). 
 Phalangista qvtoy, Gaim. Bull. Sci. Nat. i. p. 271 (1824) ; Quoy ^ 
 Gaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool. p. 68, Atl. pi. vi. (animal, § ) (1824) ; 
 Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 459 (1830). 
 Cusous maculatus, Less. Sr Gam. Voy. Coquille, Zool. i. p. 150, pi. iv. 
 (animal and skull) (1826) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 219 (1827) ; id. 
 Diet. Class. dH. N. xiii. p. 330 (1828) ; id. N. Tabl. R. A., 
 Mamm. p. 188 (1842) ; Gray, Zool. Voy. Sam/irang, Vert. p. 32 
 (1850) ; id. P. Z. S. 1858, pp. 101, 108 ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 122 (1862) ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. vi. 
 p. 2 (1871); Bams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ii. p. 11 (1878); 
 Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 675 (1880) ; JDobs. J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 152 
 (1882) ; Flow: 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 701 (1884) ; 
 Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 107 (1885) ; id. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 Mus. p. 311, pi. xii. figs. 1-4 (skull, different ages) (1887). 
 Cuscus macrourus, Less. ^ Gam. Voy. Coquille, Zool. i. p. 156, Atl. 
 pi. V. (animal, 2 ) (1826) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 220 (1827) ; id. 
 N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 188 (1842). 
 Phalangista chrysorrhous, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 12, pi. i, figs. 4-6 
 (skull) (1827); F. Cuv. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 415 (1826); 
 Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 197 (1827) ; /. B. Fisch. Syn. 
 Mamm. p. 276 (1829) ; Less. R. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) iv. 
 p. 461 (1830) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 70 (1843), v. 
 p. 268 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 423 (1844) ; Gieb. Saug. 
 p. 695 (1859). 
 Cuscus quoyi. Less. Man. Mamm. p. 220 (1827) ; id. Diet. Class. 
 d'H. N. xiii. p. 331 (1828) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. 
 p. 123 (1862). 
 Cuscus chrysorrhos. Less. Man. Mamm. p. 220 (1827) ; id. Diet. 
 Class. d'H. N. xiii. p. 332 (1828) ; id. N Tabl. R. A., Mamm. 
 p. 188 (1842) ; Hombr. Sr Jacg. Vdy. Pole Sud, Zbol. iii. p. 31, Atl. 
 pi. xiii: (animal) (1845-46). 
 Phalangista macro ura, Less. Diet. Class. d'H. N. xiii. p. 332 (1828) ; 
 
198 PHiLANOERID^. 
 
 J.B.Fiseh. Sxjn. Mamm. p. 276 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. 
 
 {Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 462 (1830); Wagn. Schr. 8iiug. Supp. in. 
 
 p. 72 (1843; ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 525 (1844). 
 Balantia maculata, Kaup, Thierr. i. p. 241 (1835). 
 Phalangiata (Ciiacua) chryaorrhos, Waterh. Jard. Nat. lAbr., Mamm. 
 
 xi. p. 261 (1841) ; id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 271 (1846). 
 Phalangista (Ouscua) maculata, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Lihr., Mamm. 
 
 xi. p. 262 (1841) ; id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 274 (1846) ; Peters S,- 
 
 Doria, Ai^n. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 681 (1881). 
 Pbialaiigista (Pseudocheirus) nudicaudata, Gould, P. Z. S. 1849, 
 
 p. 110. 
 Pseudochirus nudicaudataa, MaegUliway, Voy. ' Rattlesnake,' i. p. 129 
 
 (1852). 
 Phalangista nudicaudata, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 276 (1855) ; 
 
 Gieh. Sdug. p. 699 (1859). 
 Ouscua bi-evicaudatus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 102 ; Gould, Mamm. , 
 
 Amtr. i. pi. xxi. (animal, $ ) (1860) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 123 (1862) ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. vii. p. 2 
 (1871) ; Bams. P. Linn. Sac. N. S. W. ii. p. 12 (1878). 
 Cuscua (Eucuacus) brevicaudatu?, Gray, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 316. 
 Ouscua (Spilocuscus) chrysorrhous and maculatus, Gray, P. Z. S. 
 
 1861, pp. 317, 318. 
 Ouscus maculatua, var. ocbropUs, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 220. 
 Ouacus chrysorrhous, var. goldiei. Bams. P. Linn. Soc. N, S. W. i. 
 p. 395 (1877), iii. p. 243 (1879). 
 
 Spotted Ctjsctjs. 
 
 Size large ; females attaining a greater size than males. Fur 
 soft, thick and woolly. General colour mottled white, black, and 
 red in very various combinations ; females generally grey and black, 
 not spotted with white. Top of muzzle above rhinarium thinly 
 hairy, not naked as in Ph. ursimis. Ears (PL XXI. fig. 2) thickly 
 covered inside and out with soft woolly hairs, similar in character, 
 and usually in colour, to those of the crown. Back and limbs 
 coloured as described below. Belly white, generally tinged with 
 yellow or rufous ; in the male passing gradually into the colour of 
 the back, but in the female sharply separated from the dark- 
 coloured flanks, especially on the two sides of the pouch, where a 
 sharp black line runs along the edge of the darker colour. (In an 
 erythristic female specimen, however, the belly is similar to that of 
 the male.) Tail furry like the body for from one half to three 
 fourths its length above, and from one third to one half below, its 
 colour on the furry portion nearly invariably, both in males and 
 females, deep yellow, but sometimes tinged with greyish or white. 
 
 The colour of the upper surface and limbs seems to have been 
 originally that only now found in the female, viz., a deep hoary 
 grey, paler on the head (where it is sometimes replaced by rufous), 
 forequarters, btm limbs ; darker, sometimes quite black, across the 
 lumbar region, a darkness that is usually strongly contrasted with 
 the yellow of the base of the tail. In rare cases, however, the 
 female, like the male, is completely affected by erythrism, the 
 lumbar region and the hands and feet being then deep rufous, and 
 the head, forequarters, sides, and belly very pale ruibus white, or 
 
11. PHAIAWOEE. 199 
 
 even pure white. Females from the island of "Wai-giu, and those 
 alone, are exactly like the strongly spotted and generally semi- 
 erythristic males found in the same island *. 
 
 The males, by a striking but essentially simple combination of 
 white spotting with erythrism, have developed the remarkable 
 series of colour-variations characteristic of the species. The most 
 simple form is that where the male is almost exactly like the 
 ordinary grey female, except that it has a few inconspicuous wtite 
 spots on the back and sides. These spots may then gradually 
 increase in extent until the animal is nearly wholly white with a 
 few small dark spots upon it. Again, by a greater or leas degree of 
 erythrism, the head alone, the margins of the ears, the feet, the 
 forequarters, or, finally, the whole of the darker-marked parts of 
 the animal, may be deep rufous, the usually white parts either 
 remaining pure white or being also slightly tinged with rufous. 
 
 Skull large, stout, and heavy. Muzzle broad and stout. Nasals 
 slightly projecting anteriorly, with a shallow but well-marked nasal 
 notch ; much expanded behind, their combined posterior edges 
 running backwards in the centre and forming a sharp point between 
 the orbits. Interorbital region narrow in proportion to the size of 
 the skull, very prominently convex upwards, the convexity increasing 
 with the age of the individual, its edges smoothly rounded, not 
 ridged, except posteriorly in old specimens ; no trace of postorbital 
 processes. Anterior palatine foramina; extending backwards beyond 
 the level of the back of the canines. 
 
 Teeth. Upper i.' and i.^ about eq.ual in transverse section, the 
 former about twice as long vertically as the latter ; i.' about equal 
 to i.^ vertically, but far smaller in section, crushed in between the 
 latter and the canine, and often altogether absent. Canine large 
 and strong, pressed closely against the posterior incisor, and situated 
 so that the premaxillo-maxillary suture descends at about its centre. 
 P.' long, conical, single-rooted, about as high vertically as p.* ; p.^ 
 generally absent, if present quite minute ; p.* very large and broad, 
 with a prominent grooved ridge running obliquely along it. Molars 
 stout and heavy, the three anterior varying in length from 18"5 to 
 23 millim. Lower intermediate teeth usually only two in number 
 (i.'' and p.') ; p.* and molars large and stout, as in the upper jaw. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 j (stuffed). b (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 620 650 
 
 Tail 480 (c.) 470 
 
 Lower leg 127 (c.) 128 
 
 Hind foot 71 70 
 
 Ear 13 12 
 
 Skull, see p. 208. 
 
 * This most remarkable characteristic of the Wai-giu females was first 
 noticed and described by Dr. Jen link in the monograph above referred to. 
 
200 
 
 PHALAlfGERID^. 
 
 Hah. Austro-Malayan subregion from Saleyer eastwards and 
 southwards to New Guinea and North Australitt. Not as yet 
 certainly known from the mainland of Celebes, from the Gilolo 
 group, from any of the Southern Moluccas (Flores, Timor, &c.), or 
 from the New Britain group. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 (Celebes) *. , Purchased. 
 
 Moluccas. Purchased. 
 
 Wai, Amboina. H. 0. Forbes, Esq. 
 
 [P. & C.]. ' 
 Ceram. A. R. "Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [C.]. 
 Banda. Voy. H.M.S. ' Chal- 
 
 lenger.' 
 Waigiu. Purchased. 
 
 Waieiu. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [C.]. 
 Alu Is. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [C.]. 
 Aru Is. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [C.]. 
 Port Moresby, New K. Broadbent, Esq. 
 
 Guinea. [C.]. 
 
 Port Moresby, New K. Broadbent, Esq. 
 
 Guinea. [C.]. 
 
 Sogere, S.E. New H. O. Forbes, Esq. 
 
 Guinea, 1750 ft. [P. & C.]. 
 
 S. coast New Guinea J. B. Jukes, Esq. [P. 
 ( Foy. H.M.S. 'Fly '). & C.]. 
 Nevr Guinea. Purchased. 
 
 New Guinea (Voy. Zoological Society. 
 H.M.SMtattlesnahe'). 
 New Guinea. H. H. Romilly, Esq. 
 
 [P. & 0.]. 
 Dufourlsl., S.E. New J. Macgillivray, Esq. 
 Guinea ( Voy. H.M.S. [P. & C.]. 
 ' Mattlesnake '). 
 
 Darnley Isl. t, Torres J. MacgUlivray, Esq. 
 Straits ( Voy. H.M.S. [P. & 0.]. 
 'Mattlesnake^). 
 Cape York ( Voy. J. Macgillivray, Esq. 
 H.M.S. ' Rattle- [P. & C.]. 
 snahe'). 
 {Type of Phalangista nudicaudata, Gould, and Cuscus brevicaudatus, Gray.) 
 Port Albany, Cape C. Coxen, Esq. [C]. 
 York. 
 (Co-types of C maculatus, yar. ochropus, Gray.) 
 N.E. coast of Aua- Purchased. 
 
 tralia. 
 N. Australia. Purchased. 
 
 Voy. H.M.S. 'Chal- 
 lenger.' 
 
 * So stated on a dealer's label, but the occurrence of the species in Celebes 
 has not as yet been confirmed. 
 
 t " Brought from the S. Coast of New Guinea." 
 
 a. Yg. sk., c? . 
 6. Ad. St., 5 . 
 lAd.sk. I 
 "■ ] Skull, f ^• 
 d, e. Ad. and imm. sks., J . 
 
 /. Ad.sk., cJ. 
 
 g. Ad. St., c? . 
 , . i Ad. sks. I 1 - n 
 ^''- ] Skulls. [ <^?' 
 . 1 Ad. St. I , 
 3- \ Skull. [ ^- 
 h. Ad. sk. 
 
 I. Imm. al., S • 
 I 
 \ Ad. sks. I o » T r> 
 '^"•j Skulls. [2c?,l?- 
 p. Ad. sk., cJ. 
 
 ( Imm. St. I n 
 !?■ 1 Skull. [ ?• 
 r. Ad. sk., (3 . 
 s. Ad. sk., cJ . 
 
 t. Imm. sk., (S . 
 
 -{fkuU.M?'^/^^- 
 J). Ad. sk, cJ , 14/12/40. 
 
 ype of Phalanc, 
 X, y. Ad. sks., S $ • 
 
 ^. Yg.sk., $. 
 
 a'. Skeleton (mounted) 
 b'. Skull. 
 
11. PHAIAN&EE. 201 
 
 3. Fhalang^er orientalis*. 
 a. Ph.ala,nger orientalis, Tar. tjiTpicus. 
 
 Didelphis orientalis, Fall. Misc. Zool. p. 59 (1766) ; Erxl. Syst. R. A. 
 
 p. 79 (1777) ; Schreb. Saug. iii. p. 550, pi clii. (animal) (1778) ; 
 
 7Amm. Oeogr. Gesch. ii. p 228 (1780) ; Bodd. Elmch. Anim. i, 
 
 p. 77 (1785) ; Omel. Unn. S. N. i. p. 108 (1789) ; Dmnd. Zool. 
 
 Beytr. i. p. 353 (1792) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 196 (1792) ; 
 
 G. Ouv. Tahl. EUm. p. 125 (1798); Shaw, Gm. Zool. i. pt. ii, 
 
 p. 481 (1800) ; Turt. Unn. S. N. i. p. 67 (1806). 
 Didelphis indica, MUll. lAnn. Natur.s. Supp. vii. p. 35 (1776). 
 Phalanger orientalis, Siorr, Prodr. Meth. Mamm. p. 38 (1780); 
 
 Bechst. Uebers. Vierf. Thiers, ii. p. 685 QSOO). 
 Didelphis molucca, Gmel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 106 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. 
 
 An. K. p. 192 (1792) ; Brnind. Zool. Beytr. i. p. .348 (1792). 
 Ooescoes amhoinensis, Lac4p. M&m. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801); Deem. 
 
 N. Diet. WH. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. MHh. p. 20 (1804) ; Tiedem. 
 
 Zool. p. 432 (1808). 
 Phalangista alba, K. Geoff. Cat. Mm. p. 148 (1803) ; Less. Diet. 
 
 Class. d'H. N. xiii. p. 333 (1828) ; id. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) 
 
 iv. p. 463 (1830). 
 Phalangista lufa, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 149 (1803) ; Desm. N. Diet. 
 
 d'H. iV; (2) XXV. p. 473 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. p. 266 (1820) ; 
 
 E. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 130, pi. xli. (teeth) (1825) ; id. Diet. Sci. 
 
 Nat. xxxix. p. 414 (1826) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 196 (1827), 
 Phalangista orientalis, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (1) xvii. p. 380 
 
 (1803) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 696 (1859) ; id. Z. Ges. Nat. xxvii. p. 392 
 
 (1866) ; Sehhg. Dierent. p. 165 (1872). 
 Balantia orientalis, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 77 (1811) ; Goldf, 
 
 Zool. ii. p. 450 (1820) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548 (1830). 
 Sipalus orientalis, G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 582 (1813). 
 Phalangista minor and fusca (Oken) Sehinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 258 
 
 (1821). 
 Cuscus albus. Less. Man. Mamm. p. 221 (1827) ; id. N. Tabl. S. A., 
 
 Mamm. p. 188 (li!42). 
 Phalangista cavifrons, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 17, pi. i. figs. 7-9, & 
 
 pi. ii. flgs. 7-10 (skull) (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 276 
 
 (1829) ; Quay S/- Gaim. Voy. Astrolube, Zool. i. p. 104, pis. xvii. & 
 
 xviii. (animal and anatomy) (1830) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdvg. Svpp. iii. 
 
 p. 73 (1843), V. p. 269 (1855); Sehim, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 525 
 
 (1844) ; G. Cuv. Anat. Comp. ii. pis, clxxvii.- clxxix. (myology) 
 
 (1849); Gieb. Odontogr. p. 42, pi. xviii. fig. 1 (teeth) (1855). 
 Cuscus cavifrons, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 67 (l838), 
 Phalangista (Cuscus) cavifrons, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 
 p. 263 (1841). 
 Cuscus orientalis. Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 84 (1843) ; id. P. Z. S. 
 
 1858, pp. 104 & 109, pi. Ixi. (animal); id. P.Z.S. 1861, p. 820; 
 
 * li. Size larger ; p.* large, its longer, oblique diameter 
 about 5 millim. — New Guinea and Islands to 
 
 the westward Var. 
 
 6. Size less ; p.* small, its oblique diameter less than 
 4'5 millim. — New Britain and Solomon groups 
 of islands Var. brmiceps, p. 204. 
 
203 PHALANGEEID^. 
 
 Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 93 (1885) ; Thos. Encycl. Brit. (9) 
 
 xviii. p. 728, fig. 1 (skull) (1885) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. 
 
 p. 307; pi. xi. figs. 1, 2, & 4 (skull, difierent ages) (1887)._ 
 Phalangista (discus) orientalis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 279 
 
 (1846) ; Pet&rs ^ Doria, Ann. Mus. Oenov. xvi. p. 681 (1881). 
 Phalangista (Cuscus) gymnotis, Peters (^ Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. 
 
 ■vii. p. 543 (1875) ; iid. op. cit. xvi. p. 679, pi. viii. fig. 3, pi. ix. 
 
 fig. 3 (skull), & pi. xiv. (animal) (1881). 
 Cuscus vestitus, M.-Edw. C. R. Ixxxv. p. 1080 (1877). 
 
 Grbt CtrscTJS. 
 
 Size rather less than in the last species; females smaller than 
 males. Fur soft and woolly, extremely variable in length. 
 General colour grey, but varying from nearly white to dark greyish 
 brown ; pure white, albino, individuals proportionally numerous, 
 but nearly invariably males. Upper surface quite uniform in tint, 
 the head, outer sides of limbs, back, and base of tail all of the same 
 colour, which is, as a rule, markedly paler in males than in females. 
 Muzzle naked along the upper surface for about half the distance 
 towards the eyes. Ears (PI. XXI. fiig. 3) small, rounded, naked 
 inside and along their margins, furry, like the rest of the head, 
 over the greater portion of their backs. Chin, chest, and' belly 
 ordinarily pale grey or white, the line of separation from the 
 darker colour of the flanks variable in distinctness ; throat and 
 neck, however, in many individuals, generally males, strongly 
 suffused with yellow or rufous*. Tail hairy for about its basal 
 half above and quarter below, but the extent of the hairy portion 
 very variable. 
 
 ShuU stout and strong, with marked ridges and crests, which are, 
 however, much more developed in males than in females. Nasals 
 short, not projecting forwards nearly to the level of the anterior 
 point of the premaxillse, and only extending some two or three 
 millimetres in front of their junction with the ascending processes of 
 the premaxillse ; the nasal notch therefore very shallow (see PI. XX. 
 fig. 5). Interorbital region more or less concave, not or very 
 slightly inflated ; its edges strongly ridged, the ridges forming, in 
 old males, marked supraorbital ledges. Temporal ridges uniting in 
 old age, and forming a prominent central crest, highest over the 
 middle of the brain-case, but usually low and undeveloped at the 
 point where the two ridges first meet, so that there is at this point 
 a marked concavity in the general upper outline of the skuU. 
 Anterior palatine foramina reaching to between the canine and p.^ 
 
 Teeth. Upper i.^ but little longer thau the others ; i.^, in section, 
 larger than i.'; i.^ very slender, crushed in between i.'' and the 
 canine, which it touches throughout its length (PI. XX. fig. 5). 
 Canine long, strong and pointed, situated on the premaxillo- 
 maxillary suture. P.' single-rooted, about halfway between the 
 canine and p.' ; p.' minute, absent on one or both sides in about one 
 
 * This colour is probably only assumed during the rutting-seaaon. 
 
11. PHALANGEE. 203 
 
 specimen in ten ; p.* large and powerful, with a notched cutting- 
 edge running obliquely across it. Molars small and narrow, the 
 combined length of the three anterior from 14 to 16 millim. 
 Lower intermediate teeth usually three in number (presumably i.^, 
 p.\ and p'.^), less than this in about one in eight or nine individuals, 
 and occasionally, though very rarely, more*, up to five. 
 
 Bimensions. 
 
 . <S. ?• 
 
 d' (stuffed), d (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 550 525 
 
 Tail 425 400 
 
 Lower leg . . 102 
 
 Hind foot 64 62 
 
 Ear 15 22 
 
 Skull, see p. 208. 
 
 Rah, Timor, Bouru, Sula, Guebeh, and the islands eastwards to 
 New Guinea. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 a. Imm. sk., 2 (albino\). Bouru. A. B. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [0.]. , 
 
 b, c. Ad. S & yg- sks., 10/8/70. Bouru. Dr. A. B. Meyer 
 
 [C.]. 
 d. Ad. al., 2 & 2 yg. Wai, Amboina. H. O. Forbes, Esq. 
 
 [0]. 
 - I Ad. sks. I , / ,7 . ^ Wai, Amboina. H. O. Forbes, Esq . 
 ^'■^- jskuUs. \ ^ C"^*'""*)- [0.]. 
 
 g. Yg. al., cJ. Amboina. Sir E. Belcher [P. & 
 
 0.]. 
 h. Ad. sk., S (albino). Amboina. Leyden Mu3eum[E.]. 
 
 (Received as typical of Ph. oavifrons, Temm.) 
 i. Yg. sk., 11/10/70. Amboina. Dr. A. B. Meyer 
 
 _;. Ad. sk., (J . Ceram. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [C.]. 
 k. Yg. st. Mysol. Purchased. 
 
 l-o. Ad. cJ 2 & 2 yg. sks. Waigiu. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [0.]. 
 j Ad. sk. I J, Waigiu. Purchased. 
 
 P- ] Skull, f °- 
 
 q. Yg. st. Waigiu, Purchased. 
 
 j-./Yff. st. Aru Is. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 [c.]. 
 
 «. Ad. sk., c? . N.W. New A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 Guinea. [0.]. 
 
 * See Jentink, I. u. 
 
 t .Tbia specimen presents the only recorded instance of albinism in the 
 female of this species, while in the male it is unusually frequent. Thus, of 
 rather more than 50 males in the Leyden Museum, ten are albinos, and in the 
 Museum series there are four albinistio males in addition to this female. i 
 
204 
 
 PHALANGEEIII^. 
 
 t, u. Yg. sks. 
 
 Huon Gulf, New 
 
 
 Guinea. 
 
 -• {ittl^cJ.^S- 
 
 Port Moresby. 
 
 a'. Ad. sk. 
 
 Sogere, S.E. New 
 
 
 Guinea, 1750 ft. 
 
 V. Ad. al., 2 & 2 yg. 
 
 
 c'. Yg. skull. 
 
 
 A'. Ad. St., c? {albino). 
 
 
 P. Oomrie, Esq. [0.]. 
 K. Broadbent, Esq. 
 
 rc "' 
 
 H. 6. Forbes, Esq. 
 
 [P. & CJ. 
 Lidth de Jeude Coll. 
 Lidth de Jeude Coll, 
 Purchased. 
 
 b. Fhalanger orientalis, var. breviceps. 
 
 Cuscus albus, Less. ^ Gam. Voy. CoquiUe, Zool. i. p. 158, pi. vi. 
 
 (animal) (1820) (nee Ph. alba, K Geoff.). 
 Cuscus celebensis, Gray, P. Z. H. 1858, pi. Ixii. (animal) (nee descr. 
 
 t. c. p. 105). 
 Cuscus (Strigocuscus) celebensis. Gray, P. Z. S. 1861, p, 319, flgs. 
 
 (skull). 
 Cuscus orientalis. Mams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. iii. p. 243 (1877) ; 
 
 Alst. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 126, and 1878, p. 274. 
 
 Size markedly smaller than in the typical variety (see skull 
 dimensions, p. ii08), especially in the eastern (Solomon Island) 
 individuals. Colour as a rule similar, but slightly darker than in 
 that form, and the dorsal stripe not quite so constant in its presence. 
 In the islands of Rubiana and Guadalcanar there is also a dark 
 umber-brown race living side by side with the grey one, and not 
 differing from it structurally in the slightest degree ; in this race 
 especially the dark dorsal stripe is quite invisible, being lost in the 
 general dark colour of the back. 
 
 Skull only differing from that of the typical variety by its smaller 
 size. 
 
 Teeth also similar, except that p.*, both above and below, is very 
 considerably smaller and lighter, its diameter, measured obliquely 
 in the direction of the cutting-ridge, averaging about a millimetre 
 less than in the true Ph. orientalis. The small upper p." and the 
 lower intermediate teeth are also more often reduced in number, 
 very few individuals possessing the complete set normally present in 
 Ph. orientalis. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6- ?. 
 
 s* (stuffed), p (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 480 360 
 
 Tail 330 240 
 
 Lower leg . . 77 
 
 Hind foot (o.) 50 52 
 
 Ear 19 20 
 
 Skull,, see p. 208. 
 
 * Selected as the type of the. variety. 
 
11. PHALAWOER. 
 
 205 
 
 Hah. New Britain group, 
 
 and Solomon Islands 
 
 as far east as 
 
 San Christoval. 
 
 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 
 
 , r Ad. & yg. sks. \ p 
 
 "-*• Is skulls. ;^- 
 
 Duke of York Isl. and 
 neighbouring shores 
 of J^ew Britain and 
 New Ireland. 
 
 Eev. G. Brovyn 
 
 [C.]. 
 
 i-l. 1mm. al., $ & 3 yg. 
 
 Duke of York Isl. 
 
 Rev. G. Brown 
 
 [C.]. 
 C. M. Wood- 
 
 -'-\iUV ■!'■''■ Vi^^- 
 
 Alu, Shortland IsL, 
 
 Solomons. 
 
 ford, Esq. [CI. 
 
 0. SkuU (d')- 
 
 Alu, Shortland Isl. 
 
 CM. Wood- 
 
 p. Ad. al. $ , 7/3/87. 
 
 Eubiana, Solomons. 
 
 ford, Esq.rC]. 
 C M. Wood- 
 
 (Dark race.) 
 
 
 ford, Esq. [CI. 
 C M. Wood- 
 
 ^'HskulS 4^^2,4/87. 
 
 Aola, Guadalcanar. 
 
 
 ford, Esq.[C.]. 
 
 (r, dark race.) 
 
 
 
 1 Ad. St. ( , 
 *• 1 Skull, f ^• 
 
 San Christoval 
 
 John Macgilli- 
 
 {Voy.HM.S. 'He- 
 
 vray, Esq. [P. 
 
 
 rald'). 
 
 1 
 
 &C.]. 
 {Type of variety.) 
 
 t, u. Ad. sks., (J $ , 12/54. 
 
 San Christoval 
 
 F. M. Rayner, 
 
 
 {Voy. H.M.S. ' He- 
 
 Esq. [P. & 
 
 
 raW). . 
 
 C]. 
 
 V, w. Skeleton & skull, ? . 
 
 San Christoval 
 
 John Macgilli- 
 
 (Skull of V figured by 
 
 {Voy. H.M.S. ' He^ 
 
 vray, Esq. [P. 
 
 Gray, I. c.) 
 
 raid'). 
 
 &C.1. 
 John Macgilli- 
 
 X. Tmm. skull (bones separated). 
 
 San Christoval 
 
 
 • {Voy. H.M.S. ' He- 
 
 vray, Esq. [P. 
 
 
 rald '). 
 
 & C]. • 
 
 4. Phalanger ornatus. 
 
 Cuscus ornatus, Cfray, P. Z. S. 1860, pp. 1 & 374, pi. Ixxiv. (animal) ; 
 
 id. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 320, figs, (skull); Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 123 (1862). 
 Cuscus orientalis {nee Pall.), Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 93 
 
 (1885) (in part) ; id. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 307, pi. zi. fig. 3 
 
 (skull) (1887). 
 
 Size smaller and form lighter than in Ph. orientalis ; females 
 smaller than males. Fur short and close. General colour grey, 
 spotted with white, the males rufous anteriorly. Muzzle naked 
 along the top nearly to the eyes. Ears short, naked internally. 
 Head and forequarters deep grey, uniform with the back in the 
 female, but in the males the forequarters are bright orange-rufous, 
 a colour that sometimes spreads over the whole of the head and 
 neck. Black dorsal streak; distinct and well defined. Back and 
 sides more or less spotted with white, the spots very variable in 
 number and position. Chin almost naked, greyish ; chest and belly 
 white in the female, becoming greyer round the pouch, bright orange 
 in the males ; a mesial pure white stripe, however, often present. 
 Limbs outsid6 like the back, their inner sides like the belly. Tail 
 
206 
 
 PHAlANSEEIDiE. 
 
 furry for about half its length, the difference in extent of the fur 
 above and below only about an inch ; the colour of the fur grey, 
 more or less ■white-spotted, as on the back. 
 
 Shall in most respects similar to that of Ph. orientalis. Nasals 
 long, projecting forwards nearly as far as the level of the anterior 
 point of the premaxillse, and extending about 4 or 5 millim. in 
 front of their junction with the ascending processes, and forming a 
 deep nasal notch (PI. XX. fig. 6). Lacrymal bones with a strongly 
 marked ridge running along their upper edge. Interorbital region 
 ridged as in the last species, but the supraorbital ridges more 
 definitely continuous with the temporal ones, and not interrupted 
 just at their junction; the upper outline of the skull therefore 
 evenly convex. 
 
 Teeth. Upper i.' decidedly longer than i.^ ; i.^ in section about 
 one fifth the size of i.^, not crushed in between it and the canine, 
 but only touching the latter tooth just at its base (PL XX. fig. 6). 
 Canine short and small, its tip barely reaching as far down as a line 
 connecting those of i.' and p.* P.' about half the size of the canine, 
 and p.', which is present in all the five individuals examined, about 
 one third its size. P.* large, rounded in section, its oblique diameter 
 about 5 millim. Molars as in Ph. orientalis. Lower intermediate 
 teeth three in number. 
 
 a (skin). b (slsin). 
 
 Adult. Adult- 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 550 410 
 
 Tail 375 330 
 
 Lower leg 93 (c.) 80 
 
 Hind foot 47 43 
 
 Ear ; 12-5 10 
 
 Skull, see p. 208. 
 
 JIah. Gilolo group of islands : Morty, Ternate, Batchian, and 
 Gilolo. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 , J Ad. sk. I , , Morty Id. A. R. Wallace, Esq. [0.1. 
 
 "■ ] Skull. ( °' 
 
 J, lAd. &yg.sks.") p Ternate. A. R. Wallace, Esq. [C], 
 
 ■ I Skull of 6. J * ■ 
 
 I Ad. sk I Batchian. A. R. Wallace, Esq. [C.]. 
 
 ■ ] Skull. \ °- (Ttjpe oisT^ecieB.) 
 
 5. Phalanger celebensis. 
 
 Ousciis celebensis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 105 (description, but not 
 the plate) ; Oerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 123 (1862) ; 
 Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 104 (1885) : id. Cat. Ost. Zevd. 
 iJ/w. p. 811 (1887). r V y, J 
 
 Phalangista celebensis, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 181 (1883). 
 Celebban Grey Ctjscus. 
 
11. PHALANGEE. 
 
 207 
 
 Size markedly smaller than in the other species. Fur thick and 
 soft. Colour all over a uniform grey, with a certain tinge of 
 coppery. No trace of a dark central line. Top of muzzle naked 
 nearly to the level of the anterior canthus. Ears (PI. XXI. fig. 4) 
 larger than in any of the preceding species ; laid forward (in spirit- 
 specimens) they reach just to the posterior canthus of the eye ; their 
 hacks uniformly covered with soft fawn-grey hairs, their margins 
 and internal surfaces naked. Chin, chest, and helly white or 
 yellowish white, - the anal region and underside of base of tail 
 sometimes deep chestnut. Outsides of limbs like back, but rather 
 paler ; inner sides like belly. Tail furry for about one half above and 
 two fifths below, the difierence in extent of the hair from about one 
 to two inches ; distal part of tail with more fine hairs scattered over 
 its upper and lateral surfaces than usual, and with its lower surface 
 unusually contrasted in colour with the upper". 
 
 SJcull light and delicate. Nasal notch very shallow, the nasals 
 projecting scarcely 2 millim. in front of their junction with tho 
 premaxillae; their posterior portions but little expanded. Inter- 
 orbital region concave, its edges sharply ridged. Anterior palatine 
 foramina extending to the level of the middle of the canines. 
 
 Teeth. Upper i.^ cylindrical, nearly half the size of i.^ in section ; 
 a distinct diastema between it and the canine, so that the two teeth 
 do not touch at all. Canine about as long vertically as i.^ and p.* 
 P.' about halfway between the canine and p.*, and about half their 
 height ; p.^ absent in aU the specimens known ; p.'' very similar to 
 that of Ph. orientalis, var. hreviceps, its oblique diameter about 4 
 millim. Molars small and rounded. Lower intermediate teeth two 
 in number in all the specimens known. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 ^^^ *_ 
 
 a (in spirit). c (siin). 
 
 Barely adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 270 390 
 
 Tail 240 
 
 Lower leg 64 (c.) 75 
 
 Hind foot ' 43 48 
 
 Ear 20 15 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hah. Celebes and Sanghir Islands. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 a. Ad. al., cJ. Menado, Celebes. Dr. A. B. Meyer [C.]. 
 
 , ( Imm. sk. I J, Macassar. A. R. Wallace, Esq. 
 
 *• I Skull. \°- . [C.]. (Type oi s^^ecies.) 
 
 J Ad. sk. I - Sanghir Isl. Dr. A. B. Meyer [CI. 
 "• I Skull. ( '^• 
 
 d. Yg. sk. Old Collection. 
 
208 
 
 PHALAWGEEID^. 
 
 coo cocoiMCN cocpoo 
 
 i W ^ COCNtH i-HCOCO r-l 
 
 -^ COCq CO ip 
 
 O lO CO lO vo -^ (M lo cq c^ iO 
 
 i>a3b-ocbd5dDNTt<'i>"^cooorh-<^Oi 
 
 « "^ (M rH CO (N i-H (M Tf^ !>• r-i 
 
 »p tN »0 ip 1> O O 
 
 : ® o A jt- 05 di (?^ -Tfnit :co ;TjH-^ds 
 
 <© O da CN lOQO vCiOl><©C060CMiC3ibTt< 
 
 I— I 
 
12. PHASCOIAECTUS. 209 
 
 Subfamily III. PHASCOLARCTIN^. 
 
 No tail. Muzzle short; tongue not extensile. Cteek-pouches 
 present. Caecum large, complicated. Stomaoli -with a cardiac gland. 
 
 Bullae very high and prominent, narrow transversely. 
 
 Teeth large. No premolars additional to p." above, or any teeth 
 at all between i.^ and p.* below. 
 
 12. PHASCOLARCTUS. „, 
 
 Type. 
 
 Phasoolarctus, Blainv. Bull. Soc, PMlom. 1816, p. 116 
 
 (misprinted 108) Ph. cinereus. 
 
 Lipurus, Ooldf. Ms, p. 271 (1819) Ph. cinereus. 
 
 Morodactylus, Goldf. Zool. ii. p, 445 (1820) Ph. cinereus. 
 
 Size large ; form very stout and clumsy. Fur thick and woolly. 
 Ears large, thickly furry outside and in ; metatragus almost obsolete. 
 Flanks without a flying-membrane. Fore toes subequal, their 
 lengths in the following relative order — 4, 3, 5,2,1; the first and 
 second opposable to the other three; palms and soles granulated, 
 without striated pads. Claws thick, strong, and sharply pointed. 
 Tail rudimentary, only represented externally by a low rounded 
 projection. Mammae 2. 
 
 Shull oblong, parallel-sided, the zygomata running straight 
 backwards from their broadest point at the orbits, not curved 
 outwards. Nasals short and very broad, scarcely projecting in 
 front beyond the ascending processes of the premaxillae. Inter- 
 orbital region smooth and flat, its edges rounded, and forming 
 rudimentary blunt postorbital processes, supported in old age upon 
 large rounded inflations.' Anterior palate deeply concave ; the short 
 palatine foramina placed at the bottom of the concavity opposite the 
 canines. Posterior palate with a pair of large smoothly rounded 
 vacuities confined to the palatine bones. Bull® remarkably high 
 and prominent, not unhke those of a pig in general shape, their 
 height above the basi-occipital- slightly exceeding their antero- 
 posterior, and about twice their transverse diameter, their promi- 
 nence increasing markedly with age. Lower jaw generally with a 
 minute foramen from the masseteric fossa to the inferior dental 
 canal. 
 
 Eibs only 11 in number, the total number of thoracico-lumbar 
 vertebrae being stiU, however, 19 as usual. 
 
 BmtUi.n'.-l. \^^, C. \, P. f^i^^ M ^t|4^'x2=30. 
 
 Upper incisors cylindrical : i.' long, more parallel to its fellow, 
 and more rodent-like than in the previous genera ; crown of i.^ in 
 youth nearly equal to i.' in section, but in adult life the crown is 
 
 * Dr . CoUett has recorded the presence of a fifth lower molar on both sides 
 of a specimen obtained in Queensland by Dr. Lumholtz (fcc. infrd, cit.). 
 
 P 
 
'210 tHALillGEElD*. 
 
 worn off, and then i.'' and i.' are both about equal, and about one 
 third the size of i.' in cross section. Canine thick and strong, its 
 dentinal root becoming much elongated and swollen in old age. 
 P.* evenly oval, its antero-posterior diameter about equal to that of 
 m.^ with a central ridge and a distinct postero-internal basal ledge. 
 Molars very broad, about as broad as long, each with four sharp 
 pointed cusps with curved ridges radiating from them, their structure, 
 in fact, very like that found in Petawoides and Pseudochirus. Lower 
 incisors narrow, deep antero-posteriorly. Lower p.* sharp-edged, 
 its central ridge bifurcated posteriorly. Molars with sharp curved 
 crests, their convexity outwards. 
 
 Tooth-change nearly obsolete, the milk-p.*, both above and below, 
 reduced to a minute rudiment, apparently quite functionless. 
 
 Range. That of the only species. 
 
 1. Fhascolarctus ciuereus. 
 
 Koala, G. Cuv. S. A. i. p. 184, iv. pi. i. fig. 5 (animal) (1817) ; 
 
 Besm. N. Diet. d'S. N. (2) xvii. p. 110 (1817). 
 Lipurus cinereus, Ooldf. Isis, 1819, p. 274 ; Schim, Ouv. Thiei-r: i. 
 
 p. 265 (1821); Bv/i-m. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 547 (1830); Owen, 
 
 P. Z. S. 1838, p. 154. 
 Morodactylus cinereus, Ooldf. Zool. ii. p. 445 (1820). 
 Phascolarctus fuscua, besm. Mamm. i. p. 276 (1820) ; id. Diet. Sci. 
 
 Nat xxzix. p. 448 (1826) ; J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 284 
 
 (1829) ; MarUn, P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 109 (anat.) ; Waterh. Cat. 
 
 Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 68 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Lib?:, Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 295, pi. xxxi. (animal) (1841) ; Less. N. Tdbl. R. A., Mamm. 
 
 p. 192 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Sv/pp. iii. p. 94 (1843), v. p. 281 
 
 (1865) ; Owen, Odontogr. Mi. pi. c. fig. 6 (teeth) (1845). 
 Phascolarctus koala, Cfray, Oriff. Cuv. An. K. p. 205 (1827) : Oerv. 
 
 H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 273, pi. (animal) (1855). 
 Phascolarctus flindersi, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 221 (1827). 
 Phascolarctus cinereus, J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 285 (1829) ; , 
 
 Oray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 87 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. 
 
 iii. p. 95 (1843) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. ■^. 637 (1844) ; Waterh. 
 
 N. H. Mamm. i. p. 259, pi. ix. tig. 2 (animal), and pi. xx. fig. 5 
 
 (skull) (1846) ; Kombr. §• Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. p. 35, Atl. 
 
 pis. xvii. & xvii. A. (animal, skull, and skeleton) (1845-53) ; Qould, 
 
 mamm. Austr. i. pis. xiii. & xiv. (animal) (1854) ; Gerv. H. N. 
 
 Mamm. ii. p. 273 (1866); Oieb. Sang. p. 698 (1859); Benn. 
 
 P. Z. S. 1862, p. 85; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 123 
 
 (1862) ; Krejffi, Cat. Mamm. Austr. M«s. p. 44 (1864) ; id. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. pi. vi. (animal) (1871); ScMeg. Bierent. p. 167 (1872); 
 
 Young, J. Anat. Phys. xiii. p. 305 et seqq. pi. xviii. (anat.) 
 
 (1879) ; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 355 ; Brekm, Thierl. ii. p. 579 
 
 (1880) ; Forbes, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 181 et seqq. figs. 1-6 (anat.) ; 
 
 Bobs. J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 151 (1882) ; Flow. Fna/cl. Brit. (9) 
 
 XV. p. 382, figs. 25 (skull) & 32 (bones of foot) (1883) ; Flow. 
 
 8f Oars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 699 (1884) ; Thos. P. Z. S. 1887, 
 
 p. 338, fig. 1 (tooth-change) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 935 (1887) ; 
 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p, 307 (1887). 
 
 Koala. 
 
12. pSascolaecius. 
 
 211 
 
 Fur thick, close and woolly. General colour dark grey. Ehina- 
 rium extending upwards along the top of the muzzle halfway to the 
 eye ; this part apparently naked, but, especially in youth, thinly 
 clothed with minute hairs. Eest of head thickly hairy. Face 
 uniform in colour with the back, dark grey. Ears rounded, laid 
 forward (in a half-grown spirit-specimen) they reach just to the 
 posterior canthus of the eye ; the thick hair on their backs black, 
 tipped with dirty white, and that on their edges and internal 
 surface white, with or without grey bases. Back and outsides of 
 limbs uniform dark grey, turning on the rump to dirty yellowish 
 white, the line of demarcation sometimes irregularly spotted. 
 Cheeks and sides of chin grey ; centre of chin, whole of chest, and 
 inner sides of fore limbs pure white or yellowish white; centre line of 
 beUy white, its sides greyish white ; scrotum and region over pouch 
 whitish, outside of which the groin and the inner sides of the hind legs 
 are deep chestnut-rufous to the ankles. Anal region and the posterior 
 line of the hind legs white. Hands and feet white. 
 
 Shall and teeth as described above. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 c?. ?• 
 
 i (skin). k (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 miUim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 810 750 
 
 Lower leg (c.) 158 (c.) 136 
 
 Hind foot 96 98 
 
 Ear 62 58 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hab. Eastern Australia from Queensland to Victoria. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 a. Ad. skeleton, c? Brisbane. Purchased, 
 (mounted). 
 
 b. Foetus in al., 5 • Queensland. Purchased. 
 
 c. Yg. al., $ . Port Stephens, N. S. W. Dr. G. Bennett [P. & C.l. 
 
 d. Yg. skeleton. New South Wales. Dr. G. Bennett [P. & 0.1. 
 
 e. Foetus in al., 5 . New South Wales. J.Brenchley,Esq.[P.&C.J. 
 /. Yg. sk. New South Wales. Zoological Society. 
 
 J Ad. sk. ) o Geelong, Victoria. E. Towle, Esq. [P. & 0.]. 
 ff- 1 Skull. I ¥• 
 
 , I Ad. St. I rv Purchased. 
 ^- j Skull. \ ?• 
 
 i. Ad. sk., (S. .Purchased. 
 
 j. Yg. sk. Linnean Society. 
 
 k, 1. Yg. sks. Purchased. 
 
 m. Yg. skeleton. Purchased. 
 
 n. Skull. Lidth de Jeude Coll. 
 
 p2 
 
212 tSASOOLOMtlD^. 
 
 Skull Dimensions of Phascolarotus cinereus. 
 
 Sex : 
 
 a. 
 
 aged. 
 
 adult. 
 
 specimen 
 
 Aee 
 
 
 
 149 
 
 88 
 
 48 
 
 43 
 
 29 
 
 25 
 
 80 
 
 39 
 
 23-3 
 6-7 
 
 47-6 
 102 
 214 
 7-4 
 
 24-5 
 
 13-2 
 
 128 
 
 75 
 
 39 
 
 38'5 
 
 23-5 
 
 25-6 
 
 67 
 
 36 
 
 20-5 
 6-3 
 
 44 
 
 84 
 191 
 7-5 
 
 21-7 
 
 14 
 
 
 
 
 
 Constriction, breadtli 
 
 Palate length 
 
 
 inside m.^ 
 
 Palatal foramen 
 
 Sasi-cranial axis 
 
 Basi -facial axis. . . 
 
 Facial index 
 
 Teeth — horizontal length of p.* 
 
 length of ms ^"^ . i. 
 
 
 
 Family III. PHASCOLOMYIDtE. 
 
 Diprotodont Marsupials, adapted for a fossorial rhizopliagouB life. 
 Body stout and clumsy. Limbs subequal, very thick and strong. 
 Fore feet -with five subequal toes, each with a stout digging-claw ; 
 hind feet with a short nailless hallux and four well-developed toes, 
 the second and third showing a slight tendency towards syndactyly ; 
 all four with long curved claws. Tail rudimentary. Stomach 
 simple, but with a cardiac gland. Caecum present, short, provided 
 with an appendioc vermiformis. Pouch present. 
 
 Dentition : — I. 
 
 C, 
 
 0.0.0.4 
 
 M. 
 
 x2=24. 
 
 All the teeth rootless, with persistent pulps. Incisors large and 
 strong, the enamel restricted to their front and lateral surfaces. 
 The single premolar small, single-lobed, close to the molars. 
 Molars bilobed, strongly curved, their convexity internal above, 
 external below. 
 
 Tooth-change aborted; mUk-p.* absent, or at least not yet 
 discovered; if ever present, shed or absorbed in infancy. Bullse 
 imperfect, open behind, their anterior wall formed by a downwardly 
 projecting process of the squamosal, instead of by the alisphenoid 
 as usual. 
 
 Range. Australian Eegion, south of the Tropics. 
 
1. PHASCOLOMTS. 213 
 
 1. PHASCOLOMYS. ,^ 
 
 Type. 
 
 Phascolomys, E. Geof. Ann. Mus. ii. p. 364 (1803) Ph. ursinus. 
 
 Vombatus, E. Geoff. Bull. Snc. Philom. iii. p. 185 (1803) Ph. ursinus. 
 Wombatus, Besm. iV. Diet. d'B. N. (1) xxiv. p. 20 (1803) Ph. ursinus. 
 
 Amblotis, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 77 (1811) Ph. ursinus. 
 
 Lasiorhinus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xi.' p. 458 (1863) Ph. latifrons. 
 
 Characters, habits, and range as those of the family, of which 
 this is the only genus. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. External Chabactbes. 
 
 A, Bhinarium quite naked, black. Fur coarse and 
 
 harsh. 
 
 a. Size large. Australian 1. Ph. mitohelli, p. 213. 
 
 b. Size small. Tasmanian 2. Ph. ursinus, p. 215. 
 
 B. Bhinarium hairy, white. FursoftandsUky. . 3. Ph. latifrons, "p. 217. 
 
 II. Ceaniai Chaeactees. 
 
 A. Postorbital processes rudimentary or absent. 
 
 Greatest breadth of nasals considerably less 
 than their length. (Bibs 15.) 
 
 a. Size large, basal length more than 155 millim. 1. Ph. mitchelli, p. 213. 
 
 b. Size smaller, basal length less than 155 
 
 millim. 2. Ph. ursinm,^. 215. 
 
 B. Postorbital processes strong and well deve- 
 
 loped. Greatest breadth of nasals equal to 
 
 or greater than their length. (Bibs 13.) . . 3. Ph. latifrons, p. 217. 
 
 1. Phascolomys mitchelli. 
 
 Phascolomys mitchelli, Owen, MitchelVs Exped. Austr. ii. p. 362, 
 pi. XXX. figs. 4 to 7 (jaws and teeth) (1838) ; CHeb. Siiug. p. 670 
 (1859) ; Owen, Phil. Trans. 1872, pp. 177 & 245 et seqq. pis. xvii. 
 to xix. & xxi. (parts of skull) ; Lydekker, Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. 
 V. p. 152 (1887). 
 
 Phascolomys platyrhinus, Owen, Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. i. p. 334 (1853) ; 
 Murie, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 853, fig. 3 (skull) ; id. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 798 
 et seqq. pi. xxxv. (animal) ; McCoy, Tr. Boy. Soc. Victoria, viii. 
 p. 267, fig. c (nasals) (1868) ; Sreffi, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. v. 
 (1871) ; id. P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 796 ; Owm, Phil. Trans. 1872, pp. 173 
 & 241 et seqq. figs. 3, 5, & 7, pis. xix. to xxiii. & xxxiii. (skull, 
 &c.) ; id. Tr. Z. S. viii. p. 345 et seqq. pis. 1. to Ivii. (skuU) (1872) ; 
 id. torn. cit. p. 483 et seqq. pis. bcix. to Ixxiv. (skeleton) (1874) ; 
 Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. 8urg. ii. p. 698 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. 
 Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 165 (1887). 
 
 Phascolomys latifrons, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i, pis. Ivii. & Iviii. 
 (animal) (1859) (nee Owen). 
 
 Phascolomys niger, id. op', cit, text to pi. Ix. (1863). i 
 
214 PHASCOIOMTID^. 
 
 Phascolomys angasi and setosus, Crray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xi. 
 
 pp. 458 & 469 (1863). 
 Phaacolomys setosus, McCoy, Tr. Roy. Soc. Victoria, viii. p. 270, 
 
 fig. D (nasals) (1868). 
 Phascolomys assimilis, Kreffi, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 796. 
 
 Common ArrsiEAiiAiir Wombai. 
 
 Size largest of tie genus. Rhinarium large, quite naked, more 
 or less pentagonal in shape, its edges sharply defined from the hairy 
 parts of the muzzle. Fur fairly long, but coarse, harsh, and hispid ; 
 underfur almost or entirely absent. Colour all over either yellow, 
 grizzled yellow and black, or black, the colour in each case quite 
 uniformly distributed all oyer the head, body, and limbs ; no special 
 markings anywhere. Ears short, rounded, well-haired. 
 
 SJcull large and powerful. Muzzle broad, its sides laterally 
 expanded ; infraorbital foramen narrow, slit-like. Nasals large, 
 expanded behind, their greatest breadth about three fourths of 
 their length, their posterior margins bowed backwards in the 
 centre ; naso-premaxillary three or four times as long as naso- 
 maxillary suture. Interorbital region smooth, evenly convex, its 
 edges sharp, well-defined, and continued backwards as distinct 
 temporal ridges to the occiput ; postorbital processes rudimentary, 
 the distance between their tips not exceeding the interorbital 
 breadth by more than from 4 to 6 miUim. Anterior palatine 
 foramina long, fairly well defined behind, the palate not markedly 
 concave round them, except slightly anteriorly. Posterior palatine 
 vacuities triangular, about equal in size to one of the molars. 
 
 Eibs, both in this species and the next, 15 in number; these 
 being, with the exception of the 11 found in the Koala, the only 
 instances in which the usual Marsupial number of 13 is departed from. 
 
 Teeth. Upper incisors comparatively narrow, deep antero-pos- 
 teriorly, their anterior surfaces nearly or quite smooth, with scarcely 
 any trace of grooves. Lower incisors rounded in section, about as 
 broad as deep. Molars as usual. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 g (Btuffed). 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 1100 
 
 Hind foot 100 
 
 Ear 45 
 
 SkuU, see p. 219. 
 
 Hah. New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia. 
 
 Type (fossil) in the Museum of the Geological Society of London. 
 
 After a careful comparison of the recent with the fossil specimens 
 in the Museum collection, I have no hesitation in following 
 Dr. Murie and Mr. Lydekker in looking upon "Ph. plaiyrUmts" 
 as identical with Ph. mitchelli, and consequently in adopting the 
 latter and earlier name for the present species. 
 
1. PHASCOIOMTS. 215 
 
 There appears to be no reason to distinguish specifically or even 
 varietaUy the black, yellow, and grizzled forms of this species, the 
 latter being quite intermediate between the other two, and all of 
 them being apparently due only to individual, and not to geographical 
 variation. 
 
 a. Ad. skull. New South Wales. AUan Cunningham, Esq. 
 
 [P.]. 
 T JAd.sk.) , Gippsland. Purchased. 
 
 *■ I, Skull. ( ^■ 
 
 (Grizzled variety.) 
 e. Yg. al., d . Gippsland. Purchased. 
 
 d, e. Skulls. Mt. Gambier, S. A. F. G. Waterhouse, Esq. 
 
 [P.]. 
 /. Skull. Lake Alexander, mouth of F. G. Waterhouse, Esq. 
 
 Mlirray R, S. A. , [P.]. 
 
 ff. Ad. St., (J . Purchased. 
 
 (Yellow variety. Ti/pe of Ph. setosus, Gray. Figured by Gould as 
 Ph. latifruns.') 
 , ( Ad. sk. I Zool. Soc. 
 
 ■ I Skeleton, mounted, j 
 
 (Black variety. Probably type of Ph. niger, Gould.) 
 . j Ad. sk. ) o Purchased. 
 
 *• j Skull. [ ?• 
 
 (Yellow variety.) 
 j. Skeleton. Zool. Soc. 
 
 k. Skeleton. Purchased. I 
 
 2. Phascolomys nrsinus. 
 
 Wombat, Collins, New South Wales, ii. p. 153, plate (animal) (1802) ; 
 
 Home, Phil. Trans. 1808, p. 304, pi. ix. (anat.). 
 Didelphis ursina, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. 2, p. 504 (1800). 
 Wombatus fossor, Desm. N. Diet. cCH. N. (1) xxiv. p. 20 (1803) ; 
 
 Sevast. M4m. Ac. PMersb. i. p. 446 (1807) ; Tiedem. Zool. p. 433 
 
 (1808); a. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 15 (1814). 
 Phascolomys fusca {Oeoff.), III. Prodr. Si/si. Mamm. p. 78 (1811) ; 
 
 Desm. N. Diet. d'H. iV. (2") xxv. p. 500 (1817) ; Owen, Cyclop. 
 
 Anat. Phys. iii. p. 267, figs. 93, 94, & 105 (skull & skeleton) (1840). 
 Amblotis fossor, lU. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 77 (1811). 
 Opossum hirsutum, Perry, Arcana, letterpress & plate (animal) 
 
 (1811). 
 Phascolomys vombatus. Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 102, pi. xcvi. 
 
 (animal) (1815); Oioen, Odontogr. pi. c. fig. 9 (teeth) (1846); 
 
 Gray, P. Z. S. 1847, p. 41 ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. iii. p. 303, pi. xxxvii. 
 
 figs. 1-3 (skull) (1849); id. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. i. p. 330 
 
 (1858); id. Phil. Trans. 1872, pp. 173 & 241 et seqq. figs. 1 & 2, 
 
 pis. xix., xxi. to xxiii., & xxxix. (skull, teeth, &c.) ; id. Tr. Z. S. 
 
 viii. p. 345 et seqq. pis. 1. to Ivii. (skuU) (1872) ; id. Tr. Z. S. viii. 
 
 p. 483 et seqq. (1874) 
 Phascolomys wombat. Per. Sr Les. Toy. Terr. Austr. ii. p. 13, Atl. 
 
 pl. xxviii. (animal) (1816); Desm. Mamm. i. p. 276 (1820); 
 
 id. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 450 (1826) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. 
 
 V. p. 206 (1827) ; Less. Diet. Class. WH. N. xiii. p. 352 (1828); 
 
 Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 286 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. 
 
 Buff.) iv. p. 500, pl. xxxvii. (18.80) ; Owen, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 49 
 
216 PHASCOLOMTID^. 
 
 fanat); Benn. Cat. N. S. Auitr. Mm. p. 2 (1837); Waterh. Cat 
 
 Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 68 (1838); Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) 
 
 i. p. 103 (1838) ; QulUver, P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 51 ; Waterh. Jard. 
 
 Nat. Libr., Mamtn. xi. p. 302, pi. xxxii. (animal) (1841) ; Owen, 
 
 Tr. Z. S. ii. p. 408, pi. Ixviii. (skeletoB) & pi. Ixxi. fig. 6 (skull) 
 
 (1841) ; Less. N. Tahl. R. A., Mamm. p. 192 (1842) ; ScMnz, Syn. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 568 (1844) ; Watei-h. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 246, pi. iii. 
 
 fig. 1 (skull) and pi. xii. fig. 7 (sole) (1846) ; Gerv. Diet. Univ. ffS. N. 
 
 ix. p. 728 (1849); Gwm, P. Soy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 85 (1852); 
 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pis. Iv. & Ivi. (animal) (1855) ; Gerv. 
 
 S. N. Mamm. ii. p. 267, fig. (animal & teeth) (1855); Gieb. 
 
 Odontogr. p. 43, pi. xix. figs. 4, 6, & 7 (teeth) (1855) ; Schleg. 
 
 Bierh. p. 144 (1857) ; Angas, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 269 ; Krefft, Cat. 
 
 Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 54 (1864) ; Murie, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 853, 
 
 fig. 2 (skull) ; id. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 798 et seqq. ; McCoy, Tr. Soy. 
 
 8oc. Victoria, yiii. p. 267, fig. b (nasals) (1868) ; Krefft, Notes 
 
 Faun, Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Mamm. Austr. pi. v. (animal) (1871) ; 
 
 Schleg. Bierent. p. 172, fig. (animal) (1872) ; Gulliver, P. Z. 8. 
 
 1875, p. 491, pi. It. fig. 50 (hlood-oorpuscle) ; Schmidt, P. Z. 8. 
 
 1880, p. 805; Sigg. l^ Pett. P. Soy. Soc. Tasm. 1888, p. 196; 
 
 Flow. $■ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 696 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. 
 
 Mamm. B. M. v. p. 147, fig. 26 (dentition) (1887); Jent. Cat. 
 
 Qst. Leyd. Mus. p. 307 (1887). 
 Phascolomya ursinus, G. Cuv. S. A. i. p. 185 (1817) ; F. Cm. S. N. 
 
 Mamm. (fol.) livr. x. (animal) (1819) ; Schinz, Cuv. Thien: i. 
 
 p. 266 (1821) ; F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 139, pi. xliv. (teeth) 
 
 (1825) ; Surm. Lehrh. Naturg.^. 547 (1830) ; Gray, Grey's Austr., 
 
 App. ii. p. 404 (1841); id. Idst Mamm. B. M. p. 95 (1843); 
 
 Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p 131 (1862) ; Gray, Ann. 
 
 Mag. N. H. (3) xi. p. 458 (1863). 
 Phascolomys bassii. Less. Man. Mamm. p. 229 (1827). 
 Phascolomys fossor, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 132 (1843), v. 
 
 p. 333 (1855) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 669 (1869) ; id. Bronn's Kl. u. Ordn. 
 
 yi. Abth. v. pi. xxi. figs. 1-3 (skull) (1874) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. 
 
 p. 601, fig. (animal and skeleton) (1880). 
 
 Tabmanias Wombat. 
 
 Similar in every respect to Ph. mitchelli, except that its size is 
 about one fourth, smaller. Colour uniform dark grizzled greyish 
 brown, as in the grizzled or intermediate variety of that species. 
 
 Slcull with a basal length of from 130 to 150 millim., as compared 
 to about from 160 to 185 millim. in Ph. mitchelli. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 c?. ?• 
 
 a (stuffed). b (stuffed). 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 900 950 
 
 Hind foot 80 74 
 
 Ear 40 60 
 
 Skull, see p. 219. 
 
 Hab. Tasmania and islands in Bass's Straits. 
 Ti/pe not in existence, 
 
1. PHASCOLOMYS. 217 
 
 This spocies, the oldest known of the group, presents a remark- 
 able exception to the usual rule of size in Tasmanian animals, these 
 being generally larger instead of smaller than their continental 
 allies. The species seems to be well distinguished from Ph. mitchelli 
 by this one character of size, but otherwise there appears to be no 
 difference of importance between the two. 
 
 a. Ad. St., (3 . Circular Head, Tas- Gould Collection. 
 
 mania (J. (?.). 
 
 b. Ad. St., 5 . Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke [P.]. 
 
 c. Yg. St., (J . Zoological Society. 
 
 d. Yg. St. Tasmania. Ronald Gunnj Esq. [P. & C.]. 
 
 e. Skull. Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P. & 0.1. 
 /. Yg. sk. Tasmania. (Specimen figured by Leach in 1815?) 
 a. Skull. Tasmania (Foy.'JVy')- J- B. Jukes, Esq. [P.]. 
 
 h. SkuQ. . W. Yarrell, Esq. [P.]. 
 
 i. Skeleton. (AntarcticExpedition.) Lords of the Admiralty [P.], 
 j. Skeleton Zoological Society. 
 
 (mounted). 
 
 3. Phaacolomys latifrons. 
 
 Phascolomys latifrons, Owen, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 82 ; Waterh. N. H. 
 Mamm. i. p. 252 (1846) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. iii. p. 303, pi. xxxvii. 
 figs. 4 & 5 (skuU) (1849); id. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg.l^.SU (1853); 
 Wagn. Schr. Sduy. Supp. v. p. 333 (1855) ; Qieb. Saug. p. 670 
 (1859) ; Angas, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 268 ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 131 (1862) ; Murie, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 778 et seqq. ; 
 McCoy, Tr. Roy. Soc. Victoria, viii. p. 267, fig. a (nasals) (1868) ; 
 Si-efft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. v. (1871) ; id., P. Z. S. 1872, 
 p. 795 ; Schley. Dierent. p. 172 (1872) ; Maoalister, P. Z. 8. 1872, 
 p. 497, figs. 1-3 (skull and hyoid); Owen, Phil. Trans. 1872, 
 
 ?p. 173, 241 et seqq. figs. 4, 6, 8, pis. xix.-xxiii., xxxii., xxxviii. 
 skull, teeth, &c.) ; id. Tr. Z. 8. viii. p. 345 ef seqq. pis. l.-lvii. 
 
 (skull) (1872) ; id. torn. cit. p. 483 et seqq. pis. Ixix.-lxxiv. 
 
 (skeleton) (1874); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 601, %. (animal) (1880) ; 
 
 Flow. 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Sury. li. p. 699 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. 
 
 Foss. Marnm] B. M. v. p. 151 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. 
 
 p. 307 (1887). 
 Phascolomys lasiorhinus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pis. lix., Ix. 
 
 (animal) (1863) ; Krefft, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 796. 
 Lasiorhinus m'coyd, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xi. p. 458 (1863). 
 Phascolomys (Lasiorhinus) latifrons, Murie, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 854, 
 
 pi. xlvii. (animal), fig. 1 (skull). 
 Phascolomys niger, Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pi. v. (1871) {nee 
 
 Gould). 
 Phascolomys lasiorhinus, var. niger, Krefft, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 796. 
 
 Haikx-nosed Wombat. 
 
 Size intermediate between that of the other two species. Rhina- 
 rium wholly hairy, the hairs on this part short, close, and velvety. 
 Fur of body straight, soft, and sUky. General colour mottled 
 grey, less uniform than in the other species. Face grey, tip of 
 muzzle sharply defined, white ; a spot above and below eye also 
 white. Ears comparatively long, narrow, pointed ; their backs 
 
218 PHABCOIOMTTDJE. 
 
 thinly clothed with black hairs, their inner sides naked ; tufts round 
 their bases behind white. Back mottled grey, darkest above the 
 forequarters ; the hairs brown at base, then, white, with brown 
 tips ; a few longer hairs black throughout. Chin black ; sides 
 of cheeks, throat, and chest glistening white ; rest of underside 
 dirty grey. Limbs dark outside, whitish in. 
 
 Skull broad and flattened. Muzzle short, its sides compressed ; 
 infraorbital foramen triangular or oval. Nasals short, broad, 
 extremely expanded behind, their greatest breadth posteriorly equal 
 to or greater than their length, their posterior margin directly 
 transverse, except that the frontals generally project forwards in 
 the centre ; naso-premaxillary only about equal to, or even less 
 than, naso-maxillary suture. Frontal and interorbital region 
 broad, markedly flattened, or even concave in the centre. Post- 
 orbital processes prominent, strong, and triangular, the distance 
 between their tips exceeding the interorbital breadth by from 10 to 
 20 miUim. Temporal ridges but little developed, even in old age. 
 Anterior palatine foramina short, vaguely and irregularly defined 
 posteriorly; the palate round them raised so as to form a deep 
 concavity in which they are situated ; the raised edges of the 
 concavity continued backwards as sharp ridges. Posterior palatal 
 vacuities much as in the other species. Anterior wall of bullse 
 smaller and lower than in Ph. mitchelli. 
 
 Eibs 13 in number, as in other Marsupials. 
 
 Teeth. Upper incisors broad, thin antero-posteriorly ; their 
 anterior surface with numerous shallow vertical grooves. Lower 
 incisors oblong in section, their breadth decidedly less thaa their 
 depth. Molars as usual. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 b (stuffed), 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 870 
 
 Hind foot 91 
 
 Ear 66 
 
 SkuU, see next page. 
 
 Hab. South Australia. 
 
 Type in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. 
 
 1 Ad. St. I Zoological Society. 
 
 "■ I Skeleton, j {Type oi Lasiorhinus m'coyi, Gray, and of 
 
 Phmcolomys lasiorhinus, Gould.) 
 , j Ad. sk. I - Zoological Society. 
 
 ' I Skeleton, mounted. ( ° ' 
 c-f. Skulls. Port Lincoln, South F. G. Waterhoiise, 
 
 Australia. Esq. [P.]. 
 
 a, h. Skulls. Port Augusta, S. A. P. G. Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 i, j. Skulls. R. Murray, S. A. F. G. Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
k. skun. 
 
 I. SkuU (bisected). 
 m. Skeleton. 
 
 PEEAMELIB^. 
 
 R. Light, S. A. 
 South Australia. 
 
 219 
 
 F, G. Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 F. G. Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 Zoological Society. 
 
 Skull Measurements of Phascoloniys. 
 
 Species i 
 
 Specimen 
 
 Age 
 
 Basal length 
 
 Greatest breadth 
 
 Nasals, length 
 
 „ greatest breadth 
 
 „ least breadth 
 
 Interorbital breadth 
 
 Breadth between tips of poBtorbifcal 
 
 processes 
 
 Intertemporal constriction 
 
 Palate, length 
 
 Diastema, length 
 
 Palatal foramen 
 
 Basi-cranial axis 
 
 Basi-facial axis 
 
 Facial index 
 
 Teeth, length of whole tooth-series . 
 
 Fh. 
 
 mitchelli. 
 
 h. 
 aged. 
 
 185 
 145 
 
 81 
 
 55 
 
 18 
 ,63 
 
 67 
 
 47-5 
 125 
 
 48-5 
 
 14 
 
 57 
 130 
 228 
 
 57 
 
 161 
 135 
 70 
 49 
 15 
 55 
 
 60 
 
 49 
 
 106 
 
 40 
 
 11 
 
 50 
 
 113 
 
 226 
 
 51 
 
 9- 
 adult. 
 
 143 
 125 
 
 62 
 
 46 
 
 17 
 
 50 
 
 52-5 
 40 
 93-5 
 31-5 
 10 
 48 
 96-5 
 201 
 47 
 
 Fh. 
 
 latifrons. 
 
 167 
 144 
 
 65 
 
 67 
 
 29 
 
 69 
 
 90 
 
 46 
 110 
 
 46-5 
 
 10 
 
 58 
 110 
 190 
 
 50 
 
 Suborder II. POLYPROTODONTIA. 
 
 Incisors numerous, four or five above and three or four below, 
 subequal; smaU, much, exceeded by the long "pointed canines. 
 Molars generally sharply cuspidate. 
 
 Carnivorous and insectivorous ; rarely omnivorous. 
 
 Australian and American *. 
 
 Family IV. PEEAMELTD^. 
 
 Polyprotodont Marsupials, adapted for a fossorial insectivorous 
 or omnivorous life. Hind limbs decidedly longer than fore. Fore 
 feet with two or, generally, three of the middle toes long, functional, 
 and clawed, the other toes rudimentary or absent. Hind feet 
 syndactylous, with four or five toes, very unequal in size ; hallux 
 
 European as late as the Lower Miocene period. 
 
220 
 
 PBKAMELID^. 
 
 . 3 ._i 
 
 4' 
 
 M. ^144x2 
 
 rudimentary or absent, second and third toes slender, united; 
 fourth the largest, long, and with a large claw; fifth small, but 
 always present and clawed. Ungual phalanges cleft, as in Manis. 
 Clavicles absent. Tail long, hairy, not prehensile*. Stomach 
 simple. Cteoum present. Pouch present, opening backwards. 
 
 Dentition : — i. ^7-2":":^ ' ^' i' "• iToT 
 
 =46 or 48. 
 
 TeetJi rooted, sharp, cutting, insectivorous f. Upper incisors 
 flattened, subequal. Lower incisors proclivous, the roots of i.' and 
 i.2 not covered by bone. Canines slender and pointed. Premolars 
 narrow, simply pointed. Molars quadrate or triangular, multi- 
 cuspid. Tooth-change always present, the milk-p.' functional 
 and long-persistent. 
 
 Kg. 5. 
 
 
 PeroMeUs ohesula. — Jaw3 and hind foot, showing combination of polyprotodont 
 dentition with syndactyly. 
 
 Bange. Papuan and Australian subregions. 
 
 This family is a very distinct and sharply- defined one, its only 
 ally being the Basijuridce, from which it diflxjrs in many important 
 respects. Owing to the syndactyly of the hind feet of its members, 
 it has been commonly considered as forming a connecting link 
 between the Polyprotodonts and Diprotodouts ; but, judging from the 
 wholly Polyprotodont character of the rest of their organization, 
 even down to the structure of their carpal and tarsal bones, all of 
 which show far greater resemblances to the Dasj/uridce than to the 
 Pludanijeridce, it seems probable that this presumption is wrong, 
 and that their syndactyly has arisen entirely independently of that 
 of the Diprotodonts, a view under which we should look upon the 
 
 * Said to be slightly prehensile in Peramoles hroadbcnti only, 
 t The molars roundt^l and somii-rooted in Prraf/r//r ^ar/nf/s only. 
 
1. PEEABAtE. 221 
 
 ■ Peramelidce as an offshoot of the Basywidce, with no special genetic 
 relationship to the Diprotodonts whatever. 
 
 DifBcult of acceptance as this view may appear, it is probably 
 the only one which will explain the extraordinary combination of 
 characters presented by the Peramelidce, since it seems equally 
 improbable either that the earliest Marsupials could have been 
 syndaetylous, or that the Peramelidce could have been originally 
 Diprotodont, and have independently assumed a Polyprotodont 
 
 •dentition, in defaidt of one or other of which alternatives the view, 
 above put forward must be adopted. 
 
 Synopsis of the Genera. 
 
 I. ExiEENAi ChABACTEHS. 
 
 A. Fore limbs with the second, third, and fourth 
 
 digits large and functional, and the first and 
 fifth present, although small and clawless. 
 
 a. Hallux absent. Ears enormously long. Tail 
 
 crested , 1. Pbragale, p. 221. 
 
 b. Hallux present, though clawless. Ears 
 
 medium or short. Tail not crested 2. Pbbamelbs, p. 227. 
 
 B. Fore limbs with the second and third digits 
 
 only functional, the fourth rudimentary, 
 and the first and fifth entirely absent. 
 
 c. Hallux absent. Ears long. TaU slightly 
 
 crested 3. Chceeopus, p. 250. 
 
 II. Ceanial Chaeaciees. 
 
 A. Skull long and narrow, its length more than 
 
 double its breadth. Lower rim of orbit 
 
 not flattened horizontally. 
 
 a. Bullse very large, double, their posterior 
 
 (mastoid) portion swollen. Muzzle abruptly 
 
 contracted opposite p.^ P."* smaller than 
 
 or barely equal to p.^ 1. Pbhagalb, p. 22L 
 
 h. Bullse variable in size, single, their posterior 
 (mastoid) portion unswollen. Muzzle 
 evenly tapering. P.* larger than p.' .... 2. Pbbamelbs, p. 227. 
 
 B. Skull short and broad, its length less than 
 
 double its breadth. Lower rim of orbit 
 broadly expanded horizontally, 
 c. Bullse small, single. P.* larger than p.^ 
 
 Muzzle contracted opposite p.' 3. CncEEOPrs, p. 260 
 
 1. PERAGALE.* ^ 
 
 Type. 
 Macrotis, Iteid, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 131 (nee Dejeauy Cat. 
 
 Coleopt. 1833) P. lagotis. 
 
 Peragalea, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) . . P. lagotis. 
 
 * Blyth (Cuv. An. K. p. 104, 1840) states that Prof. Owen had separated 
 off "The Philander, Peramefe lagotis," as a genus under the name of Thyla- 
 
222 PEKAMELlDiS. 
 
 General form light and delicate. Muzzle long and narrow. 
 Khinarium narrow, apparently less deeply grooved below than in 
 Perameles. Ears enormously long, reaching, when laid forward, 
 nearly to or even beyond the end of the muzzle; funnel-shaped, 
 their base tubular. Metatragus duplicated, the upper portion long 
 and broad, and even the lower one projecting at its centre. Pouch 
 weU developed, opening backwards *, but less distinctly so than in 
 Perameles. Mammae 8. Fore feet with the three centre toes long 
 and with powerful curved claws ; first and fifth toes short, 
 rudimentary, clawless. Hind limbs much longer than fore. 
 Hallux entirely absent externally, although its metatarsal bone is 
 present in the skeleton ; other digits as usual. Sole hairy, except 
 just at the base of the toes, where there are one or two small 
 circular pads. Tail long, conspicuously crested along the upper 
 side of its terminal half. 
 
 SJcull large, broad and strong posteriorly, but with a long and 
 
 narrow muzzle, the narrow part commencing abruptly opposite 
 
 p.' Nasals narrow, paraUel-sided. Interorbital region not 
 
 ridged, except on the lacrymal bone. Palate with very large 
 
 conjoined vacuities. Bullae very large and swollen, their anterior, 
 
 alisphenoid, portion pear-shaped; their posterior, mastoid, portion 
 
 also inflated. 
 
 7, .-.. T 1-2. 3. 4. 5 n 1 n 1.0.3.4 Til- 1.3.3.4^,0 Ao 
 
 Dentition -.-1. j-373 , C. j, P. 5-70737^, M. ^_^^g_ i x 2=48. 
 
 Upper incisors broad and flattened, i.' like the rest, and stand- 
 ing close to them. Premolars subequal, but on the whole rather 
 decreasing in size backwards. Molars quadrangular or rounded 
 in section, their structure difiering very markedly in the two 
 species. Lower incisors as in Perameles. P.' and p.' subequal, 
 the latter sUghtly the largest; p.' decidedly smaller than p.' 
 Milk-p.* present, functional, and long-persistent; as large as, or 
 larger than, any of the upper incisors. 
 
 Habits. Terrestrial ; fossorial ; omnivorous. 
 
 Range. Australia. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. ExTEENAL ChAEACIEES. 
 
 a. Size large. Tail black for its middle third .... 1. P. lagotis, p. 223. 
 
 b. Size small. Tail whoUy white 2. P. leucura, p. 225. 
 
 comys. I am, howeTer, quite unable to find any distinction of the genus in 
 Prof. Owen's papers, and therefore retain the well-known name given to the 
 genus by Gray. Blyth's statement was, perhaps, based on a confused account 
 of Gray's Thylamys elegans (= Dideiphys elegans), a member of the group of 
 Opossums to which the latter author applied the name of " Philander." 
 * At least in P. lagotis. 
 
1. PEEAGALE. 223 
 
 II. Cranial Charactees. ' 
 
 a. Molars long-crowned, their cusps blunt, 
 
 rounded, and nearly obsolete. Lengtb of 
 
 molars 1-3 12 millim. or more 1. P. lagotis, p. 223. 
 
 b. Molars short-crowned, with numerous sharp- 
 
 pointed cusps. Length of molars i-3 about 
 
 10 millim 2. P. kucura, p. 225. 
 
 1. Feragale lagotis. 
 
 Perameles (Macrotis) lagotis, Reid, P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 129 ; WaUrh. 
 N. IT. Mamm. i. p. 360, pi. xiii. fig. 1 (animal), pi. xx. fig. 1 (skull) 
 (1846) ; Gteb. Saug. p. 720 (1859) ; Schmidt, Zool. Gart. viii. 
 pp. 1, 41, & 181, & plate (animal) (1867). 
 
 Perameles lagotis, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mm. Z. S. p. 65 (1838) ; 
 Gulliver, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 60 ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 xi. p. 153, pi. xii. (animal) (1841) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. pp. 320 & 
 380, pi. Ixxi. fig. 1 (skuU) (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. 
 p. 191 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Sang. Supp. iii. p. 61 (1843), v. 
 p. 210 (1865) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. p. 517 j(1844) ; Owen, 
 Odontogr. Atl. pi. xcviii. fig. -5 (teeth) (1845) ; id. TodSs Cyclop.' 
 Anat. iii. p. 260, fig. 96 (skull) (1845) ; JDesm. Diet. Univ. d'H. N. 
 ix. p. 579 (1849); Gieb. Odontogr. p. 40, pi. xviii. figs. 6 & 8 
 (teeth) (1855); Sohleg. Dierh. p. 138 (1857); Owen, Anat. Vert. 
 ii. p. 346, fig. 222 (skull) (1866); Schleg. Dierent. p. 163 (1872). 
 
 Perameles (Peragalea) lagotis. Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 
 
 Peragale lagotis, Gi-ay, List Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1843) ; Goidd, 
 
 Mamm. Aiistr. i. pi. vii. (animal) (1845) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. 
 
 p. 279 (1856) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 133 (1862); 
 
 Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 33 (1864); id. Mamm. Austr. 
 
 text to pi. xi. p. 5 (1871) ; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. CoU. Surg. ii. 
 
 p. 736 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. p. 257 (1887). 
 Macrotis lagotis, Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 305 (1887). 
 
 Eabbit-Bandicooi. • 
 
 Size large; form light and delicate. Fur very long, soft and 
 silky, nearly wholly composed of underfur, a few longer hairs only 
 mixed with it. General colour fawn-grey. Head very long, 
 muzzle narrow ; naked rhinarium extending back for about three 
 quarters of an inch along the top of the muzzle, pointed behind. 
 Face pale brown, the underfur white, and the longer hairs brown- 
 tipped, the hairs considerably shorter and stifEer than on the body. 
 Cheeks and bases of ears white or pale fawn. Ears very long, 
 nearly naked, their edges finely fringed and the anterior part of 
 their backs thinly clothed with pale brown hairs. Metatragus, 
 so far as can be judged from dried specimens, apparently similar 
 to that of P. leucura. Back hairs long, the underftir slaty 
 grey with rather paler tips, the longer hairs fawn or brown-tipped. 
 Sides of rump with an indistinct darker band running vertically 
 downwards from the back, bordered before and behind by white or 
 pal6 fawn-coloured bands running upwards. Chin, chest, and 
 
224 PEBAMEtrdJi. 
 
 belly pure white. Outer sides of fore and backs of hind limbs dark 
 grey, grizzled -with white. East of limbs white. Hands white, the 
 fingers sometimes partially brown. Palms naked, wrinkled, the 
 pads very indistinct. Hind feet white above. Soles thickly hairy, 
 except just at the heel and at the bases of and underneath the 
 fingers, black or dark brown for their posterior half, white distaUy, 
 but the latter colour replaced by black in very old specimens. 
 Tail about the length of the body without the head, thickly hairy 
 throughout, its basal third furred and coloured like the body, its 
 middle third black or dark brown, the hairs hispid and rather 
 longer above than below, its terminal third sharply contrasted pure 
 white, the hairs on the upper surface much elongated, and forming 
 a prominent white crest. 
 
 Skull (PI. XXII. fig. 1) large and powerful. PremaxiUaries 
 each with a small spicule of bone directed forwards below and 
 parallel to the tip of the nasals; the tip of the muzzle being 
 therefore, when viewed from the side, trifid. Nasals long and 
 narrow, their greatest ^breadth going about 6 to 6| times in their 
 length. Interorbital region flat, markedly constricted, its edges 
 rounded. Laerymals forming sharp overhanging ridges externally, 
 separating sharply their orbital from their facial surfaces. Zygo- 
 mata stout and wide-spreading, markedly more so in the male than in 
 the female. Anterior palatine foramina extending to about halfway 
 between i.' and the canine. Palate with a single large vacuity 
 extending from about p.' to m.^, not divided by a bony septum 
 down the centre; extreme back, of palate with smaller irregular 
 vacuities. Walls of foramen rotundum tubular, prolonged forwards, 
 the opening just below instead of behind that of the combined 
 foramen lacerum anterius and foramen opticum. Bullae large, much 
 prolonged outwards, backwards, and downwards. 
 
 Teeth large and strong. Upper incisors broad, flattened, i.^ about 
 half the size of the succeeding teeth, i.'', i.', and i.^, which are sub- 
 equal ; i.* slightly pointed, separated from i.* by a narrow diastema. 
 Canine long and strong, and becoming exceedingly large in old 
 specimens ; its distance from i.° about 4, and from p.^ about 3 or 4 
 millim. P.^ and p." narrow, unicuspid, the former very slightly 
 larger than the latter, but the difference scarcely appreciable; 
 p.* broader ■ transversely than the others, but distinctly shorter 
 both horizontally and vertically. Molars rounded in section, fitting 
 closely together, without V-shaped spaces between them ; their 
 crowns very long, and their roots only closing up quite late in life, 
 so that they present a decided approach to continuously growing 
 teeth; their ousps, when unworn, blunt and rounded. Lower 
 canine not or scarcely longer than the premolars. P.' slightly 
 longer horizontally than p.', and decidedly longer than p.* ; the 
 latter tooth inconspicuously broadened behind basaUy. Molars as 
 in the upper jaw. Milk-p.* above and below oval, equal in size, 
 nearly twice as long as broad, their shape and size in section very 
 similar to those of the lower i.° 
 
1. fBEAGALE. 
 
 225 
 
 Dimensions, 
 
 6. S. ^ 
 
 f (stuffed). * (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 miUim miUim. 
 
 Head and body (c). 440 400 
 
 Tail (o.) 220 
 
 Hind foot 98 103 
 
 Muzzle to eye 61 ' 
 
 Ear 90 115 
 
 Skull, see p. 227. 
 
 Hab. South and "West Australia. 
 Tyjpe in colleetion. 
 
 a. Ad., skull. Gawler Plains, S. A. Purchased. 
 
 b. Imm. sk, S ■ South Australia. Purchased. 
 
 c. Yg. skull. Port Leschenault, W. A. > W. E. Bates, Esq. 
 
 [P.]. ' 
 , I Ad. sk. ) „ Swan E., W. A. Zool. See. (A. Gordon, 
 
 "• jSkuU. [ ?• Esq. [P.]). 
 
 (Type of species.) 
 e Ad. skull, d . Swan E., W. A. Purchased. 
 
 /. Ad. St., d, 6/39. Northam, W. A. (/. Git- Gould Coll. 
 
 , bert). 
 g. Yg. St., 5/43. Northam, W. A. {J. Gil- Gould Coll. 
 
 beH). 
 h. Ad. skeleton ( ? ). , Dr. G. Bennett [P.]. 
 
 i. Ad. skull. Sir E. Owen [PT]. 
 
 2. Peragale leucura. (Plate II.) 
 Peragale leucura, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) lix. p. 397 (1887). 
 
 The following description is drawn up from the only specimen as 
 yet known, a very young male, with its milk-teeth still in place, 
 and may therefore have to be modified when fuUy adult individual* 
 are obt^ned. 
 
 Size small, form slender. Fur long, soft and silky. General 
 colour uniform pale yellowish fawn. Head long, muzzle narrow ; 
 naked rhinarium confined to the extreme tip of the snout, and not 
 extending backwards along the top of the muzzle (unless the latter 
 part wears bare as life advances)'. Ears when laid forward reaching 
 beyond the tip of the muzzle, evenly thinly clothed with fine silvery 
 hairs, which form a delicate fringe round their edges; their 
 substance yellowish flesh-colour, except for their posterior half 
 distally, where it is slaty grey. Metatragus large, oblong, its edges 
 slightly concave, its tip broadly rounded, hairy; the long secon- 
 dary lo,wer fold also with a small triangular projection at its centre. 
 Top of head and back fawn, sufiiised with slaty grey, the hairs slate- 
 
 * Preserved in the Berlin Museum. 
 
226 peeAmeiid^. 
 
 coloured at their bases and tipped with brown. Chin, chest, sides, 
 and belly pure white. Limbs whoUy white throughout. Palms 
 (PI. XXI. flg. 9) hairy on their centres and fringed round their 
 edges, naked only along the undersides of the toes and on the pads, 
 of which there is one single weU-defined circular one at the bases 
 of each of the second, third, fourth, and fifth fingers, and another 
 below the middle phalanx of the second, third and fourth. Soles 
 (PL XXI. flg. 10) similarly hairy and fringed, only naked on the 
 compound terminal projection, on which there are two small round 
 pads, and on the underside of the fourth and fifth toes. Tail 
 about as long as the body without the head, wholly white, slender, 
 tapering, short-haired except along its terminal third above, where 
 a prominent white crest is formed, of which some of the hairs attain 
 to about one inch in length. 
 
 Skull small and delicate, its general characters apparently very 
 similar to those of P. lagotis, except that the bullae are more evenly 
 hemispherical in their shape, and are not so prominently bulbous 
 postero-externaUy. 
 
 Teeth much smaller than those of P. lagotis, but of quite similar 
 shapes and relative proportions. Molars small, quadrangular, with 
 low crowns and early-formed roots, their summits with numerous 
 sharp-pointed cusps as in Perameles, their general structure there- 
 fore much more distinctly insectivorous than in P. lagotis. Milk- 
 premolars, both above and below, much shorter than in P. lagotis, 
 their shape in section circular or triangular, and their size barely 
 half that of one of the lower third incisors. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d- 
 
 a (in spirit). 
 
 Very young. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 142 
 
 Tail 116 
 
 Hind foot 55 
 
 Ear 63 
 
 SkuU, see next page. 
 
 Hab. Unknown (probably Central or Northern Central Australia). 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species, of which unfortunately the type is as yet the only 
 specimen known, presents an interesting approximation, in the 
 structure of its molars, to the genus Perameles, all its other cha- 
 racters, however, being quite those of Peragale. It is much to be 
 hoped that more, and especially adult, specimens of this handsome 
 animal may soon be obtained, and that its true locality may thus be 
 exactly determined. 
 
 I Yg. al. I , Mr. J. Beazley. 
 
 "■ ] Skull. ( °- (Type of species.) 
 
2. PEE AMBLES. 
 
 STcuU Dimensions of Peragale. 
 
 227 
 
 Species 
 
 P. lagotis. 
 
 P. Imcma. 
 
 
 Sex 
 
 Specimen 
 
 e. 
 aged. 
 
 aged. 
 
 6- 
 
 a. 
 
 Tery young. 
 
 Aee 
 
 
 Basal length 
 
 (c.) 94 
 
 SO 
 
 47 
 
 8' 
 
 11-8 
 
 61-5 
 
 28-5 
 
 17 
 
 9-7 
 
 (c.) 26-5 
 
 67-6 
 
 255 
 
 44 
 4-2 
 3-6 
 
 13-7 
 
 92 
 42 
 46 
 7 
 11 
 61 
 26 
 15-3 
 10 
 24 
 68-3 
 284 
 
 42-5 
 4-2 
 3-9 
 
 13 
 
 45 
 22-5 
 18 
 4-5 
 10 
 27-7 
 
 "5-2 
 13 
 32 
 246 
 
 "3 
 16 
 
 Greatest breadth 
 
 Nasals, length 
 
 „ greatest breadth 
 
 Intertemporal breadth 
 
 Palate, length . . 
 
 „ breadth outside m.' 
 
 „ „ inside m.^ 
 
 Palatal foramen 
 
 Basi-cranial axis 
 
 Basi-facial axis 
 
 Facial index 
 
 Teeth — distance from front of canine to 
 back of m.* . 
 
 „ horizontal length of p.^ 
 
 „ ,, ,, p.* 
 
 „ „ „ ms. ^'^ 
 
 
 2. PERAMELES. „, 
 
 Type. 
 
 Perameles, Gevff'. Bull. Sac. Philom. iii. no. 80, p. 249 
 
 (misprinted K9) (1803) P. naauta. 
 
 Thylacis, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811) P. ohesula. 
 
 Isoodon, Is. Qeof. Beam. N. Diet. d'S. JV. (2) xyi. 
 
 p. 409 (1817) P. obesvda. 
 
 Ecnymipera, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 192 
 
 (1842) P. doreyana. 
 
 Brachymelis, MiU.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ix. 
 
 p. 716 (1884) P. cockerelli. 
 
 General build low, stout and clumsy. Muzzle long, pig-Hke, a 
 rudimentary nasal ossicle sometimes present. Naked rhinarium 
 passing down to the lip and backwards for some distance along the 
 top of the muzzle, but not sharply defined behind, sharply grooved 
 along its centre below. Ears very variable in size, but never so 
 long as to reach, when laid forward, beyond just in front of the eye ; 
 a small open pouch situated at the base of their inner margin, and 
 the lower fourth of their outer margin duplicated, so as to form a 
 second pouch-like hollow between the two portions. Metatragus 
 either large, oblong, and partially twisted, or small and triangular, 
 a second deep transverse fold also present below it, so as to form a 
 deep hollow between the two (see PI. XXI. fig. 5). Pouch well 
 developed, opening downwards and backwards. Mammae 6 or 8, 
 placed in two parallel rows. Fore feet with the three centre toes 
 long, subequal, and provided with strong curved fossorial claws; 
 first and fifth digits short and clawless, but always present. Hind 
 feet with five digits, the hallux short and clawless, the united second 
 
 a2 
 
228 PEEAMELID-aS. 
 
 and third with flattened twisted nails, the fourth long, powerful, 
 and with a strong pointed claw, and the fifth similar but smaller. 
 Soles naked or partially hairy ; pads either reduced to two small 
 ones at the bases of the larger digits or entirely absent. Tail 
 present, tapering, uniformly short-haired or nearly naked. 
 
 STcull much elongated, with a long and generally slender muzzle. 
 Nasals long and narrow, not markedly expanded behind. Inter- 
 orbital region rounded, not ridged above, except sometimes anteriorly 
 in the lacrymal region. Palate always with one, and often with 
 two pairs of vacuities. Bullae variable, either large and boldly 
 inflated, or smaU and partially imperfect, their posterior, mastoid, 
 portion never swollen. 
 
 Dmtition:-L. i^^^#^», C \, P. l^^t M. \^^, X 2 
 =46 or 48. 
 
 Teeth. Upper incisors flattened, vertical, subequal, the first four 
 close together, the fifth either absent or standing some way behind 
 the rest. Premolars either evenly increasing in size backwards, or 
 p.^ and p.' subequalj but p."* always larger and heavier -than the 
 other two; p.' with diastemata both in front of and behind it. 
 Molars multicuspidate, either triangular or quadrangular, the 
 anterior ones with four minute cusps along their outer edges. 
 M.* small, placed transversely, generally with a distinct posterior 
 talon. Lower teeth more or less similar in character to upper ; 
 i.' with a distinct posterior secondary cusp ; roofe of i.^ and i.' 
 entirely uncovered by bone antero-inferiorly. P.^ placed some way 
 from canine, and nearer to p.' M.* with a distinct posterior talon, 
 which in some species is large and bicuspid, in others small and simple. 
 
 Milk-premolars always present, functional and persistent until 
 the animal is about half-grown. 
 
 Habits. Terrestrial, fossorjal, omnivorous. 
 
 Range. Papuan and Australian subregions. 
 
 This genus contains the great mass of the members of the family, 
 animals to which the name of Bandicoot is commonly applied. 
 The species are common and widely distributed, and are well known 
 to the colonists on account of the damage done by them in gardens 
 and cultivated fields. Their food consists of roots, bulbs,, berries, 
 fallen fruit, and other vegetable substances, in addition to insects 
 and earthworms, on which latter they probably chiefly live, judging 
 by the large amount of comminuted earth that is generally to be 
 found in their stomachs. 
 
 The Australian species of Perameles fall into two very distinct 
 groups, of which P. obesula and P. gunni are respectively typical, 
 and these would probably deserve to be genericaUy separated from 
 one another were it not that in New Guinea many of the intermediate 
 links between the two have been preserved. This division into 
 groups was fully recognized by Mr. Gould, who states (Mamm. 
 Austr. i. text to pi. xi.) that the members of the first one " inhabit 
 low swampy grounds covered with dense vegetation," and those of 
 the second live on " the stony ridges of the hotter and more exposed 
 parts." 
 
2. PEEAMELBS. 
 
 229 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I, EXTEENAL ChAEACTEES. 
 
 A. Centre of sole, in adults, naked nearly or 
 
 quite to the heel. Ear short, when laid 
 
 forwards not, or barely, reaching to 
 
 the eye ; its tip rounded, not pointed. 
 
 a. Sole wrinMed, with distinct pads at 
 
 the bases of the digits. Metatragus 
 
 oblong, longer than broad, its end 
 
 twisted. Fur spiny, but the spines 
 
 not exceeding about \ mUlim. in 
 
 breadth. Mammge 8. 
 
 a^. Rump grizzled yellow, uniform with 
 
 anterior back. 
 
 a^. South and West Australian .... 
 
 b^. North Australian 
 
 b^. Rump grizzled orange, darker than 
 the yellow-grizzled anterior back. 
 
 Papuan 
 
 6. Sole finely granulated, without or with 
 very indistinct and rudimentary pads. 
 Metatragus small, triangular, or rudi- 
 mentary. Papuan only, 
 c^. Tail short, not, or scarcely, longer 
 than the head. Fur excessively 
 spiny, the spines from | to |^ mil- 
 lim. in breadth. 
 c'. Size large. Muzzle long, the 
 distance from nose to eye more 
 than 45 millim. Mammje 8 . . 
 <P. Size smaller. Muzzle short, the 
 distance from nose to eye less 
 than 45 millim. Mammse 6 . . 
 d^. Tail long, twice the length of the 
 head. Fur scarcely spiny at all. 
 e^. Size large. Distance from nose 
 to eye more than 45 millim. ; 
 hind foot more than 65 miUim. 
 long. Mammae 8. 
 o'. Hind foot less than 85 miUim. 
 
 long. Tail simple 
 
 6'. Hind foot more than 85 millim. 
 long. Tail transversely ribbed 
 
 below ; prehensile 
 
 f^. Size small. Distance from nose 
 to eye less than 45 millim. Hind 
 foot less than 65 millim. long. 
 
 Mammse 6 
 
 B. Posterior half of sole hairy *. Ear long, 
 
 when laid forward reaching beyond 
 
 eye ; its tip pointed. Mammae 8. 
 
 c. Rump unstriped. ^ Tail dark above for 
 
 its whole length. Hind foot more 
 
 than 65 millim. long 
 
 1. P. obemla, p. 231. 
 
 2. P. macrura, p. 234. 
 
 3. P. moresbyenm, p. 235. 
 
 4. P. doreyana, p. 236. 
 
 5. P. cockerelli, p. 238. 
 
 6. P. raffrayana, p. 239. 
 
 7. P. broadbenti, p. 240. 
 
 8. P. longicaudata, p. 241. 
 
 9. P. nasuia, p. 242. 
 
 * The heel is occasionally worn bare in old specimens. 
 
230 
 
 PEEAMELIDa;. 
 
 d. Sides of rump more or less distinctly 
 striped. 
 e^. Tail only dark above for its basal 
 incb. Hind foot more than 65 
 
 millim. long 10. P. gunm, p. 245. 
 
 /^- Tail dark above for its whole length. 
 
 Hind foot less than 60 miUim. long. 11. P. botigainmllei, ^. 2iQ. 
 
 II. .Ceaniai, Chaeactees. 
 
 A, BullsB large, pear-shaped. Incisors |. 
 
 a. Molars small and narrow'; molars ^-' 
 
 11 millim. or less ; m.* without or 
 with a very small posterior heel. 
 Coronoid process slanting markedly 
 backwards 
 
 b. Molars large and broad: molars ^-' more 
 
 than 11 millim. ; m.* with a large 
 
 and distinct posterior heel. Ooronoid 
 
 process upright. 
 
 a^. Molars very large and square, filling 
 
 up the V-shaped spaces between 
 
 them 
 
 b^. Molars more triangular in section, 
 with V-shapedspaceabetweenthem. 
 
 B. BuUsB small, hemispherical, often more 
 
 Qr less imperfect. 
 
 c. Incisors 1 Bullae minute, generally 
 
 imperfect. Ooronoid process broad, 
 its edge convex in front. Lacrymal 
 bone rounded externally. 
 c^. Tip of premaxillse to orbit move 
 than 38 millim. I.* about equal 
 to i.'' and i.' Molars light, trian- 
 gular in section 
 
 d'^. Tip of premaxillse to orbit less than 
 36 millim. I.* decidedly narrower 
 than i.^ or i.' Molars broad and 
 rounded 
 
 1. P. obesula, p. 231 
 
 2. P. macrura, p. 234. 
 
 3. P. moreabyensis, p. 235. 
 
 d. Incisors 1 
 
 4. P. doreyana, p. 236. 
 
 5. P. cockerelli, p. 238. 
 
 Lacrymal bone rounded externally. 
 Coronoid process broad, its edge 
 convex in front. 
 a^. Basal length more than 65, palatal 
 length more than 45, molars '-' 
 more than 11 millim. 
 a'. Molars ^-' from 12 to 13 mil- 
 lim. Palatal length less than 
 
 60 millim 
 
 4'. Molars '-' 14 millim. or more. 
 Palatal length more than 60 
 
 millim 
 
 V. Basal length less than 65, palatal 
 length less than 45^ and 
 molars '^'■^ less than 11 millim. 
 
 6. P. raffrayana, p. -239. 
 
 7. P. broadbenU, p. 240. 
 
 8. P. lonffibaudata, p. 241. 
 
2. PEEAMELES. 231 
 
 f^. Lacrymal bone forming a sharp 
 overhanging ledge postero-extem- 
 ally. Goronoid process narrow and 
 weak, its anterior edge concave, 
 c^. Molars ^-' more than 11 mUlim. 
 c'. Palate (in adults) perfect be- 
 tween anterior premolars .... 9. P. nuButa, p. 242. 
 (?. Palate with a pair of additional 
 vacuities between the anterior 
 
 premolars 10. P. gunni, p. 245. 
 
 (P. Molars ^"' less than 11 mUlim. 
 e^. Palate with vacuities between 
 
 the anterior premolars 11. P. hmigainmllei, p. 246. 
 
 1. Ferameles obesula. 
 
 Didelphis obesula, Shaw, Nat. Misc. viii. pi. 298 (animal) (circa 
 1793) ; id. Gm. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 490 (1800) ; Turt. I/inn. Syst. 
 Nat. i. p. 68 (1806). 
 
 Perameles obesula, Oeoff. Ann. Mus. iv. p. 64, pL xlv. (animal and 
 skull) (1804) ; G. Fiseh. Zoogn. iii. p. 13 (1814) ; Desm. Mamm. 
 i. p. 265 (1820) ; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 256 (1821) ; G^-ag, 
 Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 195 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 217 
 (1827) ; id. Diet. Class. d'H. N. xiii. p. 200 (1828) ; J. B. Fisch. 
 Syn. Mamm. p. 274 (1829) ; Less. If. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) 
 iv. p. 487 (1830) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 65 ri838); 
 id. Jard. Nat. Mbr., Mamm. xi. p. 159, pi. xiv. (animal) (1841) ; 
 Gray, Greyh Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. 
 p. 320 (^1841) ; Wagn. Arch./. Nat. vii. pt. i. p. 290 (1841); Less. 
 N. Tall. E. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; Gi-ay, List. Mamm. B. M. 
 p. 96 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 59 (1843), v. p. 211 
 (1855) ; Schinz, &/n. Mamm. i. p. 516 (1844) ; " Waterh. N. IT. 
 Mamm. i. p. 368, pi. xx. %. 2 (skuU) (1846) ; Gunn, P. Boy. Soc. 
 Tasm. ii. p. 83 (1862); Gieb. Odontogr. p. 40, pi. xviii. fig. 7 
 (teeth) (1855) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr., i. pi. xii. Canimal) (1856) ; 
 Schkg. Dierk. p. 138 (1857) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 721 (1859) ; Qerrard, 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 132 (1862) ; Sreffi, Cat. Mamm. 
 Austr. Mus. p. 34 (1864) ; id. Notes Faun. Tasm! p. 1 (1868) ; id. 
 Mamm. Austr. text to pi. xi. p. 6 (1871) ; Schieg. Dierent. p. 164 
 (1872) ; Gieb. Bronn's Kl. u. Ord. vi. Abth. v. pi. xix. fig. 7 & 
 pi. xlvii. fig. 30 (skuU & teeth) (1874-76) ; Flow. Sf Gars. Cat. Ost. 
 Coll. Surg. ii. p. 736 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. p. 256 
 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 306 (1887). 
 
 Thylacis obesula, III. Pi-odr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811). 
 
 Isoodon obesula, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xvi. p. 409 (1817) ; 
 F. Cuv. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxviii. p. 416 (1825) ; Desm. Diet, Univ. 
 d^JET. N. ix. p. 579 (1849). 
 
 Perameles fusoiventer. Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841) ; 
 id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1843) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 132 (1862). 
 
 Perameles afiinis, Gray, lAst Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1843). 
 
 Shokx-nosed Bandicoot. 
 
 Form rather thick and stout. Fur short, coarse and spiny, the 
 spines flattened, and averaging where shortest rather less than 
 
232 PEKAMELIDJ5. 
 
 one third of a millimetre in breadth. Underfur rather sparse, 
 slate-coloured, with yellowish tips. General colour all over coarsely 
 grizzled yellow and black, the longer, coarser hairs either with a 
 yellowish tip and a subterminal black band, or wholly black. Pace 
 quite uniform with body. Ears (PL XXI. flg. 5) short, broad, 
 when laid forward only reaching to within about 5 mUlim. of the 
 posterior canthus of the eye ; their backs brown, narrowly margined 
 with white. Metatragus long, its length about twice its breadth, 
 its tip twisted upwards and backwards, closely covered' with fine 
 soft hairs ; the transverse ridge below it deeper than usual, and 
 slightly thickened in the centre. Chin, chest, and belly white or 
 yellowish white, generally sharply separated from the darker colour 
 of the back and sides. Outer sides of limbs browij, inner sides white, 
 hands and feet brown or mixed brown and white. Soles naked, 
 except, in immature specimens, under the calcaniBum, their surface 
 coarsely wrinkled or reticulated ; a single large smooth pad at the 
 base of each of the fourth and fifth toes, and a smaller and more 
 indistinct one at the base of the conjoined second and third. Tail 
 of medium length, evelily tapering, brown above and white below. 
 Mammae 8. 
 
 SJcull short and strongly built; muzzle short, broad, evenly tapering. 
 Nasals paraUel-sided, their greatest breadth about one fifth or one 
 sixth of their length. Interorbital region evenly convex, supra- 
 orbital edges rounded ; lacrymal bones small, but with a distinct 
 sharp-edged ridge separating each of them into an orbital and a 
 facial portion. Zygomata not much more markedly expanded in 
 the male than in the female. Palate comparatively imperfect ; anterior 
 palatine foramina reaching to just behind i."; a second pair of 
 small vacuities present between the two front premolars ; posterior 
 vacuities large, opposite ms. i & 2 ; extreme back of palate with other 
 smaller vacuities. Foramen rotundwm * directed forwards, partially 
 tubular externally. Bullae very large and inflated, completely ossified, 
 pear-shaped, the larger end lying postero-externally. Lower jaw 
 thin and slender, its posterior portion comparatively weak, and the 
 coronoid process slanting considerably backwards, its anterior edge 
 forming a very obtuse angle (110° to 120°) with a line drawn along 
 the tops of the teeth. 
 
 Teelh small and weak. Upper i.° placed about 1 millim. from i.*, 
 its tip cylindrical, sharply pointed, quite different from the broad, 
 flat-edged anterior incisors. P.' about equidistant from the canine 
 and p.^ and about equal in size to the latter ; p.* larger than either 
 and considerably thickened internally, its outline in section oval, or 
 rounded triangular. Molars small, narrow, rounded, their cusps 
 low and soon worn off; the combined length of the flrst three from 
 9 to 10*5 millim. ; m.'' without, or with a very small and in- 
 
 * This is the second of the large foramina in the base of the, brain-case, the 
 first or most anterior being homologous with the foramen laom-um anterius 
 + the optic foramen of the normal placental mammals. (See Flower, ' Osteol. 
 Mamm.' ed. 3, p. 240.) 
 
2. PERAMEIBS. 233 
 
 oonapiouous, posterior talon. Lower incisors small; premolars 
 evenly increasing in size backwards; diastemata in front of and 
 behind canine about 2 millim. each. ' 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6. $. 
 
 i (in spirit). e (skin). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 275 330 
 
 Tail 133 («.) 100 
 
 Hind foot 59 53 
 
 Muzzle to eye 41 41 
 
 Ear 21 (c.) 15 
 
 Skull, see p. 249, 
 
 Hah. Eastern, South-eastern, South and Western Australia, and 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 a. Imm. al., 2 • Richmond R., Mr. A. P. Goodwin [0.1. 
 
 N. S. W. . 
 
 b. Ad. sk., c? . New South Wales. Sir T. L. Mitchell [P. & 
 
 0.]. 
 
 c. Yff. St. Sydney, N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 
 (J. (?.). 
 
 d. Ad. St., J . Port Arthur, Tas- Gould OoU. 
 
 mania {J. O.). 
 I Ad. sk. I n AnaioQ Bushy Park, New Gould Coll. 
 *• j Skull. [?'^/l^/^"- Norfolk, Tas- 
 mania {J. O.). 
 
 f. Yg. sk. Kangaroo Point, Gould CoU. 
 
 near Hobart Town. 
 
 {Tr/pe of P. affinis, Gray.) 
 
 g. Ad. sk., 5 . Tasmania. Purchased. 
 
 , I Yff. sk. I Tasmania. W. F. Petterd, Esq. [0. 
 
 *• ] Skull. [ &E.]. 
 
 i. Ad. al., S ■ S. Australia. Purchased. 
 
 i. Ad. sk, £. Adelaide, S. A. C. D. E. Fortnum, Esq. 
 
 •^ [P. & C.]. 
 
 1 Ad. (J & imm. sks. I S. Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & C.]. 
 *' '■ } Skulls. i 
 
 nf,. Yg. St. S. AustraHa. Sii* G. Grey rp. & C.]. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I K. George's Gould Coll. " 
 "•] Skull, j Sound,W.A. (2>eof P.^sawwte-^Gr.) 
 
 Yff St. K. George's Gould CoU. 
 
 Sound, W. A. 
 
 o. Ad. skeleton. Port Leschenault, W. E. Bates, Esq. [P.]. 
 -^ W. A. 
 
 a, r. Ad. St., S 2 • Perth, W. A. (/. Gould Coll. 
 * GHlbert). 
 
 s, t, u. Skulls. Perth, W. A. {J. Gould Coll. 
 
 Oilbert). 
 
 V, IV, X. Skulls. Gould Coll. 
 
 y. Ad. skeleton (mounted). Purchased. 
 
234 PEEAMELID^. 
 
 2. Ferameles macrura. 
 
 Perameles macrura, Omld, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 41 ; Omy, List Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 96 (1843); Sohim, 8yn.,Mamm. i. p. 519 (1844); 
 
 Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 366 (1846) ; Wagn. Schr. Sduff. Supp. 
 
 V. p. 211 (1855) ; Oieb. Sdug. p. 721 (1859) ; Oerrard, Cat. Bones 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 132 (1862) ; Oould, Mamm. Austr., Introd. i. 
 
 p. xxiv (1863) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 306 (1887) ; Coll. 
 
 Zool. Jahrh. ii. p. 871 (1887). 
 Perameles macrura, var. torosus, Rams. P. Linn. Soo. N. S. W, ii. 
 
 p. 12 (1878). 
 Perameles auiatus, Bams. P. Linn. Sac. N. S. W. (2) ii. p. 651 (1887). 
 
 NoETH-AuSTItALIAN BANDICOOT. 
 
 Almost indistinguishable externally from P. obesula. The tail, 
 however, is rather longer, the feet, as a rule, are larger and heavier, 
 and the general colour lis darker, especially on the head. 
 
 ShuU large and stout, generally more heavily built than that of 
 P. obesula, especially in the male. Nasals, structure of interorbital 
 region, laorymals, anterior palatine foramina, foramina rotunda, and 
 bullse as in P. obesula. Zygomata much more expanded in the 
 male than in the female. Palate more completely ossified than in 
 P. obesula, the vacuities opposite p." absent, those opposite m.^ and m.^ 
 smaller, and the extreme back of the palate without or with scarcely 
 any minute vacuities. Lower jaw much heavier and thicker- than 
 in P. obesula, and the ascending process not nearly so much slanting 
 backwards, the line of the teeth meeting its anterior edge at an 
 angle but little more than a right angle (94^-100°). 
 
 Teeth large and strong. Upper i.° scarcely separated from i.*, 
 nearly as broad and flat as the other incisors, although pointed at 
 its tip. P.' about 2 mOlim. from the canine, and 1 millim. from 
 p.'; p.° rounded in section, but little longer (horizontally) than 
 broad. Molars large, square and heavj', the combined lengths of 
 the three first from 11*5 to 12-5 millim. , their inner halves nearly 
 as long, antero-posteriorly, as their outer, so that the usual V- 
 shaped spaces between them are closed up ; m.'' with a large and 
 conspicuous posterior talon. Lower i.^ about 1 or 2 millim. from 
 the canine, behind which there is a diastema of 2 or 3 millim. ; 
 p.' about 1 millim. from p.^ Molays large and strong, as in the 
 upper jaw. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 * (skin). (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. .Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 410 335 
 
 TaU '.. (c.) 180 
 
 Hindfoot 70 56 
 
 Muzzle to eye 46 36 
 
 Ear 22* 21 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
 * 20 millim. in a very large head preserved in spirit in the Genoa Museum. 
 In this speeinien the ear, when laid forward, only reaches to within about 10 
 or 12 millim.' of the eye. 
 
2. fi;ba.meles. 
 
 235 
 
 Hah. Northern Australia, from west to east. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 Ad. sk. I Q 19/10 Cape York. 
 
 Skull. f¥>i^/4"- 
 
 Ad. sk, ' - _ . 
 
 Skull, 
 
 Ad. St. 
 
 Skull, 
 
 ,Skulf^^' 11/44-. 
 e. Yg. sk. 
 
 
 Port Essington, 
 
 Northern Territo^. 
 Port Essington, N. T. 
 
 /.Yg. al., cJ. 
 (?) i^. Imm. al., ?. 
 
 Port Essington, N. T. 
 
 {Dr. J. MacgiUivray.) 
 Victoria R., N. T. 
 
 {North Australian Ex- 
 
 peditiori). 
 {North Australian Ex- 
 
 Voy. 'Rattlesnake.' 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 {Type of species.) 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Lord Derby [P.]. 
 
 Dr. J. R. Elsey [P.]. 
 
 Dr. J. R. Elsey [P.]. 
 Mr. J. Beazley [0.]. 
 
 3. Ferameles moresbyeusis. 
 
 Perameles moresbyensis. Rams. P. lAnn. Soc. N. 8. W. ii. p. 14 
 (1878), iii. p. 244 (1878), iv. p. 88 (1879). 
 
 General external characters as in P. ohesula and P. rrMcrura, 
 except that the fur is coarser and more spiny, the colour of the 
 crown of the head is darker, and the posterior back, instead of 
 being uniform with the forequarters, is a dark grizzled orange, 
 the part of the hairs that is elsewhere yeUow becoming gradually 
 a deep orange posteriorly, and the terminal halves of many of the 
 hairs of the rump being wholly orange. 
 
 Shull (PI. XXII. fig. 2) in all its essential characters identical 
 with that of P. macrura, except that the nasals appear to be 
 broader behind and more tapering forwards, their greatest breadth 
 going about 4g or 5 times in their length. 
 
 Teeth (see fig. cit.) intermediate in size between those of P. ohesula 
 and P. macrura, but nearer to those of the latter. Upper i.° 
 as in P. macrura, but standing further from i.* Cheek-teeth 
 also as in that species, but thei inner halves of the molars are 
 shorter antero-posteriorly, so that there are narrow V-shaped spaces 
 between them; m.* with a posterior talon. Lower teeth as in 
 P. macrura. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (skin). b (skin). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 400 260 
 
 Tail 126 
 
 Hind foot 64 55 
 
 Ear (c.) 18 (c.) 17 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
 Hah. South-eastern New Guinea. 
 
 Type in the Sydney Museum. 
 
236 PEKAMELIDiB. 
 
 I have had cbnsiderable hesitation in retaining this species as 
 distinct from P. maerura; but the differences between the two, 
 although slight, seem to be constant, and their respective localities 
 being definitely separated by sea, intermediate specimens are not 
 very likely to occur. It is, however, worthy of note that specimen 
 c of the present species, externally quite identical with a and 6 and 
 collected with it, has its teeth small and rounded, very much as in 
 P. obesula, thus showing how large a range of variation must be 
 allowed between the different species of Perameles. 
 
 „ I Ad. sks. 1 J, n Aleya, S.E. New Guinea. Dr. James [CI 
 
 "■-"• ■jSkuUs. J-cfV- •' 
 
 d. Yg. sk. Port Moresby, N. G. Dr. Turner [0.]. 
 
 IAd.sk.lQ S.E. New Guinea (0. C. Leicester Museum 
 
 *• ) SkuU. / + ■ Stone). JE.]. 
 
 /. Ad. al., 9 & yg., Kalo, S.E. New Guinea, IL 0. Forbes, Esq. 
 
 10/11/85. 1750 ft. [0.]. 
 
 4. Perameles doreyana. 
 
 Perameles doreyana, Quoy 8f Oaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 100, 
 
 pi. xvi. (animal, skull, &c.) (1880) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. 
 
 Buff.) V. p. 373 (1836) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 161 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Saug. Svpp. iii. p. 60 (1843), v. 
 
 p. 214 (1855) i Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 516 (1844) ; Waterh. 
 
 N. H. Mamm. i. p. 886 (1846) ; Oi-ay, Zool. Voy. Samm-ang, Vert. 
 
 p. 32 (1850); Qray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 113; Oieb. Siiug. p. 723 
 
 (1859); Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 853 (1866); id. 
 
 JDierent. p. 164 (1872) ; Peters ^ Doria, Ann. Mies. Genov. xvi. 
 
 p. 670 (1881); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 806 (1887). 
 Perameles iirfescens, Peters 8f Doria, Ann. Mus. Genoo. vii. p. 541 
 
 (1875), xvi. p. 671 (1881). 
 Perameles aruensis, Peters 8^ Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. vii. p. 542 
 
 (footnote) (1875); xvi. p. 671, pi. viii. fig. 1, & pl.ix.flg. 1 (skull) 
 
 (1881)*. 
 
 Size large, muzzle long, limbs short. Pur exceedingly coarse 
 and spiny, the flattened bristles channelled on each side, from one 
 half to seven eighths of a millimetre in breadth, and even the 
 slenderer underfur coarse and hispid.' General colour of body dark 
 coppery brown, coarsely grizzled with orange, the flattened bristles 
 uniformly brown, the thinner hairs grey, with their tips yellow 
 anteriorly and orange posteriorly, the latter often exceedingly 
 
 * The foEowing synonymy refers either to P. doreyana or P. cockerelli, but, 
 in addition to the fact tiiat the name " KaUm " was not at first applied bi- 
 nomially, it is impossible to determine to which of the two it shoiild be 
 assigned, the type having been lost and the description being equally 
 applicable to young specimens of either. ' 
 
 Kalubu, Less. Voy. Cogmlle, i. pt. i. p. 123 (1826). . 
 
 Perameles (?) Kalubu, Less. Did. Class. d'H. N. xiii. p. 200 (1828) ; Fisch. 
 Syn. Mamm. p. 274 (1829). 
 
 Eohymipera kalubu, Less. N. Tail. B. A., Mamm. p. 192 (1842) ; Desm. Diet, 
 ""-"-■v. dm. N. ix. p. 579 (1849). 
 
2. PBEAMELES. 237 
 
 bright and glistening, but sometimes almost obsolete. Top of head 
 dark brown, owing to the greater proportion of bristly hairs 
 present there. Muzzle long and narrow, the distance from the tip 
 of the nose to the anterior canthus of the eye considerably exceed- 
 ing that from the latter to the ear. Ears small, laid forward they 
 do not reach halfway to the eye, their inner margin evenly convex, 
 their outer nearly straight for its upper two thirds, then markedly 
 convex ; metatragus about 3 millim. in length, triangular, pointed, 
 its tip thinly haired. Chin, chest, and belly variable, either white, 
 mixed brown and white, or, brown and yellow. Arms, legs, and 
 feet brown, hands white. Hind feet (PL XXI. fig. 6) very variable 
 in size, but generally in the male 60 millim. or more, and in the 
 female from 50 to 60 millim. long ; soles wholly naked, their 
 surface without separated pads, uniformly coarsely granulated. 
 Mammae 8. 
 
 SIcuU (PL XXII. fig. 3) large, long and narrow, but strongly 
 built. Muzzle very long, the distance from the tip of the pre- 
 maxillse to the front of the orbit from 38 to 45 millim. Nasals 
 long, their greatest breadth going 5^ or 6 times in their length. 
 Interorbital space smooth, rounded, paraUel-sided, its edges evenly 
 rounded. Lacrymal bone smoothly rounded externally, not ridged. 
 Zygomatic arches but little expanded. Palate comparatively 
 perfect, the only vacuities, besides the anterior palatine foramina, 
 being a single pair opposite the first two or three molars. Walls of 
 foramen rotundvm prolonged into a distinct bony tube, opening 
 forwards. Bullae exceedingly small, generally imperfect, the tym- 
 panic ring not ossified to the bullae, and therefore usually lost in 
 cleaned and dried skulls. Lower jaw long and slender, but the 
 ascending process convex forwards as usual. 
 
 Teet% small and delicate. Upper incisors only 4 in number ; i.' 
 always absent ; the others broad and flat ^ i.* not markedly shorter 
 than i.^ and i.' Canine very short and small, never longer than 
 and rarely as long as p.'' ; its distance behind i.* froni 6| to 7g 
 miUim., and in front of p.' about 3 mUlim. Premolars light and 
 slender, evenly increasing in size backwards ; diastema between p.' 
 and p.' about 2 millim. ; p.* with an internal basal thickening. 
 Molars light, triangular, their internal portion very much shorter 
 antero-posteriorly than their external, so that broad V-shaped gaps 
 are left between them. Lower teeth as usual; canine about the 
 length of p.' 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 , 6- ?. 
 
 c (in spirit), a (in spirit). 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 450 380 
 
 Tail 120 83 
 
 Hind foot 75 56 
 
 Muzzle to eye 58 48 
 
 Ear 23 24 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
238 MBAMBlrDiK. 
 
 Hah. New Guinea and neighbouring islands, including the Kei 
 and Aru groups. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 a. Ad. al., 2 . Sorong, N.W. New Guinea Genoa Museum 
 
 (IfAnertis). [E.]. 
 
 6. Ad. sk., $ , 20/4/75. Sorong, N. G. {Bruijn). Genoa Museum 
 
 [E.]. 
 c. Ad. al., 3 . Huon Gulf, N. G. P. Comrie, Esq. 
 
 [0.]. 
 , I Ad. sk. I , Huon Gulf, N. G. P. Comne, Esq. 
 
 ^- j Skull, f ^- [C.]. 
 
 r Ad. sk. I n Aru Islands. A. E. Wallace, 
 
 "■ 1 Skull, f ?• Esq. [0.]. 
 
 /. Ad. skull, $ . Giahu Lengan, Aru Is. KowalevskiColl. 
 
 g. Yg. al., ? . Mr. J. Beazley 
 
 [0.]. 
 
 5. Ferameles cockerelU. 
 
 Perameles cockerelli. Rams. P. Linn. Soo. iV. S. W. i. pp. 310 & 378 
 
 (1877). 
 Perameles myoides, Gunth. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xi. p. 247 (1883). 
 Perameles (Brachymelis) garagassi, Mikl.-Mael. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 
 
 ix. p. 715, pi. xxxviii. (animal, skull, &c.) (1884). 
 
 Size markedly smaller, and muzzle shorter than in P. doreyana. 
 Quality of far as in that species. General colour of back coarsely 
 grizzled black and yellow. Muzzle short and broad, the distance 
 from the nose to the anterior oanthus of the eye less than, or barely, 
 40 miUim. Face and crown dark brown, scarcely grizzled ; sides of 
 face, below eyes, sharply contrasted white. Ears small, but, owing 
 to the general shortness of the head, reaching, when laid forward, 
 to within only 2 or 3 millim. of the posterior canthus of the eye. 
 Metatragus triangular, pointed. Spines of back grey, with their 
 tips black; thinner hairs yeUow-tipped anteriorly, this colour 
 becoming gradually darker posteriorly until on the rump it is 
 bright orange. Chin, chest, and belly sharply defined white. 
 Arms and legs brown, hands white, feet grey. Hind feet only 
 about 50-55 millim. long in the male and from 40 to 45 millim. in 
 the female ; soles whoUy naked, finely granulated, without pads. 
 Mammifi 6. 
 
 Slcull as in P. doreyana, except that it is smaller and the muzele 
 is shorter, the distance from the tip of the premaxiUaB to the front 
 of the orbit being only from 30 to 35 millim. Greatest breadth of 
 nasals going from 4| to 5g times in their length. 
 
 Teeth (PL XXII. fig. 4). Upper i.* whoHy absent ; i.* decidedly 
 shorter antero-posteriorly than i.^ and i.% about equal to i.' 
 Canine very small, about the length of p.', its distance behind i.* 
 from 4g to 5| miUim., and in front of p.^ about 2 millim. Pre- 
 molars evenly increasing in size backwards, p.'' with a distinct 
 postero-internal basal ledge. Molars broader and more quadrangular 
 than in P. doreyana, their outer sides shorter in proportion to their 
 
2. tEEAMELlS. 289 
 
 inner, and the internal V-shaped spaces between them therefore 
 nearly or quite closed up. 
 
 Dimensions, 
 
 <s. ?. 
 
 b (sMn). * (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. miUim. 
 
 Head and body 300 270 
 
 Tail (c.) 85 71 
 
 Hind foot 52 45 
 
 Muzzle to eye 38 32-5 
 
 Ear 17 18 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
 Hab. North coast of New Guinea, and islands (Salawatti, Misori, 
 and New Britain group). 
 Type in Sydney Museum. 
 
 a. Imm. al., 5 . New Britain {Kleinschmidt). Godeflfroy Museum. 
 
 {Type of P. myoides, Giinth.) 
 , I Ad. sk. I , Duke of York Island. Eev. G. Brown [0.1. 
 
 *• ] Skull. \<S- 
 
 6. Ferameles raffrayana. 
 
 Perameles raffrayana, A. M.-Edw. Ann. Soi. Nat. (6) vii. (Art. xi.) 
 pi. viii. (animal) (1878). 
 
 Size rather large, form light and delicate ; head long and slender. 
 Fur thick and close, although hispid, slightly spinous locally, but 
 never so spinous as in the members of the P. ohesula group ; rather 
 more as in P. nasuta. General colour of back coarsely grizzled 
 rufous or umber-brown, the stiffer semi-spinous hairs black, the 
 thinner ones dark orange or rufous tipped. Head dark brown, 
 sides of face paler. Muzzle very long and slender, top and sides of 
 nose naked. Ears longer and narrower than in any of the preceding 
 species, but, owing to the length of the head, they do not, when laid 
 forward, quite reach to the eye ; their tip evenly rounded ; meta- 
 tragus small, but little more than a simple ridge, sometimes with a 
 low triangular projection at its centre. Chin and chest white ; 
 beUy brown or mixed white and brown. Limbs, uniformly brown 
 wherever hairy, but the fingers nearly naked. Hind soles quite 
 naked, coarsely granulated ; with indietiuct and rudimentary pads 
 at the bases of the fourth, and fifth digits. Tail long, cylindrical, 
 uniformly clothed with short fiue black hairs, above and below. 
 Mammae 8. 
 
 Skull narrow, with a very long slender muzzle. Nasals much 
 elongated, their greatest breadth going 6 or 7 times into their 
 length. Interorbital region smooth and rounded, lacrymal bones 
 
 * No. 59, Museo Civico, Genoa. 
 
240 PBEAMULIDJS. 
 
 not ridged. Zygomata but little expanded. Palate with the 
 anterior foramina reaching nearly to the level of the front of the 
 canines ; and with a single pair of vacuities opposite m.* and m.' 
 Foramen rotundum with its walls produced forwards into a bony 
 tube, as in P. doreyana. Bullss minute and very incomplete. 
 
 Teeth large and strong. Upper incisors 5 in number; the 
 anterior four broad and spatulate, i.' rather less than a millimetre 
 distant from i.'', pointed, narrower than the rest. Canine of about 
 the vertical height of p/, distant about 3 millim. from i.' and 4 
 millim. from p.^ Premolars long and strong, diastema between p." 
 and p.'' about 3 niillim. ; p.* but little thickened postero-internally. 
 Molars large and strong,, broadly triangular in outline, with shallow, 
 widely open V-shaped spaces between them. Lower teeth similar 
 in character to the upper ; canine about as long as p.^ 
 
 k (stuffed); a (akin in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 410 330 
 
 Tail 185 172 
 
 Hind foot 82 74 
 
 Muzzle to eye 53 48 
 
 Ear : -. . 25 26 , 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
 Hob. New Guinea (Amberbaki, Huon Gulf, Goldie's E.). 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 J Ad. al. I o Huon Gulf, E. New P. Oomrie, Esq. [0.]. 
 
 "•j Skull, f ?• Guinea. ' i L j 
 
 , 1 Ad. St. I , /ox Goldie's R., S.E. New A. Goldie, Esq. [0.1. 
 
 *• j SkuU. f ^ (• >■ Guinea. ' -i L . 
 
 7. Perameles broadbenti. 
 
 Perameles broadbenti. Mama. P. lAnn. Soc. N. S. W. iii. p. 402, 
 pi. xxvii. (animal, skull, &o.),, 1878 (pub. 1879). 
 
 Size very large; head long and slender. Fur comparatively 
 smooth, not so harsh as in P. ncmuta, tjae longer black hairs 
 flattened, stiff, but not spiny, the longest about an inch in length. 
 General colour blackish brown. Head ashy, pencilled with blackish. 
 Ears rather small for the size of the animal, narrow, rounded at their 
 tips ; metatragus low, not markedly projecting. Back hairs dark 
 brown tipped with fawn, the longer, stiffer hairs whoUy black. 
 Throat, sides, and under surface fawn-colour, a little brighter on 
 the sides and chest. Limbs where hairy brown or fawn-coloured, 
 the hands almost naked. Eeet roughened below, with flattish scales ; 
 (pads apparently not present). Tail long, scaly above, covered with 
 transverse flattish scaly tubercles below, to the very tip, blackish 
 
2. PEEAMELES. 241 
 
 above for about two thirds of its length, from thence fawn-colour to 
 the tip, sparingly clothed with short hair. 
 
 Shull and teeth apparently precisely similar to those of P. 
 raffrayana, except that both are larger. {See measurements p. 249.) 
 
 S. 
 Type (skin in spirit). 
 
 miUim. 
 
 Head and body 508 
 
 Tail 200 
 
 Hind foot 98 
 
 Muzzle to eye 68 
 
 Ear .: (c.)25 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
 Hal. S.E. New Guinea. 
 
 Type in the Sydney Museum. 
 
 The distiQction of this species from P. raffrayana appears to be 
 somewhat doubtful, judging merely from the original description 
 and figures, to which aloue I have had access, and from which the 
 above account has been drawn up. The size alone is scarcely 
 enough to distinguish the species, as the type specimen is a very 
 old male, and may therefore be abnormally large. The peculiar 
 structure and apparently prehensile nature of the tail, however, 
 induce me for the present to retain the species as distinct, at least 
 until I have been able to examine specimens of it. 
 
 8. Ferameles longicandata. 
 
 Perameles longicauda, Peters Sr Doria, Ann. Mus. Oenov. viii. p. 335 
 (1876); xvi. p. 672, pi. x. (animal). (1881). 
 
 Size small, form Kght and slender. Fur much as in P. raffrayana, 
 close, coarse, and hispid, but not spiny. General colour of head 
 and body dull greyish brown, the stiffer hairs uniformly brown, the 
 thinner ones tipped with dull yellow or grey. Ears rather small, 
 broader in proportion than in P. raffrayana, laid forward they reach 
 to within about 7 or 8 millim. of the eye ; metatragus low, triangular, 
 bluntly pointed. Chin greyish brown, chest and belly white or 
 yellowish. Limbs brown externally, yellowish internally. Hairs 
 on hands brown, but the fingers naked ; backs of feet white. Hind 
 soles whoUy naked, finely granulated, with minute rudimentary pads 
 at the bases of the digits. TaU as long as the body without the 
 head, tapering, thinly haired, its terminal two inches and its under- 
 side white, the remainder brown. Mammae 6. 
 
 SJcull very smaU and delicate, its proportions very much as in 
 P. raffrayana. Breadth of nasals going about 5J times in their 
 length. Interorbital region, laorymal 'bones, foramen rotundum, and 
 
242 PEBAMEUBiE. 
 
 bullse as in P. raffrayana. Anterior palatine foramina only reaching 
 to the level of i.° Bony palate with two small irregular vacuities 
 opposite p.', as well as the usual laxge pair opposite the molars. 
 
 Teeth very light and weak. Upper i.' slender, styhformj standing 
 more than a millimetre from i." Canine barely as long as p.', 
 2 millim. from i.', and about 1^ miUim. from p.* Premolars small 
 and delicate. Diastema between p.' and p.' about 1| millim. ; p.* 
 triangular in section. Molars shaped as ia P. raffrayana, but very 
 much smaller. Lower teeth like upper; diastemata in front of 
 and behind canine each about 2^ millim. -Premolars small, about 
 equal in height, separated from each other and from m.' by diastemata 
 of about 1 millim. each. 
 
 2. 
 
 1)jpe * (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 272 
 
 Tail 197 
 
 Hind foot ' 54 
 
 Muzzle to eye 38 
 
 Ear 19 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
 Hah. Arfak Mountains, N.W. New Guinea. 
 
 Type in the Museo Civico, Genoa. 
 
 The above description has been drawn up from the typical and 
 only known specimen, for the loan of which I am indebted to the 
 Marquis G. Doria. 
 
 9. Ferameles nasuta. 
 
 Perameles ■aaso.ta,,Geoff. Ann. Mus. iv. p. 62, pi. xliv. (animal & skull) 
 (1804) ; G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 13 (1814) ; Q. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 177 
 (1817) ; Besm. iV. Diet. XB. N. (2) xxv. p. 183 (1817) ; iA. Mamm. 
 i. p. 265 (1820) ; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 256 (1821) ; F. Cuv. 
 Diet. iSoi. Nat. xxxviii. p. 416 (1825) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. 
 iii. p. 39, fig. (animal), v. p. 195 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. 
 p. 216 (1827); id. Diet. Class. d'H. N. xiii. p. 199 (1828); Lac4p. 
 CEuvr. Buff. xxvi. p. 224 (1828); Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 273 
 (1829) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548 (1830) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. 
 (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 483 (1830) ; Grant, Mem. Wern. N. H. Soc. 
 vi. p. 184 (1832) (anat.); Waterh. Cai. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. 
 p. 65 (1838) ; Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; Waterh. 
 Jard. Nat. lAbr., Mamm. xi. p. 155, pi. xiii. (animal) (1841) ; 
 Owen, Tr. Z. 8. ii. p. 320 (1841) ; Less. N. TaU. B. A., Mamm. 
 p. 191 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1843); Wagn. 
 Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 57, pi. civ. a. c (animal) (1843), v. 
 p. 213 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. p. 515 (1844) ; Owen, Todd's 
 Cyclop. Anat. iii. p. 260, fig. 84 (skull) (1845) ; Waterh. N. R. 
 
 * No. 40 of the Genoa JHuseum. 
 
2: PBEAMELES. 243 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 374 (1846) ; Desm. Diet. Univ. d'M. N. ix. p. 578 
 
 (1849) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xi. (animal) (1855) ; SeMeg. 
 
 Bierk. p. 138 (1867) ; Gieb. 8dug. p. 721 (1869) ; Qerrard, 
 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 132 (1862); Erefft, Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. Mus. p. 83 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 13 (1871) ; Schleg. 
 
 JDierent. p. 164 (1872) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 666 (1880) ;. Bobs. 
 
 J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 162 (anat. foot) (1882) ; Povlton, P. Z. S. 
 
 1883, p. 599 (anat. tongue) ; id. Q. J. Mier. Sci. xxxiii. p. 69, 
 
 pi. i. (1883) (anat. tongue) ; Flow. Sf Gars. Cat. Ost. CoU. iSurg. ii. 
 
 p. 738 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 265 (1887) ; 
 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 306 (1887) : CoU. Zool. Jahrh. ii. 
 
 p. 874(1887). 
 Thylacis nasuta, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811). 
 Perameles lawsoni. Quay 8r Gaim. Voy. Uranie, pp. 67 & 711 (1824) ; 
 
 iid. Ann. Sci. Nat. v. p. 489 (1826) ; Fisch. Syh. Mamm. p. 274 
 
 (1829) ; Less. JST. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; ScUnz, Syn. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 520 (1844) ; Desm. Diet. Univ. c^H. N. ix. p. 679 
 
 (1849). ^ 
 
 " Perameles aurita, Mm. Paris," Waterh., Gray, et al. 
 
 Long-nosed Bandicoot. 
 
 Size large, proportions slender. Pur coarse, hispid, and sUghtly 
 spinous, resembling in this respect that of P. ohesula and the great 
 mass of the species, and differing from that of P. gunni ; under- 
 fur thin, and sparse, pale slaty gtey. General colour all over 
 duU olivaceous brown, without markings or stripes anywhere. 
 Muzzle very long and slender. Ears long, narrow, pointed, laid 
 forward they reach, in spirit-specimens, in front of the anterior 
 canthus of the eye ; metatragus about as long as broad, evenly 
 rounded ; back of ears brown, rather darker anteriorly, and paler 
 basally. Rump quite without stripes or bands. Sides of body, 
 chin, chest, and belly white. Outsides of limbs like back, inner 
 sides and feet white. Soles of feet granulated, black and thinly 
 hairy posteriorly, white and naked anteriorly. Tail rather longer 
 than the head, brown above for its whole length, paler below. 
 
 Skull (PI. XXII. figs. 5 & 6) with a short cranial and very long 
 facial portion. Nasals very long and narrow, their greatest breadth 
 going about seven times into their length. Orbital region short, 
 the supraorbital edges not parallel for any distance, but evenly 
 concave. Lacrymal bones with a marked ante-orbital ridge, more 
 or less overhanging the orbit, and sharply dividing the bone into 
 orbital and frontal surfaces ; the posterior corner of the ridge form- 
 ing an indistinct supraorbital projection. Brain-case very short in 
 proportion to the muzzle. Palate comparatively perfect ; anterior 
 palatine foramina reaching to the level of i.* ; no vacuity opposite 
 the anterior premolars, at least in fully adult specimens ; posterior 
 vacuities small, opposite m.' and m.^ Foramen rotwndum very 
 large and open, its edges not produced into a bony tube. Bullae 
 (fig. 5) very small, hemispherical, transparent, often slightly incom,- 
 plete at their junction with the tympanic rings, their antero-external 
 but little greater than their antero-internal diameter. Lower jaw 
 long, light and slender, especially posteriorly ; the coronoid process 
 
 k2 
 
244 PBEAMEtlD^. 
 
 slender, styloid, its anterior edge slightly concave at about the level 
 of the condyle. 
 
 Teeth. Upper incisors 5 in number, the fifth about 4 millim. 
 distant from the fourth. P.^ and p.' about equal, long and narrow ; 
 p.* about twice the size of either, with a slight postero-internal 
 basal thickening. Molars light, triangular, their internal consider- 
 ably less than their external longitudinal diameter ; m.^ with a 
 strongly marked posterior talon. Lower incisors succeeded by a 
 considerable diastema, nearly or quite equal to their combined length. 
 Premolars and molars small and delicate. 
 
 Milk-p.*, both above and below, small, of about the size of the 
 upper i.", shorter and blunter than in P. obesula, but not otherwise 
 more molariform in character than in that species. 
 
 b (stuffed), 
 millim. 
 
 and body (c.) 390 
 
 Tail (c.) 125 
 
 Hind foot 73 
 
 Muzzle 57 
 
 Ear 35 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
 Hab. Eastern Australia. 
 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 This species, although clearly belonging to the group of which 
 P. gunni is the most typical member, yet presents many characters 
 in comtQon with the other species of the genus, and especially with 
 certain of the Papuan Bandicoots, such as P. raffrayana, hroadhenti, 
 &c. Thus, while its long ears, the proportions of its skuU, the 
 structure of its interorbital region and lacrymal bones, and the 
 form of its lower jaw, ally it to P. gunni and P. bougainvillei, its spiny 
 fur, uns'triped rump, comparatively complete palate, and very small 
 and partially imperfect bullse are characters that show so much 
 approach to the other less specialized species as to prevent any 
 definite separation of the gunni section from the other Bandicoots. 
 
 a. Imm. al., (J. Richmond E., N. S. W. Mr. A. P. Goodwin 
 
 [CI. 
 
 b. Ad. St., tJ. New South Wales (J. G.). Gould CoU. 
 „ I Ad, 8k. I New South Wales (J. GX Gould Coll. 
 "■ \ Skull. \ 
 
 , J Yg. sk. I , New South W;ales. Sir T. L. Mitchell 
 
 "'•I SkuU. f °- [P. &0.]. 
 
 e. Skeleton (mounted). New South Wales. Purchased. 
 
 ^-h. Skulls. New South Wales. . Purchased. 
 
 i. Ad. sk. Australian Alps. Purchased. 
 
 J. Skull. Zool. Soc. 
 
2. PERiMEtES. 245 
 
 10. Perameles gunni. 
 
 Perameles ^nni, Gray, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 1 ; id. Ann. Mag. N. H. i. 
 p. 107 (1838); Qwm, Ann. Mag. N. H. i. p. 102 (habits) 
 (1838) j Owen, Tr. Z.S.n.v- 320 (1841); Oray, Grey's Austr., 
 App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. 
 p. 156, pL XV. (animal) (1841) ; Less. N. Tahl. R. A., Mamm. 
 p. 191 (1842) ; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 95 (1843) ; Wagn. 
 Schr. iSaug. Supp. iii. p. 61 (1843), v. p. 214 (1865) ; Schinz, 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 517 (1844) ; Waterh. K IT. Mamm. i. p. 376 
 (1846); Llesm. Diet. Univ. d'S. JV. ix. p. 579 (1849); Gtmn, 
 P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 83 (1852) ; iScMeg. Dierk. p. 138 (1857) ; 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. ix. (animal) (1859) ; Gieb. Saug. 
 p. 722 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 132 (1862) ; 
 Kreft, Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 13 
 (1871) ; Sehleg. Dierh. p. 163 (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. 
 p. 306 (1887). 
 
 GtTNN's Bandicoot. 
 
 Size and proportions as in P. nasvuta. Pur soft, not spiny, except 
 slightly on the sides of the body ; underfur abundant, dark slaty 
 grey except on the -white rump-bands. General colour grizzled 
 yellowish brown, rump banded. Muzzle long, rather shorter than 
 that of P. nasuta. Ears long and pointed, laid forward they reach 
 beyond the eye ; their backs yellowish brown, with a darker blotch 
 on their anterior haK terminally ; metatragus about twice as long 
 as broad, its end tufted with short hairs. Top of head and anterior 
 half of back coarsely grizzled yellowish brown, some of the hairs 
 black- and others yellow-tipped, their bases aU grey. Behind the 
 shoulders an indistinct whitish band passes downwards and back- 
 wards to join the light colour of the belly. Sides of rump with 
 four more or less distinct pale vertical bands running downwards 
 from near the middle line, the spaces between them brown or 
 black ; these stripes and their dark interspaces much more prominent 
 in young than in old specimens. Chin, chest, and beUy white or 
 yellowish white. Outsides of forearms and backs of legs dark slaty 
 grey, remainder of Jimbs white. Soles black and hairy posteriorly, 
 white and naked anteriorly; a small round striated pad- at the base 
 of both the fourth and fifth toes. Tail very short, slender, thinly 
 haired, its upper side dark for only its basal half or three quarters 
 of an inch, the remainder white. 
 
 Skull very similar to that of P. nasuta with the following 
 exceptions : — The nasals, although still very long and narrow, are 
 rather shorter, their greatest breadth going only about 5| or 6 times 
 in their length. The palate is more incomplete ; the anterior 
 palatine foramina extend nearly to the level of the front of the 
 canines ; there is a second pair of vacuities opposite p.^ and p.^ and 
 the posterior palatine vacuities are rather larger. In other respects- 
 the description given under P. nasuta is equally applicable to the 
 skuU of this species. 
 
 Teeth precisely similar to those of P. nasuta except that the 
 canines, both above and below, are decidedly smaller. 
 
246 PERAMELID^. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d (sMn). e (stuffed). 
 
 millim. millira. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 380 (c.) 400 
 
 Tail (c.) 80 (c.) 90 
 
 Hind foot 72 70 
 
 Muzzle to eye (c.) 60 65 
 
 Ear 31 34 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
 ffab. Tasmania, and possibly Southern Victoria (see footnote). 
 Ty^e in collection. 
 
 a, b. Ad. sks., S2- Port Pliillip,Victoria ' (?). Gould CoU. 
 
 c. Yg. sk. Northern Tasmania. W. P. Petterd, Esq. [E. 
 
 &C.1. 
 
 d. Ad. sk., S ■ Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P. 
 
 & 0.]. 
 
 {Type of species.) 
 
 e. Ad. St., 2 . Tasmania. Eonald Gunn, Esq. [P. 
 
 &C.]. 
 /. Yg. al., cJ . Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P. 
 
 &0.]. 
 I Ad. sk. I n Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke fP-l- 
 
 ff- j Skull. ?• ^ ^ 
 
 . j Ad. sk. 1 J, Tasmania. Gould Coll. 
 
 ^- ] Skull, f ^• 
 
 11. Ferameles bongaiavillei. 
 a. Peramelesbougalnvillei, var. typicat. 
 
 Perameles bougainvillei, Quoy Sf Qaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool. p. 66, 
 Atl. pi. V. (animal and skull) (1824) ; Oaim. Bull. Sci. Nat. i. 
 p. 270 (1824) ; Gray, Oriff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 195 (1827) ; Less. 
 Man. Mamm. p. 217 (1827) ; id. Diet. Class. d^H. N. xiii. p. 199 
 (1828) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 273 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. 
 (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 484, pi. xxvii. (ammal) (1830); Waterh. 
 Jard. Nat. Idbr., Mamm. xi. p. 162 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., 
 Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 385 (1846) ; 
 Desm. Diet. Univ. d'H. N. ix. p. 578 (1849); Lyd. Cat. Foss. 
 Mamm. B. M. v. p. 256 (1887). 
 
 Perameles myosura, Wagn. Arch.f. Nat. vii. pt. i. p. 293 (1841); 
 id. Schr. Sdiig. Supp. iii. tab. civ. a. d (animal) (1843), v. p. 215 
 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 519 (1844) ; Oould, Mamm. 
 Austr. i. pi. X. (animal) (1845) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 381, 
 pi. XX. fig. 3 (skuU) (1846) ; Schleg. JDierk. p. 138 (1857) ; Gieb. 
 Sauff. p. 722 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 132 
 
 * Specimens referred to by Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. text to pi. ix. The 
 occurrence of this species in Victoria is by no means improbable, considering 
 the number of Tasmanian species recently discovered in that colony, 
 t a. Sides of rump indistinctly striped. — Bab. W. 
 
 Australia Var. typica. 
 
 b. Sides of rump with well-defined stripes. — Hab. S. 
 
 and E. Australia Var. fasoiata, p. 248. 
 
2. PEEAMELEB. 247 
 
 (1862) ; Zreffi, Austr. Vert. p. 13 (1871) ; ScMeg. Dierent. p. 164 
 (1872). 
 Perameles arenaria, Oould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 104. 
 
 Stkiped Bahdicoot. 
 
 Size small, form, light and deHoate. Fur coarse, but not spiny, 
 except very slightly on the sides of the body. Underfur thick and 
 close, slaty grey. General colour grizzled olive-grey ; rump more 
 or less striped. Muzzle long and slender. Ears (PI. XXI. fig. 7) 
 long, narrow, pointed, laid forward they reach from 6 to 8 millim. 
 beyond the anterior canthus of the eye, their backs greyish flesh- 
 colour, slightly darker on the anterior part of their terminal half; 
 metatragus broadly triangular, about as long as broad, its tip thinly 
 haired. Head and back grizzled grey, the hairs tipped either with 
 black or duU orange. Sides of rump with a tendency to a similar 
 striping to that of P. gunni, but this, in the present variety, very 
 indistinct, only a single darker, bounded by two lighter vertical 
 bands generally visible. Chin, chest, and belly white. Outsides of 
 forearms and backs of legs dark grey ; rest of limbs white. Soles 
 (PI. XXI. fig. 8) hairy, black posteriorly ; naked, granulated, flesh- 
 coloured anteriorly ; well-defined round pads at the bases of the 
 fourth and fifth toes. Tail nearly half the length of the head and 
 body, rather thick at its base, but contracting abruptly in the 
 middle, distinctly bicolor, brown above and white below for its 
 whole length. Mammae 8. 
 
 Shall light and delicate ; muzzle long and narrow, tapering less 
 evenly than usual, more abruptly contracted opposite p.^ ' Length 
 of nasals from 5 to 6 times their greatest width. Interorbital 
 region as in P. nctsuta. Anterior portion of zygoma broadened and 
 partially twisted outwards. Palate imperfect as in P. gunni, the 
 anterior palatine foramina extending to halfway between i.° and 
 the canine ; middle pair of vacuities running from just behind the 
 canine to p.? ; posterior pair large and open, opposite p.* to the 
 end of m.^ In addition the palate opposite m.^ and m.* is perforated 
 with numerous small irregular vacuities. Foramm rotvmdwn partially 
 tubular behind. BuUse rounded, hemispherical, transparent, com- 
 pletely ossified ; their antero-external rather greater than their 
 antero-internal diameter. 
 
 Teeth small and light, their proportions as in P. nasuta, except 
 that the canines are small and feeble as in P. gunni. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 <?.. ?. 
 
 a (in spirit). b (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim, millim. 
 
 Head and body 222 216 
 
 Tail 106 108 
 
 Hind foot 52 52 
 
 Muzzle to eye 42 41 
 
 Ear 34 34 
 
 Skull, see p. 249. 
 
248 PERiMELID^. 
 
 Hah. Western Australia. 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 JAd. al. I, MouthofSaltR.W.A. Gerard Krefffc, Esq. 
 
 ''• I Skull. \°- (W. Masters). [P.]. 
 
 6. Ad. al., ? . Mongap, Salt E., W. A. Gerard Krefft, Esq. 
 
 {W. Masters). [P.]. 
 
 c. Ad. skeleton (mounted). Salt R., W. A. {W. Gerard Kreflft, Esq. 
 
 Masters). [P.]. 
 
 , j Ad. sk. I , York, W. A. (J. Oil- Gould Coll. 
 
 I Skull. I ° • be?-t). {Ti/pe oi P. armaria, Qouli.) 
 
 j Ad. sk. 1 o York, W. A. (J. Oil- Gould OoU. , 
 
 ^- ) Skull. I + ■ bert). 
 
 /.Skull. West Australia (J.Gi^ Gould OoU. 
 
 bert). 
 
 b. Perameles bougainvillei, var. fasciata. 
 
 Perameles fasciata, Crrai/, Grey's Ausfr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841) ; id. 
 lAst Mamm. B. M. p. 95 (1843) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 379 
 (1846) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. Tiii. (animal) (1849) ; Sehleff. 
 Dierk. p. 138 (1857) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 722 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. 
 JBones Mamm. B. M. p. 132 (1862) ; Kreffi, Cat. Mamm. Austr. 
 Mus. p. 34 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 13 (1871) ; Schleg. Bierent. 
 p. 168 (1872) ; Breh7n, Thierl. ii. p. 665 (1880) ; Flow. ^ Gars. 
 Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 737 (1884). 
 
 Similar in every respect to the typical variety, except that the dark 
 and light patches on the back of the ears are more strongly con- 
 trasted, and the stripes on the sides of the ramp are well defined 
 and conspicuous, their arrangement being precisely as in P. gunni, 
 with young specimens of which this variety might easily be con- 
 fused. Young individuals of that species, however, are always 
 distinguishable by their white tails, and their very much larger 
 molars. 
 
 Dimensions similar to those of the true P. bougainvillei. 
 
 Hah. South-eastern and South Australia. 
 
 Co-types in collection. 
 
 I Ad. ak. ) Liverpool Plains, N.S.W. Gould CoU. 
 
 "• jskull. \ 
 b. Ad. s\.,'S- New South Wales. Sir T. L. Mitchell [P. 
 
 &C.]. 
 ^_ I Ad. sk. I Murray R, S. A. (J. (?.). Gould Coll. 
 
 d. Ad. sk, (J . South Australia. Sir George Grey PP. 
 
 &C.]. 
 (a, c, & d. Co-types of variety.) 
 „ j Ad. St. I - South AustraUa. Sir George Grev FP. 
 
 ^-jSkull. f °- &C.]. 
 
 /. Yg. sk. South Australia. Sir George Grey FP 
 
 &C.]. 
 g, Yg. sk. South Australia. Gould CoU. 
 
 A. Skull. Adelaide. C. D. E. Fortnum,Esq. 
 
 [P. & 0.]. 
 i. Yg. al., ?. (Voy. 'Fly.') John MacgiUiway, Esq. 
 
 [p.&or]. 
 
B 
 Ph. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 lO 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 IQ 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 rn 
 
 00 
 
 eo 
 
 1 
 
 ^"•-■S 
 
 h 
 
 s 
 
 8 
 
 g 
 
 A 
 
 •^ 
 
 g; 
 
 lO 
 
 o» 
 
 «b 
 
 S5 
 
 51 
 
 1 
 
 (M 
 
 N 
 
 O) 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '§ 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■^ 
 
 i« 
 
 
 oa 
 
 
 
 ■* 
 
 
 iH 
 
 
 lO 
 
 
 W 
 
 ?» 
 
 U3 
 
 F>H 
 
 i 
 
 § 
 
 8 
 
 S 
 
 ■^ 
 
 2 
 
 S 
 
 3 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■III 
 
 9 
 
 i 
 
 s 
 
 C3 
 
 S 
 
 •* 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ui 
 
 ira 
 
 
 
 in 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 lO 
 
 
 oq 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 3S 
 
 d 
 
 s 
 
 S 
 
 «) 
 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 ■H 
 
 o 
 
 
 : 
 
 : 
 
 s 
 
 eo 
 
 w 
 
 Pi- 
 
 
 t- 
 
 
 
 U3 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 -<* 
 
 to 
 
 
 b- 
 
 rti 
 
 CO 
 
 b- 
 
 Til 
 
 cq 
 
 00 
 
 m 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 r-f 
 
 U3 
 
 <M 
 
 
 
 ca 
 
 iX> 
 
 b- 
 
 eo 
 
 
 iH 
 
 
 
 
 
 ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •i 
 
 O)'-^ 
 
 lO 
 
 
 
 fr- 
 
 
 eo 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 lO 
 
 
 
 iQ 
 
 iH 
 
 in 
 
 
 "♦sis 
 
 « 
 
 « 
 
 lO 
 
 ■* 
 
 « 
 
 «> 
 
 Tjl 
 
 OS 
 
 lb 
 
 4ji 
 
 9 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 (M 
 
 at 
 
 
 to 
 
 (M 
 
 an 
 
 
 l-t 
 
 eo 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oi 
 
 <M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 
 _?!_ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■a. 
 
 «•«■ 
 
 <-H 
 
 
 
 
 
 »o 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 1 "o £| 
 
 00 
 
 W 
 
 w 
 
 CO 
 
 ■>*l 
 
 lb 
 
 lO 
 
 <» 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 ■* 
 
 ift 
 
 ■In 
 
 ^ 
 
 Oi 
 
 -* 
 
 lO 
 
 
 
 •s> 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 ' 
 
 -* 
 
 
 r-l 
 
 *& 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 t-1 
 
 CO 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 CO 
 
 00 
 
 la 
 
 
 la 
 
 
 SO 
 
 f: 
 
 t- 
 
 £3 
 
 op 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■b 
 
 
 Ol 
 
 l?4 
 
 <X} 
 
 00 
 
 00 
 
 
 lb 
 
 
 cn 
 
 £ 
 
 r °-°'« 
 
 t— 
 
 CO CO 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 '"' 
 
 
 
 I- 
 
 lO 
 
 i 
 
 eo 
 
 ■^ 
 
 r-l 
 
 Ph. 
 
 
 ci 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 
 lO 
 
 m 
 
 (N 
 
 
 eo 
 
 •n 
 
 
 
 la 
 
 U3 
 
 lO 
 
 s 
 
 »£-§ 
 
 C4 
 
 Ti( 
 
 CO 
 
 la 
 
 N 
 
 lb 
 
 eb 
 
 O 
 
 4(( 
 
 ■* 
 
 00 
 
 
 ■Iff 
 
 W 
 
 OS 
 
 iO 
 
 (M 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 rH 
 
 
 
 IH 
 
 CO 
 
 s 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 f 
 
 «? 
 
 
 Til 
 
 iH 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 t~ 
 
 lO 
 
 CO 
 
 
 Th 
 
 ? 
 
 ■?> 
 
 
 ^-■s 
 
 ^ 
 
 t- 
 
 00 
 
 lb 
 
 (fil 
 
 i) 
 
 oa 
 
 iH 
 
 « 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 
 M 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 ■A| 
 
 ^ 
 
 C] 
 
 tM 
 
 
 
 oo 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 cq 
 
 
 rH 
 
 
 
 e; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 " ': 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 "O 
 
 
 
 
 OO 
 
 
 iQ 
 
 
 
 lO 
 
 "^ 
 
 ip 
 
 1 
 
 as-s 
 
 g 
 
 s 
 
 8 
 
 lb' 
 
 eo 
 
 3 
 
 00 
 
 o 
 
 b- 
 
 OC 
 
 3 
 
 J 
 
 (M 
 
 M 
 
 tH 
 
 § 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 •"■^l 
 
 
 
 
 en 
 
 ip 
 
 
 •? 
 
 a, 
 
 w 
 
 ■? 
 
 b- 
 
 
 ¥■ 
 
 00 
 
 "* 
 
 '« 
 
 t- 
 
 <M 
 
 *-> 
 
 ^- 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 •b 
 
 rH 
 
 ib 
 
 o 
 
 
 03 
 
 iH 
 
 f^ 
 
 t- 
 
 03 
 
 CO 
 
 
 l-i 
 
 lO 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 U3 
 
 S 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 .2 
 
 oi^l 
 
 »o 
 
 
 
 
 IP 
 
 
 OO 
 
 
 00 
 
 
 lO 
 
 
 b- 
 
 T* 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ffi 
 
 eo 
 
 « 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 at 
 
 « 
 
 ua 
 
 a 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 00 
 
 03 
 
 IM 
 
 
 <£> 
 
 CM 
 
 G«] 
 
 
 ?H 
 
 Tjl 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IM 
 
 
 
 pG 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 oa 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P< 
 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 cH 
 
 00 
 
 «3 
 
 <n 
 
 «J 
 
 
 ■In 
 
 b- 
 
 ib 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 t- 
 
 ip 
 
 Ip 
 
 CO 
 
 *o e n 
 
 t;; 
 
 03 
 
 CO 
 
 
 T-H 
 
 -* 
 
 IM 
 
 r-l 
 
 
 52. lo 
 
 ^ 
 
 ,co 
 
 CO 
 
 t-i 
 
 
 c; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ~ 
 
 
 
 
 
 eo 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 w 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 Cd 
 
 113 
 
 CO 
 
 fi« 1 
 
 ira 
 
 t£ 
 
 
 ua 
 
 
 «: 
 
 IM 
 
 4n 
 
 lb 
 
 w 
 
 O 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 M 
 
 04 
 
 I 
 
 t- 
 
 CO 
 
 v. 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 O) 
 
 tH 
 
 
 w 
 
 US 
 
 c 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •i£'S 
 
 
 .U3 
 
 
 oo 
 
 b- 
 
 
 ■? 
 
 b- 
 
 -* 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 ■? 
 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 6: 
 
 (0 
 
 lb 
 
 W 
 
 eo 
 
 w 
 
 i) 
 
 t- 
 
 iffl 
 
 «3 
 
 t- 
 
 »o 
 
 03 
 
 03 
 
 ot 
 
 CO 
 
 eo 
 
 
 rH 
 
 »Q 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 eg 
 
 W 
 
 ss 
 
 CO 
 
 
 rH 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 in 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 N 
 
 
 b- 
 
 w 
 
 
 m 
 
 ? 
 
 b- 
 
 •o»l 
 
 t- 
 
 
 c 
 
 lb 
 
 IM 
 
 
 O 
 
 W 
 
 cc 
 
 rH 
 
 lb 
 
 Oi 
 
 b- 
 
 03 
 
 OS 
 
 O 
 
 eo 
 
 p- 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ca 
 
 
 
 (N 
 
 '■It 
 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 _o. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "-^r 
 
 ~ 
 
 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 d". 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 
 -•=■>* 
 
 la 
 
 li 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 „ 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 DC 
 
 Is 
 
 ) 
 
 f 
 
 ■fe 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 rt 
 
 1 
 
 ■3 
 ■E 
 
 1 
 3 
 
 ■«* 
 
 C 
 
 1 
 
 . a 
 
 1 
 
 * 
 
 '{ 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 I 
 "( 
 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 5 
 
 j 
 
 ^ 
 
 il 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ■3 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 « 
 
 
 E - 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 a 
 
 Iz 
 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 
 f^ 
 
 n 
 
 p: 
 
 fe- 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 249 
 
 81 
 
 WW 
 
 •^5 
 
 
 ?:j >) 
 
 fi* 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ;-a 
 
 
 d ca 
 
 
 i>-a 
 
 bcfl 
 
 i| 
 
 1^ 
 
 "sl 
 
 ^1 
 
 II' 
 o o 
 
 o o 
 Izi-z; 
 
250 PEEAMEUDiB. 
 
 3. CHCEEOPUS. „ 
 
 Type. 
 
 Choeropus, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 26 Ch. castanotis. 
 
 Form light and slender. Muzzle short but narrow. Jf ose sharp 
 and pointed, the naked rhinarium confined to the extreme tip. 
 Ears very long; metatragus duplicated as in Perameles, the projec- 
 tion on the upper ridge short but broad. Pouch opening backwards ; 
 mammae 8. Fore limbs long and slender. Fore feet with the first 
 and fifth digits entirely suppressed, the fourth minute, rudimentary, 
 and only reaching to the middle of the metacarpus of the third, and 
 the second and third toes alone fuUy developed. Hind limbs long 
 and thin; hallux entirely absent, fifth toe short and rudimentary, 
 the whole bulk of the foot made up of the large fourth toe. Soles 
 hairy, a small naked projection at the base of the fourth toe. Tail 
 present, cylindrical, slightly crested along its upper surface. 
 
 Sh^dl broad and flattened, with a short naiyow muzzle. Nasals 
 of medium length, not markedly expanded behind. Interorbital 
 region flat and square-edged ; lacrymal bones much expanded and 
 ridged postero-externally. Anterior, orbital part of zygomata 
 broadened and twisted outwards, so as to form broad horizontal 
 ledges beneath the orbits. Palate very imperfect, with two pairs 
 of large irregular vacuities. BuUse small, rounded, hemispherical, 
 completely ossified. 
 
 D^tition :-I. i444-«_, C. {, P. J4^,, M. 1^^^ x 2=48. 
 
 Upper incisor series forming a widely open even curve ; incisors 
 flattened, pointed, closely touching one another. Canine small, 
 sometimes double-rooted. Premolars increasing in size back- 
 wards. Molars large, heavy, quadrangular, multicuspid,- standing 
 slightly apart from one another. Lower teeth much as in Perameles, 
 but the molars broader and squarer. 
 
 Milk-p.* present, functional. 
 
 Habits. Terrestrial; omnivorous. 
 
 Range. Australia. ' 
 
 This genus, both in its general external appearance and in- its 
 cranial characters, is very markedly led up to by the members of 
 the last, or P. gvm.ni, section of the genus Perameles, P. bougain- 
 villei especially showing many points of resemblance to it. Its 
 distinction as a genus, however, is unquestionable, even were, it not 
 for the unique and peculiar structure of its fore feet, which have 
 such a striHng resemblance to those of the pig as to have gained 
 for the only species its common English name of Pig-footed Bandi- 
 coot. 
 
 1. Choeropns castanotis. 
 
 Choeropus ecaudatus ', Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 26 ; Mitch. Exped. 
 Austr. ii. p. 131, pi. xxxviii. (animal) (1838) ; Gray, Ch-ey's Aitstr,, 
 
 * This name, founded upon an accidentally mutilated specimen, has been 
 generally and properly discarded as inappropriate for an animal with ■■ well- 
 developed tail. 
 
3. CHCEEOPTO. 251 
 
 App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. lAbr,, Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 163 (1841) ; Less. N. Tahl. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; 
 
 Gerv. Diet. Univ. ^H. N. iii. p. 614 (1849) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 723 
 
 (1859) ; Brehm, Tkierl. ii. p. 567, fig. (animal) (1880). 
 Choeropus castanotis, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) ix. p. 42 (1842) ; 
 
 id. lAst Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1843) ; Sohinz, Syn. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 521 (1844) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pL vi. (animal) (1845) ; 
 
 Waterh. N. Si. Mamm. i. p. 391, pi. xiii. fig. 2 (animal), pi. xx. 
 
 fig. 4 (skull) (1846); Wa^n. Schr. 8dug. Supp. v. p. 218 (1855) ; 
 
 Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 279 (1855); Schkg. Bierh. p. 138 
 
 (1857) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 133 (1862) ; Krefft, 
 
 Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 35 (1864) ; id. Mamm. Austr. text to 
 
 pi. xi. p. 6 (1871) ; ScMeg. Dierent. p. 164 (1872) ; IHow. Encyd. 
 
 Brit. (9) XV. p. 381, fig. 29 (bones of pes) (1883) ; Flow. 8f Gars. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 738 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. 
 
 p. 306 (1887). 
 Choeropus occidentalis, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. text to pi. vi. (1845) 
 
 (provisional name). 
 
 Pig-footed Bandicoot. 
 
 Size small, form delicate. Fur coarse and straight, but not in 
 the least spiny, very much as in Perameles hougainvillei. Underfur 
 abundant, slaty grey at base, dull yellow at tip. General colour of 
 head and body uniform coarsely grizzled grey, with a tinge of fawn. 
 Ears long and narrow, their outer margin slightly concave just 
 beneath the tip ; thinly haired; their backs dull chestnut-brown, 
 darkening towards the tip. Metatragus short and broad. Longer 
 hairs of head and back brown-tipped, underfur yeUow-tipped, the 
 latter more orange in Western Australian specimens. Chin, chest, 
 and beUy white, the line of demarcation on the sides not sharply 
 marked. Limbs long and slender, short-haired, pale grey or white, 
 with a yellowish tinge. Palms whoUy hairy, except on the terminal 
 pads of the two functional digits ; these latter with long slender 
 claws ; the rudimentary fourth toe entirely clawless, reaching only 
 to the middle of the metacarpus of the third. Hind feet very long 
 and thin, hairy except' just below the heel, on the small circular pad 
 at the base of the fourth toe, along the underside of that toe, and 
 on its very large terminal pad ; united second and third toes only 
 reaching to the base of the fourth, and the fifth toe again falling 
 just short of their base. Tail about half as long as the body, grey 
 below and on the sides, black above, where there is a short and 
 inconspicuous crest. 
 
 Shutl as described above. Nasals with their posterior (maxillary) 
 half evenly broader than their anterior (premaxillary), but not 
 markedly expanded at their extreme back. Forehead peculiarly 
 broad and flat; supraorbital edges square; lacrymals strongly 
 ridged. Anterior palatine foramen reaching just to the front of the 
 canine. A pair of irregular reticulated vacuities reaching from p.' 
 to p.^ and a second pair, often united in the centre, opposite the 
 molars. Extreme back of palate also with vacuities. Openiag of 
 foramen magnum partially closed in below. 
 
 Teeth. Upper i.* about half the size of i.*, pointed, touching the 
 
252 
 
 FEBAHELm^. 
 
 latter. Canine with a small anterior secondary cusp. P.^ with 
 diastemata in front of and behind it of about 2 or 3 mUlim. each. 
 P.* triangular in section, with a distinct postero-internal secondary 
 cusp. Molajs very large, broad and square. Lower i.' with a 
 large posterior cusp. Canine very small, with an anterior secondary 
 cusp. P.^ larger than p.^ ; p.* smaller than either. Lower milk- 
 p.'' small, circular, about equal in size to the posterior talon of i.' 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 2- 
 
 b (stuffed). Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 250 
 
 Tail (e.) 100 
 
 Hind foot 69 
 
 Muzzle to eye 39 
 
 Ear 52 
 
 Skull, see below. 
 Hab. Western New South Wales and Victoria ; South and West 
 Australia ; (Northern Territory ?). 
 Type in collection. 
 
 a. Imm. skull. (North Australian Ex- Dr. J. R. Elsey [P. & 
 
 pedition.) 0.]. 
 
 , I Ad. St. I Muda,N. S.W. Sir T. L. MitcheU [P. 
 
 '''"• i Skulls. [ &C.1. 
 
 ^ ( Ad. sk. I Murray R., S. A. Sir G. Grey [P. & 0.]. 
 
 ■ I Skull. ( (Type of species.) 
 
 JAd. sk. I „ Tn/Ao Boorda, Kirltana, W. A. Gould CoU. 
 *• l Skull. f*,i"/4rf- (J.Gilbert). 
 
 {Type of Ch. occidentalis, Gould.) 
 
 Skull Dimensions of Choeropus. 
 
 
 Gh. castanotis. 
 
 
 Sex 
 
 adult. 
 
 
 Aee 
 
 
 
 53 
 31 
 22-5 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 36-5 
 16-5 
 10 
 
 5-5 
 15 
 38-4 
 256 
 
 26-5 
 
 2'8 
 
 lO'S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Basi-cranial axis 
 
 
 
 Teeth— distance from front of canine to back 
 of m.* 
 
 ,, horizontal length of p.* 
 
 „ ,, „ ms.-^'*^ 
 
 
DAsruBrD^, 253 
 
 Family V. DASYUEID^. 
 
 Polyprotodont Marsupials adapted for a predatory, carnivorous or 
 insectivorous life. Limbs subequal ; fore feet with five toes ; hind 
 feet not syndaotylous, with four or five toes, the hallux either small 
 and olawless, or altogether absent, the other toes subequal. Tail 
 long, hairy, not prehensile. Stomach simple. No caecum *. Pouch, 
 if present, opening forwards or downwards, sometimes absent. 
 
 Denmon:-l.^-^^\G.\, P. [t|t|4°^^, M. i^f^t"! (also 
 5 _ g'o, in Myrmecdbiimoe). Total, 42 or 46 in Basyurince, and 50 or 
 52 in Myrmecobiince. 
 
 Teeth rooted, sharp, cutting, carnivorous. Incisors small. 
 Canines large and trenchant. First and third premolars always 
 present, second always and fourth sonietimes absent. Molars with 
 pointed cusps. 
 
 Tooth-change generally present, except in the forms in which the 
 permanent p.* has been itself reduced or aborted ; not yet found ia 
 Myrmecobiince. 
 
 Range. Papuan and Australian subregions. 
 
 This family, as a whole, presents one of the most generalized 
 types found among the Marsupials, its members being simple preda- 
 ceous animals in no way markedly specialized, and retaining, espe- 
 cially in the case of Myrmecobius, many of the characteristics of the 
 earliest known fossil Marsupials. The larger species are flesh-eaters 
 pure and simple, catching their prey themselves, and not feeding 
 upon carrion ; the smaller ones are mostly insectivorous. 
 
 Synopsis of the Genera. 
 
 I. ExTEEDfAL ChaBACTEKS. 
 
 A. Tongue shorty not extensUe. Lower lip 
 rounded ia front, not produced for- 
 wards Dasyurinae. 
 
 a. Back transversely banded with black. 
 
 Form dog-Uke 1. Thylacinus, p. 255. 
 
 6. Back not cross-banded. 
 a^. Body blotched or spotted with white. 
 Size large, form stout. 
 a'. Form very thick and powerful. 
 
 Body with a few white blotches 2. Sabcophtltib, p. 258. 
 6". Form slenderer. Body profusely 
 
 spotted with white , 3. DASYiTBtrs, p. 261. 
 
 * I can find no trace, either in FhascologaU flavipes or any other species, of 
 the " small hemispherical projection " corresponding to a csecum, said by Water- 
 house (N. H. Mamm. i. p. 424) to occur in that animal. 
 
254 , BASTUEIDiB. 
 
 6'. Body not white-spotted. Size small, 
 form slender. 
 <?. Hind foot broad ; soles smooth, 
 
 naked. Hallux present 4. Phascologalb, p. 273. 
 
 cP. Hind foot narrow ; soles granula- 
 ted or hairy. 
 a^. Hallux present. Limbs of ordi- 
 nary proportions 6. SmikthopSis, p. 298. 
 
 6^. Hallux absent. Limbs unusually 
 
 elongated 6. Antbchinomys, p. 309. 
 
 B. Tongue long, extensile. Lower lip pointed, 
 
 projecting far in front of the teeth . . ]y[3rnnecobiinse. 
 u. Back transversely banded with white. 
 
 Hallux absent 7. Mybmecobitjs, p. 311. 
 
 IL Ceanial Characiers. 
 
 A. Posterior teeth large and strong. Molars 5. 
 
 Bony palate short Das3ruxinae. 
 
 a. Lower molars sharp-edged, the main 
 cusp without internal secondary cusps. 
 
 a}. Premolars 3. Muzzle long and slender 1. Thylacinus, p. 255. 
 Ji. Premolars ^. Muzzle short and broad 2. Sarcophilus, p. 258. 
 h. Lower molars multicuspidate, with pro- 
 minent internal secondary cusps. 
 
 e\ Premolars ^ 3. Dasyurus, p. 261. 
 
 (V-. Premolars g (rarely ■^. 
 
 a'. Nasals much expanded behind. 
 Lower p.* usually decidedly 
 
 smaller than p.' 4, Phascologalb, p. 273. 
 
 h'. Nasalsnoteipandedbehind. Lower 
 p.* nearly as large as or larger 
 than p.^ 
 a^. BullsB small, their mastoid por- 
 tion not swollen 6. Sminthopsis, p. 298. 
 
 v. Bullse disproportionally large, 
 
 their mastoid portion swollen 6. Antkchinomys, p.309. 
 
 B. Posteriorteeth small and delicate. Molars 
 
 more than j. ' Palate elongated Mjmnecobiinae. 
 
 c. Premolars 3. Molstrs g^^ 7. Myrmbcobius, p. 311. 
 
 Subfamily I. DASYURIN^. 
 
 Tongue short, simple, not extensile. No gland on the chest. 
 Premasillse united or closely applied to each other in front. Palate 
 not unusually produced backwards. Molars large, four in number 
 above and below, the lower ones with the outer series of cusps 
 sometimes alone developed, and always larger than the inner. 
 
1. THYLACINTTS. 255 
 
 1. THYLACINUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Peracyon*, Gray, Ann. Philoa. (2^ x. p. 340 (1825) Th. cynoceiphalus. 
 Thylacinus, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 60 (1327) . . Th. cynocephalus. 
 Lycaon, Wagl. Syst. Amph. Sdug. p. 24 (1830) 
 
 (nee Brookes) Th. cynocephalus. 
 
 Peralopex, Gloger, Eandb. Naturg. i. p. 82 (1842) Th. cynocephalus. 
 
 Size large; general build dog-like. Muzzle long and slender. 
 Ears of medium size. Tail well developed, short-haired, very thick 
 at its root. Limbs very much as in Oanis, but rather shorter in 
 proportion to the size of the animal, markedly digitigrade. Toes 
 subequal, with short, thick, conical claws ; hallux entirely wanting. 
 Pouch opening backwards f. Mammae 4. 
 
 Shdl broad and strong posteriorly, with a long narrow muzzle. 
 Frontal region with large air-sinuses above and external to the 
 olfactory chamber. Infraorbital foramen large, oval, generally 
 divided into two imequal parts by a small bar of bone. One large 
 posterior palatal vacuity. Bullae small, transparent, scarcely in- 
 flated. Coronoid process of lower jaw much slanted backwards. 
 Axis vertebra very long. Humerus with an entepicondyloid fora- 
 men. Marsupial bones minute, unossifled, represented by two small 
 pieces of fibro-cartilage. 
 
 Bentition-.-I. Hi^^ C. i, P. if^t M. I^|4^^x2=46. 
 
 Teeth sharp and cutting. I.' not differentiated from the other 
 incisors. Premolars narrow, much longer than broad, separated 
 from one another by marked diastemata ; p.^ present, twice as large 
 as p.' Molars light and delicate, the main central cusp without 
 any smaller subsidiary cusp on its outer slope ; m.'' with a marked 
 central posterior talon. Lower teeth narrow and slender, not 
 crowded ; molars simple, cutting, each with a large central, medium 
 anterior, and small posterior cusp, but entirely without accessory 
 internal cusps (see PI. XXIV. fig. 1). Posterior heel of m.^ and 
 m.^ broad, its outer side raised into a small cusp, its inner side flat. 
 Heel of m.* small and simple, but distinct. 
 
 Milk-tooth minute, rudimentary, shed during infancy. 
 
 JRange. Tasmania onlyj. (Found fossil in New South Wales.) 
 
 1. Thylacinus cynocephalus. 
 
 Didelphys cynocephala, Harris, Tr. Linn. Soe. m. p. 174, pi. xix. 
 
 fig. 1 (animal) (1808). V 
 
 Dasyurus cynocephalus, Geoff. Ann. Mus. xv. p. 304 (1810) ; G. Cwv. 
 
 JR. A. i. p. 175 (1817) ; Desm. N. Diet. (TIT. iV. (2) ix. p. 136 
 
 * This name haa no claim to adoption, as ite original mention is imaccom- 
 panied not only by a diagnosis, but also by any indication of what species it is 
 intended to contain, although its author afterwards assigned it to the Tbylacine. 
 
 t Fide Owen. 
 
 I The occurrence in Queensland of an animal allied to the Thylacine has 
 been several times reported, but as yet these reports have not been confirmed 
 by the capture of specimens (see Scott, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 355). 
 
256 DASTTTEID^. 
 
 (1817) ; Oeoff. Diet. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 510 (1818) ; Desm. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 262 (1820) ; JDesmoul. Diet. Class. cHH. N. v. p. 338 (1824); 
 
 Gray, Gnff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 192 (1827). 
 Thylacinus hamsi, Temm. Mem. Mamm. i. p. 63, pi. vii. figs. 1-4 
 
 (skull) (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 216 (1827) > id. Cent. 
 
 Zool. p. 14, pi. ii. (animal and skuU) (1830) ; Kawp, Thierr. i. 
 
 p. 239 (1835) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. {Cornel. Buff.) v. p. 367, 
 
 pi. xxvi. (animal) (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8, 
 
 p. 64 (1838) ; Owen, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 121 et seqq. ; id. Tr. Z. S. ii. 
 
 pp. 317 & 408, pi. Ixx. fig. 1 (skull) (1841) ; id. P. Z. S. 1843, p. 148 ; 
 
 id. Odontogr., Atl. pi. xcviii. %. 1 (teetH) (1845); id. TodWs 
 
 Cyclop. Anat. Phys. iii. p. 258, fig. 80 (teett) (1847) ; Less. N. 
 
 Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842). 
 Thylacinus cynocephalus, Msch. 8yn. Mamm. p. 270 (1829) ; Pearson, 
 
 J. A. S. B. iv. p. 672, pi. xlviii. fig. 49 (dentition) (1835) ; Ounn, 
 
 Ann. Mag. N. S. (1) i. p. 101 (1838) (habits) ; Gray, Grey's 
 
 Austr., App, ii. p. 400 (1841) ; Tf^aterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. 
 
 xi. p. 123, pi. V. (animal) (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. 
 
 p. 19, (1843), V. p. 193 (1855); Schims, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 489 
 
 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 456, pi. xvii. flg. 2 (ammal), 
 
 & xxi. fig. 3 (skull) (1846) ; Gunn, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 90, pi. xviii. 
 
 (animal) ; Gavid, Mamm. Austr. i. pis. liii., liv. (animal) (1851) ; 
 
 Gvmn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 80 (1852) ; Crisp, P. Z. S. 1855, 
 
 p. 188 (anat.) ; Gerv. S. N. Mamm. ii. p. 280, figs, (skeleton, 
 
 teeth, & animal) (1855) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 39, pi. xviii. fig. 10 
 
 (teeth) (1855) ; Scfdeg. Dierh. p. 134 (1857) ; Gieb. Siiitg. p. 784 
 
 (1859) ; Gunn, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 103 (habits) ; Krefft, Notes Favm. 
 
 Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 14 (1871) ; Sehleg. Bierent. 
 
 p. 157 & fig. (ammal) (1872) ; Seott, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 355 ; Gieb. 
 
 Bromis Kl. u. Ordn, vi. Abth. v. pi. six. figs. 2 & 3 (skull) (1874); 
 
 Ownningham, J. Anat. Phys. xii. p. 427 (1878) (anat. limbs) ; id. 
 
 Rep. Voy. ' Challenger,' Zool. v. pt. 2, pis. i.-xiii. (1882) (anat.) ; 
 
 Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 545 & figs, (skeleton & animal) (1880) ; Dobs. 
 
 J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 154 (1882) (anat. feet) ; Flow. Fneyel. 
 
 Brit. (9) XV. p. 380, fig. 26 (animal) (1883) ; Higg. ^Pett. P.Ray. 
 
 Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 197 ; Flow. %■ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. 
 
 p. 745 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 305 (1887). 
 Lycaon cynocephalus, Wagl. Syst. Amph. Sdug. p. 24 (1830). 
 Dasyurus lucocephalus. Grant, Glean. Sci. iii. p. 175 (1831). 
 Thylacinus striatus, Warhw, J. A. S. B. ii. p. 97 (1833). 
 Peracyon cynocephalus, G7-ay, List Mamm. B. M. p. 97 (1843) ; 
 
 Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 133 (1862). 
 Thylacinus breviceps, Ereffl, Ann. Mag. N, H. (4) ii. p. 296, pi. xvii. 
 
 (skull) (1868) ; id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. 
 Vert. p. 14 (1871). 
 
 Thtlaoinb oe Tasmania^ Woif. 
 
 Fur short, close and crisp. General colour pale finely grizzled 
 grey-brown, with a faint yellowish or tawny tinge ; the head, back 
 of ears, body, limbs, and greater part of tail being of this colour. 
 Eound eyes, edges and a spot at base of ears paler, nearly white. 
 Posterior back with about 16 or 17 dark blackish-brown bands, 
 contrasting prominently with the pale ground-colour of the back ; 
 bands on rump descending outside the hips nearly to the knee ; 
 bands on middle back becoming shorter and narrower anteriorly 
 
1. THYiACINUS. 257 
 
 and disappearing just behind the shoulders. Chin, chest, and belly 
 paler than back, but the difference not very strongly marked. Soles 
 naked, coarsely granulated, without defined foot-pads. Tail shorter 
 than body, very thinly haired, except just at base, coloured like 
 back, but its tip blackish and provided both above and below with 
 indistinct crests of longer hairs. Mammae 4*. 
 
 Shull with the nasals long, slightly expanded behind. Tnterorbital 
 space broad, swollen, its edges rounded, but forming prominent 
 thickened poatorbital projections. Sagittal and lambdoid crests well 
 developed, even in immature specimens. Anterior palatine foramina 
 long and narrow, ending rather behind the centre of the canine. 
 One pair of large posterior palatine vacuities, opposite ms. ^*. 
 Palate ending just behind the level of m.* Skull of female dis- 
 tinguishable from that of male by its smaller size, shorter muzzle, 
 less expanded zygomata, and, so far as regards the dentition, by 
 the actually smaller but proportionally larger teeth, and especially 
 by the much smaller size of the last molar, which in the male is 
 about 13 or 14 miUim. in its transverse diameter, as compared to 
 10 or 11 in the female. 
 
 Teeth delicate, not large in proportion to the size of the animal. 
 Incisors forming an evenly bowed transverse series ; i.' quite in 
 series with the rest, separated at its base from its fellow of the 
 opposite side, occasionally converging to meet it at its crown ; 
 i.^ nearly twice as large in section as any of the others, which are 
 about equal. P.^ slightly smaller than p.^; p.* about twice the 
 size of p.' 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (stuffed), 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 1080 
 
 TaU 530 
 
 Hind foot 150 
 
 Ear 57 
 
 Skull, see p. 261. 
 
 Edb. Tasmania. 
 
 ■Type not in existence. 
 
 Krefft's Th. hreviceps is evidently based merely on the female of 
 this species, the characters he gives being precisely those that sepa- 
 rate the two sexes, which differ in their cranial and dental cha- 
 racters far more than do the sexes of any other Marsupial. 
 
 a, J.'Ad. st,, 2. Tasmania. Eonald Gunn, Esq. [P. 
 
 & 1 
 J Ad. sk. I , Zool. SoG. 
 
 "■ ) Skeleton. \ ° ' 
 
 * Apud Owen, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 148. 
 
258 
 
 DASTUBID^. 
 
 {Skeleton & ana- 1 Tasmania, 
 
 tomical prepa^> S- 
 rations in al. | 
 
 {Pelvis, sternum, & | Tasmania, 
 
 anatomical pre- > 5 . 
 parations in al. ) 
 
 (The specimens described by Dr. R, 
 /. i Yg. sk. I J, Tasmania. 
 
 /• ] Skull.* ( °- 
 
 g, h. Imm. skeletons, cJ 5 . Launceston, 
 
 Tasmania, 
 (Specimens mentioned and figured P. Z. 
 i. Skeleton, 5. Tasmania. 
 
 /. Imm. skeleton (imper- Tasmania. 
 
 feet), ?. 
 k. Skull (bisected), § . Tasmania. 
 
 I, TO. Skulls, $ . 
 
 n. Skull, c? . 
 0. Skull, S- 
 p. Skull, cj. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 No history. 
 
 H.M.S. ' Challenger.' 
 H.M.S. ' Challenger. 
 
 , Cunningham, Z. e.) 
 
 "W. F. Petterd, Esq. 
 
 [C. & E.l 
 Zool. See. m. Gunn & 
 
 J. Grant, Esqa. [P.].] 
 S. 1858, p. 90, pi. xviii.) 
 Zool. Soc. 
 Zool. Soc. [C. Barclay, 
 
 Esq. rP.].1 
 F, G. Waterhouse, Esq. 
 
 [P.]. 
 Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P. 
 
 & C.]. . . 
 Haslar Hospital. 
 Gould CoU. 
 
 2. SARCOPHILUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Sarcophilus, F, Cfuv. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iv. livr. Ixx. 
 
 (1837) S. ursinus. 
 
 Diabolus, Qray, Grey's Aastr., App. ii. p. 400 (1841) .... S. ursinus. 
 
 Form thick and powerful. Muzzle short and broad. Ears broad 
 and rounded, the lower part of their outer margin very convex, and 
 their actual tip so broadly rounded off as to be scarcely marked at 
 all; metatragus as in Dasyurus. Tail of medium length, evenly 
 hairy. Feet plantigrade. Toes subequal, with well-developed 
 curved claws ; hallux wanting ; soles entirely naked, without 
 defined sole-pads. 
 
 Shull remarkably broad and strong, with a short thick muzzle. 
 Palatal vacuities of medium size. Bullse prominent, inflated. Co- 
 ronoid process of lower jaw vertical. Axis vertebra very short and 
 broad. Humerus with an entepicondyloid foramen. 
 
 Dentition : — I. 
 
 I C. J, P. ^ 
 
 3.0 
 
 M. 
 
 1.2.3, 
 
 1x2=42. 
 
 . 3 . 0' -^' 1.2.3.4' 
 
 Teeth blunt and rounded. Upper i." not differentiated from the 
 other incisors. Premolars rounded, broader than, or at least as 
 broad as, long, closely pressed against each other and against the 
 canine in front and m.^ behind ; p.* entirely absent. Molars broad 
 and heavy, the main central cusp of m.' and m.^ with a small sub- 
 sidiary cusp on its outer slope; m.* without a marked posterior 
 talon. Lower teeth rounded, strong, closely crowded together ; 
 molars simple, much as in Thylacinus, but each with a small addi- 
 tional postero-internal secondary cusp, most largely developed on 
 
 * Preserved in the " Index" portion of the Museum. 
 
'2. SAECOPHlLtfS. 259 
 
 m.' M.' with, the small anterior cusp almost or wholly ahorted. 
 M.* with scarcely a trace of a posterior heel. 
 
 Milk-premolar entirely absent, as well as the tooth (p.*) it would 
 have preceded. 
 
 Habits. Possorial; carnivorous. 
 
 BaTic/e. Tasmania only. (Found fossil in New South Wales.) 
 
 This genus, on account of the number of its teeth, has been nearly 
 invariably either confounded with Dasyurus, or at most only doubt- 
 fully kept distinct ; but there can be no question, judging by the 
 structure instead of the mere number of the teeth, that it is more 
 nearly allied to Thylacinus than it is to Dasyurus. 
 
 1. SarcopMlus ursiuus. 
 
 Didelphys ursina, Harris, Tr. Linn. Soc. ix. p. 176, pi. xix. fig. 2 
 (animal) (1808) (nee Shaw). 
 
 Dasyurus ursinus, Geoff. Ann. Mus. xv. p. 305 (1810) ; G. Cuv. JR. A. 
 i. p. 175 (1817) ; Besm. iV. Diet. d^N. B. (2) ix. p. 137 (1817) ; 
 Geoff. Diet. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 610 (1818) ; Besm. Mamm. i. p. 263 
 (1820) ; Besmoul. Diet. Class. d'H. N. v. p. 338 (1824) ; Gray, 
 Griff. Cm. An. K. v. p. 192 (1^7) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 68, 
 pi. Tiii. figs. 1-5 (skull) (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 214 (1827) ; 
 Fitch. 8yn. Mamm. p. 271 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. 
 Buff.) V. p. 372 (1836) ; Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. H. i. p. 103 (1838) 
 (habits) ; Owen, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 121 et seqq. ; id. Tr. Z. S. ii. 
 pp. 380 & 408, pi. btx. fig. 6 (skull) (1841) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. 
 Lihr., Mamm. xi. p. 128 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Sclug. Supp. iii. 
 p. 22 (1843), V. p. 193 (1865) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 490 
 (1844) ; Owen, Odontogr., Atl. pi. xcviii. fig. 2 (teeth) (1845) ; id. 
 Todd's Cyclop. Anat. Phys. iii. p. 259, flg. 81 (teeth) (1847); 
 Gunn, P. Hoy. Soe. Tasm. ii. p. 81 (1862) ; Gieh. Odontogr. p. 39, 
 pi. xvii. fig. 6 (teeth) (1855) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 135 (1857) ; Gieb. 
 Saug. p. 732 (1859) ; Flow. P. Geol. Soe. 1868, p. 313, figure 
 (skull) ; Sehleg. Dierent. p. 159 (1872) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 547, 
 fig. (animal) (1880) ; Flow. Encycl. Brit. (9) xv. p. 379, fig. 24 
 (skull) (1883) ; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 743 
 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 305 (1887). 
 
 Sarcophilus ursinus, F. Cuv. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iv. livr. Ixx. 
 (animal) (1837) ; Less. N. Tabl. P. A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842) ; 
 Mayer, D' Alton's Zeitsehr. Zool. Pal. i. p. 181 (1849), (anat.) ; 
 Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xlviii. (animal) (1851) ; Gerv. H. N. 
 Mamm. ii. p. 282 (1856 ) ; Erefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 25 
 (1864) ; id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 14 
 (1871) ; Chatin, Bull. Soe. Philom. (6) xii. p. 54 (anatomy of anal 
 glands) (1877) ; Higg. i^ Pett. P. R. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 197. 
 
 Diabolus ursinus, Gi-ay, Gi-eyh Austr., App. ii. p. 400 (1841) ; id. 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 97 (1843) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 134 (1862). 
 
 Dasyurus (Sarcophilus) ursinus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 448, 
 pi. xxi. fig. 4 (slrall) (1846) ; Vrolih, Tijdschr. Wis. Sf Natuurk. 
 Wet. Amsterd. iv. p. 163 (1861) (anat). 
 
 TASMANIAlif DeVTL. 
 
 Fur thick and close, consisting largely of the soft woolly underfur, 
 
 s2 
 
260 DABTTJKlDiE. 
 
 which is nearly as long as the longer, straighter fur. General 
 colour black or dark blackish brown all over, the head, body, limbs, 
 and tail being all uniformly of that colour, which is only relieved by 
 a small and variable number of pure white patches about the region 
 of the neck, shoulders, and rump, one on the chest between the fore 
 limbs being the only one which seems to be constantly present. 
 Ehinarium large, entirely naked. Ears rounded, hairy, with weU- 
 marked tufts of hairs at their base. Soles quite naked ; sole-pads 
 absent, but in the usual position of these there is a broad prominence 
 on each foot, not subdivided into three, its surface and that of the 
 whole sole' and underside of toes uniformly and coarsely granulated ; 
 the tip of each toe, just beneath the claw, with a small transversely 
 striated pad. Tail about half the length of the head and body, 
 uniformly thickly hairy. 
 
 Slcull broad, evenly converging forwards. Nasals narrow, but 
 little expanded behind. Interorbital space very broad, rpunded; 
 postorbital processes strongly developed, and corresponding pro- 
 cesses on the malars ; intertemporal constriction strongly marked, 
 in old specimens its breadth less than one third of the interorbital 
 breadth, the latter increasing and the former decreasing very 
 markedly as age advances. Sagittal and lambdoid crests much 
 developed. Anterior palatine foramina short. Palatal vacuities 
 each a little larger than one of the largest molars. Posterior edge 
 of palate about a centimetre behind the level of the last molar ; its 
 edges much thickened, and with a central projecting point. BuUse 
 pear-shaped, much inflated. 
 
 Teeth as described above. I.^ touching its fellow of the other 
 side of the jaw ; p.' above about three times and below about twice 
 the bulk of p.' ; m.* with no posterior and a much smaller internal 
 talon than in the Thylacine. 
 
 (Stufeed). (Stuffed). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 670 660 
 
 TaU 222 280 
 
 Hind foot 88 86 
 
 Ear . . .• 36 26 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hah. Tasmania. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 „ I Yg. al. I , Tasmania. Eonald Gunn, Esq. [P. & 0.1 
 
 "• ) Skull. \'^- 
 
 b. Imm. St. Tasmania. Eonald Gunn, Esq. [P. & 0.]. 
 
 * In the Vienna Museum. 
 1' In the Munich Museum. 
 
2. SAECOPHILUS. 3. BASTITRtrS. 
 
 261 
 
 d. 
 
 Imm, st, 
 J Imm. sk. I 
 I SkuU. ( 
 e. Skeleton (moimted). 
 /. Skeleton. 
 g, h. Skeletons, 
 i. Skull (•(J). 
 j. Imm. skull. 
 k. Skull. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Purchased. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 Zool. Soc, 
 
 Dr. Milligan [P. & C.]. 
 
 Haslar Hospital. 
 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 Skull Dimensions of Thylacinus and Sarcophilus. 
 
 
 
 
 Saroffphilms 
 wrsinus. 
 
 
 
 Sex 
 
 c3'. 
 
 0. 
 
 I 
 
 i. 
 
 Specimen 
 
 !Basa;l length 
 
 221* 
 
 139-5 
 
 90 
 
 35 
 
 36 
 
 124 
 
 61 
 14-5 
 56-7 
 • 164-3 
 29U 
 
 ii 
 
 38-5 
 14-4 
 
 188t 
 115 
 
 75 
 
 27 
 
 32 
 106 
 
 59 
 12-5 
 49 
 139 
 
 284 
 
 10 
 
 36-7 
 
 10} 
 
 123 ' 
 104 
 
 51 
 
 20 
 
 17-5 
 
 75 
 
 62 
 6-7 
 
 38 
 85 
 
 6-8 
 
 "3.5-2 
 9-5 
 
 
 
 „ greatest breadth 
 
 
 Palate, length 
 
 „ breadth between outer 
 
 
 
 IBasi-facial axis 
 
 Facial index 
 
 Teeth length of t) ^ 
 
 ofp.^ 
 
 01 ma. ^ 
 
 
 
 3. DASYURUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Baayurus, E. Geoff. Bull. Soc. Philom. i. p. 106 (1796) , . D. riverrinus. 
 
 General form very viverrine, much as in the Genets. Ebinarium 
 well defined, quite naked, with a deep groove running down to the 
 upper lip. Ears long and narrow, their tips well defined, and the 
 lower half of their outer margins only slightly and evenly convex ; 
 metatragus large and broad, folded downwards, its-edges thickened 
 and bent outwards before and behind. Body grey or brown, 
 profusely spotted with white. Tail long, evenly and thickly hairy 
 throughout. Feet plantigrade. Toes subequal, with sharp curved 
 claws; hallux either very small or altogether wanting; soles 
 granulated, nearly or wholly naked. Pouch opening vertically 
 
 Eange from 205 to 226. t Range from 179. 
 
 I ll'O in two other females. 
 
262 DASTnEIBiB. 
 
 downwards, its walls of about equal depth all the way round. 
 Mammse 6 or 8, arranged in two outwardly curved series. 
 
 Skull of medium proportions ; palatal vacuities large. BuUse 
 large and inflated, rounded, transparent. Axis vertebra of medium 
 length. No entepicondyloid foramen on humerus. 
 
 dentition :-I. l±^, C. \, P. .i^i^lt^, M. i^|^ x 2=42. 
 
 Teeth more insectivorous in their character than in Thylaeinus 
 and Sarcophilus. Upper i.' pointed, cylindrical, not flattened at its 
 tip, as are the other three, separated from its fellow of the opposite 
 side. Premolars pointed, much longer than broad, separated from 
 each other Mid from m.^ by the gaps caused by the missing p.^ 
 and p.* Molars multicuspidate ; ms.i-^ with their anterior and 
 central secondary cusps nearly or quite as long as the main central 
 one; m.'' without a marked posterior, but with a large internal 
 talon. Lower teeth narrow, laterally compressed, their general 
 characters corresponding to those of the upper jaw. Molars 
 (except m.') with a prominent secondary cusp on the inner side of 
 the main central one (see PL XXIV. fig. 3) and with a small extra 
 cusp on the internal corner of the posterior basal ledge. M.' 
 with scarcely a trace of the small anterior secondary cusp found in 
 Thylaeinus and generally in Phaseologale. 
 
 Milk-premolars absent, as in Sarcophilus. 
 
 Habits. Arboreal ; carnivorous and insectivorous. 
 
 Range. "Whole of Papuan and Australian subregions. 
 
 The Dasyures or " Native Gats " are among the best known of the 
 Marsupials, as they render themselves notorious and obnoxious to 
 the settlers by their serious depredations in poultry-yardS and 
 similar places. In fact, their habits would seem to be almost 
 precisely similar to those of the Martens, whose position they 
 clearly occupy in the Australian fauna, living in trees and feeding 
 largely upon birds and their eggs. It seems probable that the 
 species 0. viverrinus and D. geoffroyi) which, like the ThylSipine 
 and Tasmanian Devil, have no distinct striated pads on their feet 
 are less exclusively arboreal than those so provided, judging from 
 the analogy of other forms in which the climbing-powers and 
 habits vary in precisely the same ratio as the development of these 
 distinctly chmbing-organs. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTBENAL ChAKACTEKS. 
 
 A. Size large. Tail spotted. Foot-pads dis- 
 
 tinct, transversely striated 1. D. maculatus, p. 263. 
 
 B. Size medium or small. Tail not spotted. 
 
 a. Foot-pads tuberculated like rest of sole. 
 a^. No hallux; tail white at end (except' 
 
 in black variety) 2. D. viverrinus, p. 265. 
 
 6^ A hallux ; tail becoming black at end 3. D. geoffroyi, p. 268. 
 
 b. Foot-pads distinct, transversely striated. 
 
 c^ Fur straight, not woolly. Ears large 4. D. hallucatus, p. 269. 
 d^. Fur short and woolly. Ears small.. 6. D. atbopunctaius, -p. 271. 
 
3. DASYTJETTS. 263 
 
 II. Cranial Chakactees. 
 
 A. BuUse obliquely oval, their lesser barely- 
 
 half their greater diameter. Molars i-3 
 
 18 millim. or more 1. D. maculatus, p. 263. 
 
 B. Bullse spherical. Molars i-3 not reaching 
 
 18 millim. 
 a. Molars i-3 more than 14 millim. Zygo- 
 matic breadth more than 40 millim. 
 a^. Posterior palate comparatively perfect 2. D. viverrmus, p. 26-5. 
 » 6'. Posterior palate with large vacuities 8. D. geoffroyi, p. 268. 
 h. Molars i-s less than 14 millim. Zygo- 
 matic breadth less than 38 millim. 
 e\ Muzzle not abnormally short. Palate- 
 . length about 35 millim. Nasals 
 
 about 20 millim. long 4. D. halhtcatns, p. 269. 
 
 d^. Muzzle very short. Palate-length 
 about 28 millim. Nasals about 17 
 millim. long 6. B. allopunctatus, p. 271. 
 
 1. Dasynrus maculatns. 
 
 Spotted Marten, Phillip, Voy. Botany Bay, p. 276, pi. xlvi. (animal) 
 
 "Viverra maculata, Km-r, Linn. An. K. p. 170 (1792) ; Shaw, Oen. 
 
 Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 433 (1800) ; TuHon, Linn. S. N. i. p. 56 (1806). 
 Mustela novse-hoUandise, Meyer, Syst. Uebers. Zool. Entd. p. 27 
 
 (1793). 
 Dasyurus macrourus, Geoff. Ann. Mus. iii. p. 358 (1804) ; Tiedem. 
 
 Zool. p. 428 (1808); P4ron, Voy. Terres Austr. (2) pi. xxxiii. 
 
 (animal) (1811) ; Besm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) ix. p. 138 (1817) ; 
 
 G. Cm. R. A. i. p. 176 (1817) ; Geoff. Diet. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 510 
 
 (1818) ; Desm. Mamm. i. p. 263 (1820) ; Desmoul. Diet. Class. 
 
 d'H. N. V. p. 338 (1824) ; F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 75, pi. xxiii. b 
 
 (teeth) (1825); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 193 (1827); 
 
 Less. Man. Mamm. p. 214 (1827) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 69 
 
 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 271 (1829) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. 
 
 p. 648 (1830) ; Owen, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 7 (anat.) ; Less. S. JV. 
 
 Mamm: {Compl. Buff.) v. p. 372, x. p. 366 (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. 
 
 Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 65 (1838) ; Owen, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 121 
 
 et seqg. ; id. Tr. Z. S. ii. pp. 389, 408, pi. Ixx. fig. 4 (skull) (1841) ; 
 
 Waterh. Jard. Nat. LAbr., Mamm. xi. p. ISO, pi. vi. (animal) 
 
 (1841) ; Less.N Tahl. R. A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. 
 
 Saug. Supp. iii. p. 23, pi. clii. b. a (animal) (1843), v. p. 196 
 
 (1856) ; Sehinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 490 (1844) ; Oieb. Odontogr. 
 
 p. 89, pi. xvii. figs. 1 & 8 (teeth) (1855); Dobs. J. Anat. Phys. 
 
 xvii. p. 153 (1882) (anat. feet). 
 Dasyurus maculatus, G. Fiseh. Zoogn. ii. p. 584 (1818) , Gray, 
 
 Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 400 (1841) ; id. List Mamm. B. M. 
 
 p. 98 (1843) ; Waterh. N. S. Mamm. i. p. 489, pi. xxi. fig. 2 (skull) 
 
 (1846) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xlix. (animal) (1851) ; Gunn, 
 
 P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 81 (1862) ; Schleg. Dierh. p. 135 (1857) ; 
 
 Gieb. Saug. p. 731 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. 
 
 p. 186 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 25 (1864) ; 
 
 id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 14 (l871) ; 
 
 Schleg. Dierent. p. 158 (1872); Higg. 8/- Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 
 
264: DASYTTEID^. 
 
 1883, p. 197; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. u. p. 741 (1884) ; 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leijd. Mus. p. 304 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 
 p. 854 (1887). 
 Dasyurus vtrsiniis, Gieh. Bronn's Kl. u. Orim. vi. Abth. v. pi. xviii. 
 figs. 4 & 5 (skull) (1874) (nee Harris). 
 
 Spotieb-iailed Dasttjee. 
 
 Size comparatively large ; form thicker and heavier than in the 
 other species. Pur thick and close ; underfur abundant, dark smoky 
 brown. General colour brownish, with a marked rufous or 
 orange tinge. Face covered with very coarse stiff jtairs, pale 
 grizzled brown. Ears rather shorter than in the other species, 
 very thinly haired, the bases of their inner margins tufted with 
 yeUow-tipped hairs. Body grizzled brown, the longer, coarser 
 hairs with a broad subterminal band of rufous or orange. White 
 body-spots large, many of them from 20 to 25 millim. in diameter, 
 mostly confined to the sides of the neck and body and to the outsides 
 of the limbs, the back being almost or quite without them. Chin, 
 chest, and belly white or pale yellow, the bases of the hairs slate, 
 except on certain scattered spots corresponding to the lateral body- 
 spots. Inner sides of limbs, the feet, and toes coloured on the whole 
 like the belly ; claws large and powerful. Tail very long, brown or 
 rufous brown, largely spotted, like the body, with white. Mammae 6. 
 
 Shull considerably larger than in the following species. Nasals 
 long, narrow, but little expanded behind, their greatest not twice 
 their least width. Interorbital space broad and smooth, its edges 
 produced outwards into a blunt, rounded postorbital projection, 
 behind which comes the strongly marked intertemporal constriction. 
 Sagittal and lambdoid crests strongly developed. Palate unusually 
 complete, with only a few small and irregular vacuities. Bullae 
 swollen, elongated along a line running from the edge of the 
 palate outwards and backwards, , their diameter along this line 
 nearly or quite twice that in the direction at right angles to it. 
 
 Teeth as usual, only distinguishable from those of the other 
 species by their larger size. Combined lengths of first three molars 
 from 18 to 20 millim. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6- 
 e (skin).' 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 620 
 
 Tail 470 
 
 Hind foot 76 
 
 Ear (c.) 24 
 
 Skull, see p. 272. 
 
 Hah. Eastern and South-eastern Australia, from Central Queens- 
 land to Tasmania ; most common in the latter. 
 Type not in existence, 
 
3. BASTUEUS. 
 
 265 
 
 Tte commonness of this species in Tasmania and its great rarity 
 on the continent are of interest as showing that it is approaching 
 the condition now exhibited J)y the Thylacine and Tasmanian Devil, 
 namely complete extermination in Australia, where both once 
 lived, and continued preservation in the island of Tasmania. Why 
 the small island of Tasmania should be able to support in con- 
 siderable numbers the three largest carnivorous Marsupials, com- 
 peting probably, to a certain extent, with each other, while they 
 have been almost or wholly unable to survive on the mainland, is a 
 problem which much requires elucidation. The presence of the 
 Dingo in Australia is no doubt one of the causes that have tended 
 to produce this remarkable state of affairs. 
 
 a. Ad. skeleton. 
 
 b. Ad. sk,, cj . 
 
 c. Ad. St., S ■ 
 
 d. Imm. St., tS • 
 
 f J Ad. & imm. sk I 
 '■f- \ Skull of e. f 
 
 9 
 k 
 
 I Ad. sk. I . 
 1 Skull, f • 
 Skeleton, mounted. 
 Skull (cJ> 
 
 j. Skull (t?). 
 
 Herbert Vale, Queens- 
 land (Br. iMinhottx). 
 Gippsland, Victoria. 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Tasmania. 
 Launceston, 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Christiania Museum 
 
 [E.]. 
 Purchased. 
 Gould Coll. 
 Purchased. 
 Gen. Hardwicke 
 
 £P.l. 
 Gould Coll, 
 
 Purchased. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Haslar Hospital. 
 
 2. Dasyurus viverrinns. 
 
 Spotted Opossum, Phillip, Voy. Botany Bay, p. 147, pi. xv. (1789). 
 Tapoa tafa, spotted varietv, White, Joum. Voy. N. S. W. p. 285, 
 
 pi. lix. (i790). 
 Didelphis maculata, Ken; lAnn. An. K. p. 199 (1792) (nee Viverra 
 
 maculata, id. op. cit. p. 170) ; G. Cuv. Tahl. JBlSm. p. 125 (1798) ; 
 
 Wiedem. Cuv. Naturg. Thiere, i. p. 179 (1800) ; Turton, Linn. 
 
 Syst. Nat. i. p. 68 (1808). 
 Didelphis viverrinus, 8ha^o, Oen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 491, pi. cxi. (1800).- 
 Dasyurus viverrinus, E. Oeoff. Ann. Mtts. iii. p. 360 (1804) ; Sevast. 
 
 M4m. Ac. PMersb. i. p. 443 (1807) ; III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. 
 
 p. 77 (1811) ; G. Fiseh. Zoogn. ii. p. 585 (1813) ; G. Cuv. B. A. i. 
 
 p. 176 (1817); Besm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) ix. p. 139 (1817); 
 
 Geoff. Biet. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 511 (1818) ; Besm. Mamm. i. p. 268 
 
 (1820) ; Besmoid. Biet. Class. d'H. N. v. p. 339 (1834) ; Grat/, 
 
 Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 193 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 2l6 
 
 (1827); Temim. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 72 (1827); J. B. Fisoh. Syn. 
 
 * This specimen presents the remarkable anomaly of having an additional 
 molar inserted between the m.' an(i m.* of ordinary Dasyures on the left side of 
 the upper and on both aides of the lower jaw. In size also it is dwarfed, the 
 combined lengths of its first three molars being only 15 millim., and therefore no 
 longer than in B. viverrinus. The skuU is asymmetrical in the temporal region, 
 where it has perhaps been injured by a blow, an injury which, if done in its 
 mother's pouch before the formation of its teeth, may, by affecting the nervous 
 system, have caused the anomaly in its dentition. 
 
266 BASYTJEID^. 
 
 Mamm. p. 272 (L829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. 
 p. 373, pi. XXV. (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. 
 p. 65 (1838) ; Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. S. (1) i. p. 104 (1838) ; 
 Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 151 ; Oiaen, Tr. Z. S. ii. p. 408, pi. Ixx. 
 fig. 2 (skull) (1841) ; Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 400 (1841) ; 
 Less. N. Tabl. JR. A., Mamm.^. 190 (1842) ; Gray, List Mamm. 
 B. M. p. 97 (1843) ; Wagn. Sehr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 33, 1843, v. 
 p. 194 (1855) ; WaUrh. N. R. Mamm. i. p. 442, pi. xii. fig. 1 
 (soles of feet) (1846) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. 1. (animal) 
 (1851)'; Gunn, P. Ray. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 81 (1852) ; Gerv. H. N. 
 Mamm. ii. p. 282 (1855) ; SoMeg. Dierh. p. 135 (1857) ; Gieh. 
 Sdug. p. 731, (1859) ; Garrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 134 
 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 26 (1864) ; id. Notes 
 Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 14' (1871) ; Schleg. 
 Bierent. p. 159 (1872) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 649 (1880) ; Higg. ^ 
 Pett. P. Boy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 197 ; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. 
 Coll. Surg. ii. p. 742 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 304 
 (1887) ; Thos. Phil. Trans, olxxvii. p. 461, pi. xxvii. fig. 5 (teeth) 
 (1887) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 268 (1887). , 
 
 Daayvirus maugei, Geoff. Ann. Mus. iii. p. 359 (1804) ; Tiedem. Zool. 
 p. 429 (1808) ; G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 584 (1813) ; Bern.. N. Bict. 
 as. N. (2) ix. p. 138 (1817) ; Geoff. Bict. Set. Nat. xii. p. 511 
 (1818) ; Besm. Mamm. i. p. 263 (1820) ; GoUf. Handb. Zool. ii. 
 p. 449 (1820) ; Besmoul. Bict. Class. d'JI. N. v. p. 339 (1824) ; 
 F. Cuv. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iii. livr. xii v. (animal) (1824) ; Quoy 
 Sf Gaim. Toy. Uranie, p. 54, pi. iy. (animal & skull) (1824) ; Gray, 
 Griff. Ctw. An. K. v. p. 193 (1827) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 71, 
 pi. Yii. figs. 5-8 (skull) (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 214 (1827) ; 
 J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 271 (1829) ; Less. It. N. Mamm. 
 (Compl. Buff.) V. p. 373, pi. xxxvi. (animal) (1836) ; Benn. Cat. 
 N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 2 (1837) ; Owen, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 121 et 
 seqq. ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838) ; Gould, 
 P. Z. S. 1840, p. 151 ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. pp. 397, 408, pi. hex. 
 fig. 3 (skull) (1841) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 133, 
 pl. vii. (animal) (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 190 
 (1842) ; Wagn; Schreb. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 24, pl. clii. b. b (animal) 
 (1843) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 491 (1844) ; Gieb. Odont. p. 39, 
 pl. xvii. fig. 8 (teeth) (1855). 
 
 Dasyurus guttatus, Besm. N. Bict. dJH. N. (1) xxiv. p. 10 (1804). 
 
 Common Dasyuee. 
 
 Size medium, about that of a Marten ; form slender. Fur thick 
 and soft ; underfur long and abundant, dark slaty grey, nearly 
 black in parts. General colour either pale olive-grey or deep black, 
 profusely spotted with white. In the black melanistic variety every 
 part of the body is deep black, except for the white body-spots. In 
 the grey, or normal, variety the face, back, and sides of neck, and 
 body are all of a pale yellowish grey, the longer hairs everywhere 
 with a subterminal yellow band. Ears large, their backs and 
 edges internally covered with pale yellow hairs. Body-spots gene- 
 rally distributed, larger ones from about 12 to 15 millim. in diameter. 
 Belly and limbs like back, but paler and greyer, the tips of the 
 hairs white instead of yellow. Soles of feet granulated, without 
 marked pads. No trace of a hallux. Tail bushy, with a tendency 
 towards a distichous arrangement of the hairs ; its proximal three- 
 
3. DASTUETTS. 
 
 267 
 
 fourths coloured like the back, but wholly without white spots ; its 
 tip white, forming a prominent white pencil. Mammse 6. 
 
 SJcuil rather lightly buUt, with a narrow slender muzzle. Nasals 
 evenly broadening backwards, their greatest about twice their 
 least breadth. Interorbital space rounded, depressed in the middle 
 line, its edges thickened, but not forming postorbital projections. 
 Intertemporal constriction usually less marked than in D. maett- 
 latus. Palatal foramen extending backwards to the centre of the 
 canine. Posterior palate usually fairly perfect, the vacuities mostly 
 very small. BuUse large and prominent, hemispherical. 
 
 Teeth as usual. Combined lengths of first three molars from 15 
 to 17 mUlim. Upper m.* usually broader and heavier antero- 
 posteriorly than in D. geoffroyi. 
 
 a (stuffed). k. 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. miUim, 
 
 Head and body 440 (c) 400 
 
 TaH 290 210 
 
 Hind foot 65 60 
 
 Ear 28 27 
 
 Skull, see p. 272. 
 
 Hob. Colonies of South Australia, New South Wales, Victoria, 
 and Tasmania. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 The great freq^uency with which black semi-melanistic specimens 
 occur in this species is a very remarkable and noteworthy fact, 
 especially as the black colour does not afi'ect the body-spots, which 
 are present in their usual position and number as much in the 
 black as in the ordinary specimens. The tuft at the end of the tail, 
 however, usually white, is, like the rest of that organ, wholly black. 
 
 The two forms were long, and perhaps naturally, thought to 
 represent two distinct species, but Mr. Gould in 1840 satisfactorily 
 proved their identity by stating that he had himself found speci- 
 mens of both the black and grey varieties in the same litter. 
 
 a. *Ad. St., cf- Liverpool Plains, N.S.W. Gould Coll. 
 
 6.* Imm.sk. Maitlaud, N. S. W. Gould CoU. 
 
 c. Yg. St. Gould CoU. 
 
 d. Skeleton. Garden Island, Port Jack- F. M. Rayner, Esq . 
 
 son, N. 8. W. {Voy. 
 'Herald'). 
 
 e. Skull. New Sduth Wales. Purchased. 
 
 f. a. Ad. (S & ye. st. South Australia. Sir George Grey 
 ■''" [P.&d]. 
 
 h. Yg. St. South Australia. Purchased. 
 
 i. *Ad. sk., ? , 14/11/38. Richmond, near Hobart, Gould Coll. 
 Tasmania. 
 
 * Specimens marked with an asterisk belong to the black melanistic form. 
 
268 DASTTJEIDai. 
 
 . , I Ad. sks. I , n Tasmania. Oapt Boss [P. & 
 
 ^'*' iskullof,/.)<^?- 0.]. 
 
 I *Ad sk Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. 
 
 [P. & 0.]. 
 
 OT. Ad. sk. Tasmania. i Mrs. Gillies [P.]. 
 
 n. * Yg. St. Tasmania. 
 
 0. Heart in al. (Voy.H.M.S. 'Challenger.') Dr. Cunningham. 
 
 p. Pouch with 5 foetuses. Tasmania. No history. 
 
 q, r. Skeletons. Purchased. 
 
 s-M. SkuUs. Purchased. 
 
 3. Dasynrus geoflEroyi. 
 
 Dasyurus geofi'royi, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 151 ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. 
 Lih:, Mamm. zi. p. 132 (1841) ; Ch-ay, Grey's Amtr., App. ii. 
 p. 400 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842) ; Gray, 
 List Mamm. B. M. p. 98 (1843) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 491 
 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 437 (1846) ; Gould, Mamm. 
 Austr. i. pi. li. (animal) (1851) ; Wagn. Schreb. Savg. Supp. v. 
 p. 104 (1855) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 135 (1857) ; Gieh. Sdug. p. 731 
 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 134 (1862) ; Krefft, 
 Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 27 (1864) ; id. Attstr. Vert. p. 14 
 (1871) ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 159 (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. 
 p. 304 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 856 (1887). 
 
 BlACK-TAILED DaSTITKE. 
 
 Size, form, and quality of fur as in D. viverrinus. General colour 
 olive-grey with, a tinge of rufous, darker than in D. viverrinus, 
 profusely spotted with white. Face pale grey. Top of head, -back, 
 sides of body, limbs, and basal third of tail aU rufous olive-grey. 
 Ears (Pi. XXIII. flg. 1) large, with a prominent metatragus ; their 
 backs brown, but the edges both internally and externally white. 
 Body-spots smaller than in D. viverrinus, the diameter of the larger 
 ones from about 9 to 12 miUim. Chin, chest, and beUy white, the 
 bases of the hairs slate. Palms and soles naked, granulated ; the 
 usual positions of the foot-pads marked by rounded granulated pro- 
 minences, but there are no distinct striated pads developed (see 
 PL XXIII. fig. 2). Hallux distinct, about 5 millim. long. Tail 
 long, less bushy than in D. viverrinus, the hairs arranged distichously ; 
 its basal half above and fourth below coloured like the back, but 
 wholly unspotted ; end and greater part of underside black. Palate 
 with seven continuous but rather irregular palate-ridges, between 
 which are other minute and rudimentary ones. MammEe 6, 
 
 SIcull almost identical with that of D. viverrinus, but rather more 
 strongly built, with the anterior palatal foramina rather shorter, 
 and with two large posterior palatal vacuities, these latter being 
 as a rule covered in by a thin bony network in D. viverrinus. 
 
 Teeth as in D, viverrinus. Upper m.* usually narrower antero- 
 posteriorly than in that species. 
 
 «• Specimens marked with an asterisk belong to the black melanistio form. 
 
3. DASTUETO. 
 
 269 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a. . ?• 
 
 (stuffed). a (m spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 miflim, millim. 
 
 Head and body 400 360 
 
 Tail 310 270 
 
 Hind foot 63 60 
 
 Ear 31 31 
 
 SkuU, see p. 272. 
 
 Hah. All Australia except the extreme north. ; in the east living 
 chiefly in the interior rather than the coast districts, where it is 
 superseded by D. viverrinus. Not found in Tasmania. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 Judging by the relative sizes of the skulls (see p. 272) the weBtern 
 race of this species seems somewhat to exceed the eastern, the males 
 of the latter little more than equalling in size the females of the 
 former. The difference is not, however, by any means sufficient to 
 found nominal distinction upon. 
 
 - I Ad. al., 5 I Peak Downs, Queensland. Godeffroy Museum. 
 
 "■ ] & 5 foetuses. ( 
 
 , J Ad. sk. I , Liverpool Plains, N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 
 "• ) SkuU. \°- (?Vi?e of species.) 
 
 c. Ad. St.,!?. New South Wales. Gould Coll. 
 
 J i Ad. sks. I ,n Brushesof MurravR., S. A. Gould Coll. 
 
 '^''- j Skulls. \'^^- 
 
 J. j' Ad. sk. I , South Australia. Sir George Grey 
 
 •'■ Skull, f '^^ [P. &C.]. 
 
 £?. Ad.sk., $,21/12/42. Vasse E., W. Australia Gould CoU. 
 
 (J. Gilbert). 
 , j Ad. St. I o Perth, W. A. Purchased. 
 ^-jSkuU. [?• 
 «,_;■. Imm. sks. Perth, W. A. Government of W. 
 
 Australia [P.]. 
 k. Skull. C. Lesohenault, Twiss, W. A. Purchased. 
 
 l-n. SkuUs (3 cJ , 1 $ ). Shark's Bay, W. A. ( Voy. F. M. Rayner, Esq. 
 
 'Herald'). [P.]. 
 
 0. Skull, cJ. Gould Coll. 
 
 4. Dasjmrus hallucatus. 
 
 Dasyurus hallucatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 41 ; Gray, List Mamm. 
 B.,M. p. 98 (1843) ; Sahinz, Syn. Mamm. p. 492 (1844) ; Waterh. 
 N. H. Mamm. i. p. 434 (1846) ; Goidd, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. lii. 
 (animal) (1851) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 195 (1856) ; Gieb. 
 Sciug. p. 730 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 134 
 (1862) ; Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 14 (1871) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrh. ii. 
 p. 857 (1887). 
 
 NoETH-AtJSTRAIIAN DASItnBE. 
 
 Size small, not more than half the bulk of B. viverrinus ; form 
 slender. Fur short and coarse ; underfur thin, pale slaty grey. 
 
270 DASttTElDJil. 
 
 General colour yeUowish brown, white-spotted. Face grizzled 
 yellowish grey. Ears large and leafy, very thinly covered with fine 
 yellow hairs ; metatragus large, not so thick and fleshy as in 
 D. geoffroyi. Back brown, the longer hairs with a subterminal 
 band of duU yeUow and a long rufous-brown tip. Sides of neck and 
 body paler, either grey or yellow,, the darker tips to the hairs here 
 disappearing. Body-spots generally distributed, the larger ones 
 about 10 millim in diameter. Chin, chest, and beUy pale grey or 
 yellow, the bases of the hairs generally slate, but sometimes white. 
 Limbs coloured outside like back, inside like belly. Feet thickly 
 covered with short coarse yellow hairs ; hallux present ; soles smooth, 
 naked, with three anterior, one long postero-external, and two postero- 
 internal pads, all distinctly defined and transversely striated ; the 
 last two pads corresponding to the long and often double hallucal 
 pad of PJidscohgale. Tail long, much shorter-haired than in the 
 other species, its base coloured like the body, the remainder black. 
 Palate with seven continuous evenly curved ridges, between which, in 
 the middle Une, there are minute supplementary ones. Mammse 8. 
 
 Sicull similar to, although much smaller than, that of D. viverrinus, 
 but, as is usual with smaller species, the crests and ridges on the 
 skull are much less developed, the occipital crest quite low even in 
 aged specimens. Nasals long, evenly expanded backwards. Inter- 
 orbital space broad and flat, its edges rounded ; intertemporal 
 constriction not strongly marked. Two large posterior palatal 
 vacuities opposite the second and third molars. Bullae much in- 
 flated, transparent. 
 
 Teeth as usual. Upper m.* with a projecting posterior angle, and 
 therefore rather broader antero-postenorly than in the other species. 
 
 6. 2. 
 
 b (stuffed). a (ekin). 
 
 Nearly adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. miUim. 
 
 Head and body 270 300 
 
 TaU 210 215 
 
 Hind foot 44 42 
 
 Ear 20 21 
 
 Skull, see p. 272. 
 
 Hah. North Australia, within the tropics. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species shows a certain approach to Phascologale in its small 
 size, slender build, and in the structure of its hind feet ; but its skull, 
 dentition, and coloration are all distinctly those of the present genus. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I □ Port Essington, Northern Gould Coll. 
 "■ iSkuU. ( +■ Territory. (Tyjoe of species.) 
 
 , 1 Nv. ad. St. I , Port Essington. Gould Coll. 
 
 *• i Skull. \^- 
 
S. dastueUs. ^'71 
 
 c, d. 1mm. al., ej 9 . Port Darwin, Arnhem Land. R. G. S. Buckland, 
 
 Esq. [0.]. 
 e. Skull (cJ). Cape York (J". Macgillivray). Voy. ' Rattlesnake.' 
 
 /. Ad. sk., 5 . Sir George Grey 
 
 5. Dasynrns albopnnctatus. 
 
 Dasyurua albopunctatus, Schleg. Notes Leyd. Miis. ii. p. 51 (Jan. 1880) ; 
 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mits. p. 304 (1887). 
 Dasyurus fuscus, M.-Edwards, C. B. xc. p. 1518 (June 1880) ; id. 
 
 Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) vi. p. 172 (1880). 
 
 New Guinea Dastuke. 
 
 Size as in D. hallucatus, form rather stouter. Fur short, close and 
 soft, much shorter than in the other species ; underfur very thin, dark 
 brown. General colour dark grizzled rufous-hrown, white-spotted. 
 Head short and broad, dark fulvous. Ears short, rounded, nearly 
 naked. Neck, anterior back, sides and outsides of limbs dark grizzled 
 fulvous or rufous ; hind back darker, nearly black. Body-spots very 
 small, the larger ones only from 5 to 7 millim. in diameter. Chin, 
 chest, and belly pale yellow or rufous. Feet dark brown ; hallux 
 present ; soles naked, pads distinct, transversely striated. Tail long, 
 rather short-haired, black or dark brown, its tip not pencilled. 
 
 Slcull shojt and thickly built ; muzzle much shorter and broader 
 in proportion than in the other species. Nasals short, broad, much 
 expanded behind. Interorbital region broad, flat, not hollowed in 
 the middle line, its edges well marked. Palatal foramina short, 
 barely reaching to the level of the front of the canines. 
 
 Teeth small in proportion, their form as usual. 
 
 $. 
 
 Type (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 270 
 
 Tail 230 
 
 Hind foot 42 
 
 Ear 16 
 
 SkuU, see next page. 
 
 Hah. N.W. New Guinea (Mt. Arfak). 
 
 Type in the Ley den Museum. 
 
 This species, as is the case with so many of the Papuan Marsupials, 
 is very closely allied to one of the North-Austrahan representatives 
 of the genus, namely to D. hallucatus, from which, however, it may 
 be distinguished by its shorter muzzle and ears, shorter woollier fur, 
 and by the rufous or fulvous tinge in the general colour of its back. 
 
272 
 
 iJABtlTEID^. 
 
 o o 
 
 B S 
 
 f 
 
 
 Q 
 
 
 a> " ~- " 
 
 
 » 015 
 
 S,B? 
 
 
 PS, 
 
 -^1 
 
 CP B o 
 
 E3- 
 
 * P i-i EO 
 " ™ CD S2 
 
 ^^ CO Ed 
 
 i 3 § ff'i. 
 
 — ST & gs 
 
 PI 
 
 I— I ■ GO OS 03 CO Cn i-« t— 1 M Crs O 
 Oi QO hp.. w -vKl OS w rf^ O CD rfi^ <1 -^ h4^ 
 CJx CO ^ U^ CO- ' 
 
 1— ' O en to Co Cn (-» i— ' Co Cn C 
 OOj^OOSOOOSO w h-i »^ ^-' Oi 00 h 
 
 qsop j^oos 
 
 to^ 
 
 05 "^ S 
 
 p. .'-•a, 
 
 *40 
 
 ^ 
 
 00 di CO to OS 
 
 CO CO h(^ CDC 
 CJtl-J 
 
 i-"::nCt5 O50a 
 
 H-"^ OJ^fcO bO CO bDl*>-Oi 
 
 C;n h^i. to <T W O hji^ CO CO CD 4a> CD or h-' CO 
 tO>4l GOH^CJi coob H^ o\ 
 
 
 "^ 
 
 S,-~c^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 Es+o 
 
 t-' COCCtO K) Co fcOCO© 
 
 h^ CO Co CO CD O CTi O . en CD h4i' op fcO 03 O 
 
 h^ hji' fcb chO(ri^ cji ch do 
 
 HJ cDCOfcO t-i 
 h^CoCOCOCOOiJ^CO 
 
 cbfcbfco cJTC3it4"<J 
 
 E..R-HD 
 
 
 CO ■ (-* to h-1 Co : 
 
 fcO : fcOCD GO CptJi. CD <r CJt ■ 
 GO CJl 1^ OS h4^ 
 
 
4. PHAscoLoeALB. 273 
 
 4. PHASCOLOGALE. „ 
 
 Type. 
 
 Phasco^^ale, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 66 (1827) . . Ph. peBiculata. 
 
 Anteclimus, Mackay, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) viii. 
 
 p. 241 (1841) Pli. flavipes. 
 
 Tapoa, Less. N. Tab!. R. A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842) . Ph. penicillata. 
 Ascogale, Gloger, Sandh. Naturg. i. p. 83 (1842) . . Ph. peniciUata. 
 
 Myoictis, Ch-ay, P. Z. S. 1858, p. Ill Ph. waUacei. 
 
 Chsetocercus, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 434 Ph. cristicaudata. 
 
 Dasycercus, Peters, SB. Ges. not. Fremide, 1875, 
 
 p. 73 Ph. cristicaudata. 
 
 Size small compared to Dasyurus; general form slender and 
 graceful. Ehinarium naked, deeply grooved below, where it passes 
 into the upper lip. Ears rounded, more convex below and less 
 pointed than in Basyurus ; metatragus large, thin, its terminal part 
 showing scarcely a trace of the folding found in Basyurus. Tail 
 long, very variable in its covering, either bushy, crested or nearly 
 naked. Peet broad and short ; toes subequal, with sharp curved 
 claws ; hallux always present, but short and clawless ; palms and 
 soles granulated, entirely naked, with five transversely striated pads 
 on each, but the postero-internal one (poUical or hallucal) often 
 subdivided into two, making sis in all (see PI. XXIII. fig. 3). 
 Pouch practically obsolete, its walls represented merely by low folds 
 of skin. Mammse 4, 6, 8, or 10. 
 
 Skull much as in Basyurus, but smaller, slenderer, less ridged, 
 and more flattened, especially in the frontal region. Nasals markedly 
 expanded behind. Interorbital region broad. Palatal vacuities 
 variable, generally present. Bullse hemispherical, transparent. 
 
 BentUion :-I. l^l^, C. {, P. J^^lti. M. i^^^ x 2=46. 
 
 AU the teeth very much as in Basyurus, but smaller and more 
 acutely cuspidate. Upper i.' markedly distinguished from the other 
 incisors, conical, pointed, projecting forwards ; lateral incisors 
 flattened. Upper p.x and p.^ as in Basyurus ; p.* present, generally 
 very similar in shape to p.^ and p.^, occasionally small and siagle- 
 rooted, its size varying very much within the genus, but very con- 
 stant in each species, and therefore affording excellent specific 
 characters. Lower teeth similar to upper ; p.* corresponding very 
 much in its variations to its fellow above, but never exceeding p.' 
 in size, and sometimes altogether wanting. 
 
 Milk-premolar (PI. XXIV. fig. 4) varying in size and persistency 
 according to the development of the permanent p.* Well developed 
 and long persistent in the species with large p.* ; small or altogether 
 absent in the others. 
 
 Habits. Arboreal, insectivorous. 
 
 Range. Whole of Papuan and Australian subregions. 
 
 The members of this genus evidently take the place in the Aus- 
 tralian region fliled in the Oriental by the Tu^aice and in the 
 
 * Absent in Ph. .cristicaudata and (generally) in Ph. thorbecMama. 
 
 T 
 
274 DASTFRID^. 
 
 Neotropical by the smaller Opossums. They are strictly arboreal 
 in their habits, and therefore cannot be said to be comparable to 
 the terrestrial and fossorial Shrews, whose position is rather more 
 exactly filled in Australia by the members of the next genus, 
 Sminthopsis. 
 
 Synopsis of the Species. 
 
 I. EXTEENAI ChAEACIEES. 
 
 A. Back not striped. (Australian, rarely 
 
 Papuan.) 
 a. Tail short-haired, or crested on the 
 terminal part of the upperside only. 
 a^. Tail prominently crested terminaUy 1. Ph. cristicattdata, -p. 276. 
 A'. Tail not crested. 
 
 a". Tail tapering gradually, hairs on 
 proximal much longer than on 
 terminal half, and variegated 
 
 like those on back 2. Ph. apicalis, p. 277. 
 
 b'^. Tail cylindrical, evenly short- 
 haired from close to its base, 
 its hairs unicolor. 
 a'. Tail less than 130 miUim. long, 
 a*. Size medium. Hind foot 
 more than 14 mUlim. long. 
 a^. Fore claws very long and 
 strong. Muzzle long. 
 Ears short. 
 B°. Colour uniform dark 
 grizzled umber-brown, 
 not yellow on rump 
 
 and nips. 7. Ph. swainsoni, p. 285. 
 
 ¥. Colour grey, becoming 
 more or less yellow on 
 
 rump, hips, and belly . 8. Ph. minima, p. 287. 
 ¥. Fore claws medium. Muz- 
 zle short. Ears large. 
 
 Colour as in 6* 9. Ph.flavipes, p. 289. 
 
 6*. Size very small. Hind foot 
 
 less than 13 miUim. long. . 10. Ph. minutissima, p. 292, 
 6'. Tail more than 160 mUlim. long 11. Ph. longioaudata, p. 293. 
 h. Tip of taU evenly tufted all round. 
 c\ Size large, hind foot above 30 milhm. 
 
 long. Base of tail grey 12. Ph. penicillata, p. 294. 
 
 d}. Size medium, hind foot less than 
 
 ,25 miUim. long. Base of tail red. 13, Ph. calura, Tp. 206, 
 
 B. Back striped. (Papuan only.) 
 
 c. Tail long-haired above and laterally, 
 except at tip ; reddish or orange, not 
 white-tipped. Mammae 6. Back 
 with three strines. 
 e\ Back, sides of 'neck, and tail chest- 
 nut or maroon. Hallucal pad 
 continuous. Mesial stripe dis- 
 tinct on head 3, Ph, tlwrheckiana, p. 278. 
 
4. PHASCOlOGALEi 275 
 
 p. Neck and tail bright rufous. Hal- 
 lucal pad divided. Mesial stripe ' 
 indistinct or absent on head .... 4. Ph. wallaeei, p. 280 . 
 d. Tail comparatively short-haired; black, 
 its extreme tip generally vrhite. 
 Mammas 4. Back with a single 
 well-defined stripe. 
 g^. Back-hairs orange-tipped ; belly 
 dull orange-rufous. Hind foot 
 in adult animals more than 29 
 
 millim 5. Ph. dmiai, p. 282. 
 
 h}. Back-hairs white-tipped; belly rich 
 chestnut. Hind foot less than 29 
 miUim /, , Q. Ph. dorsoMs, p. 283. 
 
 II. Crahtai, Chaeaciers. 
 
 A. Upper p.* minute, single-rooted. 
 
 a. Lower m.^ narrowed in ftont, without 
 
 an anterior secondary cusp. Lower 
 
 lij^r-^' «^°S^«-'^°°*''^' °' ^^°"y I L Ph. cnstieaudata, p. 270. 
 ^'"®°* ]2. Ph. apicalis, p. 277. 
 
 B. Upper p.* well developed, two-rooted. 
 
 b. tipper p.** smaller than, or barely equal 
 
 to, p.* Lower m.' narrowed in front, 
 generally without an anterior secon- 
 dary cusp. 
 «'. IVfolars '"^ more than 8 millim. An- 
 terior secondary cusp on lower m.' 
 small or absent. 
 a'. Lower p.* quite minute, single- 
 rooted, or altogether absent. ... 3. Ph. thorbeckiana, p. 278. 
 b^. Lower p.* two-rooted, distinct. 
 a'. Skull stout and strong. Lower 
 
 p.* smaller than p.' 4. Ph. wallaeei, p. 280. 
 
 V. Skull slender. Lower p.* 
 
 larger than p.^ 5. Ph. dories, p. 282. 
 
 ¥. Molars ^"^ less than 8 millim. A 
 small anterior secondary cusp on 
 lower m.^ 6. Ph, dorsalis, p. 283. 
 
 c. Upper p.* larger than p.s Lower m.^ 
 
 with a distinct anterior secondary 
 , cusp. 
 
 c'. Lower p.* nearly as large as or 
 larger than p.' Lower incisors 
 subequal. 
 c^. First three molars less than 7 
 mUlim. long. Palate-length 
 less than 20 mUlim. 
 e^. Upper premolars evenly in- 
 creasing backwards. First 
 three molars more than 5 
 millim. 
 o*. Upper i.' short, flattened 
 laterally, touching and 
 nearly parallel to i.^ 
 
 t2 
 
276 DASTUKID^. 
 
 a°. Anterior palatine foramina 
 long, reaching at least to 
 
 posterior end of p.' .... 7. Fh. swainsoni, p. 285. 
 6*. Anterior palatine foramina 
 short, not extending past 
 
 front of p.i 8. Ph. minima, p. 287. 
 
 J*. Upper i.^ long, cyhndrical, 
 boldly curved forwards 
 
 away from i.^ 9. Ph.Jlavipes, p. 289. 
 
 d^. Upper p." twice the size of the 
 small suhequal p.^ and p.' 
 First three molars less than- 
 
 4 miUim. long 10. Ph. minuiissima, p. 292. 
 
 tP. First three molars more than 7 
 millim. long. Palate-length 
 
 more than 20 mUlim 11. Ph. longicaudata, p. 293. 
 
 d^. Lower p.* much smaller than p.^ 
 Lower i.^ very much larger than 
 i.^ or i.^ 
 e'. Basal length more than 40 millim. 
 
 Molars ^"^ more than 8 millim. . 12. Ph. penicUlata, p. 294. 
 f^. Basal length about 30 millim. 
 
 Molars^"* not exceeding 7 millim. 13. PA. ca/Mra, p. 296. 
 
 1. Fhascologale cristicaudata. 
 
 Ohsetocercus cristicauda, JSJrefft, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 435, pi. xxxvi. 
 
 (animal) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 14 (1871). 
 Fhascologale cristicaudata, Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 509 
 
 (1887). 
 
 CeBST-TAILED PHASCOLOaiLE. 
 
 Size medium. General colour uniform reddish or sandy brown, 
 the head, body, limbs, and greater part of tail being of this colour. 
 Ears short and little projecting. Tail shorter than head and body, 
 mostly short-haired, the upperside of its terminal half with a pro- 
 minent crest of black hairs, which increase in length to the tip. 
 SJcull short, broad, and strong ; buUse large and swollen. 
 Teeth. Upper p.'' minute, tubercular. Lower i.' larger than i.^ 
 and i.' Canine slender, not broadened posteriorly at its base. Lower 
 p.* wholly absent. M.i with scarcely an indication of the anterior 
 secondary cusp. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Type, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 121 
 
 TaU 83 
 
 Hind foot 28 
 
 Ilab. South Australia. 
 
 Type in the Sydney Museum. 
 
 The above description is extracted from Mr. Kreift's original 
 account of the species, no specimen of which has come under my 
 observation. It is evidently very closely allied to Ph. apicalis, 
 
4. PHASCOLOGALE. 277 
 
 from -which, it may he distinguished hy its crested tail and more 
 uniform coloration. The absence of its lower p.* is a character 
 "which is probably variable, as in the case of Ph. ihorheelciana ; if 
 ever present, the tooth would no doubt be similar to that of Ph. 
 wpicalis. 
 
 2. Phascologale apicalis. 
 
 Phascogale apicalis, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. ix. p. 518 (1842) ; 
 
 Schinz, iS^n. Mamm. i. p. 496 (1844) ; Waffn. Schr. Sciug. Supp. v. 
 
 p. 199 (1855) ; ScMeg. Dierh. p. 137 (1857) ; Qieb. Sciug. p. 727 
 
 (1859); Sehleg. Bierenf. p. 162 (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.Mus. 
 
 p. 303 (1887) ; Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 508 (1887) ; id. 
 
 Phil. Trans, clxxviii. p. 461, pi. xxvii. fig. 4 (teeth) (1887). 
 Antechinus apicalis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1843) ; Gould, 
 
 Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxxix. (animal) (1845) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862) ; Erefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. 
 
 p. 31 (1864) ; id. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 432 ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 
 
 (1871) ; Gray, Voy. Ereh. Terr., Mamm. p. 12 c, pi. xxvii. fig. 3 
 
 (animal) (1875)*- 
 Phascologale (Antechinus) apicalis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 413 
 
 (1846). 
 
 Feecklbb Phascologale. 
 
 Size medium. Fur coarse ; underfur long, soft and close, its 
 terminal fourth rufous, its base slate. General colour a peculiar 
 freckled reddish grey, the head, back, outsides of limbs, and proxi- 
 mal half of taU being of this colour, which is made up by the longer 
 hairs being black with a white subterminal band, below which the 
 rufous tips of the underfur show through. Eyes surrounded by a 
 more or less distinct white ring. Ears short, not reaching, if laid 
 forward, more than half the distance towards the eye, rounded ; 
 their substance thick and opaque, covered inside and out with 
 short grey hairs. Chin, chest, and belly dull white or yellowish, 
 the hairs within the pouch dark rufous. Front and outside of fore- 
 arm rufous ; rest of outsides of limbs dull grey, the freckled ap- 
 pearance of the back gradually disappearing both there and on the 
 sides of the body. Hands and feet grey ; palms with six pads, the 
 poUical one distinctly subdivided into two ; soles hairy just below 
 the heel, the rest naked, granulated ; hallucal pad long, rarely sub- 
 divided ; hallux barely reaching to the proximal end of the anterior 
 pads. Tail short, not so long as the body without the head, evenly 
 tapering, covered above with hairs variegated like those on the 
 back, except at the extreme end, where they are black ; underside 
 uniformly grey or yellowish grey. Mammae 8. 
 
 Skull (PI. XXIV. fig. 5) stout and strong ; muzzle short and 
 broad, its breadth across outside the canines going about three times 
 into the palate-length. Nasals long, very little expanded behind, 
 their greatest only about once and a half their least breadth. 
 
 * The plates of this work were prepared in 1845, but although they were 
 seen privately and quoted by several auliors long before, their real publication 
 only took place in 1876. 
 
278 DASTUKID^. 
 
 Interorbital space broad and smooth, its edges rounded, parallel. 
 Anterior palatine foramen short, barely reaching to the level of the 
 front of the canines. Posterior palate with a pair of large vacuities 
 opposite m." and m.^, and with a second much smaller pair behind 
 them, halfway towards the back of the palate. Bullae evenly 
 rounded, prominent, their mastoid portion not much swollen. 
 
 TeetTi (PI. XXV. fig. 1). Upper incisors slender, cylindrical, the 
 lateral ones subequal, scarcely flattened. P.'' twice the size of p.^ 
 P.* very small, cylindrical, single-rooted. Lower incisors subequal ; 
 i.' and i.' of about the same size, slightly larger than i.^ Canine 
 without a posterior basal ledge. Relative proportions of lower pre- 
 molars like those of upper. M.' narrowed in front, with scarcely a 
 trace of the antero-interual secondary cusp. 
 
 Milk-premolar not known, but, if present at all, certainly very 
 soon deciduous. 
 
 Bimensions. 
 
 3. ?. 
 
 a (in al.). e (skin). 
 
 Barely adult. Adult. 
 
 miUim. millim. 
 
 Head and body Ill (c.) 120 
 
 Tail 89 85 
 
 Hind foot 23-5 21 
 
 Ear 8-8 8 
 
 Skull, see p. 299. 
 
 Hdb. Queensland* and Western Australia. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 In their dental characters this species and its close aUy Ph. cristi- 
 ccmdata stand somewhat apart from the rest, and show an approach 
 towards Dasyurug. There does not, however, seem to be sufficient 
 reason for the foundation of a separate genus for their reception, as 
 was done by Krefft, since several of the Papuan species, notably 
 Ph. thorheckiana and Ph. dorice, form connecting-links between them 
 and the remainder of the genus. 
 
 a. Imm. al., cJ • Albany, West Australia. Purchased. 
 
 , j Ad. at. I J, Victoria Plains, W. A. (J. Gould CoU. 
 "■ ) Skull, f °- Gilbert). 
 
 c. Ad. sk., $ . Victoria Plains, W. A. (J. Gould Coll. 
 
 Oilbert). 
 
 d. Ad. skull. West Australia (J. Gilbert). Gould CoU. 
 g i Ad. sk. I o Purchased. 
 
 ■ I Skull, j + ■ (Type of species.) 
 
 3. Fhascologale thorbeckiana. 
 
 Phascogale melas, Schkg. 8r Miill. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 149, 
 pi. XXV. (animal & skull) (1839-44) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Svpp. iii. 
 
 * Krefft records the species from Bockhampton, and two young specimens 
 from Queensland, sent to me for determination by Mr. De Vis, appear certainly 
 to belong to it. 
 
4. PHAscoioeALB. 279 
 
 p. 36 (1843), V. p. 199 (1855) ; Schmz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 493 
 
 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 429 (1846); Oray, Voy. 
 
 Samarang, Vert. p. 32 (1850) ; Schkg. Dierk. p. 137 (1857) ; Gh-ay, 
 
 P. Z. -S. 1858, p. 106; Gieh. Sdug. p. 727(1859); Oerrard, Cat. 
 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 135 (1862) ; Schleg. Bierent. p. 161 (1872); 
 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 304 (1887). 
 Phascogale thorbeckiana, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 257 
 
 (1866); id. Dierent. p. 162 (1872); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. 
 
 p. 304 (1887) ; Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 505 (1887) ; id. 
 
 Phil. Trans, clxxviii. p. 461, pi xxvii. fig. 3 (teeth) (1887). 
 Chaetocercus bruijnii, Peters, Arm. Mus. Genov. vii. p. 420 (1875). 
 Dasycercus bruijnii, Peters, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde, 1875, p. 73. 
 Phascogale (Chsetocercus) thorbeckiana, Peto-s ^ Doria, Ann. Mus. 
 
 Genov. xvi. p. 667, pi. v. (animal), pi. vi. figs. 1-4 (skull) (1881). 
 
 Chestititt-neckbd Phascolggaie. 
 
 Size large, general build comparatively stout. Fur coarse and 
 harsh, underfur' thin and sparse. General colour richly variegated 
 chestnut, black and yeUow ; back black-striped. Head dark yel- 
 lowish rufous, a central black stripe commencing on the muzzle and 
 passing backwards along the neck and back to the rump. Ears 
 small, when laid forward barely reaching to the centre of the eye, 
 thick and fleshy, their backs thinly covered with black hairs. 
 Crown, all the region behind the ears, top and sides of neck (except 
 along the median black stripe) rich chestnut-red. Back coarsely 
 grizzled black and yellow, the hairs black with a yellow or orange 
 subterminal band, becoming more rufous on the rump ; on the fore- 
 back there are, commencing just above the shoulders, two more 
 black lines, less prominent than the central one, and making three 
 in all, the space between the lateral and central lines anteriorly 
 white or pale yellow, sometimes very prominent and sometimes in- 
 distinct, according as the hairs are wholly, or only ringed with, 
 yellow. Sides of body , grizzled black and yellow, becoming gra- 
 dually paler and duller below. Chin and chest pale rufous ; belly 
 dull yellowish grey ; hairs in pouch dark brown. Forearms rich 
 rufous like the neck ; hands brown ; palms with six pads, the 
 poUical distinctly separated into two. Hind legs like fore, but 
 darker red; feet brown or yellowish brown; soles whoUy naked, 
 with five pads, the hallucal not, or only very indistinctly, divided 
 in the centre. Tail evenly tapering, long-haired above and 
 on the sides, quite short-haired below, the long hairs above, and 
 the rump, deep maroon-red; upperside of tip black; underside 
 rufous or brownish, but the hairs not hiding the dark-coloured 
 scales. Mammae 6. 
 
 ShuM strongly buUt ; muzzle broad and heavy. Nasals long, 
 widely and abruptly expanded behind. Interorbital space broad 
 and smooth, its edges square, thickened, and in old specimens 
 forming rudimentary postorbital processes. Anterior palatine fora- 
 mina extending backwards to the level of the front of the canines. 
 Posterior palate comparatively perfect ; a pair of rather small vacui- 
 ties opposite the junction of m.'' and m.^ Bullse swollen, trans- 
 
280 DASYTJKID^. 
 
 parent, rather more angular and less smoothly rounded than 
 - usual. 
 
 Teeth. Upper lateral incisors flattened, subequal, i.* slightly the 
 largest. Canines proportionally very slender. P.* double-rooted, 
 rather smaller than p.' Lower incisors small, spatulate, almost 
 exactly equal in size. Canines with a tendency to a posterior basal 
 broadening. P.^ and p.' large, not touching each other ; p." quite 
 minute, single-rooted, or, very commonly, altogether absent. M.^ 
 narrowed in front, without, or with scarcely a trace of, an anterior 
 secondary cusp. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 .S- ?■ 
 
 * (in al.). b (in al.). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. mUlim. 
 
 Head and body 215 190 
 
 Tail 201 173 
 
 Hind foot 43 39 
 
 Ear 18 15 
 
 Skull, see p. 299. 
 
 Edb. N.W. New Guinea (Salawatti, Andai, Jobi I., &c.). 
 
 Type in the Leyden Museum. 
 
 This species is by far the most brilliantly coloured of the family, 
 if not indeed of the whole Order, and affords, with its almost equally 
 handsome allies Ph. wallacei, dorice, and dorsalis, a striking example 
 of the characteristic beautj' commonly exhibited by the coloration 
 of Papuan animals t- 
 
 It is unfortunate that the first discovered specimen of this species 
 should have been a melanistic one, and that, therefore, the name 
 then applied to it {Ph. melas) should be untenable. A personal 
 examination of this typical specimen in the Leyden Museum proves 
 that it is incontestably specifically identical with Ph. thorheckiana, 
 of which the type is also there preserved. 
 
 I Ad. sk. I , Sailolo, Salawatti Leyden Museum fE.!. 
 
 *'• 1 Skull, f^- (Bernstein), 
 
 b. Ad. al., 5 , 6/75. Salawatti (JBruijn). Genoa Museum [E.]. 
 
 •i. Fhascologale wallacei. 
 
 Myoictis wallacei, GVay, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 112, pi. Ixiv. (animal) and 
 woodcut of skull ; id. Ann. Mag. N. S. (3) ii. p. 223, figs. 6-8 
 (skull) (1858) ; Qerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 187 (1862). 
 
 Phascogale wallacei, iSchleg. Ned. Tijdsehr-. Dierk. iii. p. 355 (1866) ; 
 
 * Specimen in the Genoa Museum. In connection with this I must again 
 record my special obligations to the Marquia Oc. Doria, of that Museum, for the 
 loan of the whole of the Papuan specimens of Fhascologale there preserved, a 
 loan without which it would have been almost impossible satisfactorily to work 
 out this most difficult genus. 
 
 t Cf. Wallace, Q-eogr. Distr. Anim. i. p. 413 (1876). 
 
PHASCOLOaAIE. 
 
 281 
 
 id. Bierent. p. 162 (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 304 
 (1887) ; Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 505 ^887). 
 Pliascogale (Olisetocercus) pilicauda, Peters Sf Doria, Ann. Mus. 
 Gmov. xvi. p. 668 (1881). 
 
 Ked-tailed Phabcoiogaie. 
 
 Size large. Fur coarse and harsh ; underfur thin, soft. Greneral 
 colour variegated rufous, black and chestnut ; back black-striped. 
 Head rufous yellow, the mesial dark stripe not or scarcely visible 
 nntU the OQpiput. Ears short, laid forward only just reaching the 
 eye, thick and fleshy, their backs very thinly clothed with brown 
 hairs. Back and sides of neck and anterior back bright grizzled 
 orange, the hairs dark with a subterminal yellow band ; a patch on 
 each side behind ears rich rufous. Back with three black stripes, 
 the lateral ones commencing above the shoulders ; general colour of 
 back coarsely grizzled black and yellow, 'becoming more rufous on 
 rump ; intervals between stripes anteriorly not prominently lighter 
 than rest of back. Chin, chest, and belly pale rufous or yellowish, 
 the bases of the hairs grey ; hairs of pouch brown. Fore limbs 
 and hands rufous or yellow, the fingers brown ; palms with six pads. 
 Rump, and hind Umbs outside, rich grizzled chestnut-rufous in main- 
 land, dull grizzled yellow in Aru-Island specimens ; hind feet mixed 
 red and brown ; soles (PI. XXIII. fig. 3) naked, with six pads, the 
 haUucal one broadly divided into two. Tail long, tapering, very 
 long-haired above and at the sides for its whole length ; the hairs 
 14 or 15 miUim. in length, rich chestnut mixed with black ; under- 
 side covered with shorter, paler, adpressed hairs, hiding the scales. 
 Mammae 6. 
 
 SJcuU smaller and lighter than that of Ph. thorhecTciana. Muzzle 
 narrow, conical. Nasals long, not unusually expanded behind. 
 Interorbital space broad and flat, its edges not forming rudimentary 
 postorbital processes. Anterior palatal foramina reaching to about 
 the centre of the canines. Bullae transparent, rather lower and less 
 swollen than in Ph. thorheckiana. 
 
 Teeth as in Ph. thorheckiana, except that p." above is decidedly 
 larger than p.' and nearly as large as p.', that the lower p.' and p.' 
 are rather smaller and touch each other, and that p.* below is well 
 developed, two-rooted, and nearly or quite half the size of p.' 
 Milk-p.* not known, probably minute and early deciduous. 
 
 TaU 
 
 Hind foot 
 
 Ear 
 
 Skull, see p. 299. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (in al.). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 185 
 
 ?. 
 
 Typeoi 
 
 Fh.piUcavda (in al.). 
 
 Imm. 
 
 millim. 
 
 175 
 
 168 
 
 144 
 
 39 
 
 34 
 
 12 
 
 12-5 
 
282 BASTTJKID^. 
 
 Hah. S. Few Guinea (Fly K. district) and Aru Islands. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species is closely allied and very similar to Ph. thorheekiana, 
 but may be easily distinguished externally by its generally less rich 
 coloration^ paler head and neck, on which the mesial dark stripe is 
 much less prominent, much bushier tail, and by its divided hallucal 
 foot-pad. In its skull it also differs markedly by the much greater 
 development of its p.*, both above and below. 
 
 The identity of the Papuan Ph. pilicmvda with Ph. wallacei has 
 not been previously recognized, partly owing to the immaturity of 
 the type of the latter* ; but there can be no question that the two 
 only represent one species, the insular form merely differing by the 
 somewhat duller and less rufous coloration of its posterior back and 
 hind limbs. 
 
 I Ad. al. I J, Katau, S. New Gviinea Genoa Museum [E.]. 
 "• I Skull, f o- (L. M. B'Albertis). 
 
 , J Imm. sk. I - Aru Islands. A.R.Wallace, Esq. [0.]. 
 "•] Skull. f ° • (rjrpeofspeciesO 
 
 5. Fhascologale dorise. 
 
 Phascologale dorise, Thomas, Ann. Mas. Genov. (2) iv. p. 208 (1886) ; 
 id. torn. cit. p. 607 (1887). 
 
 Oeanob-bbllied Phasoolosaib. 
 
 Size medium, form thin and slender. Fur thick, close and soft ; 
 underfur abundant, dark slaty grey. General colour dark grizzled 
 orange-brown. Head long and slender. Face and crown uniform 
 finely grizzled yellowish grey, the tips of the hairs dark yellow. Ears 
 short, not reaching the eye when laid forward, their substance thick 
 and fleshy, black ; uniformly but sparsely covered inside and out 
 with very short shining rufous hairs. Behind ears, back and sides 
 of neck dull rufous. Back with a weU-defined mesial black line 
 commencing on the occiput and running to the base of the tail ; hairs 
 of back black, with a shining orange subterminal band, the general 
 grizzled colour resulting being not unlike that of the common Water- 
 Vole. Colour of back passing quite gradually into that of belly, where, 
 as also on the chin and chest, the orange band on the hairs becomes 
 terminal, and therefore appears brighter and more rufous ; all the 
 hairs slaty grey basaUy. Fore and hind limbs to wrists and ankles 
 like body ; hands and feet black ; palms and soles each with six 
 pads, the poUical and hallucal ones distinctly divided ; claws long 
 and strong. Tail about as long as the head and body, its basal inch 
 furred like the body ; the rest comparatively short-haired through- 
 out, but the hairs on the upperside for the proximal half rather 
 
 * I have to thank my friend Dr. P. A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum, for 
 several details about the adult Aru-Island specimen of Ph. wallacei described 
 by Prof, ^ohlegel. 
 
4. PHASCOLOGALE. 283 
 
 longer than below, although not forming a distinct crest. Colour 
 of taU uniformly black above and below except on the terminal half- 
 inch, which is white. Mammae 4. 
 
 SicuU lightly and slenderly buUt, with a long narrow muzzle. 
 Nasals long, evenly expanded behind. Interorbital space evenly 
 rounded, its edges square, not ridged. Anterior palatine foramina 
 extending to the centre of the canines. Posterior palate with a 
 pair of rather small vacuities opposite m.^ and a second smaller pair 
 behind them near the centre line, as in Ph. ajoicalis. BuUse small, 
 rounded, transparent. 
 
 Teeth. Upper lateral incisors flattened, evenly increasing in size 
 backwards. Premolars small, sharp and pointed, standing quite 
 apart from one another ; p.^ about twice the size of p.' ; p.* rather 
 smaller than p.'' Lower incisors subequal, their upper surfaces 
 broader and flatter than usual ; i." distinctly triangular. Canines 
 short, thick, with a small posterior basal broadening. Premolars 
 separate from each other ; p.' about twice the size of p.' ; p.* equal 
 to or even larger than p.' M."^ narrowed in front, with a rudi- 
 mentary anterior secondary cusp. Milk-p.* present, but quite minute, 
 functionless, and early deciduous. 
 
 Dimensions, ' 
 
 2- . 
 
 *(mal.). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 152 
 
 TaU 152 
 
 Hind foot 32-5 
 
 Ear 10 
 
 SkuU, see p. 299. 
 
 Hah. F.W. New Guinea (Mt. Arfak). 
 Co-types in Genoa Museum and in collection. 
 
 1 Imm. sk. I , iq/c/'Tt; Mori, Mt. Arfak Genoa Museum [E.]. 
 "■ I Skull. [(Jji^/o/zo. (O. Beccariy (Co-fe/^e of species.) 
 
 6. Fhascologale dorsalis. 
 
 Phascogale dorsalis, Peters ^ Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. viii. p. 335 
 (1876) ; Thos. Ann. Mus. Qenov. (3) iv. p. 606 (1887) ; id. Phil. 
 Trans, clxxviii. p. 447, pi. xxvii. figs. 7 & 8, teeth (1887). 
 
 Phascogale (Chaetocercus) dorsalis, Peters 8f Doria, Ann. Mus. 
 Oenov. xvi. p. 667, pi. vii. (animal) (1881). 
 
 CHBSTNTJT-BBLLrBD PHASCOLOeALE. 
 
 Size medium, form slender. Fur rather shorter and coarser than 
 
 * From the co-type in the G-enoa Museum. 
 
284 DASTUBID^. 
 
 in Ph. dorim ; underfur thick and soft, dark slaty grey. General 
 colour coarsely grizzled grey-brown. Head grizzled, with a tinge 
 of orange or rufous ; mesial streak of back commencing on the 
 muzzle, although not very prominent. Ears small, laid forward 
 they just reach the eye, their substance thinner than in Ph. dories, 
 finely clothed with short brown hairs, a patch of dark rufous at their 
 bases behind. Back coarsely grizzled, the centre black line well 
 defined, the hairs generally black with a subterminal band of white 
 or pale yellow. Cheeks, bases of ears, chin, chest, belly, and inner 
 sides of limbs rich chestnut-red, the transition from the colour of the 
 upperside rather abrupt; bases of hairs everywhere slate except 
 the pouch-hairs, which are entirely rufous. Pore and hind limbs 
 dark red to the wrists and ankles ; hands and feet brown ; paJm- 
 and sole-pads as in Ph. dorice. Tail short-haired, except at base, its 
 upper not longer-haired than its lower side, rufous or brown for its 
 basal inch, then all black except the extreme tip, which is white. 
 MammsB 4. 
 
 SJcull (PI. XXIV. fig. 6) small, slenderly built. Nasals long and 
 narrow, expanded behind. Interorbital space smooth, rounded, its 
 edges square, not beaded. Anterior palatine foramina reaching to 
 centre of canines. Posterior palate with a pair of large vacuities, 
 and sometimes with a smaller posterior pair. BuUae small, rounded, 
 transparent. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XXV. fig. 2) light and delicate. Upper incisorA small, 
 the lateral ones fiattened, slightly increasing in size backwards. 
 Canines w;ith minute rudimentary anterior and posterior basal cusps. 
 Premolars separated from one another, sharp aiid pointed, p.^ about 
 half as large again as p.' ; p.* about equal to p.^ Lower incisors 
 small, flattened vertically, about equal in size. Canines with a 
 small posterior basal projection. P.' nearly twice the size of p.^ ; 
 p.* quite minute, scarcely higher than the posterior basal secondary 
 cusp of p.^, siilgle-rooted. M.' narrowed in front, but with a distinct 
 anterior secondary cusp. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 . d. $. 
 
 (in al.). a (in al.). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. miUim. 
 
 Head and body 167 134 
 
 Tail 149 147 
 
 Hind foot... 26 27 
 
 Ear 14 12 
 
 Skull, see p. 299. 
 
 Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Mt. Arfak). 
 
 Oo-types in Genoa and Berlin Museums and in collection. 
 
 It was in specimen a of this species that the remarkable instance 
 
4. PHABCOLOeAIB. 285 
 
 of the recurrence of the lost p.% described hy the present author*, 
 took place, a recurrence that settled the important point as to which 
 of the original four premolars had been lost in this family, and 
 therefore presumably in the other Polyprotodonts. Without the 
 indications furnished by this specimen the complete dental for- 
 mulsB given in the present work could not' have been made out, 
 and would have had to be drawn up merely on the old system of 
 notation. 
 
 ^ I Ad. al. I o g «5 Hatam, Mt. Arfak (O. Genoa Museum [E.]. 
 
 I Skull. I *' ' ■ Beccari). (Co-iype of species.) 
 
 j_ I Ad. sk. I ^_ Mt. Arfak. A. A. Bruijn [C.]. 
 
 7. Fhascologale swainsoni. 
 
 Phascogale swainsoni, Waterh. Mag, N. S. (2) iv. p. 299 (1840) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 36 (1843), v. p. 199 (1855) ; Sohinz, 
 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 493 (1844) ; Qieb. Sauff. p. 727 (1859) ; Jent. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 303 (1887). 
 Phascogale (Antechinus) swainsoni, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 411 
 
 (1846) ; Gunn, P. May. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 82 (1852). 
 AnteoLinus swainsoni, Oovld, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxxiv. (animal) 
 
 (1854) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862) ; Krefft, 
 
 Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 30 (1864) ; id. Notes Faun. Tasm. 
 
 p. 4 (1864) ; id. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 432 ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871) ; 
 
 Gray, Toy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. p. 12 c, pi. xxv. fig. 1 (animal) 
 
 (1875) ; Bqhs. J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 153 (1882); Higg. 8f Pett. 
 
 P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 196. 
 AntecHnus nige'r, Sigg. ^ Pett. P. Boy. Soc. Tasm. 1882, p. 172. 
 Antechinus moorei, JSigg. ^ Pett. op. cit. 1883, p. 182, and var. 
 
 assimilis, t. c. p. 185. 
 
 Swainson's Pouoheb Mouse. 
 
 Size medium. Fur very long, soft and thick ; underfur abundant, 
 forming the greater part of the fur, slaty blue for five sixths of its 
 length, its extreme tip brown or yellow. General colour deep rufous 
 or umber-brown. Muzzle long. Head dark grizzled grey-brown, 
 uniform with the back. Ears short but broad, scarcely projecting 
 beyond the fur, laid forward they reach to about the centre of the 
 eye, closely covered with short dark brown hairs, the hair round 
 their bases often rufous. Neck. and back uniform dark finely grizzled 
 brown, the forequarters sometimes greyer than the rump, but the 
 whole generally quite uniform ; rump and front of hips brown, not 
 yellow or rufous. Chin, chest, and beUy duU brownish grey, the 
 bases of the hairs slate, their tips white or pale grey, not yellow ; 
 hairs of pouch dark red. Limbs to wrists and ankles like back ; 
 hands and feet uniform dark brown ; palms and soles each with 
 five pads, the hallucal not , or only indistinctly divided ; fore claws 
 very long and strong, extending for from three to four millim. be- 
 yond the tips of the fingers. Tail about as long as the body without 
 
 * Phil. Trans. I. c. 
 
286 DASITTBIDiE. 
 
 the head; its hairs short throughout, uniformly dark brown. 
 Mammse 10*(?). 
 
 SkvM (PI. XXIV. fig. 7) light and slender, muzzle long and 
 narrow. Nasals long, evenly expanding backwards. Interorbital 
 region very broad, smooth and rounded, its edges without any trace 
 of ridges or beading. Sagittal crests not at all, and lambdoid crests 
 but little developed. Palate as a whole remarkably unossified, the 
 anterior palatine foramina widely open, reaching backwards at least 
 to the level of the back of p.i, and sometimes of the back of p.'.; 
 posterior vacuities large, extending the whole length of the molars^ 
 the actual bony palate being therefore reduced to a narrow bridge 
 of bone extending across from one p.* to the other. Bullse small, 
 their substance thin and papery. Lower jaw with the coronoid 
 process strong and broad antero-posteriorly ; the greatest breadth of 
 the masseteric fossa attaining about 4"6 or 4*7 mUlim. internally. 
 
 Teeth (PL XXV. fig. 4) on the whole short and thick. Upper U 
 short, not more than twice the height of i.^, and not projecting so 
 much forward as in Ph. jlavipes and the larger species, its posterior 
 edge nearly or quite touching i.^ ; lateral incisors flattened, subequal, 
 i.* slightly the largest. Canines short, barely surpassing a line 
 drawn from the tip of i.' to that of p.* Premolars evenly increasing 
 in size backwards ; p.** about three times the size of p\ Lower 
 incisors small, spatulate, subequal. Canines small, with a broad 
 posterior basal heel, from which the ascending line of the tooth be- 
 hind starts nearly at a right angle. Premolars long antero-pps- 
 teriorly, but low vertically, with broad posterior talons ; p.^ about 
 twice the size of p.' ; p.* intermediate in size between the two. M.^ 
 with a well-marked antero-internal secondary cusp. 
 
 Milk-p.'* not yet known, but no doubt well developed and long 
 persistent, as in the allied species. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 6. ?. 
 
 a (in spirit), b (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 miUim. mUlim. 
 
 Head and body 130 124 
 
 Tail 102 92 
 
 Hind foot 21 19-5 
 
 Ear 11-5 9-5 
 
 Skull and teeth, see p. 299. 
 
 Hah. 8.E. Victoria and Tasmania. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 * Judging only from specimen b, which presents, howeTer, the curious 
 anomaly of having only 4 on one side and 5 on the other. The abnormal sup- 
 pression of a mamma being more likely than the addition of one, the usual 
 number may be put down provisionally as 10. 
 
4. PHAscoLoeALE. 287 
 
 a,b. \t^:,f^\ I - g. Gippsland. Purchased. 
 
 ' I Skull of a. I " + 
 
 I Ad. st. ) , Tasman's Peninsula, Gould Coll. 
 
 • I Skull, f °- Tasmania. 
 
 d. Ad. sk., (S . Table Cape, Tasmania. W. F. Petterd, Esq. 
 
 [C. & E.]. 
 
 e. Ad. St., cJ. Tasmania. Lieut. A. Smith [P. 
 
 &0.]. 
 V. Swa 
 
 {Type 
 \. R. ' 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
 f I Ad. sk. I , Tasmania. W. Swainson, Esq. 
 
 ■'• j Skull, j °' (TVpe of 'Species.) 
 
 ^ J Ad. sk. i o G. R. Waterhouse, 
 
 ^- I Skull, f ?• _ -- ' 
 
 8. Fhascologale minima. 
 
 Dasyurus minimus, Geoff. Ann. Mm. iii. p. 362 (1804) ; Tiedem. 
 
 Zool. p. 429 (1808) ; G. Msch. Zoogn. ii. p. 586 (1813) ; Besm. 
 
 N. Diet. WS. N. (2) ix. p. 140 (1817) ; Ge(ff. Diet. Sci. Nat. xii. 
 
 p. 511 (1818) ; Besm. Mamm. i. p. 264 (1820) ; Besmoul Diet. 
 
 Class. d'H. N. v. p. 3.38 (1824) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 194 
 
 (1827) ; /. B. Fiseh. Syn. Mamm. p. 273 (1829). 
 Phascogale minima, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 59 (1827) ; Less. 
 
 Man. Mamm. p. 215 (1827) ; id. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) v. 
 
 p. 371 (1836) ; Gray, Grey's Amtr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; 
 Waterh. Jard. Nat. lAbr,, Mamm. xi. p. 140 (1841) ; Less. N. 
 
 Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Sateg. Supp. iii. 
 
 p. 38, pi. clii. B. e (animal) (1843), v. p. 202 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. 
 
 Mamm. i. p. 495 (1844) ; Sehleg. Bierk. p. 137 (1857) ; Jent. Cat. 
 
 Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 304 (1887). 
 Didelphys minima, Wagl. Syst. Amphib. Siiug. p. 25 (1830). 
 Phascogale affinis, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 406 (1841) ; id. 
 
 Ust Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1843). 
 Antechinus minimus, Gray, lAst Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1843) ; Higg. 
 
 Si' Pett. P. Boy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 196. 
 Phascogale (Antechinus) minima, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 419 
 
 (1846) ; Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 82 (1852). 
 Antechinus affinis, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 136 C1862) ; 
 
 Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 432 ; Gi-ay, Voy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. 
 
 p. 12 b, pi. XXV. fig. 3 (animal) (1875). 
 Antechinus rolandensis, Higg. Sf Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1882, 
 
 p. 171. 
 Antechinus concinnus, Higg. ^ Pett. op. cit. 1883, p. 184. 
 
 Little Pouched Mouse. 
 
 Size rather small, general form murine. Fur thick and close, 
 but rather harsh, especially anteriorly; underfur abundant, soft, 
 fine, slaty grey, with yellowish tips. General colour grey, strongly 
 suffused with yellow or rufous, paler on the head and forequarters, 
 darker and more orange on the rump and hips. Longer hairs aU 
 black, the yellowish colour proceeding entirely from the tips of the 
 underfur. Ears short and rounded, nearly naked, but their bases 
 generally with tufts of yellowish fur. Chin white ; chest and belly 
 dirty grey, more or less suffused with yellow, the bases of the hairs 
 slate-colour, the tips white or yellow. Limbs like back, but greyer, 
 except that there is generally a well-marked patch of yellow on the 
 
288 DASYTTBID^. 
 
 front and outside of the hips. Hands and feet variahle — grey, jel- 
 lowish, or brown ; palms and soles smooth, naked, each generally 
 with only five pads, the pollical and hallucal usually continuous, but 
 the latter one sometimes divided, making a total of six pads. Claws, 
 especially the anterior, very long and strong, extending beyond the 
 tips of the fingers by from 3 to 4 miUim., horn-coloured. Tail 
 short, uniformly closely hairy, the hairs just long enough to hide 
 the scales ; brown above, rather paler beneath. 
 
 SIcull light and slender, with a long narrow muzzle. Nasals, 
 interorbital and occipital regions, and bullse as in Ph. swainsoni. 
 Palate more complete than in that species, the anterior foramina 
 narrow, and only extending backwards to the level of the back of 
 the canines, and the posterior vacuities also slightly smaller. Lower 
 jaw with the coronoid process slenderer than in Ph. swainsoni, the 
 greatest breadth of the masseteric fossa not exceeding 4'1 or 4-2 
 miUim. 
 
 Teeth very similar to those of Ph. swainsoni. Upper incisors 
 short, flattened laterally, i.i not twice the length of, and with its 
 posterior edge touching, i^. Three lateral iucisors subequal. Pre- 
 molars evenly increasing backwards. Lower incisors nearly equal 
 in size ; canine short, its posterior basal ledge well developed, but 
 not so broad as in Ph. swainsoni. Premolars more nearly equal 
 than usual, p.'* slightly smaller than p.^ and larger than p.i, but the 
 differences not great'; all with well-developed posterior basal heels. 
 M.' with a distinct antero-intemal secondary -cusp. 
 
 MUk-p.^ well developed, triangular, long-persistent. 
 
 d (in al.) 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 135 
 
 TaU 85 
 
 Hind foot 19 ' 
 
 Ear 10 
 
 Skull, see p. 299. 
 
 Hab. Tasmania and the adjoiaing islands. 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 I Ad. ak. I J, 1 ,KQ Hummock Island, F. M. Rayner, Esq. 
 
 ''• \ Skull, f ^' ^/^"- Bass's Straits [P. & 0.]. 
 
 (Voy. 'Herald'). 
 , I Ad. sk. I Tasman's Peninsula, Gould OoU. 
 
 I Skull. I Tasmania. (Type of Ph. affinis, Gray.) 
 
 c. Ad. sk. Scottsdale, Tas- W. F. Petterd, Esq. 
 
 mania. [E.l. 
 
 , „ i 3 ad. & 1 imm. al. I , Tasmania. Eonald Gunn, Esq. 
 
 '^9- ] Skull of d f o- [P. &G.]. 
 
 h. Skeleton (mounted"). Tasmania. Eonald Gunn, Esq. 
 
 [P. & 0.]. 
 
4. PHASooLoeALE. 289 
 
 9. Fhascologale flavipes. 
 a. Fhascologale flavipes, var. tjrpiea*. 
 
 Phascogale flavipes, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 75 ; id. Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Mm. Zool. Soc. _p. 65 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. zi. 
 
 p. 138, pi. ix. (animal) (1841) ; €h-ay, Qrey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 
 
 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Sauff. Siepp. ui. p. 37 (1843), v. p. 200 (1855) ; 
 
 Less. N. Tabl. S. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 494 (1844) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 728 (1859); Flow. Sf Gars. Cat. 
 
 Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 740 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 303 
 
 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 860 (1887). 
 (?) Myrmecobius rufas, Mitch. Exp. Austr. i. p. xvii (1838). 
 Phascogale ruf ogaster, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841). 
 Antechinus stuarti, Macleay, Ann. Mag. N. JEC. (1) viii. p. 241, 
 
 pi. vii. (animal) (1841) ; id. t. c. p. 337 (1842) ; Srefft, Austr. Vert. 
 
 Antechinus flavipes. Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1848) ; Gould, 
 Mamm. Austr. i. pi. il. (animal) (1854); Gerrard, Cat; Bones 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862); GouM, Mamm. Austr. Introd. i. 
 p. xxvii (1863) ; Erefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 31 (1864) ; 
 id. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 432 ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 16 (1871) ; Gray, 
 Voy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. p. 12 b, pi. xxvi. flg. 2 (animal) (1875) ; 
 Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 653, fig. (animal) (1880). 
 
 Phascogale (Antechinus) flavipes, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 415 
 (1846). 
 
 Yellow-footed Pottcheb Mouse. 
 
 Size small or medium, unusually variable ; form stout. Fur 
 close, rather crisp in texture. Underfur abundant, soft and silky, 
 slaty blue with yellow tips. General colour grey, suffused 
 with yellow or rufous. Head and nect clear grey, generally 
 markedly different from the yellow or rufous of the back and 
 rump. Ears rather large, projecting beyond the fur, laid forward 
 (in spirit-specimens) they reach to the anterior canthus of the eye ; 
 naked above, but their hases tufted externally with yeUow or grey. 
 Sides of body, chin, chest, and belly yellow, which sometimes 
 deepens to deep rufous and spreads over the whole body, in- 
 cluding the head (" A. imicolor," Gould), or is, on the other hand, 
 especially in immature specimens, almost obsolete ; bases of belly- 
 hairs always dark slaty grey ; pouch-hairs red, yellow, or white. 
 Limbs and feet more or less like belly. Palms and soles naked, 
 each with six pads; the poUioal and haUucal both, as a rule, 
 divided ; claws small and delicate, usually only surpassing the tips 
 of the toes by from 1\ to 2 mUlim. Tail uniformly short-haired 
 throughout, the hairs just hiding the scales, brown or yellow 
 above, paler below, the terminal inch sometimes black. MammsB 8. 
 
 Skull stout, broad, and flattened, with a short conical muzzle. 
 
 * a. Belly and inner sides of limbs more or less 
 
 yellow. — Hob. Eastern Australia Var. flavipes. 
 
 b. Belly and inner sides of limbs wbite. — Hab. 
 
 Western and North-western Australia Var. leucogasfer, p. 291. 
 
290 DASYUEIDiE. 
 
 Nasals distinctly broadened behind. Interorbital space broad, flat, 
 its edges square but not beaded. Occipital region not crested. 
 Anterior palatine foramina short, extending only about to the 
 centre of the canines. Posterior palatine vacuities extending nearly 
 the -whole length of the molars. Bullae small, rounded, their 
 substance thin and papery. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XXY. fig. 5). Upper incisors slender, long. I.' 
 very long, cylindrical, not, or very slightly, flattened laterally, 
 boldly curved forwards away from the other incisors; lateral 
 incisors slightly flattened, subequal. Premolars evenly increasing 
 in size backwards ; p.'' about twice the size of p.' Lower incisors 
 small, i.^ rather larger than i.^ which in turn is a little larger than 
 i.^, but the differences small and unimportant. Canine short and 
 thick, with a small but distinct posterior basal ledge. Premolars 
 short vertically, broad, p.^ about once and a half or twice the size 
 of p.' ; p.'' a little smaller than p.^ M.' generally with a distinct 
 antero-internal secondary cusp. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 3. ?. 
 
 n (skin). u (in al.). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 130 108 
 
 TaU 90 84 
 
 Hind foot 19 17 
 
 Ear 10 10-5 
 
 Skull, see p. 299. 
 
 Hah. Eastern Australia ; not found in Tasmania ; replaced in the 
 west by var. leucogaster *. 
 
 Ty^e in collection. . 
 
 This and the two preceding species are very closely allied, and, 
 owing to their variability in colour, they have each caused the 
 creation of several nominal species. I cannot, however, distinguish 
 more than three species, and specimens sometimes occur to a certain 
 extent intermediate between even these. The two Tasmanian 
 species agr^e with each other very closely in the characters of 
 their claws, skuU, and dentition, while Ph. jlavipes, different in 
 these particulars, precisely agrees with Ph. minima in its colour, on 
 which account it has been very commonly confounded with the 
 latter. 
 
 The two subspecies of Ph. jlavipes do not difler by any important 
 character from each other, but the difference in the coloration 
 
 * The ranges of the two subspecies seem to meet in Northern Central 
 Queensland, Dr. Lumholtz having obtained specimens of each of them in the 
 Herbert River district (see OoUett, I. c). These specimens, by the courtesy of 
 Hr. CoUett, I have myself examined and verified.' Although obtained together 
 their difference in colour is very striking, but in all flieir more essential 
 .characters they are entirely identical. 
 
4. PHASCOLOGAIE. 
 
 291 
 
 of the belly seems to be so constant as to deserve recognition by 
 name. 
 
 ^ I Ad. al. I $ (& 8 "New Guinea and Islands" Mrs. Stanley [P.]. 
 I SkuU. I foetuses). _ {Capt. Stanley). 
 
 h, c. Ad. sks., (5 $ . 
 
 d. Ad. sk., (5 . 
 
 e. Imm. sk. 
 f,g. Ad. sks., 6. 
 
 , . i Ad. sks. 
 '*'*• I Skulls. 
 j. Yg. sk. 
 h. Ad. sk. ' 
 
 , Ad. al., c? • 
 ' Ad. sk. j 
 . Skull, j 
 
 n. Ad. sk., cJ ■ 
 
 6- 
 
 Liverpool Plains, N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 North of Hunter R., N. S. W. Zool. Soc. Museum. 
 
 {Type of "species.) 
 Salamanca R., N. S. W. Sir T. L. Mitchell 
 
 [P. & 0.]. 
 New South "Wales. Sir T. L. Mitchell 
 
 [P. & 0.1. 
 New South "Wales. Gould Coll. 
 
 {Co-types oi Ant. unicolor, Gould.) 
 New South "Wales. Gould OoH. 
 
 Australia (figured- in "Voy. 
 ' Erebus ' and ' Terror '.) 
 Gippsland. 
 Adelaide. 
 
 f. sks. I 
 
 S. Australia. 
 S. Australia. 
 
 Skulls of 0, p. 
 t. Ad.' sk., cJ, 6/39. S. Australia. 
 u. Ad. al., ? ( & 7 
 foetuses). 
 
 Ad. al. I $ (& 8 i 
 Skull. ( foetuses), j 
 
 j Ad. al. I 
 ^- 1 Skull, f 1 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 C. D. E. Fortnum, 
 
 Esq. [P. & 0.1. 
 Sir G. Grey [P. & 
 
 C.l. 
 Sir G. Grey [P. & 
 
 C.]. 
 Gould Coll. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Australian Mu- 
 seum [E.]. 
 
 b. Phascologale flavipes, var. leucogaster. 
 
 Phascogale leucogaster. Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841) ; 
 Wagn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. v. p. 201 (1855) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 728 
 (1869) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 303 (1887). ' 
 
 Antechinus leucogaster. Gray, list Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1843) ; 
 GmAd, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxxviii. (animal) (1864) ; Gerrard, 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862) ; Krefft, P. Z. 8. 1866, 
 p. 432 ; Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. p. 12 c, pi. xxv. fig. 2 
 (animal) (1875"). 
 
 Phascogale (Antechiaus) leucogaster, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. 
 p. 417 (1846). 
 
 Similar to the tj-pical variety in every respect, except that the 
 whole underside and the limbs, instead of being yeUow, are nearly 
 or quite pnre white ; the bases of the hairs, however, being still 
 slaty grey. 
 
 Hob. "Western and Northern Australia. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 "Victoria Plains, W. A. 
 
 {J. Gilbert). 
 Canning R., "W. A. 
 
 {J. GilbeH): 
 I Ad. sk. { , 0/7 MO Perth, W. A. {J. Gil- 
 
 J Ad. St.) o 
 «• ] Skull, f ?■ 
 6. Ad, sk., 9/4/39, 
 
 1 Skull. 
 
 bert). 
 
 Gould CoU. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 {Type of variety.) 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 u2 
 
292 DABTtTEIDJS. " 
 
 , I Ad. St. I Perth, W. A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll. 
 
 *• ) Skull, f hert). 
 
 e, f. Skulls. King George's Sound, G. ll. Waterhouse, Esq. 
 W. A. [P.]. 
 
 I Yg. sk. 1 Port Essington, Nor- Gould Coll. 
 
 ^' I Skull. I them Territory. 
 
 10. Fhascologale minutissima. 
 
 Anteehinus minutissimus, Gould, P. Z, S. 1851, p. 284 ; id. Mamm, 
 
 Austr. i. pi. xlv. (animal) (1852) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 137 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 31 
 
 (1864); id. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 432; id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871) 
 
 Giinth. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 274. 
 Anteehinus maculatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 284 ; id. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. i. pi. xliv. (animal) (1851) ; ^re^, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 432 
 
 id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871). 
 Phascogale maculata, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 202 (1855) 
 
 Gieb. Sdug. p. 728 (1859). 
 Phascogale minutissima, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 203 (1855) 
 
 Gieh. Sdug. p. 728 (1859) ; TAos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 510 
 
 (1887) ; Collett, Zool. Jahrh. ii. p. 863 (1887). 
 
 PisMT PotrcHBD Mouse. 
 
 Size very small, general appearance exceedingly mouse-Hke. 
 Pur short, soft and fine, mainly composed of the underfur. 
 General colour finely grizzled mouse-grey, the head, back, outsides 
 of limbs, and upper side of tail all uniformly of this colour, which 
 is strikingly similar to that of Mus mvsCulus. Ears of medium 
 size, laid forwards just reaching to the centre of the eye, thinly 
 clothed with short pale brown hairs. Lips and chin white ; chest, 
 belly, inner sides of Umbs, and lower side of tail like hack, but 
 rather paler, the hairs slate at their bases and pale grey at their 
 tips. Hairs of pouch pale shining grey. Hands and feet pale 
 brown ; palms and soles quite naked, the former with six pads and 
 the latter with seven, owing to the development of a minute 
 supplementary pad on the outer side of the foot halfway between 
 the pad of the fifth toe and the postero-extemal pad. Tail rather 
 shorter than the head and body, uniformly short-haired throughout, 
 its scales very small, averaging about 25 to the centimetre. Pouch 
 much more developed than is usual in the genus, its anterior and 
 lateral walls from 4 to 6 miUim. high, its posterior lower, so that 
 as a whole it opens backwards. Mammae 8. 
 
 'Skull (PI. XXIV. fig. 8) smooth and round, muzzle short and 
 conical. Nasals narrow in front, considerably expanded behind. 
 Interorbital region smooth, its edges evenly rounded. Occipital 
 crests little developed. Anterior palatine foramina reaching about 
 to the centre of the canines. Posterior palate comparatively perfect, 
 vacuities either small or absent. Bullae small, transparent, their 
 posterior, mastoid, portion approaching their anterior in size. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XXV. fig. 3). Upper lateral incisors minute, cylin- 
 
4. PHASCOIOeAI.'E. 
 
 293 
 
 drieal, about equal in size. Canines thick and strong. P.' and p.' 
 very small, about equal in size, or p.^ even exceeding p.^ ; p.* large, 
 twice the height and four times the bulk of p.' Lower incisors 
 small and slender, evenly but slightly decreasing in size backwards. 
 Canines short, with a small posterior basal ledge. P.' small, p.* 
 about twice its bulk, p." very small, barely equalling p.^ M.' with 
 a distinct antero-internal secondary cusp. Milk-p.* proportionally 
 large and weU developed. 
 
 d. 
 
 a- ?. 
 
 a (in al.). b (in al.). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 72 67 
 
 Tail 65 59 
 
 Hind foot 11-2 10-4 
 
 Ear 7-7 6-8 
 
 SkuU, see p. 299. 
 
 Hah. Central and Southern Queensland. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 J I Ad. al. \ d 2 (&7 Peak Downs, GodeflFroy Museum. 
 ■ I Skull of b. \ foetuses). Queensland. 
 
 I Ad. sk. I , Cresabrook, Moreton Gould Coll. 
 
 I Skull. I °" Bay {J. Strange). {Type oi species.) 
 
 (Ad. sk. I Clarence R, Moreton Gould Coll. 
 I Skull. ( Bay (J. Strange). 
 
 (Type of Anteehinus maeulatus, Gould.) 
 
 11. Fhascolog^ale longicaudata. 
 
 Phascogale longicaudata, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. p. 356 (1866) ; 
 id. Diei-eta. p. 162 (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Uiis. p.' 303 
 (1887) ; Thou. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 609 (1887). 
 
 Long-tailed Pouched Mouse. 
 
 Size medium, form light and slender. Fur short, close and 
 velvety ; underfur very thin, slaty blue. General colour dull, finely 
 grizzled grey-brown or mouse-colour, the head, neck, fore back, and 
 fore limbs all uniformly of this colour ; posterior back, rump, and 
 hind Umbs suffused with rufous, deepest at the base of the taU. 
 Ears small, naked, a rufous mark on the neck just behind them. 
 Chin, chest, and belly white, the hairs grey at their bases. Hands 
 and feet dark brown ; soles naked, with five pads, the haUucal one 
 being continuous. TaU longer than head and body, its basal inch 
 hairy and coloured like the rump, its remainder uniformly short- 
 haired all round, rat-like, the hairs very thin, not hiding the 
 scales ; dark brown or black both above and below. 
 
 SJcull strongly built. Nasals narrow, slightly expanded behind, 
 
294 DASYTTEID^. 
 
 convex above. Interorbital space rounded, its edges not ridged or 
 beaded. Anterior palatine foramina extending to opposite the 
 centre of tbe canines. 
 
 Teeth. Upper lateral incisors subequal, slender, i." and i.' 
 cylindrical, i.* slightly flattened. P.* much longer and larger than 
 p.', its point projecting beyond the tips of the molars. Lower p.' 
 about the size of p.' 
 
 Dimenswns. 
 
 2 
 
 (stuffed). 
 Adult, 
 milliin. 
 
 Head and body 146 
 
 Tail 172 
 
 Hind foot 24 
 
 Ear (c.) 9 
 
 Skull, see p. 299. 
 
 Hah. Aru Islands. 
 
 Type in the Leyden Museum. 
 
 12. Fhascologale penicillata. 
 
 "Tapoatafa" *, White, Journ. Vm/. N. S. W. p. 281, pl.lviii. (animal) 
 
 (1790). 
 Didelphis penicillata, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 602 (1800). 
 Dasyurus penicillatus, Oeoff. Ann, Mua. iii. p. 361 (1804) ; O. Fisch. 
 
 Zoogn. ii. p. 585 (1813) ; Besm. N. Diet. d!H. N. (2) ix. p. 139 
 
 (18173 ! ^"- ^- ^- i- P- 17^ (1817) ; Geoff. Diet. Sci. Nat. xii. 
 
 p. 511 (1818) ; Desm. Mamm. i. p. 264 (1820) ; Kuhl, Beitr. Zool. 
 
 i. p. 62 (1820) ; Desmoid. Diet. Class. d'M. N. v. p. 339 (1824) ; 
 
 Gray, Griff. Ouv. An. K. v. p. 194 (1827) ; J. B. Fisch. Syn. 
 
 Mamm. p. 272 (1829) ; Benn. Cat. N. H. Amtr. Mm. p. 2 (1837). 
 Dasyurus tafa, Geoff. Ann, Mus. iii. p. 360 (1804) ; Tiedem. Zool. 
 
 p. 429 (1808) ; G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 685 (1813) ; Desm. N. Diet. 
 
 d'H, N, (2) p. 139 (1817) ; Geoff. Diet. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 511 
 
 (1818); Desm. Mamm. i. p. 264 (1820); Desmml. Diet. Class. 
 
 d'H. N. V. p. 339 (1824) ; Gray, Griff Cuv. An. K. v, p. 194 
 
 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 215 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm. 
 
 p. 272 (1829); Less. N. H. Mamm. (Compl. Buff:) v, p. 373 
 
 (1836). 
 Phascogale penicillata, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 58, pi. vii. figs. 9- 
 
 12 (skull) (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 215 (1827) ; id. S. N. 
 
 Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 371 (1836) ; Waterh, Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Mm. Zool, Sac, p. 65 (1838) ;' Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 400 
 
 (1841) ; Less. A Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; Wat&-h. 
 
 Jard. Nat. lAbr., Mamm. xi. p. 136, pi. viii. (animal) (1841) ; 
 
 Gray, lAst Mamm. B. M. p. 98 (1843) ; Wagn, Schr. Sdug. Supp. 
 
 iii. p. 35, pi. clii. B. d (animal) (1843), v. p. 198 (1856) ; Schinx, 
 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 493 (1844) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxxi. ■ 
 
 (animal) (1845) ; Owen, Odontogr. Atl. pi. xoviii. fig. 3 (teeth) 
 
 (1845) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 407, pi. xii. fig. 2 (feet), xxi. 
 
 * Used as a native name. 
 
4. PHABCOLOGAIE. 295 
 
 fig. 5 (skull) (1846); Owen, Todd's Cyclop. Anat. iil. p. 269, 
 fig. 82 (teeth) (1847); Gieb. Odontogr. p. 39, pi. xvii. fig. 4 
 (teeth) (1856) ; Gerv. H. JV. Mamm. ii. p. 283 (1855) ; Schleg. 
 Bierk. p. 137 (1857) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 726 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat,. 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. 
 Mug. p. 27 (1864) ; id. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 431; id. Austr. Vert. 
 p. 15 (1871) ; Schleg. JOierent. p. 161 (1872) ; Gieb. Bronn's Kl. u. 
 Ordn. Yi. Abth. v. pi. xix. fig. 9 (skull) (1874) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. 
 p. 551, and fig. (animal) (1880) ; Flow. Sf Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. 
 ii. p. 739 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 303 (1887) ; Thos. 
 Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 604 (1887) ; id. PhU. Tram, clxxviii. 
 p. 461, pi. xxvii. figs. 2 and 4 (teeth) (1887); CoU. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 
 p. 859(1887). 
 Tapoa tafa *, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842). 
 
 BKUSH-TArLED PhASCOLOGALB. 
 
 Size large, form stout and strong. Pur short and coarse, underfur 
 thick and close. General colour uniform finely grizzled pale grey, 
 the head, back, outsides of limbs, and base of tail all of this colour. 
 Face with an indistinct darker stripe down the muzzle. Ears very 
 large, laid forward they entirely cover the eye, thin, nearly naked. 
 Hairs of back black, with a broad subterminal white band. Chin 
 white ; chest, belly, and inner sides of limbs white or pale grey, not 
 sharply defined ; pouch-hairs dull rufous, with white tips. Feet 
 and hands grey, becoming paler on the fingers and toes ; palms and 
 soles (PL XXIII. fig. 4) quite naked, the former with six, the 
 latter with five unusually long primary pads, the haUucal one being 
 undivided, but there is a minute supplementary pad behind the 
 ordinary postero-external pad, making six in aU ; claws long and 
 strong. Tail long and thick, its basal fourth or fifth furred and 
 coloured all round like the back, its next fourth or fifth shorter- 
 haired, paler above, brown below, and its terminal half or three 
 fifths thickly clothed all round with long black hairs, forming a 
 prominent brush. Mammse 10 t. 
 
 SlcuV, stout and strong, markedly flattened above, swollen and 
 broadened across in front of the orbits; muzzle short and conical. 
 l^asals evenly expanded behind. Interorbital region broad and 
 flat, its edges square, more or less converging backwards. Occipital 
 crests very little developed. Anterior palatine foramina broad and 
 open, extending backwards to about the centre of the canines. 
 Posterior palate with a pair of large vacuities reaching from about 
 the middle of m.^ to m.* Bullae very large and swollen, transparent, 
 the mastoid nearly one third the size of the tympanic portion. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XXIV. fig. 4). Upper incisors thick and strong, 
 especially i.'; i.^ with a large pointed crown, flattened antero- 
 externally, in section twice the size of either i.' or i.*, which are 
 about equal. Premolars evenly increasing in size backwards, p.* 
 about twice the size of p.' Lower incisors broadened and flattened 
 antero -posteriorly, their relative sizes in section about expressed by 
 
 * Used as a binomial under the heading of the genus " Tapoa." 
 t Apud Krefft, I. c. 
 
296 
 
 BASTURIDiE, 
 
 the numbers 5, 2, and 1 1 respectively. Canines short, thick, with a 
 broad posterior basal ledge. Premolars broad and heavyi p.^ but 
 little larger than p.' ; p.* smaU, broadly oval in section, about half 
 the size of p.' M.' large, quadrangular, with a weU-marked antero- 
 internal secondary cusp. Milk-p.* triangular, well developed and 
 long persistent, both above and below. 
 
 j (skin). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 240 
 
 TaU 225 
 
 Hind foot 41 
 
 Ear 24 
 
 Skull, see p. 299, 
 
 Eah. All Australia, except the extreme North ; not found in 
 Tasmania. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 a. Skeleton. (N. Australian Expedition.) Dr. J. R. Elsey [P. 
 
 &c.i! 
 
 6. Ad. sk, c? . Moreton Bay, S. Queensland Gould Coll, 
 
 (J. Strange). 
 
 „ J Ad. sk. ) , Upper Hunter R., N. S. W. Gould Coll. 
 
 "■ \ Skull, f o • 
 
 , J Imm.sk. I , Peel R., N.S.W. Gould CoU. 
 '^- ■jSkuU. f '^• 
 
 e. Inun. al., c? ■ Port Stephens, N. S. W. Dr. Bennett [P. & 
 
 C.]. 
 
 . (Ad. St. I o South Australia. SirG.Qrey[P.&C.]. 
 
 ■^- I Skull, j ?• 
 
 g, h. Ad. sks., J • Adelaide. C. D. E. Fortnum, 
 
 Esq. [P. & 0.]. 
 
 . J Ad. sk. I o Barassa Range, S. A. G. Erench Angas, 
 
 *• 1 SkuU. f ^ • Esq. [P. & (f\. 
 
 ■ J Ad. sk. 1 J, West Australia. Gould Coll. 
 
 •^ \ SkuU. f °- 
 
 h. Ad. sk., c?. Perth, W. A. (J. OObert). GovUd CoU. 
 
 i. Ad. sk., (J. Northam,W.A.r.;:Gj7Serf). Gould Coll. 
 
 m. Skeleton, S- Guildford, W. A. {J. Oil- Gould Coll. 
 
 bert), 
 
 n, 0. Ad. & yg. skulls. Gould CoU. 
 
 13. Fhascologale calura. 
 
 Phascogale calura, Oould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 104 ; id. Mamm. Ausir. 
 i. pi. xxxii. (animal) (1845) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 409, 
 pi. xiv. %. 2 (animal) (1846) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 198 
 (1855) ; Oerv. H. iV. Mamm. ii. p. 283 (1855) ; Schleg. Dierk. 
 . p. 137 (1857) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 727 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 135 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mm. 
 p. 29 (1864) ; id. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 431 ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 
 
4, PHASCOLOaALB. 297 
 
 (1871) ; SchUg. Diermt. p. 161 (1872) ; Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr., 
 Mamm. p. 12 c, pi. xxvi, fig. 3 (animal) (1875) ; Cunningham, 
 J. Anat. Pkys. xii. p. 427 (1878) ; id. Rep. Voy. ChaUenger, Zool. 
 V. pt. 2, pp. 1-192 (anat.) (1882) ; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. 
 Surg. p. 740 (1884) ; Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 504 (1887). 
 
 Lessee Bettsh-iatled Phascologale. 
 
 Size medium, form slender and graceful. Fur long, soft and fine, 
 nearly wholly composed of underfur. General colour grey, wifcli a 
 faint tinge of rufous. Head finely grizzled grey, the hairs with a 
 nearly white subterminal band. Ears very large, leafy, almost 
 naked except at their bases, where at the origins of both outer and 
 inner margins there are well-marked tufts of bright red hair. 
 Whole of back and outsides of limbs uniformly grey, the slaty bases 
 of the hairs scarcely showing; sides with a faint rufous tinge. 
 Chin, chest, belly, and inner sides of limbs sharply defined white, the 
 greater part of the hairs white to their roots. Hands and feet 
 white ; palms with five or six pads, the pollical doubtfully divided 
 into two ; soles quite naked, with five pads, the hallucal and postero- 
 external very long, undivided ; claws small and weak. Tail long, 
 for its basal half above short-haired, rich rufous, below sharply 
 defined dark brown ; terminal half evenly, but slightly, bushy aU 
 round, uniformly black. 
 
 SJcull (PI. XXIV. fig. 9) strongly built, flattened and broadened 
 anteriorly, as in Ph. penidllata ; muzzle short and conical. Nasals 
 small, narrow, but little expanded behind. Interorbital region 
 broad, flat, its edges square. Occipital ridges but little developed. 
 Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the centre of the canines. 
 Posterior palate with a pair of large vacuities opposite the first 
 three molars. Bullae very large and rounded, their mastoid portion 
 decidedly inflated. 
 
 Teeth. Upper (PI. XXV. fig. 6) i.' proportionally large and 
 strong. I.^ flattened antero-extemaUy, twice as large in cross 
 section as i.^ or i.*, the latter small, cylindrical, subequal. Pre- 
 molars evenly increasing in size backwards, p.* about twice the 
 height of p.' Lower incisors broad above, very unequal in size, i.^ 
 more than twice as large as i.^, and the latter larger than the very 
 small i.' Canine with a marked posterior basal broadening. P.' but 
 little larger than p.^ ; p.* small, from one half to two thirds the size 
 of p.^ M.' with a prominent antero-internal secondary cusp. 
 
 a (skin in al.). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (c.) 125 
 
 TaU 147 
 
 Hind foot 24 
 
 Ear 20 
 
 SkuU, see p. 299. 
 
298 DABTPEIDa!. 
 
 Hah. South and West Australia. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 I Ad. sk. in al. I , Adelaide. Purcliased. 
 «•] Skull. f^- 
 
 , i Ad. sk. I , WOliams R., Western Gould Coll. 
 
 • I SkuU. j ° • Australia (J: GaSerf). (TV^je of species.) 
 
 e. Ad. St., c? . Purchased. 
 
 d. Anatomical prepara- (Voy. H.M.S. ' OhaUen- Dr. R. Cunningliara. 
 
 tions in al. ger,') 
 
 5. SMINTHOPSIS, „ 
 
 Type. 
 
 Podabrus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. Letterpress to 
 
 pi. xlvii. (1845) : nee (Fisch. de Waldh.') Westw. 
 
 Introd. Insect, ii. Synopsis, p. 27 (1840) S. craasicaudata. 
 
 Sminthopsis, Thomas, Ann. Mus. Oenov. (2) iv. 
 
 p. 503 (1887) S. crassicaudata. 
 
 Size very small ; build slender and delicate. Ears large, broad 
 and rounded ; metatragus large and thin, its end slightly folded. 
 Tail well developed, short-haired, sometimes incrassated. Feet 
 slender and delicate ; tarsus and metatarsus very long in comparison 
 to the toes. Toes subequal, with small delicate claws ; hallux 
 present, but short and olawless ; palms and soles naked or partially 
 hairy, the naked part uniformly granulated ; hind pads either 
 wholly absent or, at most, four in number (see PI. XXIII. fig. 6). 
 Pouch well developed. Mammae 8 or 10. 
 
 SJcull generally slender and delicate, not flattened vertically. 
 Nasals differing from those of all the preceding genera by their not 
 beiag markedly expanded behind, their transverse diameter only 
 very slightly and gradually increasing backwards. Interorbital 
 region proportionally much narrower than in Phascologale. Palatal 
 vacuities but little variable in their number and position ; one large 
 pair opposite the first three molars, and a second smaller pair nearer 
 the middle line opposite m.* BuUse small, transparent, hemi- 
 spherical, the posterior, mastoid, portion not swollen. 
 
 Dentition: — I. -y-j-^i C. j, P. J70737J) M. 17273^x2=46. 
 
 Teeth very constant in their characters. Upper incisors small, 
 slender, i.' separated from the others and projecting forwards, 
 cylindrical ; lateral incisors but little flattened, slightly increasing 
 in size backwards. Canines, especially the lower ones, generally 
 small and weak. P.* large and strong, its point projecting beyond 
 any of the molars. Molars as in Phascologale. Lower incisors 
 subequal. Premolars increasing in size backwards, p.* rarely a very 
 little smaller, generally decidedly larger than p.' M." always with 
 a small antero-internal secondary cusp. 
 
 MUk-premolar large, triangular, long persistent. 
 
 Habits. Terrestrial; insectivorous. 
 
 Range. Australia and Tasmania. 
 
^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 fly 
 
 299 
 
 Of 
 
 
 0+ -i "S 
 
 •o '«■ '? 
 
 •o 
 
 0+ e 
 
 0+ » 
 
 'voco MOO 
 
 lo 05 1- cb <>j oD CO cb-Tt^ibo "thosco 
 
 iCi 00-* t- 
 
 
 ■«*< 00 1> CC CD 
 
 CTimoodo(M Ai ibeq 
 
 I— t l-H 
 
 (M rH T-H rH 
 
 ff^(Ncp epip 
 
 C50C500sAtir5(M 
 <M O 
 
 Ah t- m ■* IM t- do 
 
 « rH l-H i-H 
 
 O lO (N CO 
 
 d5I>d5(N'^rHCO<M 
 
 t* coco lO 
 
 M uo M ■* cq 00 o 
 
 CO T-l rH CN 
 
 >CHO Tt< CO 
 rH CO 6 N ■* A t- <N 
 
 an 
 
 xpiocp t- 
 
 OCOAlr-OSrHOSCO 
 rH rH (N(M 
 
 ■^ e "3 
 
 "o * 'S 
 
 <«. -53- -a 
 
 bo 
 
 CDip op CD 
 
 uri CO do i> CO rH lb 
 
 ■* OJrH rH(N 
 
 ip CO TtH t- lO GO Cp 
 
 (33 O OS CO (^:^ O 05 t^ CO b- (N rH A O CO 
 ^ CO rH rH CN <—• rH CO 05 rH 
 
 CM CO CO i~^ TfH tJH CO I> rH 
 
 
 £.Q 
 
 
 ^ to g 
 
 ,-1 S C4H 
 
 
 1^" ^ 
 
 a^^ 
 
 RiSiZi 
 
 a? 
 
 ro . aa H Zi m 
 
 i 2 2 " . . 
 
 n oa cc o •« n 
 
 MPQPrB 
 
 * 
 
300 ■DA.BTnS.JDM. 
 
 The smaller species of this genus present unusual difficulty in 
 their discrimination, and the present arrangement must be looked 
 upon as merely provisional until a larger number of specimens 
 properly preserved in spirit are available for examination. 
 
 Synopsis of Spedes. 
 
 I. External Chabacteks. 
 
 A. Face -with well-defined dark stripes. Size 
 
 large, head and body, and tail, each 
 
 more than 110 millim. long 1, S. ■mrgimxe, p. 300. 
 
 B. Face not, or very indistinctly striped. 
 
 Size smaller, neither head and body, 
 nor tail, attaining 110 millim. 
 a. Soles with distinct transversely striated 
 
 pads , 2. iS. hucopas, p. 302. 
 
 6. Soles without striated pads ; with gra^ 
 nulated projections only, 
 a^. Tail thin, not incrassated. Mammse 
 8. Sole naked and granulated 
 
 nearly to the heel 3. <S. taurina, p. 803. 
 
 6^. Tail short, incrassated. MammEe 10. 
 Distal half of sole only naked and 
 granulated 4. 8. erassicavdata, p. 308. 
 
 II. Ceanial Chakaotbes *. 
 
 A. SkuU broad and stout. Canines long. 
 
 Eudimentary postorbital processes pre- 
 sent fl. S. virginiee, p. 300. 
 
 B. Skull long and narrow. Canines short. 
 
 No trace of postorbital processes. 
 a. Premolars separate; upper p." dispro- 
 tionally larger than the subequal p.^ 
 
 and p.^ 2. S. leucopus, p. 302. 
 
 6, Premolars touching one another, the 
 upper ones evenly increasing in size 
 backwards. 
 a^. SkuU larger and stouter. Canines 
 
 of medium size 3. jS. murina, p. 303. 
 
 6^. Skull smaller and more delicate. 
 
 Canines very small 4, & crassicaudata, p. 306. 
 
 1. Sminthopsis virgiuisB. 
 
 Phascologale virgimae, De Tarragon, Hev. Zool. 1847, p. 177 ; Collett, 
 P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 648, pi. Ix. (animal, skuU, and teeth) ; TTios. Ann. 
 
 * Owing to the close resemblance existing between the skulls and teeth of the 
 different species of Sminthopsis it has been found impossible to mate this 
 synopsis very definite in its details, but it is nevertheless thought useful to 
 draw attention to such characters as, by reference to the fuller descriptions, will 
 assist in the identification of specimens. 
 
5. SMINTHOPSIS. 301 
 
 Mus. Genov.\{^) iv. p. 507 (1887) ; id. Phil. Tram, clxxviii. p. 461, 
 pL xxvii. fig. 1 (teeth) (1887). 
 Phascologale (Sminthopsis) virginise, Coll. Zool. Jahrh. ii. p. 866 
 (1887). 
 
 Largest of the genus. Fur rather short, very soft and silky, 
 apparently all of one sort. General colour of body grizzled grey, 
 Face sandy rufous, ornamented with three black longitudinal lines, 
 a single central one running along the top of the muzzle, and a pair 
 of less distinct ones running from the nose to the eyes. Cheeks, sides 
 of neck, and tufts at base of ears bright rufous. Ears very large, 
 transparent, nearly naked ; their backs with the anterior margins 
 rather, but not prominentlyj darker than the rest. Back uniform 
 finely grizzled grey, the hairs slate-coloured for two thirds of their 
 length, then black, and with a white subterminal band, the extreme 
 tip black. Chin, chest, and belly white, or pale yellow, the bases 
 of the hairs grey. Outside of upper arms and of thighs like back ; 
 rest of limbs white ; claws very small and delicate, white or yeUow. 
 Sole-piads, so far as can be made out in the single dried specimen 
 available, precisely like those of Sm. leucopus (q. v.). Tail about 
 as long as the head and body, uniformly short-haired, the hairs 
 dark brown above, paler below. .. 
 
 Skull short and strongly built ; muzzle conical. Nasals scarcely 
 broader behind than in front. Interorbital space unusually narrow, 
 its edges square, and forming two distinct, though rudimentary, 
 postorbital processes. Sagittal and lambdoidal crests well defined. 
 Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the level of the centre of the 
 canines. Posterior palate with a pair of ill-defined vacuities. Bullae 
 small, hemispherical, transparent, their posterior portion unswoUen. 
 
 Teeth. Upper incisors small, cylindrical, i.* slightly larger than 
 i.^ and i.' Canine very long and slender. Premolars (see CoUett's 
 figures, I. c.) disproportionate in size — p.' and p.^ very small, the 
 latter but slightly the larger of the two, and p.* very large and 
 heavy, many times the size of p.' M.^ slender, narrow antero-pos- 
 teriorly. Lower incisors small, about equal in size. Canine with 
 a slight posterior basal broadening. Premolars evenly increasing in 
 size backwards, p.* twice the size of p.^ 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 <S- 
 
 * (stuffed). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 125 
 
 Tail 125 
 
 Hind foot 22 
 
 Ear 13 
 
 SkuU, see p. 308. 
 
 Hab. Central Queensland. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 * From Dr. Lumholtz's specimen, preserved in the Christiaiua Museum. 
 
302 DASTTJEIDiE. 
 
 ' This interesting species has only recentlj' been properly described, 
 the type specimen, of which the locality was unknown, having dis- 
 appeared, and nothing more being known about the species than 
 was contained in the original description. In 1883, however, the 
 animal was rediscovered at Herbert Vale, Central Queensland, by 
 Dr. C. Lumholtz, and by hinl transmitted to the Christiania Museum, 
 to whose director, Hr. E. CoUett, I am indebted for the opportunity 
 of examining the specimen from which his description and figures 
 were taken. 
 
 2. Sminthopsis leucopus. 
 
 Phascogale leucopus, Qray, Ann. Mag. N. H. x. p. 261 (1842) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 496 (1844). 
 Antechinus leucopus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1843) ; 
 
 Gould, Mamm. Ausir. pi. xxxv. (animal) (1860) ; Gerrard, Cat. 
 
 Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862) ; Gray, Voy. Ereh. Terr., 
 
 Mamm. p. 12 h, pi. xxvii. fig. 2 (animal) (1864) ; Higg. ^ Pett. P. 
 
 Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 196. 
 Phascogale (Antechinus) leucopus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 423 
 
 (1846) ; Gunn, P. Bay. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 82 (1852). 
 Antechinus ferrugineifrons, Gquld, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xxxvi. 
 
 (animal) (1854) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 32 (1864) ; 
 
 id. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 432. 
 Podabrus leucopus, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 433. 
 Podabrus mitchelli, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 488; id. Aiistr. Vert. 
 
 p. 15 (1871). 
 Podabrus ferrugineifrons, Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871). 
 Antechinus leucogenys, Sigg. ^ Pelt. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1882, 
 
 p. 172. 
 
 WhITE-EOOTED PotrCHED MOTTSE. 
 
 Size larger than in the following species ; form slender. Fur 
 close, fine and straight, composed almost wholly of underfur. 
 General colour above uniform dark greyish brown or mouse-colour, 
 sometimes suffused with orange-rufous on the head ; no prominent 
 markings anywhere. Ears (PI. XXIII. fig. 5) large and broad, 
 laid forwards they reach just to the anterior canthus of the eye ; 
 very thinly clothed with short grey hairs ; their backs uniform 
 slaty grey. Hairs of back slaty blue for nine tenths of their length, 
 their extreme tips fawn or brown, the few longer hairs black. Chin 
 pure white, chest and belly white, but with the bases of the hairs 
 slaty grey ; the passage on the sides from the colour of the back 
 gradual. Limbs to wrists and ankles like back, hands and feet pure 
 white. Palms finely granulated, with six pads. Soles (PI. XXIII. 
 fig. 6) finely hairy posteriorly, naked and coarsely granulated an- 
 teriorly, the naked part reaching backwards in the centre to about 
 halfway between the heel and the base of the hallux ; sole-pads 
 present, but small, four in number, three anteriorly at the bases of 
 the toes, one at the base of the hallux ; all finely striated trans- 
 versely. Tail slender, generally rather shorter than the head and 
 
5. SMINTHOPSIS. 303 
 
 body, but longer in extreme northern specimens, uniformly short- 
 haired, the hairs just hiding the scales, grey or brown above, white 
 beneath. 
 
 SJcull (see PI. XXV. figs. 8 & 9) slender, delicate ; muzzle longer 
 and narrower than in the other species. Interorbital space smooth, 
 its edges not beaded. Anterior palatine foramina extending back- 
 wards to the level of the back of the canines. Posterior palate with 
 a pair of large irregular vacuities opposite the first three molars, 
 and a second pair of much smaller and more regular ones opposite 
 m.'' Bxdlse smaU. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XXV. fig. 7) as described above. Canines very short 
 as in S. orassicaudata. Premolars, owing to the comparatively 
 greater length of the muzzle, not touching one another. Upper p.' 
 not much larger than p.^ ; p.* disproportionally larger than either. 
 Lower p.^ quite equal to or even exceeding p.^ 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 y - >^ 
 
 c (in al.). From Cape York* 
 (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 96 80 
 
 Tail 86 101 
 
 Hind foot 19-3 18-7 
 
 Ear 14 13 
 
 Skull, see p. 308. 
 
 Sab. Eastern Australia, from Cape York to Tasmania. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 ^ J I Ad. sks. ) , New South Wales. Gould CoH. 
 
 ' ■ I Skull of a. I ° ■ {Co-types oi Anteckinus ferrugineifrons, Gould.) 
 ^ 1 Ad. al. I , Gippsland. Purchased. 
 
 "• ] Skull. \ ^■ 
 
 , 1 Ad. sk. 1 J, Tasmania. Purchased. 
 
 "• 'jSkuU. /o- (%)e of species.) 
 
 ei. Ad. al. c?. Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. fP. 
 
 & 0.]. 
 /. Ad. skeleton. Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. fP. 
 
 & 0.]. 
 
 3. Sminthopsis murina. 
 
 Phascogale murina, WcOierh. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 76 ; id. Cat. Mamm. 
 Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. lAhr., Mamm. xi. 
 p. 143, pi. X. (animal) (1841) ; Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 
 (1841) ; Less. JY. Tail. £. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; Wagn. Sehr. 
 
 * Belonging to the Brisbane Museum, and kindly lent me for examination by 
 Mr. De Vis. 
 
304 DASTTJHIDiE. 
 
 Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 38 (1843), v. p. 204^^1855) ; ScUnz, Syn. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 494 (1844) ; Oieb. 8avg. p. 729 (1859). 
 Phascogale albipes, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 48 ; Sohinz, Syn. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 495 (1844); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 203 (1855) ; Gfieb. 
 
 Sdug. p. 728 (1869). 
 Phascogale (Antechinus) albipes andrmmna, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. 
 
 i. pp. 421, 425 (1846). 
 Antechinus fuliginosus, Oould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xli. (animal) 
 
 (]852). 
 Antechinus albipes, Oould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xlii. (1852) ; Oerrard, 
 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 137 (1862); Kreft, Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Austr. Mus. p. 80 (1864) ; Cray, Voy. Ereb, TeiT., Mamm. p. 12 c, 
 
 pi. xxvii. fig. 1 (animal) (1875) ; Higg. §• Pett. P. Roy. Sob. Tasm. 
 
 1883, p. 196. 
 Antechinus murinus, Oould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. xliii. (animal) 
 
 (1852). 
 Phascogale fuliginosa, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 205 (1856). 
 Podabrus fuliginosus, murinus, and albipes, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, 
 
 p. 433 ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871). 
 
 Common Pottched Motjse. 
 
 General proportions slender and delicate. Pur soft and fine, with 
 very few longer hairs. General colour finely grizzled mouse-grey, 
 rather variable in tone according to the amount of the longer darker 
 hairs present. Face with an indistinct darker mark in front of and 
 round the eyes, and sometimes with a faint darker mesial stripe 
 along the muzzle. Ears very variable in size ; laid forward (in 
 spirit-specimens) they reach to, and in some specimens beyond, the 
 anterior canthus of the eye ; their backs uniformly slaty flesh-colour. 
 Chin white ; chest and belly mixed grey and white, the degree to 
 which the slaty grey of the bases of the hairs shows though very 
 variable; line of demarcation on sides generally sharply marked. 
 Hands and feet, and sometimes forearms, pure white ; palms naked, 
 granulated. Soles (PI. XXIII. fig. 7) hairy under the caleaneum 
 and along the edges, -the remainder naked, finely granulated, the 
 projections at the bases of the toes without distinct transversely 
 striated pads, although on their summits several of the granulations 
 sometimes coalesce and form small irregular and smooth pads. 
 Tail just about the length of the head and body, slender, not 
 incrassated, evenly short-haired, brown above, grey or white below. 
 Mammse 8. 
 
 Skull smaller and with rather a shorter broader muzzle than in 
 8. leucopus, but otherwise quite similar. 
 
 Teeth as usual. Upper p.", as a rule, proportionally more deve- 
 loped than in S. leueopus, so that the three premolars increase evenly 
 in size ; but even this character is not always constant. 
 
 Upper mirk-p." (stiU in position in specimen o) of considerable 
 size, about equal in cross-section to the canine, triangular, multi- 
 cuspid, very much as in Phascologale. 
 
SMINTHOPSIS. 305. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 J.. ?. 
 
 e (in spirit), j (lu al.).. 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 81 84 
 
 Tail 90 83 
 
 Hind foot 16 16 
 
 Forearm and hand 25 
 
 Ear 11-5 13. 
 
 Skull, see p. 308. 
 
 Hab. Australia south of the' tropics.. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 Eiefft has stated that the eastern specimens of this species (the* 
 true 8. murina) hare ten mammse, and that therefore the western 
 ones (" S. fuUginosa ") should be distinguished specifically from it,. 
 Since, however, specimen ^ from South Australia has, like the western 
 species, only eight mammse^ and no other differences are observable- 
 between the two forms, I am constrained to consider that Xrefft 
 was mistaken, and that the- two species are identical. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. 1 
 **■ ] Skull. ( °^ 
 
 Darling Downs, 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 Queensland. 
 
 
 b^ c. Ad. ska. 
 
 Severn R., N. S. W. 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 d. Ad. sk., (J . 
 
 Hunter R., N. S. W. 
 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 {Type of species.). 
 
 t. Ad. al., J • 
 
 
 Leyden Museum 
 
 fE.! 
 G. R.Waterhouse, 
 
 /. Ad. skull. 
 
 South Australia' {J. 
 
 
 B. Harvey, Esq.'). 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
 
 (From type of Ph. albipi 
 
 '.a, Waterh.) 
 
 g. Ad. sk. 
 
 South Australia. 
 
 Sir G. Grey [P.. 
 
 &C.]. 
 
 A. Ad. al., $■. 
 
 South Australia. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 . Ad. St. 1 
 *• SkuU. f '^• 
 
 Albany, King George's 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 Sound. 
 
 
 jf. Ad. al., ?. 
 
 King George's Sound 
 (Q. Masters). 
 
 G. Kreffl, Esq. [P.]. 
 
 k. Ad. St., cJ, 2/7/48. 
 
 Peith,W. A. {J. Gilbert). 
 
 Goidd Coll. 
 
 /.Ad. sk., c?. 
 
 E. Avon, W. A. (J. Gil- 
 bert). 
 
 Gould CoU. 
 
 
 (Type oi A.fuUginosus, Gould.) 
 
 ^ 1 Ad. sk. , 
 **■ ] Skull. *• 
 
 Toodyay, W. A. (J. Gil- 
 bert). 
 
 Gould Coll. 
 
 * The " South Australia " here referred to appears only to mean the Boutheni 
 part of Australia, i. e. Victoria. 
 
 X 
 
306 bastueidjE. 
 
 n, 0. Ad. & imm. al., J • J- Beazley [C.]. 
 
 Ad. st. I , West Australia. Purchased. 
 
 Skull. ° • 
 
 H 
 
 4. Sminthopsis crassicaudata. 
 
 Phascogale crassicaudata, Oould, P. Z.\S. 1844, p. 105 ; Wayn. iSchr. 
 
 Saug. Supp. v. p. 206 (1865) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 137 (1857) ; Oieh. 
 
 Saug. p. 729 (1859) ; Oeirard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 135 
 
 (1862); Schleg. Diermt.v- 162 (1872). 
 Podabrus crassieaudatus. Gould, Mamm. Austr. pi. xlvii. (animal) 
 
 (1845) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 32 (1864) ; id. P. Z. S. 
 
 1866, p. 433; id. Austr. Vert. p. 16 (1871). 
 Podabrus macrurus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 79 ; id. Mamm. Austr. 
 
 i. pi. xlvi. (animal) (1849) ; K7-efft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. 
 
 p. 32 (1864) ; id. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 433 ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 
 
 (1871). 
 Phascogale (Anteohinus) macrura and crassicaudata, Watei-h. iV. H. 
 
 Mamm. i. pp. 426 & 428, pi. xv. fig. 2 (animal) (1846). 
 Phascogale macrura, Wagn. Sohr. Siiug. Supp. v. p. 205 (1855) ; 
 
 Schleg. Dierh. p. 137 (1857) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 729 (1859) ; Gerrard, 
 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862) ; Schkg. Dierent. p. 162 
 
 (1872) ; Jmt. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 303 (1887). 
 Antechinus crassieaudatus. Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr. p. 12 b, pi. xxvi. 
 
 fig. 1 (animal) (1864). 
 Antechinus (Podabrus) froggatti. Mams. P. Linn. Soc. N, S. TV. (2) 
 
 ii. p. 562 (1887). 
 
 ISiT-TAILED P0T7CHED MoirSB. 
 
 Size very small, form light and delicate. Fur very soft and fine, 
 composed almost wholly of underfur, without any admixture of 
 longer, coarser hairs. General colour clear ashy grey. Face with a 
 yellowish tinge, especially between the eyes and ears. Ears very 
 large, pointed or narrowly rounded off, laid forward they reach 
 considerably beyond the eye ; their backs dark brown anteriorly, 
 then yellowish flesh-colour, and posteriorly slaty grey, the anterior 
 dark band contrasting markedly with the rest ; inside of ear with a 
 few short yellowish hairs along the edges. Back uniform grey, 
 more or less tinged with yellow, the hairs dark slate for their basal 
 four fifths and their tips pale grey or yellow. Chin white, chest 
 and belly greyish white. Hands and feet white. Palms naked, 
 coarsely granulated with fine projections, on which the pads are 
 vague and rudimentary, without transverse striations. Soles 
 (PI. XXIII. fig. 8), except the anterior fourth, and a narrow line 
 extending backwards down the centre, thickly clothed with velvety 
 hairs; naked part coarsely granulated, the large trefoil-shaped 
 projection without distinct striated pads. Tail generally short, 
 rather variable in length, incrassated, tapering, grey above and 
 wtite beneath. Mammre 10. 
 
6. AlsriEOHINOMTS. 
 
 307 
 
 Shull very similar to that of S. murina, except that it is slenderer 
 and more slightly built. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XXV. fig. 10) as usual; the canines very small, the 
 upper premolars evenly increasing in size backwards. Lower p.* 
 very slightly smaller than p.' 
 
 Bimensiona^ 
 
 J. s- 
 
 e (in spirit), a (in spirit), 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 85 75 
 
 Tail 53 52 
 
 Hind foot 14-6 14-5 
 
 Ear 14 12-5- 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hah. Whol« of Australia (not yet recorded from the extreme' 
 north). 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 a. Ad. al., $ . Queensland. Puichased. 
 
 b. Ad. sk., 9 . Darling Downs (J. CHlbert). Liverpool Museum 
 
 [E.]. (Gould Coll.) 
 e. Skull. Darling Downs (/. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 (6 and c, co-types (with c? in Liverpool Museum) of S. macrm-a.') 
 , J Ad. sk. I , Darling R., N. S. W. Capt. Sturt [P. & C.]. 
 
 "'• j Skull. \^- 
 
 e,/ Ad. al., cf 5. Melbourne. Purchased. 
 
 g. Ad. sk., cT • S. Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & 0,].- 
 
 h. Ad. sk., c?.^ Williams R., W. A. (J. Gould Coll. 
 
 Gilbert). (Ty^e of species.), 
 
 i. Ad. sk., 5 .. West Australia. Purchased. 
 
 ■ jAd. al. I „ No history. 
 '■ ] Skull., f ? •• 
 
 6. ANTECHINOMYS. 
 
 Antechihomys, Xreffi, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 434 . . . 
 
 Type; 
 A. laniger; 
 
 Size small, general build slender, jerboa-like. Ears very large.. 
 Metatragus large and thin, projecting backwards distally. Tail 
 very long, tufted. Limbs unusually elongated, the forearm,, lower 
 leg, and hind foot being aU disproportionally long ; toes short, 
 subequal ; hallux entirely absent ; palms and soles without distinct 
 pads, the latter hairy for the greater part of their length. 
 
 Shull much as in Sminthopsis, but broader in proportion to its 
 length, and, in correlation to the increase in size of the ear, the 
 bullae are very much larger and more swollen, and their mastoid 
 portion is also inflated. 
 
 x2 
 
308 
 
 BASTTmiD^. 
 
 - - ' 2. 2. S.S.p 
 
 e s g 
 
 B m a "2, 
 
 = 1-1= = tit 
 
 3 B'g i 3 B g"* 
 3 SB cr 
 
 Oa cn l>p CO h-t CO CO 
 
 1-^ CC h^ CJi 
 
 CO h-* »-• )-i 1^ to 
 
 ts >^ i-> t-> a» ^ 00 CO CO >t^ C7I ts bo h-t oa aa 
 
 ^' 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 o a. 
 
 QQ 
 
 I 
 
 ert- 
 
 CD 
 
 §: 
 g 
 
 )-■ lU w tS OT S °P "^ °P CO qi w tS !D Oi Ui 
 «£> -i CO 1^ 
 
 1^ 
 
 .a0COl-> ' CD hJ^ 00 03 00 &9 
 
 Oi Co CO (-• C?i o^ 
 
 M hii' M I-;* J^ CO 00 00 00 fcO rf^ f-* I-* 00 CO I-* 
 
 cadsh^co CO u) CO 1^ CO codb 
 
 I-. 
 
 V.K5 
 
 bo lf». H-1 i-i ?0 I-' 00 M^ 00 COWHitOCOM^ 
 
 !g 
 
 00 Cn05 CTlOO 
 
 g.oO, 
 
6. AirTEOHINOMYS. 309 
 
 B^tUim :-I. L^f^-. C. \, P. \^^±{, M. L^|^ X 2 = 46. 
 
 The teeth with the essential characters of those of Sminthopsis. 
 Upper incisors small and delicate, cylindrical, not flattened; i.' 
 separated from the rest, but not markedly raked forwards. Canines 
 very small and short, scarcely projecting beyond the general 
 level of the tooth-series. Premolars evenly, but slightly, increasing 
 in size backwards. Lower incisors subequal. Canine very short, 
 about the same length as p.^; p.' and p.* about equal, slightly 
 shorter than p.' M.^ with a distinct antero-internal secondary cusp. 
 
 MUk-dentition not known, but no doubt as in Sminlhopm. 
 
 Habits. Terrestrial ; saltatory ; insectivorous. 
 
 Range. That of the only species. 
 
 This genus evidently bears the same relationship to Sminthopsis 
 that the Eodent Hapdlotis, also Australian, does to Mus, being 
 specialized in precisely the same manner for a saltatory method 
 of progression, a method apparently peculiarly favourable in the 
 sandy country inhabited both by Hapalotis and Antechinomya. 
 
 1. AntecliiiiomyB laniger. 
 
 Phascogale lanigera, Oould, Mamm. Auitr. i. pi. xxxiii. (animal) 
 
 (1856); Oerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 135 (1862) j 
 
 Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 29 (1864). 
 Antechinomys laniger, Kirefi, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 434 ; id. Austr. Vert. 
 
 p. 16 (1871) ; j&ton, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 454 et seqq. (anat.) pi. xlv. 
 
 (animal). 
 
 Jebboa Pouched Motoe, 
 
 Size small, form very slender and graceful. Fur long, soft and 
 fine, composed almost whoUy of underfur. General colour pale 
 grizzled grey. Head grey, the bases of the hairs dark slate, their 
 tips pale fawn, the colour lighter on the cheeks, muzzle, and above 
 and behind the eyes, and darker on the crown, from which a 
 darker median patch passes backwards along the back of the neck ; 
 a large patch behind each «ar pale fawn, contrasting markedly with 
 the darker occiput. Ears very large, ovoid; laid forward they 
 reach to halfway between the muzzle and the anterior canthus of 
 the eye; covered nearly entirely with short, fine, fawn-coloured 
 hairs. Back-hairs very long and fine, slaty grey except at their 
 extreme tips, which are pale fawn; the few longer hairs black. 
 Chin white, chest and beUy grey at their bases, with broad white 
 tips ; change of colour on sides rather abrupt. Limbs coloured and 
 like the body only as far as the elbows and the middle of the tibiae ; 
 the remainder, with the hands and feet, pure white. Palms naked, 
 closely granulated all over, provided with a trefoil-shaped anterior 
 and a smaller posterior prominence, but without distinct trans- 
 
310 BABTUBIBiE. 
 
 versely striated pads ; soles (PI. XXIII. flg. 9) closely hairy all 
 along the much elongated metatarsus, the only naked part being a 
 trefoil-shaped prominence at the base of the toes, which is covered 
 with fine granulations, but is without separate pads ; centre line of 
 sole rather darker in colour than rest of foot. Tail much longer 
 than head and body, thin, uniformly short-haired and fawn- 
 coloured, with the exception of the terminal inch, where there 
 is a prominent pencil of black hairs, each from 7 to 9 millim. in 
 length. Mammte unknown ; those of specimen a unfortunately not 
 distinguishable. 
 
 SkuU (PI. XXV. figs. 11 & 12) broad, but slightly built, the 
 bones thin and delicate. Nasals not expanded behind. Inter- 
 orbital space flat and smooth, its edges square but not beaded, 
 diverging backwards. Anterior palatal foramina reaching to the 
 centre of p.^ Posterior palate with two pairs of vacuities, as in 
 Sminthopsis. Bullee very large and swollen, the mastoid portion 
 also swollen. 
 
 Teeth as described above. 
 
 Dimengions. 
 
 2- 
 
 a (in spirit). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 84 
 
 Tail 121 
 
 Hind foot 28 
 
 Head 29 
 
 Muzzle to eye 14 
 
 Forearm and hand 31 
 
 Lower leg , 31 
 
 Heel to front of large sole-pad. . 23 
 Ear 17'5 
 
 Skull, see p. 308. 
 
 Hab. S. Queensland and New South Wales, 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 An excellent account of the anatomy, habits, and relationships 
 of this rare species has been published by the late Mr. E. R. Alston 
 {I. c). 
 
 a. Ad. al., 5 . Queensland. Purchased. 
 
 J I Ad. sk. I New South Wales. Sir T. L. Mitchell [P. & 0.]. 
 • I Skull. ( °- (7V;)e of species.) 
 
 c. Ad. St. Purchased. 
 
7. MYEMECODItTS. 311 
 
 Subfamily II. MYRMECOBIINiE. 
 
 Tongue long, cylindrical, extensile. Premaxillae separate in front. 
 Bony palate much produced backwards. Molars small and delicate, 
 more than four, both above and below, the lower ones with the 
 outer series of cusps aborted, and the inner alone well developed. 
 
 7. MYEMECOBIUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Myrmecobiua, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1836, p, 69 M. fasciatus. 
 
 Form graceful, squirrel-like. Nose long, rhinarium naked, 
 grooved below ; lower lip produced forwards into a long pointed 
 projection, which fits into the groove below the rhinarium. Palate 
 with about fourteen transverse ridges. Tongue very long, slender, 
 tapering, extensile, its surface quite smooth. Ears long and 
 narrow ; metatragus small, thick, triangular, rounded at its tip, not 
 folded distally. Chest with a peculiar complex gland, opening on 
 the surface by several large and distinct apertures*. Back trans- 
 versely banded with white. Toes 5 — 4, provided with long fossorial 
 claws ; hallux altogether wanting externally, although its metatarsus 
 is present in the skeleton ; palms and soles smooth, naked, the 
 pads small and granulated. Tail long and bushy. Pouch entirely 
 obsolete ; mammae 4. 
 
 Skull broad and unridged, the bones thin and delicate. Muzzle 
 conical. Nasals much expanded behind. Interorbital space very 
 broad and smooth, its edges forming prominent overhanging ledges, 
 interrupted by a deep supraorbital notch. Postorbital processes 
 long. Palate complete, without vacuities, produced very far back- 
 wards. Bullae swollen. Lower jaw long and slender, its angle but 
 little inflected. 
 
 Dentition -—I ^■^■^■* C i P ^•"•^•^ M i-g-3-^-5.01 
 
 (usually 1^) X 2=50 to 52. 
 
 Teeth small, insectivorous, chiefly remarkable for their striking 
 resemblance to those of the Mesozoic Polyprotodont Marsupials, 
 such as Phascolotherium and others. Upper incisors thin and 
 conical, i.' slightly smaller than the others. Canines but little 
 longer than the premolars, scarcely projecting beyond them. Pre- 
 molars very variable in size and shape ; as a rule p.i is narrow and 
 unicuapid, p.' is similar, but has in addition rudimentary secondary 
 cusps on its anterior and posterior edges, while in p.' the central 
 cusp is shortened and the secondary cusps are more developed, so 
 
 * For an account of the minute structure of this remarkable gland, see Bed- 
 dard, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 527. 
 
 t Normally, but two specimens in the collection possess, through atavism, a 
 fourth incisor on one side, and thereby prove which of the original four lower 
 incisors has been lost by the modern three- toothed forms. 
 
 X I can find no satisfactory evidence for the common statement that there 
 are sometimes six upper molars, all the specimens that I know of having only five 
 
312 DA8TTrEIDJ3. 
 
 that the tooth is distinctly tricuspid. Molars small and delicate, the 
 middle ones of the series the largest ; m.' very small and narrow, its 
 edge indistinctly serrate ; m.', m.', and m.* triangular or oval, very 
 variable in size and shape, generally with from three to five small 
 pointed cusps ; m.° smaller than the others, generally similar to 
 them in character, but sometimes minute and styliform. 
 
 Lower teeth very like the upper. Incisors slender, i.' markedly 
 the largest. Canine proportionally larger than in the upper jaw. 
 Premolars almost precisely like the upper ones, but the anterior 
 secondary cusp less developed. First molar very small, but variable 
 in size, sometimes minute and unicuspid, generally bi- or tricuspid, 
 but sometimes still larger and quadricuspid. Other molars each 
 with three marked subequal internal cusps, but with the outer row 
 of cusps suppressed and reduced to a mere roughened cingulum, 
 which is carried on backwards behind the last internal main cusp, 
 and forms a low extra posterior cusp or heel. 
 
 Milk-premolar as yet unknown, the determination of the pre- 
 molars and molars depending upon form and upon the relative times 
 of appearance of the different teeth. 
 
 EabiU. Terrestrial and arboreal ; insectivorous. 
 
 Range. That of the only species. 
 
 This exceedingly remarkable genus differs from all the rest of the 
 family to such a degree that it is very doubtful if a special family 
 ought not to be made for it. Its chief interest lies in its close 
 resemblance and, presumably, relationship to the Mesozoic Polypro- 
 todont Marsupials of the English Jurassic beds, the resemblance 
 being so close as to suggest that Myrmeedbius, like Oeratodus, is 
 actually an unmodified survivor from Mesozoic times, and therefore 
 from a time long before the Didelphyidai, Peramelidce, and Dasy- 
 uridcB were differentiated one from the other. As to its family 
 distinction, however, it seems better for the present to retain aU the 
 simple-footed predaceous Marsupials in one large family, with which 
 further discoveries will probably show that the Am/pMiheriidm and 
 their allies should be amalgamated, rather than to split up the living 
 forms in such a way as to increase the difiB.culty of assigning their 
 proper family positions to the fossil ones. 
 
 1. Myrmecohins fasciatns. 
 
 Myrmecobius fasciatus, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1830, pp. 69, 131 ; id. Cat. 
 Mamm. Mm. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838); Gerv. C. H. vii. p. 672 
 (1838; ; Owen, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 121 ; Waterh. Tr. Z. S. ii. p. 149, 
 pis. xivii. (animal), xxviii. (skull &c.)(1841) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., 
 Mamm. xi. p. 145, pi. xi. (animal) (1841) ; Oray, Grey's Austr., 
 A})p. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. JR. A., Mamm. p, 191 (1842) ; 
 Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. 
 Stipp. iii. p. 33 (1843), v. p. 209 (1856) ; Schinz, 8yn. Mamm. 
 i. p. 613 (1844); Owen, Odontogr. p. 377, .dW. pL xcviii. fig. 4 
 (teeth) (1846) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. iv. (animal) (1846) ; 
 Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 896, pi. xiv. fig. 1 (animal), and pi. xxi. 
 fig. 1 (skull) (1846) ; Gieh. Odontogr. p. 40, pi. xvii. fig. 2 (teeth) 
 
7. MYEMECOBItrS. 313 
 
 (1855) ; Schleg. Bierk. p. 137 (1857) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 725 (1859) ; 
 Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 137 (1862) ; Kreft, P. Z. S. 
 1868, p. 3 ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 16 (1871) ; Schleg. JDierent. p. 162 
 (1872) ; Gieb. Bronn's Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pi. xix. figs. 4 & 5 
 (skull) (1874); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 655, %. (animal) (1880); 
 Flow. Encycl. Brit. (9) xv. p. 381, fig. 27 (animal) (1883) ; Flow. ^ 
 Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg.'ii. p. 739 (1884) ; Beddard, P. Z. S. 1887, 
 p. 527, figs. 1-3 (anat. chest-gland) ; Thos. Phil. Trans, clxxviii. 
 p. 448, pi. xxvii. fig. 9 (lower teeth) (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 Mus. p. 303 (1887). ■ 
 Myrmecobius diemenensis, Waterh. (apud Less. N. Tahl. R. A., 
 Mamm. p. 191, 1842 ; and Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100, 1843). 
 
 Mabsitpiai, Asteatee. 
 
 Fur short, close, and hispid, almost spinous. Underfur thin and 
 sparse, pale grey. General colour bright rufous darkening to black 
 posteriorly, broadly banded with white. Muzzle, forehead, and 
 crown dark grizzled rufous, a white stripe over each eye, succeeded 
 below by a brown or black band passing from the side of the 
 muzzle through the eye to the base of the ear. Below this the 
 cheeks and lips are pale yellow, but there is generally an indistinct 
 rufous band running backwards from the angle of the mouth. Ears 
 long, narrow, and pointed, laid forwards they reach to just beyond 
 the anterior can thus of the eye, uniformly clothed with short closely- 
 set hairs, dull rufous behind, yellowish internally. Fore back rich 
 rufous, coarsely freckled with white, the hairs black for their basal 
 half and at their extreme tip, red or white on the intermediate 
 part. Passing backwards the white-banded hairs become so 
 arranged as to form prominent transverse stripes passing right across 
 the back, the stripes of opposite sides, however, often not exactly 
 meeting in the centre line, but overlapping and interdigitating. 
 Ground-colour of rump gradually darkening to black. Chin almost 
 hairless, flesh-colour. Throat, chest, and belly clear pale yellow *, 
 the hairs not darker at their bases ; a darker central streak on the 
 throat of old males, due to and surrounding the opening of the 
 sternal gland ; no darker colour in females or young males. Out- 
 sides of limbs like back ; inner sides, front, and back of legs, and 
 whole of hands and feet uniform pale yellow. Claws long and 
 strong, dark horn-colour. PoUex short, not reaching to the base 
 of the index. Second and fourth fingers equal, but the middle one 
 absolutely shorter than either, its first phalanx especially shortened, 
 very broad and strong ; fifth digit reaching to the middle of the 
 first phalanx of the fourth. Palms naked, smooth, with five smaU, 
 round, finely granulated pads, situated one just below the wrist, one 
 each at the bases of the first and fifth digits, and two close together 
 at the bases of the three middle fingers. Second hind toe reaching 
 to the end of the second phalanx of the third, fifth to the middle of 
 the first phalanx of the third. Soles (PL XXIII. fig. 10) hairy 
 
 This becomes white in specimens exposed to light. 
 
314 
 
 DASYTJEIBJE. 
 
 along the sides and under the calcaneum, the rest smooth and naked, 
 with only three granulated pads, one each at the base of the second 
 and fifth toes, and one at the base of the combined third and 
 fourth ; there is also a thickening of the skin opposite the meta- 
 tarsal of the hallux, but no definite pad is there found. Tail rather 
 shorter than the head and body, evenly long-haired above and on 
 the sides, shorter-haired below ; above coarsely grizzled pale yellow 
 and black, rich rufous below. Mammga 4. 
 Skull and dentition as described above. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 . d. 2- 
 
 c (in spirit). *(iti spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 220 240 
 
 Tail 175 (0.) 160 
 
 Hind foot 50 48 
 
 Ear 24 2-3 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hah. Western and Southern Australia. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I , South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & 
 
 "■ jSkuU. f ^' 0.1. 
 
 6. Ad. St., cJ ■ King George's Sound, Sir G. Grey [P. & 
 
 W. A. 0.]. 
 
 e. Ad. al., d'. King George's Sound, G.Kre£Pt,Esq.[P.]. 
 
 W. A. ( W. Master). 
 
 , I Ad. sk. I Swan K., W. A. Zool. Soc. (A. Gor- 
 
 "• \ SkuU.t i don, Esq. [P. & 
 (Type of " M. diemenensis, Waterh.") 0.]). 
 
 , J Ad. St. I Swan R., W.A. {J. Gil- Gould OoU. 
 *'•/• ]Skulloffi.J bert). 
 
 , Yg. St. & sk. I Swan R., W. A. ' Purchased. 
 ^'*- Skull of A. [ 
 
 . llmm. sk. ) Toodyay, W. A. (J. Gil- Gould OoU. 
 *• 1 Skull. f bert). 
 
 j. Skeleton (mounted). West Australia. Purchased. 
 
 k. Ad. sk., 2 • Haalar Hospital. 
 
 /. SkuU.t G. R. Waterhouse, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
 m. Skull. Charles Falconer, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 
 * Belonging to the Biological Laboratory of the Eoyal School of Mines, and 
 kindly lent me for examination. The measurements of this specimen are not 
 quite so trustworthy as those of the male, owing to its being in somewhat bad 
 condition. 
 
 t The skuU figured, Tr. Z. S. ii. pi. xxviii. 
 
 I Figured in N. H. Mamm. i. pi. xxi. 
 
DIDELPHTIDiE. 
 
 315 
 
 Slcull Measurements of Myrmeoobius. 
 
 
 M. fasciatus. 
 
 
 Specimen 
 
 adult. 
 
 Age 
 
 
 Basal length 
 
 53 
 31-5 
 21-5 
 127 
 
 4-2 
 20 
 38 
 12 
 
 81 
 17 
 36 
 
 2-4 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 „ greatest breadth 
 
 }, least breadth 
 
 Intertemporal breadth 
 
 PsSate, length 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,, length of m,^ 
 
 
 Family VI. DlDELPHYIDa:. 
 
 Polyprotodont Marsupials adapted for an arboreal, predatory, 
 omnivorous, or insectivorous life. Metatragus variable in size. 
 Limbs subequal ; fore and hind feet each with five toes, the latter 
 not syndactylous, but with a very large and widely opposable nail- 
 less hallux. Tail generally very long, naked, scaly, prehensile, 
 sometimes short, and more' or less hairy. Stomach simple. Csecum 
 small or moderate. Pouch generally absent, sometimes merely 
 composed of two lateral folds of skin separate at each end ; rarely 
 completff. 
 
 Dentition : — I. 
 
 1.2.8.4.5 
 
 C.i,P.,_ 
 
 M. 
 
 x2=50. 
 
 1.2.3.4 ''I'-^'l. 0.3. 4' -1.2.3.4 
 
 Teeth rooted, sharp, cutting, carnivorous. Upper incisors small 
 and conical, the first larger than and separated from the others. 
 Upper premolars generally increasing in size backwards, and with, 
 as a rule, a marked diastema between p.' and p.° Lower premolars 
 well developed, their relative sizes variable. Molars multicuspid ; 
 with only three cusps visible externally. 
 
 Tooth-change always present, the milk-premolar large and long- 
 persistent. 
 
 Range. North and South America, from the United States to La 
 Plata. Also found fossil in Europe; 
 
 This family is an exceedingly homogeneous one, its members pre- 
 senting a very small range of differentiation. It is, on the whole, 
 very closely allied to the Dasyuridce, from which, were it not for 
 its isolated geographical position, it would be very doubtfully 
 separable. 
 
316 
 
 DIDELPHTIDJS. 
 
 The Opossums take the place in the Neotropical region of the 
 Inseotivora of other parts of the world, the great majority being 
 arboreal, and to this extent corresponding to Tupaia, while a few 
 
 Kg. 6. 
 
 Didelphys marsupialis. — Jaw and hind foot, showing combination of polyproto- 
 dont dentition with a nou-syndactyloua foot. 
 
 {subgenus Peramys) are more or less terrestrial, and strongly re- 
 eemble the Shrews both in appearance and habits. One single 
 species, Chironectes minimus, is aquatic. 
 
 Sytiopsis of Genera*. 
 
 A. Hind toes quite free 1. Didelphys, p. 316, 
 
 B. Hind toes webbed to their extremities 2. CmnoNECTES, p. 30G. 
 
 1. DIDELPHYS. 
 
 Didelphys t, Linn. Sijet. Nat. (10) i. p. 54 (1760) 
 
 Type. 
 D. marsupialis. 
 
 * It is impossible to find any single cranial character by which Chironectes 
 naay be distinguished from all the species of Didelphys, but in order to assist 
 in its recognition a reference is made to its skull in the cranial synopsis of the 
 species of that genus. 
 
 t For the full recent synonymy of the genus see •(»/)■<> under the different 
 subgeuerio headings, and for the fossil svnonyms sco LydekUor, Oat. Foss. 
 Mamin. B. M. y. p, 278 (1887). 
 
1. DIBELPHTS. 317 
 
 Size varying from that of a large cat to that of a mouse. Ears 
 generally large and weU developed, with several supplementary 
 folds of skin around and in front of their bases ; their inner margins 
 frequently produced forwards into a prominent pointed projection 
 (see PI. XXVI. fig. 1). Hind feet short, modified for grasping ; 
 with a widely opposable clawless haUiix, and broad rounded pads. 
 Tail in most of the species longer than the head and body, practi- 
 cally naked, except at its base, and distinctly prehensile ; in one 
 species hairy throughout, and in several (subgenus Peramys) shorter 
 than the head and body, and doubtfully prehensile. Pouch only 
 present in the larger species, generally rudimentary or absent. 
 Mammae uneven in number, varying from about 7 to 25, arranged 
 not in two parallel rows, as in the Basyuridce, but in two series — an 
 inner and an outer, the outer consisting of a variable number of 
 symmetrical pairs, the inner generally of one single mamma placed 
 in the middle line posteriorly, but sometimes of three or five, the 
 odd one in each case placed mesiaUy (see PI. XXVIJI. figs. 3 and 6). 
 
 SJcull stout and strongly built, with, at least in the larger species, 
 well-developed ridges and crests. Nasals long, almost always 
 widely and abruptly expanded behind. Anterior palatine foramina 
 short. Palate generally slightly imperfect behind. Bullse rudi- 
 mentary, often almost obsolete. 
 
 Dentition as described above. 
 
 Eange. That of the family. 
 
 The systematic arrangement of the Opossums has formed the 
 subject of an unusually large number of memoirs, of which the best 
 have been written by Temminck, Waterhouse, and Burmeister. 
 These and all other authors appear, however, to have erred in the 
 admission of by far too great a number of species, formed on the 
 most trivial characters of colour and size, and therefore a large re- 
 duction has been found to be necessary in the present work. With 
 the exception of the Short-tailed Opossums (subgenus Peramys), the 
 series available for examination in the European Museums seems to 
 be fairly complete, but in the case of these more specimens are 
 urgently needed before the species can be at aU satisfactorily worked 
 out ; and the present arrangement of that, the most difficidt, group 
 must be looked upon as merely tentative in its nature. 
 
 In this genus alone of the Marsupials I have found it necessary 
 to use subgenerio names, since the groups are so natural in them- 
 selves, and at the same time pass so gradually into one another, that 
 it is impossible either, on the one hand, to ignore them altogether, or, 
 on the other, to give them each fuU generic rank. 
 
 Owing to the shortness of the hind feet in this genus it has been 
 found inadvisable to use their length as a standard of size, and 
 therefore, as in the Phalangeridae, the length of the lower leg has 
 been^used as the chief guide to the general size. 
 
318 DIDELPHTIDiE. 
 
 Synopsis of Subgenera and Species. 
 
 I. EXTEENAL CHA.BAOTEBS. 
 
 A, Tail very long; generally scaly, naked, 
 and markedly prehensile. 
 
 a. Size large (lower leg more than 90 
 
 millim.^ . Fur with long bristle-hairs 
 intermixed with it. Fifth hind toe 
 much shorter than the subec[ual 
 
 second, third, and fourth I. Subgenus Didelphys, p. 322. 
 
 a^. Anterior edge of ear with scarcely a 
 
 trace of the basal projection .... 1. Z>. marsupialis, p, 323. 
 
 b. Size medium or small (lower leg less 
 
 than 80 millim.). Fur of one sort 
 only, without longer piles intermixed. 
 J\ Toes as in a. Anterior base of 
 ear with a well-marked projec- 
 tion. Size medium. (Lower leg 
 
 50 to 75 millim.) II. Subgenus Metachirus, p. 329. 
 
 a^. Ears very large, naked. White 
 spots present over eyes. Tail 
 slender, naked, scaly. 
 a^. Pouch present. Base of tail 
 
 furry for two inches or more . 2. D. opossum, p. 329. 
 V. Pouch absent. Base of tail 
 
 furry for barely one inch .... 3. Z). nudicaudata, p. 332. 
 6'. Ears quite small, hairy. Colour 
 uniform, no eye-spots. Tail 
 thick, nearly entirely hairy. 
 c°. Pouch absent. Tail furry for 
 
 half its length 4.D. eraasicaudata, p. 334. 
 
 c'. Fifth hind toe nearly equalling third, 
 
 and longer than second; fourth 
 
 the longest. 
 
 c' Size medium, as in Metachirus. 
 
 Fur woolly. Face with a brown 
 
 central streak III. Subgenus Philander, p. 336.. 
 
 d^. Base of tail furry for about two 
 or three inches, the fur ending 
 at the same level all round. 
 
 Body uniformly coloured. .. . 5. D. philander, ■p. S37. 
 e°. Base of tail furry for about six 
 inches above, but only for 
 about three below. Body 
 more or less variegated with 
 
 white 6. D. lanigera, p. 339, 
 
 <f . Size small : lower leg less than 45 
 millim. Fur generally straight. 
 Face without a dark central 
 
 streak IV. Subgenus Micoubeus, p, 840. 
 
 /^ Tail slender, cylindrical, not 
 incrassated. Foot-pads low 
 and rounded, the sole between 
 them generally smooth, rarely 
 granulated. 
 
1. DIDElPHTa. 319 
 
 a'. Anterior basal projection of 
 ear long, prominent, tri- 
 angular, 
 a'. Ear large, when laid for- 
 ward easily covering eye. 
 0°. Size larger : lower leg 
 about 40 millim. Colour 
 grey. Base of tail more 
 
 or less furry 7. 2). cinerea, p. 342. 
 
 6°. Size smaller : lower leg 
 82to38miUim. Colour 
 rufous. Base of tail 
 
 not furry 8. 2). murina, p. 343. 
 
 b'. Ear small, when laid for- 
 ward reaching at most to 
 centre of eye. 
 c". Size very small: lower 
 leg 24 miUim. Colour 
 
 bright rufous 0. . D. lepida, p. 347. 
 
 6^. Anterior basal projection of 
 
 ear short, rounded, often 
 
 obsolete. 
 
 c'. General colour rufous. 
 
 cP. Size very small : lower 
 
 leg 20-25 millim. Tail 
 
 very long 10. D. puailta, p. 348. 
 
 rf'. General colour grey. 
 e". Size larger. Tail longer 
 than head and body. 
 
 Belly pure white .... 11. 73. grkea, p. 349. 
 /", Size smaller. Tail shorter 
 than head and body. 
 
 BeUy greyish white . . 12. B. velutina, p. 351. 
 ff^. Tail more or less incraseated in 
 basal half. Foot-pads high 
 and prominent, the sole be- 
 tween them markedly granu- 
 lated, 
 c*. Ears very long, their anterior 
 basal projection almost ob- 
 solete. Lower leg about 
 
 27 millim 13. D. elegans, p. 351. 
 
 B. Tail short, about half the length of the 
 head and body; not or scarcely pre- 
 hensile. Size small: lower leg less 
 than 35 mUUm. 
 e. Fur short, straight, and crisp. Ante- 
 rior basal projection of ear well de- 
 veloped V. Subgenus Peeamys, p. 363. 
 
 d>. Back not lineated or spotted. 
 e'. Size large : lower leg exceeding 
 25 millim. 
 A'. Mammse not known. Ears very 
 
 short. Sides orange 14. J), dimidiata, p. 355. 
 
 i'. Mammse one in centre, four or 
 five lateral pairs. Ears large. 
 Sides red 15. i). brevioaudata, p. 356. 
 
320 BIDBLPHTIDJS. 
 
 j', MammsB three in centre, five 
 lateral pairs. Ears large. 
 
 Sides grey 16. D. domestica, p. 368. 
 
 k'. Mammse not known. Ears 
 
 large. Head, rump, and tail 
 
 red; fore-back and beUygrey 17. D. scahpa, p. 359. 
 
 /■'. Size medium : lower leg 20-25 
 
 millim. 
 
 V. Mammae five in centre, and about 
 
 ten lateral pairs. Ears small. 
 
 Back grey ; sides red 18. 2). herueli, p. 360. 
 
 ff'. Size small : lower leg less tban 
 20 millim. 
 m'. MammK not known. Ears 
 
 medium. Sides rufous ...» 19. D. sorex, p. 362. 
 e'. Back liueated or spotted, 
 /i". Back with dark longitudinal lines. 
 n". Back with three lines. 
 (i*. Size medium. Head and 
 body more than 100 millim ; 
 
 lower leg about 28 millim. 20. D, ammcana, p. 368. 
 e*. Size small. Head and body 
 less than 100 millim. ; lower 
 leg about 18 miUim.. . .... 21. Z). iheringi, p. 364. 
 
 o'. Back with a single central line. 22. D. unistriata, p. 36& 
 i°. Back spotted with white. Size 
 
 small , 23. D. alboguUata, p. 366.. 
 
 II. Cbanial Charactbes. 
 
 A. Size and cranial characters variable. 
 
 Lower p.* generally shorter than p.' 
 
 a. Brain-case small and narrow, its most 
 
 constricted point some way behind 
 
 the postorbital processes. Temporal 
 
 crest present, at least in old age. 
 
 a^. Size large, basal length more than 
 
 75 millim. Temporal crest very 
 
 large, early developed I. Subgenus Didblehyb, p. 322.. 
 
 a' 1. 2). marsupialis, p. 323. 
 
 6'. Size medium, basal length between 
 60 and 76 millim. Temporal crest 
 
 smaller and later developed. H. Subgenus Mbtachibtjs, p. 328'.. 
 6'. Muzzle long, the distance from 
 postorbital processes to nasal 
 tip greater than that to occiput. 
 Orbito-temporal fossse short and 
 broad, their length much less 
 than the distance between the 
 zygomata. P.' much larger and 
 heavier than p.^, markedly sepa- 
 rated from it*. 
 
 P.' not disproportionally larger thari, and nearly or quite 
 touching p.' M8.1-3 12 to 14 millim Chironeotes minimus, p. 368. 
 
1. DIDBIPHIS. 321 
 
 a'. Postorbital processes sharp, 
 pointed, prominent. Palate 
 imperfect, a second pair of 
 
 TBCuitiesoppositeorbehindm.?. 2. D. oposmm,^. 329. 
 V. Postorbital processes small or 
 absent. Palate comparatively 
 
 perfect 3. D. nudicaudata, p. 332. 
 
 c^. Muzzle short, the distance from 
 postorbital processes to nasal tip 
 less than to occiput. Orbito- ~ 
 I temporal f ossse very long, their 
 length about equal to the dis- 
 tance between the zygomata. 
 c'. Top of muzzle very convex up- 
 wards. Crests and processes 
 
 much developed 4. Z). crassicaudata, p. 334. 
 
 . Brain-case large, its most constricted 
 part close behind, or even hidden be- 
 neath the postorbital processes. No 
 temporal crests, the temporal ridges 
 widely separate, 
 c^. Size medium, basal length more than 
 45 millim. P.^ minute. Canines 
 
 very long. Broadest point of , [p. 336. 
 
 palate at front corner of m.^ .... III. Subgenus Philanbee, 
 d^. Molars small and rounded. Lower J 5. D. philander, p. 337. 
 
 jaw sharp-edged below ( 6. 2). lanigera, p. 339. 
 
 d^. Size small, basal length less than 45 
 millim. P.^ not minute. Canines 
 medium or small. Broadest point 
 
 of palate at back corner of m.^ ., IV. Subgenus Micottbeits, 
 e^. Nasals expanded behind. [p. 340. 
 
 d^. Supraorbital ledges well deve- 
 loped, even in immature ani- 
 mals. Upper p.' and p.* 
 about equal, 
 o*. Upper ms.i-3 more than 7 
 milHm. Basal length about 
 
 40 millim 7. B. dnerea, p. 342. 
 
 6*. Upper ms.i-s about 6 or 6'5 
 millim. Basal length about 
 
 30 to 36 millim 8. Z). mwrina, p. 343. 
 
 c*. Upper ms.i-8 about 5 millim. 
 
 Basallengthabout26miUim. 9. D. lepida, -p. Si7. 
 
 e". No supraorbital ledges at any 
 
 age. , _ _ 
 
 d^. Upper ms.i-3 about 5 millim. 
 
 Basal length about 24 
 
 millim. Palatal foramen 
 
 reaching to the level of the 
 
 back of the canines 10. D. pusUla, p. 348. 
 
 e". Upper ms.i-3 about 6 millim. 
 JBasal length about 30 
 millim. Palatal foramen 
 reaching to the level of the * 
 
 back of p.^ 11. D. grisea, p. 349. 
 
 /■'. (Cranial characters unknown.) 12. B. velutina, p. 351. 
 
322 BlDELPHYIDiE. 
 
 f^. Nasals not expanded behind. 
 /^ Supraorbitjul edges square. 
 Upper ins.i-3 about 5 or 5'5 
 
 millim 13. H. ekgans, p. S51. 
 
 B. Size small, basal length not exceeding 
 
 about 40 millim. Lower p.* as large 
 
 as or laj^er than p.* 
 
 c. Nasals much expanded behind. Suprar 
 
 orbital edges rounded. Temporal 
 
 ridges touching, sometimes forming 
 
 crests in old age V. Subgenus Fbeamys, p. 363. 
 
 e'. Interorbital region narrow, parallel- 
 sided; postorbital processes and 
 temporal crests formed in adult life. 
 g'. Size large, basal length exceeding - 
 
 32 millim. 
 g'. Teeth small. Upper ms.i-* 
 
 about 5'2 millim 14, 2). dimidiata, p. 366. 
 
 /'. Interorbital region smoothly rounded, 
 generally broad; no postorbital 
 processes at all, and temporal 
 crests only formed in extreme old 
 age. 
 V, Size large, basal length more than 
 31 millim. 
 W, Skull broad and strong ; teeth 
 large. Upper ms.i-8 more 
 than 5'5 mmim. 
 S'*. Upperms.i-35'8to6-5millim. 15. D. Jrmco«rfate, p. 366. 
 A*. Upper ms.i-3 6-2 to 7-7miUim. 16. B. domistica, p. 368. 
 »■'. Skull narrower ; teeth small, 
 
 upper ms.i-3 about 4'6 millim. 17. D. sccdops, p. 369. 
 ^^ Size medium, basal length 26-81 
 millim. Ms.i-3 about 6 milUm. 
 _;■'. Interorbital breadth less than 
 
 6 millim 18. D. hemeli, p. 360. 
 
 k^, Interorbital breath 6 millim. 
 
 or more 20. D. americana, p. 363. 
 
 y. Size very small, baeal length less 
 than 26 millim. 
 P. Muzzle flattened, broad. Zy- 
 gomatic breadth more than 
 
 12 millim 21. D. iheringi, p. 364. 
 
 »i'. Muzzle rounded, narrow. 
 Zygomatic breadth less than 
 12 millim '. 19. Z>. sorex, p. 362. 
 
 ,>. (Oraaial ch^acters unknown) . . . . { g; g ZfXia',fim. 
 
 I. Subgenus DIDELPHYS. 
 
 Size large. Fifth hind toe markedly shorter than the second, 
 third, and fourth, which are subequal. Pouch present, well deve- 
 loped. Eur of two sorts, the ordinary short fur mixed with long 
 coarse bristles. 
 
 Skull with a small narrow brain-case, its most constricted point 
 
I 
 
 1. BIBBLPHTS. 323 
 
 some distance behind the postorhital processes. Temporal crests 
 large and very early developed. 
 
 Upper premolars evenly increasing in size backwards. Lower 
 p. larger than p.^ Upper molars increasing in size backwards to 
 the third, lower ones to the fourth. 
 
 1. Didelphys marsupialis*. 
 a. Didelphys marsupialis, Tar. tjTpica. 
 
 Philander maximua orientalis, Seba, Thesaurus, i. p. 64, pi. xxxix. 
 
 (animal) (1734). 
 Didelphys marsupialis, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 54 (1760) ; Mull. 
 
 Linn. Natwrs. i. p. 388 (1778) ; Erxl. Syst. M. A. p. 73 (1777) ; 
 
 Sehreh. Sdug. iii. p. 536, pi. cxlv. (animal) (1778); Blumenb. 
 
 Handb. Naturg.v- 87 (1779); Zimm. Geogr. Qesch. ii. p. 221 
 
 (1780) ; Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. p. 76 (1785) ; Gmel. Linn. 8. JV. 
 
 i. p. 105 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 191 (1792) ; Lonnd. Zool. 
 
 Beytr. i. p. 341 (1792) ; G. Cuv. Tabl. JSUm.-p. 124 (1798) ; Desm. 
 
 JV. Diet. d'H. N. (2) xxiv. Tabl. p. 19 (1804) ; Turt. Linn. S. JST. 
 
 i. p. 65 (1806) ; Blumenb. Abbild. nat. Gegenst. pi. liv. (animal) 
 
 (1810) ; m. Prodr. S. M. p. 76 (1811) ; G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 576 
 
 (1813) ; III. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815) ; G. Cuv. B. A. 
 
 i. p. 173 (1817) ; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 251 (1821) ; Wied, 
 
 Beitr. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 387 (1826) ; J. B. Fisch. iSyn. Mamm. 
 
 p. 264 (1829) ; Kaup, Thierr. p. 237 (1835) ; Less. N. XaU. R. A., 
 
 Mamm. p. 186 (1842). 
 Didelphis karkinophaga, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 226 (1780). 
 Didelphis caicinophaga, Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. p. 77 (1785) ; 
 
 G. Cuv. Tabl. EUm.-p. 124 (1798). 
 Didelphys caucrivora, Gm^l. Linn. S. N. i. p. 108 (1789) ; Xar, Linn. 
 
 An. k. p. 195 (1792); Bonnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 352 (1792); 
 
 Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p.. 482 (1800) ; Bechst. Uebers. Vierf. 
 
 Thiere, ii. p. 684 (1800) ; E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 139 (1803) ; Lesm. 
 
 N. Diet. d'H. N. (1) vi. p. 458 (1803); Turt.Linn. S. N. i. p. 66 
 
 (1806) ; III. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815) ; Lesm. N. IHct. 
 
 d'H. N. (2) ix. p. 422 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. p. 255 (1820) ; 
 
 Besmoul. Bid. Class. d'H. N. v. p. 490 (1824); F. Cuv. Bents 
 
 Mamm. p. 73, pi. xxiii. c (teeth) (1825) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. 
 
 K. V. p. 187 (1827) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 32, pi. v. (skull & 
 
 skeleton) (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 210 (1827); Bemi. Bict. 
 
 Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 386 (1827) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. 
 
 p. 64 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 85 (1841) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 41 (1843), v. p. 225 0.866) ; Schinz, 
 . Syn. Mamm. i. p. 499 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 473 
 
 (1846) ; Cdbanis, Schomb. Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 777 (1848) ; G. Cuv. 
 
 Anat. Comp. ii. pis. 174-176 (myology) (1849); Burm. Thiere 
 
 Bras. i. p. 129 (1854) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 286 (1856) ; 
 
 Burm. Erl. Faun. Bras. p. 66, pi. iv. (animal), pi. v. fig. 2 & pi. vi. 
 
 u,. Face without, or with indistinctly defined, black and 
 
 white markings Var. typica. 
 
 b. Face with sharply defined black and white mark- 
 ings Var. azarcB, p. 328. 
 
 y2 
 
324 DIDELPHYID^. 
 
 &g. 2 (skuU) (1856) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 707 (1869) ; Tomes, P. Z. S. 
 1860, p. 268; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 138 (1862) ; 
 BCens. Abh. Ah. Berl. 1872, p. 114, pi. i. flg. 2 (teeth) ; Schkg. 
 Bierent. p. 160 (1872) ; Gulliver, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 491 ; Alix, Bull. 
 Soc. PMom. (7) ii. p. 148 (anat.) (1879) ; Brehm, TUerl. ii. p. 661 
 (1880) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. Saug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. 
 p. 110 (1883) ; Flow. ^ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 749 (1884) ; 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 300 (1887). 
 
 Didelphys virginiaiia, ICeit; linn. An. K. p. 193 (1792) ; G. Cuv. 
 Tabl. EUm. p. 124 (1798); Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 473, 
 pi. cvii. (animal) (1800); Bechst. Uebers. Vierf. Th. ii. p. 684 
 (1800) ; E. Geof. Cat. Mus. p. 140 (1803) ; Besm. N. Diet. (fS. N. 
 (1) XX. p. 147 (1803); G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 577 (1813) ; Desrrt. 
 N. met. d'H. N.X2) ix. p. 420 (1817) ; G. Cuv. £. A. i. p. 172 
 (1817) ; Besm. Mamm. i. p. 264 (1820) ; Besmoul. Bict. Class. 
 as. N. V. p. 489 (1824); F. Cm. Bents Mamm. p. 75 (1825) ; 
 Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 186 (1827) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. 
 i. p. 27 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm,. p. 209 (1827) ; Besm. Bict. 
 Soi. Nat. xlvii. p. 383 (1827) ; J. B. Fisch. Sgn. Mamm. p. 263 
 (1839) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548 (1830); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. 
 Mm. Z. 8. p. 64 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. lAbr., Mamm. xi. p.' 79 
 (1841) ; Gtdliver, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 49 ; Less. N. Tabl. E. A., 
 Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; Be Kay, N. H. New York, Zool. i. p. 3, 
 pi. XV. flg. 2 (animal) (1842) ; Gra^, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100 
 (1843) ; Wagn. Sohr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 37, pi. cxlv.* (animal) 
 (1848), V. p. 219 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 497 (1844) ; 
 Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 465 (1846) ; Aud. Sf Bach. Quadr. N. 
 A. ii. p. 107, pi. Ixvi. (animal) (1854) ; Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, 
 Mamm. p. 100, pi. xx. fig. 7 (teeth) (1855); id. S. N. Mamm. ii. 
 p. 286 (1855) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 41, pi. xvii. fig. 12 (teeth) 
 (1855) ; Bwm. Erldvt. Faun. Bras. p. 60, pi. v. flg. 1 & pi. vi. 
 flg. 3 (skull) (1856) ; Baird, Mamm. N. A. p. 232 (1859) ; id. Zool. 
 Mex. Bound. Surv. p. 31 (1869) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 708 (1859) ; 
 Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 137 (1862) ; Flower, Phil. 
 Trans. 1867, p. 636, pi. xxx. figs. 3-5 (milk & permanent den- 
 titions) ; Coues, P. Ac. Philad. 1871, p. 15 ; id. Mem. Bost. Soc. 
 N. H. ii. pp. 41-149, figs. 1-35 (1872) (osteology & myolo^) ; 
 WymMn, Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 151 (1872) (anat. brain) ; 
 ScUeg. Bierent. p. 160 (1872); Gulhver, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 491; 
 Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 658 (1880) ; Alst. Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. 
 p. 196 (1881) ; Flow. 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 747 (1884) ; 
 Selenka, Biol. Centralhl. v. p. 294 (1885) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. 
 Mus. p. 300 (1887). 
 
 Philander virginianus, Tiedem. Zool. p. 427 (1808). 
 
 Didelphys aurita, Wied, Beitr. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 895 (1826) ; Schina, 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 600 (1844) ; Burm. Thiers Bras. i. p. 130 
 (1854) ; id. Frldvi. Faun. Bras. p. 64, pi. iii. (animal), pi. v. fig. 8 & 
 pi. vi. fig. 1 (skull) (1866) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 709 (1859) ;• Hens. Zool. 
 Gart. viii. p. 290 (1867) ; Frantx. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 315 
 (1869) ; Alst. Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 197 (1881) ; Natt. Pelz. 
 Bras. Adug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 109 (1883) ; Jent. Cat. 
 Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 301 (1887). 
 
 Didelphys califomica, Benn. P. Z. 8. 1833, p. 40; Less. H. N. 
 Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 364(1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. 
 Mus. Z. 8. p. 64 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 87 
 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 40 (1843), v. p. 223 (1855) ; 
 Schim, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 498 (1844) ; Aud. S; Bach. Quadr. N. 
 
-1. DIDELPHTS. 325 
 
 Am. iii. p. 331 (1854) ; Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 63 (1856) ; 
 
 Baird, Mamm. N. A.t^. 238 (1859) ; id. Zool. Mex. Bound. Sure. 
 
 p. 32, pi. iii. (animal) (1859) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 709 (1859) ; Tomes, 
 
 P. Z. S. 1861, p. 287 : Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm,. B. M. p. 138 
 
 (1862). 
 Didelphys breviceps, Benn. P. Z. S. 1833, p. 40 ; Less. H. N. Mamm. 
 
 {Compl. Buff.) V. p. 364 (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. 
 
 p. 64 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 88 (1841) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 40 (1843), v. p. 224 (1855) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 498 (1844) ; Waterh. iv. H. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 478 (1846) I Aud. Sf Bach. Quadr. N. A. iii. p. 830 (1864) ; 
 
 Oieb. Sdug. p. 709 (1859) ; Jmt. Cat. Ost. Lead. Mus. p. 301 
 
 (1887). 
 Micoureus californicus and breviceps, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. 
 
 p. 186 (1842). 
 Didelphys pruinosa, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 40 (1843) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 499 (1844). 
 Didelphys pilosissima and illinensium *, Link, apud Ch-ay, List 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1848), and other authors. 
 Philander marsupialis, .Oray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 101 (1843) ; 
 
 Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 139 (1862). 
 
 Common Oposstjm. 
 
 Size large, from three to five times the bulk of any other species. 
 Eur long, coarse and thick, and consisting of two quite distinct kinds, 
 namely, a short soft underfur, some 15 to 30 millim. in length, 
 extending uniformly all over the body, and a much longer upper fur, 
 composed of a large number of coarse elongated bristles, more or less 
 confined to the upper surface, and most numerous along the centre 
 of the back. General colour varj'ing from white to black, through 
 all the intermediate degrees of mixture of the two, the individual 
 bristle-hairs either white, black, or parti-coloured ; the underfur 
 invariably white at its base, but its tip either also white or shining 
 black, the latter colour often of such an extent as nearly or quite 
 to hide the white. Colour of face also made up of different degrees 
 of black and white ; the northern forms (" D. virginiana ") as a rule 
 with a nearly wholly white face, only relieved by a darker mark 
 running through the eye, and another longitudinal one on the crown ; 
 southern specimens (" B. eanerivora ") altogether darker, often nearly 
 black ; the variety azarce with the face marked vnth sharply con- 
 trasted black and white lines. Ehinarium broad, naked, with one 
 central vertical groove, and a single pair of distinct lateral notches 
 in the upper lip on each side of its lower border. Ears (PI. XXVI. 
 fig. 1) large and leafy, broadly oval in outline, laid forward (in 
 spirit specimens) they reach to the middle or front of the eye ; their 
 inner edges with scarcely a trace of the basal projection so prominent 
 in many of the smaller species ; their outer edges with a small 
 secondary fold ; their colour very variable, either wholly black, 
 wholly white, parti-coloured, white basally and black distally, or 
 vice versd ; generally black with white edges in " D. virginiana," 
 
 * Names obTioiisly taken from Buflfon's " Sariguea a longs poils et des Illinois," 
 but to which I can find no original reference. 
 
326 DIDBLPHriDiE, 
 
 wholly black in " D. cancrivora,'' and white, or parti-ooloured in 
 var. azarw, but in all exceedingly variable. Sides of neot often 
 yellowish or rufous, especially in old specimens, a coloration 
 apparently due to some form of unctuous secretion in this region. 
 Underside with but few longer hairs, its colour dirty white, but the 
 tips of the hairs often more or less black. Pouch large and well 
 developed. Mammse from 5 to 13 *, one single central, and from two 
 to six lateral ones. Arms and hands, legs and feet always darker 
 than the body, brown or black. Foot-pads 6 — 5, the pads very 
 large, rounded, little prominent, their surfaces coarsely striated ; the 
 two haUucal pads touching one another. Second, third, and fourth 
 toes subequal, fifth toe considerably shorter, barely reaching to the 
 end of the second phalanx of the fourth. Tail very long, distinctly 
 prehensile, its base covered, for from one to four inches, with hairs 
 like that on the body, the hairy part most extended in the variety 
 azarce, least in " D. virginiana ;" the remainder scaly, the scales large, 
 averaging from 6 to 8 to the centimetre ; practically naked, a few 
 fine hairs only between the scales ; proximal half black, distal half 
 white or yeUow. 
 
 Skull very large and powerful, with strong and early developed 
 muscular ridges and crests; noticeable also for the enormous in- 
 crease of size which may take place in it after fuUy adult age is 
 reached (compare the measurements on p. 341). Nasals long, much 
 expanded behind. Supraorbital edges rounded, not beaded, but 
 with distinct conical postorbital processes, immediately above 
 which the prominent temporal crest commences. Brain-case smaJl 
 and narrow, a considerable interval occurring between the post- 
 orbital processes and the intertemporal constriction. Palate rather 
 imperfect behind, with two large and several small vacuities opposite 
 the molars ; its posterior edge much thickened. Posterior nares 
 contracted laterally, the opening nearly two thirds as high as broad. 
 
 Teeth large and strong, but all, and especially the premolars, very 
 variable in their size. P.' about one third the size of p.^ ; p.* 
 slightly larger than p.' M." much broader than long, from two 
 thirds to three fourths the size of m.^ Lower p.^ about one fifth 
 the size of p.^, and almost or quite touching it; the latter decidedly 
 larger, and projecting from 2 to 3 miUim. higher than p.* 
 
 a (in spirit). e' (in spirit), 
 
 millim, milliiii. 
 
 Head and body 470 460 
 
 Tail 430 400 
 
 Lower leg 105 104 
 
 Hind foot 62 57 
 
 Ear 41 40 
 
 Skull, see p. 341. 
 
 * Tliere are only five mammsa in the only adult female in spirit available to 
 me, but Dr. Coues records thirteen in his paper on " D. virginiana." 
 
1. DIDELPHrS, 
 
 327 
 
 Hah. America, from the United States to Chili and South Brazil. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 This widely spread species, owing to its remarkable variability in 
 colour, has been made the basis of a very considerable number of 
 nominal species, of which the most commonly recognized are the 
 North-American " D. virginiana," the Brazilian " D. cancrivora" and 
 the striped-faced variety D. azarce. I find, however, such a consider- 
 able amount of variability in the specimens from every locality, and 
 such an entire absence of constancy in any character or set of cha- 
 racters, that I am constrained to unite the whole of this group of 
 Opossums into a single species, to which the Linnean name of 
 " Z>. marsupialis " is of course appUeable. The striped-faced form, 
 B. azarce, T leave, however, for the present as a recognizable geogra- 
 phical variety, although not worthy of specific separation. 
 
 a. Ad. St., 5 , 
 
 b. Imm. St. 
 Ad. sk. I , 
 Skull. \ o- 
 
 d. Ad. sk., cJ. 
 
 e. Yg. al., 5 . 
 /. Ad. sk. 
 
 Ad. sks. 
 Skulls. 
 
 3/82. 
 
 ft. l^,^;.,f'U/8a 
 
 g. Ad. skull. 
 
 ^•- \\ 
 lAc 
 ) Skull. 
 
 l,m. Ad. & imm. ska., 5/85. 
 
 n. Ad. sk. 
 
 0, p. Ad. sks. 
 q. Ad. sk., (J. 
 r. Imm. sk. 
 
 g,t. Yg. aJ.,8/86. 
 
 Ad. sks, 
 
 «'^-{ Skull 
 w. Yg. al. 
 
 ks. I 
 
 ofM. I 
 
 X. Ad. al., c? . 
 y, z. Yg. al., ? . 
 , I Ad. St. I , 
 "•Skull. \° 
 ■,, \ Ad. st. I 
 " • ) Skull. ( 
 c'. Yg. sk. 
 (?. Ad. sk., cj . 
 
 Florida. 
 
 N. America. 
 Texas. 
 
 E. Doubleday, Esq. 
 
 [P.]. 
 Purchased. 
 Mr. Drummond [P.]. 
 
 Texas. 
 
 San Diego, S. Texas 
 
 California. 
 
 Purchased. 
 W. Taylor,Baq. [C.]. 
 Zool. Soc. 
 (Type oi D. breviceps, Benn.) 
 California. Zool. Soc. 
 
 (Prom type of D. calif arnica, Benn.) 
 Presidio, Mazatlan. A. Ferrer [0.]. 
 
 Teapa, Tabasco, S.E. 
 Mexico {H. H. 
 
 Smith). 
 Cozumel I., Yucatan 
 
 (J!^. Oaumer). 
 Vera Paz, Guatemala. 
 
 Messrs. Salvin 
 Godman [P.]. 
 
 Concordia, Medellin, 
 
 Venezuela. 
 
 Trinidad. 
 
 Messrs. Salvin & 
 
 Godman [P.]. 
 O. Salvin, Esq. [P. & 
 
 0.]. 
 J. K. Salmon [0.]. 
 Purchased. 
 Dr. H. Denny [P. & 
 C.l. 
 
 Annandale, I. of Grenada G. R. M. Murray, 
 ( Grenada JEcUpseUx- Esq. [P. & C.]. " 
 peditiori). 
 Better Hope, Demerara. Rev. W. Y. > Turner 
 
 [CI 
 Better Hope, Demerara. Rev. W. Y. Turner 
 
 Mr. Wic 
 
 Santarem. 
 Moyobamba, Peru, 
 BrazU. 
 
 Brazil. 
 
 Brazil. 
 
 Rio de Janeiro, 
 
 /ickham [0.1. 
 HerrRoff[C.]. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 Purchased. 
 Purchased. 
 
328 DIBELPHTIDJS. 
 
 , I Ad. al. 5 I Purchased. 
 
 ■ 1 & two young, ( 
 
 f. Ad. sk., cJ (albino). Purchased. 
 
 g'. Skeleton (mounted). Zool. Soc. 
 
 A'. Skeleton. Zool. Soc. 
 
 h. Didelphys maxsupialis, var. azarae. 
 
 MicourS premier, ou Micourfi proprement dit,- Azara, Ess. Quadr. 
 Parag. i. p. 244 (1801). 
 
 Didelphys azarse*, Tenvm. Men. Mamm. i. p. 30 (1827) ; Desm. 
 Diet. 8ci. Nat. xlvii. p. 884 (1827) ; Gray, Griff. Cm. An. K. 
 V. p. 186 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 209 (1827); Schinz, 
 Nat. Abbild., Saug. p. 173, pi. Ixvi. (animal) (1827) ; J. B. Fisch. 
 Syn. Mamm. p. 264 (1829) ; Sengig. Saug. Parag. p. 228 (1830) ; 
 Mart. P. Z. S. 1834, p. 101 (anat.) ; Less. S. N. Mamm. (Compl. 
 Buff.) V. p. 268 (1836) ; Waterk. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 64 
 (1888) ; id. Zool. Vog. ' Beagle,' Mamm. p. 93 (1839) ; id. Jard. Nab. 
 Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 83, pi. i. (animal) (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. M. A., 
 Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; Gray, lAst Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1843); 
 Wagn. Sckr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 38 (1843), y. p. 223 (1855); 
 Tsch. Faun. Peruana, Mamm. p. 143 (1844) ; Schimi, Syn. Mamm. 
 i. p. 498 (1844) ; Watei-h. N. S. Mamm. i. p. 470, pi. xviii. fig. 2 
 (animal) (1846); Oieb. Odoniogr. p. 41, pi. xvii. fig. 10 (teeth) 
 (1855) ; Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 100, pi. xx. fig. 8 
 (teeth) (1855) ; Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras.jp. 61, pi. i. (animal) 
 (1856) ; Gieb. Sdvg. p. 709 (1869) ; Tomes, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 268 ; 
 Burm. JReise La Plata ii. p. 412 (1861) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 138 (1862); Hens. Zool. Gart. viii. p. 290 
 (1867) ; id. Abh. Ak. Bei-l. 1872, p. Ill, pi. i. fig. 1 (teeth) ; Schleg. 
 Bierent. p. 160 (1872) ; Burm. Republ. Argent, iii. p. 189 (1879) ; 
 Flow. 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 749(1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. 
 Leyd. Mus. p. 300 (1887) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 280 
 (1887). 
 
 Didelphys albiventris, Lund, Blik Bras. Dyr., Dansk. Afh. viii. 
 p. 236 (1841) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 500 (1844) ; Burm. Thiere 
 Bras. 1. p. 132 (1854); id. Erlaut. Frun. Bras. p. 62, pi. ii. 
 (animal), pi. v. figs. ^ & 6, & pl- vi. fig. 4 (skuU) (1856) ; Oieb. Saug. 
 p. 710 (1859). 
 
 Didelphys poecilotis, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 358 (1842) ; id. 
 Abh. Ak. Munch, v. p. 126 (1847) ; id. Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 219 
 (1855); Natt. Pek. Bras. Saug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxziii. Anh. 
 p. 109 (1888). 
 
 Didelphys poecUonota, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 504 (1844). 
 
 Didelphys leucotis, Wagn. Abh. Ah. Miinch. v. p. 127 (1847); id. 
 Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 228 (1855). 
 
 Azaka's Oposstjm. 
 
 Similar to B. marsupialis in all essential characters and equally 
 
 * Although the specimena in the Leyden Museum marked D, aza/ra by 
 Temminok are unquestionably the ordinary dark-coloured D. ma/rsvpiaUs, his 
 name was given to Azara's " Micourfi premier," identified rightly by Burmeister 
 aa the present form, and I therefore retain the name under which the variety is 
 figured in the latter author's beautiful work. 
 
1. DIDELPHTS. 329 
 
 variable in its general coloration ; but distinguishable by , tbe 
 prominence and sharp definition of the darker marks on the face, 
 these forming strongly contrasted black stripes on a white ground, 
 one running through each eye, and a median one passing from 
 between the eyes backwards on to the crown and back of the neck. 
 Specimens with these markings are generally smaller in size, and 
 have, as a rule, white or parti-coloured ears, more hairy tails, and 
 smaller teeth than the ordinary form, but no one of these characters 
 is entirely constant. 
 
 Dimensions. Skull, see p. 341. 
 
 Sah. The countries bordering the Amazonian Eegion on the west 
 and south : Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, Chili, Paraguay, and 
 S. BrazU. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 a. Imm. sk., (J. Santa F6 de Bogota, Purchased. 
 
 Colombia. 
 Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges [0.]. ' 
 
 i Yg. St. I 
 • [Skull, f 
 
 e. Yg. sk. Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges [0.1. 
 
 d. Ad. skull. Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges [0.]. 
 
 e,f. Imm. St., ^ 5 . ChUi. Purchased. 
 
 ff, h. Imm. & yg. al., S ■ Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering [0.]. 
 
 do Sul. 
 
 j-m. Skulls. Taquara. Dr. H. von Ihering [C], 
 n. Skeleton. 
 
 II. Subgenus METACHIEUS. ^ 
 
 Type. 
 
 Metachirus, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 135 (1854) .... D. nudicaudata. 
 
 Size medium. Proportions of hind toes as in the subgenus 
 Didel/phys, i. e. with the three central toes subequal, all much 
 longer than the fifth. Pouch either well developed or rudimentary. 
 Fur short, straight, of one sort only, without longer bristles 
 intermixed. 
 
 Shull with a very small narrow brain-case, its most constricted 
 point some distance behind the postorbital processes. Temporal 
 crests and ridges generally weU developed. Teeth as in DidelpJiys. 
 
 2. Didelphys opossum. 
 
 Philander opossum seu Carigueja, Seba, Thesanr. i. pp. 56 & 57, 
 
 pi. xxxvi. figs. 1-3 (animal) (1734). 
 Didelphys opossum, lAnn. 8yst. iVai.(lO) i. p. 65 (1760) ; Mull. 
 
 Linn. Natws. i. p. 292 (1773) ; Schreb. Sdvg. iii. p. 587, pis. cxlvi. 
 
 A & B (animal) (1778) ; Zimm. Geogr. Gesck. ii. p. 222 (1780) ; 
 
 Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. p. 77 (1785); Gmel. lAnn. Syst. Nat. i. 
 
 p. 105 (1785) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 192 (1792) ; Brnind. Zool. 
 
 Beytr. i. p. 345 (1792) ; G. Cuv. Tabl. EUm. p. 124 (1798) ; 
 
 Laeip. MSm. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801) : JE. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 141 
 
330 DIDELPHYID^. 
 
 (1803) ; Desm. jV. Diet. d'S. JV. (1) xx. p. 146 (1803) ; Blwmmb. 
 Man. SB. N. (Trad. Artaud.) i. p. 108 (1803) ; Turt. Linn. 
 S. K i. p. 65 (1806); Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 577 (1818); III. 
 Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815) ; G. Ouv. R. A i. p. 173 
 (1817) ; -Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) ix. p. 423 (1817) ; id. Mamm. 
 i. p. 256 (1820) ; Sehim, Ouv. Thierr. i. p. 251 (1821) ; Besmoul. 
 Diet. Class. cHH. N. v. p. 491 (1824) ; Gray, Griff. Cm. An. K. 
 T. p. 187 (1827) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 41 (1827) ; Desm. 
 Diet. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 388 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 210 
 (1827) ; J. B. Figch. Syn. Mamm. p. 265 (1829) ; Waterh. Jard. 
 Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 92 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. 
 p. 186 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Sang. Supp. iii. p. 44 (1843), v. 
 p. 226 (1855) ; Tseh. Faun. Peruana, p. 144 (1844) ; Schinz, Syn. 
 Mamm. i. p. 501 (1844) ; WaUrh. N. S. Mamm. i. p. 485 (1846) ; 
 Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 100, pi. xx. fig. 6 (teetk) 
 (1855) ; Oieb. Saug. p. 711 (,1869) ; SeMeg. Dierent. p. 160 (1872) ; 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 301 (1887). 
 Didelphis marsupialis, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 476, pi. cviii. 
 
 Sinimal) (1800) (nee Idnn.). 
 elphys quica, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 36 (1827) ; Desm. Diet. 
 Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 3'87 (1827) ; Gray, Griff. Cm. An. K. v. p. 187 
 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 210 (1827) ; J. B. Fiseh. Syn. 
 Mamm. p. 265 (1829) ; Less. S. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) v. 
 p. 364 (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 64 (1838) ; id. 
 Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 90 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., 
 Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 42 (1843), 
 V. p. 225 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 500 (1844) ; Waterh. 
 N. S. Mamm. i. p. 480 (1846) ; Cabanis, Schomb. Reis. Brit. 
 Guiana, iii. p. 777 (1848) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 710 (1859) ; Tomes, 
 P. Z. S. 1861, p. 287 ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 139 
 (1862) ; Frantz. Arch. f. Naf. xxxv. p. 317 (1869) ; Alst. Biol. 
 Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 198 (1881) ; Poultcm, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 617 
 (anat. tongue) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. Saug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. 
 Anh. p. 110 (1883) ; Jmt. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 301 (1887). 
 
 Philander opossum, Cfray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 101 (1843). 
 
 Didelphys (Metachirus) quica, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 136 (1854). 
 
 Metadiirus opossum and quica, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. pp. 69 & 
 70, pis. vii. & Tiii. (animal), pi. xi. figs. 1 & 2 (skull) (1866) ; 
 Hens. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 120. 
 
 Qttica OpoBeuM. 
 
 Size medium. Fur short, straight, rather crisp. General colour 
 above a clear glistening slaty grey, variable in its exact tone, darker 
 on the head, lighter on the flanks. Muzzle long and slender. 
 Pace dark brown or black, a pair of very prominent white spots 
 situated just above the eyes, often so large as to reduce the dark 
 space between them to a mere narrow Une. Lower part of rhinarium 
 with a single pair of lateral notches cutting the upper lip. Ears 
 large, leafy, rounded, their substance very thin, laid forward (in 
 spirit-specimens) they reach to the anterior canthus of the eye; 
 their colour white basally, black terminally (when dried apparently 
 whoUy black) ; a whitish spot often present behind them at their 
 bases. Belly yellowish, greyish, or pure white, not very sharply 
 
1. DIDELPHlfS. 331 
 
 defined. Pouoh well developed. Mainmse 3-1-3 = 7*- Front of 
 fore and oufcsides of hind limbs like back. Hands and feet brown 
 or brown and white. Pads large and rounded as usual, the pollical 
 and haUuoal each more or leas subdivided into two. Tail with its 
 basal two or three inches furry, the change to the scaly part rather 
 abrupt, its tip' gradually lightening to white. 
 
 STcull stout and strong, flattened as compared with that of Z). cms- 
 sicaudata, with a long facial and a small and narrow cranial portion, 
 the distance from between the postorbital processes to the tip of the 
 nasals exceeding that from the same point to the occiput. Zygomata 
 widely expanded, the combined orbito-temporal fossae shojrt and 
 broad, the distance from the lacrymal foramen to the anterior edge 
 of the glenoid fossa not equal to that from one zygoma to the other. 
 Nasals long, abruptly expanding behind. Interorbital space but 
 little rounded, an indistinct concavity along its centre. Supra- 
 orbital edges square or rounded, not overhanging. Postorbital 
 processes sharp and weU defined, with marked ridges running 
 inwards and backwards from them and uniting to form the long and 
 prominent temporal crest. Anterior palatine foramina reaching 
 rather past the middle of the canines. Palate long and narrow, 
 with two pairs of vacuities, the anterior elongated, opposite m.^ and 
 m.3, the posterior small, behind level of m.^ Posterior nares small 
 and narrow. 
 
 Teeth. Upper p.' about one third; the size of p.' ; a small 
 diastema between them. M.* triangular, its antero-posterior 
 diameter about one half its breadth. 
 
 Dimensions, 
 
 ?• 
 
 m (in spirit). 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 275 
 
 TaU 270 
 
 Lower leg 71 
 
 Hind foot 38 
 
 Ear 28 
 
 Muzzle to eye 34 
 
 Skull, see p. 341. 
 
 Hah. Neotropical Region, from Mexico to La Plata. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I , Vera Paz, Guatemala. 0. Salvin, Esq, fP. & 
 «■ ] SkuU. 1 ^- , 0.]. 
 
 , 1 Ad. sks. I J, Coban, Guatemala. Purchased. 
 *'"■ jSkulloffi. f °- 
 d. Ad. St., <S- Coban, Guatemala. Purchased. 
 
 * In four specimens. In thia formula the middle figure represents the 
 number of central mammse, and the first and third those of the outer parallel 
 series. 
 
332 
 
 BIDELPHTID^. 
 
 J Ad. sk. 
 • 1 Skeleton. 
 /. liead in al. 
 „ jAd. al. Iq 
 
 , . i Ad. P & vff. sks. I 
 ^>'- i Skull of. ^^ I 
 / Ad. skull. 
 
 h. Ad. al., c? . 
 
 ^. Ad. skull, S. 
 
 m. Ad. al., ? . 
 
 n. Ad. al., j . 
 
 o-y. Imm. 5 &yg. cjjal. 
 
 r, s. Skulls. 
 
 iAd. St.) 
 *• ) Skull, f °- 
 Vr-w. Skeletons (mounted) 
 
 Better Hope, Denae- 
 
 rara. 
 Surinam. 
 Guayaq^uil, Ecuador. 
 
 Santa Cruz de la Sierra, 
 
 Bolivia. 
 Chico, Argentina. 
 
 Taquara, Rio Grande 
 
 do Sul. 
 Taquara, Rio Grande 
 
 do Sul. 
 
 (Described by 
 No history. 
 
 Rev. W. Y. Turner 
 
 [GJ. 
 Mr. Bartlett [C.]. 
 Sir B. Belcher [P. & 
 
 0.]. 
 T.Bndges,Esq.[C.]. 
 
 ZooLSoc. (C.Eriend, 
 
 Esq^[P.]). 
 Dr. H. von Ihering 
 
 [0.1. 
 Dr. H. von Ihering 
 
 [0.1. 
 Mr. Waterhouae, I. c.) 
 
 Lidth de Jeude Coll. 
 Lidth de Jeude CoU. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 3. Didelpliys nudicaudata. 
 
 Didelphys nudicaudata, E. Geoff. Cat. Mm. p. 142 (1803) ; Desm. 
 
 JV. Diet. d!m N. (2) ix. p. 424 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. p. 257 (1820) ; 
 
 Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 887 (1821) ; Besmoul. Diet. Class. d!H. N. 
 
 V. p. 491 (1824) ; Desm. Diet. 8oi. Nat. xlvii. p. 390 (1827) ; 
 
 Gray, Oriff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 189 (1627) ; Less. Man. Mamm. 
 
 p. 212 (1827) ; J. B. Fiseh. Syn. Mamm. p. 265 (1829) ; Less. 
 
 H. N. Mamm. {Ccmpl. Buff.) v. p. 364 (1836) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. 
 
 lAbr., Mamm. xi. p. 94, pL ii. (animal) (1841) ; Less. N. Tahl. 
 
 R. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 482 
 
 (1846) ; Oieb. Saug. p. 710 (1859) ; Oerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. 
 
 B. M. p. 139 (1862) ; Tlws. P. Z. 8. 1882, p. Ill ; I^d. Cat. Foss. 
 
 Mamm. B. M. v. p. 281 (1887). 
 Didelphys myosurus, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 38 (1827*) (deser. 
 
 orig.); Wied, Beiti\ Nat. Bras. ii. p. 400 (1826); Less. Man. 
 
 Mamm. p. 210 (1827) ; Waffn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 43 (1843), 
 
 V. p. 225 (1855) ; Tseh. Faun. Permna, Mamm. 'p. 145 (1844) ; 
 
 Schinx, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 501 (1844) ; Frantz. Arch.f. Nat. xxxv. 
 
 p. 317 (1869) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. Sduff., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. 
 
 Anh. p. Ill (1883). 
 Didelphys frenata, LAcht. apud Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp, iii. p. 44 
 
 (footnote) (1843). 
 Plulander nudicaudus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1843). 
 Didelphys (Metachirus) myosurus, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 135 
 
 (1854). 
 Metachirus myosurus, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 69, pi. x. 
 
 (animal) (1856). 
 
 Eat-tailbd Oposstjm. 
 
 Size barely equalling that of D. opossum, but form slenderer and 
 extremities much longer in proportion. Fur very short, straight and 
 
 * See above, p. 195 (footnote). 
 
1. DIDELPHYS. 333 
 
 crisp. General colour greyish brown, more or less suffused, especially 
 on the sides, with yellowish or rufous. Face brown or rufous 
 brown, darker round the eyes; a prominent white or pale yeUow 
 spot above each eye, much smaller in area than in B. opossum. 
 Ehinarium with one pair of lateral notches below. Ears (PI. XXVI. 
 fig. 2) very large, broad and rounded, naked, translucent, laid 
 forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach beyond the anterior canthus 
 of the eye ; their anterior base with a well-marked projection, their 
 inner margin unusually convex in its lower half; their colour 
 uniform dark slaty grey. Metatragus small. Belly pale yellowish 
 white, rather sharply defined from the dark upper colour, a more or 
 less distinct yellow line running along the junction, of the two 
 colours. Pouch rudimentary or absent. Mammae 4-1-4=9*. 
 Front of fore andoutsides of hind limbs, inner side of lower leg, hands 
 and feet pale brown. Fee|t narrower and more elongated than in 
 D. opossum ; pads (PI . XXVI. fig. 3) very distinctly defined, the pollical 
 and hallucal generally continuous, undivided. Fifth hind toe barely 
 reaching to the middle of the second phalanx of the fourth. Tail 
 unusually long in proportion ; about one inch of its base alone furry, 
 the remainder scaly, with a few short hairs between the scales ; its 
 colour brown, changing to white terminally. 
 
 Slcull with very much the same general proportions as in D. oposswm, 
 but the interorbital region is broader, and the postorbital processes 
 are reduced to mere faint excrescences on the supraorbital ridges, 
 and even these do not appear until advanced age. The temporal 
 crests are also much later developed than in the other aUied species. 
 Palate more perfect than in D. opossum, the posterior smaller pair of 
 vacuities being, as a rule, absent, and the anterior pair smaller. 
 Posterior nares comparatively broad. 
 
 Teeth as in D. opossum, except that they are, as a whole, lighter 
 and more delicate ; the upper premolars especially are markedly 
 thinner transversely than in that species. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 2- 
 
 a (in spirit). 
 
 tnillim. 
 
 Head and body 240 
 
 TaH 300 
 
 Lower leg 67 
 
 Hind foot 43-5 
 
 Ear 25 
 
 Muzzle to eye 28 
 
 Skull, see p. 341. 
 
 Hab. Neotropical Eegion, from Costa Eica to Brazil. 
 Type in the Paris Museum. 
 
 * One adult female in spirit only examined. 
 
334 DIDELPHTI])*. 
 
 ^ J I Ad. 5 & yg. al. I » /QQ Chirimoto, Warsaw Museum [P.]. 
 
 ' * I Skull of a. ( N. Peru 
 
 (J. Stohmann), 
 
 c. Ad. St. Bahia. Zool. Soc. 
 
 d. Ad. sk., c? . Brazil, Lord Stuart de Rothe- 
 
 say [P.]. 
 ^ f I Ad. ska. / o Brazil. Purchased. 
 
 *'-^- 1 Skull of e.f ¥■ 
 
 J Ad. St. I , Brazil. Purchased. 
 
 ^- jSkull. \^- 
 
 4. Didelphys crassicaudata. 
 
 Micouifi & queue grosse, Azara, Quadr. Parag. i. p. 284 (1801). 
 Didelphys crassicaudata, Desm. N'. Diet. d'S. JV. (1) xxiv. Tabl. 
 ■p. 19 (1804) ; id. op. cit. (2) ix. p. 425 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 257 (1820) ; ScUnz, Ouv. Thien: i. p. 887 (1821) ; id. Diet. Sci. 
 
 Nat. xlvii. p. 394 (1827) ; Gray, Oriff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 189 
 
 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 213 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. 
 
 Mamm. p. 267 (1829); Rmgg. Saug. Parag. p. 226 (1830); Waterh. 
 
 Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 64 (1838) ; id. Zool Voy. Beagle, Mamm. 
 
 p. 94, pi. XXX. (animal) (1839) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 100 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 46 (1843) ; Schinz, 
 
 Syn. Mamm,. i. p. 506 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 497 
 
 (1846) ; Cahanis, Schomb. Peis. Brit. Cfuiana, iii. p. 777 (1848) ; 
 
 Burm. Erlaut. Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856); GVe6. Siiug. p. 718 
 
 (1859) ; id. Zeitschr. gesammt. Nat. xxvii. p. 396 (1866) ; Durnr- 
 
 ford, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 32 : Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 280 
 
 (1887). 
 Didelphis crassicaudis, III. Ahh. Ah. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1816). 
 Didelphismacroura, Bl. Ahh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1816) (?) ; Des- 
 
 moul. Diet. Class. d'H. N. v. p. 492 (1824). 
 Peramys crassicaudata. Less. N. Tabl, B. A., Mamm. p. 187 (1842). 
 Didelpnis mustelina, Geoff, ajmd Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 497 
 
 (1846). 
 Micoureus crassicaudatus, Gem. S. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855). 
 , Philander crassicaudatus, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 139 
 
 (1862). 
 Metachirus crassicaudatus. Sens. Ahh. Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 121 ; Burm. 
 
 Bepubl. Argent, iii. p. 190 (1879). 
 Didelphys turneri, Gunth. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) iv. p. 108 (1879). 
 
 Thick-taixeb Opossttm. 
 
 Size as in D. opossum, ; form long, low, and singularly weasel-like. 
 General appearance very like that of Putorms sihirimis. Fur 
 straight, thick and soft. General colour a rich soft yellow, greyer 
 down the centre of the back, brighter on the sides and belly. Pace 
 like back, but some of the hairs pencilled with brown ; no eye-spots 
 or other prominent markings. Ehinarium as in D. nudicaudata, 
 but its upper edge with a rounded projection backwards, sharply 
 defined from the hairy part of the face. Ears (PI. XXVI. fig. 4) 
 very short and rounded, hardly projecting above the general level of 
 the fur, laid forward they reach barely one half of the distance 
 towards the eye ; their inner edges with a long conical basal pro- 
 
1. DIDELPHTS. 335 
 
 jection ; their substance thick and fleshy, thickly covered, except at 
 the edges, -with dark yellow hairs ; metatragus weU developed, 
 rounded. Whole of underside a rich golden or sulphur-yellow. 
 Pouch entirely undeveloped; mammee 4-1— i=9*. Limbs very 
 short, coloured like the body, hands and feet rather browner. Feet 
 short, fifth hind toe only reaching to the middle of the first phalanx 
 of the fourth ; pads smaU. and narrow. Tail very different from 
 that of any other member of the genus, extremely thick at its base, 
 the body appearing to taper quite gradually into the tail ; its basal 
 half thickly furred like the body, then |Short-;haired, proximally 
 brown or black, terminally white ; some two inches only of the 
 under surface of the tip naked, although sometimes aU the terminal 
 half is thinly haired enough to show the scales. 
 
 Skull very different from that of other Opossums in its general 
 outlines, owing to its very long and narrow cranial and zygomatic 
 region compared to its unusually short muzzle. Nasals short, 
 evenly expanded behind. Forehead contracted, very convex up- 
 wards. Interorbital space narrow, smoothly rounded. Postorbital 
 processes prominent, conical, the temporal ridges running inwards 
 and baokwarks from them as in 2>. opossum. Space between the 
 level of the processes and the most contracted point of the brain-case 
 usually long and narrow. Zygomata long, high and strong, but not 
 very widely expanded, the distance from the lacrymal canal to the 
 anterior edge of the glenoid fossa equal to or exceeding the distance 
 from one to the other. Palate imperfect, as in B. opossum ; posterior 
 nares very narrow, scarcely or not broader than high. 
 
 Teeth as usual. Upper m.^ much elongated transversely, its 
 antero-posterior diameter about one third of its width. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a.,, 2. 
 
 a (iu spirit). g (skin). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body • 260 395 
 
 Tail 212 270 
 
 Lower leg 50 (c.) 63 
 
 Hind foot 36 44 
 
 Ear 13 — 
 
 Muzzle to eye 22 (c.) 24 
 
 SkuU, see p. 341. 
 
 Hah. Guiana and South Brazil ; not as yet recorded between 
 these very distant localities. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 The variation in size of this species is very remarkable, some 
 specimens, fully adult, being only half the size of others of the same 
 sex. This is well shown by the two sets of skull dimensions given 
 
 * One specimen only. 
 
336 
 
 DIDBLPHTID*. 
 
 in the table on p. 341. As a rule the southern speeimens are markedly- 
 larger than those from Guiana, but specimen d from Maldonado 
 has a skuU exactly matching in every way that of specimen a from 
 Demerara. The type of B. turneri differed from all the known 
 species in having only four upper incisors on each side, but speci- 
 mens since received from the same locality show this to have been 
 an abnormality. 
 
 JAd. al.l , 
 ] Skull, f °- 
 lAd.sk. I o 
 ] Skull, f ¥• 
 
 c. Ad. al., $ . 
 
 , jAd.sk.) 
 ^- j Skull. \ 
 
 Skeleton. 
 
 Ad. sk.cJ, 18/6/76, 
 
 Better Hope, Demerara. 
 
 Better Hope, Demerara. 
 
 (Ti/pe of 
 San Lorenzo, Eio Grande 
 
 do Sul. 
 Maldonado (C. Darwin). 
 
 (Figured in Zool. Voy. Beagle.) 
 La Plata. 
 Belgrano, Buenos Ayres. 
 
 {i*„lf-[ $, 5/3/77. Belgrano. 
 1 gulf i^' 25/2/77. Belsrano. 
 
 Yg.sk., c?, 4/85. 
 
 Ad. St., cJ. 
 
 JAd. St. t 
 jSknU. f 
 Skeleton. 
 
 Morino, Buenos Ayres (F. 
 Withinffton). 
 
 Rev. W. Y. Turner 
 
 Rev. W. Y. Turner 
 
 [C.]. 
 D. turneri, Giinth.) 
 Dr. H. von Ihering 
 
 [0.]. 
 Zool. Soc. 
 Beagle). 
 
 (Voy. 
 
 Bravard Coll. 
 H. Dumf ord, Esq. 
 
 no.]. 
 
 H.I)umford, Esq. 
 
 [0.]. 
 H. Dumford, Esq. 
 
 .^1^ 
 
 P. L. Sclater, Esq. 
 
 [P.].' 
 Sir J. Richardson 
 
 [P.]. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Zool. Soc. 
 
 III. Subgenus PHILANDER. 
 
 Type 
 D. phQa: 
 
 Philander, Tiedem. Zool. p. 427 (1808) * D. phUander. 
 
 Size medium. Proportions of hind toes as foUows : — 4th the 
 longest, 3rd and 5th next, about equal, 2nd the shortest, but only 
 slightly so. Pouch rudimentary. Fur soft, thick and woolly. 
 
 &lciM with a large broad brain-case, its most constricted point 
 close behind, or even hidden beneath, the large triangular postorbital 
 processes. Temporal ridges not uniting to form a median crest, even 
 in old specimens. Palate complete. Ramus of lower jaw beneath 
 the cheek-teeth peculiarly high, thin transversely, and sharp-edged 
 below. 
 
 Teeth. Upper canines unusually long and little curved , P.' minute ; 
 p.' smaller than p." Molars small, rounded, decreasing in size back- 
 wards, the posterior upper ones bowed inwards, so that the broadest 
 point of the palate is at the anterior corner of m.', instead of the 
 posterior. 
 
 * Originally used for all the OpoBsums, but restricted by Burmeister (Erlaut. 
 Faun. Bras. p. 74, 1856) to the species now included in this subgenus. 
 
1. BIDELPHTS. 337 
 
 5, Didelphys philander. 
 
 Tlaquatzin, Seba, Thes. i. p. 57, pi. xxxvi. (animal) (1734). 
 Didelphys philander, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10), i. p. 64 (1760) ; Miill. 
 
 Linn. Nature, i. p. 291 (1773) ; Erxl. Syst. R. A. p. 78 (1777) ; 
 
 Schreb. Sduff. iii. p. 541, pi. cxlvii. (animal) (1778) ; Zimm. Oeogr. 
 
 Gesch. ii. p. 224 (1780) ; Bodd. Blench, Anim. i. p. 77 (1785) ; 
 
 Omel. Linn. S. N. i. p, 105 (1789) ; Xerr, Linn. An. K. p. 191 
 
 (1792^ I Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 344 (1792) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. 
 
 pt. ii. p. 483 (1800) ; Turt. Linn. S. N. i. p. 65 (1806) ; III. Abh. 
 
 Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815); Temm.Mon. Mamm. i. p. 43, pi. vi. 
 
 (skull and skeleton) (1827) ; Gray, Griff. Cm. An. K. v. p. 188 
 
 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 211 (1827) ; J. B. Finch. Syn. 
 
 Mamm. p. 265 (1829); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. "64 
 
 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 102 (1841) ; Less. N. 
 
 Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. 
 
 p. 45 (1843), V. p. 226 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 502 
 
 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 487 (1846) ; Wagn. Abh. 
 
 Ak. Munch, v. p. 130 (1847) ; Cabanis, Schomb. Reis. Brit. Guiana, 
 
 iii. p. 777 (1848) ; Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 100, pi. xx. 
 
 flg. 5 (teeth) (1855); Gieb. Sdug. p. 711 (1869); Natt. Pelz. Bras. 
 
 Sdug., Verh. z.-h. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 111(1883); Jent. Cat. Ost. 
 
 Leyd. Mus. p. 301 (1887). 
 Didelphys dichrm-a, Wagn. Arch.f. Nat. viii. p. 358 (1842) ; Schinz, 
 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 504 (1844) ; Wagn. Abh. Ah. Munch, v. 
 
 p. 134 (1847) ; id. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 230 (1855) ; Burm. 
 
 Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 76, pi. xiii. (animal) (1856); Natt. Pelz. 
 
 Bras. Sdug., Verh. z.-h. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 112 (1883). 
 Didelphys affinis, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 368 (1842) ; Schinz, 
 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 506 (1844) ; Wagn. Abh. Ah. Munch, v. p. 136 
 
 (1847) ; id. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 237 (1855) ; Burm. Erldut. 
 
 Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856) ; Gieh. Sdug. p. 712 (1859) ; Natt. Pelz. 
 
 Bras. Sdug., Verh. z.-h. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. Ill (1883). 
 Philander cayopoUin, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 76, pi. xiv. 
 
 (animal), and pi. xi. fig. 5 (skull) (1866) (nee Schreb.). 
 Didelphys macrura (nee III.) and longicaudata, Natt. Pelz. Bras. 
 
 Sdug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. Ill (1883). 
 
 Phiiandee Opossum. 
 
 Size rather smaller and form slenderer than in the preceding 
 species. Fur thick, soft and woolly. General colour a dull yel- 
 lowish or rufous grey. Face pale grey, a distinct narrow brown 
 line running down its centre between the eyes ; area round the eyes 
 also brown. Ehinarium (PI. XXVI. flg. 5) large, naked, slightly 
 projecting backwards in the centre above ; its lower edge with two 
 distinct notches on each side of the central groove. Ears large and 
 naked, laid forward (in spirit specimens) they reach to the middle 
 of the eye ; anterior basal projection well developed ; metatragus 
 small, inconspicuous. Underside either deep or pale yellow, with 
 no line of demarcation from the colour of the back. Pouch incom- 
 plete, only developed laterally. Mammse 3-1-3=7 *. Arms and 
 legs dull grey ; hands and feet short, nearly naked, brown ; sole-pads 
 (PI. XXVI. fig. 6) very large, rounded, little prominent, a minute 
 extra hind pad generally present halfway between the heel and the 
 
 * Two specimens. 
 
338 BIDELPHriDJB. 
 
 back of the long external pad. Tail longer than head and body, its 
 furry part from two to three inches long, ending abruptly at the 
 same level all round; remainder absolutely naked, without any 
 minute hairs, very smooth, the scales scarcely perceptible ; its colour 
 duU grey proximally, white terminally, the two colours intergrading 
 by a series of coarse and prominent grey and white mottlings. 
 
 Skull short and broad, with a short and conical muzzle and widely 
 expanded zygomata. Nasals much expanded behind. Interorbital 
 space broad, rather hoUowed in the centre, its edges square ; post- 
 orbital processes forming large flat triangular projections over the 
 orbits, the temporal ridges running backwards from their tips, but 
 not meeting to form a median crest. Palate almost perfect, a single 
 small pair of vacuities only present opposite m.^ Posterior nares 
 very wide and low. Lower jaw very high vertically, and very thin 
 transversely, its lower margin quite sharp-edged, and its angle 
 unusually slightly inflected. 
 
 Teeth (PI. XXVII. flg. 1). Upper canines very long and straight, 
 scarcely curved at all, their length vertically about equal to that 
 of the three posterior molars taken together horizontally. P.' close 
 to the canine, minute, probably almost functionless, barely one tenth 
 the size of p." P.' decidedly smaller than p.^ Molars small and 
 rounded, decreasing in size backwards, the last about one quarter 
 the size of m.^ Lower p.' about one fifth the size of p.'', the latter 
 decidedly larger than p.* Molars as in the upper jaw, decreasing 
 backwards ; m.'' about two thirds the size of m.^ 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 . <s- s- 
 
 b (in spirit), g (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 245 290 
 
 Tail 820 360 
 
 Lower leg 56 58 
 
 Hind foot 36 35-5 
 
 Ear 23 29 
 
 Muzzle to eye 22-5 25 
 
 Skull, see p. 341. 
 
 Hai. North-eastern South America (Guiana, Brazil). 
 Ti/^e not in existence. 
 
 o. Ad. al., 5 . British Guiana. Purchased. 
 
 *. Ad. al., (f. Surinam. E. Bartlett [C.]. 
 
 c. Ad. al., 2 • Manaos, Brazil. A. Peixoto [O.J. 
 
 J 1 Ad. sks. I J, Brazil. Purchased. 
 
 ^'^- 1 Skulls. [ <^- 
 
 /. Ad. sk., 2 . Brazil. Zool. Soc. 
 
 jr-/. Ad. 2 , imm. & yg. al. ' Lidthde JeudeColl. 
 
 TO. Skeleton, 2 ■ . Lidthde JeudeColl. 
 n. Ad. al., S . (Besorihed by Waterhouae.) 
 
 0. Imm. St. Lord Derby [P.], 
 
1, BIDELPHTS, 339 
 
 6. Didelphys lanigera. 
 
 Micour^ laineux, Azara, Quadr. Parag. i. p. 275 (1801). 
 
 Didelphys lanata, III. Ahh. Ah. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815) (sine descr.). 
 
 Didelpliys lanigera, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 258 (1820) ; Sckinz, Oiiv. 
 
 Thierr. i. p. 887 (1821) ; id. Diet. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 399 (1827) ; 
 
 Oray, Oriff. Om. An. K. v. p. 190 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. 
 
 p. 213 (1827) ; J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 209 (1829) ; Rengg. 
 
 Saug. Parag. p. 225 (1830) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buf.) 
 
 V. p. 366 (1886) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Lihr., Mamm. xi. p. 98 (1841) ; 
 
 Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 46 (1843), v. p. 233 (1855) ; Schinz, 
 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 607 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 495 
 
 (1846) ; Wagn. Abh. Ah. Munch, v. p, 139 (1847) ; Burm. Brlaut. 
 
 Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 712 (1859) ; Natt. Pelz. 
 
 Bras. Sdug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 113 (1883) ; Jent. 
 
 Notes Leyd. Mus. ix. p. 225, pi. iii. (skull) (1887) ; id. Cat. Ost. 
 
 Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887). 
 Didelphys derhiana, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 97, pi. ii.* 
 
 (animal) (1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i.,p. 503 (1844); Waterh. 
 
 N. IT. Mamm, I p. 493 (1846) ; Oerv. Casteln. Am. Stid, p. 100, 
 
 pi. XX. flg. 4 (skull & teeth) (1855) ; Oieb. Saug. p. 711 (1859) ; 
 
 Thos. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 403 ; Alst. Biol. Cent-Am., Mamm. p. 199, 
 
 pi. xxii. (animal) (1881). 
 Miooureus laniger. Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; Gerv. 
 
 S. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855). 
 Didelphys ochropus, Wagn. Arch.f. Nat. viii. p. 859 (1842) ; Schinz. 
 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 504 (1844) ; Wagn. Abh. Ak. Munch, v. p. 141 
 
 (1847); id. Schr. Saug. Su'pp.y. p. 236 (1855); Burm. Erlaut. 
 
 Faun. Bras, p, 88 (1856) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. Sdug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, 
 
 xxxiii. Anh. p. 113 (1883). 
 Didelphys ornata, Tsch. Faun. Peruana, Mamm. p. 146, pi. vii. (ani- 
 mal) (1844) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 231 (1855) ; Burm. 
 
 Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856) ; Totnes, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 268. 
 
 WooLiT Opossum. 
 
 Size rather larger than in the last species. Fur thick, soft and 
 very woolly, more so even than in D. philander. General colour 
 varying from a beautiful rich dark rufous to a pale bright fawn, 
 more or less variegated with white. Face greyish white, the cen- 
 tral dark stripe generally well defined, in some of the pale-coloured 
 specimens, however, hardly distinguishable. Area round eyes red- 
 dish. Centre of anterior back with a longitudinal white or greyish- 
 white line, which sometimes extends the whole length of the back to 
 the tail, but is on the other hand often entirely absent ; sides of neck 
 and back bright red. Underside greyish white, more or less tinged 
 with rufous ; the area round the scrotum or pouch generally 
 purer white. Arms and legs grey or pale rufous. Characters of 
 rhinarium, ears, hands and feet, pouch, number of mammae, &c., 
 apparently, so far as can be judged from skins, quite as in B. phil- 
 ander. Tail very long, its base furry on the upper side for from 
 one third to one half its length, but below the fur ends at a point 
 from one to three inches short of where it ends above, the edge of 
 the fur therefore forming a long slant across the sides of the tail, 
 
 z2 
 
340 DIBELPHTIB^. 
 
 Naked part of tail grey proximally, yellow terminally, coarsely 
 mottled with the two colours at their junction. 
 
 Skull and teeth apparently identical in every respect with those 
 of D. philander. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 3. 2- 
 
 e (sMn). i (skin). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 310 270 
 
 Tail 380 390 
 
 Hind foot (c.)40 (c.)38 
 
 Ear — — 
 
 Muzzle to eye 28 26 
 
 SkuU, see next page. 
 Hah. Neotropical region, from South-eastern Mexico to Paraguay 
 (Guiana, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Mato Grrosso). 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 JAd. sk. 1 ii.-4^/DQ Teapa, Tabasco, S.E. Messrs. Salvin & 
 
 "• 1 SkulL I ^ ™ */"''• Mexico {H. H. Smith). Godman [P.]. 
 
 h. Yg. sk. Chepo, Isthmus of Pan- Salvin Coll. 
 ama (_E. AreS). 
 
 I Ad. St. I J, Colombia. Purchased. 
 "• 1 Skull, f o- 
 
 d. Ad. sk. Medellin, Colombia. J. K. Salmon, Esq . 
 
 [C.]. 
 
 e. Ad. sk., cJ . Sarayacu, Ecuador. Mr. 0. Buckley, 
 
 [C.]. 
 
 f J Ad. sks. I , ri Balzar Mountains, Ecua- Mr. Ulinarworth, 
 
 J' 3- I Skull of/. ( <^^- dor. [CJ. 
 
 h. Ad. sk. Ecuador. Mr. L. Eraser [0.]. 
 
 i. Ad. sk., g , QjQI&I. Ohamicuros, Peruvian Mr. E. Bartlett 
 
 Amazons. [C.]. 
 
 _;. Ad. St., ? . Purchased. 
 
 IV. Subgenus MICOUEETJS. 
 
 ^ Type. 
 
 Micoureus, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842). . D. cinerea. 
 Asagis & Notagogus, <?%«•, Handb. Naturg. i. p. 82 (1842) D. murina. 
 
 Thylamys, Qray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 101 (1843) D. elegans. 
 
 GrymsBomys, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 135 (1854) D. murina. 
 
 Size small. Form slender ; tail long, generally much longer 
 than the head and body. Proportions of hind toes as in Philander, 
 but the fifth in some species not exceeding the second. Pouch 
 absent. Pur straight, rarely slightly woolly. 
 
 Skull with a large broad brain-case. Supraorbital ledges present 
 or absent. Palate generally more or less incomplete. Eamas of 
 lower jaw simply rounded as usual. 
 
 Teeth large and strong, canines of ordinary length. P.' generally 
 about one-quarter the size of p.', never minute. Upper p." and p.* 
 generally about equal in size. Molars increasing in size backwards, 
 as usual. 
 
1. DIDELPHT8. 
 
 341 
 
 II 
 
 ^e| 
 
 § 
 
 .a 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 
 P 
 
 5i 
 
 
 
 "O^^ri 
 
 CH 
 
 i£5 lOQOlO CO l><M 
 CQ 1-1 T-H (?q CQ t- 
 
 ■^CO(N i-H CNi-4i— 1 r-lCOt- 
 
 0+fas3 
 
 
 VOCOC^ T-( COrHr-H (M CO CO 
 
 lO lO 1-H CO ifi lO lO (M lO 
 
 in ip 05 CO OS cp CO -^ 
 
 ooocbcb<McocooDOih(M'*cocoo 
 
 lOCOCM r-t COi-lr-l (NCQlO I-H 
 
 "*coQOoocbf-«diTt(i>oiht>QO<Ncodi 
 ici<MG<i I-H CO i-i I-H th w cq 
 
 JCr- T— < ep O lO ICO 
 
 ^iMOOThi-idscDi-icoitos-^coaoo 
 
 CDCOCOrH I-H CO(Mt-l I— (-^i-l f-t 
 
 
 0+653 
 
 10 Oi-^Oa-^^O CO C^ (M 
 
 a; 
 
 cDcoc5»oihooot-cbo os'cb m ^ -^ 
 
 03 O -^ «-t (M I-H CD (N r-H T-H (jq ® CM i-H 
 
 'tl'*!r 
 
 t3 
 
 
 • ^ in 
 
 -.- ; *^ O 
 
 (I) +3 in Tt 
 fc "X) to _^ 
 
 Sill 
 
 ;'S -a 
 o.S 
 
 bDrO 
 
 n J .2 ■§ i*^" 
 s s a = ^s-g-a 
 
 
 'iZ a 
 
 
 _ . '^r ^ ^ 
 
 n d c3 cS V 
 
 CupapqpHB 
 
342 riDELPHTIDa!. 
 
 7. Didelphys cinerea. 
 
 Didelphys cinerea, Temvi. Mm. Mamm. i. p. 46 (" 1827 " *) ; Wied, 
 
 Beitr. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 406 (1826) ; JDetm. Diet. Sd. Nat. xlvii. 
 
 p. 394 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 188 (1827) ; J. B. 
 
 Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 267 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. 
 
 Buff.) V. p. 365 (1836) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Lihr., Mamm. xi. 
 
 p. 103 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 47 (1843), v. 
 
 p. 239 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 507 (1844) ; Waterh. 
 
 N. E. Mamm. i. p. 501 (1846) ; Gieb. Sang. p. 712 (1859) ; Thos. 
 
 P. Z. S. 1880, p. 403 ; Alst. Biol. Cent- Am., Mamm. p. 199, pi. xxi. 
 
 (animal) 1881; Thos. P.Z.S. 1882, p. Ill; Natt. Pelz. Bras. 
 
 Saug., Verh. e.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 114 (1883) ; Lyd. Cat. 
 
 Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 281 (1887). 
 Micoureua cinereus, Less. N. Tabl. B. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842). 
 Philander cinereus. Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 101 (1843) ; Oer- 
 
 rard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 139 (1862). 
 Didelphys noctivaga, Tschudi, Faun. Peruana, Mamm. p. 148, pi. viii. 
 
 (animal) (1844) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 239 (1855) ; Gieb. 
 
 Saug. p. 714 (1859). 
 Didelphys (Metachirus) cinerea, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 137 (1854). 
 Grymseomys cinereus and scapulatus, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. 
 
 pp. 78 & 79, pi. xii. (animal) (1856). 
 Didelphys waterhousei, Tomes, P. Z. 8. 1860, pp. 58, 217 & 307 (fig. 
 
 skull), pi. Ixxvi. (animal). 
 
 AsHT Oposstjm. 
 
 Size largest of the present group, although considerably smaller 
 than in any of the foregoing species. Fur soft, close and slightly 
 woolly. General colour clear grey, washed with yellowish on the 
 sides ; often slightly suflPused with rufous. Rhinarium as in D. phi- 
 lander, its lower edge with two notches on each side. Pace grey, 
 a more or less prominent black band passing through and round the 
 eye. Ears (PI. XXVI. fig. 7) large and rounded, laid forward (in 
 spirit-speeimens) they reach to the anterior canthus of the eye.; 
 naked, flesh-coloured, their anterior margins with a long pointed 
 basal projection ; metatragus narrow, rounded. Chin, chest, and 
 belly pale yellowish white, the bases of the hairs grey ; the line of 
 demarcation not sharply defined. Pouch absent; mammae 4-1-4=9, 
 or 5-1-5=11 1- Arms and legs grey; feet nearly naked, whitish 
 or pale brown. Pads (PL XXVI. fig. 8) large, rounded, finely 
 striated, the sole between them smooth ; six well-defined anterior, 
 and five or six posterior, the hallucal doubtfully divided into two, 
 their positions and sizes as in the figure. Tail furry at its base for 
 from half an inch to two inches, then (not very abruptly) becoming 
 naked and scaly, a few minute hairs only present between the 
 scales ; its colour slaty grey proximally, white or yellow terminally, 
 the two colours passing gradually into one another without pro- 
 minent mottlings. 
 
 Shull (PI. XXVII. fig. 2) strongly built, the zygomata widely ex- 
 panded, the nasals markedly expanded behind. Interorbital region 
 
 • See note, p. 195. 
 
 t Two specimens only examined, each showing one of these numbers. 
 
DIDELPHrS. 
 
 343 
 
 flat, its edges with strong triangular projecting ledges, their tips 
 forming conical postorbital processes, from -which the temporal ridges 
 run backwards along the brain-case without meeting in the centre 
 line. Palatine foramina small, only reaching backwards to about 
 the level of the middle of the canines. Posterior palate compara- 
 tively perfect ; a pair of small narrow vacuities opposite ms.i * ^. 
 
 Teeth. Upper canines rather thick and short. P.' from one sixth 
 to one third the size of p.' ; the latter and p.* about equal. Molars 
 as usual. Lower p.^ about one third and p.* about three quarters 
 the size of p.' 
 
 i (in spirit). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 175 
 
 TaU 248 
 
 Lower leg 40 
 
 Hind foot 24-5 
 
 Ear 21 
 
 Muzzle to eye 17 
 
 Skull, see p. 351. 
 
 Hab. Neotropical region from Costa Rica to Brazil ; apparently 
 not found in North-eastern South America. 
 Type in the Vienna Museum. 
 
 J Ad. sk. I J, Costa Rica. J. Carmiol [C.]. 
 "• 1 Skull. ( °- (Figured by Alston, ;. e.) 
 
 b. Yg. sk. Upper Amazons. Purchased. 
 
 c. Skeleton, 2 (mounted). Peruvian Amazons. Mr. E. Bartlett 
 
 [C.]. 
 
 J i Ad. sks. 1 , o Sarayacu, Ecuador. Mr. 0. Bucklev 
 
 '''"• jSkullofd.[ ^?- [CO. 
 
 - J Ad. St. I Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Mr. T. Bridges 
 
 •/• j Skull, f Bolivia. [CJ. 
 
 j Ad. St. ( Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges 
 
 ^- I Skull, f _ [C.]. 
 
 , ■ J Imm. sk. I BoUvia. Purchased. 
 "■ I Skull. f 
 
 . (Ad. al. j , m K ~\ (Described by Waterhouse.) 
 
 *■ j Skull. [ ^ (& 5 young). ^ > 
 
 . jimm. sk. 1 (2V»e of 2). ?M!ferAou«e!, Tomes.) 
 
 '• ISkuU. f 
 
 8. Didelphys muriiia. 
 
 Mus sylvestris americanus, Seha, Thesaurus, i. pp. 48 & 49, pi. xxxi. 
 
 figs. 1-5 (animal) (1734), and ii. p. 90, pi. Ixxxiv. fig. 4 (1735). 
 Didelphys murina, Idnn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 55 (1760) ; Mull. Linn. 
 
 Naturs. i. p. 293 (1773) ; Erxl. Syst. R. A. p. 80 (1777); Schreb. 
 
 Sdug. iii. p. 545, pi. cilix. (animal) (1778) ; Zimm. Geogr. Oesck. 
 
 ii. p. 225 (1780); Bodd. Blench. Anim. i. p. 77 (1785); Gmel. 
 
 Idnn. S. N. i. p. 107 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 194 (1792) j 
 
344 DIDELPHIID^. 
 
 Dmnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 349 (1792) ; 6. Cuv. Tabl. El6m. p. 125 
 (1798); Shaw, Oen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 484(1800); Bechst. Syst. 
 Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 684 (1800); E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 143 
 (1803); Besm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (1) xx. p. 147 (1803); Turt. 
 Linn. S. N. i. p. 66 (1806) ; III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811); 
 O. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 678 (1813) : G. Ouv. B. A. i. p. 174(1817) ; 
 Besm. N. Diet. d'JS. N. (2) ix. p. 427 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. p. 259 
 (1820); Besmoul. Diet. Class. d'JS. A\ v. p. 492(1824); Wied, 
 Beit}-. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 411 (1826) ; Temm. Men. Mamm. i. p. 50 
 (1827) ; Gray, Griff. Ciiv. An. K. v. p. 188 (1827) ; Desm. Diet. 
 Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 396 (1827) ; Zess. Man. Mamm. p. 212 (1827) ; 
 J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 268 (1829); Waterh. Ji.rd. Nat. 
 Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 105 (1841) ; Wagrt. Schr. Sdvg. Supp. iii. p. 49 
 (1843), V. p. 241 (1855) ; Tschudi, Faun. Peruana, Mamm. p. 146 
 (1844) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 508 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. 
 Mamm, i. p. 508 (1846) ; Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. xv. p. 143 
 (1847); Gieb. Sdug. p. 713 (1859); Frantz. Areh. f. Nat. xxxv. 
 p. 318 (1869) ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 160(1872); Tlws. P. Z. S. 1880, 
 p. 403 ; Alst. Biol. Cent-Am., Mamm. p. 200 (1881) ; TAos. Biol. 
 Cenf.-Am., Mamm. (SUpp.) p. 212 (1881) ; id. P. Z. S. 1882, pp. 
 Ill & 372 ; Lyd Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. p. 282 (1887) ; Jeiit. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887). 
 Didelphys dorsigera, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 65 (1760) ; Miill. 
 Linn. Naturs. i. p. 293 (1773) ; Frxl. Syst. R. A. p. 83 (1777) ; 
 
 Schreb. Siiug. iii. p. 546, pi. cl. (animal) (1778) ; Blumenb. Handb. 
 
 Natm-g. p. 87 (1779) ; Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 226 (1780') ; 
 
 Bodd. Blench. Anim. i. p. 77 (1785) ; Gmel. Linn. S. N. i. p. 107 
 
 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 194 (1792); Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i. 
 
 p. 851 (1792) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 485, pi. cviii. (animal) 
 
 (1800); Bechst. Syst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 685 (1800); 
 Turt. Linn. S. N. i. p. 66 (1806) ; M Abh. Ah. Berl. 1811, p. 107 
 
 (1815); Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 48 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. 
 
 An. K. V. p. 189 (1827) ; Desm. Diet. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 395 
 
 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 211 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. 
 
 Mamm. p. 267 (1829); Less. R. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. 
 
 p. 365 (1836) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 104 (1841) ; 
 
 Wagner, Schr. Sawg. Supp. iii. p. 48 (1843), v. p. 239 (1865) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 608 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 607, pi. xviii. fig. 1 (animal) (1846); Cab. Schomb. Brit. Guiana, 
 
 iii. p. 777 (1848) ; Gieb. Savg. p. 713 (1859) ; Schleg. Dierent. 
 
 p. 160 (1872) ; Burm. Republ. Argent, iii. p. 192 (1879) ; Jent. 
 
 Oat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887). 
 Didelphys cayopollin, Schreb. Sdug. iii. p. 544, pi. cxlviii. (animal) 
 
 (1778) ; Bodd. Flench. Anim. i. p. 77 (1785) ; Gmel. Linn. S. N. 
 
 i. p. 106-(1789) ; Mull. Linn. Naturs. Supp. vii. p. 35 (1789) ; 
 
 Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 348 (1792) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 193 
 
 (1792) ; G. Cuv. Tabl. Fl4m. p. 126 (1798) ; Bechst. Syst. Uebers. 
 
 vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 684 (1800) ; Sh<iw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. 
 
 p. 478 (1800) ; K Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 142 (1803) ; Desm. N. Diet. 
 
 d'H. N. (1) iv. p. 444 (1803) ; Turt. Linn. S. N. i. p. 66 (1806) ; 
 
 G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 578 (1813) ; III. Abh. Alt. Berl. 1811, p. 187 
 
 (1815) ; Desm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (2) ix. p. 426 (1817) ; id. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 257 (1820) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 188 (1827) ; Less. 
 
 Man. Mamm. p. 213 (1827). 
 Didelphis guianensis, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 194 (1792). 
 Philander murinus, Tiedem. Zool. p. 427 (1808). 
 Didelphys maerotarsus {nee Schreb.) and micfotarsus, Wagn. Arch. 
 
DIDELPHT8. 
 
 345 
 
 /. Nat. viii. p. 369 (1842) ; Schim, Syn. Mamm. i. pp. 504 & 605 
 
 (1844) ; Wagn. Abh. Ak. Munch, v. pp. 146 & 147 (1847) ; id. 
 
 Schr. Siiug. Supp. v. pp. 242 & 24-3 (1855) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. 
 
 Sdug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 114 (1883). 
 Micoureus murinus and dorsigerus, Less. N. Tail. JR. A., Mamm. 
 
 p. 186 (1842) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1865). 
 Philander murinus and dorsigerus, Gray, List Mamm, B. M. p. 101 
 
 (1843); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 140 (1862). 
 Didelphys impavida, Tschudi, Favn. Peruana, p. 149, pi. ix. (animal) 
 
 (1844) ; Wagn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. v. p. 240 (1865) ; Gieb. Sdug. 
 
 p. 714 (1859). 
 Didelphys musculus, Cahanis, Schomb. Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 778 
 
 (1,848) ; Wagn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. v. p. 245 (1865). 
 Didelphys (Grymseomys) murina, Burm. T/tiere Bras. i. p. 188 
 
 (1854). 
 GrvmsBomys murinus, dorsiger, and impavidus, Burm. BrlUut. Faun. 
 
 Brds. pp. 80 & 81 (1856). 
 
 MXTEINE OpOSStJM. 
 
 Size markedly smaller than iu D. dnerea ; form slender and 
 delicate. Fur thick and close, straight, not woolly. General 
 colour deep dull rufous, exact tone very variable. Rhinarium with 
 two notches on each side below. Face greyer and paler than the 
 back, the dark stripes through the eyes generally very conspicuous, 
 and contrasting markedly with the paler colour between them. 
 Ears (PI. XXVI. fig. 9) much as in B. dnerea ; laid forward (in 
 spirit-specimens) they reach beyond the anterior canthus of the eye; 
 their internal basal projection very long and prominent. Back deep 
 gre3'ish rufous, sides brighter and clearer. Chin white ; chest and 
 belly yellowish white, the hairs generally grey-based laterally, and 
 pure white down the median line, lines of demarcation quite 
 vague and undefined. Outsides of limbs like back, inner sides white. 
 Pouch absent ; mammse, one ventral and from 4 io 7 lateral, total 
 9 to 15*. Hands and feet white or pale grey. Pads as in B. dnerea. 
 Tail long, slender, cylindrical, furry for barely half an inch at its 
 base ; the remainder with only a few fine scattered hairs upon it ; 
 its colour grey, sometimes gradually lightening terminally. 
 
 Skull and teeth in all respects similar to those of B. dnerea, but 
 very materially smaller (see dimensions, p. 351). Correlated with 
 this reduction in size there is also a marked reduction in the 
 development of the supraorbital ledges, which are, however, always 
 present, even in immature specimens, being present at the least in 
 the form of a narrow but distinct beading along the supraorbital 
 margins. 
 
 * I am as yet unable to make out what degree of local constancy obtains in 
 the number of the mammse. In the present series, specimens o and p, from the 
 Island of Grenada, both have 7-1-7=15 mamma ; specimens e~g, from Central 
 America, 6-1-6=13; and all the rest. South American, either 5-1-5=11, or 
 4-1-4=9. No other differences of any kind can be found between the speci- 
 mens from these various localities. It is unfortunate that the number of 
 mammsB in the Mexican and Tres Marias specimens cannot be determined. 
 
346 
 
 DIDELPHTIBiE, 
 
 . <3. ?. 
 
 d (in spirit). p (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 142 147 
 
 Tail 213 177 
 
 Lower leg 38 35 
 
 Hind foot 23 21 
 
 Ear 17 20 
 
 Muzzle to eye 15-5 15*5 
 
 SkuU, see p. 351. 
 
 Hah. Neotropical region, from Central Mexico southwards to 
 Brazil. 
 
 Type not in existence, 
 
 a, 6. Yg. al., cj $, 9/81. Ventanas, Durango, Mr. A. Forrer 
 
 Central Mexico. [C.]. 
 
 c. Ad. al., cJ, 4/81. Tres Marias Islands Messrs. Salvin & 
 
 (A. Forrer). Godman [P.]. 
 
 J 1 Ad. al. 1 , o Caiabon, Alta Vera F. C. Sarg, Esq, 
 
 '*'*• |skullofrf.f '^^^ Paz. [C], 
 
 /. Ad. sk., 5 . Coban, Vera Paz Salvin Coll. 
 
 (J*. 0. Sarg). 
 
 g. Ad. al., 2 . Coban. O. Salvin, Esq. 
 
 [c.]. ■ 
 
 , i Ad. sk. I „ » ,flo San Geronimo (E. Salvin Coll. 
 
 *■ j Skull, f ^'^l^^- ArcS). 
 
 i. Ad. sk. Veragua, Panama Salvin CoU, 
 
 {E. Arci). 
 j. Ad. sk., 2 . Medellin, Colombia. J. K. Salmon, 
 
 Esq. [P.]. 
 1c. Ad. sk. BalzarMts., Ecuador. Mr. Ilhngworth 
 
 [C.]. 
 /. Ad. sk., J . Ecuador. Mr. L. Fraser[C.]. 
 
 m, n. Ad. & imm. al., 2 . Tumbez and Tam- Warsaw Museum 
 
 billo, N. Peru [P.]. 
 
 (J. Stohmann). 
 i Ad. al. i J, n Q ;0R Annandale, Island of G. R. M. Murray, 
 °>P- ■) Skull of o.f o!)?,H/»t). Grenada {Grenada Esq. [P.]. 
 
 Eclipse Expedition). 
 q. Ad. al., 2 , 9/6/87. Annandale, Grenada. W.R.ElliottjEsq. 
 
 [P. & C.]. 
 r. Imm. al., 5 , 11/86. Plantation Hope, Deme- W. L. Sclater, 
 
 rara. Esq. [P. & C.]. 
 
 ». Ye. al., 2 , Surinam. Mr. E. Bartlett 
 
 [C.]. 
 I Ad. sk. I Para, R. Graham, Esq. 
 
 ^- j Skull, f [P. &C.]. 
 
 u. Yg. al., 2. Pebas. H.W. Bates, Esq. 
 
 [C.]. 
 I Ad. st. I , Brazil. Purchased. 
 
 "'"'• i Skull of «,f ^- 
 
]. DIDELPHTS. 347 
 
 , J Ad. al. I 1 . -7 n Lidth de Jeude 
 
 ^ *• ISkuUofy.f ^ '^'^ ^- Coll. 
 
 /. Ad. St., cJ & 7 yg. Lidth de Jeude 
 
 Coll. 
 ff'. Ad. al., 5 . (Described by Waterhouse.) 
 
 9. Didelphys lepida. (Piate III. fig. 1.) 
 
 Didelphys (Micoureus) lepida, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) i. p. 158 
 (1888). 
 
 Size very small. Eur soft, close and straight. General colour 
 deep ricli rufous, mucli deeper than in the allied species. Ehinarium 
 apparently as in D. murina. Centre of face pale rufous ; crown deep 
 rufous, lite back ; black patches round eyes strongly marked, con- 
 tinued forwards on the sides of the muzzle nearly to the rhinarium, 
 but not continued backwards towards the ear. Chin, chest, and belly 
 dirtj' white, with a faint rufous tinge, the line of demarcation not 
 at all strongly marked. Ears very small, laid forward they reach 
 to the posterior canthus or at most to the centre of the eye, their 
 internal basal projection well developed. Pouch absent ; mammse 
 3-1-3 = 7*. Feet and their pads- as in D. murina, but the fifth 
 hind toe only just equalling the second. Tail very long, slender, 
 cylindrical, slightly furry at its base, the remainder with numerous 
 scattered fine hairs, white or pale brown. 
 
 Skull (PI. XXVII. fig. 3) as in D. murina, except that it is only 
 about two thirds as large ; supraorbital ledges well developed, even 
 in young specimens. 
 
 Teeth small and delicate. Canines short and thick. Upper p.' 
 about one third the size of p.^ ; p." about equal to or slightly smaller 
 than the latter. Lower teeth as in D. cinerea and murina. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 ?■ 
 
 a (skin). t (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 miUim. niillira. 
 
 Head and body 105 93 
 
 Tail (more than) 105 143 
 
 Lower leg 24 — 
 
 Hind foot — 157 
 
 Ear 9 12 
 
 Muzzle to eye 10-5 — 
 
 Skull, see p. 351. 
 Hah. Amazonian subregion, from the Peruvian Amazons to 
 Surinam. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 * In two specimens, but very indistinct in both ; perhaps more would become 
 viiible in the breeding-season. 
 
 t From a specimen preserved in the Stuttgart Museum. 
 
318 DlDELPHTIDiE. 
 
 This beautiful little species is readily distinguished from D. mit- 
 rina by its smaller size and shorter ears, from J), pusilla by its 
 possession of supraorbital ledges and of anterior basal ear-projections, 
 and from both by its smaller number of mammae and its more 
 brilliant coloration. 
 
 j Ad. sk. I Q qi /K iDo Santa Cruz, Huallaga Mr. E. Bartlett [0.1. 
 
 "•) Skull. ( ¥)*5i/o/oo- E., Peruvian Amazons. ( Ty^je of species.) 
 
 , llmm. sk. I Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges [0.]. 
 *• jSkuU. \ 
 
 c, d. Yg. al., (5 ? . " Lidth de Jeude Coll. 
 
 10. Didelphys pusilla. 
 
 MicourS nain, Azara, Quadr. Parag. i. p. 304 (1801). 
 
 Didelphys pusilla, Desm. N. Diet. d'H. iV. (1) xxiv. Tabl. p. 19 
 (1804) ; id. op. cit. (2) ix. p. 430 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. p. 261 
 (1820) ; Desmoul. Diet. Class. d'S. N. v. p. 493 (1824) ; Gray, 
 Oriff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 191 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 213 
 (1827) ; Desm. Diet. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 399 (1827) ; J. B. Fisch. 
 Syn. Mamm. p. 269 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. {Compl. Buff.) 
 V. p. 366 (1836); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 112 
 (1841) ; Wagn. Sehr. Sdug. Sui)p. iii. p. 50 (1843), v. p. 245 (1855) ; 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 510 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. 
 p. 514 (1846); Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 140 (1854); Tomes, 
 P. Z. S. 1858, p. 648 ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 715 (1859) ; Lyd. Cat. Pass. 
 Mamm. B. M. v. p. 282 (1887). 
 
 Didelphys nana, lU. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815) ; Schim, 
 Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 252 (1821). 
 
 Peramys pusilla. Less. N. TaU. R. A., Mamm. p. 187 (1842). 
 
 Didelphys elegans, Lund, Blik. Bras. Dyrev., Dansk. Afliandl, ix. 
 p. 135 (1842) {nee Waterh). 
 
 Didelphys (Grymseomya) agilis, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 139 (1854). 
 
 Micoureus pusillus, Oerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 103, pi. xx. 
 fig. 2 (teeth) (1855). 
 
 GrymjBomys agilia, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 82, pi. xv. flg. 1 
 (animal), pi. xi. fig. 6 (skull) (1856) ; Hem. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, 
 p. 124. 
 
 Didelphys agilis, Oieb. Sdug. p. 714 (1859). 
 
 Pigmy Opossttm. 
 
 Size very small, much as in D. lepida. Fur soft, thick, and straight. 
 Ehinarium with two distinet notches on each side of the median line 
 below. General colour bright rufous, rather paler and less rich than 
 in B. lepida. Centre of face pale rufous ; black mark round eyes very 
 prominent, continued forwards to the sides of the muzzle nearly to 
 the nose. Ears (PL XXVIII. fig. 2) large, laid forward (in spirit- 
 specimens) they reach to or beyond the anterior canthus of the eye ; 
 their internal basal projection short, rounded, often almost obsolete, 
 their metatragus large and broad. Back very uniform rufous, 
 becoming gradually paler on the sides, and white, or whitish rufous 
 on the belly, the bases of the hairs mostly slate, except just on the 
 chin ; the whole of the underside, however, sometimes pure white. 
 Pouch absent. Mammce (PI. XXVIII. fig. 3) 6-1-6 or 7-1-7= 13 
 
1. BIDELPHYS. 
 
 349 
 
 or 15, the anterior ones almost level with the elbows, the central 
 one opposite the most posterior pair but one. Outer sides of limbs 
 like back, inner sides like belly ; hands and feet white or pale brown, 
 nearly naked ; fifth hind toe shorter, though very slightly so, than 
 the second ; pads (PI. XXVIII. fig. 1) low, rounded, little prominent. 
 Tail long, slender, tapering, its base scarcely furry ; uniformly pale 
 grey, rather lighter below. 
 
 iihull as in the preceding species, except that the supraorbital 
 edges are smoothly and evenly rounded, not developing any trace 
 of ridges, even in old specimens. 
 
 Teeth as usual. Canines and premolars short vertically, broad 
 and strong longitudinally. P.' both above and below nearly filling 
 up the space between the canine and p.^ 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 i (in spirit). e (In spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 millim. millini. 
 
 Head and body 83 92 
 
 Tail 102 117 
 
 Lower leg 21 24 
 
 Hind foot 13 16 
 
 Muzzle to eye 10-5 11 
 
 Ear 13-5 14-5 
 
 Skull, see p. 351. 
 
 Hah. Brazil, from Santarem to Kio Grande do Sul. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 I Skin of head. I Santarem. Purchased. 
 
 «• \ Skull. f 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I Rio Janeiro. Earl of Derby [P.]. 
 "• \ Skull, f 
 
 c. Ad. st. Santa Catherina. Purchased. 
 
 J I Ad. sk. I , Santa Oatherina. Purchased. 
 ^- j Skull, f ^■ 
 
 j Ad. al. I o Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering [C.]. 
 
 *• \ SkuU. ( ^ ■ do Sul. 
 
 /, g. Ad. & imm. San Lorenzo, Rio Dr. H. von Ihering [C.]. 
 
 al., S ■ Grrande do Sul. 
 
 ■h. Ad.al., § ,16/11/86. San Lorenzo. Dr. H. von Ihering [C.]. 
 
 i. Ad. al., cj . (Described by Waterhouse.) 
 
 11. Didelphys grisea, 
 
 Micour^ a queue longue, Azara, Quadr. Parag. i. p. 290 (1801). 
 Didelphys grisea, Desm. Diet. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 393 (1827) ; J. B. 
 
 Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 266 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. ( Compl. 
 
 Bnff^ V. p. 364 (1836) ; id. N. Tahl. JR. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 509 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. 
 
 p. 504 (1846) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 281 (1887). 
 Didelphys incana, Lund, Blik. Bras. Dyr., Dansk. Afh. viii. p. 237 
 
350 DIDELPHTID^. 
 
 (1841) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 603 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. 
 Mamm. i. p. 503 (1846) ; Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 137 (1854). 
 Micoureus griseus, Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855). 
 
 Gkbt Opossttm:. 
 
 Size about as in D. murina. Pur close, soft and rather fluflfy. 
 General colour above uniform deep grey, with scarcely a tinge of 
 rufous. Face rather paler grey, the dark eye-markings confined 
 to the front of the eye, and comparatively inconspicuous. Ears very 
 large, leafy, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach halfway 
 between the anterior cauthus and the tip of the nose, their anterior 
 basal projection small and rounded. Chin, chest, and beUy pure 
 sharply defined white, the line of demarcation, especially on the 
 neck, with a slight rufous or fulvous wash. Front of fore and out- 
 sides of hind limbs grey, back of fore limbs white, a white ring 
 sometimes running right round them at the elbow. Back of hands 
 pale brown, of feet white. Toes and pads as in D. murina. Pouch 
 absent *. Tail long, slender, tapering, its basal half-inch furry, 
 the remainder practically naked ; grey above, whiter below. 
 
 STctdl long and narrow, with a very long and slender muzzle, the 
 facial index therefore unusually high (see measurements). Nasals 
 distinctly expanded behind. Supraorbital region narrow, its edges 
 smoothly rounded, without trace of ridges. Zygomata but little ex- 
 panded laterally. Anterior palatine foramina unusually long, reaching 
 nearly or quite to the level of the back of p.' Posterior palate with 
 the usual pair of long narrow vacuities. 
 
 Teeth. Canines short and thick. P.' both above and below about 
 one fourth the size of p.^ ; and in each case p.^ and p.* about equal, but 
 if they differ the latter is slightly larger above and smaller below. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 t (in spirit). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 129 
 
 TaU 175 
 
 Hind foot 19-5 
 
 Muzzle to eye 16-5 
 
 Ear 21-5 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Hah. Central and Eastern Brazil. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 „ , I Ad. sks. I Eio Janeiro. Purchased. 
 
 "'"■ ) Skull of fl. f 
 
 * Mammse not visible in the only epirit-specimen examined, 
 t From a specimen preserved in the Berlin Museum. 
 
1. BIDELPHTB. 
 
 351 
 
 § 
 
 Si 
 
 i-^l 
 
 
 »C)(NT7Hq"jg ipOi^TyHCq CO 
 
 ipip '*§'?> OSt-Hip-* 
 
 -^ >n 
 
 CO'-li-i fl<M'-i INS 
 
 8 
 
 CH-», 
 
 OS ^ Ca g r-i b- »p ■* T* 9P ^ 
 
 C>i r-t i-H c! I— ' i-H I— I 
 
 a 
 
 
 'a 
 
 p 
 
 f 
 
 !^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 ■*iOOC 
 
 
 •toi 
 
 1 
 
 lO CO T^ lO VQ ■^ iCi 1— I T— i CO 
 
 CO ^-tCDG^CO COlOCD i-itH 
 
 coQiOTHcqt-:bocit*cqi-icqo<Ni> 
 
 CQ ^ r-H Cq r-H i-H IM Q 
 
 >-i'i ^ 
 
 IM i-Hi-H 
 
 M <D P 
 
 I 
 
 (D 
 
 ■-> m ai 
 an d 
 
 §§ 
 
 SB 
 
 II 
 
 '3 « a 
 
 pqo 
 
 I'i Irs S^g = 
 9 K s * &j F3 e; 
 
 J- " o a «» " 
 
 
 ■a 
 
 S S 
 
 5,2 
 
 tl 
 
 -a S 
 
 
352 riDELPHriD^. 
 
 12. Didelphys velutina. 
 
 Didelphys velutina, Wagn, Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 360 (1842); Sehinz, 
 Syn. Mamm. i. p. 505 (1844) ; Wagn. Abh. Ah. Munch, v. p. 155 
 (1847) ; Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 142 (1854) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. 
 Supp. V. p. 247 (1855); Oieb. Sdug. p. 718|(1859); Natt. Pek. 
 Bras. Saug., Verh. z.-h. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 115 (1883). 
 
 Microdelphys velutina, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 86, pi, xiv. 
 fig. 2 (animal), pi. xi. fig. 8 (skull) (1856). 
 
 Velvdit Opossum. 
 
 The following description is taken from the type specimen, which, 
 by the kindness of Dr. von Pelzeln, I have had the opportunity of 
 examining in the Vienna Museum. 
 
 Size small. Fur peculiarly soft, crisp, and velvety. General 
 colour soft mouse-grey, with a dull rusty-brown suffusion along the 
 sides, from the cheeks to the hips. Face paler grey, the eye-mark 
 somewhat indistinct. Ears large, a very slightly convex projection 
 at their anterior bases. Chin yellowish white, chest rusty-fawn; 
 belly pale cream-colour, the hairs dark slaty at their bases ; line of 
 demarcation of colours rather sharply defi.ned. Forearms and hands, 
 inner sides of legs, and feet like beUy ; outsides of legs like back. 
 Tail shorter than the head and body, its basal half-inch thickly 
 furry like the back. Fifth hiud toe reaching fo the end of the 
 second phalanx of the fourth. 
 
 ShvM still in the skin. 
 
 Teeth. Lower p.'' about equal to, or very slightly smaller than p.' 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Type (stuffed). 
 
 ? Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (e.) 86 
 
 Tail ; 73 
 
 Hind foot 11-3 
 
 Ear 9 (contracted). 
 
 Hah. Sao Paulo, Brazil. 
 
 Type in the Vienna Museum. 
 
 The separation of this species from B. grisea is, I think, very 
 doubtful, but the remarkable shortness of the tail, apparently quite 
 complete in the type, prevents me at present from definitely uniting 
 the two. The species, on account of the same peculiarity, has 
 always been placed in the subgenus Peramys, but there can be no 
 question that its natural place is in the present grouj). 
 
 13. Didelphys elegans. 
 
 Didelphys hortensis, Reid, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 4 (nom. nudum) ; Waterh. 
 Cat. Mamm. Mua. Z. S. p. 64 (1838). 
 
1. DIDBLPHYS. 353 
 
 Didelpliys elegans, Waterh.Zool. Voi/.Beaffte,Mamm.-p:Q§,^l.xssi. 
 (animal) (1839) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 106 (1841) ; 
 Schinz, ^n. Mamm. i. p. 602 (1844); Bridges, P. Z. S. 1844, 
 p. 164 ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 615, pi. xvi. fig. 1 (animal) 
 (1846) ; Gay, Hist. Chih, Zool. i. p. 84 (1847) ; Baird, Gilliss' 
 U. S. Astron. Exp. ii. p. 155 (1856) ; Wagn. Sehr. Sdug. Supp. v. 
 p. 246 (1865) ; Gieb. Saug. p. 715 (1859) ; Burm. JReise La Plata, 
 li. p. 412 (1861) ; Schleg. Bierent. p. 160 (1872) ; Burm. Bepubl. 
 Argent, iii. p. 193 (1879) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887) ; 
 Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. p. 282 (1887). 
 
 Micoureus elegans. Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; 
 Oen. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855). 
 
 Thylamys elegans, Gray, List Mamm. B.M.^. 101 (1843) ; Oerrard, 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 140 (1862). 
 
 Didelphys pimelura^ Beinh. Vid. Medd. 1849, Oversigt, p. v. 
 
 Grymseomys elegans, Burm. Erlaut. Faun. Bras. p. 83, pi. xv. fig. 2 
 (animal) (1856). 
 
 CHniABr Opossum:. 
 
 Size about the same as in D. grisea, or rather smaller. Fur long, 
 soft and silky. General colour a soft pale grey, finely grizzled 
 with reddish brown. Muzzle long and pointed, lower edge of rhi- 
 narium with only a single notch on each side of the central groove 
 below. Centre of face pale grey, the dark eye-mark forming a dis- 
 tinct ring round the eye and extending very little forwards on the 
 sides of the muzzle. Ears very large, unusually narrow, oval, their 
 anterior basal projections almost or quite obsolete, their metatragus 
 large and well developed. Hairs of back with a greyish-white sub- 
 terminal band and a reddish-brown tip. Chin, chest, and belly pure 
 white, at least along the centre ; line of demarcation not very 
 sharply defined. Porearms pale grey outside, white inside. Hind 
 legs coloured like the back outside, white internally and in front ; 
 feet pale brown ; fifth hind toe slightly shorter than second. Fore 
 and hind pads (PL XXYIII. fig. 4) each six in number, very high 
 and prominent, the sole between them distinctly granulated. Tail 
 very peculiar in shape ; its basal half-inch quite thin, its next two 
 inches markedly incrassated ; its terminal half rapidly .tapering to a 
 point ; its colour grey, with minute white hairs scattered over it. 
 
 Skull stout and strong, with a narrow pointed muzzle. Nasals 
 long, slender, parallel-sided, not expanded behind. Interorbital 
 region narrow, its edges rounded, or with very slight and inconspi- 
 cuous headings. Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the level 
 of the centre of the canines. Posterior palate with one pair of long 
 narrow vacuities opposite ms.^~^, and another pair of small circular 
 ones close to its posterior border. 
 
 Teeth long and sharp. Upper premolars evenly increasing in 
 size backwards, their cusps long, slender, and pointed. Lower p.' 
 about one third the size of p.^ ; p.* slightly taUer than p.^ vertically, 
 but rather shorter antero-posteriorly. 
 
 2a 
 
354 DIDELPHTID*. 
 
 6- 
 
 d (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 mUlim. 
 
 Head and body 95 
 
 TaU 119 
 
 Lower leg 27 
 
 Hind foot 14-5 
 
 Muzzle to eye 13 
 
 Ear 17 
 
 SkuU, see p. 351. 
 
 Sab. South. Brazil and Chili. 
 Ti/;pe in collection. 
 
 I Ad. St. I Aconcagua, Chili. Mr. T. Bridges [C.]. 
 
 ■ I Skulls. I 
 
 d. Ad. al., (J . Aconcagua. Mr. T. Bridges [C.]. 
 
 e. Ad. sk., t? . 'Valparaiso (C. Darwin, Zool. Soc. (Voy. ' Beagle '). 
 
 Mq.). (rj(pe of species.) 
 
 /, g. Ad. sks., <S Valparaiso (C Darwin, Zool. Soc. (Voy. ' Beagle '). 
 
 Esq). 
 
 A. Skull. Vakiaraiso (C. JJajmre, Zool. Soc. (Voy, 'Beagle'). 
 
 Esq.). (Figured by Waterhouse, Voy. 'Beagle.') 
 
 i,j. Skeletons. OhiU. Mr. T. Bridges [0.]. 
 
 k. Skull. ChiU. Mr. T. Bridges [C.]. 
 
 V. Subgenus PERAMTS. 
 
 Type. 
 Peramys, Less. N. TaU. S. A., Mamm. p. 187 (1842) D. brevicaudata. 
 Hemiurus, Oerv. Castehh. Amir. Sud, Mamm, p. 101 
 
 ■ (1855) D. brevicaudata. 
 
 Microdelphys, Burm. Erliiut. Fawn. Bras. p. 83(1856) D. americana. 
 
 Size small. Tail short, generally about half the length of the 
 head and body, more or less covered with fine short hairs, but little, 
 or not at all, prehensile. Fifth hind toe considerably shorter than 
 the second ; third and fourth but little longer than the second, sub- 
 equal. 
 
 Skull very variable in size and shape ; generally broad, rounded, 
 and flattened above. Palate without a second posterior pair of 
 vacuities. 
 
 Teeth. Upper p.' not disproportionally smaller than the others, 
 the upper premolars generally evenly increasing in size backwards. 
 Lower p.* generally larger than, but sometimes only just equalling, 
 
 This subgenus forms a very natural group, and might almost be 
 admitted to generic rank, were it not that certain species of other 
 subgenera — as, for example, D. (Micoureus) velutina — approach it in 
 shortness of tail, and that neither in skuU nor dentition does there 
 appear to be any single character absolutely peculiar to it. 
 
 The habits of the species are as yet undescribed, but they are 
 probably far less arboreal than the other Opossums. 
 
1. DIDBLPHXS. 355 
 
 14. Didelphys dimidiata. 
 
 Didelphys brachyiu-a, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 64 (1838) 
 
 (nee Schreb.) ; id. Zool. Voy. Beagle, Mamm. p. 97, pi. xxxii. 
 
 (animal) (1839) ; id. Jard. Nat. Mbr., Mamm. xi. p. Ill (1841) ; 
 
 id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 522, pi. xvi. fig. 3 (animal) (1846) ; Burm. 
 
 Thiere Bras. i. p. 141 (1854); id. Bepubl Argent, p. 194 (1879). 
 Didelphys dimidiata, Wagn. Abk. Ak. Munch, v. p. 161 (footnote) 
 
 (1847). 
 Microdelphys braohyura, Burm. Brlmt. Favm. Bras, p. 86 (1856) ; 
 
 Hem. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 122. 
 
 Ybliow-bidud Oposstnu. 
 
 Size large. Fur short, coarse and harsh, (general colour pale 
 grizzled grey along the crown and upper side of the back, rich 
 orange-yellow on the sides and belly. Muzzle long and slender ; 
 rhinarium with a short backwardly projecting extension in the 
 centre of its' postero-superior border. Ears rounded, very short, 
 their length not equal to their breadth, and, when laid forward, not 
 nearly reaching to the eye ; antero-internal basal projection and meta- 
 tragus large and well developed. , Colour of body as already described. 
 Chest (in males) with a gland, in the same position as in Myrmeeo- 
 bius (see supra, p. 311), but without the larger and more prominent 
 apertures. Arms and legs yellow, hands and feet greyer. Skin of soles 
 rough and coarse ; hind pads not so sharply defined as in the other 
 species, five in number, the usual small postero-external pad absent. 
 Tail only about half the length of the head and body, thick, evenly 
 tapering, clothed all along with numerous short fine hairs, brown 
 above, yellowish below. 
 
 Skull (PI. XXVII. fig. 4) very differently shaped to that of the 
 other species. Muzzle narrow, very convex upwards, not flattened. 
 Orbito-temporal region exceedingly narrow, parallel-sided ; the 
 brain-case also very narrow in proportion to the boldly expanded 
 zygomata. Postorbital processes present although small in adults, 
 and becoming weU-marked in old individuals, such as the specimen 
 figured. Temporal crest early developed, becoming very high and 
 prominent in old age. Palate with a single pair of vacuities opposite 
 m.^ and m.' 
 
 Teeth. Canines, both upper and lower, very long and strong. 
 Upper premolars not touching each other, p.* very much larger than 
 either of the others. Molars small and delicate, the combined 
 lengths of the first three about 5 or 5-2 millim. Lower premolars 
 rapidly increasing in height backwards. Lower molar series about 
 6-6 millim. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 
 a (in spirit). 
 Aged, 
 millim. 
 
 b (in spirit). 
 Adult. 
 
 milliin. 
 
 Head and body. 
 Tan 
 
 151 
 
 80 
 
 
 135 
 
 66 
 2a2 
 

 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 
 24-5 
 
 17 
 
 
 15-5 
 
 15-5 
 
 
 15 
 
 7-6 
 
 
 7-1 
 
 356 
 
 Lower leg 
 
 Hind foot 
 
 Muzzle to eye . , 
 Ear 
 
 SkuU, see p. 367. 
 
 Sab. South. Brazil and Uruguay. 
 Ty^e in collection. 
 
 a. Aged al., cJ . Taquaia, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering [C.J.; 
 
 do Sul. 
 
 I j Ad. al. I , San Lorenzo, Rio Dr. H. von Iherinff [0.]. 
 
 "■ ] Skull, f o • Grande do Sul. 
 
 p i Ad. sk. ) Maldonado (C. Bar- Zool. Soc. (Voy < Beagle '). 
 
 I Skull. I ° • win). {Type of species.) 
 
 . I Ad. sk. i , Haslar Hospital Collection. 
 **• ] Skull, f ^- ^ , 
 
 15. Didelphys brevicandata. 
 
 Mus sylveatris americanus, Seha, Thesaurus, i. p. 50, pi. xxxi. fig. 6 
 
 /animal) (1734). 
 Didelphys brevicaudata, Srxl. Syst. Regn. An. p. 80 (1777) * ; Zimm. 
 
 Geogr. Oesch. ii. p. 227 (1780) ; Bodd. Elmch. Anim. i. p. 77 
 
 (1785). 
 Didelphys brachyura, Sohreb. Sciug. iii. p. 648, pi. cli. (animal) (1778) : 
 
 Pall. Act. Ac. Petrop. 1780, ii. p. 235, pi. v. (animal) ; Cfmel Linn. 
 
 S. iV. i. p. 108 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 196 (1792) ; Donnd. 
 
 Zool. Beytr. i. p. 353 (1792) ; G. Cuv. Tabl. EUm. p. 125 (1798) 
 
 Bechst. Syst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 685 (1800) ; Shaw, Gen. 
 
 Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 479 (1800) ; E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 145 (1803) ; 
 
 Desm. N. Bid. (SK. N. (1) xx. p. 147 (1803) ; lurt. Linn. S. N. 
 
 i. p. 67 (1806) ; G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 174 (1817) ; Besm. N. Bid. 
 
 am N. (2) IX. p. 429 (1817) ; Besmoul Diet. Class. d'lL. N. v. 
 
 p. 492 (1824) ; Temm. Man. Mamm. i. p. 53 (1827) ; Gray, Griff. 
 
 Cuv. An. K. V. p. 190 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 212 (1827) ; 
 
 Besm. Bid. Sci. Nat. xlvu. p. 398 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. 
 
 * This species has been commonly known as D. brachywa, Sohr., but, apart 
 from the dates on the title-pages of Sohreber's third Tolume and of Erxleben's 
 work, D. brevicaiidata is shown to be the earher name by u, reference to the 
 quotations in each book. Both works appear to have been published in parts, 
 whose issue went on concurrently. 
 
 In Sohreber references to Brxleben begin on p. 457 and refer to as late a 
 page as 448 of the latter's work. Bterything after p. 457 of Schreber is there- 
 fore later in date than all before p. 448 of Brxleben. On the other hand, 
 in Erxleben the references to the text of Schreber begin with the genus Canis, 
 p. 533, after which page, therefore, Erxleben would have to give way to 
 Schreber up to and induding the latter's genus Cmm, ending on p. 374. The 
 question is further complicated by the separate publication of Sohreber's lettered 
 plates, which would of themselves give priority to his names whenever their 
 earlier appearance is shown by Erxleben's references to them. 
 
 In the case of the present species, no reference to the other being made by 
 either author, the general rule as to pagination comes into operation, and 
 Erxleben (p. 80) clearly takes precedence over Schreber (p. 548). 
 
1. rroELPHTs. 357 
 
 Mamm. p. 269 (1829) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 51 (1843), 
 
 V. p. 261 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 519 (1844) ; Gieb. Sdug. 
 
 p. 716 (1859) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mm. p. 302 (1887). 
 Sorex surinamensis, Omel. lAnn. S. N. i. p. 114 (1789) : Kerr, Linn. 
 
 An. K. p. 206 (1792). 
 Viverra touan, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 432 (1800). 
 Mustek touan, Bechst. Smt. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 358 & 687 
 
 (1800). 
 Didelphya tricolor, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 144 (1803) ; Besm. Mamm. 
 
 i. p. 260 (1820) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 52 (1827) ; Desm. 
 
 Diet. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 397 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 212 
 
 (1827) ; J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 268 (1829) ; Less. H. N. 
 
 Mamm. {Compl Buff.) v. p. 365 (1836); Waterh. Jard. Nat. 
 
 Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 109 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. iii. 
 
 p. 60 (1843), V. p. 266 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 509 
 
 (1844) ; Waterh. N. S. Mamm. i. p. 520 (1846) ; Gieb. Sdug. 
 
 p. 716 (1859) ; ScUeg. Bierent. p. 160 (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. 
 
 Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887). 
 Philander brachyurus, Tiedem. Zool. p. 428 (1808). 
 DidelpliysbrevicaudisflM«Ztuan,J7i.^6A.^A.jBeW. 1811, p. 107(1816). 
 Didelphya sebse, Gray, Griff. Cm. An. K. v. p. 190 (1827). 
 Didelphys hunteri, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 110 
 
 (1841) ; id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 524 (1846). 
 Peramys tricolor and brachyiffus. Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. 
 
 pp. 186-7 (1842). ■ 
 Didelphys glirina, Wagn. Arch.f. Nat. -nii. p. 359 (1842) ; id. Abh. 
 
 Ak. Milneh. v. p. 150 (1847) ;. id. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 253 
 
 (1856) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 717 (1859) ; NaU. Pelz. Bras. 8dug.,Verh. 
 
 z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 117 (1883). 
 Hemiurus brachyurus ewdf tacolor, Gerv.H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287(1855). 
 Microdelphys tricolor, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 85, pi. xvi. 
 
 fig. 1 (animal) (1856). 
 
 Red-siokd Opossum. 
 
 Size large for the group ; form thick and clumsy. Pur straight, 
 rather hispid. General colour of upper surface and sides deep 
 chestnut-rufous, sometimes wholly uniform, sometimes slightly and 
 sometimes wholly grizzled grey along the upper surface of the head 
 and back. Lower edge of rhinarium with one lateral notch on each 
 side of the central groove ; postero-superior edge transverse, not, or 
 but little, projecting backwards in the centre. Ears rather large 
 for this group, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach to the 
 centre of the eye. Back and sides as already described ; chin, chest, 
 and belly dirty white, more or less mixed with grey or rufous. 
 Pouch absent; mammae 4-1-4 or 5-1-5=9 or 11. Arms and 
 legs deep rufous, hands and feet above dirty white or brown. 
 Fifth hind toe barely reaching to the end of the second phalanx of 
 the fourth ; pads small, very distinct, hallucal pad distinctly sub- 
 divided into two, minute postero-extemal pad present or absent. 
 Tail about two thirds the length of the head and body, its furry 
 portion ceasing after about half an inch below, but tapering gradually 
 backwards on the upper side for about half the length of the tail. 
 
 Skull large and strongly built, with a broad conical muzzle. 
 Interorbital region broad, unridged, its edges gently rounded ; no 
 
358 DIDBtPHTIDai. 
 
 trace of postorbital processes. Palate with a pair of very narrow 
 vacuities opposite tte two anterior molars. 
 
 Teeth large and strong. Upper canines stort and thick. Pre- 
 molars large, evenly increasing in size backwards, p.' nearly or 
 quite filling up the space between the canine and p.^ Molars 
 large, triangular, the combined lengths of the three anterior ranging 
 from 5-8 to 6-8 miUim. Lower p." and p.* about equal in size. 
 Lower molar series about 8 to 8*8 mUlim. 
 
 6. ?. 
 
 * (in spirit), b (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult. 
 
 milUm. millim. 
 
 Head and body 150 130 
 
 TaU 87 70 
 
 Lower leg — 28 
 
 Hind foot 23 19 
 
 Ear 12 11-5 
 
 Muzzle to eye — 16 
 
 Skull, see p. 367. 
 
 Hah. Guiana and Brazil. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 I Ad. sk. I , Bahia. Purchased. 
 
 ■ I Ad. al., I n Lidth de Jeude Coll. 
 
 *'"■ •jSkuUoh.f?' 
 
 Ad. al. I , Lidth de Jeude Coll. 
 
 ^- ■* SkiJl. ' f ^ 
 
 e. 
 
 Ad. St. i H. W. Bates, Esq. [C.]. 
 
 Skull. 
 
 „ j Ad. al. i o Eoyal College of Surgeons [E.]. 
 
 ■'■ 1 Skull. ( +• {Typeoin.hunteri,Ws.teTh.) 
 
 16. Didelphys domestica. 
 
 Didekihys domestica, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 359 (1842) ; 
 
 Schinz, Syn. Marrvm. i. p. 506 (1844) ; Wagn. Ahh. Ak. Munch, v. 
 
 p. 153 (1847) ; id. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 255 (1855) ; Gid). Sdug. 
 
 p. 717 (1859) ; Natt. Peh. Bras. Sdug., Verh. z.-h. Wien, xxxiii. 
 
 Anh. p. 117 (1883). 
 Hemiurus huateri, Oerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 101, pis. xvi. 
 
 fig. 2 (animal), and xx. fig. 1 (skull) (1865) {neo Waterhouse) \. 
 Hemiurus concolor, Oerv. op. cit. lettering to pi. xvi. (1855) . 
 
 Size large. Fur thick, straight and soft. General colour pale 
 grey. Face uniformly grey, no darker mark round the eye. Ears 
 large and rounded, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach 
 just to the anterior canthus of the eye. Crown and whole of back 
 
 * In the Stuttgart Museum. 
 
 t This determination is Ibased on the authority of specimen a, received 
 from the same coUeotion as Prof. Gervais's individual. 
 
1. DIJDELPHTS. 359 
 
 uniform finely grizzled grey or mouse-colour, cheeks and sides with 
 a paler or more yellowish tinge (but not the distinct orange-colour 
 oi D. dimidiata). Chin, chest, and belly white or greyish white, 
 sometimes with a tinge of yellow. Mammae 5-3-5=13*- Arms 
 and legs, hands and feet grey. Fifth hind toe reaching to the 
 middle of the second phalanx of the fourth. Tail little more than 
 half the length of the head and body, its basal half-inch furry, grey, 
 the remainder short-haired, dark brown. 
 
 Slcull very strong and thickly built. Interorbital region broad 
 and flattened, its edges rounded. Temporal crests absent, or only 
 formed in extreme old age ; no postorbital processes. 
 
 Teeth thick and powerful. Upper premolars evenly increasing in 
 size backwards. Molars very variable in size, the length of the 
 three anterior ranging from 6-2 to 7"7 miUim. Lower p.^ and p.* 
 about equal. Length of lower molar series 9 to 10 miUim. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 ?• 
 +(in spirit). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 131 
 
 Tail 75 
 
 Hind foot 18 
 
 Muzzle to eye 17'3 
 
 Ear 15 
 
 SkuU, see p. 367. 
 
 Hah. Brazil. 
 
 Go-types in the Vienna and Munich Museums and in collection. 
 
 1 Imm. sk. I , Goyaz, Brazil. Count de Castelnau 
 
 ''•jSkiUl. ( ^- [P. &C.]. 
 
 , 1 Ad. St. I J, Brazil. Purchased. 
 *■ j Skull, f ^- . 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I o oi //I ;o/i Cuyaba, Sao Paulo Vienna Museum fE.!. 
 
 "• I Skull. ^Vj^V*/'^*- (NaUerer). 
 
 (One of the co-types of the species.) 
 
 17. Didelphys scalops. (Plate III. fig. 2.) 
 Didelphys (Peramys) acalops, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) i. p. 158 (1888). 
 
 Size as in the preceding species, but form rather slenderer and 
 lighter. Eur short, straight and crisp. General colour rufous and 
 grey, arranged as detailed below. Whole of head, both face, cheeks, 
 and chin, bright rusty or orange-rufous. Ears large and rounded, 
 with well-marked anterior basal projections. Back and shoulders 
 finely 'grizzled grey, the hairs mixed black and white. Eump and 
 
 * In four specimens. 
 
 t Preseryed in|the Vienna Museum. 
 
360 DIDELPHTIDJE. 
 
 hips deep rich chestnut. Chin rufous ; chest and belly grizzled 
 olive-grey, only slightly paler than the back. Front of arms and out- 
 sides of legs rufous, contrasting mth the grey of the lower surface ; 
 hands and feet dark brown. Tail about half the length of the head 
 and body ; only furry at its extreme base, the remainder closely 
 covered with short fine hairs, uniformly deep rufous in colour. 
 
 Skull (PI. XXVII. figs. 5 & 6) long and slender ; muzzle very 
 narrow, especially in the region just anterior to the orbits. Nasals 
 unusually long in proportion, not markedly flattened posteriorly. 
 Interorbital space rather narrow, its edges smoothly rounded ; no 
 trace of postorbital processes or temporal ridges. Palate with a 
 single pair of narrow vacuities opposite p.*, m.', and m.^ 
 
 Teeth small, light and delicate. Canines long and thin. Upper 
 premolars increasing in size backwards, p.* rather disproportionaUy 
 larger than p.' Molars very small and delicate, the length of the 
 three anterior about 4-7 millim. Lower p.* about equal to p.' Range 
 of lower molars about 6-2 millim. 
 
 a (skin). 
 Adult 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 133 
 
 Tan 71 
 
 Lower leg (c.)33 
 
 Hind foot (c.)19 
 
 Muzzle to eye 15 
 
 Ear 8 (dried) 
 
 Skull, see p. 367. 
 
 Hah. Brazil. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 Whether the peculiar coloration of this Opossum wiU be found to 
 be constant or not it is impossible to decide, but th.e species is quite 
 distinct from any other merely by the characters of the skuU and 
 dentition. The two specimens in the collection agree with each 
 other in all essential respects. 
 
 1 Ad. sk. I J, Brazil. Lord Derby [P.]. 
 
 "• ■jSkuU. \°- (TV^^e of species.) 
 
 , I Ad. sk. I o No history. 
 
 *■ \ Skull, f ^ • 
 
 18. Didelphys henseli. (Plate IV. fig. 1.) 
 
 Didelphys (Peramys) henseli, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) i. p. 159 
 (1888). 
 
 Hensbl's Opossum. 
 
 Size markedly smaller than in any of the preceding species, 
 about equal to that of D. amerieana. Fur short, straight and crisp. 
 General colour much as in the grey-backed specimens of D. brevi- 
 
1. DIDELPHTS. 361 
 
 eaudata. EhinariTim naked, projecting backwards in the centre on 
 the top of the muzzle. Ears very small and rounded, laid forward 
 they reach only about halfway towards the eye ; their internal 
 basal projection and metatragus both weU developed. Centre of face, 
 crown, nape, and whole of the centre of the back uniform finely 
 grizzled oUve-grey. Cheeks, a narrow ring round eye, sides of neck, 
 shoulders, flanks, hips, and base of tail bright rufous. Chia clear 
 reddish ; chest and belly with the hairs basaUy grey, terminally red. 
 Mammae (PI. XXYIII. fig. 6) exceedingly numerous, the two lateral 
 series sometimes running the whole way from just behind the 
 axillse backwards nearly to the vulva, and the median set consisting 
 of five, arranged as shown in the Plate, the formula varying from 
 6-5-6=17 to 11-5-11=27*. Whole of arms and legs, aU round, 
 bright red ; hands and feet pale brown. Hind pads (PI. XXVIII. 
 fig. 5) small, rounded, and prominent, the two parts of the hallucal 
 pad widely separated. Tail about equal in length to head and body, 
 its base alone furry, the remainder scaly, nearly naked ; a few fine 
 thinly scattered hairs only present, brown above, red below. 
 
 STcull (PI. XXVII. fig. 7) short and stoutly buUt. Interorbital 
 space evenly rounded ; no postorbital processes or temporal ridges. 
 
 Teeth narrow and delicate. Upper premolars markedly increas- 
 ing backwards, p.^ rather disproportionally smaller than p.* Length 
 of the three anterior upper molars about 4"3 millim. Lower p.* 
 rather longer than p.' Lower molar series about 6 miilim. in 
 length. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 d. 2- 
 
 (t). a (in spirit). 
 
 — Adult, 
 
 millini. millim. 
 
 Head and body 108 106 
 
 Tail 55 62 
 
 Lower leg 22 
 
 Hind foot 15-5 
 
 Muzzle to eye 13 
 
 Ear , . 5-3 
 
 Skull, see p. 367. 
 
 Sab. Entre Eios and Eio Grande do Sul. 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species is no doubt that referred to, but not named, by 
 Hensel in his paper on the Mammals of South Brazil J. 
 
 * The type has 11 on one side and 9 on the other, i. e. 11-5-9 = 25. Speci- 
 men i is in too bad a condition for the exact number to be made out. On the 
 other hand, a specimen of this species from Entre Eios, preserved in the Genoa 
 Museum, and kindly lent to me by the Marquis Gr. Doria, has only 6-5-6=17 ; 
 ■ thus showing that while the outer series are variable in number, the middle set 
 are fairly constant. 
 
 t Prom Hensel, loo. infrU cit. 
 
 X Abb. At. Berl. 1872, p, 128. 
 
362 
 
 DIBELPHyiDJB. 
 
 „ „ i 2 ad. 5 & 3 yg. al. I Taquara, Eio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering 
 ""*■ ISkullofa. f doSul. [OJ. 
 
 («. Type of species.) 
 
 19. Didelphys sorex. 
 
 Microdelphys sorex, Hens. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 122. 
 Shkew Opossum:. 
 
 Size very small, form slender and delicate. Fnr straight and 
 crisp. General colour grey above, rufous on sides. Muzzle long, 
 narrow and pointed, the -vrhole head unusually slender. Ehinarium 
 smooth and naked, its central groove and the lateral notches in its 
 lower edge almost obsolete. Ears of medium size, laid forward (in 
 spirit-specimens) they faU short of the posterior canthus of the eye 
 by about 2 or 3 miQim. Centre of face grizzled grey, continuous 
 with the grey of the back ; an ill-defined rufous spot abov-e each 
 eye, and a prominent rufous patch in front of each ear ; whole of 
 cheeks, flanks, and outersides of hips pale rufous. Chin clear yellowish 
 rufous ; chest and body similar, but the hairs slate-coloured basally. 
 Arms and legs like beUy. Tail from one half to two thirds the 
 length of the heiad and body, thinly hairy, brown above, pale rufous 
 below, its basal third of an inch fuiry like the body. 
 
 Slcull very light aind delicate. Muzzle long and narrow, not 
 flattened posteriorly. Interorbital region narrow, its edges smoothly 
 rounded, but a minute inflation present on each side in the usual 
 position of the postorbital processes, the result being that the inter- 
 temporal is greater than the interorbital width. Zygomata thin and 
 weak, little expanded, the greatest zygomatic breadth scarcely more 
 than half the basal length of the skull. 
 
 Teeth. Fpper canines short. P.' and p.* about equal in size. 
 Combined lengths of the three anterior molars 4'5 to 5 miUim. 
 Lower p.* distinctly smaller than p.^ Length of lower molar series 
 about 6 millim. 
 
 Dimermons. 
 
 3. S- 
 
 * (in spirit), a (in spirit). 
 
 — Adnlt. 
 
 miUim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 72 67 
 
 Tail 46 45 
 
 Lower leg 16 
 
 Hind foot 12 
 
 Muzzle to eye 9 
 
 Ear 5-2 
 
 SkuU, see p. 367. 
 
 Hob. Eio Grande do Sul. 
 Type in the Berlin Museum. 
 
 " From Hensel, loc. ait. 
 
1. BIDBLPHTS. 363 
 
 „ l \ Ad. al. I p Taquara, Eio Grande do Sul. Dr. H. von Iheriiig; 
 
 ' ■ I Skull of a. I + ■ [0.]. 
 
 I Ad. sk. ( San Lorenzo, Eio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering 
 
 "• jSkuU. f do Sul. [0.]. 
 
 d. Imm. skull. San Lorenzo, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering 
 
 do Sul. ■ [0.]. 
 
 20. Didelphys americana. 
 
 Sorex americanus, Mull. Linn. Natursyst. Swpp. vii. p. 36 (1776). 
 Sorex brazilienais, Erxl. Syst. Regn. An. i. p. 127 (1777) ; Schreb. 
 
 Saug.m. p. 577 (1778); Zimm. Qeogr. Gesch. ii. p. 886 (1780); 
 
 Bodd. Menoh. Anim. i. p. 125 (1785) ; Omel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 115 
 
 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 206 (1792) : Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. 
 
 pt. ii. p. 535 (1800). 
 Didelphys tristriatus, IB. Abh. Ah. Berl. 1811, pp. 107, 112 (1815) ; 
 
 Kuhl, Beitr. Zool. i. p. 63 (1820) ; Sehinz, Cm. Thierr. i. p. 252 
 
 (1821) ; J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 269 (1829) ; Less. H. N. 
 
 Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 365 (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. 
 
 Mus. Z. S. p. 64 (1838); id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 107, 
 
 pi. iii. (animal) (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 52 (1848), 
 
 V. p. 250 (1855) ; Sehinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 511 (1844) ; Waterh. 
 
 iV. U. Mamm. i. p. 518 (1846) ; Burm. thiere Bras. i. p. 140 
 
 (1854) ; Gieb, Saug. p. 716 (1859) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. Saug., Verh. 
 
 z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 116 (1883) ; Jent Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. 
 
 p. 302 (1887;. 
 Didelphys trihneata, Lund, Blik. Bras. Byrev., Dansh. Afh. viii. 
 
 p. 237 (1841) (nom. nudum). 
 Peramys tristriata. Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 187 (1842). 
 Hemiurus tristriatus, Gerv. n. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855). 
 Microdelphys tristriatus, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 84, pi. xvi. 
 
 fig. 2 (animal), pi. xi. fig. 7 (skull) (1856). 
 
 Common Theee-steiped OposstrM. 
 
 Size medium. Fur short, straight and crisp. General colour 
 grey or rufous, dark-striped dorsally. Pace grey, a dark central 
 stripe commencing between the eyes, and continued down the centre 
 of the neck and back ; cheeks more or less rufous. Ears of medium 
 size. Ground-colour of back olive-grey anteriorly, gradually passing 
 into deep rufous on the rump and hips, the three dark lines generally 
 very prominent, the median one, as already noted, commencing 
 between the eyes, the lateral ones on the sHoulders. Some speci- 
 mens, however, have the whole back nearly uniform rufous, the 
 stripes scarcely darker than the rest *. Chin pale rufous ; chest 
 and belly rufous or whitish olive-grey. Mammse 5-5-5=15, the 
 outer series placed in such a curve that the anterior pair are in line 
 with those of the inner set, and might almost be reckoned as belong- 
 ing to them. Arms and legs reddish grey. Fifth hind toe reaching 
 
 * This may be a question of season, as there is in the Paris Museum a speci- 
 men with the anterior half of the body indistinctly rufous-striped, and the 
 posterior half black-striped as usual ; the specimen would be therefore in process 
 of change. 
 
364 DrDELPHTIDai. 
 
 to the end of the second phalanx of the fourth ; no trace of the 
 minute postero-external hind foot-pad present in most of the species. 
 
 Shull smoothly rounded above. Interorbital space broad, convex 
 upwards, a faint projection in the usual position of the postorbital 
 processes, but the intertemporal less than the interorbital breadth, as 
 usual. 
 
 Teeth. Upper premolars large, evenly increasing in size backwards. 
 Length of three anterior upper molars about 5 millim., and of the 
 lower molar series 6-5 to 7 miUim. Lower p.^ slightly larger than 
 p.= 
 
 Dimensions, 
 
 6. ?. 
 
 {*). t (in spirit). 
 — < Adult. 
 
 millim. miUim. 
 
 Head and body 130 107 
 
 TaU 59 61 
 
 Hind foot 20 18 
 
 Muzzle to eye 14'5 
 
 Ear ; 9 
 
 Skull, see p. 367. 
 
 Hah. Brazil. 
 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 ) Ad. sk. I ri Brazil. Zool. Soc. Coll. 
 
 Brazil. 
 
 a. 
 
 jSkull. I ?• 
 
 , I Ad. sk. , 
 *•{ Skull. \^- 
 
 21, Didelphys iheringi. (Plate IV. fig. 2.) 
 
 Didelphys (Peramys) iheringi, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. S. (6) i. p. 159 
 (1888). 
 
 Lesser Theee-striped Oposstjm. 
 
 Size very small. Fur very short and crisp. Coloration exactly 
 as in the ordinary form of B. americana, i. e. olive-grey on head 
 and fore back, bright rufous on rump and hips ; with three black 
 longitudinal bands running down the back, the median one from 
 between the eyes, and the lateral pair from just above the shoulders. 
 Ears (PI. XXVIII. fig. 7) of medium size, broadly rounded, laid 
 forward (in spirit-specimens) they just reach the posterior canthus of 
 the eye. Chin, chest, and belly pale rufous, the bases of the hairs 
 grey. Arms and legs reddish brown. Hind pads small, distinct, 
 and prominent ; a minute postero-external pad present. TaU about 
 
 * Apud Burmeister, Brlaut. Faun. Bras. p. 84. 
 
 t E^om a spirit-specimen preserved in the Berlin Museum. 
 
1. DIDELPHTS. 365 
 
 half the length of the head and body ; nearly naked, the few fine 
 hairs brown above, paler below. 
 
 Shdl (PI. XXVII. fig. 8) stout and strongly built. Muzzle 
 broad, markedly flattened above. Interorbital region flat, its edges 
 almost square, but not beaded; a slight inflation present in the 
 usual position of the postorbital processes. Zygomata boldy ex- 
 panded. 
 
 , Teeth. Upper premolars evenly increasing in size backwards. 
 Length of three anterior upper molars about 4*2 miUim., and of the 
 lower molar series 5'5 mUhm. Lower p.* about equal to p.^ 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 a (in spirit). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 77 
 
 TaU 43 
 
 Lower leg 18 
 
 Hind foot 14 
 
 Muzzle to eye 11 
 
 Ear , 6-3 
 
 SkuU, see p. 367. 
 
 Hah. South Brazil. 
 
 Type in collection. 
 
 This species appears externally to be merely a dwarf form of D. 
 amerieana, but it may always be distinguished not only by its much 
 smaller size, but by the different shape of the skuU, and especially 
 by the marked flattening of the frontal region. 
 
 I Ad. al. 1 , Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering. 
 
 "•) Skull. \ °- _ do Sul. _ (2V;je of species.) 
 
 j Ad. sks. I _, o ' -» , ^ 
 
 , I Ad. sks. I , n Brazil. Purchased. 
 
 0, c 
 
 22. Didelphys unistriata. 
 
 Didelphys unistriata, Wagn. Areh.f. Nat. viii. p. 360 (1842) ; Schinz, 
 Syn. Mamtii. i. p. 505 (1844) ; Waffn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. v. p. 148 
 (1847) ; id. Sohr. Saug. Supp. v. p. 249 (1855) ; Oieb. Saiig. p. 717 
 (1859) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. 8dug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. 
 p. 116 (1883). 
 
 One-sieiped Opossum. 
 
 Pur unusually short and coarse. General colour of upper surface 
 pale grizzled grey, the hairs tipped with rufous ; a narrow dark 
 reddish-brown line running down the centre of the back from 
 behind the shoulders to the rump. Flanks and whole of underside 
 bright orange, the hairs orange to their bases ; the line of demaxca- 
 
366 DIDBLPHTIBa!. 
 
 tion not sharply marked. Ears very short and rim-like, almost 
 naked. Arms and legs, metacarpus and metatarsus orange ; fingers 
 and toes naked. Tail with its basal half-inch furry, gradually 
 passing into the short-haired part, brown above, yeUovrtsh below. 
 
 Teeth. Upper p.* apparently disproportionally larger than p.' and 
 p.^ Distance from the back of p.* to the front of the upper canines 
 8 millim> 
 
 6- 
 Type (stuffed). 
 Adult, 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 140 
 
 Tail 63 
 
 Hind foot 13-4 
 
 Ear 5-5 
 
 HaJ). 8ao Paulo, Brazil. 
 
 Type in the Vienna Museum. 
 
 By the kindness of Dr. von Pelzeln I have been enabled to ex- 
 amine and describe the type, which, so far as I am aware, stiU 
 remains the only specimen known of this interesting species. 
 
 23. Didelphys albognttata. 
 
 Microdelphys alboguttata, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 340 (1854) : id. 
 Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 87 (1856). 
 
 White-spotted Opossttm:. 
 
 Bather smaller than B. americana ; mouse-grey, with many rows 
 of white spots on its back. 
 
 Hah. Brazil (forest region). 
 
 Type in the Museum of Eio Janeiro. 
 
 The above is the only information as yet published about this 
 species, of which I have never seen a specimen. 
 
 2. CHIRONECTES. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Chironectes, lU. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811) Oh. minimus. 
 
 Memina, O. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 611 (1814) Oh. minimus. 
 
 Form and general structure as in Didelphys (especially the sub- 
 genus Metachirus), the only generic differences being contained in 
 the following characters :— Pore feet with the pisiform bone much 
 enlarged, and forming a prominent accessory tubercle, bearing very 
 much the appearance of a sixth digit. Hind feet webbed to the 
 ends of the toes, the terminal toe-pads alone extending beyond the 
 webbing; hallux also involved in the webbing, less distinctly 
 opposable than in DideVphys. 
 
 SJcull and dentition as described below ; not genericaUy definable 
 from those of DidelpTiys {^Metachirus). 
 
1. DIBELPHYS. 
 
 367 
 
 i 
 
 to 
 
 I 
 
 I — I 
 
 s 
 
 S 
 
 "^■g 
 
 ii 
 
 ^ 9 
 
 (=ii 
 
 -s 
 
 
 
 =5 
 
 'o-o'3 
 
 oq th CD lo t^ 00 (M oi t~ CO 
 
 COQO CMli:500<M 
 
 rr* rH 1> (M J> CO CO Tt< J> 
 
 i-Hwoo<Mibcqt-MAia3-*oo-* 
 
 C^ i-H T-l i-H I— ( rH 
 
 C3 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^3« S) 
 
 QQCQ<1 
 
 «O0CD -^TjlCOCqfr- <N ■'t^ 
 
 ip OOi-icp t- CD CO 05 
 
 C0t*t-lOC1(i)db05ib(N»^<MiCiTti 
 CO I— I ,-H rH i-H C<J 05 
 
 i>oocpcDco CO r-i i-i oa CD N OD 
 
 COrHi-i 55 rH T-l(MCO 
 
 lO Q00DI>lO t- lO 
 
 CO I— I r-H T-H i-j rH (?1 OS 
 
 CO CO CO -Tin lO CD OD CO C^ 
 
 cocvib-ihicoTHAiot-cNcoioioih 
 
 CO (M I-H (M rH 1-H (N 05 
 
 
 ' a 
 
 
 I-H ^ I 
 
 SO __, I 
 
 ■3." 
 
 
 11 
 
 « Cj .S I 
 
 3 . . .„ 
 
 •< C3 .,H 'iH .^ 'IS 
 "r-H CO CO U <D 
 
 c3 c3 n n 03 
 
 CMPqpqpqgH 
 
368 DIDELPHTira!. 
 
 Range that of the only species. 
 
 Habits. Aquatic ; feeding on fresliwater iaseots and crustaceans. 
 
 1. Chironectes minimns. 
 
 Petite Loutre d'eau douce de Cayenne, Buff. Hist. Nat., Su^. iii. 
 
 p. 159, pi. xxii. (animal) (1776). 
 Lutra minima, Zimm. Geogr. Gesoh. ii. p. 317 (1780) ; Bodd. Elench. 
 
 Anim. p. 168 (1785). 
 Mustela (Lutra) paiaguensis and guianensis, Ken\ lAnn. An. K. 
 
 pp. 172 & 174 (1792). 
 DidelpMs memina, G. Ouv. Tabl. EUm. p. 126 (1798) ; E. Geoff. 
 
 Cat. Mm. p. 146 (1803). 
 Lutra aaricovienna, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 447 (1800). 
 Lutra memmiua, Desm. N. Diet. SS. N. (1) xxiii. p. 503, xxiv. 
 
 p. 19 (1804). 
 Chironectes minimus, lU. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811) ; GKeh. 
 
 Sdug. p. 706 (1859) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 289 
 
 (1887); Jmt. Cat. Ost. Legd. Mus. p. 302 (1887). 
 Chironectes variegatus, III. Abh. Ak. BerL\%xi, p. 107 (1816) ; 
 ~ .. . ~ s Ichr. ~ 
 
 Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 253 (1821); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. 
 
 iii. p. 54 (1843), v. p. 260 (1855) ; Schinz, Sun. Mamm. i. p. 612 
 
 (1844) ; Wferh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 632 (1846) ; Wagn. Abh. 
 
 Ah. Munch! y. p. 157 (1847) ; Cabanis, Sehomo. Reis. Brit. Guiana, 
 
 iii. p. 778 (1848) ; Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 101, pi. xx. 
 
 fig. 3 (teeth) (1855) ; id. S. N. Mamm. ii. p. 286 (1856) ; Burm. 
 
 Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 74, pi. ix. (animal), and pi. xi. figs. 3 & 4 
 
 (skuU) (1856) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 140 (1862) ; 
 
 Frantz. Areh.f. Nat. xxxv. p. 318 (1869) ; Sdater, P. Z. S. 1871, 
 
 p. 702 ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 161 (1872) ; Brehm,.Thierl. ii. p. 562 
 
 (1880) ; Alst.Biol. Centr.-Am., Mamm. p. 201 (1881) ; Natt. Peh. 
 
 Bras. Sdug., Vei-h. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 118 (1883) ; Flow. 
 
 8f Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 750 (1884) ; Sidebotham, P. Z. S. 
 
 1885, p. 6 (myology). 
 Chironectes palmata, Cuv. It. A. i. p. 174 (1817) ; Temm. Mon. 
 
 Mamm. i. (Introd.) p. xxiii (1827) ; Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. t. 
 
 p. 191 (1827) ; Kaup, Thierr. p. 238 (1835) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. 
 
 tCompl. Buff.) V. p. 366 (1836) ; id. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 187 
 
 (1842) ; Hens. Abh. Ah. Berl. 1872, p. 121. 
 Chironectes yapock, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 261 (1820) ; id. Diet. Sci. 
 
 Nat. xlvii. p. 400 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 214 (1827) ; 
 
 Schinz, Nat. Abhild., Sdug. p. 174, pi. Ixvi. (animal) (1827) ; OgSb. 
 
 P. Z. S. 1836, p. 56 ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 64 (1838) ; 
 
 id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 112, pi. iv. (animal) (1841). 
 Chironectes memina, F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. pp. 75 & 252 (1826). • 
 Didelphis palmata, Geoff. J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 266 (1829). 
 Didelphys (Chironectes) palmata, Burm. Thieve Bras. i. p. 133 (1864). 
 
 Water Oposstjm. 
 
 Size about as in Didelphys opossum. Fur very thick, close and 
 woolly, a few rather longer straight hairs intermixed with it. 
 General colour greyish white, marbled with deep brown. Ehina- 
 rium with a short backward extension on the top of the muzzle. 
 Ears large and rounded, their anterior basal projections almost 
 obsolete and their metatragus very smaU. Facial bristles very 
 
2. CHIEONECTES. 369 
 
 itout and long, placed in tufts, of which there is one above each 
 sye, one on each cheek below and in front of the base of the ears, 
 md a single median one on the throat between the rami of the 
 ower jaw ; all these in addition to the usual whiskers on the sides 
 )f the muzzle. Whole of muzzle, a band running through the eye 
 ;o below ear, and top of crown deep blackish brown, a prominent 
 jreyish-white crescentic band passing from the front of one ear to 
 the other round just above the eyes. Arrangement of back marblihgs 
 fairly constant, and consisting of a single black line running from 
 the crown to the base of the tail, and expanding laterally into four 
 aroad well-defined transverse patches placed respectively over the 
 shoulders,' centre of back, loins, and rump, the ground-colour between 
 them pale slaty grey. Chin, chest, and beUy pure white. Arms 
 a,nd legs white inside, greyish out, but the legs with a continuation 
 af the posterior dark body-band running down their backs to the 
 tieel. Hands and feet nearly naked, brown proximaUy, sUvery 
 grey on the digits. Palms and soles (PI. XXVIII. fig. 8) with 
 scarcely a trace of pads, uniformly finely granulated. Tail long and 
 strong, furry for the basal inch or two inches, the fur ceasing.sooner 
 in the median line above and below than on the sides ; the remainder 
 Dearly naked, coarsely scaly ; deep black proximaUy, yeUowish 
 terminally. 
 
 Skull much resembling that of Didelphys (MetacMrus) opossum, 
 with which its measurements have been placed for the sake of com- 
 parison {swpra, p. 341). Nasals markedly expanded behind. In- 
 terorbital space broad, flattened, square-edged. Postorbital pro- 
 cesses prominent, early developed ; temporal ridges soon coalescing 
 and forming a crest in old age. Zygomata strong, widely expanded 
 Laterally. Posterior palate with a single pair of large vacuities 
 Dpposite the molars, but without the smaller central pair behind. 
 Posterior nares narrow, as in D. opossum. 
 
 Teeth in structure and size quite as in Bidelphys, except that p.', 
 both above and below, is larger in proportion, filling up the gap 
 between the canines and p.^ Upper premolars evenly increasing 
 backwards, p.' about half the bulk and three fourths the height of p.* 
 Lower p. as long horizontally, and two thirds as high as p.* ; the 
 latter rather less than p.^ in each direction. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 2- 
 
 h (stuffed). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 Head and body . . 325 
 
 Tail 395 
 
 Lower leg 74 
 
 Hind foot 72 
 
 Muzzle to eye . . (c.) 32 
 
 Ear 22 (dried and contracted) 
 
 Skull, see p. 341. 
 
 2b 
 
370 
 
 DITELPHTID^. 
 
 Hah. Guatemala to South Brazil. 
 Type not in existence. 
 
 „ IAa.sk 1 , 
 '*• ■(Skeleton, f °- 
 
 b. Skeleton (mounted). 
 
 c. Imm. skuU, <3 . 
 Yg.sk.) 
 Skull. ( °- 
 
 e,f. Yg. sk. & St. 
 g. Imm. al., J . 
 
 ^- if 
 
 Ad. St., $. 
 Ad. sk. ■ 
 SkuU. 
 
 Imm. St. I J, 
 Skull, f o- 
 
 f|s- 
 
 Medellin. 
 
 Ecuador. 
 
 Guiana. 
 
 Para. 
 
 Rio Janeiro. 
 San Lorenzo, Rio 
 Grande do Sul. 
 Brazil. 
 Brazil. 
 
 Brazil. ' 
 
 R. B. Wliite, Esq. [0.]. 
 
 — BoUaert, Esq. [P.]. 
 Prof. Kowalevsky. 
 Purchased. 
 
 Earl of Derby [P.]. 
 Dr. H. von Ihering [C.]. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 Mrs. Delaney [P.]. 
 
 Purchased. 
 
 The following names of Marsupials have also been referred to, 
 but no information is obtainable as to the real species for which 
 they stand : — 
 
 Macrojaus psilopus, Gould; Owen, Anat. Vert. iii. p. 291 (1868). 
 
 Perameles grisea, Owen, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 147. 
 
 Perameles radiata, Owen, P. Z. S. 1839, p, 10. 
 
 Perameles novce-guinece, Bams. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. i. p. 395 
 (1877). 
 
 Didelphys svperciliaris, lU. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815). 
 
 Dideiphys bieolor, " Tschudi," and lehmanni, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 
 i. pp. 503 & 509 (footnotes) (1844). 
 
 And, finally, one animal, referred to this Order, has been so 
 insufficiently described that no idea of its proper position can be 
 gained, nor have any further specimens of it been collected. This 
 is — " 
 
 Hyracodon fidiginosus. Tomes, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 50, pi. viii. 
 (animal). 
 
 Hab. Ecuador. 
 
CATALOGUE 
 
 MONOTREMATA. 
 
 MONOTEEMATA. 
 
 Tekeesteial or aquatic Mammals, bringing forth their yoivig ovi- 
 parously, and nourishing them after their exit from the egg with a 
 lacteal fluid expressed from the mammary glands into a temporary 
 abdominal pouch. The ducts of these glands do not open upon the 
 summits of projecting mammse, but merely upon the surface of the 
 bottom of the pouch, into which the head of the young is inserted 
 and retained. The oviducts open separately into a cloaca, to which 
 there is but a single external orifice for the passage both of the 
 fsecal and reproductive elements. The muzzle is produced forwards 
 into a beak, either flattened or cylindrical. The opening of the 
 external ear is without a conch. The limbs are subequal in length, 
 short and powerful, and are modified in one of the two families 
 into swimming-paddles. In both families the male possesses a per- 
 forated horny spur on the inner side of the heel, supported on a 
 special ossicle attached partly or whoUy to the distal end of the 
 tibia. The spur is connected by a duct with a gland situated at 
 the back of the thigh. The tail is either short and broad, or rudi- 
 mentary. ' 
 
 In the skeleton clavicles, large and functional coracoids, epicora- 
 coids, and epipubic bones are present in both families, and, in 
 addition, there is a large T-shaped interclavicle, a bone without 
 any homologue in other Mammals. 
 
 The skull has a large, smoothly rounded cranial portion and a 
 long muzzle modified to support the horny beak. The zygomata 
 are complete. The bony palate is much produced backwards, the 
 posterior nares being about on a level with the middle of the cranial 
 
,374 MONOTKBMA.IA. 
 
 cavity. There are no isolated palatal vacuities, although the median 
 line of the palate posteriorly is often more or less imperfect ; there 
 are also as a rule large condyloid vacuities. Auditory hullse are 
 never developed. • 
 
 True functional teeth are now whoUy absent in the Order ; but 
 as, in the young of the OmitJiorJiynchidce, rudimentary teeth are 
 developed beneath the gum, only to be reabsorbed before being out, 
 it is evident that the ancestors of the Monotremes had functional 
 teeth at no very distant date. 
 
 In the OmithorJiyncMdm the teeth have been replaced, so far as 
 function is concerned, by horny plates developed from the palate- 
 ridges, whUe in the Echidnidce, just as in the ant-eating Edentates, 
 they have been lost without leaving any functional successors. 
 
 Owing to the very numerous accounts of the anatomy and embry- 
 ology of the Monotremes already existing, it is thought better that 
 no attempt should here be made to describe in detail the many 
 important and essential characteristics of the, members of the group ; , 
 but fairly foU bibliographies of the literature of the subject are 
 given below. For the same reason the references to the anatomical 
 and embryological papers have been separated from the ordinary 
 systematic synonyms, and placed together under the headings of 
 the families to which they belong. 
 
 Synopsis of the Families, Genera, and Species. f 
 
 I. EXTEEKTAL ChAKACIEES. 
 
 A. Beak cylindrical. Fur mixed with 
 
 spines. Toes not webbed I. EcMdnldSB, p. 375. 
 
 a. Claws 6 — 5. Beak comparatively 
 
 short 1. Echidna, p. 377. 
 
 a^. Head and body about 350 to 450 
 miUim. Tip of snout to eye 
 about 40 to 55 millim 1. E. aculeata, p. 377. 
 
 b. Olaws normally 3 — 3. Beat very 
 
 long, curved downwards 2. Peoechidna, p. 382. 
 
 b^. Head and body about 450 to 600 
 millim. Tip of snout to eye 
 about 90 to 130 millim 1. P. bruijnii, p. 383. 
 
 B. Beak broad and flattened. Fur with- 
 out spines. Toes webbed II. OrnithorhvnohidsB, p. 385. 
 
 Claws 5 — 5 1. Oenithoehtnchus, p. 887. 
 
 c\ Head, body, and tail about 400 to 
 
 650 mOlim. in fength 1. 0. anatinm, p. 388. 
 
 c. 
 
 II. Ckanial Ghaeaotees. 
 
 A. Muzzle slender, premaxillse not ex- 
 panded in front. No dental organs 
 of any sort present I. EchldnldSB, p. 375. 
 
ECHIDJTID^. ' 375 
 
 a. Muzzle comparatively short, straight 
 or slightly curved upwards. (Dorso- 
 
 lumhar vertebras 16-3=19.) 1. Echidna, p. 377. 
 
 a'. Basal leBgth about 90 to 120 
 
 millim 1. E. aeukata, p. 377. 
 
 6. Muzzle veiy long, curved down- 
 wards. (Dorso-lumbar vertebrae 
 
 17^=21.) 2. Peoechidna, p. 382. 
 
 6\ Basal length about 150 to 190 
 
 millim 1. p. hruijnii, p. 383. 
 
 B. Muzzle broad and flat, premaxiUse 
 widely expanded anteriorly. Teeth 
 represented functionally by horny 
 
 plates • n. Omithorhynchidse, p. 386. 
 
 c. Homy plates |x2=8 1. Oenithoehynchtts,p. 387. 
 
 c\ Basal length about 80 to 110 
 
 millim 1. O. amtinm, p. 388. 
 
 . Family I. ECHIDNIDiE. 
 
 Monotremes adapted for a terrestrial and fossorial ant-eating life. 
 Sexes not markedly different in size. Muzzle in the form of a slen- 
 der cylindrical beak, modified to protect the long, vermiform, and 
 extensile tongue. Fur thickly mixed with stout spines. Tail rudi- 
 mentary. Limbs short, subequal ; claws very broad and strong ; 
 toes not webbed. Palms and soles forming broad, soft, and fleshy 
 cushions, without distinct pads. 
 
 Slcull with a large rounded brain-case and a long tapering ros- 
 trum, the premaxillae not expanded anteriorly. Squamosals large ; 
 zygomata slender, arising far forward on the brain-case. Palate 
 smooth, concave anteriorly ; without vacuities, but generally imper- 
 fect in the median line posteriorly. Pterygoids flattened horizon- 
 tally, and forming part of the floor and inner wall of the tympanic 
 cavity. Tympanic ring slender, incomplete, not anchylosed to the 
 other bones. Mandibles slender, styliform ; coronoid process and ' 
 angle rudimentary ; condyles small, longer than .broad. 
 
 Teeth wholly absent. 
 
 Range. Papuan and Australian subregions. 
 
 References to Literature hearing on the Anatomy, Embryology, 
 Reproduction, Physiology, ^c. of the EchidnidsB. 
 
 Home, Phil. Trans. 1802, p. 308 et seqq., pis. x.-xii. 
 
 Meckel, Beytr. vergl. Anat. i. Heft ii. p. 64, pi. ix. (1809). 
 
 BiiAiNTiLLE. (See under Omithorhynchidse.) 
 
 D' Alton, Osteol. Zahnlosen Thiere, pis. iii. & iv. (skeleton) (1824). 
 
 BuvBENOY, MSm. Soc. Strasb. i., Art. F, figs. A-0 (1830) (tongue). 
 
376 BCHIDNID^. 
 
 G. CuviEE, Oss. Foss., Atl. pi. 214 (skeleton) (1836). 
 
 Eyiotnc and Latjebnt, Mag. Zool. 1838, pp. 141-175, pi. xxx., and 
 
 Voy. Favorite, v. (ZooL), p. 157, pi. ix. (1839) (brain). 
 O'vsrBN-, Cyclop. Anat. Phys. iii., art. Monotremata, pp. 366-407, 
 
 flgs. 168-202 (1842). 
 Maybb, Arch. f. Nat. xv. p. 83 (1849): 
 Vlacovic, SB. Ak. Wien, ix. p. 152, pi. xxv. (1852) (reproductive 
 
 organs). 
 Hyetl. (See under OrnithorliynohidBB.) 
 Floweb, p. Z. S. 1864, p. 18 (brain) ; id. PMl. Trans, civ. p. 633, 
 
 pi. xxviii. flgs. 7-8 (1865) (brain). . 
 Owen, Pbil. Trans, civ. pp. 671-686, pis. xxxix.-xli. (1866) (pouches, 
 
 mammary glands, &c.). 
 MrvABT, Tr. Linn. Soc. xxv. p. 379, pis. Iii. & liii. (1866) (myology). 
 OwBjs', Anat. Vert. vols. ii. & iii. (1866-68). 
 Pbtbbs, MB. Ak. Berl. 1867, p. 779 (tympanic bones &c.). 
 Ebichbbt, SB. nat. Freunde, 1868, p. 5 (tympanic bones). 
 Huxley, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 404 (malleus, incus. &c.). 
 Mabtins, Ann. Sci. nat. (5) xix. Art. 6 (1874) (osteology of fore limbs). 
 GiBBEL and Lbchb, Bronn's Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. (1876-87). 
 Obeighton. (See under Ornithorhynchidse.) 
 GrBBVAis, OstSogr. Monotr. (1877) {Proechidma only). 
 MuEiB, J. Linn. Soc. xiv. p. 413 (1878) (skull). 
 
 Fb-wkes, Bull. Essex Inst. ix. pp. 111-136, pis. i. & ii. (1878) (my- 
 ology). 
 HtrxLBY, P. Koy. Soc. xxviii. p. 395, pi. viii. flg. 6 (1879) (pelvis). 
 ViALLANBS, C. 11. Ixxxix. p. 910 (1879) ; id. Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) x. 
 
 Art. 2 (187ff) (salivary glands). 
 0-WBN, P. Roy. Soc. xxx. p. 407 (1880) (ova). 
 DoBSON, J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 149 (1882) (flexor muscles of foot). 
 Lansbstbb. (See under Ornithorhynchidse.) 
 GBGENBAtTB, Morph. JB. ix. p. 604 (1883) (mammary gland). (See 
 
 also under Ornithorhynchidse.) 
 Miklotjho-Maclay, p. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. viii. p. 425 (1883) 
 
 (temperature). 
 Beddabd, p. Z. S. 1884, p. 553 (anterior abdominal vein). 
 OwBN, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xiv. p. 373 (1884) (ova). 
 Haackb, Zool. Anz. vii. p. 647 (1884). 
 Id. P. Roy. Soc. xxxviii. p. 72 (1885) (egg, pouch, and mammary 
 
 glands). 
 Ramsay, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xvi. p. 479(1885) (eg;g). 
 Behebns, Biol. Centralbl. v. p. 76 (1886) (reproduction). 
 Beddabd, P. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edmb. viii. p. 354, pis. xvi. & xvii. 
 
 (1886) (ovarA. 
 GtTLDBEBG, SB. Jenaisch. Ges. 1885, p. 113 (ova). 
 Flotveb, Osteol. Mamm. (ed. 3) p. 242, fig. 74 (skull), p. 263, flg. 84 
 
 (shoulder-girdle) (1885). 
 Lbndbnfbli), Zool. Anz. ix. p, 9 (1886) (temperature). 
 Chapman, P. Ac. Philad. 1887, p. 334, pi. xiv. (tongueand brain). 
 MiVABT. (See under Ornithorhynchidse.) 
 
 Oaldwbli,, Phil. Trans, cbcxviii. p. 463, pis. xxix.-xxxi. (1887) (em- 
 bryology). 
 
1. ECHIDNA. 377 
 
 1. ECHIDNA. 
 
 Type. 
 Echidna, Q. Ouv. Tahl. EUm. p. 143 (1798), nee /. R. 
 
 Forst. Enehirid. Hist. Nat. p. 81 (1788 *) (Pisces) E. aculeata. 
 
 Tachyglossus, Bl. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 114 (1811) .... E, aculeata. 
 Echinopus, G. Fiach. Zoogn. iii. p. 691 (1814) E. aculeata. 
 
 Toes 5 — 5, all provided with, claws, of which the anterior are 
 broad, little curved, and directed forwards, that of the pollex similar 
 to the others although smaller ; the posterior are slenderer, curved 
 outwards ; the second, or second and third, very long, much exceeding 
 the fourth and fifth; that of the hallux short, blunt, and rounded. 
 Beak about as long as the rest of the head ; straight or slightly 
 curved upwards. 
 
 Skull smooth, rounded, depressed. Anterior nares situated on 
 the upper surface of the tip. Supraorbital edges rounded, without 
 trace of ridges, but with a blunt conical process marking the junction 
 of the orbital and temporal fossae. Surface of brain-case not ridged. 
 Palate (compared to that of Proechidna) broad and but slightly 
 concave, imperfect in the middle line posteriorly. Length of 
 anterior palatine foramina about one fourth the whole length of the 
 palate. 
 
 Vertebrae : — Cervical 7, dorsal 16, lumbar 3, sacral 3, caudal 12 ; 
 total 41. 
 
 Habits. Terrestrial, fossorial, myrmecophagous. 
 
 Range. That of the only species. 
 
 The animals belorging to this genus have been divided into 
 several different species ; but a careful consideration of their cha- 
 racters shows that, although the range of variation is very large, 
 yet aU the intermediate stages appear to exist between the most 
 widely separated forms. Three geographical races, however, seem 
 to deserve recognition by name — a northern, central, and southern : 
 but their distinguishing characters are too slight and too inconstant 
 to justify their specific distinction. A fuller and more detailed 
 account of these characters and their probable origins has been 
 given by the present writer (P. Z^ S. 1885, p. 329). 
 
 1. Echidna aculeata t. 
 a. Echidna aculeata, var. lawesi. 
 
 Echidna (Tachyglossus) lawesi, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ii. 
 p. 32 (1877); id. op. cit. iii. p. 244 (1879). 
 
 * No species being mentioned as the type of Forster's genus, and the descrip- 
 tion being unrecognizable, his name is of no more validity than a "nomen 
 nudmm" and cannot therefore prevent the use of OuTier's name for the present 
 animal. 
 
 t a. Spines of back nearly or quite hiding the hair. 
 Pur of head, belly, and legs mainly composed 
 of flattened bristles. Third hind claw much 
 
378 
 
 EOHIDNID^. 
 
 Tachyglossus lawesi, Dubois, Bull. Soo. Zool. vi. p. 268 (1881) ; Peters 
 Sr bona, Ann. Mus. Oenov. xvi. p. 688 (188r). • 
 
 Echidna aouleata lawesi, Thorn. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 338, pi. xxiii. fig. A 
 (skull), and pi. xxiv. fig. D (claws). 
 
 POKT MOBESBT EcHEDNA. 
 
 Very similar to the typical variety (see next page) in all respects, 
 but differing by its smaller size, shorter dorsal spines, which allow 
 the hair to be seen between them, the inore spinous character of the 
 covering of its head, belly, and limbs, and by its lighter and nar- 
 rower skull and proportionally longer muzzle. 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 ■?• 
 a (sMh). 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body 350 
 
 Tip of muzzle to eye 52 
 
 Second hind claw 32 
 
 Third Mud claw 11-8 
 
 Skull, Sep p. 384. 
 
 Sab. 8.E. New Guinea (as yet only known from Port Moresby). 
 
 Type in the Sydney Museum. 
 
 This Papuan variety of Echidna aculeata differs much less from 
 the common Australian form than the Tasmanian one does, agreeing 
 with it in the relative lengths of the hind claws and in the absence 
 of condyloid vacuities in the skull. Its small size, bristle-covered 
 head and beUy, and narrow skuU, however, combined with its differ- 
 ent locality, seem to justify its provisional retention as a distinct 
 geographical race. 
 
 J Ad. sk. ) n Port Moresby (Jtev. W. O. Prof. H. N. Moseley 
 "" ■) Skull, f +• Lawea). [P.], 
 
 shorter than second, and scarcely longer than 
 fourth. Condyloid Tacuities generally absent, 
 a'. Size smaller. Hairs of back partly visible 
 between spines. Skull very narrow.— Pa- 
 puan a. Var. lawesi. 
 
 6'. Size larger. Hairs of back quite hidden by 
 
 spines. Skull broader.-^ Australian b. Var. typica, p. 379. 
 
 . Spines of back not hidingfthe fur. Head, belly, 
 and legs clothed with hair. Third hind claw 
 but little shorter than second. Condyloid 
 Tacuities generally present, 
 c'. Size larger. SkuU broad. — Tasmanian c. Var. sciosa, p. 381 . 
 
1. ECHIDNA. 379 
 
 b. Echidna acnleata, var. typica. 
 
 Myrm6cophagaaouleata,iS'Aflio, NatMisciii. pl.cix. (animal) (1792) ; 
 id. Gen, Zool. i. pt. i. p. 175, pi. liv. (animal) (1800); Beehst, 
 Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 571 (1800) ; Turt. Linn. S. N. i. 
 p. 30 (1806). 
 
 Omithorhynchiis hystrix, Some, Phil. Trans. 1802, p. 348 et seqq., 
 pis. x.-xii. (animal and anat.). ' 
 
 Echidna hystnx, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 224 (1803) ; id. Bull, Soc. 
 Philom. iii. "no. 77," p. 226 (misprinted 126), pi. xiv. (animal) 
 (1803) ; Desml N. Diet. d'H. N. (1) xxiv., Tahl. Mm. p. 27 
 (1804) ; id. op. cit. (2) x. p. 53 (1817) ; G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 226 
 (1817) ; Sehim, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 339 (1821) ; Besm. Mamm, ii. 
 p. 378 (1822) ; F, Cuv, Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxvi. p. 448 (1825) ; G^-ay, 
 Griff. Cuv, 4n, K. v. p. 284 (1827) ; J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. 
 p. 401 (1829) ; less. H. N. Mamm. (.Compl. Buff.) v. p. 384 (1836) ; 
 Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S, p. 68 (1838) ; id, Jard, Nat. Libr., 
 Mamm. xi. p. 303, pi. xxxiii. (animal) (1841) ; Less. N. Tahl. R. 
 A., Mamm. p. 196 (1842) ; Gray, List Mamm.. B. M. p. 192 (1843) ; 
 Owen, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 80 (habits) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pi. ii. 
 (animal) (1852) ; Gieh. Siiug. p. 399 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones 
 Mamm. B. ilf.'p. 289 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. 
 p. 55 (1864) ; id. Vert. Lower Murray, p. 23 (1865) ; id. Mamm. 
 Austr. pi. xiv. (animal) (1871) ; G. F. Benn. P. Z. S. 1881, p. 737 
 
 Echidna longiaculeata, IXedem. Zool. i. p. 592 (1808). 
 Tachygloasus aculeatus, III. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 114 (1811) ; 
 
 Gold/. Handb. Zool. p. 409 (1820); Wagl. Syst. Amph. Sdug. 
 
 p. 69 (1830) ; Liithm, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 150. 
 Echinopus hystrix, G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 692 (1814). 
 Echidna aouleata, Gamot, N. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1825, p. 45 (habits) ; 
 
 Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 41 (1846) ; ' Gray, P. Z. S. 1865, 
 
 p. 386; id. JECandl. Edentates, p. 31 (1873) ; Flow. Sr Gars. Cat. 
 
 Ost. CoU. Surg. ii. p. 751 (1884) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 937 (1887). 
 Echidna australiensis, Less. Man, Mamm. p. 318 (1827). 
 Tachygloasus hystrix, Kaup, Thierr. i. p. 265 (1835) ; Glog. Handb. 
 
 Naturg. i. p. 116 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr, Sdug. Svupp, iv. p. 242 
 
 (1844) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm, ii. p. 329 (1845) ; Armit, J, Linn, 
 
 Soc, xiv. p. 411 (1878). 
 Echidna auatralis. Less, S. N. Mamm. (Ctompl. Buff.), v., lettering to 
 
 pi. Iii. (1836). 
 Echidna acanthion, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. 1884, no. 13 (1885) ; id. 
 
 P. Z. S. 1885, p. 150. 
 Echidna aouleata typica, Thos. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 338, pl. xxiii. fig. B 
 
 (skuU). 
 
 Common Echidna. 
 
 Size intermediate between the Papuan and Tasmanian varieties. 
 Beak long in proportion. Covering of face and area round ears 
 made up either whoUy or largely of flattened bristles. Bristles on 
 face extending forwards on to the beak in front of each eye, leaving 
 a naked backward projection in the central line above, and another 
 on each, cheek below the level of the eye. Colour of head not, or 
 scaxcely, lighter than that of back. Spines of back long, stotit, and 
 strong, often attaining a length of two inches or more, and generally 
 
380 ECHIDIflD^. 
 
 quite hiding the hairs growing between them. Their colour is pale 
 yellow basally, gradually darkening to orange on their middle por- 
 tion, and finally to black at their tips; some few, however, are 
 wholly yellow. The hair of the back is black or deep brown, 
 darker than in the Tasmanian variety ; this hair is, however, often 
 almost entirely absent, while, on the other hand, it occasionally 
 (perhaps seasonally) exceeds the spines in length on the middle of 
 the posterior back. Limbs and whole of underside clothed with 
 dark brown fur, thickly mixed with flattened bristles. Anterior 
 claws broad, stout, and straight, evenly increasing in length from 
 the sides to the centre of each foot. Palms quite naked, the skin 
 smooth, not granulated or striated, and without pads. On the hind 
 feet the hallux is provided with a short blunt nail, the second toe 
 has a very long and powerful curved claw twisted outwards and 
 backwards, and the third, fourth, and fifth have quite small and 
 feeble claws, disproportionaUy smaller than the second and appa- 
 rently of but little functional importance. The tail is about half 
 an inch long, conical, smoothly rounded, quite naked terminally. 
 
 Skull -with a narrow flattened brain-case (capacity 22 to 27 c. cm.) 
 and a long slender rostrum, which is, as a rule, just about as long 
 as the brain-case *. Posterior basal region of the skull generally 
 without condyloid vacuities. 
 
 3. 
 
 I (skin). 
 
 Adult. 
 
 millim. 
 
 Head and body (approximate) 3^p 
 
 Tip of muz2;le to eye 53 
 
 Second hind claw 38 
 
 Third hind claw 19 
 
 SkuU, see p. 384. 
 
 Bah. The whole of Australia. 
 Tyfe not in existence. 
 
 jlmm. al. I , ^c\'RK Queensland. Sir D. Cooper [P.]. 
 "• ■) Skull, f o,XU/b!). 
 
 , Ad. sk. I LiverpoolRange,N.S.W. Gould Coll. 
 *• Skull. (/. (?.)■ 
 
 I Imm. al. I , Port Stevens, N. S. W. Dr. G. Bennett [P. 
 
 "• jSkuU. \^- &O0. 
 
 , 115 anatomical prepa- 1 New South Wales. (Dis- G. F. Bennett, Esq, 
 
 I rations in al. ) sectedbySirR.Gwen.) [P.], 
 
 e-g. Ad. al., J $ . South Australia. Purchased. 
 
 h. Ad. sk., cJ ■ York, W. A. {J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. 
 
 * For series of exact measurements, averages, and indices see P. Z. S. 1886, 
 p. 335. 
 
1. BCHIDlfA. 381 
 
 i. Ad. sk. West Australia. Baron yon Miiller 
 
 [P.]. 
 
 /. Skeleton. W. Austr?,lia. Purchased. 
 
 k. Ad. St., c?. Eev. F. W. Hope 
 
 [P.]. 
 
 7 J Ad. & inun. sks. I Haslar Hospital 
 
 "'• 1 Skulls of ; & i»i. f Collection. 
 
 0. Skeleton. . Purchased. 
 
 c. Echidna aculeata, var. setosa. 
 
 "Another species of Omithorhynchus," Some, Phil. Trans. 1802, 
 
 p. 364, pi. xiii. (animal). 
 Echidna setosa, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 226 (note) (1803) (ex Home) ; 
 
 id. Bull. Sac. Philom. iii. " no. 77, p. 226 (misprinted 126), pi. xv. 
 
 (animal) (1803) ; Besm. N. Diet. d'M. N. (1) xxiv., Tabl. Meth. 
 
 p. 27 (1804) ; id. op. eit. (2) x. p, 53 (1817) ; O. Guv. H. A. i. 
 
 p. 226 (1817) ; Schinz, Cm. Thierr. i. p. 339 (1821) ; Desm. 
 
 Mamm. ii. p. 37.9 (1822) ; F. Cuv. Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxvi. p. 448 
 
 (1825) ; Gray, Griff. Cm. An. K. v. p. 284 (1827) ; Quoy ^ 
 
 Gaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 118, Atl. pi. xxi. (beak, &c.) 
 
 (1830) ; Less. N. Tabl. JR. A., Mamm. p. 196 (1842) ; Gray, List 
 
 Mamm. B. M. p. 192 (1843) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 47, 
 
 pi. i. figs. 7-9 (beak and feet) (1846) ; GoiM, Mamm. Austr. i. 
 
 pi. iii. (animal) (1849) ; Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm.n. p. 89 (1852); 
 
 Gieh. Saug. p. 399 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. 
 
 p. 289 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mm. p. 55 (1864); 
 
 Gray, Handl. Edentates, p. 31 (1873) : Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. 
 
 p. 326 (1887). 
 Echidna breviaculeata, Tiedem. Zool. i. p. 592 (1808). 
 Tachyglossus setosus, III. Prodr. Syst: Mamm. p. 114 (1811) ; Gold/. 
 
 Zool. p. 409 (1820) ; Glog. Handb. Naturg. i. p. 116 (1842) ; Wagn. 
 
 Schr. Saug. Supp. iv. p. 244 (1844). 
 Echinopus setosus, G. Pisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 694 (1814). 
 " Echidna brevicaudata, Tiedem.," Gray, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 386. 
 Echidna aculeata setosa, Thos. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 338, pi. xxiii. figs. C 
 
 & D (skull), and pi. xxiv. figs. A, B, 0, & E (skull and claws). 
 Haiet Echidna. 
 
 Size averaging larger than in the typical variety. Fur covering 
 head, sides, belly, and Umbs, composed of hairs only, not mixed with 
 bristles. Colour of head generally markedly paler than that of the 
 rest of the body. Dorsal spines short and stout, exceeded in length 
 and more or less hidden by tjie hairs growing between them, those 
 of the shoulders, flanks, and hips, however, still remaining longer 
 than the fur. Hairs of back dark brown, those of the belly rather 
 paler ; chest commonly with a variable patch of white hairs. Claws 
 of hind feet markedly different in their proportions from those of the 
 typical variety, the third claw being very nearly as long and strong 
 as the second, and much exceeding the fourth and fifth. Exceptions 
 and intermediate conditions occur, however, in this as in the other 
 distinguishing characters of the variety. 
 
 Shull, especially the brain-case, very large and broad (cranial 
 capacity 27 to 37 e. cm.). Eostrum comparatively short and stout. 
 Condyloid vacuities generally present. 
 
382 
 
 ECBXDNID^. 
 
 6- 5. 
 
 i (stuffed). e (stuffed). 
 
 Old. Adult. 
 
 millim, millim. 
 
 Head and body 490 410 
 
 Tip of muzzle to eye ^ 60 53 
 
 Second hind claw 49 45 
 
 Third hind claw 41 33 
 
 Skull, see p. 384. 
 
 Mab. Tasmania*. 
 Tyjoe not in existence t. 
 
 a. Ad. al., $ . Tasmania. Capt. Mangles [P.], 
 
 , i Ad. sk. I Tasmania. Capt. Mangles [P.]. 
 
 ■ I Skeleton (mounted), f 
 
 . J \ Ad. al. I J, Tasmania. Purchased. 
 
 "'"■ ) Skull of c. ( °- 
 e,f. Ad. $ & imm. st. Tasmania (/.G.). Gould Coll. 
 
 j Imm. sk. I J, Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke fP.I. 
 
 ^- ] Skulls, f ^• 
 
 h. Ad. st. Tasmania. 
 
 i. Ad. St., d- ' H. Farley, Esq. [PJ- 
 
 . J. JAd. al. I J, n Baron von Mifller fP.! 
 
 J'"- 1 Skulls, i'^^- 
 I Yg. al. (28 mm. long). Baron von Miiller [P.l, 
 
 JAd. sks. I 
 "*''*•] Skull of m.f 
 0, Skeleton. Zool. Soc. 
 
 2. PROECHIDNA. 
 
 Type. 
 Acanthoglossus, Oerv, C. R. 1877, p. 838, nee Kraatz, 
 
 Arch.?. Nat. 1859, pt. i. p. 144 (Coleopt.) ., P. bruiinii. 
 
 ProecHdna, Gerv. OsUogr. Monotr. p. 48 (18^7) P. bruiinii. 
 
 Bruijnia, Dubois, Bull. Soc. Zool. vi. p. 267 (1882) P. bruijnii. 
 
 Claws normally 3 — 3 only, but the first and fifth toes, both before 
 and behind, are represented in the skeleton by several phalanges, and 
 in some cases claws are functionally developed on these, so that the 
 number of the claws may equal that found in Echidna. Claws of 
 hind feet evenly and slightly decreasing in length from that of the 
 second to that of the fourth digit. Beak nearly twice as long as 
 the rest of the head, curved downwards. 
 
 Skull less depressed than in Echidma. Palate very concave ante- 
 riorly, narrower ppsteriorly than in Echidna, and its extreme back 
 less imperfect in the middle liae. 
 
 * Specimens agreeing witli this rather than with the typical variety may also 
 not improbably be found to occur in Victoria, judging by the resemblance that 
 the climate and fauna of that colony bear to those of Tasmania. 
 
 t Geoffrey's name was distinctly founded upon Home's figure and not on any 
 specimen. 
 
2. PEOEOHIDNA. 383 
 
 Vertebrae : — Cervical 7, dorsal 17, lumbar 4, sacral 3, caudal 12 ; 
 total 43. 
 
 Range, That of the only species. 
 
 This genus is only doubtfully distinguishable from Echidna, 
 agreeing with it in nearly every essential respect. ■ One of its chief 
 characters, moreover, has lately been shown to be inconstant by the 
 description by Dr. Max Weber, under the heading of " Een nieuwe 
 Soort van Proechidna," of a specimen with five anterior and four 
 posterior claws. The agreement of Dr. Weber's animal with P. 
 bruijnii in other respects induces me to look upon it as an abnormal 
 individual in which the first and fifth anterior, and the fifth poste- 
 rior, claws have been developed atavisticaUy, an occurrence that might 
 naturally have been expected sometimes to take place, considering the 
 normally nearly complete development of the digits corresponding to 
 these claws. On the other ha,nd, however, as the external claws 
 show no tendency towards disappearance in Echidna, and as there 
 are differences both in the number of the vertebrae and in the struc- 
 ture of the beak, I have thought it advisable to retain, at least for 
 the present, a genus so generally recognized as Proechidna. 
 
 1. Proechidna bruijnii. 
 
 Tackyglossus bruijnii, Peters ^ Boria, Ann. Mus. Genov. ix. p. 183, 
 
 fig. (skull) (1876) ; iid. op. dt. xvi. p. 687 (1881). 
 Acanthoglossus bruijnii, Oerv. C. R. 187?fpp. 837 & 990 ; id. Jowrn. 
 
 Zool. vi. p. 375 (1877) ; id. OsUogr. Monotr. p. 41, Atl. pi. vi. 
 
 (animal), pis. vii.-ix. (skull & skeleton) (1877) ; Flow. Encyol. 
 
 Brit. (9) XV. g. 878, fig. 22 (animal) (1883). 
 Proechidna bruijnii, Qerv. Ost&ogr. Monotr. p. 43 (1877) ; Murie, J. 
 
 Linn. Soc. xvi. p. 417 (1878) ; Thos. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 389; Jent. 
 
 Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 326 (1887). 
 Bruijnia tridactyla, Dubois, Pull. Soc. Zool. vi. p. 266, pis. ix. (skuU) 
 
 & x. (limb-bones) (1882). 
 Echidna bruijnii, Plbw. &■ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 753 
 
 (1884). 
 Proechidna viEosissima, Dubois, Pull. Mus. Belg. iii. p. 110, pi. iv. 
 
 (animal & skull) (1884) (juv.). 
 "Een nieuwe Soort van Proechidna,'' Weber, Bijd. tot de Bierk., 
 
 Feest-Nummer. Art. 5, pi. i. (skull & feet) (1888). 
 
 Thebe-toed Echjcdna. 
 
 General size of body about equalling that of the largest forms of 
 Echidna. Fur of head, body, and limbs thick, coarse, and woolly, 
 not or scarcely intermixed with flattened bristles ; colour of the fur 
 uniform dark brown or black, the head sometimes nearly white. 
 Sprues of back much fewer in number and much shorter than in 
 Echidna; their colour generally whoUy white, but their bases 
 sometimes brown. 
 
 SJc ull as above described ; cranial capacity of specimen a, 44 c. cm. 
 Condyloid vacuities usually present. 
 
384 
 
 BOHIDNIDJS. 
 
 0.0 o 
 2 s fo 
 
 "•" 2 
 
 tr'>73 P 
 
 2-6° 
 
 O CO S- 
 0''S 2 
 
 i'l 
 
 B fe- 
 rn <6 
 
 3. 
 
 Basal leng 
 O-reatest b 
 Length of 
 
 Bostral ini 
 Interorbiti 
 Palate, len 
 „ lea 
 Anterior p 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 e-s-«a^S'3s'3S^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 &-a'_ 
 
 
 5- 
 
 
 
 aj 
 
 if 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 g' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ( 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 g g M 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 >- 
 
 
 
 d; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 R 
 
 
 g. 1 
 
 
 S-" 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 ve 
 
 
 
 go 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 
 
 I— ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CQ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 DD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 " 1 
 
 
 
 <l 
 
 
 v^Cn K) cSt *i 
 
 
 § 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 
 <i 
 
 
 >-< t-" h-l 
 
 bg 
 
 P 
 
 
 bC)i-'0i-'0'ln(ln>4^i-' 
 
 
 
 
 e2" 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ? 
 
 1 
 
 
 b-?^ 
 
 ?" 
 
 
 Cji CO bO >4^ hP^ S to S I-" 
 
 
 §■ 
 
 t4i.cji(Difcb CO cJb 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J* 
 
 
 
 
 SS 
 
 
 
 
 S" 
 
 
 (—1 h-* ' 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 bpi-'CDh-'OOiCJTtl^O 
 
 iJ^COHi-OSOfcObOCntO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CSCDOi M^ *^<l 
 
 
 
 |_l W h-l l-l 
 
 a 
 
 1? ^ 
 
 
 
 COh-'hkl-'MOCnCncn 
 
 ^^bOi-"^ifcoooocooa 
 
 
 P 
 
 Or 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ** 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 :) 
 
 (-' to t-* H— 
 
 |.^- 
 
 
 r 
 
 v4i.i_.»^l-'i--bBCnOS00 
 
 
 Oh4^0CD05(35000bO 
 
 ^ 
 
 f. 
 
 *. CJiOi 
 
 , 
 
 ^^ 
 
 s 
 
 I? 
 
 a 
 
OBBTlTffOBHrXCHIDJS. 385 
 
 Dimensions, 
 
 a (stuffed). b (skin). 
 
 Adult Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 480 505 
 
 Tip of muzzle to eye 94 (contracted) 126 
 
 Second hind claw 47 50 
 
 Third hind claw 36 35 
 
 Fourth hind claw 23 29 
 
 Skull, see last page. 
 
 Hah. N.W. New Guinea. 
 
 Type in the Museo Civico, Genoa. 
 
 Ad. sk. I , New Guinea. M. Leon Laglaize 
 
 Skeleton (mounted). ( °- _ [C]- 
 
 Ad. si ' -, " . 
 
 Skull. 
 
 I Ad. sk. I p New Guinea. Purchased. 
 
 Family 11. ORNITHOEHYNCHIDtE. 
 
 Monotremes adapted for an aquatic fluviatile life. Sexes markedly 
 different in size. Muzzle in the form of a broad, flattened, horny 
 beak, singularly similar to that of a duck. Tongue not extensile. 
 Fur composed of two sorts of hairs ; not mixed with spines. Tail 
 well developed, broad and flattened. Limbs short, subequal ; hands 
 and feet modified as swimming-organs, the toes broadly webbed. 
 Palms and soles smooth, finely wrinkled, without pads. Horny spur 
 of male much larger than in the Echidnidce. 
 
 Skull with a smaller and more flattened brain-case than in the last 
 family ; muzzle elongated ; premaxiUary bones four in number, an 
 external and an internal one on each side, the internal ones, which 
 correspond to that part of the ordinary mammalian premaxiUse 
 lying between the two anterior palatine foramina, fusing together in 
 the median line into a single bone, known as the " dumbbell-shaped 
 bone"; external premaxiUaries widely expanded anteriorly, sepa- 
 rated both from the internal premaxiUaries between them and from 
 each other in front. Squamosals comparatively small ; zygomata 
 broad vertically, thin transversely, arising very far back on the 
 skull. Palate smooth, flat, without vacuities. Mandibles compara- 
 tively stout, flattened, and twisted outwards in front ; base of mas- 
 seteric fossa hollowed out into a deep cavity communicating with 
 the inferior dental canal, just in the manner so characteiistic of the 
 Macropodidm among the Marsupials (supra, p. 4). Condyles large, 
 broader than long. 
 
 Teeth rudimentary, only found in young animals, and never 
 cutting the gum. These teeth are multicuspid, but there is as yet 
 no evidence as to their individual homologies with the teeth of the 
 Marsupials or other Mammals, although their form and position 
 
 2c 
 
386 OENIIHOKHTifCHIB^. 
 
 both indicate a relationship to premolars or molars rather than to 
 incisors or canines. Their number, so far as is at present known, is 
 probably four in each jaw above and below, making sixteen in all*. 
 
 Functionally, however, teeth are represented in this family by 
 strong horny plates developed from the palate-ridges, and serving, 
 by their power of continuous growth, to make up for the rapid wear 
 caused by the gritty nature of the food. 
 
 Range. Australian subregion. 
 
 References to the Literature hearing on the Anatomy, Embryology, 
 Reproduction, Physiology, Sfc. of the Ornithorhynohidse. 
 
 Banks, Voigt's Mag. iii. p. 724 (1801). 
 Home, Phil. Ti-ans. 1802, p. 67, pis. ii.-iv. 
 Mbckbl, Beytr. vergl. Anat. i. Heft i. p. 64, pi. ix. (1809). 
 Blainville, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1817, p. 82 (spur and gland). 
 E. Geopproy, Philos. Anat. pp. 114 & 126, pi. ii. fig. 19 (1818) (respi- 
 ratory organs). 
 Jamieson, Tr. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 684 (1818) (poisonous effects of blow 
 
 from spur). 
 Home, Phil. Trans. 1819, p. 234, pis. xvi.-xix. (ovaries and ova). 
 RuDOLPHi, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1820-21, p. 232 (spur). 
 Hill, Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 622 (1822) (poison-gland, habits, &c.). 
 JaefA, De Ornithorhyncho paradoxo, Diss. Univ. Berol. pis. i. & ii. 
 
 (1823) (osteology). 
 D'Alton, Osteol. Zahul. Thiere, pis. i. & ii. (1824) (osteology). 
 Knox, Mem. Wern. Soc. v. pp. 26 & 144, pis. i., v., & vi. (18U). 
 Blainville, N. Bull. Soe. Philom. 1826, p. 138. 
 E. Qeoppeoy, Ann. Sci. Nat. ix. p. 457 (1826). 
 Meckel Ornithorhynchi paradoxi, Descriptio anatomica, pis. i.-vii. 
 
 (1826). 
 Id. Meckel's Arch. i. Nat. x. p. 23 (1827) (abdominal glands). 
 E. Gboppkoy, M6m. Mus. xv. pp. 1-48, pla. i. & ii. (1827) (sexual 
 
 organs). 
 I. Gboppboy, Diet. Class. d'H. N. xii. p. 592 (1827). 
 E. Gboppboy, Ann. Sci. Nat. (1) xviii. p. 157, pi. iii. fig. 4 (egg) (1829). 
 Owen, Phil. Trans, cxxiii. p. 517, pis. xv.-xviii. (1832) (mammary 
 
 glands). 
 Blainville, N. Ann. Mus. ii. p. 369, pi. xii. (1833) (reproduction). 
 E. Geoffbot, p. Z. S. 1833, pp. 28 & 91 (abdominal glands). 
 Owen, P. Z. S. 1834, p. 43 ; id. Tr. Z. S. i. p. 221, pis. xxxii. & 
 
 xxxiii. (animal, young, and viscera) (1834). 
 Id. Phil. Trans, cxxv. p. 555, pi. xxv. (1834) (ova) 
 G. OuviBB, Oss. Foss., Atl. pi. ccxv. (skeleton) (1836). 
 Owen, Cyclop. Anat. iii., Art. " Monotremata," pp. 366-407, figs. 168- 
 
 202 (1842). 
 VBBBEAtrx, Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 127 (habits and reproduction). 
 Maybb, Arch. f. Nat. xv. p. 81 (1849). 
 Hyetl, SB. Ak. Wien, viii. p. 33 (1852) (arterial system). 
 
 * This account is taken from the foUowing paper, in which all that is as yet 
 known about the teeth of OrnithorhyTtchvs is contained ; — Poulton, E. B., "The 
 True Teeth and the Horny Plates of Ornithorhynchus," Q. J. Micr. Sci. xxix. 
 p. 9 (1888). 
 
1. OENITHORHTNCHTJS. 387 
 
 Vlacovic, SB. A.k. Wien, ix. p. 152, pi. xxiv. (1862) (reproductive 
 organs). 
 
 Wagndb, De partibus Mammalium os temporum constituentibiis, 
 p. 20 (1858J. 
 
 Owen, Phil. Trans, clv^. 671, pi. xli. (new-born animal) (1865). 
 
 Floweb. (See under Echidnidse.) 
 
 Peters. (See under Echidnidse.) 
 
 Gb&bnbauh,, Jenaiscbe Zeitscbr. ii. p. 375 (1866) (heart). 
 
 Owen, Anat. Vert. vol8. ii. and iii. (1866-68). 
 
 CouBS, P. Essex Inst. vi. pt. ii. p. 127 (1871) (myology), 
 
 Spicbb, p. R. Soc. Tasm. 1876, p. 162 (poisonous effects of wound 
 from spur). 
 
 Cbeighton, J. Anat. Phys. xi. p. 27 (1876) (mammary glands). 
 
 GiBBBL, Z. ges. Nat. 1. p. 96 (1877) (shoulder-gland). 
 
 Martins. (See under Echidnidse.) 
 
 HuxLBY, P. Roy. Soc. xxviii. p. 395, pi. viii. fig. 4 (1879} (pelvis). 
 
 Pritchard, Phil. Trans, clxxii. p. 267, pis. xlv. & xlvi. (1881) 
 (cochlea). 
 
 Lankestbb, p. Z. S. 1882, p. 549, pis. xxxviii.-xli. ; and 1883, p. 8, 
 pis. iii. & iv. (cardiac valves). 
 
 PouLTON, Q. J. Micr. Sci. xxiii. p. 453, pi. xxxii. (1883) (tongue). 
 
 Id. op. cit. xxiv. p. 118, pi. v. (1884) (ovarian ovum). 
 
 Gill, Science, iv. p. 453 (1884). 
 
 Gttnn, J. Anat. Phys. xviii. p. 400, pi. xix. (1884) (eye). 
 
 Spencer, Nature, xxxi. p. 182, figs. 1-3 (ova) (1884). 
 
 Turner, J. Anat. Phys. xix. p. 214 (1885) (" dumbbell-shaped bone"). 
 
 Macg-illivhay, Tr. Roy. Soc. Victoria, xxi. p. 120 (1885) (reproduc- 
 tion). 
 
 Miklouho-Maclay, P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ix. p, 1204 (1885) (tem- 
 perature). 
 
 Westling, Bih. Svensk. Akad. Handl. ix. No. 8, p. 27, pi. iii. (1885) 
 (neurology of limbs). 
 
 Gegenbaur, Ziir Kenntniss derMammaorgane der Monotremen (1886). 
 
 Owen, P. Roy. Soc. xlii. p. 391 (1887) (newly born young). 
 
 Caldwell, P. Roy. Soc. xlii. p. 177 (1887) ; id. Phil. Trans, clxxviii. 
 p. 463, pis. xxix.-xxxi. (1887) (embryology). 
 
 PouLTON, P. Roy. Soc. xliii. p. 353 (1887) (true teeth). 
 
 MiVART, P. Roy. Soc. xliii. p. 372 (1887) (dual origin of Monotremea 
 and other Mammals). 
 
 Sbbley, p. Roy. Soc. xliv. p. 131 (1888) (horny plates described as 
 teeth). 
 
 PoTJLTON, Q. J. Micr. Sci. xxix, p. 9, pis. ii.-iv. (1888) (true teeth and 
 horny plates). 
 
 , 1. OENITHOKHYNCHUS. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Platypus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. x. letterpress to pi. 38o 
 (1799) ; nee Herbst, Natursyst. Insekt. v. p. 128 (1793) 
 (Coleopt.) .... O. anatinus. 
 
 Grnithorhynchus, Blumenh. VoigVs Mag. Naturk. ii. 
 p. 205 (1800) 0. anatinus. 
 
 Dermipus, Wiedem. Zool. Arch. i. pt. i. p. 180 (180O) . . O. anatinus. 
 
 Form elongate, depressed. Toes 5 — 5, broadly webbed, the mem- 
 brane anteriorly considerably surpassing the tips of the claws, but 
 posteriori}' only reaching to their bases ; aU the toes with long 
 
 2c2 
 
388 ORNITHOKHTNCIIIDJ!. 
 
 claws, the anterior broad and blunt, the posterior compressed and 
 pointed. Beak smooth, evenly rounded, its junction with the head 
 marked, both above and below, by a projecting leathery flap, 
 evidently developed to save the face from injury when the head is 
 plunged in mud or gravel. Beak, excluding the flap, rather shorter 
 than the rest of the head. 
 
 Skull as already described. 
 
 Horny plates two in number on each side of each jaw ; but the 
 anterior are far less prominent and markedly specialized than the 
 posterior. The former are long and narrow, and each forms a 
 single longitudinal horny ridge, some 13 to 18 miUim. in length, 
 which is placed on the side of the palate about 10 or 15 millim. 
 from its fellow, and with its anterior point about level with the 
 hinder end of the dumbbell-shaped bone. The surface of the bone 
 beneath these plates-is quite smooth, and not modified in any way 
 for their support. The posterior plates are situated just below the 
 level of the orbits, and each consists of a single broad horny and 
 cuspidate plate, subdivided by transverse ridges into a small antero- 
 internal and two large posterior portions. In the lower jaw the 
 plates have the same shapes as in the upper, except that the anterior 
 are longer, and that the posterior have their smallest subdivision 
 behind instead of in front. The bone below the posterior plates, 
 both above and below, is broadened and excavated for the reception 
 of their projecting cuspidate bases. 
 
 Vertebrae: — Cervical 7, dorsal 17, lumbar 2, sacral 2, caudal 
 20 or 21 ; total 48 or 49. 
 
 Habits. Aquatic, fossorial ; feeding on water-insects, Crustacea, 
 moUusca, &c. 
 
 Mange. That of the only species. 
 
 There appears to be no reason to suppose that there is more than 
 a single species of Ornithorhynchus, the marked diiTerence in size 
 between the sexes and a certain variability in colour and texture 
 of fur being apparently responsible for the considerable number of 
 names that the common species bears. 
 
 1. Ornithorliyachus anatiuus. 
 
 Platypus anatiuus, Shaw, Nat, Misc. x. pis. 385 & H86 (animal, 
 beak, &c.) (1799) ; id. Oen. Zool. i. pt. i. p. 229, pis. 66 & 67 
 (animal &o.) (1800) ; Turt. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 30 (1806); Gerrard, 
 Cat. Bones Mamm. B. U. p. 288 (1862) ; Ch-ay, P. Z. 8. 1865, 
 p. -385 ; id. Handl. Edentates, p. 29 (1873). 
 
 Ornithorhynclius paradoxus, Blumenb. Voigfs Mag. Naturk. ii. 
 p. 205 (1800) ; Home, Phil. Trans. 1800, p. 432, pis. xviii. & 
 xix. (beak, skull, &c.) ; id. op. cit. 1802, p. 67, pis. ii.-iv. (anat.) ; 
 Calhoen, Nat. Verh. Bat. Maatsch-Wet. ii. pt. i. p. 177 (1803); 
 I)esm. N. Diet. d'H. N. (1) xxiv., Tahl. MUh. p. 27 (1804); 
 Blumenb. Abbild. Nat. Gegenst. no. 41 (animal) (1810) ; G. Fisch. 
 Zoogn. iii. p. 689 (1814) ; G. Cuv. £. A. i, p. 227 (1817) ; F. Cuv. 
 Dents Mamm. p. 202, pi. Ixxxiii. (horny plates) (1825) ; E. Geoff. 
 
1. oRNiiHoaHrSfCHUs. 389 
 
 Ann. Sci. Nat. ix. p. 451 (1826) ; id. Meckel's Arch. f. Nat. x. 
 
 p. 14 (1827) ; Gray, Oriff. Cuv. An. K, iii. p. 265 (1827) ; Less. 
 
 Man. Mamm. p. 319 (1827) ; J. S. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 402 
 
 (1829) ; Waffl. Syst. Amph. Saug. p. 59 (1830) ; Maule, P. Z. S. 
 
 1832, p. 145 (habits) ; Benn. P. Z. S. 1834, p. 141 ; id. Tr. Z, 8. 
 
 i. p. 229, pi. xxxiv. (animal) (1834) (habits) ; Kaup, Thierr. i. 
 
 p. 251 (1835) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 386, pi. liii. 
 
 (animal) (1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 68 (1838) ^ 
 
 id. Jard. Nat. lAhr., Mamm. xi. p. 309, pi. xxxiv. (animal) (1841) ; 
 
 Qlog. Handb. Natiirg. i. p. 115 (1843) ; Less. N. Tahl. B. A., 
 
 Mamm. p. 196 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Saug. Supp. iv. p. 262 (1844); 
 
 Oieb. Odontogr. p. 62, pi. xxv. flgs. 4 & 8 (dental plates) (1855) ; 
 
 id. Saug. p. 892 (1859) ; Q. F. Benn. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 161 (habits); 
 
 Armit, J. Linn. Soc. xiv. p. 413 (1878). 
 Dermipua anatinus, Wiedem. Arch. Zool. i. pt. i. p. 180, pi. iii. 
 
 (animal) (1800). 
 Ornithorhynchus rufus et fuscus. Per. §• Les. Voy. Terres Austr., Atl. 
 
 pi. xxxiv. (animal) (1807) ; Tiedem. Zool. p. 589 (1808) ; III. 
 
 Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 115 (1811) ; Leach, Nat. Misc. ii. p. 136, 
 
 pi. cxi. (animal) (1816) ; Desm. N. Bict d'H. N. xxiv. p. 131 
 
 (1818) ; Ooldf. Handb. Zool. p. 408 (1820) ; Schina, Cuv. Thierr. 
 
 i. pp. 840 & 341 (1821) ; Besm. Mamm. ii. p. 880 (1822) ; Van 
 
 der Hoeven, N. Act. Acad. I^eop. xi. p. 861, pi. xlvi. (animal, beak, 
 
 &c.) (1823) ; F. Cuv. Bict. Sci. Nat. xxxvi. p. 443 (1825)-; Gray, 
 
 Griff. Cuv. An. K. pp. 284 & 285 ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 327 
 
 (1845). 
 Ornithorhynchus brevirosti'ia, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 150 ; Schinz, 
 
 Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 327 (1845). 
 Ornithorhynchus crispus et IsBvis, Macgilliway, Mem. Wern. Soc. vi. 
 
 pp. 128 & 132 (1882). 
 Ornithorhynchus anatinus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 191 (1843) ; 
 
 Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 25, pi. i. figs. 1-6 (beak, feet, &c.); 
 
 Giinn, P. Roy. Soc, Tasm. ii. p. 89 (1852) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. 
 
 i. pi. i. (animal) (1856) ; Bennett, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 213, pi. Ixxi. 
 
 (beak) ; Kreft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 56 (1864) ; id. Vert. 
 
 Lower Murray, p. 22 (1865) ; id. Mamm. Austr. pi. xv. (animal) 
 
 (1871) ; Flow. $ Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 753 (1884) ; 
 
 Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 325 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 
 
 p. 940 (1887). 
 
 Duck-billed PLAiTfPtrs. 
 
 Male markedly larger than female. Fur of two sorts, the longer 
 fur crisp, shining, sometimes curly, the underfur short, soft and 
 ■woolly. General colour above deep umber-brown, sometimes redder, 
 and sometimes blacker. Leathery covering of bill black above, 
 yellow and black below. A spot round each eye white or yellowish. 
 Chin, chest, and beUy dirty greyish white, the hairs grey basally 
 and white terminally ; patches of dull chestnut, however, often 
 present on the chin, round the insertions of the limbs, in the anal 
 region, and along the posterior part of the centre of the belly. 
 Tail coloured above like the back, below generally naked in adults ; 
 but if hairy it is whiter than the rest of the animal. 
 
 Other characters as described above. 
 
390 
 
 OKNITHOKHYNCHID-S;. 
 
 Dimensions.* 
 
 6- 2- 
 
 t (in spirit), j (in spirit). 
 
 Adult. Adult, 
 
 millim. millim. 
 
 Head and body 420 330 
 
 Tail 143 112 
 
 Beak, length (excluding flap) .... 61 53 
 
 „ breadth 46 41 
 
 Depth of flap in centre above .... 20 15 
 
 „ „ „ below .... 18 14 
 
 Lower leg 82 63 
 
 Hind foot 62 45 
 
 Skull, see next page. 
 
 Rab. Queensland southwards of 18° S. kt., New South Wales, 
 Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania. 
 Tifpe in collection. 
 
 a. Ad. sk., cJ . Namoi E., New South Gould Coll. 
 
 Wales (J. (?.). 
 
 b-d. cJ & 2 imra. 9 , al. Shoalhaven R., Sir D. Cooper [P.]. 
 
 N. S. W. 
 
 e. Skull, (J . Shoalhaven R. Dr. J. MacgiUivray [P. & 
 
 0.1. 
 
 f-h. Imm. al., cJ & 2 $ . New South Wales. Dr. G. Bennett [P. & C.]. 
 
 i-m. Ad. al., c? & 4 $ , Coranderrk Aboriginal Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 11 & 12/79. Station, Victoria. 
 
 J Ad. sk. I , Victoria. J. Thies, Esq. [P.]. 
 
 "• ISkuU. \ '^■ 
 
 o. Ad. St., t?. South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & C.]. 
 
 j5. Ad. st.,tJ,ll/38. New Norfolk, Tas- Gould Coll. 
 
 mania (J. 6.). 
 
 q. Ai.sk., ,J. Tasmania. Gen. Sir J.H. Lefroy [P.], 
 
 r. Ad. sk., 2 • Tasmania. Capt. Ross [P.]. 
 
 I Imm. sk. I J, R. Latham, Esq. [P.]. 
 *■ jSkuU. ( °' (rjrpc of species.) 
 
 t. Ad. al., S ■ Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 u, V. Yg. al., 55 & 90 [Figured by Owen. J Zool. Soc. 
 
 mm. long respectively. 
 w. Ad. al., ^ . 
 
 .V. Ad.st.,c?. Miss Reeves [P.]. 
 
 y. Ad. sk., 2 ■ Purchased. 
 
 a. Yg. St., c? . Purchased. 
 a'. Yg.sk., cJ. 
 
 b'. Ad. skeleton, 5 (mounted). 
 
 (/. Ad. skeleton, J. Mantell Coll. 
 
 d'. Imm. skeleton. Sir R. Owen [P.]. 
 
 e'. Ad. skull, cJ. YarrellCoU. 
 
 * The largest skins in the ooUeotion considerably exceed these dimensions ; 
 thus specimen g (tj) has a total length (including tail) of 650 millim., and 
 specimen y ( 2 ) of 570, but they may, in each case, have been stretched in the 
 skinning. 
 
].. OENIIHOEHOrCHtrs. 
 
 SlcuU Dimensions of Ornithorhynchiis. 
 
 391 
 
 
 0. anatinm. 
 
 
 Sex 
 
 s- 
 
 adult. 
 
 adult. 
 
 Specimeii 
 
 
 
 Basal length 
 
 108 
 62 
 33-2 
 15 
 92-5 
 37-8 
 18-5 
 
 9 
 
 81:8 
 
 38 
 
 25-2 
 
 12-4 
 
 70 
 
 29-5 
 
 13-6 
 
 7-3 
 
 Greatest breadth 
 
 Breadth across expanded premaxillsB 
 
 Interorbital breadth 
 
 Palate, length (from front of premaxillEe) ... 
 
 Posterior dental plate, length (obliquely) 
 
 „ ,, „ breadth at central 
 transverse ridge 
 
 
ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 
 
 acauthion (Echidna), 379. 
 AcanthoglosBus, 382. 
 Acrobates, 136. 
 aouleata (Echidna), 377, 
 
 379. 
 aculeata(Myrmecophaga), 
 
 379. 
 aculeatiia (Tachyglossus), 
 
 379. 
 jEpyprymnus, 102. 
 affiuis (Anteehinus), 287. 
 affinis (Didelphys), 337. 
 affinis (Perameles), 231. 
 affiniB (Phascogale), 287. 
 agilis (Didelphya), 348. 
 agilis (Grym£BomyB),348. 
 agilis (Halmaturus), 42. 
 agiiis (Macropus), 42. 
 Ailurops, 193. 
 alba (Fhalaugista), 201. 
 albertisi (Daotvlopsila), 
 
 160. 
 albertisi (Phalangista), 
 
 178. 
 albertisi (Pseudochirus), 
 
 178. 
 albipCB (Anteehinus), 304. 
 albipes (Phascogale), 304. 
 albipes (Podabrus), 304. 
 albipilis (Lagorchestes), 
 
 100. 
 albirentris (Didelphys), 
 
 328. 
 albogularis (Halmaturus), 
 
 66. 
 albogularis (Heteropus), 
 
 66. 
 albogularis (Maoropus), 
 
 66. 
 alboguttata (Didelphys), 
 
 366. 
 alboguttata (Microdel- 
 
 phys), 366. 
 albopunclatus (Dasyu- 
 
 rus), 271. 
 
 albus (Ouscus), 201, 204. 
 albus (Halmaturus), 35. 
 albus (JWacropus), 34. 
 Amblotis, 213. 
 amboinensis (Coescoes), 
 
 201. 
 americana (Didelphys), 
 
 363. 
 amerioanus (Sorex), 363. 
 anatinuB (Dermipus), 389. 
 anatinus (Ornithorhyn- 
 
 ohus), 388. 
 anatinus (Platypus), 388. 
 angasi (Phascolomys\ 
 
 214. 
 angustivittis (Phalan- 
 gista), 160. 
 annulicauda (Onyoho- 
 
 galea), 74. 
 Anteohinomys, 307. 
 Anteehinus, 273. 
 antilopinus(Halmaturus), 
 
 21. 
 antilopinus (Macropus), 
 
 21. 
 antilopinus (Osphranter), 
 
 21. 
 apiealis (Anteohinua),277. 
 apicaliB(HalmaturuB),32. 
 apiealis (Hypsiprymuus), 
 
 118. 
 apiealis (Macropus uala- 
 
 batus, Tar.), 32. 
 apiealis (Phasoologale), 
 
 277. 
 areheri (Phalangista), 
 
 177. 
 aroheri (Pseudochirus), 
 
 177. 
 arenaria(Perameles), 247. 
 ariel (Belideus), 156, 158. 
 ariel (Petaurus),,156, 168. 
 aruensis (Perameles), 236. 
 Asagis, 340. 
 Ascogale, 273. 
 
 asiatica (Didelphys), SO. 
 asiaticuB (Dorcopsis), 88. 
 asiaticuB (Halmaturus), 
 
 88. 
 assimilis (Anteehinus 
 
 moorei, var.), 285. 
 aBsimilis (Petrogale), 67. 
 assimilis (Phascolomys), 
 
 214. 
 auratus (Perameles), 234. 
 aurita (Didelphys), 324. 
 aurita (Perameles), 243. 
 australiensis (Echidna), 
 
 379. 
 australis (Echidna), 379. 
 australis (Petaurus), 151. 
 australis (Ptilotus), 151. 
 australis (Sciurus), 151. 
 azarse (Didelphys), 328. 
 azarse (Didelphys marsu- 
 
 pialis, Tar.), 328. 
 
 Balantia, 193. 
 banksianus (Macropus), 
 
 33. 
 banksii(PhalangiBta), 172. 
 bassii (Phascolomys), 216. 
 beccarii (Dorcopsis), 89. 
 Belideus, 150. 
 bennettianus (Dendrola- 
 
 gus), 96. 
 bennettii (Halmaturus), 
 
 35. 
 bennettii (Macropus), 35. 
 bennettii (Macropus rufi- 
 
 collis, var.), 34. 
 bernsteini (Phalangista), 
 
 181. 
 bernsteini(PseudochiruB), , 
 
 181. 
 Bettongia, 104. 
 bicolor (Didelphys), 370. 
 billardieri (Halmaturus), 
 
 58. 
 billardieri (Kangurus),58. 
 
394 
 
 ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 
 
 billardieri (Maoropus), 58. 
 binoe (Halmaturus), 42. 
 Boriogale, 10. 
 bougaiuvillei (Balantia), 
 
 188. 
 bougainvillei (Perameles), 
 
 216. 
 bougaiuTillei (Phalan- 
 
 gista), 187. 
 Brachymelis, 227. 
 brachyotis (ilalmaturus), 
 
 69. 
 brachyotis(Macropus),69. 
 braohyotis(Petrogale),69. 
 brachytarsus (Halmatu- 
 rus), 59. 
 bracbyura (Didelphya), 
 
 355, 356. 
 braehyura (Miorodel- 
 
 phys), 355. 
 brachyurus(Halmaturus), 
 
 60. 
 brachyurus (HeraiuruB), 
 
 357. 
 brachyurus (Kangurus), 
 
 60. 
 brachyurus (Macropus), 
 
 60. 
 brachyurus (Peramys), 
 
 357. 
 brachyurus (Philander), 
 
 357. 
 braziliensis (Sorex), 363. 
 breviaculeata (Echidna), 
 
 379. 
 brevioaudata (Didelphys), 
 
 356. 
 breyicaudafca (Echidna), 
 
 379. 
 brevicaudatus (Cusous), 
 
 198. 
 brevicaudatus (Halmatu- 
 rus), 60. 
 brevicaudis (Didelphys), 
 
 357. 
 brevioeps (Belideus), 156. 
 breviceps (Didelphys), 
 
 325. 
 breviceps (Micoureus), 
 
 325. 
 breviceps (Petaurus), 156. 
 breviceps (Phalanger ori- 
 
 entalig, var.), 204. 
 breviceps (Tbylaoinus), 
 
 256. 
 brevirostris (Ornitho- 
 
 rhynehus), 389. 
 broadbenti (Perameles), 
 
 240. 
 browni (HaUnaturus), 61. 
 browni (Macropus), 51. 
 
 Bruijnia, 382. 
 
 bruijnii (Acanthoglossus), 
 
 383. 
 bruijnii (Ohsetooercua), 
 
 279. 
 bruijnii (Dasyoercus),279. 
 bruijnii (Echidna), 383. 
 bruijnii(Proeehidna),383. 
 bruijnii (Tachyglossus), 
 
 383. 
 bruinii (Didelphis), 50. 
 bruinii (Macropus), 50. 
 bruni (Dorcopsis), 50, 87. 
 bruni(Hypsipryranus),88. 
 bruni (Kangurus), 88. 
 brunii (Didelphys), 49. 
 brunii (Halmaturus), 50. 
 brunii (Kangurus), 50. 
 brunii (Macropus), 49. 
 brunii (Yerboa), 50. 
 
 oaliforniea (Didelphys), 
 
 324. 
 californious (Micoureus), 
 
 325. 
 Caloprymnus, 114. 
 oalura (Phasoologale), 
 
 296. 
 oampestris (Bettongia), 
 
 115. 
 campestria (Caloprym- 
 nus), 115. 
 campestris (Hypsiprym- 
 
 nus), 115. 
 oanorivora (Didelphys), 
 
 323. 
 oanesceus (Phalangista), 
 
 181. 
 canescens (Pseudochirus), 
 
 181. 
 canina (Phalangista), 191. 
 caninus (Trichosurus), 
 
 191. 
 carcinophaga(Didelphys), 
 
 323. 
 castanotis (Choeropus), 
 
 250. 
 oaudata (Dromicia), 143. 
 oaudivolvula (Didelphis), 
 
 172. 
 caudivolvulus (Pseudo- 
 chirus), 172. 
 eavifrons (Cusous), 201. 
 cavifrons (Phalangista), 
 
 201. 
 cayopollin (Didelphys), 
 
 344. 
 cayopollin (Philander), 
 
 337. 
 colebensis (Cuscus), 204, 
 
 206. 
 
 oeIebensi8(Phalanger),206. 
 
 oelebensis (Phalangista), 
 
 206. 
 Ceonyx, 193. 
 Ceroaertus, 166. 
 
 Cercartetus, 166. 
 
 CercoptenuB, 136. 
 
 Chsetocerous, 273. 
 
 chalmersi (Dorcopsis), 89. 
 
 Chironectes, 366. 
 
 Ohceropus, 250. 
 
 chrysorrhos (Cuscus), 
 197. 
 
 chrysorrhous (Phalan- 
 gista). 197. 
 
 cinerea (Didelphys), 342. 
 
 cinereus (GrymEeomys), 
 342. 
 
 cinereus (Lipurus), 210. 
 
 cinereus (Micoureus), 342. 
 
 cinereus (Morodactylus), 
 210. 
 
 cinereus (Phascolarotus), 
 210. 
 
 cinereus (Philander),342. 
 
 cookerelli (Perameles), 
 238. 
 
 Ooesooes, 193. 
 
 concinna (Dromicia), 146. 
 
 concinna (Petrogale), 71. 
 
 concinna (Phalangista), 
 146. 
 
 concinnus (Antechinus), 
 287. 
 
 concinnus (Halmaturus), 
 71. 
 
 concinnus (Macropus), 71. 
 
 ooncolor(Hemim'Us), 358. 
 
 Conoyoes, 86. 
 
 conspicillatus (Halmatu- 
 rus), 80. 
 
 conspicillatus (Lagor- 
 chestes), 80. 
 
 conspicillatus(Maoropus), 
 80. 
 
 convolutor (Phalangista), 
 172. 
 
 cooki (Hepoona), 176. 
 
 cooki (Petaurus), 176. 
 
 cooki (Phalangista), 172, 
 176, 187. 
 
 cooki (Pseudochirus), 172, 
 176. 
 
 cooki (Trichosurus), 172, 
 176. 
 
 coxeni (Halmaturus), 44. 
 
 coxeni (Maoropus), 44. 
 
 crassicaudata (Didel- 
 phys), 334. 
 
 crassioaiidata (Peramys), 
 334. 
 
ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 
 
 395 
 
 crassieaudata (Fhasco- 
 
 gale), 306. 
 crassicaudata (Sminthop- 
 
 sis), 306. 
 crassicaudatus (Anteohi- 
 
 nus), 306. 
 crassicaudatus (Metaohi- 
 
 rus), 334. 
 crassicaudatus (Micou- 
 
 reus), 334. 
 crassicaudatus (Philan- 
 der), 334. 
 crassicaudatus (Poda- 
 
 brus), 306. 
 crassicaudatus (Didel- 
 
 phis), 334. 
 orassipes (Halmaturus), 
 
 42. 
 crassipes (Macropus), 42. 
 crebescens (Osphranter), 
 
 23. 
 crispus (Ornitliorhyn- 
 
 chus), 389. 
 cristicauda (ChEetocer- 
 
 ous), 276. 
 cristicaudata (Phasoolo- 
 
 gale), 276. 
 cuni cuius (Bettongia), 
 
 106. 
 cunieulus (Hypsiprym- 
 
 nus), 107. 
 cunninghami (Petaurus), 
 
 152. 
 Cuscus, 193. 
 cuvieri (Phalangista), 
 
 188. 
 cynocephala (Didelphys), 
 
 255. 
 cynocephalus (Dasyurus), 
 
 255. 
 cynocephalus (Lycaon\ 
 
 256. 
 cynocephalus (Peracyon), 
 
 256. 
 cynocephalus (Thylaoi- 
 nus), 255. 
 
 Daotylopsila, 159. 
 dama (Halmaturus), 54. 
 dama (Macropus), 55. 
 Da^ycercus, 273. 
 Dasyuridse, 253. 
 DasyurinsB, 254. 
 Dasyurus, 261. 
 Dendrolagus, 92. 
 derbiana (Didelphys), 
 
 339. 
 derbianus (Halmaturus), 
 
 54. 
 derbianus (Macropus), 
 
 54. 
 
 Dermipus, 387. 
 Diabolus, 258. 
 dichrura (Didelphys), 
 
 337. 
 didelphoides (Petaurus), 
 
 164. 
 Didelphyidse, 315. 
 Didelphys, 316. 
 diemenensis (Myrmeoo- 
 
 bius), 313. 
 dimidiata (Didelphys), 
 
 355. 
 Diprotodontia, 3. 
 Distoeoburus, 139. 
 domestica (Didelphys), 
 
 358. 
 doroooephalus (Hypsi- 
 
 prymnus), 88. 
 Dorcopsis, 86. 
 doreyana (Perameles),- 
 
 236. 
 dorise (Phaseologale), 
 
 282. 
 dorianus (Dendrolagus), 
 
 98. 
 dorsalis(Halmaturus), 37. 
 dorsalis (Macropus), 37. 
 dorsalia (Phaseologale), 
 
 283. 
 dorsiger (Grymseomys), 
 
 345. 
 dorsigera (Didelphys), 
 
 344. 
 dorsigerus |,Micoureus), 
 
 345. 
 dorsigerus (Philander), 
 
 345. 
 Dromioia, 140. 
 
 ecaudatus (Choeropus), 
 
 250. 
 Echidna, 377. 
 Echidnidse, 375. 
 Bohinopus, 377. 
 Bohymipera, 227. 
 elegans (Didelphys), 348, 
 
 352. 
 elegans (Grymffiomys), 
 
 353. 
 elegans (Halmaturus), 33, 
 
 100. 
 elegans (Macropus), 33, 
 
 100. 
 elegans (Miooureus), 
 
 353. 
 elegans (Thylamys), 353. 
 emilias (Halmaturus), 54. 
 erubescens (Halmaturus), 
 
 23. 
 erubescens (Phascolagus), 
 
 23. 
 
 Eucuseus, 193. 
 eugenii (Halmaturus), 54. 
 eugenii (Kangurus), 54. 
 eugenii (Macropus), 54. 
 
 fasoiata (Bettongia), 100. 
 fasciata (Perameles), 248. 
 fasoiata (Perameles bou- 
 
 gainvillei. Tar.), 248. 
 fasoiatus (Halmaturus), 
 
 100. 
 fasoiatus (Kangurus), 
 
 100. 
 fasciatus (Lagorchestes), 
 
 101. 
 fasciatus (Lagostrophus), 
 
 100. 
 fasciatus (Macropus), 
 
 100. 
 fasciatus (Myrmecobius), 
 
 312. 
 felina (Phalangista), 190. 
 ferrugineifrons (Antechi- 
 
 nus), 302. 
 ferrugineifrons (Poda- 
 
 brus), 302. 
 flavipes (Anteehiuus), 
 
 289. 
 flavipes (Phaseologale), 
 
 289. 
 flaTiTenter (Belideus), 
 
 152. 
 flaviventer (Petaurista), 
 
 152. 
 flaviventer (Petaurus), 
 
 151. 
 flindersi (Phascolarctus), 
 
 210. 
 forbesi (Pseudochirus), 
 
 183. 
 formosiis (Hypaipiym- 
 
 nus), 108. 
 fossor (Amblotis), 215. 
 fossor (Phascolomys), 
 
 216. 
 fossor (Wombatus), 215. 
 frsenatus (Halmaturus), 
 
 76. 
 fpsenatuB (Macropus), 75. 
 frenata (Didelphys), 332. 
 frenata (Onychogale), 75. 
 froggatti (Antechinus), 
 
 306. 
 frontalis (Dromicia), 137. 
 fruticus (Halmaturus), 
 
 35. 
 fruticus (Macropus), 35. 
 fuliginosa (Phalangista), 
 
 190. 
 fuliginosa (Phascogale), 
 304. 
 
396 
 
 ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 
 
 fiiliginosus (Anteehiiius), 
 
 304. 
 fuliginosUB (Halmaturus), 
 
 19. 
 fuliginosus (Hvracodon), 
 
 370. 
 fuliginosus (Kangurus), 
 
 19. 
 fuliginosus (Maoropus), 
 
 19. 
 fuliginosus (Macropus 
 
 giganteus, var.), 19. 
 fuliginosus (Podabrus), 
 
 304. 
 fuliginosus (Triehosurus 
 
 vulpecula, yar.), 190. 
 fulvus (Dendrolagus), 97. 
 fusca (Phalangista), 201. 
 fusca (Phasoolomys), 215. 
 fusciTenter (Peratneles), 
 
 231. 
 fusous (Dasyurus), 271. 
 fuscus (Ornithorhyn- 
 
 chus), 389. 
 fuscus (Phascolarctus), 
 
 210. 
 
 gaimavdi (Bettongia), 
 
 108. 
 gaimardi (Hypsiprym- 
 
 nus), 108. 
 gaimardi (Kangurus), 
 
 108. 
 garagassi (Perameles), 
 
 238. 
 gazeUa (Halmaturus), 
 
 44. 
 geoffroyi (Dasyurus), 268. 
 Gerboides, 10. 
 gigantea (Didelphys), 15. 
 gigantea (Yerboa), 15. 
 giganteus (Halmaturus), 
 
 16. 
 giganteus (Jaoulus), 15. 
 giganteus (Kangurus), 16. 
 giganteus (Maoropus); 15. 
 gigas (Kanguroo), 16. 
 gilberti (Hypsiprymnus), 
 
 120. 
 gilberti (Potorous), 120. 
 gUriformis (Dromicia), 
 
 144. 
 gliriformis (Pbalangista), 
 
 144. 
 glirina (Didelphys), 357. 
 goldiei (Cuscus ohrysor- 
 
 rhous, var.), 198. 
 gouldi (Bettongia), 110. 
 gracilis (Belideus), 154. 
 gracilis (Halmaturus), 
 
 55. 
 
 gracilis (Macropus), 51, 
 54. 
 
 grayi (Bettongia), 112. 
 
 grayi (Hipsiprymnus), 
 112. 
 
 greyi (Halmaturus), 36. 
 
 greyi (Macropus), 36. 
 
 grisea (Didelphys), 349. 
 
 grisea (Perameles), 370. 
 
 grisea (Phalangista fuli- 
 ginosa, var.), 190. 
 
 griseofuscus (Halmatu- 
 rus), 16. 
 
 griseo-lanosus (Kangu- 
 rus), 25. 
 
 griseorufas (Halmatu- 
 rus), ]6. 
 
 grisescens (Phalangista), 
 181. 
 
 griseus (Kangurus), 33. 
 
 griseus (Miooureus), 350. 
 
 Grymffiomys, 340. 
 
 guianensis (Didelphis), 
 344. 
 
 guianensis (Mustela), 368. 
 
 gunni (Perameles), 245. 
 
 guttatus (Dasyurus), 266. 
 
 Gymnobelideus, 149. 
 
 gyranotis (Ouscus), 202. 
 
 gymnotis (Lagorcbestes), 
 83. 
 
 gymnotis (Phalangista), 
 202. 
 
 hallucatus (Dasyurus), 
 
 269. 
 Halmaturus, 10. 
 harrisi (Thylacinus), 256. 
 harveyi (Perameles), 112. 
 Hemibelideus, 166. 
 Hemiurus, 354. 
 henseli (Didelphys), 360. 
 Hepoona, 166. 
 herbertensis (Phalangis- 
 ta), 170. 
 herbertensis (Pseudoehi- 
 
 rus), 170. 
 Heteropus, 62. 
 hirsutum (Opossum), 215. 
 hirsutus (Halmaturus), 
 
 84. 
 hirsutus (Lagorcbestes), 
 
 84. 
 hirsutus (Maoropus), 84. 
 hortensis (Didelphys), 
 
 352. 
 houtmanni (Haltuatu- 
 
 rus), 54. 
 houtmanni (Macropus), 
 
 55. 
 hunteri (Didelphys), 367. 
 
 hunteri (Hemiurus), 358. 
 hunteri (Hypsiprymnus), 
 
 108. 
 hypoleucuB (Phalangista), 
 
 Hypsiprymnodon, 123. 
 Hypsiprymnodontinre, 
 
 122. 
 Hypsiprymnus, 116. 
 hystrix (Echidna), 379. 
 hystrix (Echinopus), 379. 
 hystrix (Ornithorhyn- 
 
 chus), 379. 
 hystrix (Tachyglossus), 
 
 379. 
 
 iheringi (Didelphys), 364. 
 illinensium (Didelphys), 
 
 impayida (Didelphys), 
 
 345. 
 impavidus(GrymEeomys), 
 
 345. 
 incana (Didelphys), 349. 
 incana (Phalangista), 176. 
 indiea (Didelphis), 201. 
 inornata (Petrogale), 70. 
 inornatus (Halmaturus), 
 
 . '^^■ 
 
 inornatus (Macropus), 70. 
 
 inustus (Dendrolagus), 
 
 95. 
 irma (Halmaturus), 40. 
 irma (Macropus), 40. 
 isabellinus (Halmaturus), 
 
 25. 
 isabellinus (Macropus), 
 
 25. 
 isabellinus (Osphranter), 
 
 Isoodon, 227. 
 
 jardinii (Halmaturus), 
 
 42. 
 javana (Didelphys), 50. 
 jutesi (Maoropus), 51. 
 
 kalubu (Echymipera), 
 236. 
 
 kalubu (Perameles), 236. 
 
 kanguro (Didelphys), 15. 
 
 kanguru (Yerbua), 17. 
 
 Kangurus, 10. 
 
 karkiuophaga (Didel- 
 phys), 323. 
 
 kenguru (Didelphis), 15. 
 
 kingii (Halmaturus), 32. 
 
 koala (Phasoolarotus), 
 210. 
 
 labiatus (Halmaturus), 16. 
 
ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 
 
 397 
 
 labiatus (Kangurus), 16. 
 labiatus (Macropus), 17. 
 Iffivis (Omithorhynohus), 
 
 389. 
 Lagorchcstes, 79. 
 Lagostrophua, 100. 
 lagotis (Macrotis), 223. 
 lagotis (Peragale), 223. 
 lagotis (Perameles), 223. 
 lanata (Didelphys), 339. 
 laniger (Aatechinomys), 
 
 309. 
 laniger (Halmaturus), 
 
 2l). 
 laniger (Kangurus), 25. 
 laniger (Macropus), 25. 
 laniger (Micoureus), 339. 
 lanigera (Didelphys), 339, 
 lanigera (Phasoogale), 
 
 309. 
 lanigerus (Macropus), 25. 
 lanigeruB (Ospbranter), 
 
 26. 
 lanuginosus (Phalangis- 
 
 ta), 172. 
 Lasiorhinua, 213. 
 la8iorhinus(Phaseolomys), 
 
 217. 
 lateralis (Halmaturus), 
 
 68. 
 lateralis (Macropus), 68. 
 lateralis (Petrogale), 68. 
 latifrons (Phascolomys), 
 
 213, 217. 
 lawesi (Echidna), 377. 
 lawesi (Echidna aculeata, 
 
 var.), 377. 
 lawesi (Tachyglossus), 
 
 378. 
 lawsoni (Perameles), 243. 
 leadbeateri (Gymnobeli- 
 
 deus), 149. 
 lehmanni (Didelphys), 
 
 370. 
 leichardti (Lagorchcstes), 
 
 82. 
 leichardti (Lagorchestes 
 
 conspicillatus. Tar.), 
 
 82. 
 lemurina (Didelphis), 
 
 187. 
 lemurina (Phalangista), 
 
 187. 
 lemuroides (Phalangista), 
 
 170. 
 lemuroides (Pseudochi- 
 
 rus), 170. 
 lepida (Didelphys), 347. 
 lepida (Dromicia), 142. 
 leporoides (Halmaturus), 
 
 83. 
 
 leporoides (Lagorchestes), 
 
 82. 
 leporoides (Macropus), 
 
 82. 
 leptonyx (Halmaturus), 
 
 35. 
 lepturus (Kangurus), 108. 
 lessoni (Halmaturus), 30. 
 lesueuri (Bettongia), 112. 
 leuoogaster (Anteohinus), 
 
 291. 
 leuoogaster (Petaurista), 
 
 165. 
 leucogaster (Petaurus), 
 
 164. 
 leucogaster (Phascogale), 
 
 291. 
 leuoogaster (Phasoologale 
 
 flavipes, var.), 291. 
 leucogenys (Antechinus), 
 
 302. 
 leuoopua (Antechinus), 
 
 302. 
 leuoopus (Phascogale), 
 
 302. 
 leuoopus (Podabrus), 302. 
 leuoopus (Sminthopsis), 
 
 302. 
 leucotis (Didelphys), 328. 
 leucura (Peragale), 225. 
 Lipurus, 209. 
 longiaculeata (Echidna), 
 
 379. 
 longicaudata (Didelphys), 
 
 337. 
 longicaudata (Perameles), 
 
 241. 
 longicaudata (Petrogale), 
 
 66. 
 longicaudata (Phascolo- 
 
 gale), 293. 
 lucooephalus (Dasyurus), 
 
 256. 
 luctuosa (Dorcopsis), 89. 
 luctuosus (Halmaturus), 
 
 89. 
 lugens (Macropus), 51. 
 lumholtzi (Dendrolagus), 
 
 96. 
 lunata (Onychogale), 77. 
 lunatus (Halmaturus), 
 
 77. 
 lunatus (Macropus), 77. 
 Lycaon, 255. 
 
 macleayi (Dorcopsis), 92. 
 m'coyi (Lasiorhinus), 
 
 217. 
 Macropodidsp, 3. 
 Macropodinse, 10. 
 Macropus, 10. 
 
 macrotarsus (Didelphys), 
 
 344. 
 Macrotus, 221. 
 macroura (Didelphis), 
 
 164, 334. 
 macroura (Petaurista), 
 
 164. 
 macroura (Phalangista), 
 
 164, 197. 
 macroura (Voluecella), 
 
 164. 
 maorourus (Cuscus), 197. 
 macrourus (Dasyurus), 
 
 263. 
 macrura (Didelphys), 
 
 337. 
 maorura (Perameles), 
 
 234. 
 macrura (Phascogale), 
 
 306. 
 macrurus (Petaurus), 
 
 164. 
 macrurus (Podabrus), 
 
 306. 
 maoulata (Balantia), 198. 
 maoulata (Didelphis), 
 
 265. 
 maoulata (Phascogale), 
 
 maculata (Viverra), 263. 
 maculatus (Antechinus), 
 
 292. 
 maculatus (Cusous), 197. 
 maculatus (Dasyurus), 
 
 263. 
 maculatus (Phalanger), 
 
 197. 
 magnus (Macropus), 27. 
 major (Macropus), 16. 
 manicatus (Halmaturus), 
 
 40. 
 manicatus (Macropus), 
 
 40. 
 marsupialis (Didelphys), 
 
 323, 330. 
 marsupialis (Philander), 
 
 325. 
 mastersi (Halmaturus), 
 
 32. 
 maugei (Dasyurus), 266. 
 melanops (Halmaturus), 
 
 20. 
 melanops (Macropus), 
 
 20. 
 melanops (Macropus gi- 
 
 ganteus, Tar.), 20. 
 melanotis (Hypsiprym- 
 
 nus), 103. 
 melanura (Phalangista), 
 
 188. 
 melas (Phascogale), 278. 
 
398 
 
 ALPHABETICAL INBEX. 
 
 Memina, 366. 
 
 memina (Chironectes), 
 
 368. 
 memina (Didelphis), 368. 
 memmina (Lutra), 368. 
 Metaebirus, 329. 
 MicoureuB, 340. 
 Microdelphys, 354. 
 mioropus (Hypsiprjm- 
 
 nus), 120. 
 microtarsus (Didelphys), 
 
 344. 
 minima (Didelphis), 287. 
 minima (Lutra), 368. 
 minima (Phaseologale), 
 
 287. 
 minimus (Antechinus), 
 
 287. 
 minimus ■ (Ohironeotes), 
 
 368. 
 minimus (Dasyurus), 
 
 287. 
 minor (Hypsiprymnus), 
 
 118. 
 minor (Macropua), 117. 
 minor (Petaurista volans, 
 
 ■car.), 166. 
 minor (Petauroidea 70- 
 
 lans, var.), 166. 
 minor (Phalangista), 201. 
 minutissima (Phaseolo- 
 gale), 292. 
 minutissimus (Antechi- 
 nus), 292. 
 mitchelli (Phascolomys), 
 
 213 
 mitchelli (Podabrus), 302. 
 moluooa (Didelphis), 201. 
 mongan (Pseudochirus), 
 
 170. 
 Monotremata, 373. 
 moorei (Antechinus), 285. 
 moresbyeusis (Perameles), 
 
 235. 
 Morodactylus, 209. 
 moschatus (Hypsiprym- 
 
 nodon), 123. 
 miilleri (Dorcopsis), 87. 
 miiUeri (Macropus), 88. 
 murina (Didelphis), 117. 
 murina (Didelphys), 343. 
 murina (Phascogale), 
 
 303. 
 murina (Sminthopsis), 
 
 303. 
 murinus (Antechinus), 
 
 304. 
 murinus (GrymiEomys), 
 
 345. 
 murinus (Hypsiprym- 
 
 nus), 118. 
 
 murinus (Kangurus), 
 
 118. 
 murinus (Micoureus), 
 
 345. 
 murinus (Philander), 344, 
 
 345. 
 murinus (Podabrus), 304. 
 murinus (Potorous), 118. 
 musculus (Didelphys), 
 
 345. 
 mustelina (Didelphis), 
 
 334. 
 Myoictis, 273. 
 myoides (Perameles), 238. 
 myosura (Perameles), 
 
 246. 
 myosurus (Didelphys), 
 
 332. 
 myosurus (Hypsiprym- 
 
 nus), 118. 
 myosurus (Metachirus), 
 
 332. 
 Myrmecobiinae, 311. 
 Myrmecobius, 311. 
 
 nana (Didelphys), 348. 
 
 nana (Dromicia), 144. 
 
 nana (Phalangista), 144. 
 
 nasuta (Perameles), 242. 
 
 nasuta (Thylacis), 243. 
 
 neilli (Dromicia), 146. 
 
 neilli (Phalangista), 146. 
 
 nemoralis (Halmaturus), 
 31. 
 
 niger (Antechinus), 285. 
 
 niger (Phascolomys), 213, 
 217. 
 
 nigra (Volucoella), 164. 
 
 noctivaga (Didelphys), 
 342. 
 
 norfoloensis (Soiurus), 
 153. 
 
 Notagogus, 340. 
 
 notatus (Belideus), 156. 
 
 notatus (Petaurus), 156. 
 
 novas-guinese (Perameles), 
 370. 
 
 noTSB-hollandise (Didel- 
 phis), 172. 
 
 novsB-holIandiffi (Mus- 
 tela), 263. 
 
 noTiB-hollandiEe (Sciurus), 
 151, 153. 
 
 novaB-hollandiffi (Ursus), 
 187. 
 
 uuchalis (Halmaturus), 
 52. 
 
 nudioaudata (Didelphys), 
 332. 
 
 nudioaudata (Phalan- 
 gista), 198. 
 
 nudicaudatus (Pleopus), 
 123. 
 
 nudicaudatus (Pseudo- 
 chirus), 198, 
 
 nudioaudus (Philander), 
 332. 
 
 obesula (Didelphis), 231. 
 
 obesula (Isoodon), 231. 
 
 obesula (Perameles), 231. 
 
 obesula (Thylacis), 231. 
 
 ocoidentalis (Ohoeropus), 
 251. 
 
 ocoidentalis (Pseudochi- 
 rus), 174. 
 
 oohropus (Ousous macula- 
 tus. Tar.), 198. 
 
 ochropus (Didelphys), 
 339. 
 
 ooydromua (Macropus) , 
 17. 
 
 ogilbyi (Eettongia), 110. 
 
 ogilbyi (Hypsiprymnus), 
 
 Onychogale, 73. 
 opossum (Didelphys), 
 
 329. 
 opossum (Metachirus), 
 
 330. 
 opossum (Philander),330. 
 orientalis (Balantia), 201 . 
 orientalis (Cuscus), 201, 
 
 204, 205. 
 orientalis (Didelphis), 
 
 201. 
 orientalis (Phalanger), 
 
 201. 
 orientalis (Phalangista), 
 
 201. 
 orientalis (Sipalus), 201. 
 ornata (Didelphys), 339. 
 ornatus (Ousous), 205. 
 ornatus (Phalanger), 205. 
 Ornithorhynchidse, 384. 
 Ornithorhynchus, 387. 
 Osphranter, 10. 
 
 palmata (Ohironeotes), 
 368. 
 
 palmata (Didelphis), 368. 
 
 papuanus (Halmaturus), 
 42. 
 
 papuanus (Macropus), 42. 
 
 papuanus (Petaurus bre- 
 vioeps. Tar.), 168. 
 
 papuensis (Macropus), 
 42. 
 
 papuensis (Phalangista), 
 197. 
 
 paradoxus (Ornithorhyn- 
 chus), 388. 
 
ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 
 
 399 
 
 paraguensis (Muatela), 
 
 368. 
 pariua (Halmaturus), 57. 
 parma (Maoropus), 57. 
 parryi (Halmaturas), 39. 
 parryi ( AJaoropus), 39. 
 parryi (Osphranter), 39. 
 Pelandor, 86. 
 peniciUata (Bettongia), 
 
 110. 
 penicillata (Didelphis), 
 
 294. 
 peiiicilLita (Petrogale), 
 
 66. 
 penicillata (Phasoologale), 
 
 294. 
 penicillatus (Dasyurus), 
 
 294. 
 penicillatus (Halmatu- 
 rus), 66. 
 penicillatus (Hypsiprym- 
 
 nus), 110. 
 penicillatus (Kangurus), 
 
 66. 
 penicillatus (Macropus), 
 
 66, 110. 
 pennata (Phalangista), 
 
 139. 
 pennatus (Distoeehurus), 
 
 139. 
 Peraoyon, 255. 
 Peragale, 221. 
 Peralopex, 255. 
 Perameles, 227. 
 Peramelidse, 219. 
 Peramys, 354. 
 peregrinus (Didelphis), 
 
 172. 
 peregrinus (Pseudochi- 
 
 rus), 172. 
 peronii (Hypsiprymnus), 
 
 118. 
 peronii (Macropus), 118. 
 peronii (Petaurista), 164. 
 peronii (Petaurus), 164. 
 Petaurista, 163. 
 petaurista (Phalangista), 
 
 164. 
 Petauroides, 163. 
 Petaurus, 150. 
 petaurus (Didelphys), 
 
 151. 
 petaurus (Phalangista), 
 
 151. 
 Petrogale, 62. 
 Phalanger, 193. 
 Phalangeridse, 126. 
 Phalangerinae, 135. 
 Phalangista, 193. 
 Phascogale, 273;%^^ 
 Phasoolagus, 10. 
 
 Phascolarctinse, 209. 
 
 Phascolarotus, 209. 
 
 Phasoologale, 273. 
 
 Phascolomyidse, 212. 
 
 Phascolomys, 213. 
 
 Philander, 336. 
 
 philander (Didelphys), 
 337. 
 
 philander (Kangurus), 
 50. 
 
 philippii (Hypsiprym- 
 nus), 108. 
 
 pictus (Macropus), 26. 
 
 pilicauda (Phascogale), 
 281. 
 
 pilosissima (Didelphys), 
 325. 
 
 pimelura (Didelphys), 
 353. 
 
 pinnata (Phalangista), 
 1.39, 
 
 platyop.s (Hypsiprym- 
 nus), 121. 
 
 platyops (Potorous), 121. 
 
 Platypus, 387. 
 
 platvrhinus (Phascolo- 
 mys), 213. 
 
 Pleupus, 123. 
 
 Podabrus, 298. 
 
 pcecilouota (Didelphys), 
 328. 
 
 poecilotis (Didelphys), 
 328. 
 
 Polyprotodontia, 219. 
 
 Potoroinse, 102. 
 
 potoroo (Kanguru), 118. 
 
 Potorous, 116. 
 
 potoru (Didelphis), 117. 
 
 potoru (Hypsiprymnus), 
 
 potoru (Yerhoa), 117. 
 Proechidna, 382. 
 pruinosa (Didelphys), 
 
 325. 
 Pseudnchirus, 166. 
 Psilogrammurus, 184. 
 psilopus (Macropus), 
 
 370. 
 Ptilotus, 150. 
 pusilla (Didelphys), 348. 
 pusilla (Peramys), 348. 
 pusillus (Micoureus), 
 
 348. 
 pygmffia (Didelphis), 
 
 136. 
 pygmEea (Petaurista), 
 
 137. 
 pygmaea (Phalangista), 
 
 136. 
 pygmsea (Voluceella), 
 
 136. 
 
 pygmseus (Acrobates), 
 
 136. 
 pygmseus (Petaurus), 
 
 137. 
 
 quica (Didelphys), 330. 
 quica (Metachirus), 330. 
 quoy (Phalangista), 197. 
 quoyi (Ouscus), 197. 
 
 radiata (Perameles), 370. 
 raffrayana (Perameles), 
 
 239. 
 robusta (Petrogale), 22. 
 robustus (Halmaturus), 
 
 22. 
 robustus (Heteropus), 22. 
 robustus (Macropus), 22. 
 robustus (Osphranter), 
 
 22. 
 rolandensis (Antechinue), 
 
 287. 
 rostratus (Tarsipea), 133. 
 ruber (Macropus), 26. 
 rufa (Phalangista), 201. 
 rufescens (jEpyprym- 
 
 nus), 103. 
 rufescens (Bettongia), 
 
 103. 
 rufescens (Hypsiprym- 
 nus), 103. 
 rufescens (Macropus), 
 
 103. 
 rufescens (Perameles), 
 
 236. 
 ruficoUis ( B almaturus), 
 
 33. 
 ruficoUis (Kangurus), 32. 
 ruflcoUis (Macropus), 32. 
 rufiTenter (Halmaturus), 
 
 59. 
 rufiventer (Macropus), 
 
 58. 
 rufogaster (Phascogale), 
 
 289. 
 rufogriseus (Halma- 
 turus), 33. 
 rufogriseus (Kangurus), 
 
 32. 
 rufogriseus (Macropus), 
 
 33. 
 rufus (Kangurus), 25. 
 rufus (Macropus), 25. 
 rufus (Myrmecobius)7 
 
 289. 
 rufus (Omithorhynchus), 
 
 389. 
 rufus (Osphranter), 26. 
 rufus (Potorous), 118. 
 rutilans (Halmaturus), 
 
 16, 
 
400 
 
 ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 
 
 Sarcophilu3, 258. 
 Baricovienna (Lutra), 
 
 368. 
 Bcalops (Didelphys), 359. 
 Bcapulatus (G-rymseomys), 
 
 342. 
 schlegeli (PseudoohiruB), 
 
 180. 
 aoiurea (Didelphys), 154. 
 sciurea fPetaurista), 154. 
 sciurea (Phalangista), 
 
 154. 
 sciurea (Voluccella), 154. 
 soiureus (Belideus), 154. 
 sciureus (Petaurus), 153, 
 
 156. 
 Boiureus (Ptilotus), 154. 
 Bebse (Didelphys), 357. 
 Setonyx, 10. 
 aetosa (Bettongia), 106. 
 Betosa (Echidna), 381. 
 setosa (Echidna aculeata, 
 
 var.), 381. 
 setoBus (Eohinopus), 381. 
 setosus (Hypsiprymnus), 
 ■ 118. 
 setosus (FhascolomyB), 
 
 214. 
 setosus (TachyglosBus), 
 
 381. 
 SipaluB, 193. 
 Sminthopsis, 298. 
 sorex (Didelphys), 362. 
 sorex (Microdelphys), 
 
 362. 
 Bpenseras (Taraipes), 133. 
 Spilocuscus, 193. 
 stigmaticuB (Halmatu- 
 
 rua), 47. 
 stigmaticus (Maoropus), 
 
 47. 
 atriatua (Halmaturus), 
 
 101. 
 strifituB (Thylacinua), 
 
 256. 
 StrigocuscuB, 193. 
 stuarti (Anteohinus), 289. 
 auperoiliaris (Didelphys), 
 
 370. 
 surinamensis (Sorex), 
 
 357. 
 BTTainsoni (Antechinua), 
 
 285. 
 Bwainaoni (Phasoologale), 
 
 285. 
 
 Taohyglossus, 377. 
 tafa (Daayurus), 294. 
 tafa (Tapoa), 295. 
 taguanoides (Petaurista), 
 164. 
 
 taguanoides (Petaurus), 
 
 164. 
 Tapoa, 273. 
 tapouaru (Didelphis), 
 
 187. 
 Tarsipedinse, 132. 
 Taraipes, 132. 
 tasmanei (Halmaturus), 
 
 58. 
 temporalis (Halmatu- 
 rus), 48. 
 thetidis (Halmaturus), 
 
 52. 
 thetidis (Macropus), 52. 
 thetis (Halmaturus), 52. 
 thetis (Macropus), 52. 
 thorbeckiana (Phasco- 
 
 logale), 278. 
 Thylacinua, 255. 
 Thylaoia, 227. 
 Thylamya, 340. 
 Thylogale, 10. 
 tibol (Macropus), 51. 
 torosua (Perameles ma- 
 
 crura, var.), 234. 
 touan (Mustela), 357. 
 touan (Viverra), 357. 
 TrichoBurus, 184. 
 Trichurua,184. 
 tricolor (Didelphys), 357. 
 tricolor (Hemiurua), 357. 
 tricolor (Microdelphys), 
 
 357. 
 tricolor (Peramys), 357. 
 tridactyla(Bruijnia), 383. 
 tridactyla (Didelphys), 
 
 117. 
 tridactylua (Potorous), 
 
 117. 
 trilineata (Didelphys), 
 
 363. 
 tristriata (Peramys), 363. 
 tristriatus (Didelphys), 
 
 363. 
 tristriatus (Hemiurus), 
 
 363. 
 tristriatus (Microdel- 
 phys), 363. 
 trivirgata (Dactylopsila), 
 
 160. 
 trivirgata (Phalangista), 
 
 160. 
 tuan (Didelphys), 357. 
 tuokeri (Perameles), 118. 
 turneri (Didelphys), 334. 
 
 ualabatus (Halmaturus), 
 
 30. 
 ualabatus (Kangurus), 30. 
 ualabatus (Macropus), 
 
 30. 
 
 unguifer (Halmaturus), 
 
 74. 
 unguifer (Macropus), 74. 
 unguifera (Onyohogale), 
 
 74. 
 unicolor (Dromicia), 144. 
 unistriata (Didelphis), 
 
 365. 
 ursina (Ailurops), 195. 
 ursina (Balantia), 195. 
 uraina (Didelphis), 215, 
 
 259. 
 ursina (Phalangista), 195. 
 ursinuB (Ouacua), 195. 
 ursinua (Dasyurua), 259, 
 
 264. 
 ursinua (Dendrolagus), 
 
 94. 
 ursinua (Diabolus), 259. 
 ursinua (Phalanger), 195. 
 ursiuuB (Phaacolomys), 
 
 215, 216. 
 ursinuB (Sarcophilus), 
 
 259. 
 
 variegata (Phalangista), 
 
 197. 
 variegatua (Chirouectea), 
 
 368. 
 velutina (Didelphya), 
 
 352. 
 velutina (Miorodelphya), 
 
 352. 
 vestitus (Cusous), 202. 
 Teterum (Kangurus), 87. 
 veterum (Macropus), 87. 
 villosissima (Proeohidna), 
 
 383. 
 virginise (Phascologale), 
 
 300. 
 virginise (Sminthopsis), 
 
 300. 
 yirginiana (Didelphys), 
 
 324. 
 yirginianus (Philander), 
 
 324. 
 viverrina (Phalangista), 
 
 176. 
 Tiverrinus (Daayurus), 
 
 265. 
 Tiverrinus (Didelphis), 
 
 265. 
 volans (Didelphis), 164. 
 volans (Petaurista), 165. 
 volans (Petauroides), 164. 
 volans (Petaurus), 165. 
 volana (Phalanger), 164. 
 volans (Phalangista), 164. 
 Voluccella, 163. 
 voluccella (Didelphis), 
 164. 
 
ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 
 
 401 
 
 Vombatus, 213. 
 Tombatus (PhascolomyB), 
 
 215. 
 Tulpeeula (Didelphis), 
 
 187. 
 Tulpeoula (Phalangista), 
 
 188. 
 vulpeoula (Triohosurua), 
 
 187. 
 Tulpina (Ealantia), 188. 
 Tulpina (Didelphis), 187. 
 Tulpina (Phalangista), 
 
 187. 
 vulpinus (Triohosurue), 
 
 188. 
 
 wallaoei (Myoictis), 280. 
 wallaoei (Phaacologale), ■ 
 
 280. 
 waterhousei (Didelphya), 
 
 342. 
 whitei (Bettongia), 108. 
 whitei (Hypsiprymnus), 
 
 108. 
 wilcoxi (Halmaturus), 
 
 48. 
 wilooxi (Macropus), 48. 
 wombat (Phasoolomys), 
 
 215. 
 WombatuB, 213. 
 
 xanthopus (Macropus), 
 65. 
 
 xanthopus (Petrogale), 
 64. 
 
 xanthopus (Phalangista), 
 188. 
 
 xanthopus (Trichosurus), 
 188. 
 
 xauthopygus (Phalan- 
 gista), 65. 
 
 Xenoohirus, 150. 
 
 yapock (Ohironeetes), 
 368. 
 
 PKINTED by TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, KED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 
 

 J. Smit djel et iiLh 
 
 FsmdxicJurn.'< Ihrhe.';} . 
 
 MiiiLei-ri Er, 
 
CAl.M/iKS B,M, 
 
 J-Sm,t (Id etlith 
 
 l.Dideipfa's (ARcoureus) hpiilcv 
 2.Diddpl]ys < Fercunys) scalops. 
 
 tfcuL&rn. Bros . irnp. 
 
CAT. MARS, B.M. 
 
 Pl.W. 
 
 J, Smit cIf! et litK. 
 
 LDiddphyA- (Percom/sJJwoselj.. 
 Z. Biddpif^s (Pe^afn^^s) iharmijii . 
 
 Minhem. Bros . in-ip. 
 
TAT. MARS. B.iVi. j 
 
 /'( . V. 
 
 I.-UaoropUA iji0cadt,u6. J.J\I.rohiLiicus. ^ Jl riiiiie 
 

 s 
 
CATJMRS.B.M. 
 
 n.w. 
 
 l.Il Fu«lvHrclel,etljl.)i. 
 
 3. Maxj^opus eugenii . 4 . Macropus hradiyunis . 
 
 ^ l.Macropus ag'dis . Z.Macr-opus greyi. 
 hrauari 
 
 MirierrL Bros , iirrp. 
 
 \\\ I*ii4«(*wiM»ra 
 
CAT. MARS. B.M, 
 
 pi.m. 
 
 W HTistier del eLliLk. 
 
 S.Maa^vpustiieiidis. ^-.MacTvpus hnmi . 
 
 Minterri. Broa . 
 
 
CAT.MARS.B.M. 
 
 Pi.n. 
 
 ^— 
 
 "^ — 
 
 f>S^ 
 
 ^ — -r 
 
 .^ I 
 
 (m—r 
 
 / 
 
 (ter^ 
 
 (k, 
 
 M.H.K8>iar del.et.liiK. 
 
 /•/. 
 
 .^- 
 
 10. 
 
 ^- 
 
 ^-^3. 
 
 JMm-t^'piistuxIxiliitasZMj'ufuxllj/iJ.M.gnjiA.Miketidis. 
 S..M.pmnui.. 6.M. hraukytmLs. 7. Petrogule padcUlaia. 8.P. lateralis 
 3. Rxmruinjia. 10. Orwduigcde luiyuWera,. 11 0. hmaia,. 
 ri.LagordiesteS conapiciUatug. IS.L. Uporouleis . 
 
CAT. MARS. B.M. 
 
 Pi.l. 
 
 4. 
 
 Umt err. Bros . litii . 
 
 l..\Irun!pii.suaJMhiitiis.'i:J!.rubcclU,'i.'l..V.ch'rsnli'i.4..\L]iai-i-\T. 
 
 H.Sl.agiUs.G.Mim-Jnu . 7.M. stiynaticue. S..¥.nila'xi . 
 
 D.Mlhefidis.MLM.MCfKtM ■ ILM.par-ina.rj.M.hiUai-cKen. 
 
 i.3..1f hrnihriirus.J4.I^tiviinkpenidllcda. 15. P. lalfralCs.lG.Lcuiordi&Has rcn-spicillatuj-. 
 
■:-ATJVlARS.B.M. 
 
 PL XI 
 
 mir,Lr.,ti Ht, 
 
 I. .Ma.civpii..-- cmxnl . H. M.UieUdi^. o.^VleiicjefiU . 
 4 .LLUicr-clu:fite.'i Icporoidci. 5,<o . ihiydwyale aiiguilerti .1 JKIruinlo, 
 S.Dmitlrnlivjuf! ursi.riii.f. d. Doriivpsis tniiUeT-i. l(.'.Lauivh-oj)lui.y llxsriiiJii.^. pVv« 
 
CAT. MARS. B.M. 
 
 Pl.M. 
 
 M-H.EahHT del.aLTith. 
 
 l.VeirogaLe^XjcmtlLOpiLS. 2. FeirogciLe hradiyotis. 
 3. F&trogcde' lateralis. 4. FeirogaLe. wjuirauu . 
 
 Mintem. Bros . Trap. 
 
 C>~^\ 
 
CAT. MARS, B.M. 
 
 I'l.m. 
 
 M.H Ralmr ad cLhiJi 
 
 WirvtGT'n Hi-cs 
 
 GJ.Hpiiongia lestiejiri . S . B.cuiUxuUifi. D.-B.perciciUatM . lO.B.gcdrntn-di . 
 n.GxlopT-yiniiiu'! aurip&nti-is. J2.PoU'rcu^^: 1ndact\'his.lo.P.platyops. 
 
 
CAT. MARS .B,M. 
 
 PL W. 
 
 Mi-nterTLEfoS- -n^. 
 
 
Pl.W. 
 
 MiT.i evn hi u>.. -lup. 
 
 "R I/inLarn ded el. 1 
 
 rn dfJ elliU^ ,, ., j , 1 ., . - n.-o/::^!! s' 1 ')' / I >! -Villi fin liaiia. 
 
 y/. /; aHJStridis 
 
 .if 
 
 ?5 
 
CA]',MA?,S.H,M, 
 
 H.JV7. 
 
 M 11 F.aKei. cW.ellitK 
 
 1. Acrvhcdji,s j>yyitux,us. 2,3,4, ■5. Ihvinicixi hpUn . 0, 1. D.riMrui 
 8. B.concmna. 9,10. Petmuu.s hicvtre/,,-:.!!.!: hrevitfp.? riir- pcaihu,] 
 
 Mjntern Bros . 
 
 Kff}.^ VHT'.pCt^ilAAAltU^. 
 
/■/., mi. 
 
 R.jmiiLeni ryj , ?,L 
 
 Z. DtJxl-vU)Vsila ti'Lvii-aaJxt. 2. li Feliuuvide'S wLarus, 
 
CAT. MARS, E.M. 
 
 J'l.XVRL 
 
 '^xrr 
 
 ^-^-^s^ 
 
 O^tt) 
 
 0^ 
 
 ^'' Kjzx,:?^ 
 
 
 M.H-FisKer cld.Ri litk. MmX-erT; Bros. i.T^p. 
 
 i, ';!.PeUiu,roi'les veJana. o. P. vvlcms viu; wiuwt. 
 A P„^^jr]r,,-hi.r'/ijt hf.T-hf.T'ttiri.si s . .5. P.t.Tiefpjirij'ais . 6 .Ps.<'C4:iclei]Jxdis. l.Fs.iccki. 
 
CAT MARS.B.M. 
 
 Ft. m. 
 
 M.H.FmK«r- del. eLlith- 
 
 3.P^s\ occidcnUdbs. 4.Ps.cvvld-. 
 
 Mintfern Bros . 
 
CAT. MARS, B.M. 
 
 /•/ l\i 
 
 j^fc- 
 
 
 \ '»**^>\ 
 
 %^ 
 
 
 Peter Snut del.ctJitK. M[nt,eTXLBr'oa.iiiip. 
 
 ]. BdiityU^pshlct trvvtiyccia.. 2. PIialctiuieT' in/icaLccbjts.S. PJL.ori^diilis 
 
 4. Pk.celeJjensw. 5. Pe:i'ain^e,s ohesula. 6'./? r/tu'eycino.. ~ -^<n 
 
 .uiTTixa; 
 
 
I'l.mi. 
 
 M.HFsler -IdBcli 
 
 ] . Pe-rcu^cil-e iaf/otis. 'l.Perarrules morashyerbsis . 
 J.l'. doreyana . 4. P. cooiKrelli. 5,6.PTuisula'. 
 
 tvBii\.e.i-n J^70H . imp. 
 
 
AT. Ma.Fu'^.E.M 
 
 n.iini. 
 
 Petep Sinit. vie-l ellnii 
 
 1 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 UntLeTi. Bi^,a. ioLp- 
 
 :ii/a/« . r:>.-.-<;rii 
 
 ita. 
 
 
ri.xnv. 
 
 Mmteioirv Bros . iinp. 
 
 7.Fh..,yfoinso7d,. S.Fh.jmivf^Ussimx^.Si'h.- axbu-a. . 
 
CA.T.MARS.B.M 
 
 EI.XXV. 
 
 
 
 ^j:a)^-a^~ 
 
 !^^ 
 
 
 ^1?^^-:-' 
 
 i-i-t^ 
 
 
 r7.:>x/':* 
 
 ^Hi 
 
 S^^ 
 
 MH.KAer del.etBlh. ... MitilBmBroB.ijiy, 
 
 1 . Phasej)logahi apioalis. 2.Fh.d(!rscdis. S.Ph.minadssinuiu.i.Fh.sncdn^vrvi. 
 S.Ph.flavipes. (>.Fh.c/iiura,.7,8,9, SudniJwpsis leacopus . 
 
 
CAT MARS.B.M. 
 
 PI . UVI 
 
 
 PeLer Srmt del et iith. 
 
 M:t\Lern Eros, nnp, 
 
 loixldplcvs mivrsnpiaU,',: 2, ;).D.(.Md:ac!aJVs)niuiimudata 
 
 iJ). (MeUiJiij-us) crassicMuhiUv S, 6. B.I PkUcaLda-)plahmd<t^: 
 
 7, S. D. (Mii-inmus) cinejtu. 0. D.<Min,iireux)inuruxft. 
 
CAT, MARS E.M. 
 
 'PL.. mil 
 
 M.R.Fistierdel.ethtk. 
 
 lvIiti+,ei-n.Bro3. irn^. 
 
 1. Diilelphys (PkUjifuije]-)p}uIonde-r. Z.D.iMixciir'eiis) ouLerca-. 
 ?t.D.(MicoiU'eiu;) lepidcL. 4. BJPefano/s ) dimuHatci: 5. 6.D. (Percanys) scaJxyps . ^-^ -, 
 1. D. (Perano/s) hen^seli'. 8.D.( PcJ'cauvs ) ih^ringi . 
 
 W\ 
 
CAT.M/VRS.B.M. 
 
 ri.iivni. 
 
 ~%r. 
 
 i 
 
 
 Peter Smil, rU.ellith. Mintem Eros . Inxp 
 
 i, 2, J. Ditlelphys (Micoureus ) jnisiUa,. 4. D. (.Micoarcus) degatus . r^-^.,^^ 
 
 ,'i,(>.J).(Fertinc;s) hensrli. 7 . B.(PeTariiys) Uiciiruii . 8 . Chiivnecte,9 mmiinus. \C^Ctnt^ 
 
 rari 
 
mvJfJrJtJr.'